Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin of the Natural History Museum"

See other formats 


Viethen ts 


pete: 


3 


tie 


Nin pape een 2) 


somes 


ooh 
apn 


Sd pees 


i Soi OST es = 


+ 
4 


pre eee 


7 aah 


pens 


* 
es 


7 


©: BULLETIN: OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM 
(NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY 
VOL Ill 


19S$3—I1954 


PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


LONDON: 1953-1954 


DATES OF PUBLICATION OF THE PARTS 


No. I. 17 June 1953 
No. 2. to October 1953 
No. 3. 20 November 1953 
No. 4. 11 December 1953 
No. 5. 4 December 1953 
No. 6. 12 March 1954 
UNO 205 27 April 1954 
No,. 8. 23 November 1954 
No. 9. 22 October 1954 
No. 10 23 November 1954 
No. 11 23 November 1954 


No, 12. 30 November 1954 


va 

9 

al 
Ww 


21 December 1954 
No. 14. 31 December 1954 


PRINTED IN 
GREAT BRITAIN 
AT THE 
BARTHOLOMEW PRESS 
DORKING 
BY 
ADLARD AND SON, LTD. 


sO’ 


Beak Ls 


LZ 


eat 


A 


CONTENTS 
ENTOMOLOGY VOLUME 3 


The sub-genus Stegomyia (Diptera: Culicidae) in the Ethiopian 
Region. Part II. Distribution of species confined to the East 
and South African sub-region. By P. F. MATTINGLY I 


A pest of coconut palms in Portuguese East Africa. 
Two new representatives of the genus Hypotrabala (Lepidoptera : 
Lasiocampidae) from the Belgian Congo. By W. H. T. Tams (Pls. 1-2) 67 


A revision of the genus Teriomima Kirby (Lepidoptera : Lycaenidae). 
By H. STEMPFFER and N. H. BENNETT (Pls. 3-9) 77 


Notes on British Ichneumoninae with descriptions of new species 
(Hym., Ichneumonidae). By J. F. PERKINS 103 


On a very remarkable flea from Argentina. By H. E. KARL JORDAN 
Descriptions of new and little-known Siphonaptera. By F. G. A. M. 
SMIT 177 


The early literature on Mallophaga. Part III. 1776-86. By 
THERESA CLay and G. H. E. Hopkins (Pls.10-12) 22% 


Some sawflies of the European Alps and the Mediterranean Region 
(Hymenoptera : Symphyta). By R. B. BENSON 267 


Neue Notiophygidae (Coleoptera). Von HANs JouHN (Pls. 13-17) 297 


The Protoptila group of the Glossosomatinae (Trichoptera : Rhyaco- 
philidae). By Martin E. MosELy 315 


A review of the Aedes scutellaris subgroup with a study of variation 
in Aedes pseudoscutellaris (Theobald). (Diptera: Culicidae). By 
ELIZABETH N. Marks (PI. 18) 347 


A new genus and some new species of the Chauliodini (Megaloptera). 
By D. E. KimmMIns 415 


The genera Henricohahnia Breddin, Dicrotelus Erichson, Nyllius Stal, 
Orgetorixa China and allied new genera. By N.C. E. MILLER 445 


Revisional notes on the genus Epitola Westwood (Lepidoptera : 
Lycaenidae). By PATricK ROocHE (Pls. 19-22) 489 


African species of the genus Pardomima Warren (Lepidoptera : Pyra- 
lidae : Pyraustinae). By EDwarp L. MARTIN (PI. 23) 503 


Index to Volume 3 523 


GL Bc a a 


CORRIGENDA 


. 141, line 13. For ** Ctenichneumon rubroator ’’ read ‘‘ Ctenichneumon rubroater.”’ 
. 149, last line. For ‘‘ Pseudamblyteles”’ read ‘‘ Pseudoamblyteles.”’ 

. 160, line 10, For ‘8, vill, 1936”’ read ‘‘ 10, X. 1935.” 

. 171, column 1, last line. For ‘‘ corruscator”’ read ‘‘ coruscator.” 


. 173, column 2, line 35. For ‘‘ Cyclolabus Heinrich 1935 ”’ read ‘‘ Cyclolabus Heinrich 1936,” 


181, For “ Barreropsyilini ’’ read “ Barreropsyllini.’’ 


. 445 (title-page). For ‘‘ Pp. 445-488” read “‘ Pp. 445-486.” 
. 487 (title-page). For ‘‘ Pp. 489-502 ”’ read “‘ Pp. 487-502.” 


. 503 (title-page). For ‘“‘ Pp. 503-521 ”’ read “‘ Pp. 503-522.” 


2 4 JUN 1935 


Big a ds -GENUS STEGOMYIA 
(DIPTERA: CULICIDAE) 
PN TALE 
ETHIOPIAN REGION 


(PART II) 


P. F. MATTINGLY 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 1 
LONDON: 1953 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA 
(DIPTERA: CULICIDAE) 
IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


II. DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CONFINED TO 
THE EAST AND SOUTH AFRICAN SUB-REGION 


BY 
eae se MATTINGLY | 


Pp. 1-65; 15 Text-figures 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 1 
LONDON: 1953 


THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM 
(NATURAL HISTORY), ‘stituted in 1949, 1s 
issued in five series corresponding to the Departments 
of the Museum, and an Historical Series. 


Parts appear at irregular intervals as they become 
veady. Volumes will contain about three or four 
hundred pages, and will not necessarily be completed 
within one calendar year. 

This paper is Vol. 3, No.1 of the Entomological 
series. 


PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM 


Issued May, 1953. Price Fifteen Shillings. 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA (DIPTERA: 
CULICIDAE) IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION. 


II. DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CONFINED TO 
THE EAST AND SOUTH AFRICAN SUB-REGION 


By P. F. MATTINGLY 


CONTENTS 

Page 
INTRODUCTION. ; ; : ‘ ‘ ; ; ; : , 4 
Notes oN TAXONOMY . , é ; ; , , ‘ ; ; 4 
DISTRIBUTION RECORDS ‘ A : : : : ‘ ‘ - “a8 
Doubtful records . ‘ ‘ ; , : ; 22 
Records based on misidéntifications: . ; ; E ; s. 125 
Unidentified and misquoted localities ‘ : ; ; ‘ i” 325 
Distribution outside the Ethiopian Region : : : : 2. EO 
List oF LOCALITIES WITH TOPOGRAPHICAL DETAILS < : F :. 26 
BIONOMICS IN RELATION TO DISTRIBUTION . , : : : Y ase 
Breeding-places . . : . : . . : t « 228 
Seasonal distribution . : ‘ : : : : : : 29 
Biting-habits ; ; : ‘ ‘ : ‘ : ‘ .. “30 
ZOOGEOGRAPHY . : : hg bee ; ‘ : ; ‘ ee 
SUMMARY . F ‘ ; , : ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ca ae. 

APPENDIX I. Further notes ‘on species ee in the West African 
Sub-Region 4 ; ; ; 3. 52 
APPENDIX II. Rainfall of the Bor-Pibor-Torit area ‘ 57 

APPENDIX III. Distribution of pale forms of Aédes cee in the Ethiopian 
Region. : ‘ - 60 
APPENDIx IV. Corrigenda to Part I ; ‘ , : ‘ ; eee 7 
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. ‘ ‘ ‘ ; : , ‘ : os 02 
REFERENCES ; ; : ‘ : ; : * : * Peas 

SYNOPSIS 


The distribution of Stegomyia spp. occurring in the West African Sub-region has been dis- 
cussed in the first paper of this series. The present paper deals with the remaining Ethiopian 
species, i.e., with those which are restricted to the East and South African Sub-region. As 
before, zoogeography is discussed mainly in relation to rainfall and altitude, and such notes 
on bionomics are included as are thought necessary for an understanding of distribution. One 
new species closely related to Aédes aegypti is described from Mauritius, and the male of Aédes 
woodi, larvae which may prove to be those of pseudonigeria and masseyt and a new subspecies 
of dendrophilus from Kenya are described for the first time. Previously unpublished taxo- 
nomic data concerning most species are included. An appendix is devoted to the distribution 
of pale forms of Aédes aegypti in the Ethiopian Region, and other appendices deal with recent 


ENTOM. III, I. I 


4 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


information concerning the species treated in the first paper and with the rainfall of the Bor- 
Pibor-Torit area. The distribution of certain Palearctic Stegomyia is discussed in relation to 
the problem of the origins of the Ethiopian fauna and an account is given of a specimen of 
Aédes cretinus. 


INTRODUCTION 


THE present paper follows the pattern of its predecessor (Mattingly, 1952), but is 
concerned with those species which have not as yet been recorded from anywhere 
in the West African Sub-region. The number of species discussed is greater than 
in the first paper but much less is known about them, and this is true of every depart- 
ment of mosquito studies. In the field of distribution certain territories, notably 
Tanganyika and Nyasaland, which are of vital importance, are almost unknown. 
With respect to taxonomy four species, powert, masseyi, chaussiert and pseudo- 
nigeria, are, at the time of writing, known with certainty only from the adult female, 
although there is good reason to hope that males and early stages of all of them may 
very soon be described. The early stages of woodi are still unknown, but again 
there is good hope that these will soon be available. Among these species the 
first four are all likely to prove of special value for our understanding of the origins 
and affinities of the sub-genus. In the field of bionomics no studies comparable 
with those carried out by the yellow fever institutes in Uganda and, to a less extent, 
Nigeria are as yet available. The present paper, like its predecessor, attempts to 
bring together all available information relating to Stegomyia distribution as a 
preliminary to the taxonomic study which will form the subject of further papers 
in the series. It is clear that a review of the sub-genus as a whole will be necessary 
and this will be undertaken in the third paper of the series. In the present paper 
all that is attempted is a partial revision of group A, the principal Ethiopian group, 
and some attention is paid to the distribution of certain Palearctic species, since it is 
apparent that even this group cannot be fully understood against a purely Ethiopian 
background. 

To save repetition the list of localities with topographical details and the list of 
references have been restricted to information which has not already been published 
in Part I. Keys are also omitted since these have already been published. The 
map of the distribution of collectors (Mattingly, 1952, fig. 1) is not thought to have 
been sufficiently affected by new records to be worth reprinting. It can be brought 
up to date almost completely by adding those localities listed on p. 56 of the present 
paper together with the Kologha Forest, Njombe and the Tzitzikama Mountains. 


NOTES ON TAXONOMY 


The necessity for a revision of the main groups of the sub-genus as defined by 
Edwards (1932) has already been noted (Mattingly, 1952), and it is now possible to 
make certain concrete suggestions for a partial revision of the main Ethiopian group, 
group A. For reasons given below it is felt strongly that this should be extended 
by the inclusion of Aédes mascarensis from Edwards’ group B, together with the 
closely related species from Mauritius which is here described for the first time (p. 
16). At the same time it is felt that if the present groups are to be maintained 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 5 


then Aédes chemulpoensis Yamada should be transferred from group B to group A. 
This species is at present known only from North-eastern China, the Mukden area 
and Korea, but it is a perfectly typical member of group A with respect both to its 
scutal markings and its male genitalia. Yamada in his type description (Yamada, 
1931) noted the resemblance of the scutal markings to those of simpsoni and powert, 
and Feng (19386) again noted its affinities with group A in the first published descrip- 
tion of the male terminalia. Edwards seems to have been unacquainted with the 
male terminalia when he drew up his classification, since the only male specimen 
in the British Museum of earlier date than Feng’s description is undissected. In 
its femoral and tibial markings chemulpoensis resembles vittatus and it is thus an- 
nectant to group D. The structure of the ventral brush of the larva is somewhat 
peculiar, but in other respects this stage also is characteristic of group A. 

The occurrence in Eastern Asia of a member of group A, which, if we except the 
cosmotropical Aédes aegypti, is otherwise entirely Ethiopian, may at first sight 
seem rather startling, but taken in conjunction with such other facts as the occur- 
rence of vittatus in Spain, North Africa, the Balearic Islands, Corsica and Sardinia 
and of an isolated species of Group C (cretinus) in Crete, Macedonia and Trans- 
caucasia (Georgia), it is in reasonable conformity with prevailing ideas concerning 
the pre-glacial distribution of Palearctic woodland faunas. Basing his ideas on 
the present distribution of loess, Reinig (1936) has pictured the occurrence during 
the Glacial Period of a broad belt of desiccation with, at its ends, a Mediterranean 
and an East Asian wooded refuge. This author figures certain smaller refuges in 
between (loc. cit., fig. 12), but it would seem that among these the Armenio-Persian 
was glaciated at least in part during the maximum extension of the ice sheets (com- 
pare, for example, Furon, 1943, fig. 20). De Beaufort (1951) summarizes Reinig’s 
theories but does not mention these smaller refuges. The present distribution of 
isolated populations of groups A, C and D in the Palearctic is in close conformity 
with Reinig’s views. Aédes vittatus exactly occupies the western portion of his 
Mediterranean refuge, and chemulpoensis fits squarely into his East Asian refuge. 
The Cretan and Macedonian form of cretinus fits well into the eastern portion of his 
Mediterranean refuge, but the form (lindtropi1 Schingarew) from Georgia assigned 
by Baschkareva (1931) and Stackelberg (1937) to this species occurs much too far 
east and is perhaps to be associated rather with the Armenio-Persian refuge. It 
does not seem certain that this form is in fact conspecific with cretinus, although 
it may be that the present distribution shows the effect of post-glacial migration, 
or that Reinig’s Mediterranean refuge ought to be extended to include the southern 
fringes of the Black Sea. Unfortunately only a single much damaged specimen of 
cretinus from any part of its range is at present available for examination (see 
below under Aédes albopictus, p. 18). Examples of affinities between the Mediter- 
ranean and East Asian refuges quoted by De Beaufort are the Blue Jay, Cyanopica 
cyana, with two subspecies in Spain and Portugal and five in South-East Asia and 
Japan, none occurring in between, and the Barbary Ape (Macaca sylvana = M. 
inua) of Gibraltar with relatives confined to Southern Asia and Japan. It is to 
be noted that in both these cases, as in the case of vittatus and chemulpoensis, the 
East Asian fauna is represented only in the western and not in the eastern part 


6 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


of the Mediterranean refuge. In fact it seems that in these cases the western and 
eastern portions of the Mediterranean refuge constitute distinct faunal areas. This 
discontinuity between the western and eastern Mediterranean refuges is further 
illustrated by the case, quoted by De Beaufort later in his book, of the mountain 
goat, Capra pyrenaica, which occurs in the Pyrenees and the higher ranges of the 
Iberian peninsula and has relatives in Eastern Europe, Crete and the Caucasus 
but none in the Alps or Appenines. Finally De Beaufort mentions the work of 
Caradja (1934), who traces affinities between the Lepidoptera of South-west Europe 
and those of Eastern Asia and observes that they are more primitive than those 
occurring in between. 

On the basis of these facts it may be said that there is evidence for a much wider 
pre-glacial extension of groups A and D, and perhaps also C, in the Southern 
Palearctic. It may be noted that cretinus also has a relative (flavopictus of Japan 
and Korea) in the East Asian refuge, but it is preferred to postpone discussion of 
this point to a later paper dealing with the general problem of affinities within the 
sub-genus. All that is intended here is to attempt to justify the inclusion of 
chemulpoensis in group A and to show that this is defensible on distributional as 
well as on morphological grounds. The eastern rather than western Palearctic 
affinities of group A is a matter of some general zoogeographical interest, since a 
similar phenomenon has been encountered in some other groups (see, in particular, 
Uvarov, in press). 

Aédes amaltheus. This very remarkable species possesses mesonotal markings 
typical of Edwards’ group A and male terminalia of the type found in his groups 
BandC. The difficulty of fitting it into Edwards’ system has already been noted 
(Mattingly, 1952), and it will be necessary to deal with this problem in the paper to 
be devoted to the discussion of the taxonomy of the whole sub-genus in relation to 
that of the Ethiopian species. Here it may be noted that the only comparable 
species (Aédes galloisi Yamada) again occurs in Reinig’s Easter Asian refuge, being 
confined as far as is known to Japan. It does not appear, however, that the meso- 
notal markings of this species are absolutely typical of group A. No specimens are 
available for examination, but published figures (e.g., in Stackelberg, 1937) show 
the supra-alar patches extending forward to fuse with the anterolateral patches and 
backwards to the scutellum. This type of pattern is characteristic of a number of 
Palearctic, Ethiopian and northern oriental Finlaya. The male terminalia and the 
larva (Sasa and Kano, 1951) appear to be quite typical of group C. The morpho- 
logical characters of amaltheus have been well described by De Meillon and Lavoi- 
pierre (1944), and nothing can usefully be added here except to note that the larva 
possesses certain interesting and possibly primitive characters recalling vittatus on 
the one hand and unilineatus on the other, e.g., the branched antennal seta (see 
Hopkins, 1952), strongly branched saddle hair, spinose saddle edge and tendency to 
development of precratal tufts. 

Aédes pseudonigeria. The larva from Magoebaskloof, Transvaal, attributed to 
this species by Ingram & De Meillon (1929) and subsequently to demeillont by 
Edwards (1936), seems almost certainly to have been wrongly attributed in both 
cases. It was described by the present author (in Hopkins, 1952) as ? pseudonigerta 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 7 


purely to avoid introducing another name into the synonymy. In fact, however, 
it is virtually identical with the larva of heischi and almost certainly belongs to a 
member of that group. Recently larvae collected by Dr. De Meillon in the Karabib 
area of South-West Africa have been sent to the British Museum. There is some 
reason to believe that they may be those of pseudonigeria. Other identical larvae 
have been taken by De Meillon together with adults of pseudonigeria at Francistown, 
Bechuanaland (fer fide Muspratt). In both cases the larvae are unassociated, and 
I do not think it possible to rule out the possibility that they are those of wnilineatus, 
which they closely resemble. It is true that unilineatus has not been found in 
S.W. Africa, but it may well be that collecting there has been confined to altitudes 
above its, apparently rather restricted, limits. The rainfall in the Karabib area 
appears to be rather low even for pseudonigeria, but might well not be too low for 
unilineatus, which is an exceedingly drought-resistant species (see Appendix I). 
For these reasons I am unwilling to attribute the Karabib or Francistown larvae to 
pseudonigeria until liason material is available for comparison. A character 
distinguishing the Karabib larvae from those of unilineatus as at present known is 
the very small number of pecten spines (4—5 in the available material), and this may 
prove diagnostic should the identification be confirmed. For a final elucidation 
of the situation it is still highly desirable that the identity of the Magoebaskloof 
larva should be established by breeding out. The male of pseudonigeria is still 
unknown. It should be noted that the “ white spot ’’ on the middle femur men- 
tioned by Edwards (1941) in his key is not a definite spot of the kind found, e.g., in 
untlineatus or calceatus, but an irregular patch or streak which is likely to be rather 
indefinite in some specimens. 

Aédes chaussiert. The male and early stages of this species are still unknown, 
but as it has recently been found in gallery forest near Elisabethville (Lips, in J1t2.) 
there is reason to hope that they may soon be obtained. It is difficult to draw any 
conclusions as to its relationships until such material is available, and this is unfor- 
tunate as the species is likely to prove a very interesting one. 

Aédes masseyi. The male is still unknown, but this species has recently been 
found in the same forest as chaussieri. In view of its interesting resemblance to 
amaltheus on the one hand and to kentensis on the other further material will be 
eagerly awaited. The species is discussed below under keniensts. 

Aédes keniensis. Van Someren (1946 bis) quotes the presence of pale scaling 
round the edges of the pre-scutellar bare space as a distinctive character from 
masseyt, An examination of the type series of the latter species shows, however, 
that, at least in some cases, the absence of pale scales from this region is due to 
rubbing. One paratype from Ruwe clearly shows a thin border of narrow yellow 
scales. In the single specimen from Elisabethville in the British Museum even 
this very tenuous border is reduced and only one or two yellow scales are visible. 
A better distinguishing character concerns the third hind tarsal segment, but it 
should be noted that, as indicated by Edwards (1941), this is not always entirely 
dark in massey1, because it has a few pale scales below at the base in the Elisabeth- 
ville specimen. The specimens from Nairobi tentatively attributed by Edwards 
(1941) to masseyi are quite clearly keniensis. Both they and the type series of 


8 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


keniensis have the third hind tarsal pale all round on about the basal 4 to 4. Two 
specimens recently received from Njombe have this segment pale above on about 
the basal 3 to + but are more narrowly pale below. The key to adults given in the 
first paper of this series should be amended accordingly. For a further note on 
these specimens see below under “‘ Doubtful Records ”’ (p. 22). Two unassociated 
larvae, recently received from Elisabethville through the kindness of Monsieur Lips, 
are believed, from their resemblance to keniensis, to be almost certainly those of 
masseyi. They differ from keniensis in having strongly sclerotized pecten spines, 
typically with a single strongly developed secondary denticle (occasionally with 
I-2 minute ones dorsally or ventrally in addition) and a very short unbranched 
saddle hair. On the key to larvae (Mattingly, 1952) they would run down to aegypti 
and mascarensis, from which they can be recognized by the structure of the pecten 
spines and saddle hair. They came from the township area, and were associated 
in the one case with larvae of Aédes schwetzi and in the other with those of aegypti. 

A fuller description will be published elsewhere (Mattingly and Lips, in press). 

Van Someren (1946 bis) has suggested that kentensis may ultimately prove to be 
a subspecies of masseyi, and the occurrence of the former at Njombe strongly suggests 
that it is in fact a highland representative of the latter. At the same time it should 
be noted that masseyi shows some very interesting resemblances to amaltheus, from 
which it differs only in scutal characters. Geographically it is more or less inter- 
mediate between the two species. Further light on its affinities may be expected 
from the discovery of the male and early stages. 

Aédes heischi. As noted above, the larva from Magoebaskloof, Transvaal, attri- 
buted by Ingram and De Meillon (1929) to pseudonigeria is indistinguishable from 
that of the present species. In view of the very close resemblance of the larva of 
keniensis, noted by Van Someren (1951), however, it would be most unsafe to make 
a definite attribution until further larvae have been collected and bred out. It 
should be noted that, as indicated by Van Someren, heischi is not always separable 
with certainty from Aédes demeilloni in the adult stage, since occasional specimens, 
among them several in the British Museum, have no pale scales, apart from the 
knee-spot on the anterior surface of the mid femur. 

Aédes demeilloni. This was treated by Edwards (1941) as a subspecies of deboert 
but it is clearly a distinct species. Differences between the adults are slight but 
apparently constant. The larval differences are striking, and there appears to be 
a constant difference in breeding-places since demeilloni has so far only been found 
in plant axils, especially those of Dracaena. As noted in the previous paper, con- 
fusion of this species with dendrophilus (Van Someren, 1946 ; Smithburn & Haddow, 
1946; Haddow et al., 1947) arose from the misleading description of the latter 
given by Edwards (1941), and in particular from this author’s failure to mention 
the spines which occur on the basal lobe of the male coxite in both species. Further 
confusion has arisen from the fact that fig. 61c of Hopkins (1936), although labelled 
“* deboeri var. demeilloni,’’ was in fact drawn from a larva of angustus, while fig. 61e, 
labelled “‘ unilineatus,’’ was drawn from a larva of demeilloni. 

Aédes subargenteus. The larva of this species has previously been known only 
from a single specimen from Nyasaland bred from an egg laid by the type female. 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 9 


Through the kindness of Mr. Muspratt, who has recently sent six larvae from 
Pondoland to the British Museum, it is now possible to amplify the description given 
by Hopkins (1936, 1952). Mr. Muspratt states that the very pale colour of the 
head and siphon noted by Hopkins is constant. Antennal seta single. Head 
setae A, B and C single, d single or split distally into 2-3 branches. Mentum 
rounded, the teeth rather small, 12-13 teeth on either side of the median tooth. 
Pleural spines very small and pale in colour. Setae on anterior margin of pro- 
thorax normally developed. (They are all missing from the Nyasaland larvae, so 
that Hopkins’ statement that they were small and inconspicuous seems probably to 
have been due to an error of observation.) Comb with 8-10 teeth resembling those 
of the Nyasaland larva but none of them bifid. Siphonal index (uncrushed) 2-4-2-7. 
Pecten with 7-13 teeth proximal to the subventral seta and 1-2 detached teeth 
distal to it. Subventral seta bifid and simple -or single and plumose. In one case 
both conditions are shown by the same larva. Saddle hair single. Upper caudal 
seta with 3 branches, lower with 2. Setae of ventral brush each with at least 2 
branches. Distal edge of saddle with only light sculpturing, i.e., without obvious 
spiculation. Gills large, sub-equal, sausage-shaped. 

Aédes kivuensis. This is still known only from the type specimen in the Congo 
Museum at Tervuren. Through the kindness of the Director and Monsieur Basilew- 
sky it has been possible to examine this specimen and the following details may 
be added to the description given by Edwards (1941): Anterior median spot of 
mesonotum composed: of narrow scales. Anterolateral pale patches small and 
narrow, their posterior ends terminating well in front of and outside the postero- 
lateral lines. The latter strongly marked, deep yellow in colour, as in the case of 
the median lines, and reaching forward almost to the scutal angles. Supra- 
alar patches small and entirely white. Median lobe of scutellum with a few black 
scales posteriorly, lateral lobes entirely white. Scale patch on posterior pro- 
notum very small. Abdomen too shrunken to reveal the tergal bands. Fore-leg 
with the tibia narrowly but completely ringed at base. First two tarsi uniformly 
ringed at base, the second white on almost the basal half. Mid-leg with a well- 
developed white spot beyond half-way on the anterior surface of the femur. Femoral 
knee-spot small but reaching the tip above. Tibia entirely dark. First and second 
tarsi uniformly ringed at base, the second white on at least the basal half. Hind 
leg with femur extensively pale at base, with a small white spot just beyond the 
tip of the basal pale stripe on the anterior surface and a small knee-spot which 
reaches the apex above. Tibia entirely dark. First three tarsi narrowly pale at 
base; the fourth and fifth entirely pale except for a small black spot at the tip 
below in each case. In view of our almost complete ignorance of the distribution 
of this form it is preferred to treat it for the present as a distinct species. 

Aédes woodi. A long series of adult females has now been received from Ganda 
through the kindness of Mrs. E. C. C. Van Someren. A full description will be 
published in the appropriate taxonomic paper of the present series. All the speci- 
mens are immediately distinguishable from those of any other species, having a 
double median line of yellow scales on the scutum by the dark-scaled lateral lobes 
of the scutellum. Only two males have so far been received and neither of these 


ao THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


is complete. The palps resemble those of simpsoni rather than sérelitziae in having 
a number of long setae on the two distalsegments. The lateral lobes of the scutellum 
are dark scaled. The scutal ornamentation has been almost entirely obliterated in 
both specimens, but one of them appears to have the posterior ends of the sub- 
median lines white or whitish and to have the pre-scutellar bare space rather 
broadly bordered by white scales in addition to some yellow ones. There is some 
variation in both respects in the females and comparable variation occurs in Aédes 
simpsonit. Segment II of the abdomen has a few pale scales at the base of the tergite 
in one specimen. In the other the tergite is rubbed. The pale basal bands on 
tergites III-VI are shallow as in the female. Those on V and VI are markedly 
narrower in the males. Sexual dimorphism with respect to the tergal bands is 
shown by a number of Ethiopian species of the sub-genus. The male terminalia 
appear to be virtually identical with those of simpsoni. The legs of both sexes are 
very much asin the type. The femoral knee-spots are very short, and are separated 
from the tips of the femora by distinct dark areas. The second mid-tarsal and 
the third hind tarsal are pale above on about the basal 4 and 3 respectively and both 
are rather narrower below. The fourth and fifth hind tarsi are missing from both 
males. In the females they are entirely dark and entirely pale respectively, as in 
the type. Attempts to find the breeding-places have hitherto proved unsuccessful 
and the early stages are still unknown. 

Aédes strelitziae. This has been fully described by Muspratt (1950). 

Aédes powert. The type female is still the only specimen that can be assigned 
with certainty to this species, although further specimens collected by Mr. 
Muspratt in Cape Province, and discussed below under ‘‘ Doubtful Records,” appear 
almost certainly to belong to it. The affinities of the species are uncertain although 
it seems to be most nearly related to contiguus, which it resembles very closely. 
Certain characters quoted by Edwards are in fact artefacts. Thus the interruptions 
to the pale border round the eyes (Edwards, 1923 bis) are due to rubbing as, 
apparently, is the absence of pale scales from the border of the pre-scutellar bare 
patch (Edwards, 1941). The appearance of the mid-lobe of the scutellum is rather 
striking, as it possesses more dark scales than are found in the majority of species. 
Such scales are, however, possessed by all the Ethiopian Stegomyia, and their 
complete absence from individual specimens is the exception rather than the rule 
although they are seldom mentioned in descriptions ; contigwus, in particular, often 
shows them well. The most distinctive character shown by poweri is the possession 
of a conspicuous pale basal stripe on the lower surface of the middle tibia. This 
is between } and { of the tibial length. The third mid-tarsal is quite extensively 
pale above at the base, but pale scales in this position are not uncommon as an 
aberration in a number of species. Since the completion of this paper Mr. Muspratt 
has sent descriptions of the larva and male terminalia which confirm the relation- 
ship to the langata-contiguus group suggested below under “ Distribution.”’ It 
seems that the terminalia are indistinguishable from those of contiguus, while the 
larva is distinguishable only on variations in the statistical distribution of the 
number of branches in head seta d. Variations in colour characters of the adults 
include the constant suppression of pale scaling on the distal half of the second 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION II 


mid-tarsus in the male, occasional presence of pale scales round the pre-scutellar 
bare space and very occasional presence of a pale spot in the middle of one or both 
front femora. 

Aédes contiguus. As noted by Van Someren (1946 bis), this species closely 
resembles Jangata. It can, however, be separated on the characters given in the 
key (Mattingly, 1952). The anterolateral scutal patches are also rather smaller 
and less wedge-shaped (see pl. ii, fig. 11 of Edwards (1941) which apparently repre- 
sents contiguus and not poweri as stated). On the basis of these characters it seems 
fairly certain that the two rather rubbed females of ‘‘ contiguus’’ mentioned by 
Edwards (1941) are in fact langata. The presence of the latter species in Southern 
Rhodesia (Ndanga) has been confirmed by the dissection of male terminalia. The 
presence of contiguus in the Transvaal has also been confirmed by the dissection of 
male terminalia. Transvaal specimens tend to have the pale band at the base of 
the third hind tarsal rather broader than do those so far seen from Southern 
Rhodesia (4 the length of the segment in the type male and the specimen from 
Ndanga and from 3 to } the tarsal length in those specimens so far received from the 
Transvaal). This band is therefore not always quite so strikingly narrow as Edwards’ 
description might suggest. A very fine series of Transvaal contiguus has recently 
been received from Dr. De Meillon, and the question of variation will be discussed 
in more detail in the taxonomic paper of the present series. 

Aédes langata. Resemblances to contiguus have been discussed in connection 
with that species. The length of the pale basal band on the third hind tarsal is 
again variable (about } the length of the segment in the Kenya form, + this length 
in the problematical specimen from Nyasaland and } in the Southern Rhodesian 
specimens. This character cannot therefore be safely used for separation from 
contiguus. An incomplete female from Gwelo in the British Museum resembles 
langata in scutal markings and in the broad abdominal bands and distal expansion 
of the ventral pale stripe at the base of the hind tibia, but differs from all other 
available specimens in having a pale posterior stripe on about the basal # of the 
first mid-tarsal, much as in heischi. This specimen and another, even less complete, 
from the same locality cannot be attributed with certainty until further material 
is available. The larva of langata closely resembles those of apicoargenteus, soleatus 
and schwetzi but, in the material available, it can be separated from the first of 
these by having the antennal seta at less than 0-7 x the distance from the base. to 
the apex. 

Aédes calceatus. The precise status of the various populations attributed to this 
species is one of the most troublesome problems connected with the Ethiopian 
Stegomyia at the present time. Much more material is needed from certain parts 
of the range before the problem can be approached with any confidence. For the 
moment the following brief notes on variation are all that can be offered. It should 
be borne in mind that not only this species and soleatus but also heischi and the form 
from Gwelo here tentatively attributed to Jangata may exhibit a pale posterior stripe 
on the first mid-tarsal. From heischi and soleatus all the known forms of calceatus 
can be separated by having an entirely dark fifth hind tarsal, and soleatus also differs 
strikingly in its abdominal markings. From calceatus langata differs in its broader 


12 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


abdominal bands and in the shape of the pale line at the base of the hind tibia. 
In calceatus the Livingstone form differs from the type form in having the femoral 
knee-spots on the hind legs shorter with the backward prolongation reduced or 
absent, the pale ring at the base of the third hind tarsal segment only about +4, the 
length of the segment or less (about 4 the length of the segment in the type form 
from Tanganyika) and the second abdominal tergite all dark. A single male from 
the Langata Forest in the British Museum, which has terminalia almost precisely 
like those of the type form calceatus and is here tentatively attributed to that 
species, also has the backward prolongation of the hind femoral knee-spot reduced 
and the band at the base of the third hind tarsal only about + the length of the 
segment. In this specimen both the second and third abdominal tergites are dark 
and the median pale stripe on the scutum is more strongly indicated than in the type 
form, reaching forward as far as the front end of the anterolateral patches. In the 
type form this stripe stops short at the posterior end of the anterolateral patches, 
and is represented further forward by at most a few pale scales. In the Langata 
form the general reduction of pale scaling is also shown in the rather narrower 
anterolateral pale patches on the scutum, and in the fact that the second mid-tarsal 
is dark all round on about the apical third (pale behind to the tip in the type form). 
The pale scales at the base of the third mid-tarsal mentioned by Edwards (1941) 
are present in only a few specimens in the type series. They are not shown by the 
Langata or the Livingstone form. As already noted, pale scales occur in this 
position as an aberration in a number of species of Ethiopian Stegomyia. Mrs. 
Van Someren has kindly sent the following note on variation in Kenya Lowland 
specimens from Ganda, Gede and Kwale at present tentatively attributed to 
calceatus : “‘ Fore tarsi with first segment wholly or only partly white behind and 
second segment sometimes white to 4 behind. Mid-tarsi with the amount of black 
on the first tarsal joint very variable; second segment nearly all white with a 
dark spot at tip anteriorly ; third segment nearly always dark but may have a 
small patch of white scales at the base behind. Third hind tarsal segment with 
the white basal band usually very narrow (Ganda and Gede), but it may extend to 
+ (Kwale). Hind femur with the anterior surface white on the basal 4 then a small 
black patch followed by a large silvery white patch at 4; rest black (Ganda and 
Gede) or white on just over the basal 4, rest black (Kwale). Third abdominal tergite 
with a white band or spot (9).’’ A full discussion of the significance of this variation 
must await the taxonomic paper in the present series. 

Aédes soleatus. A description of the larva of this species has recently been 
supplied by Mrs. E. C. C. Van Someren for inclusion in the new edition of vol. i of 
Mosquitoes of the Ethiopian Region (Hopkins, 1952). This description was used 
together with the paedotype and other specimens in the preparation of the key to 
larvae in the first paper of the present series. Recent collections in Kenya have 
shown the adult to be somewhat variable, and Mrs. Van Someren has kindly sent 
the following note on variation in specimens from Gede and Taveta: ‘“‘ Mid-tarsi 
1-4 usually pale behind and above (Gede) or first with only a white ring at the base 
but sometimes also white behind to near tip, second white with variable amount 
of black in front at tip, third nearly always black but may sometimes be white 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 13 


behind basally (Taveta). Third hind tarsal segment with basal white ring to }. 
Tergite 2 usually and 3 sometimes without white dorsal bands.” Occasional specimens 
of the Taveta form with the first mid-tarsal segment largely dark behind would 
run down, on the key to adults included in the first paper of this series, to the 
apicoargenteus group, to which soleatus seems to be quite closely related. From the 
members of this group it can be distinguished by the size and shape of the antero- 
lateral scutal patches and by the less extensive pale patch on the posterior pro- 
notum. Other characters which may perhaps prove less reliable are the smaller 
knee-spots, and the fact that the median anterior pale spot on the scutum is composed 
of narrow scales, In connection with the latter character it should be noted that 
Marks (1951) has found that it may vary in the scutellaris group with the temperature 
at which the early stages are reared. One specimen from Taveta kindly sent by 
Dr. Lumsden has the basal pale patch on the sixth abdominal tergite little more 
than half the depth of the segment. Such a specimen, if it possessed the normal 
type of first tarsal segment, would run down to heischi. If with a first tarsal which 
was largely dark behind, it would run down to couplet 30, but could not be taken 
beyond this owing to the combination of pale-ringed fifth hind tarsal segment 
and pale spot on the anterior surface of the mid-femur. Confusion between atypical 
specimens of soleatus and heischi seems to be the biggest danger and there is, in 
fact, some reason to suppose that it may have occurred in the past. The distal 
expansion of the basal ventral stripe on the hind tibia is perhaps the best single 
diagnostic character from heischit. In the material at present available the larva 
of soleatus can be separated from that of apicoargenteus by having the antennal 
seta at less than 0-7 x the distance from base to apex. 

Aédes apicoargenteus ssp. denderensis. This form is of particular interest because 
it occupies an intermediate position both morphologically and geographically 
between the apicoargenteus and calceatus groups. It differs from all other forms 
in both groups, except calceatus, in having the larval siphon entirely dark. The 
adult shows no constant difference from those of the type form occurring in Uganda 
and the central Kavirondo district of Kenya, but differs from West African speci- 
mens, other than those from the Cameroons, in having smaller anterolateral scutal 
patches and in the more frequent occurrence of pale scales on the lateral lobes of 
the scutellum. The third hind tarsal is more narrowly banded than is usual in 
other regions, except the Cameroons, and in one specimen the fifth hind tarsal is 
almost entirely dark, a feature also known elsewhere at present only from the 
Cameroons. It is clear that the distinctive features of denderensis which have so 
far been noted, other than the pigmentation of the larval siphon, are merely those 
of a highland form. The hind femur is pale behind on about the basal 2° and is 
more extensively pale than in any other form so far examined. Van Someren 
(1946), however, has recorded specimens from both Kenya and Uganda in which 
it is pale on up to a half. Despite the suggestion of Wolfs (1949) to the contrary, 
the condition of the male terminalia falls within the range of variation exhibited by 
the type form. The character of the larval siphon is considered to be an important 
one and, as it appears to be geographically representative, there is felt to be some 
justification for naming this form as a sub-species. 


14 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


Aédes schwetzi. A description of the larva of this species has recently been 
published in the second edition of vol. 1 of Mosquitoes of the Ethiopian Region, to 
which it was contributed by Mr. G. G. Robinson. It closely resembles those of 
other members of the group, but is separable from calceatus and denderensis by 
having the distal part of the siphon markedly paler than the remainder. The 
range of variation in the position of the antennal seta overlaps that encountered 
in apicoargenteus on the one hand and soleatus and langata on the other, since in 
some larvae it is at more and in others at less than 0-7 x the distance from base to 
apex. Only a partial separation is therefore possible. From adults of apico- 
argenteus it is easily separated by the broad and conspicuous border of pale scales 
round the pre-scutellar space, but as already noted under apicoargenteus (Mattingly, 
1952) the characters of the male terminalia given by Edwards (1941) are not really 
distinctive unless it be that the ninth tergite of schwetzi is a little more deeply 
excavated. As far as is known the lateral lobes of the scutellum are always entirely 
white scaled, and this should make separation from the majority of apicoargenteus 
easy. 

Aédes deboerit. This appears to be a member of the dendrophilus group. It 
shows resemblances to dendrophilus on the one hand and to bambusae on the other. 
The relationship to bambusae is discussed below under that species. The larva 
shows no constant difference from that of dendrophilus but, whereas no larvae of 
the latter so far seen have more than one detached pecten tooth beyond the siphonal 
tuft, deboert larvae often have two or three. In deboeri larvae the siphonal tuft 
is normally bifid, rarely single, whereas Kenya and Uganda dendrophilus normally 
have it single. Nigerian and Gold Coast larvae of dendrophilus, however, often 
have it bifid. Adults of deboeri can be separated from those of dendrophilus by 
the narrower anterolateral pale scutal patches and by having the second mid-tarsal 
segment pale above on less than half, usually much less, as well as by the largely 
dark fifth hind tarsal. 

Aédes bambusae and ‘“‘ssp. kenyae.’”’ Type form bambusae can be recognized 
from deboert by the fact that the anterior horn of the anterolateral pale scutal 
patches is continued round the anterior edge of the scutum nearly to the median 
anterior pale spot and by the great reduction of the knee-spots on the hind femora, 
which are represented at most by one or two pale scales. The yellow colouring of 
the pale scutal markings is not absolutely distinctive, as Kenya deboerit often have 
these markings pale yellow, and in the single female from Marangu tentatively 
attributed to this species they are deep yellow. Ssp. kenyae is intermediate between 
the two forms. Its pale scutal markings vary from deep yellow to whitish and it 
is thought that the colour may be influenced by climatic factors, though insufficient 
evidence is as yet available to establish this. It has well-developed knee-spots 
on both mid and hind femora and in this respect resembles deboert. Taking into 
account this fact, its distribution and the known variation in both forms, it seems 
more reasonable to regard it as a subspecies of deboert than of bambusae. More 
detailed evidence with regard to distribution is, however, much to be desired. 
From deboert (and from bambusae) ssp. kenyae is readily distinguishable in the larval 
stage by having the pecten spines arranged in discontinuous groups with 1-5 spines 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 15 


in each. Adult differences from deboeri are less satisfactory, but all specimens at 
present available are distinguished by the fact that the second mid-tarsal is pale 
above almost to the tip, at least along the mid-line. 

Aédes angustus. As already indicated, the larva figured for demezlloni by Hopkins 
_ (1936, fig. 61c) is in fact that of the present species. Dr. Haddow has collected 
further larvae from the Chuya Forest which almost certainly belong to 
angustus. Unfortunately, however, the only specimen from the original series 
which is now available for examination is a single incomplete pelt. The Chuya 
Forest larvae are separable from those of all other Ethiopian mainland Stegomyia, 
except wnilineatus, the South-west African larvae attributed to pseudonigeria and, 
in some cases, amaltheus by the fact that the setae composing the ventral brush 
are single. In addition to the differences from unilineatus given in the key (Mat- 
tingly, 1952), they can be recognized from all larvae of unilineatus at present 
available by the absence of stellate setae from the thorax. This character is, 
however, so variable among the Ethiopian Stegomyia that it has to be employed 
with very great caution. 

Aédes ruwenzort. The breeding-places of this species are still undiscovered, but 
Gillett (19515) has obtained eggs by means of a similar technique to that employed 
for africanus (Gillet et al., 1950). Larvae were obtained from these eggs, and Mr. 
Gillett kindly allowed me the use of his MS. in preparing the following brief account: 
Head seta A with 5-8 branches. Thorax with stellate setae. Comb and pecten 
spines much as in bambusae. Sub-ventral tuft of siphon with 2-4 branches, usually 
bifid. Saddle hair with 3-7 branches. Upper caudal seta with 2-5 branches, 
lower trifid. Setae of ventral brush with 2-4 branches. In the key to larvae 
(Mattingly, 1952) this species would run down with bambusae, deboert and dendro- 
philus. Gillett notes that it can be recognized from bambusae by the presence of 
stellate setae on the thorax. The unreliability of this character has, however, been 
noted above, and a better character would perhaps be the large number of branches 
in head seta A. All larvae of bambusae so far examined have this seta double, and 
those of deboert and dendrophilus have it double or at most, in rare cases, triple. 
Partial differential characters are afforded by the numbers of branches in the sub- 
ventral tuft of the siphon and in the saddle hair and caudal setae. From angustus 
the larva should be easily distinguished by the branched setae of the ventral brush 
as well as by the comb and pecten spines, which are very similar to those of bambusae. 
The structure of the comb and pecten spines makes separation from africanus 
both easy and certain and this is an advantage, since damaged adults from high 
altitudes, such as that from Dendezi (Mattingly, 1952),:may be difficult to assign. 

Aédes mascarensis. That this species is closely related to aegypti is shown by 
the fact that their male terminalia are virtually identical while their larvae can 
only be separated with difficulty. Despite this fact Edwards (1932) placed aegypti 
in his group A and mascarensts in his group B. In doing so he appears to have been 
influenced by the fact that the mesonotal pattern of mascarensis is at first sight 
strikingly different from that shown by other members of group A. In the present 
author’s opinion mascarensts should be transferred to group A together with chemuI- 
poensis (see above). This would render both groups more or less homogeneous 


16 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


with respect to their male terminalia. Nor are the mesonotal markings of mascarensis 
nearly so aberrant with respect to the rest of the group as the description given by 
Edwards (1941) would suggest. It is true that the scales over much of the scutum 
(at least on the anterior half) are silvery white, but this condition is approached 
by pale specimens of “ aegypti var. queenslandensis.’’ What Edwards failed to 
point out is that even in mascarensis the typical anterolateral patches, postero- 
lateral lines and supra-alar patches of group A are clearly indicated by local aggre- 
gations of broader scales. It is true that the median anterior spot and the median 
longitudinal pale lines are indistinguishable, but these are normally composed of 
narrow scales in aegypti and in pale specimens of queenslandensis they may be very 
inconspicuous, while in the so-called ‘“‘ var. mosquito Robineau-Desvoidy’’ the 
median lines are absent. <A single female adult recently sent to the British Museum 
by Monsieur Vinson from Moka, Mauritius, differs notably from mascarensis in 
scutal ornamentation and in the relative widths of the tarsal bands. This seems 
quite clearly to be a new species, although the possibility of hybridization between 
aegyptt and mascarensis ought to be investigated. The description follows. 


Aédes (Stegomyia) vinsoni sp. n. 


Adult 9: Proboscis wholly dark. Clypeus devoid of scales. Back of head 
differs from that of mascarensis in being devoid of dark scales even in the lateral 
areas. Posterior pronotum largely covered with broad pale scales. (The precise 
condition in mascarensis cannot be ascertained from available specimens owing to 
rubbing, but it certainly bears a number of large, broad, loosely attached pale 
scales and is not entirely bare as stated by Edwards (1941)). Mesonotum with 
anterolateral and supra-alar patches, and posterolateral lines clearly marked by 
aggregations of relatively broad scales as in mascarensts, but differs from mascarensis 
in having a well-marked median longitudinal stripe of broad scales, tapering 
posteriorly, the scales on either side of this stripe very pale fawn rather than white. 
Scales around the pre-scutellar bare space also broadened. The whole of the 
mesonotum is covered with white or whitish scales. (The normal extent of pale 
scaling in mascarensis is not clear. Edwards (1941) and MacGregor (1924, 1927) 
are ambiguous in their descriptions and all specimens at present available are 
rubbed. It is, however, clear from these specimens that, at least in some cases, 
the posterior part of the mesonotum is quite extensively dark.) Scutellum apparently 
with all lobes entirely pale scaled. (mascarensis has the usual small patch of dark 
scales on the tip of the mid-lobe, although most of these are rubbed away in the 
available specimens.) Dorsal surface of abdomen almost entirely pale scaled as 
in some aberrant forms of aegypti (Summers-Connal, 1926, 1927 ; Drake-Brockman, 
1g11). (In mascarensis the tergites have broad, shallow, pale basal bands as in 
typical aegypti.) Front femur very largely pale behind, pale in front and above 
on about the basal three-fifths. A small but conspicuous white spot above at tip. 
Tibia all dark, Tarsi all dark except the first two, which are narrowly banded at 
base. The presence of a knee-spot on the front leg is unusual in the Ethiopian 
Stegomyia. It is shown by aegypti and by some, but not all, topotypic calceatus 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 17 


but is absent in the case of mascarensis, which is almost equally abnormal in having 
no knee-spots on any of the legs. Mid-femur largely pale in front and behind but 
with a dark stripe above reaching nearly to base. Tibia entirely dark. First tarsal 
pale ringed on about the basal }, second pale on about the basal 4; remainder dark. 
(mascarensis has no knee-spot and the tarsi are rather more narrowly ringed 
while the femur as a whole is much darker, pale scaling being restricted to a narrow 
line on the under surface.) Hind femur pale in front nearly to tip, pale behind on 
about the basal 2, with a dark streak above tapering backwards for about the 
basal #. Knee-spot well developed. Tibia entirely dark. First two tarsi each 
pale on about the basal 4. Third and fourth tarsi pale on about the basal 4 and 
% respectively. Fifth tarsal entirely pale. (As already noted, mascarensis lacks 
the femoral knee-spot. It also has the femur less extensively pale and the tarsi 
more narrowly banded except the fourth, which is pale on about the basal #.) All 
claws apparently simple as in Group C. (Front and middles claws toothed in 
mascarensis as in group A.) 
Adult 3 and early stages unknown. Holotype @ in British Museum. 


Aédes granti. This species was placed by Edwards (1932) in his group C. The 
recent description of the male terminalia (Leeson & Theodor, 1948) shows him to 
have been correct. All the claws of the female are simple as in group C and some 
members of group B. The scutal markings are unlike those of most members of 
the group in that there is a complete border of pale scales round the edges. In this 
respect they recall paullusi, hakanssoni and scutoscriptus. Knight & Rozeboom 
(1946) and Knight & Hurlbut (1949) have recently revised group C, splitting off 
the albolineatus sub-group and raising it to the status of a full group. They recognize 
three sub-groups typified by scutellaris, albopictus and medtopunctatus respectively, 
and they place granti in the second of these. In this they are apparently governed 
by the basal position of the median portion of the pale tergal bands, but on the 
much more important character of the arrangement of pleural scales (probably 
unknown to them since there is no description of the condition in granti in the 
literature) this species should clearly go into the scutellaris sub-group. It has, © 
however, in common with hakanssont and scutoscriptus (but not paullusi), an extra 
stripe of pale scales between the dorsal border of the sternopleura and the lower 
edge of the posterior pronotum, as in albopictus, and is thus distinguished from more 
typical members of the group. It is possible that these three species should be 
placed in a separate sub-group. They are all restricted to rather remote islands 
(in the zoogeographical sense), hakanssoni and scutoscriptus being known only from 
Truk and Ponape respectively. Further study of the whole group from this point 
of view is, however, required, and the matter will be discussed more fully in the 
next paper. 

Aédes albopictus. As noted above, Knight & Hurlbut (1949) have placed this 
in a separate sub-group from scutellaris. In the same sub-group they provisionally 
placed uwnilineatus. Examination of the latter shows that it possesses all the charac- 
ters adduced for the albopictus sub-group, but differs from albopictus in having rather 
more extensive pleural scaling, and in particular in the presence of a small additional 


ENTOM. III, I. 2 


18 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


patch of scales in the posteroventral corner of the posterior pronotum. In this 
respect it agrees with Biro’s specimen of Aédes cretinus from Amari, Crete (Edwards, 
19210), which I have been able to examine through the kindness of Dr. Sods of the 
Budapest Museum. Males of albopictus from the Seychelles, Madagascar and 
Mauritius have been dissected and their terminalia compared with those of other 
specimens from Southern India, Java, Celebes, the Philippines and Hong Kong, 
In general they show a rather feeble development of the enlarged spines on the 
basal lobe of the coxite, but a similar condition is found in other parts of the range 
and it does not appear to be taxonomically significant. Only one topotypical 
specimen (a male) is available for comparison. This specimen, like those from 
Mauritius, shows well-developed white stripes on the undersides of the fore and mid- 
tibiae and the first mid-tarsus. Similar stripes are shown in various degrees of 
development by most of the specimens from the Seychelles but a few Seychelles 
specimens and two from Madagascar (kindly lent by Prof. Peus of the Berlin 
Museum) appear to be entirely dark. It seems that discrepancies in the literature 
are due to the fact that this character, besides being sometimes difficult to observe, 
is variable. Thus Ch’I Ho (1931), Martini (1931) and Bonne-Wepster & Brug 
(1932) all describe the tibiae as entirely dark, despite the fact that white stripes of 
varying degrees of distinctness can be observed in specimens in the British Museum 
from Malaya (Perak), Sarawak, the Philippines, China (Hong Kong) and Japan. 
In other respects the Ethiopian specimens agree well with the topotypical one from 
Calcutta, differing mainly in having the tarsal bands, in general, slightly narrower. 
This difference is shown best by the first mid-tarsal and the second hind tarsal, which 
have the basal bands about } to + and } to 3 the length of the segment respectively 
in the Ethiopian specimens as compared to } and 2 respectively in the Calcutta 
specimen. All Ethiopian specimens, like the Calcutta specimen, appear to have 
the hind tibia entirely dark. 


DISTRIBUTION RECORDS 


The following list resembles in all respects that given in the first paper of the 
series. The same abbreviations are employed with one addition, which is as follows : 
Terv. = Congo Museum, Tervuren. Doubtful records are again marked with an 
asterisk and these, together with records believed to have been based on misidenti- 
fications, are discussed separately below (p. 22). 


Aédes amaltheus 

N. RuopesiA. Livingstone (De Meillon & Lavoipierre, 1944), Balovale (Robinson, 
1948). S. Ruopesia. Bindura*, Darwin*, Shamva* (as powert, Leeson, 1931), 
Ndanga* (B.M.). BECHUANALAND. Kasane (De Meillon, 19472). 


Aédes pseudonigeria 

AncoLa. O Wambu (= Nova Lisboa, Theobald, 1910), Bailundo (as wellmanz, 
Theobald, 1910). Rare in Benguela area, common in western Bihé and eastern 
and central Bailundo (Wellman, MS.). BECHUANALAND. Unnamed locality (as 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 19 


poweri, Edwards, 1912), Botletle River (Edwards, 1941), Francistown (Muspratt, 
in litt.). S.W. AFRIcA. Otjiwarongo (Edwards, 1924a), Kanovlei, Karabib area*, 
Okahandja (Muspratt, 7 litt.), Okokarara (B.M.). 


Aédes chaussiert 


BELGIAN ConGo. Sandoa (Edwards, 19230), Elisabethville (Schwetz, 19270), 
Keyberg (Elisabethville area, B.M.), Kisanga Gallery Forest (Keyberg, Mattingly 
& Lips, in press), Lubilash Valley (L.S.H.). N. RuopgEsia. Unnamed locality (as 
africanus, Edwards, 1912), Lake Young (Edwards, 1923 bis), Ndola (B.M.). 


Aédes masseyt 


BELGIAN CoNGO. Ruwe (as powert, Theobald, 1910), Elisabethville (Edwards, 
1941), Kisanga Gallery Forest (Keyberg, near Elisabethville, Mattingly & Lips, 
in press). N.RHODEsIA. Unnamed locality (as powert, Neave, 1912), Lake Young 
(Edwards, 1923 bis). 


Aédes keniensis 


KenyA. Nairobi (as sp. near poweri, V. G. L. Van Someren & De Boer, 1926, 
as ? masseyi, Edwards, 1941, as keniensis, E. C. C. Van Someren, 1946 bis), Langata 
Forest (Garnham, 1949), Fort Hall, Kerugoya, Kiambu (E. C. C. Van Someren, in 
litt.), Eldoret*, Meru* (as simpsont, Symes, 1935). TANGANYIKA Njombe* (B.M.). 


Aédes heischt 

Kenya. Taveta (E. C. C. Van Someren, 1951), Gede (B.M.), Mombasa, Shimba 
Hills (E. C. C. Van Someren, im litt.). TANGANYIKA. Dar-es-Salaam* (as pseudo- 
nigeria, Haworth, 1924), Mombo*, Moshi* (as ? pseudonigerta, Edwards in McHardy, 
1932). TRANSVAAL. Magoebaskloof* (as pseudonigeria, Ingram & De Meillon, 
1929). 


Aédes demetlloni 


ZULULAND. Eshowe (as subargenteus, Bedford, 1928, as deboert var. demeilloni, 
Edwards, 1936). NatTat. Amanzimtoti, Impetyeni, Margate (B.M.), Stanger 
Beach (Muspratt, 7m Jitt.), Dukuduku Forest, St. Lucia (Muspratt im litt.). CAPE 
PROVINCE. Hole-in-the-Wall (as deboeri, De Meillon & Lavoipierre, 1944, fide 
Muspratt), Port St. Johns (B.M.), Coffee Bay, Embotyi, Keimouth, Mazeppa Bay 
(Muspratt, i /itt.). 


Aédes kivuensis 
BELGIAN ConGo. Kibati (as subargenteus ssp. kivuensis, Edwards, 1941). 


Aédes woodi 


Kenya. Ganda, Kaloleni (B.M.). NyAsALAND. Cholo (Edwards, 1922). 
MOZAMBIQUE. Vilanculos (Pereira, 1946). 


20 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 
Aédes subargenteus 


Kenya. Taveta (B.M.), Ganda (E. C. C. Van Someren, im litt.). NvyASALAND. 
Fort Johnston (Edwards, 1925), Ndala Chikoa (Lamborn, im litt.), Unnamed locality 
(Lamborn, 1939), Maiwale (B.M.). ZuLULAND. Train between Empangeni and 
Gingindhlovu* (Ingram & De Meillon, 1927), Umfolosi (B.M.), Dukuduku Forest, 
Emseleni, St. Lucia (Muspratt, 7m itt.). Natat. Melville (Muspratt, in Uitt.). 
CAPE PROVINCE. Embotyi (B.M.), Port St. Johns (Muspratt, im litt). 


Aédes strelitziae 


ZULULAND. Dukuduku Forest, Richards Bay, St. Lucia (Muspratt, in lUit.). 
NaTAL. Margate (Muspratt, 1950), Amanzimtoti (Muspratt, 7m litt.). CAPE Pro- 
VINCE. Embotyi, Keimouth, Port St. Johns (Muspratt, 7 litt.). 


Aédes powert 


NaTaL. Unnamed locality (Theobald, 1905). CAPE PROVINCE. Groot Rivier 
Mouth*, Kologha Forest* (Muspratt, in /itt.). 


Aédes contiguus 


S. RHopEs1A. Mashonaland (as africanus, Theobald, 1gor), Salisbury (Edwards, 
1936), Ndanga* (B.M.). TRANSVAAL. Onderstepoort, Roberts Heights (as powert, 
Bedford, 1928), Letaba*, Leysdorp Road*, Rolle Siding*, Tzaneen* (Ingram & 
De Meillon, 1929), Johannesburg (Edwards, 1936), Fontainbleau, Pretoria, Riet- 
fontein, Witkoppen (B.M.), Pietersburg (Liv.). 


Aédes langata 


Kenya. Langata Forest (E. C. C. Van Someren, 1946a), Nairobi (E. C. C. Van 
Someren, 7 litt.). NYASALAND. Maiwale* (H.D.). S. RHopDEsIA. Salisbury* (as 
contiguus, Edwards, 1941), Gwelo*, Ndanga (B.M.). 


Aédes calceatus 


Kenya. Langata Forest* (as langata, E. C. C. Van Someren, 19462), Ganda 
(B.M.), Gede, Kwale (E. C. C. Van Someren, im Hitt.). TAanGanyiKa. Lindi 
(Edwards, 19240). N. Ruopesta. Livingstone (De Meillon & Lavoipierre, 1944). 
S. RHODEsIA. Shamva (Leeson, 1931), Bindura (Edwards, 1941), Darwin (L.S.H.), 
Chindamora Reserve*, Ndanga* (Meeser, in litt.). ZULULAND. Ishongwe (Muspratt 
in Uitt.). 


Aédes soleatus 


KENnyA. Gede (Bailey, 1947, E. C. C. Van Someren, 1947), Taveta (Heisch, 1948). 
TANGANYIKA. Dar-es-Salaam, Lindi (Edwards, 19246, Harris, 1942), points between 
Tanga and Moshi (Harris, 1942). NyAsALAND. Mlanje (B.M.). S. RHopDEstIa. 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 21 


Shamva (Leeson, 1931), Bindura, Darwin (Edwards, 1941), Chindamora Reserve*, 
Ndanga* (Meeser, im litt.) ZULULAND. Dukuduku Forest (Muspratt im liit.). 


Aédes apicoargenteus ssp. denderensis 


BELGIAN ConGo. Costermansville (Wolfs, 1949). IRUANDA-URUNDI. Kisenyi* 
as apicoargenteus, Seydel, 19292). 


Aédes schwetzt 


BELGIAN ConGo. Elisabethville (Edwards, 1926; Schwetz, 1927a). Ile Shashu 
(Edwards, 1941), Kipushi (L.S.H.), Costermansville* (Wolfs, 7m litt.), Panda (Terv.), 
Lubumbashi River (B.M.). N. RuopeEstia. Balovale (Robinson, 1948), Ndola 
(Robinson, 1950), Lake Bangweulu district, Kasama (B.M.). 


Aédes deboeri 


Kenya. Nairobi (as powert, V. G. L. Van Someren & De Boer, 1926, as deboert, 
Edwards, 1926, E. C. C. Van Someren, 19460), Langata Forest (Garnham, 1949), 
Kiambu, Ngong (E. C. C. Van Someren, 7 Jitt.). TANGANYIKA. Arusha*, Mombo*, 
Moshi* (Harris, 1942), Marangu* (B.M.). 


Aédes bambusae 


BELGIAN Conco. Kausi & Biega Mountains (Wolfs, in litt.), Kivu Highlands 
at 3000 metres (B.M.). UGaNnpba. Saddle between Mt. Mgahinga and Mt. Sabinio 
(Edwards, 1935), Kanaba (Edwards & Gibbins, 1939), Behungi, Muko (Edwards, 
1941), Lugezi (B.M.), Chuya Forest (Haddow, in litt.). 


Aédes bambusae ssp. kenyae 


Kenya. Elgeyo Escarpment (as deboerit, Edwards, 1941), Kaimosi Forest, Kisii, 
Kitale (E. C. C. Van Someren, 1946a), Elburgon, Equator, Mau (E. C. C. Van 
Someren in Garnham et al., 1946), Cheborget, Eldoret, Muhoroni, Taito (E. C. C. 
Van Someren 7m litt.), Chagroi Forest (fide Muspratt). 


Aédes angustus 


BELGIAN ConGo. Kausi and Biega Mountains (Wolfs, in litt.). UGanpa. Saddle 
between Mt. Mgahinga and Mt. Sabinio (Edwards, 1935), Muko (Edwards & Gibbins, 
1939), Chuya Forest (Haddow, in U/itt.). 


Aédes ruwenzori 


UcanpA. Bunguha, Kabingo, Kakuka, Kizimba (Haddow & E. C. C. Van 
Someren, 1950). . 


Aédes mascarensis 


Mauritius. Pamplemousses*, Reduit (MacGregor, 1924), Corps de Garde, 
Unnamed localities (B.M.). | 


22 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 
Aédes vinsont sp. n. 
Mauritius. Moka (B.M.). 


Aédes granti 


SoKoTRA. Unnamed locality (Theobald, 1901), Mouri (Leeson & Theodor, 1948). 
Aédes albopictus 


Fr. SOMALILAND. Boat off Djibouti* (as scutellaris Walker, Doreau, 1909). 
AMIRANTE Is. Desroche I. (as scutellaris, Theobald, 1912 bis). SEYCHELLES Is. 
Unnamed localities on Coetivy, Dennis and Mahé Islands, Anse aux Pins, Capucin, 
Cascade Estate, Long Island, Morne Blanc, Porte Victoria, unnamed localities on 
Praslin and Silhouette Islands (all as scutellaris, Theobald, 1912 bis), Porte Victoria 
region and unnamed localities on Mahé Island (Harper, 1947). Mauritius. Un- 
named localities (as Culex albopictus, De Grandpré & De Charmoy, 1900, as scutellaris, 
Theobald, 1905 bis, as Aédes albopictus, Edwards, 1920). “‘Everywhere on the 
island from sea-level to the highest altitude,’”’ Flat Island, Gabriel Island (MacGregor, 
1927). Mapacascar. Ankasobé, Diego Suarez, Majunga (as lambert: Ventrillon, 
Ventrillon, 1904), unnamed localities (as scutellaris, Legendre, 1918, as albopictus, 
Edwards, 1941), Antananarivo (as /amberti, Enderlein, 1921). Rrunion. St. Denis 
(Edwards, 1920), Ste. Rose (B.M.). 


DOUBTFUL RECORDS 
Aédes amaltheus 


S. RHopEsiA. Ndanga. This record is based on one female only and therefore 
requires confirmation. The records from Bindura, Darwin and Shamva (as powert, 
Leeson, 1931) can no longer be confirmed from specimens. The possibility that 
they refer to amaltheus is discussed below under zoogeography. 


Aédes pseudonigeria 


S.W. Arrica. Karabib area. This record is discussed above under Taxonomy. 


Aédes keniensis 


Kenya. Eldoret, Meru (as stmpsoni, Symes, 1935). As noted in the previous 
paper, records of stmpsoni from above about 5000 ft. in Kenya are probably the 
result of misidentification. The true identity of the species concerned can no longer 
be confirmed from specimens, but Mrs. Van Someren has suggested (im litt.) that 
they may have been kentensis, and this seems very probable. TANGANYIKA. 
Njombe (B.M.). This record is based on two females only and therefore requires 
confirmation. One specimen is, however, in perfect condition and seems typical. 
Both have a number of pale scales below at the base of the hind tibia as mentioned 
by Mrs. Van Someren (1946, bis) for some Kenya specimens, and one has two or 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 23 


three white scales forming a very small white spot beyond half-way on the anterior 
surface of the mid femur. 


Aédes heischi 


TANGANYIKA. Dar-es-Salaam (as pseudonigeria, Haworth, 1924). There is one 
female specimen of Haworth’s in the British Museum apparently belonging to this 
species, but its identity requires confirmation. Mombo, Moshi (as ? pseudonigerta, 
Edwards in McHardy, 1932). The identification of these specimens seems to have 
given Edwards considerable trouble, and it is not clear whether he came to any 
final decision about them. No specimens have been preserved. On the basis of 
our present knowledge an attribution to heischt seems possible but specimens are 
badly needed from this area. (See also under deboert below.) TRANSVAAL. Magoe- 
baskloof (as pseudonigeria, Ingram & De Meillon, 1929). This record is based on 
a whole larva and a larval and a pupal pelt in the British Museum. The larvae 
appear to be indistinguishable from those of heischt but adults are required for 
confirmation, since it is possible that we may be dealing with an undescribed species 
of the demeilloni group. 


Aédes subargenteus 


ZULULAND. Train between Empangeni and Gingindhlovu (Ingram & De Meillon, 
1927). The British Museum has a specimen which is marked as taken in a caboose 
at Umfolosi in March, 1927, and presented by Dr. Ingram. It is almost certainly 
the specimen to which this record refers. Umfolosi does not, however, lie between 
Empangeni and Gingindhlovu, but is a few miles up the line from Empangeni. 


Aédes powert 


CAPE PROVINCE. Groot Rivier Mouth, Kologha Forest (Muspratt, im Jitt.). 
Specimens have not as yet been received for comparison with the type, but from 
Mr. Muspratt’s description the assignation to power: seems a reasonable one. It will, 
however, be necessary to have males and early stages from Natal before the identity 
of the Cape Province with the topotypic form can be fully established. 


Aédes contiguus 


TRANSVAAL. Letaba, Leysdorp Road, Rolle Siding, Tzaneen (as poweri, Ingram 
& De Meillon, 1929). There is no evidence that, in reassigning Ingram and De 
Meillon’s material, Edwards (1941) saw specimens from anywhere but Johannesburg 
and Pretoria. Records from below 3000 ft. are therefore still open to question, 
and it is preferred to ignore them in considering the distribution of contiguus until 
they can be confirmed. Dr. De Meillon kindly sent the remaining material (one 
specimen each from Letaba and Tzaneen), but, as these specimens are reduced to 
the thorax only, their identity cannot be confirmed. S. RHopEs1A. Ndanga (B.M.). 
This record is based on a unique female and therefore requires confirmation. 


24 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


Aédes langata 


NYASALAND. Maiwale (H.D.). This record is based on one female only and 
therefore requires confirmation. S. RHopEsiA. Salisbury (as contiguus, Edwards, 
1941). This record is based on two badly rubbed females and requires confirmation. 
The record from Gwelo is discussed above under Taxonomy. 


Aédes calceatus 


KrENnyA. Langata Forest (as langata, E. C. C. Van Someren, 1946a). This 
record is discussed above under ‘‘ Taxonomy.’ S. RuHopEsia. Chindamora 
Reserve, Ndanga (Meeser, in litt.). No specimens from either locality are available 
for examination and these records must therefore be regarded as provisional. 


Aédes soleatus 


S. Ruopesta. Chindamora Reserve, Ndanga (Meeser, in litt.). No specimens 
from either locality are available for examination and these records must therefore 
be regarded as provisional. 


Aédes apicoargenteus ssp. denderensis 


RuANnpDA-URUNDI. Kisenyi (as apicoargenteus, Seydel, 19294). Monsieur Seydel 
informs me that no specimens are now available, and there appears to be no means 
of deciding whether the record should be attributed to the type form or the subspecies. 


Aédes schwetz 


BELGIAN ConGo. Ile Shashu (Edwards, 1941), Costermansville (Wolfs, in litt.). 
These records are discussed under Zoogeography. 


Aédes deboent 


TANGANYIKA. Arusha, Mombo, Moshi (Harris, 1942). These records cannot 
now be confirmed. They may perhaps have referred to heischi. Mr. Swaine kindly 
sent some of Harris’s specimens from the laboratory at Morogoro but they were 
unfortunately destroyed in transit. The record from Marangu is discussed above 
under ‘‘ Taxonomy.” 


Aédes mascarensis 


Mauritius. Pamplemousses (MacGregor, 1924). This record was based on a 
casual observation of a mosquito in flight and is therefore open to question. 


Aédes albopictus 


FR. SOMALILAND. Boat off Djibouti (as scutellaris, Doreau, 1909). This record 
was based on a casual observation and there is no means of confirming it. 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 25 


RECORDS BASED ON MISIDENTIFICATIONS 
Aédes pseudonigeria 


Kenya. Nairobi (V. G. L. Van Someren & De Boer, 1926). This record appears 
to have been based on a larva which is now in the British Museum. It belongs to 
a species of Aédimorphus. TANGANYIKA. Dar-es-Salaam (Haworth, 1924), Mombo, 
Moshi (Edwards in McHardy, 1932). It is most improbable, on distributional 
grounds, that these attributions can have been correct. The species concerned is 
here provisionally taken to be heischt, but it might have been deboeri or soleatus. 
Specimens from all these localities would be very welcome. TRANSVAAL. Magoe- 
baskloof (Ingram & De Meillon, 1929). See above, in the section on Taxonomy, 
under heischt. ZULULAND. Eshowe (Ingram & De Meillon, 1927). This record 
was based on the material subsequently taken by Edwards (1936) as the type series 
of demeilloni. In addition to demeilloni it contains one specimen of dendrophilus 
(Mattingly, 1952). 


Aédes demeilloni 


UcanDA. Mongiro (Smithburn & Haddow, 1946), Mamirimiri (Haddow eé¢ al., 
1947), Kenya. Kaimosi Forest (E. C. C. Van Someren, 1946). All these records 
refer to dendrophilus (Mattingly, 1952). ZULULAND. Eshowe (Edwards, 1936). 
This material contained one specimen of dendrophilus (Mattingly, 1952). 


Aédes powert 


BELGIAN Conco. Kabinda (Schwetz, 1927b) = apicoargenteus, Ruwe (Theobald, 
I9gI0) = masseyi. KENYA. Unnamed locality (Neave, 1912) = sp. indet., Nairobi 
(V. G. L. Van Someren & De Boer, 1926) = deboeri. N. RuopeEsiA.. Unnamed 
locality (Neave, 1912) = massey1 from Lake Young. TRANSVAAL. Roberts Heights 
(Bedford, 1928) = contiguus. BECHUANALAND. Unnamed locality (Edwards, 1912) 
= pseudonigeria from Botletle River. 


Aédes scutellaris 


All records from the Ethiopian Region (Doreau, 1909; Theobald, 1912 bis ; 
Legendre, 1918) appear to refer to albopictus. 


UNIDENTIFIED AND MISQUOTED LOCALITIES. 


ANGOLA. O Wambu (Aédes pseudonigeria, Theobald, 1910). Apparently a 
version of Huambo which as Mr. Exell of this Museum has kindly informed me, is 
an old name for Nova Lisboa. 

TRANSVAAL. Pietersburg, Rietfontein (Aédes contiguus, B.M. & Liv.). There 
are several places with these names in the Transvaal. In the list of localities (p. 
26) I have included what appear to be the largest places with the appropriate 
names, 


26 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


DISTRIBUTION OUTSIDE THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


Aédes albopictus. South Georgia* (probably cretinus or a nearly related species 
(lindtropi Schingarew), see Stackelberg, 1937), Chagos Archipelago and throughout 
Oriental Region, N.E. China to Manchurian border, Japan to 40° N., Ryuku Islands, 
Formosa, Mariana Islands, Dutch New Guinea*, Serang*, Timor*, Hawaiian Islands. 
Temporarily established in Port Darwin, where it apparently did not persist. 
Records from Polynesia are incorrect. (Theobald, 1912 bis; Rhoudkhadzé, 1926 ; 
Kumm, 19310; Barraud, 1931; Feng, 19384; Bohart & Ingram, 1946; Farner 
et al., 1946; Brug & Bonne-Wepster, 1947 ; Chow, 1949, 1950). 

Records marked with an asterisk are doubtful and require confirmation. 


LIST OF LOCALITIES WITH TOPOGRAPHICAL DETAILS 


The remarks made in connection with the list of localities published in the first 
paper of this series (Mattingly, 1952) apply equally to the present one. Altitudes 
are again given in feet, where possible to the nearest 100 ft., otherwise to the nearest 
5ooft., and rainfalls as the mean annual total to the nearest 5 inches. Figures 
enclosed in brackets have been read from maps or, in the case of some rainfalls, refer 
to an adjacent station. Details of localities included in the previous list are not 
repeated. 


List oF LOCALITIES 


Locality. Altitude Latitude Longitude Rainfall 

Ankasobé, Madagascar ; : (4,500) . 18.20S. +7, 987-20 E. , (55) 
Anse aux Pins, Seychelles . ; <500 . 4-41 S. .. §§.32 E. ; (90) 
Antananarivo, Madagascar : 4,600 . 18.585. .. ee gO : (60) 
Arusha, Tanganyika . ‘ . 4,000 % 3.25 S. An oY 1 OF ; 45 
Bailundo, Angola. ‘ ‘ (5,900) «. {Eaves Sajo%s [reso B05, (70) 
Behungi, Uganda. . . (8,000) . 1.15 S. « (29.48 E. i (55) 
Benguela, Angola. ; : <500 . 12,3855. _ 12 55.26 B, F (10) 
Botletle River, Bechuanaland . (3,000) . 20.1258. . 24.20 E. ; 15 
Bunguha, Uganda~ . ‘ ‘ (6,000) . (oc 4o S045) gee TE) (60) 
Capucin Point, Seychelles . 2 SEO. (4.48 5.) —. (55-33 BE: (90) 
Cascade Estate, Seychelles . I,00ol, (4:42 5S.) oe . (65.29 FB.) x (100) 
Chagroi Forest, Kenya : : (6,000) . o.366.7 T. “{ah.70 Bh.) 3 (55) 
Cheborget, Kenya ; ; (6,200) . 0.35 S. 7°. 1G cto BE. ; (55) 
Chindamora Reserve, S. Rho- 

desia . : : é ; (4,900) . {89:905)) *axutgi.eo EB.) *. (35) 
Cholo, Nyasaland . : . 3,000. . {16.05 Sp) are eag.04 B.) |. 60 
Chuya Forest, Uganda » -  (5-8,000) . (2,35 3). cago de) (50) 
Coetivy I., Seychelles ‘ ‘ <500 . (PAGS cr OtO BE.) ag (90) 
Coffee Bay, Cape Prov... : <g00' 4°) SI6sB - 29.18 E. : (45) 
Mt. Corps de Garde, Mauritius . 2,400. « 26.363. can. e70e7 BE. : (65) 
Darwin, S. Rhodesia . : : 3,300 . « «' 2635408. si - 9k 30 E. , 25 
Dennis I., Seychelles ‘ ; <500 . (9.48:S,). 2. f§s.42 EB.) -< (90) 
Desroche I., Amirantes. , <500 . (§.805.) «458.54 %,) (90) 
Diego Suarez, Madagascar . : <g00'") R28 S. o£. 20 1. 5 (45) 


Djibouti, Fr. Somaliland . . 5000 > TE. GINS bee oe ‘ (5) 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 27 


List OF LOCALITIES (cont.). 


Locality. 
Dukuduku Forest, Zululand 
Elburgon, Kenya. 
Elgeyo Escarpment, Kenya 
Emseleni, Zululand ‘ 
Equator, Kenya 
Flat I., Mauritius ’ 
Fontainbleau, Transvaal. See 
Johannesburg. 
Gabriel I., Mauritius 
Ganda, Kenya . ; 
Gingindhlovu, Zululand , 
Groot Rivier Mouth, Cape Prov. 
Hole-in-the-Wall, Cape Prov. 
Tle Shashu, Belgian Congo . 
Impetyeni Forest, Natal 
Ishongwe, Zululand . 
Johannesburg, Transvaal . 
Kabingo, Uganda 
Kakuka, Uganda 
Kaloleni, Kenya 
Kanaba, Uganda é 
Kanovlei, S.W. Africa 
Kasama, N. Rhodesia 
Kausi and Biega Mts., ee 
Congo . : : 
Keimouth, Cape Province ; 
Kerugoya, Kenya . : 
Keyberg, Belgian Congo. See 
Elisabethville. 
Kibati, Belgian Congo 
Kipushi, Belgian Congo 
Kizimba, Uganda 
Kologha Forest, Cape Prov. 
Kwale, Kenya . ‘ 
Long I., Seychelles : : 
Lubilash Valley, Belgian Congo . 
Lubumbashi R., Belgian ia ; 
Lugezi, Uganda 
Magoebaskloof, Transvaal . 
Mahé I., Seychelles 
Maiwale, Nyasaland . 
Majunga, Madagascar 
Marangu, Tanganyika 
Mau, Kenya é 
Mazeppa Bay, Cape Prov. , 
Melville, Natal . 
Mt. Mgahinga, Uganda 
Mkanduli, Cape Province . 
Mlanje, Nyasaland 
Moka, Mauritius 
Mombo, Tanganyika . 


Altitude 
<500 
7,900 
8,000 
<500 
9,000 
<500 


<500 
<500 
<500 
<500 
<500 
4,800 
(4,500) 
(500) 
5,900 
6,500 
7,000 
<500 
(7,500) 
(4,000) 
4,400 


6,500 
<500 
(5,000) 


6,500 
(4,000) 
(6,000) 

(4-5,000) 
(500) 
<500 
(2,500) 

(4,000) 

7,500 

3,500 

(o—3,000) 

3,200 
<500 

4,600 

8,300 
<500 

500 
(49,000) 

(2,000) 

4,100 

1,100 

1,400 


Latitude 


28. 
(o. 
.oo N. 
(27. 
oo. 
(19. 


I 


24S. 
18 S.) 


25 S.) 
00 
52 S.) 


-53 S.) 
-13 S.) 
,Or:S;) 
58 S.) 
(07 3: 
.02 S.) 
.40 S.) 
225. 
SLES, 
.12 N. 
.35 N. 
.05 S. 
25; 
<rsS. 
ako OS; 


Longitude 
32.18E 


Rainfall 


28 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


List OF LOCALITIES (cont.). 


Locality. Altitude Latitude Longitude Rainfall 
Morne Blanc, Seychelles . : REO; (4.39 8.) .'* (55.27: Bj (100) 
Mouri, Sokotra : ; : 800 os RETRO IN). (GRC (15) 
Muko, Uganda . : : ; 7,500 . (t,29°S.})- -.) Rtg-5e0 By (55) 
Ndala Chikoa, Nyasaland . ; (t;6do) ...7 ‘(agi to). 9 5/05 Bayo (25) 
Ngong, Kenya . : ; ; 6,400 . 1.18 S. » > -96s4o R : 35 
Njombe, Tanganyika : ‘ 6,000. 9.20 S. »* 34046 EB : 40 
Okokarara, S.W. Africa. : (4,500) . 20.35S. « SS Ee. : (20) 
Otjiwarongo, S.W. Africa . : 4,000 *« ($0.97 S.J... TI6;3g HA (15) 
Pamplemousses, Mauritius ; <§00:° «°° (20.00S.). ..9{37.95 BY. (50) 
Panda, Belgian Congo = Jadot- 

ville. 

Porte Victoria, Seychelles . ; <500°° . 4.30 S. i> Fegiae ee ™-%y 85 
Praslin I., Seychelles ‘ .  (0-1,300) . (4.19 S.) . (55-43 E.) . (90-120) 
Reduit, Mauritius. oe i (1,000) ..'* (20.12 S.) . .. Keyngaa (60) 
Richards Bay, Zululand . : <500 . 28.385. . 92.048; ‘ 45 
Rietfontein, Transvaal ; ; 5.400 . 26.09 S. | eae et, (30) 
Rolle Siding, Transvaal . ‘ 1,600. .)\(24.40'8:),. . « ROTA (20) 
Ruwe, Belgian Congo ; ‘ (4,000) . 10.418. +, £4.35 Es ‘ 45 
Mt. Sabinio, Uganda ° . (4-12,000) . 1.25 S. > 2Osga By S (60) 
St. Denis, Réunion . : ‘ <506° |.) "20, 55°90, : 55.305. ? >100 
St. Lucia, Zululand . : : <s00 «6s. -(28:308.) > . “rag Bs (35) 
Ste. Rose, Réunion . . ‘ <s00- 2 (28.07 S.). 5.5 Seeger Os >100 
Sandoa, Belgian Congo. , 2,900. 9.39 S. | 2 eat. ‘ (50) 
Shimba Hills, Kenya ; : I,00o0Clir 4-13 S. - 39.26E. ‘ (45) 
Silhouette I., Seychelles. .  (0-2,500) . (4.28S.)  . (55-14 E.). . (90-140) 
Stanger Beach, Natal ‘ ‘ <so00- .' (29.208) «| (9%520'E:). (40) 
Taito, Kenya . ° : ’ (6,500) . 0.25 S. ,° ggag EB: ; (65) 
Umfolosi, Zululand . ‘ . <s00 0. «SC BBA, 2: “geit, B; ; 45 
Vilanculos, Mozambique <S00 .. (@3va0o: - 34.51 E. ‘ 25 


Witkoppen, Transvaal. See 
Johannesburg. 


BIONOMICS IN RELATION TO DISTRIBUTION 


General considerations have already been discussed (Mattingly, 1952), and accor- 
dingly all that is attempted here is a presentation of the available data. 


BREEDING-PLACES. 


The same classification into ‘“ Preferred’”’ and ‘‘ Occasional’ is adopted as in 
the previous paper. 

Aédes amaltheus. Known only from tree-holes (De Meillon & Lavoipierre, 1944). 
Aédes pseudonigeria. De Meillon’s larvae from S.W. Africa were found in tree-holes. 
Aédes chaussieri. Breeding-places unknown. Aédes masseyi. Breeding-places 
unknown. Aédes keniensis. Known only from tree-holes (E. C. C. Van Someren, 
1946 bis). Aédes heischi. Known only from tree-holes (E. C. C. Van Someren, 
1951 ; Lumsden, 7m litt.). Aédes demeilloni. Preferred. Dracaena axils (Hopkins, 
1936; Muspratt, im litt.). Occasional. Bamboos (Ingram & De Meillon, MS. 
It seems possible, however, that this may have referred to dendrophilus), banana 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 29 


and Strelitzia axils (Muspratt, im litt.). Aédes subargenteus. Known only from 
tree-holes (Hopkins, 1936). Pondoland larvae, like the paedotype, were obtained 
from gravid wild-caught females (Muspratt, in litt.). Aédes kivuensis. Breeding- 
places unknown. Aédes woodi. Breeding-places unknown. Aédes__ strelitziae. 
Preferred. Axils of Sitrelitzia nicholat (Muspratt, 1950). Occasional. Axils of 
cultivated banana (Muspratt, 1950), Dracaena axils (Muspratt, in litt.). Aédes 
poweri. Breeding-places unknown. Cape Province larvae have been obtained 
from gravid females (Muspratt, in litt.). Aédes contiguus. Preferred. Probably 
tree-holes. Occasional. A rot-hole in a paw-paw tree. Pandanus axils, a snail 
shell (Hopkins, 1936). Aédes langata. Known only from tree-holes (E. C. C. Van 
Someren, 1946; Meeser, MS.). Aédes calceatus. Preferred. Tree-holes (Muspratt, 
1945). Occasional. Crowns of coconut palms (Haworth, 1924. The findings of 
Lester (1927) and Wiseman é¢ al. (1939), however, appear to prove conclusively that 
the record was due to introduction by a native collector), utensils (Muspratt, 1945), 
bamboo pot in a tree (E. C. C. Van Someren, MS.). Aédes soleatus. Preferred. 
probably tree-holes (Harris, 1942; Lumsden, im litt.). Occasional. Crowns of 
coconut palms (Haworth, 1924, but see above under calceatus), bamboo stumps 
(Harris, 1942), bamboo pots set up as traps (Bailey, 1947). Aédes apicoargenteus 
ssp. denderensis. Known only from a tree-hole (Wolfs, 1949). Aédes schwetzi. 
Preferred. Tree-holes and bamboo stumps (Robinson, 7m litt.). Occasional. A tin, 
a hole in cement, a tub (Schwetz, 1927a). Aédes deboeri. Known only from tree- 
holes (Harris, 1942; E. C. C. Van Someren, 1946 bis). Aédes bambusae. Known 
only from bored bamboos (Hopkins, 1936). Aédes bambusae ssp. kenyae. Tree- 
holes, rock-holes, bamboo pots (Garnham ¢é al., 1946). 

Aédes angustus. Known only from bored bamboos (Hopkins, 1936). The 
compressed thorax suggests that it is specially adapted to this type of habitat. 
Aédes ruwenzori. Breeding-places unknown. Despite the compressed thorax all 
attempts to find larvae in bamboos have failed. (Haddow & Van Someren, 1950). 
Larvae have been obtained from wild-caught gravid females (Gillett, 19510). Aédes 
mascarensis. Known only from tree-holes (MacGregor, 1924). Aédes vinsont. 
Breeding-places unknown. Aédes granti. Known only from wells (Leeson & 
Theodor, 1948). Aédes albopictus. Common in tree-holes, cut bamboos, leaf axils 
and coconut shells, rare in ground pools, rock-holes and utensils (Farner e¢ al., 1946). 
MacGregor (1927) differs in recording it as common in rock-holes in Mauritius, 
but it should be noted that the term “ rock-hole’”’ may connote two very distinct 
types of breeding-place (Mattingly, 1952). Chow (1950) infers that it is common 
in artificial water containers in Formosa, and again it may be noted that the term 
“utensils ’? may include a number of quite distinct ecological niches. Bick (1949) 
records it as commoner in artificial containers than in tree-holes. 


SEASONAL DISTRIBUTION 


So little is known about the species dealt with in the present paper that almost 
nothing can be added to the summary already given (Mattingly, 1952). For some 
brief notes on Aédes bambusae kenyae see Garnham ef al. (1946). For Aédes deboert 


30 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


see Garnham, 1949, and for Aédes calceatus and schwetzi see Robinson, 1950. Aédes 
albopictus is of special interest because of its more northerly occurrence in the Far 
East than in the case of Aédes aegypti or most other species of the sub-genus. The 
most northerly record of albopictus appears to be from Pekin where it was found 
in early September (Ch’i Ho, 1931). This record seems to be a very exceptional 
one, and it is doubtful whether it indicates an indigenous population. Feng (1935), 
however, records it as the commonest day-time-biting mosquito a little further 
south in Shantung Province. Lamborn (1922) notes its almost complete absence 
from Shanghai during a cold spell when the mean daily temperature was 61° F. 
Many authors record it as most abundant during the rainy season, and Senior White 
(1934) states that it occurs in Calcutta only at this time. The figures given by the 
latter author are very small, but they seem to indicate that it makes its appearance 
well after the beginning of the rains. The same author (1920) records it as abundant 
throughout the year in Ceylon. 


BITING-HABITS 


As in the previous paper of this series the subject of biting-habits is taken, for 
convenience, to include that of vertical distribution. The following species seem 
likely to bite man at least on occasion. 

Aédes amaltheus. A few specimens were taken biting on the forest floor at Kasane 
(De Meillon, 19474). Aédes pseudonigeria. Wellman, in an unpublished letter to 
Austen, describes this as a “ persistent and vicious biter.’”” One specimen in the 
British Museum, probably the one referred to by Theobald (1910), is marked as 
taken out of doors in a village at 5 p.m. and as a common domestic mosquito biting 
by day. Others are marked as taken at house or tent lamps at 8 p.m. Mr. Muspratt 
informs me that this species was taken biting by De Meillon in S.W. Africa. Aédes 
chaussiert. The single specimen from Ndola was taken biting at dusk (Robinson, 
in lttt.). It seems probable that some at least of the Congo specimens were also 
taken biting. Aédes masseyi. It seems probable that adults in the British Museum 
were taken biting. Aédes keniensis. In a long series of catches in the Langata 
Forest Garnham (1949) took only one specimen biting. Aédes demeilloni. De 
Meillon and Lavoipierre (1944) took a single specimen biting in forest at Mkanduli. 
Aédes subargenteus. In an unpublished report very kindly sent by Dr. Lamborn 
he records this species as biting very viciously in dense woodland at about 11 a.m., 
and again in the afternoon near Ndala Chikoa. Lumsden (im litt.) records it as 
biting at Taveta both on the forest floor and in the canopy. Aédes kivuensis. The 
only known specimen was presumably taken biting, but there is no definite infor- 
mation on this point. Aédes woodi. The Mozambique specimen was taken biting 
(Pereira, 1946), and Mrs. Van Someren states (im litt.) that specimens are easily 
obtained in the bush at Ganda. There is no information concerning the type 
specimen. Aédes strelitziae. This is noted by Muspratt (1950) as a more persistent 
daytime biter than simpsoni. Aédes poweri. Muspratt states (in litt.) that he took 
a number of females biting in the Kologha Forest. Aédes contiguus. Bedford 
(1928) records specimens (as poweri) attempting to bite at Onderstepoort. Ingram 
& De Meillon (1929) give larval records only. Aédes soleatus. Bailey (1947) took 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 31 


adults on a number of occasions in forest. Lumsden (im itt.) has records of biting 
on the ground in bush. Aédes deboert. Garnham (1949) found this to be the prin- 
cipal man-biting Aédes in the Langata Forest. Aédes bambusae. Edwards (1935) 
records the capture of a few adults and Haddow states (im litt.) that he observed 
biting in the Chuya Forest. Aédes bambusae kenyae. Garnham et al. (1946) took 
“a few adults only’ in the Kaimosi Forest. They also took some adults in houses 
at Kisii. Aédes angustus. Haddow states (im litt.) that he took this as a tree-top 
biter in the Chuya Forest. Edwards (1935) appears to have taken it only in the 
larval stage but he is not very clear on this point. Aédes ruwenzori. Haddow 
and Van Someren (1950) note this as a man-biting species markedly arboreal and 
crepuscular in its habits. Aédes mascarensis. MacGregor (1927) states that “it 
readily attacks man but is not very persistent in its attack, and it is easily frightened 
off completely.”” Aédes vinsoni. The only known specimen was taken in a house. 
Aédes granti. Described by Grant as being “ very troublesome ”’ (Forbes, 1903). 
Aédes albopictus. There is general agreement among observers from various parts 
of the range that this species prefers to bite by day in the shade. Night biting, 
though not unknown, is comparatively rare. Although readily entering houses in 
search of blood it is less domesticated than Aédes aegypti (Bonne-Wepster & Brug, 
1932, and others) and a number of authors (e.g., Bohart & Ingram, 1946) record it 
as particularly abundant in woodlands. In the Ethiopian Region Harper (1947) 
notes that it attacks man readily in the Seychelles and MacGregor’s account of its 
behaviour is typical. This author states (1927) that in Mauritius it is a “ voracious 
and persistent biter in houses, while in woods and forests it frequently attacks in 
swarms.” 

Aédes heischi, langata, calceatus, denderensis and schwetzt are not on record as 
biting man. 

The available data regarding the biting cycle have been included in the above 
summary. Concerning vertical distribution relatively little is known. The only 
species which have been recorded as definitely acrodendrophilic are deboert (Garn- 
ham, 1949), ruwenzori (Haddow & Van Someren, 1950), bambusae and angustus 
(Haddow, in litt.). Lumsden states (1m litt.) that subargenteus has been taken biting 
in the canopy but does not indicate whether it is more abundant there than on the 
ground. Forms which seem definitely to prefer the ground are bambusae kenyae 
(Garnham et al., 1946) and soleatus (Bailey, 1947 ; Lumsden in Ji#t.). With respect 
to the vertical distribution of breeding-places we have only the observations of 
Garnham e¢ al. (1946), who obtained bambusae kenyae larvae from bamboo pots at 
all heights up to 60 ft. (the greatest height investigated), and Bailey (1947), who 
obtained soleatus larvae from ground level up to 36 ft. (the greatest height inves- 
tigated). 


ZOOGEOGRAPHY 


Owing to the relative paucity of records this subject cannot be discussed in as 
much detail as in the case of species occurring in the West African Sub-region. In 
spite of this, however, the conjectural distributional areas of most species, as calcu- 
lated empirically from such records as are available, seem reasonably consistent. 


32 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


In comparing the two sub-regions the most striking difference is the very much 
greater diversity of the East and South African fauna. Thus only one species 
(pseudoafricanus) appears to be entirely confined to the West African Sub-region, 
although two others, apicoargenteus and fraserit, have such a limited extension 
outside it that they may reasonably be treated as West African. Even africanus, 
with its vast extension in the Guinean forests, is not clearly West African in origin, 
though it may be thought that the available evidence, such as it is, suggests an 
original home in the Uganda savanna. Aédes dendrophilus, though now probably 
more widespread in the West African savannas than in any other part of its range, 
is clearly an ancient species with formerly a much wider extension, and there is 
nothing to indicate in which part of its range it originated. The remaining West 
African species are either so widespread as to belong to neither sub-region in par- 
ticular (luteocephalus, vittatus), or mainly South and East African with minor incur- 
sions into the West African savannas (metallicus, unilineatus), or have been so widely 
distributed by man that their natural distribution has been obscured (simpsoni, 
possibly South African ; aegyptt, possibly non-ethiopian). In short, the available 
evidence, meagre though it is, would appear to suggest that the West African Stego- 
myia fauna has been almost entirely derived from that of the surrounding highlands 
and savannas. This view is also supported by the rather dubious evidence to be 
derived from morphological resemblances between present-day species. As against 
this the East and South African Sub-region possesses no less than 27 species, which, 
as far as we know, are entirely confined within its limits in addition to such others 
as may be presumed to be at present undiscovered. 

Rhodesian Highland species. Chapin’s Rhodesian Highland District has two 
indigenous species, chaussiert and masseyt, the latter with a close relative, kenienszs, 
in the East African Highland District (Fig. 1). The record of chaussieri from the 
Lubilash valley suggests that it may perhaps occur in the Southern Congo Savanna 
District, in which case it would qualify for inclusion among the West African species, 
but this record is too imprecise for there to be any certainty on the point, and it 
has seemed best to treat it in the present paper, since it is clear that, in any case, its 
main area of distribution is almost certainly in the Rhodesian Highlands. Present 
records would suggest that both species are confined to the north-eastern part of 
the district, but it is probable that in fact both extend for a considerable distance 
‘westwards into Angola, since, apart from the Bihé plateau, this part of Africa is 
as yet entirely uncollected. The Bihé plateau is probably above the altitudinal 
limits of either species, since neither is at present known from above 4,000 or at 
most 4,500 ft. The southward extension of both species would seem to be very 
limited to judge by the negative record from Balovale. It is not clear whether 
the operative factor here is rainfall or altitude since the two are closely correlated 
in this area. The occurrence of chaussieri below 3,000 ft. on the northern face of 
the plateau, if this could be confirmed, would suggest that rainfall is the effective 
limiting factor, and in this case both species would probably have rainfall limits 
resembling those of africanus, Balovale, being a borderline locality. Keniensis 
seems clearly to be a highland form of masseyi, which it very closely resembles. 
The record from Fort Hall suggests that in the northern part of its range it may 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 33 


occur below 4,500 ft., but this is a locality associated with very abrupt changes of 
altitude, and in its present form the record is too imprecise to be of value. It is 
also possible that masseyi may be precluded from the main distributional area of 
keniensis by inadequate rainfall (Njombe, like Balovale, has an average rainfall of 
40 in., with 6 dry months). The precise limits of these two species and of amaltheus 
in Northern Rhodesia would be an interesting study, particularly if further light 


25 30 35 
oO fe) 
GBB Land over EF 
5000! = 
= | Land under 
3500‘ 
ODO chaussieri 
A masseyti 
O Reniensis = 
: =e 5 
= yee o 
=o 
4 9 = & 
=) OF) 0 
kot DA 
By = 
PLM. 
1S- .M . 
25 30 wo" 35 4%O 


Fic. 1.—Distribution of Rhodesian Highland species and of Aédes keniensis. 


could be thrown on their relationships by the discovery of early stages and males 
of masseyi. 

Among those Rhodesian species which apparently extend into adjacent faunal 
districts is Aédes schwetzi (Fig. 2). The only records of this species from outside 
the district are, however, two from the Costermansville area, and these cannot be 
finally accepted until specimens are available for examination. Wolfs states (im 
litt.) that only one specimen has been taken in Costermansville itself, and it seems 
possible that it may be more abundant at the slightly lower level of Ile Shashu. 
The record from this island is due to Edwards, but the condition of his material is 

ENTOM. III, I. 3 


34 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


unknown. The relationship of schwetzi to apicoargenteus has already been discussed, 
and it has been pointed out that the latter does not appear to occur above 3,500 ft., 
at most, along the northern edge of the Rhodesian plateau. In this part of its 
range schwetzi is not known from below about 4,000 ft. although further south, at ' 
Balovale, it apparently occurs at about 3,400 ft. It appears therefore that the 3,500- 
ft. contour may be taken as a good approximate boundary between the two species. 
It will be seen when the East African Highland and the East African Lowland 
Districts are discussed that this is a very significant altitude over a large part of 
Africa, bearing comparison with the 6,000-ft. contour on Ruwenzori and in the 


GB Land over 5000’ | 
3 Landunder 3500° 


LAA schwetze. ————— 


O denderensis. 


O apicoarge nteus.| 


») 


zy 


senthenine 


Um 


a 


{yu 


Fic. 2.—Distribution of Aédes schwetzi and allied forms. 


Kavirondo and other montane areas (Mattingly, 1952). It is possible that it may 
prove to be a critical altitude for apicoargenteus along the western face of the Uganda 
plateau since, as already noted, the latter is associated with aberrant forms of this 
species. It is not, however, absolutely preclusive here, as it appears to be further 
south. As in the case of masseyt and chaussieri the rainfall limits of schwetzi are 
difficult to assess, but there seems to be no reason to doubt that they are approxi- 
mately the same as those of apicoargenteus. It is interesting to note that schwetzt 
was found at Balovale at a time when africanus was apparently absent from there, 
since there is also some indication that apicoargenteus may be slightly more drought- 
resistant than africanus (Mattingly, 1952). 

Together with Aédes schwetzi it is convenient to mention the closely related 
apicoargenteus ssp. denderensts, although the latter is at present known with certainty 
only from the Kivu highlands and is thus a purely East African Highland species. 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 35 


Since it is known only from Costermansville little can be said here about its distri- 
_ bution, but it seems reasonable to suppose that it is a highland form of apicoargenteus 
restricted to the Kivu region and perhaps to neighbouring areas of comparable 
altitude, e.g., in Ruanda-Urundi. The record from Kisenyi cannot be assigned 
with certainty as between the type form and sub-species since the distribution of 
the former in Tanganyika is uncertain, while the altitude (4,800 ft.) would probably 
not preclude it at this latitude (see Mattingly, 1952, fig. 7). In view of the resem- 
blance between the larvae of denderensis and calceatus, which suggests some affinity 
with the East African Lowland fauna, even if a remote one, it would be particularly 
interesting to know more about the distribution of the former. Unfortunately, 
however, the Stegomyia fauna of Ruanda-Urundi is at present almost completely 
unknown. 

\ Apparently restricted to the southern and western parts of the Rhodesian Highland 
District are the very interesting species amaltheus and pseudonigeria, which also 
extend into the south-east veld and south-west arid districts respectively (Figs. 3, 4). 
In the southern part of its range pseudonigeria appears to be restricted to an area 
having only Io to 20 in. of rain in the year. It is rather surprising therefore that it 
should also be known from the Bihé plateau, where the rainfall is much higher. 
It seems virtually certain that it does not extend into the eastern part of the 
Rhodesian Highland District, since it is a vicious man-biter and could hardly have 
been missed in such well collected areas as Elisabethville and Ndola. It seems 
reasonable to conclude that the Bihé form is a distinct sub-species, and that it is 
probably restricted to altitudes of the order of 5,000 ft. and over (Fig. 3). Unfor- 
tunately the available material is quite inadequate for a proper comparative study 
of the two forms. It would seem that the S.W. African form is also a highland 
mosquito, since it is not known from below about 3,000 ft. 

Aédes amaltheus is at present known only from a very restricted range of altitudes 
between about 3,000 and‘4,000 ft. The lowest mean annual rainfall with which it is 
associated is about 20 in, and the highest about 40 in. If these are in fact the distri- 
butional limits then the population occurring in the more low-lying parts of Southern 
Rhodesia would seem to be separated from that occupying the main part of the 
range by the width of the Zambesi valley at Livingstone (Fig. 4). As in the case 
of the southern boundary of masseyi and chaussiert it is not clear whether the 
northern boundary of this species is to be equated with the 40-in. isohyet or the 
4,000-ft. altitudinal contour since the two run close together. This is unfortunate, 
since the question of possible upper rainfall limits in Stegomyza is an interesting one. 
It can only be hoped that the very scanty records from this area will before long 
be supplemented. In the meantime there seems little reason to doubt that the 
main distributional area of amaltheus covers a large part of southern Angola (not 
shown in Fig. 4, which covers only the eastern part of the putative range), together 
with the south-western part of Northern Rhodesia and parts of northern Bechuana- 
land and Ovamboland. De Meillon & Lavoipierre (1944) express surprise that so 
striking a species should previously have been overlooked, but in point of fact there 
were no previous Stegomyia records at that time from any part of the main distri- 
butional area as here defined. There were, however, some records from Bindura 


36 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


and Shamva in Southern Rhodesia and it is supposed for this reason that the speci- 
mens from these localities attributed to power (Leeson, 1931) may in fact have 
been amaltheus. In view of the fact that proof of the presence of the latter in 


\ 20 5 0 
104 ~ 
es 
< 3 | 
20 
yl 
m1 
24 > 25 
) 
7 
Land over 30 
30° Bd 5900’. | 
= red under vd I 
CANS. ke Alaa 
20¥ Roan. O pseudonigeria 
mes 8 
i 
35s ion Rain. 
¥ T v , ul PE, 
10 1S 20 2s 30 35 


Fic. 3.—Distribution of Aédes pseudonigeria. 


Southern Rhodesia at present rests on only one female specimen this hypothesis 
is highly conjectural. 

Chapin’s South-east Veld District contains at least two very distinct faunal 
areas, the high veld of the Transvaal and Southern Rhodesia and the humid coastal 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 37 


belt of Zululand, Natal and Pondoland. Both have characteristic species showing 
interesting affinities with the fauna of the East African Highlands. A large part 
of the area (Orange Free State, Basutoland and most of Eastern Cape Province) is 
still unknown as far as its Stegomyia fauna is concerned. Information concerning 
the extreme southern limits of such a species as contiguus would be very valuable 
in assessing the climatic limits of the sub-genus as a whole—an important matter 
in any speculation regarding its past history. 


2 30 35 
‘ i 
—_ Foeet 
—__ y 
LTT a 
ERED ey he 
SRDS + —_— 
ST ‘ ‘ete ~——™ 
ys come | | ——————) WANS —— 
% <4 v Fm FF AY DOXAAL ———— 
*2, " EES OXKAY > }-—— 
% YOOW 
> —Y 6 OY / K——— 
x ~—— o pea ——\f 
y Sw 8 —— 
(54 ‘e, ——$——<{<__.“-} PIS 
Re ny 
oe ay 
‘ = iff g (Rae 
7 LOAD 
“ 4 QO area Aa =e, 
., BOO Seat KY TL - SSE 
A * SOKA ASK) ) (x Re 
wa: e NOOR BOOS OS) =~] EM, 
} AA BOOS OK790 
, ROAR , SS 
> ° 3 ; Re 
: : eee S59 a ‘é ‘f 4, 
ORR | Y URES 
Ww O50 OO OSG oan 
OOOO OI VY), — 
“ee BODO ae ry ¢ ~—— 
RE EE Rand. ove 
5 OY PARE SROD 4 ‘00 ’ 
LYK OQOONG 
| ERP we a//f rend under’ 
2 o% * = 
QT! ~~ 
OIG Beaitnct tae] Areas with 
SOOO Q SOO QVSAD — a“ 
BOOS Qe a> occa less than 20 
AH KA; 'e 
ROO A= Aveagwith | 
OO a more than 40 
muitr 
@ amaitheus. 
PEM. @ 
3 t i 
25 30 35 


Fic. 4.—Putative distribution of Aédes amaltheus. 


Aédes contiguus is the characteristic species of the High Veld and it is known from 
nowhere else, but Aédes langata, which appears to be closely related to it and which 
overlaps with it in Southern Rhodesia, was first described from the East African 
Highlands (Fig. 5). In so far as confirmed records are concerned both would 
appear to be highland species with altitudinal limits between 4,000 and 6,000 ft., 
but unconfirmed records suggest that /angata at least may occur rather lower, and 
3,500 ft. is perhaps nearer the limit for this species. There are also unconfirmed 
records of contiguus from lower altitudes in the Transvaal, and further information 
is needed before any very critical estimate can be made. It is, however, notable 


38 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


that in general the 3,500 ft. contour appears to approximate to the ‘‘ boundary ” 
between the East African Highland and East African Lowland faunas. Any 
attempt to calculate empirical rainfall limits is also rather hazardous, but it is a 


-O 


~ 19 


20 


@ langata 
oe contiquus 


REM, 


30 4o So 


Fic. 5.—Putative distribution of Aédes langata and Aédes contiguus. Only the unshaded 
areas are within the rainfall and altitudinal limits so far recorded. 


striking fact that neither species has been found anywhere with less than 20 in. 
or more than 40 in. of rain (cp. amaltheus, above, and deboert, Fig. 6). Applying 
these as putative limits together with the altitudinal limits deduced above an 
interesting discontinuous distribution is obtained embracing the Abyssinian and 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 39 


East African Highlands and the High Veld. This distribution seems a reasonable 
one in the light of negative records and of the known distribution of other species 
of mosquitoes, and suggests the interesting possibility that these species may have 
an upper rainfall limit, though why this should be so is not at all clear. 

The relation between the faunas of the Abyssinian and Kenya Highlands is a 
particularly interesting one, and it has therefore been thought desirable to include a 
map showing rainfall in relation to altitude in this region (Fig. 6). This map is 
based, wherever possible, on selected rainfall figures from the summaries published 
by the East African Meteorological Service. Few or no records are, however, at 
present available from the more northerly part of the area, and here use has been 
made of the isohyets provided by the Rainfall Map of East Africa (E.A.F. No. 1518). 
The gap between north-eastern Uganda and the area of suitable rainfall in southern 
Abyssinia seems probably to be purely an altitudinal one and, if based on the 
3,000-ft. contour, would be somewhat less extensive than it appears in Fig. 6, where 
for convenience the 3,500-ft contour, is used. Nevertheless it seems likely to be a 
more permanent one than the gap between the Guinean Savanna Province and the 
wetter parts of Abyssinia, which is purely a rainfall one (Fig. 14). Under exist- 
ing rainfall conditions it seems that the topotypical population of Jangata is isolated 
from areas of suitable rainfall and altitude in more northerly parts of Kenya, and 
the absence of records from further north than Nairobi is perhaps not entirely fortuit- 
ous. It seems likely that this species achieves its most extensive distribution in 
Tanganyika. 

Aédes powert apparently requires a rainfall of at least 40 in. (38-3 in. in the case 
of the Kologha Forest, fide Muspratt, but all rainfall figures in the present paper, 
as in its predecessor, are expressed to the nearest 5 in.). It occurs, therefore, as 
far as is known, in the wetter parts of South Africa from Natal to the Eastern Cape 
Province, as do such species as demeilloni and strelitziae. It appears to require 
very well distributed rainfall (2 months with less than I in. in the case of the Kologha 
Forest and no months in the case of the Blaaukrans Forest (Groot Rivier)). Inten- 
sive collecting by Mr. Muspratt has failed to reveal it in the coastal lowlands of 
Natal or in certain upland forests, and it is still not known in what part of Natal 
the type specimen was taken. It seems reasonable to suppose, however, that in 
this part of its range it is a highland species, and that it may be regarded on the 
basis of distribution as well as of morphology as the third and southernmost link 
in the chain langata-continguus (cp. Figs. 5 and 8). It seems not at all unlikely 
that this species and contiguus may overlap in some parts of their range, as do 
contiguus and langata farther north. 

Aédes subargenteus, which occurs widely in the coastal parts of Zululand, Natal 
and Pondoland, is represented by a closely related species or subspecies (kivuensis) 
in the Kivu Highlands (Fig. 7). It also occurs in the lower parts of Chapin’s East 
African Highland District at the southern end of Lake Nyasa and at Taveta. So 
far as is known the type form does not occur above about 3,000 ft. To judge from 
its distribution in South Africa it might be expected to require a rainfall of the 
order of 40 in. or more. Its occurrence at Taveta would not be inconsistent with . 
this, since, as shown in the appendix to the previous paper (Mattingly, 1952), this 


40 THE SUB-GENUS: STEGOMYIJIA. IN ‘THE: ETHIOPIAN REGION 


place has a higher effective rainfall than the annual total of 26 in. would suggest. 
Without local information it is impossible to explain the Fort Johnston records in 


» ts 


WS 
4T| 
y 


J———— 2 
7] © 
Pople, == 
4S => 
be So ———— 
i, 5 i= 
W Bg 
030 (8% CS 
proto * 5 ex E = | 
1 
ca NI ; 
t r) 
®& 
ao’ ..2 WAR 
0 BS 
0 0% 
A, ty Se "CE 
m YN! Be ‘ 
rye = hand 
rOR asf ms 65008. 
—_ <= _ YY, ° © 1k . 
o/s ere SS Ss ene 
60 | 
= Spit ey 2 %e 30 Areas, with 
a 65 sag # 320 4O" Rain. 
—_—— YS) [*) Or 038 na) ual Area with 
as NY oe ioe ate, 
£0 0 038 | \ t 
QU wolhy oe PE o tengata al 
34 36 38 Wo 


Fic. 6.—Details of rainfall and altitude in the Abyssinian and East African Highlands. 


similar terms, but it seems possible that here too some unusual local factors may 
operate. Regarding kivuensis it seems probable that it is confined to some of the 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 41 


Mfumbiro vulcanoes and perhaps to parts of Ruanda-Urundi. It is interesting to 
note that Edwards and Gibbins failed to find it on Mgahinga or Sabinio. 
Somewhat resembling swbargenteus, though perhaps more nearly allied to simpsont 


to ae 39 440 


@ subargenteus 


O Woodt 
0 - Be Rivuensts ——f x 0 
=| hand over 3500’ ae 


WhA, Areas with 20" vain 


eco 
or less. — f 
tS 
(04 “ 10 
= g 
< a r) 
| a ] 
20- P20 


ON 


° 


x 


bo 
a 
30° &g > 30 


PEM. 


10 20 30 eo 50 


Fic. 7.—Distribution of Aédes subargenteus, kivuensis and wood. 


and strelitziae, is Aédes woodi, which is known only from three very scattered 
localities in the South-eastern Veld, East African Lowland and East African High- 
land Districts respectively. It is curious that this species does not extend as far 
south as the coastal belt of Natal where other members of the group are so abundant, 


42 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


but so little is known about it that speculation on this point would be useless. Of 
the other species known from the South-eastern Veld District calceatus and soleatus 
are discussed below in connection with the East African Lowland District. <Aédes 
strelitziae and Aédes demeilloni appear to be entirely confined to the area of Zululand, 
Natal and Cape Province, having the very equitably distributed rainfall which has 
been shown to be characteristic of dendrophilus (Mattingly, 1952). Aédes strelitziae 


19 


20 4 +20 


; Y 
. ie mel lon yy, 


e e / YP y g 
o strelitziae YZ 


hi 


PEM. 


¥ ¢ v 


10 20 30 ro 


Fic. 8.—Distribution of Aédes poweri, demeilloni and strelitziae. Unshaded areas 
agree approximately in rainfall and altitude with the area in which these species 
have been found. 


does not appear to have been found much above sea-level, but the record of demeil- 
lont from the Impetyeni Forest suggests that this species may occur at considerable 
altitudes. The record is too imprecise to give much idea of the altitudinal limits, 
but the presumptive limit of 5,000 ft. shown in Fig. 8 is probably an extreme one, 
and some of the areas shown as possibly suitable may well be in fact too high. 
Among the East African Highland species keniensis, langata and kivuensis have 
already been mentioned. So large a part of this district is still uncollected that 
nothing more can usefully be said about their distribution. The distribution of 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 43 


the deboeri group is of particular interest owing to the intergrading of deboeri itself 
with the so-called bambusae ssp. kenyae of the East African Montane District. It 
seems probable that the latter is in fact either a distinct species or else a subspecies 
of deboert. The striking yellow markings which have led to its being associated 
with bambusae appear to be characteristic of species inhabiting the montane bamboo 
forests, and are shown equally by angustus, bambusae s. str. and ruwenzori. Under 
these circumstances a fuller knowledge of the distributional limits of deboeri and 
of its variation in relation to altitude is much to be desired. At present the only 
record from below 5,000 ft. which can be checked is that from Marangu, and the 
records from Mombo and Moshi therefore appear doubtful, but more material is 
badly needed from this part of Africa. The upper limit of deboeri, as far as is known, 
is about 6,500 ft. The lower limit of kenyae is apparently about 5,000 ft. on the 
western face of the Kenya highlands, but on the eastern face, where it might possibly 
overlap with deboeri, it is not known from below about 8,000 ft. (Fig. 9). In this 
connection it is interesting to note that at lower altitudes it is recorded as breeding 
mainly in tree-holes and shaded rock-holes unlike bambusae s. str., which is known 
only from bamboos. In this respect its habits are more in accordance with those of 
deboert. It may also be noted that the two forms are separated by a rather well- 
marked rainfall factor, since kenyae, in so far as is known, is restricted to the wetter 
western part of Kenya, while deboer is known only from the drier eastern part (cp. 
Figs. 6 and 9). The known rainfall limits of deboeri are 35 in. to 40 in. or 35 in. to 
50 in. if the record from Marangu is included. The fact that, unlike keniensis, it has 
not been recorded from the area of rather higher rainfall around Mt. Kenya may 
suggest that its upper limit is about 40 in. and the Marangu form is a distinct species 
or sub-species but much more evidence is required on this point. However, the 
Rhodesian Highland affinities of keniensis and those of langata with the fauna of the 
South-eastern Veld do seem to be reflected in their respective distributions in 
Kenya, where the latter appears to have the same rainfall limits as deboert. Mor- 
phologically deboert shows some resemblance to heischi, and to demezlloni so that it 
might perhaps be regarded as the East African Highland representative of the 
East African Lowland fauna. On the other hand, as already indicated, it clearly 
has very close affinities with bambusae kenyae, and so might be regarded as a deriva- 
tive of the East African montane fauna. At the present time there is too little 
evidence to favour either hypothesis. Nor need they be mutually exclusive, and the 
view that deboert has been derived from the heischi group and kenyae, in turn, from 
deboert has much to commend it. Much more material is required, especially from 
Tanganyika, before any hypothesis can be given very much substance. 

Among the East African Montane forms other than kenyae, Aédes bambusae s. 
sty. and Aédes angustus are, as far as is known, confined to the mountains of the 
Kivu, Mfumbiro and Kigezi regions, while Aédes ruwenzori is isolated further to 
the North on the Ruwenzori range. The single record from the Kibati lava plain 
suggests that kivwensis may be confined to certain of the Mfumbiro volcanoes or 
it may occur in Ruanda-Urundi. These are all highly interesting species, and it 
seems certain that others equally interesting await discovery on the many uncollected 
mountains of Africa. The importance of montane species for the understanding 


44 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


of the relationships of the Ethiopian fauna as a whole are such that any new evi- 
dence will be most welcome ; for the present all that can be done is to place the 
few available facts on record. 

Among East African Lowland species heischi is of particular interest owing to 
the diverse affinities suggested by its morphological characters, which recall deboeri, 
from the East African Highlands, the calceatus group from the East African Lowlands 
and demeilloni from the coastal part of the South-eastern Veld. In assessing its 


a 3¢ 


- PT er oe = 


Nw 


Fic. 9.—Distribution of East African highland and montane species. 


rainfall requirements the record from Taveta requires to be approached with caution 
for reasons given above, and it would seem, in general, to require at least 40 in. 
In this respect it approximates most closely to demeilloni among the species men- 
tioned, and it certainly resembles this species most closely on larval characters. 
It seems therefore that it probably represents a South-eastern Veld element in the 
East African Lowland fauna. The same is true of woodi, although in this case the 
affinities are with simpsoni and strelitziae rather than with the demeilloni group. 
The other East African Lowland species, calceatus and soleatus, appear to require 
less rain, and both are known from localities with only 25 in. Both species have 
been recorded from the South-eastern Veld and East African Highland Districts, 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 45 


but it is in the East African Lowland District that they appear to attain their 
widest distribution. Records from the Chindamora Reserve and from Ndanga 
cannot at present be accepted, since no specimens are available from either locality. 
The record of calceatus from the Langata Forest almost certainly concerns a distinct 
species or subspecies, as explained above under “‘ Taxonomy.” Apart from these 


to *e “2 a 52 mio 
: YY \\ 
awa bas stie’ YY «\ 
RSJ Areas with 20“ \ 
rain on ks , \\ 
y Sy 
() 
hy —) 
Th. 
10 
e calceatus 
© Soleatus 
. aA heischi b29 
abt Ful 
Wit, ( Yeelceatus ond soleatusy 
30 Ho 50 PEM 


Fic. 10.—Distribution of the calceatus group. 


the only records from above 3,500 ft. are those from Bindura (Edwards, 1941) and 
of soleatus from Mlanje. No specimens from Bindura have been seen, and the 
record from Mlanje is based on one female only. This specimen is in good condition 
and seems quite typical but its identity requires confirmation. In any case neither 
record need necessarily imply occurrence above 3,000 ft., since both localities are 
associated with abrupt changes of altitude. It would seem therefore that both 
species may be regarded. as being limited largely, if not entirely, by the 3,500 ft. 
contour (Fig. 10) ; certainly everything at present known about the East African 


46 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


Highland and East African Lowland Stegomyia suggests that the two districts are 
best defined by an altitudinal boundary of this order. The very interesting 
records from Northern Zululand, sent by Mr. Muspratt while this paper was in the 
press and not therefore included in Fig. 10, probably represent the southern limits 
of the two species. In neither case do the rainfall limits appear to be at all 
clearly defined except that 25 in., perhaps, represents a minimum. 

There remain for discussion only the island species. Of these Aédes mascarensis 
and Aédes vinsom are apparently restricted to Mauritius. The relative distributions 
of the two forms on the island cannot be discussed since the number of precise 
locality records is negligible. Their resemblance to pale forms of aegypti is, however, 
so striking and of so much interest that it has been thought desirable to show 
their distribution in relation to that of such of these forms as occur in the Ethiopian 
Region (Fig. 11), The forms in question are referred to collectively by Edwards 
(1941) as “‘ var. queenslandensis Theo.,” but it is preferred to treat them here as 
var. queenslandensis Edwards nec Theobald, since there are many pale forms occur- 
ring in various parts of the world, and we have as yet no evidence as to their origin 
or genetical constitution. Under the circumstances it seems best that the name 
queenslandensis Theo. should be restricted to the North Australian form on which 
Theobald (1901) based his type description. Mathis (1934) has shown that the 
laboratory bionomics of a number of strains from different parts of the world are 
similar and there has been a small amount of other work on these lines, but there 
would seem to be a case for a more thorough investigation from a genetical stand- 
point. Few attempts to cross pale and dark forms appear to have been made, 
but Dr. Mara has informed me in conversation that they hybridise readily in 
Eritrea. The matter is of particular interest in the present connection because 
there are in the British Museum some aegypti from Mauritius which are quite 
markedly pale in colour. It seems possible that this may have some bearing on 
the curious statement by MacGregor (1927) regarding the distribution of aegypti 
on that island. According to MacGregor, ‘‘ for some inexplicable reason it is 
restricted to the coastal belt, in which, moreover, it has locally a very circum- 
scribed distribution. In Rodriguez, however, the species is much commoner, 
and occurs all round the island up to a level of at least 800 feet.’’ A purely coastal 
distribution of aegypti in Mauritius might conceivably be explained by the fact 
that the local form was derived mainly from introduced ‘‘ gueenslandensis,”’ since 
the distribution of this form on the mainland is almost entirely coastal (Fig. 11), 
the few exceptions being localities which are in close and constant communication 
with ports either by rail or waterway (e.g., Degema, Lokoja, and see Lewis, 1945). 
To explain this coastal distribution in terms of altitude or rainfall is not very 
easy. Although they seem normally to be restricted to localities at or near sea- 
level, pale forms are on record from at least four localities at considerable altitudes 
(Gebeit, Harrar, Mecca, Sinkat). These are, however, all in very hot parts of the 
range. It is possible that they may represent temporary introductions and here, 
even more than in most cases owing to the factor of human transportation, it is 
necessary to bear in mind the possibility of seasonal extensions of range. Certainly 
the temperature factor seems likeliest in the present case to limit distribution, and 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 47 


it is interesting to note that Jepson et al. (1947) have expressed the opinion that 
it is through the operation of this factor that Anopheles gambiae is largely excluded 
from areas above 1,000 ft. in Mauritius. It would seem that the temperature 
gradient on the island must be very steep. The rainfall picture is a com- 
plicated one. This is a form showing greater powers of resistance to drought 
than any other Stegomyia, not even excepting vittatus, and yet it is known not 
only from places with moderately high rainfall (the palest of all the specimens 


bo 40 | 


> oO 
rS 


a 
r30 
Land over 600 Ft. 
: . PEM 
E 3° 60 qo 


Fic. 11.—Distribution of pale forms of Aédes aegypti and of Aédes mascarensis and vinsoni 
in the Ethiopian Region. Inset: Map of Mauritius. 


in the British Museum comes from Dar-es-Salaam), but even from those in which 
the rainfall figure approaches or exceeds the three-figure mark (Bonny, Degema, 
Old Calabar, Porte Victoria, Principe Island). Here the explanation seems almost 
certain to be casual introduction from drier areas, and it seems reasonable to 
assume that this is by nature a drought-adapted form from the Red Sea littoral 
which has been introduced into coastal localities, often with high rainfall, where 
it is capable of surviving without immediate reversion to the “ typical’’ colour. 
If this explanation is correct than it would seem that we have to deal with a com- 
paratively well defined and stable genetical entity rather than with a number 
of local aberrations of independent origin. It is not within the province of the 
present paper to discuss the distribution of aegypti in non-Ethiopian Africa (for 


48 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


which see Kumm, 19310, Callot, 1938, and Senevet, 1939), but it. may be noted 
that the reference to colouring made by Linnaeus (1762) in his type description 
suggests that this was based on a pale form. Such forms certainly occur in Egypt, 
and the British Museum has a series from Alexandria. Mr. Lewis states (in lit.) 
that pale forms occurring inland in semi-desert areas in the extreme north of the 
Sudan appear rather different from the coastal forms discussed above. On distri- 


2° ° 29 4o 60 — 80 190 120 iO 160 
¥, ZZ] Mediterranean Re Fuge. 
60-4 BY Armenio-fersian Re Fuge. Leo 


WB Central Asian Refuges. 
8 vittatus ES East Astan- Pact Fic Refuge. } 
bad ‘ 


a ’ 
40- ys e <8 7 Ff p bad) 
‘ S£- Ghemul poensis : oe 
Ph AGE. iat Oo.” PAM. 
a 
torte __2 3042 eto ogo Og 
We ? 
x Distvibutional (? | 
3 area of Group C. } 
‘ 
\) bho. 
ipt 
scutoscrip us@) fo. 
Vy hakanssoni 
ZD +20 
‘60 190 160 tho 120 


Fic. 12.—a. Distribution of certain Stegomyia spp. in relation to Reinig’s Glacial 
Wooded Refuges. 0. Distribution of Aédes granti and allied species in relation to 
that of Group C as a whole. (Since this figure was prepared Aédes vittatus has been 
found in Sardinia). 


butional grounds it would not be at all unreasonable to suppose that the Mediter- 
ranean and Red Sea populations are distinct. Details of the distribution of pale 
forms of aegypti in the Ethiopian Region are given in Appendix III. Returning 
to the position in Mauritius, it may be noted that if the conditions observed by 
MacGregor still prevail, then mascarensis and vinsoni may well be largely isolated 
from aegypti either by rainfall or by temperature barriers, since there are no records 
of either species, susceptible of confirmation, from below about 1,000 ft. A local 
survey of the relative distribution of the three forms would be of considerable 
interest. 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 49 


Concerning Aédes granti little can be said, since it is known only from a single 
locality. The mesonotal coloration recalls a moderately pale Aédes aegypti, although 
on structural characters it appears to be quite unrelated. The abdomen does not 
show any pale speckling. The distribution of this species in relation to that of 
its supposed nearest relatives has been discussed above under “ Taxonomy.’ Its 
distribution in relation to that of Group C as a whole is shown in Fig. 12. 

The failure of Aédes albopictus ever to be taken on the mainland of Africa is one 
of the mysteries of African zoogeography. It is true that over most of its range 
this species is associated with very heavy rainfall, but in parts of India and in 
China north of the Yangtse it must encounter rainfalls at least as low as those of 
most of the East African coast (e.g., Delhi with 30 in. and 6 dry months) while in 


29 4o 60 go ed 120 eo 160 1g0 ‘60 Ho 
* z ; : Lie 
ee 
= 4 a 

oS 

e - g x 
20 Pe Ay p20 

@ 


9 / reas wil is : 
Ws Hs Mek TB posit snot | 
. o AG. albopictus. 

a © Doubtful record. [*° 
fF Temporary 


Introduction. 


&S PEM. 1 
T oe T T tT aE T T T +O 
20 +o 60 80 (90 (29 wo (eo (80 160 to 


Fic. 13.—Recorded distribution of Aédes albopictus. 


Mauritius it would seem to occur in coastal localities with less than 40 in. of rain. 
Under these circumstances it might reasonably be expected at least from Zanzibar, 
Pemba and Mafia Islands, which have more than 70 in. rain. In fact, however, 
it seems never to have become established further west than the Seychelles and 
Madagascar (Fig. 13). The only explanation which can be offered in terms of 
rainfall is that in the Seychelles and western Madagascar the period of heavy rain 
is from November to March, whereas in the islands mentioned it is from March to 
May. Such considerations do not, however, suffice to explain its absence from the 
wetter parts of the Mozambique coast. It would be interesting to know whether 
it occurs in the Comoro Islands, and MacGregor’s statement that it does not appear 
to occur on Rodriguez seems to merit investigation. From rainfall considerations 
the most likely areas for further spread are clearly Zanzibar and its adjacent islands 
and the small area northwards from Tanga, which has the highest rainfall (about 
55 in.) along the whole east coast. 


ENTOM. III, I. 4 


50 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


SUMMARY 


The distribution of those species of Stegomyia found in the West African Sub- 
region has been discussed in a previous paper (Mattingly, 1952), The present 
paper deals with those species which have not so far been found in the West African 
Sub-region and are believed to be confined to the East and South African Sub- 
region. As in the first paper, zoogeography is discussed mainly in relation to rain- 
fall and altitude. It is hoped that it may be possible to discuss other factors, 
notably temperature and vegetation, in later papers, The present paper, although 
it deals with many more species, is shorter than its predecessor because less is known 
about the Stegomyia fauna of the East and South African Sub-region than about 
that of the West African Sub-region. This applies to all aspects of mosquito 
studies. Studies on taxonomy and relationships are hampered by the fact that 
males and early stages of a number of species are still unknown, and by the 
lack of representative series from more than a very few parts of the range, Very 
large areas in the sub-region have still not been visited by collectors, and certain 
of these, notably in Tanganyika and Nyasaland, are so situated geographically as 
to prevent a proper co-ordination of the knowledge so far gained. There appears 
to be an insufficient awareness on the part of collectors that the eggs of this group 
are readily obtained by scraping out dry tree-holes and can be easily hatched in 
the laboratory. They form, in fact, ideal collector’s material, since they are almost 
entirely immune from damage during transport. No large-scale studies on ecology 
and ethology comparable to those made in Uganda and to a less extent in British 
West Africa have been carried out anywhere in the sub-region. The very much 
greater altitudinal diversity of the East and South African Sub-region appears to 
have led to more extensive speciation than in the West African Sub-region, and here 
the task of the taxonomist is rendered an especially difficult one, since there is at 
present insufficient evidence to show how far the variation due to altitudinal factors 
is at present discontinuous. All the known montane and island Stegomyia are at 
present confined to the East and South African Sub-region, which is therefore of 
major importance for the study of relationships and the reconstruction of the past 
history of the group. Certain facts bearing on the relationship between the 
Ethiopian Stegomyia fauna and that of the Palearctic Region are discussed, and 
it is shown that Group A, which is at the present time entirely Ethiopian (with the 
exception of Aédes aegypti), must at one time have extended into eastern Asia. 
This subject will be treated more fully in a later paper, in which an attempt will 
be made to relate the taxonomy of the Ethiopian Stegomyia to that of the sub-genus 
as a whole. 

The present paper includes a description of a new species from Mauritius even 
more closely resembling a pale form of Aédes aegypti than does mascarensis, Reasons 
are given for transferring mascarensis from group B and placing it with the new 
species in Group A. At the same time an appendix has been added containing 
details of the distribution of pale forms of aegypti in the Ethiopian Region, Other 
appendices are devoted to further notes on species discussed in the first paper and 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 51 


to the rainfall of the very interesting region lying between Abyssinia and the 
Guinean Savanna Province, which was also discussed in that paper. 

Other points of interest are the occurrence in the Rhodesias of a recently dis- 
covered species (Aédes amaltheus) which is annectent between Groups A and C, 
the description, here published for the first time, of a larva from South West Africa 
believed to be that of Aédes pseudonigeria, the discovery of Aédes langata (hitherto 
known only from Kenya) in Southern Rhodesia, the discovery of Aédes subargenteus 
(previously known only from Zululand, Natal and Pondoland and, as a supposed 
subspecies, from the Kivu region) in the neighbourhood of Kilimanjaro, the dis- 
covery of a highland member of the calceatus group probably a new species or sub- 
species, near Nairobi, the discovery, on Kilimanjaro, of a curious yellow form of 
deboert which may eventually throw some light on the interesting problem of the 
relationship of this species to “‘ bambusae ssp. kenyae”’ and the discovery, for the 
first time outside the Lagos area, of Aédes pseudoafricanus at Banana near the 
mouth of the Congo. The male of Aédes woodi and the adults and larva of a new 
subspecies of Aédes dendrophilus are described for the first time. The very recent 
discovery of Aédes keniensis at Njombe in the Livingstone Mountains lends support 
to the opinion, already formed from its resemblance to massey1, that it represents 
a Rhodesian element in the East African Highland fauna. An unassociated larva 
is described which is believed to be that of masseyi1. Despite the relative paucity 
of records it seems reasonably clear that for the purposes of the present group the 
East African Highland, Rhodesian Highland and East African Lowland Districts 
may be closely defined by altitudinal boundaries of the order of 3,500 ft. The 
East’ African Montane District seems to be similarly definable by a boundary in 
the neighbourhood of 6,000 to 6,500 ft., but it is to be noted that these altitudinal 
boundaries appear frequently to be associated with significant rainfall limits. 

Short notes on taxonomy and bionomics in relation to distribution are included. 
Topographical details and references to literature are confined to those which were 
not included in the first paper. 


APPENDIX I 
FURTHER NOTES ON SPECIES OCCURRING IN THE WEST AFRICAN SUB-REGION 


Since the publication of the first paper in this series a number of further distribu- 
tion records have been obtained for species occurring in the West African Sub-region. 
These are listed below. The abbreviations used are as follows: B.M., British 
Museum (Natural History) ; K.I., Koninglijk Instituut voor den Tropen, Amster- 
dam; Terv., Musée du Congo Belge, Tervuren. 


Aédes apicoargenteus 


Fr. CAMEROONS. Oyom-Abang (near Yaoundé), Evodoula (B.M.). Fr. Egua- 
TORIAL AFRICA. Brazzaville (Grjebine, 1950). BELGIAN ConGo. Kapanga, Matadi, 
Mwene-Ditu, Rutshuru (Terv.), Popokabaka (B.M.). UGAanpa. Kasunganyanja, 
Namalu (Haddow, in litt.), Ntotoro East, Tokwe (Lumsden, 1951), Ntaya Swamp 


52 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


(Smithburn & Haddow, 1951), Nyagak Forest (Lumsden & Buxton, 1951). KENya. 
Kodera (Garnham & McMahon, 1947). 


Aédes fraseri 


FERNANDO Po. Boloko, Botonos, San Carlos, Santa Isabel (Gil Collado, 1936). 
UcanDA. Ntotoro East (Lumsden, 1951). 


Aédes dendrophilus 


BELGIAN CoNGO. Kimilolo River (Terv.), Kisanga River (Mattingly & Lips, in 
press), Elisabethville (Muspratt, im litt.). UGANDA. Ntotoro West (Lumsden, 
1951). KeENyA. Kwale (B.M.). N. RHopeEsiIA. Serenje (B.M.). NATAL. Scott- 
burgh (B.M.). 


Aédes africanus 


DaHoMEy. Ouidah (Huttel, 1950). FR. CAMEROONS. Oyom-Abang (near 
Yaoundé), Evodoula (B.M.). BELGIAN ConGo. Banzyville, Eala, Gombi-Masaka- 
Kibanzi, Kabila, Kabukulu, Kakulubu, Kambundi, Kianga, Kibulu, Kimilolo 
River, Kinkosi, Kisantu, Kitutu, La Kafubu, Leopoldville, Mangembo, Mubanga, 
Mulassu-Tugi, Mwela, Popokabaka, Tukisi, Zundu (Terv.), Kasapa River, Kiniama, 
Kisanga River (Keyberg), Lofoi River (Kundelungu Plateau), Luano (B.M.). 
RuaANDA-URUNDI. Usumbura (Terv.). UGANDA. Kaabong, Kasunganyanja, Lab- 
wor (Haddow, in litt.), Lunyo (Gillett e¢ al., 1950), Ntotoro East, Ntotoro West, 
Tokwe (Lumsden, 1951), Ntaya Swamp (Smithburn & Haddow, 1951), Nyagak 
Forest (Lumsden & Buxton, 1951). ABYSSINIA. Jimma (Giaquinto-Mira, 1950). 
KENYA. Kodera (Garnham & McMahon, 1947), Cheborget, Mambwa (E.C.C. Van 
Someren, in litt.); TANGANYIKA. Ukara I. (B.M.). N. Ruopestia. Serenje 
(B.M.). 


Aédes pseudoafricanus 


BELGIAN ConGo. Banana (as africanus Wanson, 1935). 


Aédes simpsoni 


FERNANDO Po. Biapa, Musola, Rebola (Gil Collado, 1936). BELGIAN ConGo. 
Bili (De Meillon & Lavoipierre, 1944), Albertville, Inongo, Kazungeshi, Kibati, 
Kimilolo River, Komi, unnamed locality between Libenge and Lisala, Ngbandi, 
Thysville (Terv.), Kinanyira (Uvira area) (B.M.). RuANDA-URUNDI. Usumbura 
(Terv.). UGANDA. Kaabong, Kasunganyanja (Haddow, im litt.), Ntotoro East, 
Ntotoro West, Tokwe (Lumsden, 1951), Koich-Kenya River Junction (Lumsden 
& Buxton, 1951), Bageza (near Mubende), Bugazi (on Kome Island), Bunono, 
Buwaya, Kitubulu, Seguku (all near Entebbe), Hakitengya (Gillett, 1951a). ABys- 
SINIA. Jimma (Giaquinto-Mira, 1950). TANGANYIKA. Mofu (Gander, 1951). 
NaTAL. Port Shepstone, St. Winifred’s (B.M.). CAPE Province. Port St. 
Johns (B.M.), East London, Mazeppa Bay (Muspratt, 7m /itt.). 7 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 53 


Aédes luteocephalus 


BELGIAN ConGo. Banana (Wanson, 1935), Elisabethville (Mattingly & Lips, 
in press). UGANDA. Namalu (Haddow, in litt.), Mongiro (Lumsden, 1952). 


Aédes unilineatus 


ZULULAND. Ishongwe (Muspratt 7 /1it.). 


Aédes metallicus 


BELGIAN Conco. Elisabethville (Mattingly & Lips, in press). KENyA. Kodera 
(Garnham & McMahon, 1947). ZULULAND. Ishongwe (Muspratt in litt.). 


Aédes vitiatus 


DaHOMEY. Abomey (Huttel, 1950). FR. EQuaAToRIAL AFRICA. Brazzaville 
(Grjebine, 1950). BELGIAN Conco. Albertville, Banzyville, La Lufira, Lubum- 
bashi River, Ngbandi, Sesenge-gadin (Terv.). UGANDA. Kaabong, Kamion 
(Haddow, im litt.), Ntotoro West (Lumsden, 1951). SUDAN. Between Suakin 
and Erkowit (as sugens, King, 1908). ARABIA. Jebel Jihaf (B.M.). ABYSSINIA. 
Moyale (La Face, 1939), Guder (Giaquinto-Mira, 1950). ERITREA. Barentu 
(Giaquinto-Mira, 1950). It. SOMALILAND. Burhacaba (Zavattari im Tedeschi & 
Scalas, 1934). S. RHODEsIA. Msonneddi (Edwards, 1940), Domboshawa (K.I.). 


Aédes aegypti 


CaPE PrRovINcE. Additional southerly records kindly sent me by Mr. Muspratt 
are East London and Port Alfred. He notes that this species has not so far been 
found in Port Elizabeth or further westward. Dr. Mara has informed me in 
conversation that he cannot accept my suggestion that his record of aegypti from 
Mt. Bizen indicates a casual introduction. He tells me that it has since been 
found there repeatedly and appears to be well established. 

Records from outside the Ethiopian Region additional to those given in the first 
paper are as follows : 


Aédes untlineatus 


- Inp1A and PakisTAN. Karachi (Hicks & Diwan Chand, 1936), Nilgiri Hills 
(Russell & Mohan, 1942), Kohat (Qutubuddin, zm /it.). 


Aédes vittatus 


BaLeEaric Is. Raxa-Caubet (Mallorca) (Canamares, 1951). Corsica. Bucalojo 
River Gorge, San Nicolao, West Coast near Ajaccio (Aitken, im Jitt.). SARDINIA, 
Cantoniera Ovile Cannas, Picocca River Gorge, Villanovatulo (Aitken, in Uitt.). 
Inp1A. Hyderabad City (Deccan) (Qutubuddin, 195x), Nedumangad, Kalkulam 


(Iyengar 1938). 


54 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


The discovery of specimens of dendrophilus in the Tervuren Museum, where 
they had been placed under Aédes fraseri, is of interest as this species has 
only very recently been recorded for the first time from the Katanga (Mattingly, 
1952). The specimens, unlike that on which the previous record was based, are 
in good condition and seem typical, although males and early stages are still required 
for final confirmation. In the appendix to my first paper it was suggested that the 
occurrence of this species so far outside its known rainfall limits might be due to 
the presence of gallery forest, but Monsieur Lips informs me that this forest and 
others from which Aédes africanus is recorded above are of a special type known 
locally as Muhulu, which is denser and more humid than ordinary gallery forest 
and is associated mainly with the sources and head-waters of streams. There is 
no doubt that it is an important distinction, and the resemblance to the type of forest 
in which Aédes africanus was found at Taveta is striking (see appendix to first 
paper). Synecological observations of this kind are felt to be of great value, and 
it is considered that they may well have an important part to play in the further 
development of mosquito research. Mr. Muspratt’s record from Elisabethville 
is based on a unique female in the S.A.I.M.R. collection. The records of dendro- 
philus and africanus from Serenje are each based on a unique female specimen. 
The rainfall here appears to have an even less equable seasonal distribution than 
at Elisabethville since there are, on an average, 7 months with less than 1 in. of 
rain. Serenje is, however, situated on a high plateau, and it seems possible that 
forest of the Muhulu type may occur there. The record of dendrophilus from 
Kwale is associated with one of the isolated areas shown in Fig. 9 of the previous 
paper as having a type of rainfall suited to this species. It may well represent 
a distinct subspecies. The taxonomic status of this and other isolated populations 
will be discussed in a later paper in the series. As noted in the previous paper, 
the record of africanus from Ukara Island was based on a single larva. It has now 
been possible to confirm it from a series of ten female adults. The record of 
untlineatus from Karachi is of special interest since it is associated with detailed 
rainfall data. It is based on a mosquito survey, which may be taken for practical 
purposes to have lasted from the beginning of May to the end of October, 1935. 
Rainfall during this period was as follows: May o-o, June 0-0, July 1-04 in., 
August 0°30 in., September 0-15 in., October 0-02 in. During the period in question 
adults were found during August only. No larvae appear to have been found. 
The mean annual rainfall over the previous six years was 10-2 in., with a mini- 
mum of 0°69 in. in 1931 and a maximum of 20°82 in. in 1933. 7°17 in. fell in 1934. 
The number of months with less than 1 in. of rain was 12 in 1931, 8 in 1933 and 
10 in 1934. The record of this species from the Nilgiri Hills is interesting as 
supporting the conclusion already drawn from Barraud’s record from Bombay 
that this species may occur in India in association with higher rainfalls than any 
as yet recorded for it in Africa. Mr. D. J. Lewis has kindly told me that in his 
opinion the altitude given for Erkowit in the first paper is too high and that it is 
in fact of the order of 3,500 ft. Various altitudes appear in the literature. Hurst 
& Black give 3,600 ft. and the East and South African Handbook gives 3,800 ft. 
Certainly a figure of this order would be in better accordance with those recorded 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 55 


for this species from elsewhere than the figure of 4,300 ft. which I have quoted 
(see Mattingly, 1952, pp. 262 and 289). The records of vittatus from the Balearics 
and from Corsica and Sardinia are of great interest since they fully confirm the 
locality recorded for the type by Bigot, on which some doubt has been thrown. 
The record from Guder is interesting because of the high altitude involved (cp. 
Mara’s negative record from Mt. Bizen). ‘‘ Chell’s Third Camp ”’ quoted in the first 
paper as an unidentified locality for this species can now be said probably to have 
been in the Marsabit area (see Edwards, 1941, p. 465). The record from Brazza- 
ville is interesting in view of the paucity of records from this part of Africa noted 
in the first paper. The record from Jebel Jihaf is associated with an altitude of 
circa 7,100 ft. This is in good accord with its distribution elsewhere, in contrast 
to Patton’s negative record from behind Aden (see Mattingly, 1952, p. 291). The 
record of pseudoafricanus from Banana is the first from outside the Lagos area. 
It is based on a long series of specimens in the Congo Museum. This series contained 
24 complete males, all of which were dissected and all of which proved to be pseudo- 
africanus. The scutal markings of these and of the accompanying females agree 
with those of specimens from the Lagos area and may be regarded as diagnostic 
(see Chwatt, 1949, and Mattingly, 1952). In the Congo Museum the specimens 
were placed under africanus, but it seems that this species probably does not occur 
at Banana, which has a rainfall of only 324 in. with 4 dry months (Vandenplas, 
1943). The new records of africanus do not add materially to our knowledge of 
its distribution except for that from Usumbura, which provides one of the rare 
cases of its occurrence in an area with less than 40 in. of rain (35 in. but with only 
3 dry months according to Vandenplas, 1943), and that from Kaabong, which 
probably has a similar rainfall, although this is at present uncertain. It may be 
noted that experimental evidence is now available to show that the eggs of this 
species can withstand desiccation for at least 74 days (Gillett et al., 1950). The 
record from Kaabong is of particular interest in relation to the known occurrence 
of africanus in Abyssinia (see Mattingly, 1952). The record of apicoargenteus from 
Kapanga is from the locality of that name in the Katanga and not from the one 
in the Leopoldville area (per fide Basilewsky). It is of interest as representing the 
highest altitude from which apicoargenteus has been recorded in this part of its range 
(see Mattingly, 1952). The records of this species from Rutshuru and Usumbura 
are based on one and two female specimens respectively. Larvae from these 
localities would be very welcome for comparison with those of denderensis. The 
relatively low rainfall in combination with very equitable seasonal distribution 
at Usumbura has been noted in connection with Aédes africanus. Its significance 
would be easier to assess if more recent detailed figures were available. Gillett’s 
paper should be consulted for some further notes on the anomalies in the biting 
behaviour of Aédes simpsoni discussed in the first paper of the present series. (See 
also Bruce-Chwatt, 1950.) The record of this species from East London extends 
its known distribution considerably to the southward. 

The following are details of the localities listed above other than those already 
tabulated in the first paper. Certain localities in the Belgian Congo could not be 
placed with accuracy without making local inquiries, and as they affect only species 


56 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


having a very wide distribution in this part of Africa it has been considered sufficient 


to give a rough indication of their whereabouts. 


Gombi-Masaka-Kibanzi (Coll. 


Henrard) and Kinkosi and Tukisi (Coll. Fain) have not been traced. There are 
at least three places by the name of Bili in the Belgian Congo, and De Meillon gives 
no indication as to which is implied (Coll. Liégeois). 


Locality 


Abomey, Dahomey : 

Albertville, Belgian Congo . 

Banana, Belgian Congo 

Banzyville, Belgian Congo . 

Barentu, Eritrea 

Biapa, Fernando Po . 

Bili, Belgian Congo. Not identified 
(see above). 

Boloko, Fernando Po . 

Botonos, Fernando Po 

Burhacaba, It. Somaliland . 

Domboshawa, S. Rhodesia . 

East London, Cape Prov. 

Evodoula, Fr. Cameroons 

Guder, Abyssinia 

Hakitengva, Uganda . 

Mt. Homa, Belgian Congo 


Jimma, Abyssinia 

Kaabong, Uganda F ; : 

Kabila, Belgian Congo. Bakali- 
Inzia District. 

Kabukulu, Belgian Congo. Bakali- 
Inzia District. 

Kakulubu, Belgian Congo. Wamba- 
Bakali District. 

Kambundi, Belgian Congo . 

Kamion, Uganda 

Kapanga, Belgian Congo 

Kasapa R., Belgian Congo . 

Kasunganyanja, Uganda 

Kazungeshi, Belgian Congo . ; 

Kianga, Belgian Congo. Wamba- 
Bakali District. 

Kibulu, Belgian Congo. Kwango 
Prov. 

Kimilolo R., Belgian Congo 

Kiniama, Belgian Congo. : 

Kitutu, Belgian Congo. Bakali- 
Inzia District. 

Kodera, Kenya . 

Koich-Kenya River Junction, 
Uganda . ; . 

Komi, Belgian Congo . 


Altitude 


<500 
2,500 
<500 
(1,500) 
(2,000) 
(1,000) 


(1,000) 
(1,000) 

(500) 
(1,700) 
<500 
1,100 
(7,000) 
(3,500) 

(3,000— 

4,500) 


(5,700) 
5,000 


(4,000) 
(4,000) 
(4,500) 


(2,500) 
(1,500) 


Latitude 


7 


.08 N. 
.50S. 
-59 S. 
17 NN. 
.08 N. 
.20 N.) 


.25 N.) 
-35 N.) 
-45 N.) 
36 S.) 
sor 'S, 

.oo N. 
.0o N.) 
-43 N.) 
15 N. 


goND) 
-33 N. 


.48 S.) 
-45 N.) 
.20 3. 

Ay A 
.20 N.) 
-57 S.) 


-43 S.) 
30 S.) 


£90, 5.7 


34 N.) 
<2Or SS.) 


Longitude 


2 


21 
37 


(17. 
(34. 
22. 
(27. 
(30. 
(27. 


(27. 
(28. 


(34. 


(31 


(23. 


.04 E, 
29. 
I2. 
32 Es 
.35 E. 
-45 E.) 


13 E. 
29%, 


-45 E.) 
-40 E.) 
.05 E.) 
.08 E.) 
.58 E. 
-I0 E, 
-45 E.) 
.04 E.) 
47 E. 


.50 E.) 
.06 E. 


20 E.) 
15 E.) 
30 E. 
19 E.) 
20 E.) 
22 E.) 


31 E.) 
23 E.) 


20 E.) 


.29 E.) 


50 E.) 


Rainfall 


(40) 
50 
30 
(70) 
(15) 
<100 


<100 

<I0o 
(25) 
(35) 

35 
(65) 
(50) 
(55) 
(50) 


(55) 
(35) 


(65) 
(35) ° 
(55) 
(50) 
(50) 
(45) 


(50) 
(50) 


(60) 


(50) 
(70) 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 57 


Locality 

Labwor, Uganda , 

La Kafubu, Belgian Congo : = 
Elisabethville. 

La Lufira, Belgian Congo 

Lofoi R., Belgian Congo 

Luano, Belgian Congo ; 

Lunyo, Uganda. See Entebbe. 

Mambwa, Kenya ‘ 

Mangembo, Belgian Congo . 

Mobanga, Belgian Congo 

Mofu, Tanganyika . 

Mulassu-Tugi, Belgian Congo. 
Bakali-Inzia District. 

Musola, Fernando Po. Not iden- 
tified. 

Mwela, Belgian Congo 

Mwene-Ditu, Belgian Congo 

Namalu, Belgian Congo : ‘ 

Ngbandi, Belgian Congo. Ubangi 
District. 

Ntaya Swamp, Uganda 

Ntotoro East and West, Uganda. 
See Ntotoro Valley. 

Nyagak Forest, Uganda 

Ouidah, Dahomey 

Port Alfred, Cape Prov. 

Port Shepstone, Natal ' 

Rebola, Fernando Po. Not identi- 
fied. 

Rutshuru, Belgian Congo 

St. Winifreds, Natal 

San Carlos, Fernando Po 

Scottburgh, Natal 

Serenje, N. Rhodesia . 

Sesenge-Gadin, Belgian Congo 

Tokwe, Uganda . 

Uvira, Belgian Congo . ‘ : 

Zundu, Belgian Congo.  Bakali- 
Inzia District. 


Altitude 
(5,000) 


Latitude 


(2. 


II 


(11 


35 N.) 


.00 S, 
(ro. 
-36 S.) 


26 S.) 


<37 3: 
-34 5S.) 
+53 S.) 
<EO“3;) 


.02 S.) 
.00 S.) 


-45 N.) 


+427.) 


627 -N.) 
.20 N. 
ws7ios 

-45 S.) 


20089: 
,00'S:) 
.25 N.) 
2178, 
102.5. 
.40 N.) 
-45 N.) 
.24 8. 


APPENDIX II 
RAINFALL OF THE BorR-PIBOR-TORIT AREA 


When plotting putative distributional limits of Aédes apicoargenteus in this area 
it became apparent that the rainfall boundaries, based on empirical limits of 25 in. 
with 3 dry months, 30 in. with 4 dry months or 45 in. with 5 dry months, instead 
of following the isohyets and so defining the Guinean and Abyssinian areas of high 
precipitation as isolated blocks tended to turn towards one another, while the dis- 
tribution of patches of “‘ forest ’’ as shown by maps suggested that there might exist a 
connecting bridge in the form of an area of exceptionally well distributed rainfall 
(Mattingly, 1952). Such a bridge would be of considerable interest to zoogeo- 
graphers as helping to explain the occurrence of a well-marked Guinean element 


Longitude 
(33.50 E.) 


26.59 E. 
(27.53 E.) 
(27.36 E.) 


35.07 E. 
(14.19 E.) 
(17.34 E.) 
(36.10 E.) 


(17.40 E.) 
(23.25 E.) 
(34.40 E.) 


(30.03 E.) 


(30.57 E.) 
2. O50. 
26.58 E. 


(30.27 E.) 


29.25 E. 
(30.51 E.) 
(8.33 E.) 
30.44 E. 
30.58 E. 
(29.40 E.) 
(30.02 E.) 
29.08 E. 


Rainfall 
(45) 


(50) 
(50) 
(50) 


(55) 
(55) 
(65) 
(45) 


58 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


in the Abyssinian fauna. Thanks to Mr. D. J. Lewis it has been possible to obtain 
additional rainfall figures for this area, and it has therefore seemed worth while to 
prepare a detailed rainfall map (Fig. 14). It will be seen that purely on the basis 


24 F 35° 36° | 
. /] 4 
So 
o2 ss 
$0 059 
0 


6° 


2 4o 
Areas with less than m 50 agte 
ZZ the observed minimum eB 309 oe eae 
° rainfall required by A ‘ o*> on 
Aédes ghicoavgenteus x = O48 se? os 
— 0 —=— 
= Forest (Shown only in 060 UR x ae 
Bor. Pibor—Juba area), S20 50 +950 Sis us 
2g i__y 
0390 30° 34° 42° 33° 34° 


Fic. 14.—Rainfall of the south-eastern Sudan and adjacent parts of Abyssinia, 
Kenya, Uganda and the Belgian Congo. 


of rainfall figures, two interpretations are still possible (Fig. 15), and the evidence 
for the existence of such a bridge is therefore still largely that afforded by the 
distribution of “‘ forest’ patches on the map. It seems clear, however, that such 
a bridge must in any event have existed in comparatively recent times even if we 
assume only very small long-term fluctuations in rainfall and that, subject to 
edaphic factors, it would provide a forested connecting path between the two 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 59 


Fic, 15.—Alternative interpretations of the rainfall data illustrated in Fig. 14. Of the 
two @ seems the more probable on account of the distribution of forest. 


regions. The rainfall figures provided by Mr. Lewis with the assistance of the 
Sudan Government Meteorologist represent mean annual rainfalls up to 1950. 
As they have not previously been published they are given below : 


Rain Months 


. F Years 
Locality Latitude Longitude cas ee eee of 
(mms.) nearest than x 
: é verage 
(5 in.) I in. 

Akobo TAT. bo. -3Z. 01 ‘ G72 «a 40 4 30 
Boma G.10- , 134520 «4 3317 3 55 2 8 
Bor. te « ~Ock2 fa 2icaas. .% 860 —g 35 4 30 
Gilo ‘ ‘ ; See Katire i SR 2OSS- &, go 2 8 
Isoke rs |: ne a, 32” er 6, Y Ga 55 3 6 
Kapoeta . A380 <5. - 39635. Tee) ss 30 3 13 
Katire MOOG-th a CGS aT ® a6, = 75809 4; 60 3 11 
Kongor FO - 6 ts 3.22" 2. -F000 40 5 9 
Lafon BOR 140. $8528" 5 916.4 30 5 3 
Lerua Oe: ee ee ae 1514 . 60 3 Io 
Loa S47 a BESS % 2068... 45 4 6 
Loelli : (S48) 4 x (5G G5). 603° =. 25 3 6 
Nagishot . 4.36. My 194.34 ° & “F017 = 40 3 14 
Nimule Soy 4 ~ 939203 - 4. “ESO. 50 2 30 
Okaru. O20. “6° 37500. a TREE. 50 4 8 
Palataka . MOMs “BRAG 4 EEOR- oy 55 2 7 
Pibor Post 6.45 « 33:08 .. 880s. 35 3 30 
Torit re) a. Pr ar 988. 40 3 28 


Other rainfall figures shown in Fig. 14 are taken from Hurst & Black (1943), and 
from the summaries of rainfall for the year 1948 (including normals to date) pub- 
lished by the East African Meteorological Department. 


60 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


APPENDIX III 
DISTRIBUTION OF PALE Forms OF Aédes aegypti IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


NIGERIA. Bonny, Old Calabar (Theobald, 1g11c), Lagos (Summers-Connal, 
1926, 1927), Lokoja (Simpson, 1913), Degemma (B.M.). : 

PrincIPE I. Unnamed locality (B.M.). 

SuDAN. Port Sudan, Suakin, Tokar (Edwards, 1941), Aqiq, Dongonab, Gebeit, 
Halaib, Kassala, Mohammed Gul, Sinkat (Lewis, 1945). 

AraBiA. Aden (Edwards, 1941), Kameran I., Mecca (Lewis, 1945), Amd, Tarim 
(B.M.). 

AsByssINIA. Harrar (Giaquinto-Mira, 1950). 

ERITREA. Archiko, Massawa (Lewis, 1943). Mara (in Jannone eé al., 1946) 
notes that inland the species is represented by the “‘ typical’ (dark) form whereas 
in coastal areas this is replaced by the pale form. 

Br. SOMALILAND. Zeila (Edwards, 1941). G. R.C. Van Someren (1943) records 
both forms and notes the occurrence of intergrading but does not give details of 
their respective distributions. 

KENYA. Mombasa (B.M.). 

TANGANYIKA. Dar-es-Salaam (Edwards, 1941). 

ZANZIBAR. Unnamed localities (B.M.). 

ZULULAND. Ntambanana (B.M.). 

NataLt. Durban (B.M.). 

SEYCHELLES. Unnamed localities (Theobald, 1911), Porte Victoria (B.M.). 
Harper (1947) particularly notes the absence of aegypti from all localities other than 
Porte Victoria, which he visited. 

Mauritius. Port Louis (B.M.). 

ALDABARA. Picard I. (B.M.). 

Details of localities not already listed are given below : 


Locality Altitude Latitude - Longitude ——iRainfall 

Amd, Eastern Aden Prot. . 5 3,100° =. 15.30 N. «  “4@8.%0 EB. me we 
Agiq, Sudan ‘ ‘ * > <500: «) (48.44 Dh Sgt 6 i OP 5 
Archiko, Eritrea . ; ; ’ <600 «. (15.9294 »<.(99:25%.) ~. (10) 
Degema, Nigeria . : ° ‘ <500  . 4.45 N. : 6.48 E. é (90) 
Dongonab, Sudan : - <500 . 21.06N. . & 037.05 BE, 4 <5 
Gebeit, Sudan. ; , ‘ 2,500... _ 138, 97 i. Ee ek ee : 5 
Halaib, Sudan. , ; ; 400°. (SRIF Gee 30. 30... : <5 
Kameran I., Arabia. ‘ . <5O0 * 6)" FBG a) Fae sS Be (5) 
Massawa, Eritrea : . : a. ee tS  . 89.20 EB. ‘ 5 
Mecca, Arabia. é , . Z.OG0 >. ls. ny Shah ae ane BOs Se Dal os (5) 
Mohammed Gul, Sudan ‘ ; <s90 . (20.480 s 437.00 HB) 3 <5 
Picard I., Aldabara : $ ; <500  “s (9,23 S) ... (46.05 E) 6. tie8) 
Port Louis, Mauritius . ; ‘ <500°°  .- 20,385. - 89 .aT Se. , (35) 
Port Sudan, Sudan : : ‘ <s00 . ) 19.37 N. Man. y fe 5 5 , 5 
Principe I., G. of Guinea ; . 0-3,000 . 2.00 N. ‘ 7.30 E. : 100 
Sinkat, Sudan. , F ‘ $3,000: ~ -¢) - 2B 86 Ni Bb. §0 1%. . 5 
Suakin, Sudan. : ‘ ; <500 10.07 40. Rs rye n 5 
Tarim, E. Aden Prot. . : : 2,400. . 16.02 N, . 49.00 E. ; (25) 
Tokar, Sudan : ; : ‘ £00" 9 STRAIN, + OSI Ee ey 


Zeila, Br. Somaliland . : , 500  ., . 3¥540:; of) 49-28 Ey : (5) 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 61 


APPENDIX IV 


CORRIGENDA TO PArT I 


The receipt of further material of Aédes keniensis and the publication of a descrip- 
tion of the larva of Aédes ruwenzori (Gillett, 1951b) and of the adult of Aédes vinsoni 
(swpra) necessitate certain alterations to the keys published in the first paper of 
the series. Further alterations are also required to cover variation in soleatus as 
revealed by Mrs. Van Someren’s studies of Kenya Lowland material, but it is not 
felt that information concerning variation in calceatus is as yet sufficient to warrant 
altering the keys. It should, however, be borne in mind that considerable difficulty 
may be experienced with atypical specimens of this species, and the possibility of 
confusion of an occasional aberrant specimen of soleatus with heischi should also 
be noted. Alterations to the keys can conveniently be made as follows : 

p. 246. First line of couplet 20. For “all round”’ read “‘ above.” For “ 4th” 
read “‘ 4th.”” Couplet 23 should be rewritten as follows : 


23. Anterolateral scutal patches pointed behind and reaching margin of 
scutum for some distance in front. First mid-tarsal often extensively 
pale behind. Scale patch on ppm very small............ soleatus Edwards. 
Anterolateral patches rounded. First mid-tarsal without posterior exten- 
sion of pale scaling (may be pale above for up to 3ths). Scale patch on 
INE: GA CAM GE oS wee8a Gain osu te sicce rub Si tase GME WA A oe cnita OBIE a oe ave vrata 24. 
p. 247. After couplet 36 insert: 


37. All femora with well marked knee-spots. Mid femur largely pale in front 
vinsont Mattingly. 

Femora without knee-spots. Mid-femur with pale scaling restricted to 
a narrow line on the under surface................ mascarensis MacGregor. 


p- 249. Second half of couplet 20. For “ bambusae, dendrophilus, deboert’’ read 
“24.” After couplet 23 insert 


ma. Seon eta. A WIth $-S: branches 55.66 fcdiersc ce sins od si 0's odie e ees YUWENZOTL. 
This seta with at most 3 branches, usually less 
bambusae, deboert, dendrophilus. 


Corrections to the list of localities on pp. 262-263, suggested to me by persons 
with local knowledge, are as follows : 

Altitude of Erkowit to read 3600 ft. Altitude of Fort Ternan to read 5800 ft. 
Latitude and longitude of Kayembe-Mukulu to read (9.01 S.) (23.59 E.). Altitude 
of this locality to read (3300). In the second line of the summary on p. 293 the 
words “‘ No species’ should read “‘ Only one species.’’ Mr. Muspratt informs me 
that De Meillon and Lavoipierre’s record of simpsoni from Cape Province should 
be interpreted as from Hole-in-the-Wall rather than from Mkanduli. The last 
entry under this species on p. 253 should be amended accordingly. 


62 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


In addition to those persons and institutions already listed in the first paper of 
this series, many of whom have contributed also to the second, I am indebted to 
Monsieur P. Basilewsky and the Director of the Congo Museum for the many 
facilities afforded me there ; to Dr. J. Bonne-Wepster for showing me the collection 
of African Culicidae at the Indisch Instituut, Amsterdam ; to Dr. T. H. G. Aitken 
of the Rockefeller Foundation for allowing me to publish his very interesting records 
of Aédes vittatus ; to Dr. Giaquinto-Mira of the World Health Organization, Teheran, 
Persia, for topographical data from Abyssinia; to Dr. De Barros Machado of the 
Museu do Dundo, Lunda, Angola for topographical data; to Dr. Elizabeth Marks 
of the University of Queensland for the use of a manuscript copy of her thesis ; 
to Dr. W. Peters of the Colonial Development Corporation, Njombe, Tanganyika, 
who has sent me much material new to that territory ; to Dr. A. Sods of the Hun- 
garian National Museum for the loan of a specimen of Aédes cretinus ; to Dr. B. P. 
Uvarov of the Anti-Locust Research Centre, London, for allowing me to consult 
his manuscript while his paper was in the press ; to Monsieur Vinson of the Govern- 
ment Service, Mauritius for the very interesting new species of Stegomyia from that 
island ; to Mr. Qutubuddin of the Malaria Institute of Pakistan for the record of 
unilineatus from Kohat, to Dr. N. L. Corkill, A.D.M.S., Mukalla and Dr. L. 
Merucci of Tarim for Arabian aegypti, and to Dr. L. Mara of the World Health 
Organization for information regarding Eritrean aegypti. 


REFERENCES 


BARRAUD, P. J. 1931. Notes on some Indian mosquitoes of the subgenus Stegomyia, with 
descriptions of new species. Ind. J. med. Res. 19 : 221-227. 

BASCHKAREVA, A. D. 1931. Some facts on malaria and mosquitoes in the Sotschi district. 
Mag. Parasit., Moscow, 2 : 55-58. 

Bick, G. H. 1949. Notes on mosquitoes from Leyte, Philippine Islands (Diptera, Culicidae). 
Nat. Hist. Misc. Chicago, No. 41. 

BoNNE-WEPSTER, J., & BruG, S. L. 1932. The subgenus Stegomyia in Netherland India. 
Geneesk. Tijdschr. Ned.-Ind., Bijbl. ii : 39-119. 

Bruce-Cuwatt, L. J. 1950. Recent studies on insect vectors of yellow fever and malaria 
in British West Africa. J. twop. Med. Hyg. 53 : 71-79. 

CALLoT, J. 1938. Contribution a ]’étude des moustiques de Tunisie et en particulier du 
Sud de la Régence. Arch. Inst. Pasteur, Tunis, 27 : 133-183. 

CANAMARES, F. T. 1951. La presencia del ‘“‘ Aédes (Stegomyia) vittatus Big.’’ en al Medi- 
terraneo y algunes observaiciones sobre el mismo. Rev. Sanid. Hig. publ., Madrid, 25: 
435-443- 

CaRADJA, A. 1934. Herkunft und Evolution der palearktischen Lepidopterenfauna. Int. 
ent. Z. 28 : 217-224. 

Cuow, C. Y. 1949. Culicine mosquitoes collected in Western Yunnan, China during 1940-42. 

Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 51 : 127-132. 

1950. Collection of Culicine mosquitoes (Diptera, Culicidae) in Taiwan (Formosa), 

China, with description of a new species. Q. J. Taiwan Mus. 3 : 281-287. 

De Beavurort, L. F. 1951. Zoogeography of the Land and Inland Waters. London. 

De Granppre£, A. D., & DE CHARMOY, D’E. 1900. Les moustiques. Port Louis. 

DrRaAKE-BrRocKMAN, R. E. 1911. Stegomyia fasciata in North-east Africa. Bull. ent. Res. 


2: 179. 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 63 


Epwarps, F. W. 1920. Notes on the mosquitoes of Madagascar, Mauritius and Réunion. 
Ibid. 11 : 133-138. 

1922. Mosquito notes: III. Jbid. 13 : 75-102. 

—— 1923 bis. Four new African mosquitoes. Ibid. 13 : 397-399. 

19244. Some mosquitoes from Ovamboland, S.W. Africa and from the Cape Province. 

Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 19 : 159-163. 

- ——- 1924b. Description of two new species of mosquitoes from coconut palms in East Africa, 

Trans. R. Soc. trop. Med. Hyg. 18 : 187. 

1925. Mosquito Notes: V. Bull. ent. Res. 15 : 257-270. 

1935. Mosquito Notes: XII. Ibid. 26 : 27-136. 

1940. A new plain-winged Anopheles from Rhodesia. Ann. trop. med. Parasit. 34: 
93-96. 

ENDERLEIN, G. 1921. Die Culiciden fauna Madagascars. Wéien. ent. Zig. 38 : 47-52. 

Fenc, L. C. 1935. Notes on some mosquitoes collected from Shantung Province, North 
China. Chinese med. J. 49 : 359-365. 

1938. A critical review of literature regarding the records of mosquitoes in China: 

Pt. Il. Peking nat. Hist. Bull. 12 : 285-318. 

1938b. The tree hole species of mosquitoes of Peiping, China. Chinese med. J., Suppl. 
II : 503-525. 

Forses, H.O. (Ed.) 1903. The Natural History of Sokotva and Abd-el-Kuri. Liverpool. 

Furon, R. 1943. Manuel de Préhistoive Générale. Paris. 

GANDER, L. 1951. Experimentelle und Oekologische Untersuchungen tiber das Schliipfuermégen 
der Larven von Aédes aegypti L. (Thesis for the Ph.D. degree, University of Basel.) 

GARNHAM, P. C. C. 1949. Acrodendrophilic mosquitoes of the Langata Forest, Kenya. 
Bull. ent. Res. 39 : 489-490. 

and McManon, J. P. 1947. The eradication of Simulium neavei, Roubaud, from an 
Onchocerciasis area in Kenya Colony. Bull. ent. Res. 37 : 619-628. 

Gi1aqguinTo-Mira, M. 1950. Notes on the geographic distribution and biology of ‘‘ Anophe- 
linae ’’ and “‘ Culicinae’”’ in Etiopia. Riv. Malariol. 29 : 281-313. 

GILLETT, J. D. 1951a. The habits of the mosquito Aédes (Stegomyia) simpsoni Theobald in 

relation to the epidemiology of yellow fever in Uganda. <Awnn. trop. Med. Parasit. 45: 

110-121, 

1951b. The larva, pupa and adult male of Aédes (Stegomyia) ruwenzori Haddow and 
van Someren (Diptera, Culicidae). Ibid. 45 : 195-108. ; 

GRJEBINE, A. 1950. Moustiques du Moyen-Congo. Bull. Inst. Etud. centrafry., N.s. 1: 
25-48. 

Harper, J. O. 1947. A mosquito survey of Mahé, Seychelles. E. Afr. med. J. 24: 25-209. 

Hicks, E, P., & Diwan CHAND. 1936. A mosquito survey of Karachi airport. Rec. malar. 
surv. India, 6 : 515-535. 

Ho, Cu’I. 1931. Study of the adult Culicids of Peiping. Bull. Fan Inst. Biol. Peking 2: 
107-175. 

Hopkins, G. H. E. 1952. Mosquitoes of the Ethiopian Region. I. Larval Bionomics of 
Mosquitoes and Taxonomy of Culicine Larvae. 2nd ed. London: Brit. Mus. (Nat. 
Hist.). 

HutTtTEL, V. 1950. Note sur la répartition des moustiques dans le Bas-Dahomey. Bull. 
Soc. Path. exot. 43 : 563-566. 

IvencAR, M.O.T. 1938. Studies on the epidemiology of Filariasis in Travancore. Indian 
med. Res. Mem. No. 30. 

Jerson, W. F., Moutia, A., & CourtTois, C. 1947. The malaria problem in Mauritius; the 
bionomics of Mauritian anophelines. Bull. ent. Res. 38 : 177-208. 

Kine, H. H. (1908) Report on economic entomology. Rep. Wellcome trop. Res. Lab. 3: 
201-248. 

Knieut, K. L., & HurtBput, H.S. 1949. The mosquitoes of Ponape Island, eastern Carolines. 
J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 39 : 20-34. 


64 THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 


Knicut, K. L., and Rozesoom, L. E. 1946. The Aédes (Stegomyia) albolineatus group 
(Diptera, Culicidae). Proc. biol. Soc. Wash. 59 : 83-96. 

LamBorn, W. A. 1922. The mosquitoes of some ports of China and Japan. Bull. ent. Res. 

12 : 401-409. 

1939. The medical entomologist’s report. Annu. med. Rep. Nyasald. (1938). 

LEGENDRE, J. 1918. Note sur les Stegomyia de Tamatave. C. R. Soc. Biol. Paris, 81: 
832-833. 

LresTER, A. R. 1927. The coconut palm: its potentialities in providing breeding-places for 
mosquitoes. J. trop. Med. Hyg. 30 : 136-145. 

LinnagEus, C. 1762. D.F. Hasselquists ... Reise nach Palestina. Rostock. 

LumspEN, W. H. R. 1951. Probable insect vectors of yellow fever virus, from monkey to 
man, in Bwamba County, Uganda. Bull. ent. Res. 42 : 317-330. 

1952. The crepuscular biting activity of insects in the forest canopy in Bwamba, Uganda. 
A study in relation to the sylvan epidemiology of yellow fever. Ibid. 42 : 721-760. 

—— & Buxton, A. P. 1951. A study of the epidemiology of yellow fever in the West Nile 
district, Uganda. Tvans. R. Soc. trop. Med. Hyg. 45 : 53-78. 

MacGreoor, M. E. 1924. Aédes (Stegomyia) mascarensis, a new mosquito from Mauritius. 
Bull. ent. Res. 14 : 409. 

McHarpy, J. W. 1932. Annu. med. (sanit.) Rep. Tanganyika (1928) : 45. 

Marks, E.L. 1951. A Study of Variation in the Mosquito Aédes (Stegomyia) pseudoscutellaris 
(Theobald). (Thesis submitted for the degree of Ph.D. at Cambridge University.) 

MarrtTINI, E. 1931. Culicidae. (Lindner: Die Fliegen d. palearkt. Reg. 11-12.) Stuttgart. 

Matuis, M. 1934. Biologie comparée, en conditions experimentales, de quatre souches du 
moustique de la fiévre jaune. C. R. Soc. biol. 117 : 878-880. 

MattinGLy, P. F. 1952. The sub-genus Stegomyia (Diptera, Culicidae) in the Ethiopian 
Region. I: A preliminary study of the distribution of species occurring in the West 
African Sub-region with notes on taxonomy and bionomics. Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) 
Ent, 2 : 235-304. 

and Lips, M. Notes on the Culicini (Diptera, Culicidae) of the Katanga. Rev. Zool. 
Bot. afr.. (In Press.) 

PEREIRA, M. DE C. 1946. Culicideos da Provincia do Sul do Save (Africa Orientale Portu- 
guesa). Ann. Inst. Med. trop., Lisboa, 3 : 341-364. 

QutuBupDIN, M. 1951. The Culicine mosquitoes of Hyderabad-Deccan City and their 
bionomics as observed during 1943-45. Pakistan J. Hlth. 1 (2) : 26-32. 

Reinic, W. F. 1937. Die Holarktis. Jena. 

RussELL, P. F., & Monan, B. N. 1942. Some mosquito hosts to avian plasmodia, with 
special reference to Plasmodium gallinaceum. J. Parasit. 28 : 127-129. 

Sasa, M., and Kano, R. 1951. Description and comparative studies on the larva of Aédes 
(Stegomyia) galloisi Yamada (Diptera, Culicidae). Jap. J. exp. Med. 21: 109-113. 

SENEVET, G. 1939. Aédes aegypti en Algérie. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algér. 17 : 598-600. 

SENIOR-WHITE, R. 1920. A survey of the Culicidae of a rubber estate. Indian J. med. 
Res. 8 : 304-325. 

1934. Three years’ mosquito control work in Calcutta. Bull. ent. Res. 25 : 551-596. 

Simpson, J. J. 1913. Jm Current Notes. Bull. ent. Res. 2: 179. 

SMITHBURN, K. C., & Happow, A. J. 1951. Ntaya virus: a hitherto unknown agent isolated 
from mosquitoes collected in Uganda. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol., N.Y. 77 : 130-133. 

SumMERS-ConnalL, S. L. M. 1926. On the numerous variations occurring in the specimens 
of Aédes argenteus Poiret obtained in Lagos, Nigeria. Annu. med. sanit. Rep. Nigeria: 


132-139. 
1927. On the variations occurring in Aédes argenteus in Lagos, Nigeria. . Bull. ent. 
Res. 18 : 5-11. 


Tepescul, C., and Scaras, A. 1934. Contributo alla biogeografia della malaria in Burhacaba 
(Benadir). Riv. Malariol. 13 : 104-113. 


THE SUB-GENUS STEGOMYIA IN THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 65 


THEOBALD, F. V. 1905 bis. A catalogue of the Culicidae in the Hungarian National Museum. 

. Ann. Hist.-nat. Mus. hung. 3 : 61-119. 
1g911c. The distribution of the yellow fever mosquito (Stegomyia fasciata Fabricius) 

and general notes on its bionomics. Tyvans. 1st internat. Congr. Ent. Pt. 2 : 145-170. 

1912 bis. Percy Sladen Trust expedition to the Indian Ocean ... Culicidae. Tvans. 
Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. 15 : 8-94. 

Uvarov, B. P. Some effects of past climatic changes on the distribution of African Acridiidae. 

Trans. IXth internat. Congr. Ent. (In Press.) 

Van SOMEREN, E. C. C. 1946 bis. Ethiopian Culicidae: descriptions of the adults and 
pupae of two new species and two sub-species of the genus Aédes from East Africa (Dip- 
tera). Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B) 15: 1-6. 

1947. Ethiopian Culicidae—Notes and descriptions. Ibid. 16 : 129~-132. 

1951. New Culicini from Kenya and Uganda. Ibid. 20: 1-9. 

VAN SOMEREN, V. G. L., & DE BorrR, H. S. 1926. Report on the mosquito breeding areas 
of Nairobi. Kenya med. J. 2 : 275-298. 

VENTRILLON, E. 1904. Description des Culicides de Madagascar. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat., 
Paris, 10 : 550-555. 

Wanson, M. 1935. Note sur les trous de crabes, gites larvaires. Ann. Soc. belg. Méd. trop. 
15: 575-585. 

YamapDA, S. 1921. Description of ten new species of Aédes found in Japan, with notes on 
the relation between some of these mosquitoes and the larva of Filaria bancrofti Cobbold. 
Annot. zool. jap. 10 : 45-81. 


PRESENTED 
2 4 JUN 1953 


ENTOM, III, I. 5 


5 re 
r mie ‘ 
Se, 
er 


A PEST OF COCONUT PALMS IN 
PORTUGUESE EAST AFRICA 


TWO NEW REPRESENTATIVES OF 
THE GENUS HYPOTRABALA 
(LEPIDOPTERA: LASIOCAMPIDAE) 
FROM THE BELGIAN CONGO 


W. H. T. TAMS 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 2 
LONDON: 1953 


A PEST OF COCONUT PALMS IN 
PORTUGUESE EAST AFRICA 


TWO NEW REPRESENTATIVES OF THE 
GENUS HYPOTRABALA (LEPIDOPTERA: 
LASIOCAMPIDAE) FROM THE 
BELGIAN CONGO 


Pp. 67-75; Pls. 1-2; Text-figures 1-14, 9-16 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 2 
LONDON: 1953 


THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM 
(NATURAL HISTORY), instituted in 1949, ¢s 
issued in five series corresponding to the Departments 
of the Museum, and an Historical Series. 

Parts appear at irregular intervals as they become 
ready. Volumes will contain about three or four 
hundred pages, and will not necessarily be completed 
within one calendar year. 


This paper in Vol. 3, No. 2 of the Entomological 
series. 


PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM 


Issued October, 1953 Price Four Shillings 


A PEST OF COCONUT PALMS IN 
PORTUGUESE EAST AFRICA 


By W. H. T. TAMS 


In the spring of 1952 Mr. V. Sleptzow, one of the London representatives of the 
Sociedade Agricola do Madal, Quelimane, Africa Oriental Portuguesa, brought me 
a photograph of larvae, cocoons and moths of a destructive pest that was attacking 
coconut palms on a plantation at Micaune, Mocambique. 

At that time I could do no more than state that the insect involved was a moth 
belonging to the family Limacodidae, and I asked Mr. Sleptzow if he could procure 
specimens from the plantation. A consignment was sent by air from Quelimane 
on gth June, 1952, but there were no moths, and the small bottles containing larvae 
had become loose and were smashed, completely ruining the whole consignment, 
which arrived in a state of putrefaction. The larvae and cocoons were quite un- 
known to me, and I asked Mr. Sleptzow if he would be good enough to try again. 
He at once communicated with the African management of the company, with the 
result that in the middle of September I received by air mail another consignment 
of larvae and cocoons, and two battered crippled female moths, which had emerged 
on the journey. I carefully nursed the cocoons at home, and succeeded in rearing 
a number of moths of both sexes. 

After a close study of the species I found that not only was it unknown to me, 
but I could not find any close relative with which I could associate it generically. 
Accordingly, I sent several examples to Dr. E. Martin Hering of the Berlin Museum. 
Dr. Hering, who is the recognized authority on the family Limacodidae, informed 
me that he fully agreed with me that the species did not belong to any known genus, 
but appeared to be related to the genera in which the hind tibia bears two spurs 
only, and the tarsi are clothed with scales rather than with the more delicate hair- 
scales. It may be related to the Zinara group, and has some features suggestive 
of Sporetolepis Karsch, which, however, has at the end of the fore wing cell the 
fork of the parting-vein deep and closed distally by a cross-vein, whereas in 
the genus here described the fork is shallow and open. 


TROGOCRADA gen. n. . 
Typus generis Trogocrada deleter sp. n. 


Antenna in ¢ pectinate, the pectinations decreasing slightly in length distad. 
Antenna in @ simple. Palpus stout, upcurved before frons, 3rd segment small, 
almost spherical, inconspicuous. Hind tibia with only one pair of spurs; mid 
tibia with a bushy covering of long scales, all tarsi covered with scales (not fine 
hair-scales) (fig. 3, a, b, c, d). Fore wing with veins Sc, Rr and R2 separate and 


ENTOM. III, 2. 6 


70 COCONUT PALMS IN PORTUGUESE EAST AFRICA 


almost straight ; veins R3 + R4-+ Rs5 stalked, medials separate, M2 nearer to M3 
than to M1; parting-vein within the cell terminating in an open shallow fork. 
Hind wing with vein Sc anastomosing with middle of anterior margin of cell; vein 
Rs stalked with vein M1 for proximal fourth ; lower angle of cell not appreciably 
nearer termen than upper angle. (Figs. 4, 5.) 


Fics. 1-3.—Trogocrada deletey sp.n. Fig. 1, male; fig. 2, female; fig. 3, legs (a) fore, (b) mid, (c) 
hind, to show vestiture, (d) hind, to show tibial spurs. 


Trogocrada deleter sp. n. 


(Figs. 1, d, 2 9.) 


3. Antenna warm buff, degraded with fuscous. Palpus mainly warm blackish 
brown, warm buff apically. Frons warm blackish brown, vertex apricot buff. 
Thorax warm to apricot buff, sometimes degraded with fuscous. Abdomen fuscous, 
lighter near base. Pectus and legs light to apricot buff, shaded with warm blackish 
brown in front. Venter fuscous, lighter medially. Fore wing apricot buff, proximal 
three-fourths heavily over-shaded with fuscous to warm blackish brown, with a 
wavy appearance between the velvety blackish-brown lunules medially and a 
strong, velvety, blackish-brown curved postmedial fascia (cf. fig. 1), the distal 
portion of the wing suffused with tawny. Hind wing fuscous to fuscous black. 

Underside of both fore and hind wings fuscous to fuscous black. Expanse: 
22-24 mm. 


COCONUT PALMS IN PORTUGUESE EAST AFRICA 71 


Q. Similar in pattern to g; the predominating colour may be apricot buff with 
tawny to fuscous shading beyond the postmedial fascia on the fore wing, the medial 
markings and postmedial fascia velvety blackish brown, or the whole wing may be 
suffused. with fuscous. Underside may be apricot buff or fuscous. Expanse : 
26-27 mm. 


“a Se 


Rs 


My 
SS M2 
13 
5 Z 


Cu2 


Fics. 4, 5.—Tvogocrada deletey sp. n. Fig. 4, fore-wing venation; fig. 5, hind-wing venation. 


3d genitalia. The male genitalia exhibit a robust structure of segments IX—X, 
the division between the terga being difficult to discern. The various structures 
are better displayed by figures than by descriptions. The valva is most unusual 
in shape and possesses distally a sort of loose ‘‘ corona”’ of woolly hair-scales, and 
two fairly stout whip-like setae (figs. 8-13). 

2 genitalia. A very lightly sclerotised ostium bursae; ovipositor lobes broad 
and prominent. | 


72 COCONUT PALMS IN PORTUGUESE EAST AFRICA 


Larva (fig. 6). The larva is green with velvety darker green shading and a variable 
line down the middle of the dorsum, frequently white edged with reddish, or entirely 
reddish. In shape it is quite unlike any Limacodid larva known to me. 

Cocoon (fig. 7). The larva makes an almost spherical cocoon (9 mm. xX 8 mm.), 
whitish with irregular blackish markings. 


“Si > 
Sinieg® : 
ZEN"... 


a 
‘4 


Wass Sess 


= 


~ 


es aes 


Fics. 6, 7.—Trogocvada deletey sp.n. Fig. 6, larva; fig. 7, cocoon. 


Holotype J, allotype 9 and 8 paratypes: 

Portuguese East Africa, Micaune, destroying coconut plantations. Presented 
by the Sociedade Agricola do Madal, through Messrs. E. Isen (Quelimane), M. 
Terestchenko and V. Sleptzow, to whom I am grateful for the opportunity to study 
such an interesting moth. 


COCONUT PALMS IN PORTUGUESE EAST AFRICA 73 


STERNUM X 


GNATHUS: STERNUM 


IX 


12 14 


Fics. 8-14.—Trogocrada deleter sp. n., § genitalia. Fig. 8, complete armature, valvae (shaded) 
unspread ; fig. 9, complete armature, valvae spread ; fig. 10, valvae, anellus and aedoeagus 
separated from segments IX-X; fig. 11, segments IX-X; fig. 12, sternum X (gnathus) ; 
fig. 13, terga IX—X (tegumen and uncus) ; fig. 14, sternum IX (vinculum). 


TWO NEW REPRESENTATIVES OF 
THE GENUS HYPOTRABALA 
(LEPIDOPTERA: LASIOCAMPIDAE) 
FROM THE BELGIAN CONGO 


By W. H. T. TAMS 


IN 1925 I drew attention (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) 16: 552-561) to the fact that 
certain species of African Lasiocampidae were not associated in their proper genera, 
and I dealt particularly with the genera Pseudometa Aurivillius and Hypotrabala 
Holland. I have since discovered that Pseudometa schultzei Aurivillius is not a 
Pseudometa but belongs in the genus Mallocampa Aurivillius. 

Some time ago Monsieur L. A. Berger of the Congo Museum at Tervuren, Belgium, 
brought me two further examples of the genus Hyfotrabala, and these are described 
below. I have given in this paper a few figures of the eighth sternum in various 
species of this genus, as this structure may be readily observed if the scales are 
carefully removed from the underside of the terminal abdominal segments, and it is 


an important aid to identification. 


Hypotrabala regalis sp. n. 
(Pl. 1, figs. 3, 3, 4, 2; Pl. 2, figs. 5, 6.) 


dg. Antenna honey yellow, the shaft with some chocolate scales. Head, palpus, 
thorax, abdomen and legs light orange yellow, with some chocolate shading. Fore 
wing pale orange yellow enriched with light orange yellow, the dark pattern indicated 
in the photograph chocolate. At the end of the cell a large glossy white oval spot, 
finely edged with chocolate, with a much smaller spot of like appearance between it 
and the costa, from which it is slightly more distant. Hind wing pale orange yellow 
without pattern. Underside pale orange yellow. Expanse 82 mm. (77 mm. from 
tip-to-tip). 

Q. Similar, much larger, richer in colour (light orange yellow), with some fuscous 
shading in the subterminal markings ; a single smaller discocellular spot, chocolate 
with or without a few white scales centrally. 

Expanse 114 mm. (104 mm. from tip-to-tip). 

Belgian Congo, Lulua, Kapanga (F. G. Overlaet). 

Holotype ¢: 18.xii.1933, 4 ¢ paratypes dated 13.ix.1932, x.1933 and xi.1933 
(2) respectively. Allotype 2: 8.xii.1932, 2 2 paratypes dated 12, 14.xli.1932, 
respectively. 

The ¢ genitalia are unlike those of the other Hypotrabala species known to me 
in having a single medial process on sternum VIII (Pl. 2, fig. 5). The 2 genitalia 
are shown in Pl. 2, fig. 6; they are strongly sclerotized, with a robust bar before 


the ostium. 


Bull. B.M, (N.H.) Entomology ITI, 2. 


HYPOTRABALA,. 


Bull. B.M. (N.H.) Entomology IIT, 2. 


HyPoTRABALA. 


GENITALIA. 


PLATE 2 


_ 


THE GENUS HYPOTRABALA FROM THE BELGIAN CONGO 75 


Hypotrabala guttata fontainei ssp. n. 
iP t, fig. 3; os Pl. 2, figs. 7, 8.) 


3. Slightly larger than H. guttata guttata Aurivillius (Pl. 1, fig. 2), with a larger 
discal glossy white spot. ¢ genitalia (Pl. 2, figs. 7, 8, text-fig. 10) with sternum 
VIII bearing two long straight processes, the shape of the sternum being quite 
different from that of H. guttata guttata (text-fig. 9), which came from the Gold 
Coast. Expanse 70 mm. (66 mm. from tip-to-tip). 

Holotype $: Belgian Congo, Lusambo, 13.x.1949 (Dr. M. Fontaine). 


qut tata 


9 


Joiceyt 


lf: 
(as 


Torrid — 16 
12 = 14 


Fics. 9-16.—g VIIIth sternum in the genus Hypotrabala. 9. Hypotrabala guttata guttata. 10. H. 
guttata fontaineit. 11.H. porphyria. 12.H.horridula. 13.H.dollmani. 14. H.neavei. 15. H. joiceyt. 
16. H. horridul: seydeli. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES AND FIGURES 


Pr. I, Fics. 1-4.—Hypotrabala guttata fontainei g (fig. 1), H. g. guttata 3 (fig. 2); Hypotrabala 
regalis 3 (fig. 3), 2 (fig. 4). 


Pi. II, Fics. 5-8.—Hypotrabala regalis 3 genitalia (fig. 5), and Q (fig. 6); H. guttaia fontainei 3 
genitalia (fig. 7), g sternum VIII (fig. 8). 


ENTOM. III, 2. i 


953 


13 OCT 1 


a mi ho) iP BY 
Be 
Ay iy DME oP 


Tala x! 


an ke 


ee i's 
Reiss 
rts 


25 NOV 1953 


A REVISION OF THE GENUS 
TERIOMIMA KIRBY — 
(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) 


H. STEMPFFER anv N. H. BENNETT 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 3 
LONDON : 1953 


iit > 
RY f hi 
hie 


A REVISION OF 
THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 
(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) 


BY 


H. STEMPFFER anp N. H. BENNETT 
\ UA, 


Yi 


Pp. 77-104 ; Pls. 3-9; 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY | | Vol. 3 No. 3 
LONDON : 1953 


THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM 
(NATURAL HISTORY) instituted in 1949, is 
issued in five series corresponding to the Departments 
of the Museum, and an Historical Series. 

Parts appear at trregular intervals as they become 
ready. Volumes will contain about three or four 
hundred pages, and will not necessarily be completed 
within one calendar year. 


This paper is Vol. 3, No. 3 of the Entomological 
serves. 


PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM 


Issued November, 1953 Price Seven Shillings and Sixpence 


A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA 
KIRBY (LEPIDOPTERA LYCAENIDAE) 


By H. STEMPFFER anv N. H. BENNETT 


SYNOPSES 


Teriomima, a small genus of African butterflies, of the family Lycaenidae, is distributed 
throughout the E. and S.E. regions. Little attention has been paid to them since 1918, when 
Aurivillius, in Seitz: The Macrolepidoptera of the World, 13 : 327-328, dealt with the few species 
then recognized. An exhaustive study of the male genitalic structure has led the authors to 
describe two additional genera, eight new species and one new subspecies, all contained within 
the earlier conception of the genus. 


i. Bis lORY ‘OF THE GENUS 


THE Liptenine genus Teriomima was described by Kirby in 1887 (Ann. Mag. Nat. 
Hist. (15) 19 : 364-367). In it he placed Preris erastus Hewitson (1866) and the 
following seven new species which he described at the same time, namely Teriomima 
subpunctata (the type species), 7. puella, T. tenera, T. similis, T. erasmus, T. flaveola, 
T. dispar and T. hildegarda. In 1888 H. H. Druce described and added Teriomima 
melissa (Ent. Mon. Mag. 25: 109). In 1890 Kirby (Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) 6: 
268-271) added a further six new species, T. decipiens, T. delicatula, T. serena, T. 
modesta, T. cordelia and T. dubia, and transferred Hewitson’s Liptena adelgitha 
(1874) to the genus. In the same year W. J. Holland (Psyche, 5 : 429) added Terio- 
mima leucostola, T. xanthostola and T. xanthis. Two years later Staudinger (I7is, 
D. ent. Zeit. 4: 219-220) added Teriomima adelgunda and T. alberta, both new, and 
in 1894 Smith and Kirby (Rhop. Ex. 2: 115, Afr. Lyc., pl. 25, figs. 1 and 2) added 
T. freya. In 1895 T. galenides Holland (Ent. News Philad. 6: 167) appeared. In 
1898 Grose Smith (Novit. Zool. 5 : 355) extended the list with 7. pusio and T. fuscula. 

Aurivillius, in Rhopalocera Aethiopica (1898), included in Tertomima the following 
species: JT. subpunctata Kirby, T. delicatula Kirby, T. puella Kirby, Durbamia 
puellaris Trimen (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1894 : 59-60), T. hildegarda Kirby with var. 
freya Smith & Kirby, Liptena aslauga Trimen (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1873 : 117), Durbania 
pallida Trimen (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1898 : 12) and Durbania micra Grose Smith (Novit. 
Zool. 5 (1898) : 356). He excluded from the genus Pieris erastus Hewitson, T. 
tenera Kirby, T. pusio Kirby, T. similis Kirby and T. serena Kirby, attributing them 
to the genus Citrinophila on neuration. T. erasmus Kirby and T. flaveola Kirby 
he treated as synonyms of P. erastus Hewitson. 

T. xantha was described by Grose Smith in 1901 (Rhop. Ex. 3: 140, Afr. Lyc., 
pl. 29, figs. 13, 15). 

In Seitz (Macrolep. 13 : 327-328, 1918), Aurivillius listed the following as Terio- 
mima species: T. subpunctata Kirby, T. delicatula Kirby, T. puella Kirby, T. 


ENTOM, III, 3. 8§ 


80 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 


puellaris Trimen, T. micra Grose Smith, T. aslauga Trimen, and treated hildegarda 
Kirby and pallida Trimen as forms of aslauga owing to the great variability of their 
wing patterns. Hawker Smith described T. parva, T. minima and T. minima 
latimarginata in 1933 (Stylops, 2: 6-7); Talbot added T. minima f. stygia in 1935 
(Ent. Mon. Mag. 71:72); Riley described T. woodi in 1943 (Entomologist, 76: 
225-226) ; van Son described T. zuluana in 1949 (Aun. Transv. Mus, 21(2) : 211), 
placing this species closest to T. puellaris Trimen. 

This appears to be the history of the genus to date. Of the thirty-seven names 
cited seven have been absorbed into Citrinophila, viz., tenera, similis, erasmus, 
evastus, flaveola, serena and pusio ; seven are now placed in Liptena, viz., decipiens, 
modesta, leucostola, xanthostola, xantha, xanthis and galenides; four in Epitolina, 
viz., melissa, dispar, cordelia and dubia; four are now in Micropentila, viz., adel- 
githa, adelgunda, alberta and fuscula. 


2. METHOD OF REVISION 


The dissection of a number of specimens labelled ‘‘ aslauga’’ revealed that several 
species were involved. Late in 1949 each of the authors commenced, by arrange- 
ment, an independent survey of the genitalic forms within the genus. Each having 
access to a different source of material, and employing varying techniques, it was 
hoped that the possibility of errors of interpretation might thereby be greatly 
reduced. When the two sets of results were correlated an encouraging degree of 
unanimity was at once apparent. Where divergences occurred they were usually 
due to a shortage of material, always the main obstacle to this kind of investigation. 
An extensive exchange of specimens, genitalic preparations, etc., soon confirmed the 
mutual realization that there were differences of structure of sufficient diversity 
and stability to warrant regrouping into three genera, two of which are new, as 
indicated below : 


I. TERIOMIMA Kirby, to include subpunctata, puella, etc. 
2. BALIOCHILA genus nov., to include aslauga, hildegarda, etc. 
3. CNODONTES genus nov. to include pallida, etc. 


At an early stage both workers agreed that it is impossible, except in a few in- 
stances, to make reliable specific determinations from external appearances. This 
difficulty is well illustrated by the fact that Aurivillius, for all his experience, placed 
the bulk of our species of Baliochila and Cnodontes under a single specific name in 
Seitz, wherein hildegarda and pallida are treated as subspecies or seasonal forms of 
aslauga. Even when long series have been positively identified by dissection, such 
is the intergradation of wing pattern and coloration, especially in Baliochila, 
that it would still be hazardous to name most specimens without examining the 
genitalia, even with the rich material (eleven hundred specimens) available for 
comparison in the British Museum. The descriptions given later in this work might 
suggest a great diversity of form, but what frequently occurs is no more than a 
confusing reversal of ground-colour and pattern. In plate 9 an attempt is made to 
illustrate the extremes of variation within the species B. hildegarda and B. dubiosa. 


A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 81 


Also shown are examples of B. neavei and C. vansomerent, which differ greatly in 
appearance from the selected type-specimens. 

From the foregoing it will be appreciated that the formulation of a key based 
on external appearances would be a waste of time. A key to the genitalia could 
be readily produced, but it is considered that the complete set of illustrations of these 
organs which accompanies this work is so self-explanatory as to render a key super- 
fluous. 

The effectiveness of this revision was greatly enhanced by Professor Varley, of 
the Hope Department of Entomology, University Museum, Oxford, who, through 
the kind offices of Professor Hale Carpenter, lent the whole of the Hope Department 
collection of Teviomima, amounting to more than three hundred and fifty specimens, 
to facilitate this undertaking. We are indebted to Dr. V. G. L. van Someren for 
a similar act of co-operation. Our thanks are also due to T. H. E. Jackson, Esq., 
for numerous contributions of material, as well as for his “‘ on-the-spot ’’ knowledge 
of the genus, so readily placed at our disposal ; to E. B. D. Barnes, Esq., of Umtali, 
who provided examples of the new species B. barnesi and B. lipara, and to Dr. van 
Son, who furnished some examples of B. aslauga. We are also indebted to W. H. T. 
Tams, Esq., for much sound advice on genitalic problems. 


3. SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES 
Genus TERIOMIMA Kirby (sensu stricto). 
Kirby: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 19 : 364 (1887). 


Type of the genus: Teriomima subpunctata Kirby (1887) designated by Kirby. 
Eyes bare; palpi rather long, ascending, projecting beyond the frons, clothed 
_ with adpressed scales, the second joint stout, laterally compressed, the third joint 
slender, acuminate ; antennae rather short, with a distinct, subcylindrical club ; 
male forelegs with unsegmented tarsi, clothed beneath with fine spines. Wing 
shape. Fore wings : costa evenly arched, rather rounded apex, outer margin strongly 
convex. Hind wings: oval, anal angle not very distinct. Neuration: Fore wing 
with twelve veins; cell short ; vein 4 from the lower angle of the cell; posterior 
discocellular concave ; vein 5 nearer to 6 than to 4; 6 and 7 arising from a common 
stalk from the upper angle of the cell; 8 and g branching from 7; Io and 11 free, 
from the upper edge of the cell, 10 arising very close to the upper angle. Hind 
wing: cell rather short ; 3 arising a little before the lower angle of the cell; 4 
from the angle ; posterior discocellular concave ; 5 nearer to 6 than to 4; 6 from 
the upper angle of the cell; 7 from just before the upper angle. 

MALE GENITALIA : GENERAL DESCRIPTION. Uncus bifid, consisting of two more or 
less pointed finger-like processes ; no subunci; tegumen fairly wide; vinculum of 
moderate width ; anellus fused to the bases of the valvae, forming a narrow sheath 
to the base of the aedoeagus ; valva oblong, with a pointed, more or less falcate 
apex, sometimes having a curved, finely pointed harpe extending over the distal 
third of its length ; aedoeagus fairly stout, the distal end having one or two ventrally- 
directed lobes which may be long and curved, as in the subpunctata-group, or rather 
short and blunt, as in the micra-group. 


82 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 


(1) Teriomima subpunctata Kirby (1887) 
(Pl. 3, fig. 1, neallotype g; Pl. 5, fig. 26, § genitalia) 


Teriomima subpunctata Kirby, 1887, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 19 : 364, W. Africa (?). 
syn. Teriomima delicatula Kirby, 1890, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) 6: 269, Usagara. 


(NoTE. The treatment of delicatula as a synonym is the result of a careful exami- 
nation of over 150 specimens ; it is impossible to find any constant points of differ- 
entiation in facies or genitalia.) 

Holotype (2) in the British Museum (N.H.). 4 not previously described. . 

6. Frons brown with two lateral fine white lines; second joint of the palpi 
laterally compressed, clothed with white scales at the centre, brown at the extremi- 
ties, third joint white tipped; antennae black, ringed with white, club black with 
reddish-brown tip; tarsi black, ringed with white. 

UPPERSIDE FORE WING. White, with a costal margin of light brown scales ex- 
tending one-third from the base, a minute patch of the same colour between the 
extremities of veins 11 and 12; a triangular apical patch, rather darker, from 
the extremity of Io on the costal margin to midway between 2 and 3 on the outer 
margin. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. White, with a very small patch of light brown scales 
at the tip of each vein. 

UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Ground-colour white, yellowish at the costal margin 
and in the apical area ; lightly patterned with small patches of mixed pale and dark 
brown scales arranged as follows: five evenly spaced patches from the base to mid- 
way along the costal margin; three evenly spaced patches from the base of the 
cell to the discocellulars ; a straight row of three patches disposed between veins 
g and 10, 6 and 5 and 5 and 4; a curved row of five spots corresponding to the 
inner edge of the apical patch on the upperside, the lowermost between veins 3 and 
4; two rows, marginal and submarginal, of very small spots from the apex to vein 3. 

UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Ground-colour white, with a rather more evenly dis- 
tributed pattern of light and dark brown patches than on the fore wing; although 
very irregular, these patches may be placed in six rows, the fourth from the base 
being the most heavily marked. 

Fringes of both wings white except at the apex of the fore wing, where they are 
brown with interruptions of white. 

LENGTH OF FORE WING. -15:°6 mm. 

$ GENITALIA. Uncus bifid, lobes dilated at the base and tapering to blunt points, 
tips ventrally inclined, sparsely hairy ; no subunci ; tegumen fairly large; vinculum 
of moderate width ; anellus sheathing the base of the aedoeagus, which is long and 
robust, curved in the form of a flattened $ and bearing, near the distal end, two ven- 
trally directed lobes or flaps, the distal end blunt ; valva flask-shaped, with a long, 
curved harpe, apex weakly falcate. 

Neallotype g: Brit. E. Afr., Uchweni Forest, I-2.iii.1g12 (S. A. Neave), in the 
British Museum (N. H.) B.M. Type No. Rh. 15684. 

DISTRIBUTION. Kenya, Tanganyika. 


A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 83 
(2) Teriomima puella Kirby (1887) 


(Pl. 3, fig. 2, neallotype 2; Pl. 5, fig. 27, d genitalia) 
Teriomima puella Kirby, 1887, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 19 : 365, W. Africa. 


Holotype (g) in the British Museum (N.H.). @ not previously described. 

Q. External characters as in the male. A long series from Nyasaland, Mlanje, 
show considerable variation of the costal markings of the upperside fore wing and 
in the spotting of the underside hind wing. 

Length of fore wing: 17 mm. 

$6 GENITALIA. Very similar to those of subpunctata, but with narrower valvae, 
having shorter and more sharply curved harpes. 

Neallotype 2: Nyasaland, Mlanje, 2200’, 8.xi.13 (S. A. Neave), in the British 
Museum (N.H.). B.M. Type No. Rh. 15685. 

DISTRIBUTION. Nyasaland, N.E. Rhodesia, Tanganyika Territory. 


(3) Teriomima zuluana van Son (1949) 
(Pl. 5, fig. 28, J genitalia) 


Teriomima zuluana van Son, 1949, Ann. Transv. Mus. 21 (2) : 211, pl. 3, figs. 5-8, text-fig. 1, 
Hluhluwe, Zululand. 


Types in the Transvaal Museum. 

For convenience the author’s descriptions are given below. A male and a female 
of this species have been made available for study by the courtesy of Mr. Pennington. 

“g. Head: frons black, eyes edged with ochraceous white; palpi black, third 
joint white at tip; antennae black, shaft chequered with white, club black above, 
below with seven terminal joints reddish-brown. Thorax: black, clothed with 
antimony yellow (Ridgway, pl. XV) scales and hairs above, and scales only of the 
same colour below; legs black, chequered with white, and with some antimony 
yellow chequering on coxae and femora. Wings: antimony yellow above and below. 
Upperside: fore wing, costa blackened from the base to less than one-third the 
length of the cell, closely followed by a bar opposite the middle of the cell, another 
opposite two-thirds of the cell, and a third at the middle of the costa (absent in 
most specimens); apical area with the inner edge very oblique (almost parallel 
with the inner margin) to vein M,, narrowed below the vein and reaching the middle 
of area Cu,. Hind wing unmarked. Underside: fore wing: seven equidistant 
small bar-like black dots, the first being placed a little before the level of the middle 
of the cell and the third, very minute, a little before the level of the end of the cell ; 
under magnification most of these dots appear to consist of separate minute bars 
which are often unequally developed on the right and left side; an interrupted 
oblique bar from the sixth costal dot to vein M,, (absent in many paratypes); a 
black marginal line, thickened at the apex, interrupted between the veins and not 
reaching below vein Cu,, where it is very indistinct. Hind wing: a black dot at 
the middle of area RS ; postdiscal black dots in areas M,, Cu,, Cu, ; there is no post- 
discal dot in area A,; a rather diffuse discocellular dot tinged with orange, and a 

ENTOM. III, 3. 8§§ 


84 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 


dot before middle of cell; a black interrupted marginal line from vein Cu, to anal 
angle (in many paratypes the dots of the underside of the hind wing are reduced or 
absent, and are best marked in January specimens). Length of fore wing: 14:6 
mm. Antenna-wing ratio: 0-42. 


Description of the female allotype. 


Larger than the male, antennal club, with a few greyish scales below, and 
without any reddish brown. Fore wing: black apical area a little larger than 
in the male and projecting inwards along vein M, ; otherwise like male. 

Length of fore wing. 16mm. Antenna-wing ratio: 0-42. 

6 GENITALIA. Uncus double, with the prongs bent down at an obtuse angle at 
the middle. Valve: very elongate, gradually widened from the narrow base to 
two-thirds of its length, then rather abruptly narrowed and produced distally into 
an acute, slightly down-curved spine; ventral rim with a long claw-like process 
arising midway from base to apex and directed distad, with the tip slightly down- 
curved and reaching beyond the base of the apical spine; its length is half the 
length of the valve. Aedoeagus: half as long as the valve, stout, apically rounded, 
with two elongate triangular prongs directed downwards and which are shorter than 
the width of the aedoeagus ; vesica forming two elongate sacs.” 

_ DistrisuTion. Zululand. 


(4) Teriomima puellaris Trimen (1894) 
(Pl. 5, fig. 29, 3 genitalia) 
Durbania puellaris Trimen, 1894, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894 : 59, pl. 6, fig. 14, 9, Manica, Vunduzi R. 


Types not examined. Presumably in the South African Museum, Cape Town. 

§ GENITALIA. Of the subpunctata-type, but with uncus lobes more slender ; 
harpes shorter; aedoeagus with very distinctive ventral lobes, long, sinuate and 
tapering, distal end of aedoeagus forming a small point. 

DISTRIBUTION. Mashonaland. 


(5) Teriomima micra Grose Smith (1898) 
(Pl. 6, fig. 30, ¢ genitalia) 
Durbania micra Grose Smith, 1898, Novit. Zool. 5 : 356, B.E.A., Tana River (Dr. Ansorge). 


Types in the British Museum (N.H.). 

(Note. The author described the male as the female and vice versa.) 

dg GENITALIA. Uncus lobes straighter than in the subpunctata-type armatures, 
more slender and sharply pointed; no subunci; tegumen quite long; vinculum 
and anellus as in the preceding species; aedoeagus terminating in a sharp point 
which arises from a zone thickly clad with fine hairs, ventral face deeply excised 
near the distal end, then broadening to a blunt, ventrally directed lobe; valva 
without harpe, apex strongly falcate, with a pronounced angle on the ventral margin ; 
uncus and distal half of valvae hairy. 

DISTRIBUTION. Kenya, coast region. 


A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 85 
(6) Teriomima parva Hawker Smith (1933) 
(Pl. 3, fig. 3, neallotype 2; Pl. 6, fig. 31 g genitalia) 


Teriomima parva Hawker Smith, g¢ (nec 9 = minima minima), 1933, Stylops, 2:6, 14 m. 
N.W. of Mombasa, Rabai, 23.i.1904 (K. St. A. Rogers). 


Holotype (g) in the British Museum (N.H.); Q2 not previously described. 

Q. UPPERSIDE fore wing and hind wing somewhat paler than in the male ; fore- 
wing costal markings reduced to three pale brown spots and a very short subapical 
band ; apical dark brown band extending to the tornus, but little more than half 
as wide as in the male ; hind wing as in the male, apart from the slightly paler ground 
colour. Underside fore wing and hind wing as in the male. 

Length of fore wing: 9, 12 mm. 

2 Neallotype: 14 m. N.W. of Mombasa, Rabai, 13.vi.o3 (K. St. A. Rogers), in 
the British Museum (N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15686. 

6 GENITALIA. Differ only very slightly from those of micra. The valvae are 
less strongly falcate and there is no marked angle on the ventral edge to break the 
smooth inward curve of the apex. 

DISTRIBUTION. Kenya; Port. E. Afr.; Moa, Tanganyika Territory. 


Genus BALIOCHILA gen. nov. 


Type of the genus: Liptena aslauga Trimen, 1873. 

Eyes, palpi, antennae, legs, wing-shape and neuration as in Tertomima. The 
generic name was suggested by the spotted costa found in these species. 

6 GENITALIA: GENERAL DESCRIPTION. All but one of the species included in 
this genus share a common character, this being so distinctive that, in the authors’ 
estimation, other quite considerable divergences may be disregarded; a pair of 
processes, the base of each being strongly attached to the dorsal side of the anellus 
on its inner margin and less strongly, with a half-membranous lesion to the tegumen, 
on its outer margin. The processes rest more or less parallel with the axis of the 
abdomen, midway between uncus and aedoeagus; they are usually crowned with 
strong spines, but in some species are completely covered with short, stiff bristles. 
It is difficult to decide the exact homology of these processes ; they cannot be classed 
as subunci as they are not articulated at the level of the uncus-tegumen suture, nor 
can they be termed anellus lobes since they are also fused to the tegumen; the 
noncommital term “ special processes ’’ will therefore be used in the ensuing specific 
descriptions. It is possible that they correspond with the asymmetrical processes 
found in Ornipholidotos, which are articulated to the vinculum at a point approxi- 
mating to the suture of the tergite and sternite. 

Four groups of species are readily separated within the genus by the formation 
of the uncus and the shape of the special processes : 


(a) Uncus bifid, the two arms widely separated, more or less slender ;_ special 
processes rather short; aslauga Trimen, barnesi sp. nov., neavet 
sp. nov., hildegarda Kirby, dubiosa sp. nov., nyasae sp. nov., stygia 
Talbot. 


86 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 


(6) Uncus a long flattened stalk, excised at the apex; special processes long 
and slender ; woodi Riley, fragilis sp. nov. 

(c) Uncus forked, the arms slender and tapering, curved in both lateral and 
ventral planes ; special processes long and robust ; minima Hawker 
Smith, lipara sp. nov. 

(2) Uncus forked, the arms mounted on a long central stalk ; no special pro- 
cesses, but a pair of long, slender anellus lobes are found in their 
place ; singularis sp. nov. 


Other parts of the genitalia are similar to those of Teriomima; the aedoeagus, 
however, never has the distinctive ventral expansions found in the subpunctata- 


group. 
(7) Baliochila aslauga Trimen (1873) 
(Pl. 6, fig. 32, d genitalia) 
Liptena aslauga Trimen, 1873, Tvans. Ent. Soc. 1873: 117, Natal, Pinetown, near Durban. 


Type not examined. Stated by Trimen to be in the collection of W. Morant, 
Esq. 

d GENITALIA. Uncus formed of two short, spiny arms, at the base of each a 
small, acute triangular apophysis ; no subunci; tegumen wide; special processes 
short and crowned with spines; vinculum broad, anellus sheathing the lower part 
of the aedoeagus ; valva flask-shaped with a falcate pointed apex ; aedoeagus long, 
slightly excised on the ventral face, near the distal end. 

DisTRIBUTION. S. Africa, Natal, Delagoa Bay, etc., in the British Museum (N.H.), 
Zululand, Hluhluwe, in coll. Stempffer. False Bay, in coll. Jackson. 


(8) Baliochila barnesi sp. nov. 
(Pl. 3, fig. 4, holotype g; fig. 5, allotype 9; Pl. 6, fig. 33, gd genitalia) 


Types in the British Museum (N.H.). 

¢. Frons grey or blackish-grey with two lateral fine white lines ; second joint of 
the palpi laterally compressed, clothed with fuscous scales, with a scattering of 
white on the underside, third joint white-tipped ; antennae fuscous, ringed white, 
club fuscous, orange-tipped ; legs fuscous, ringed white. 

UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Orange-yellow with dark brown markings ; costal border 
extending about two-thirds from the base, with two clearly-marked dots of the ground- 
colour between costa and margin ; occasionally an additional one or two less clearly- 
marked dots may be present ; some fuscous scales in the cell ; one fuscous bar from 
the costal border covering the discocellulars ; another, larger curved bar from the 
costal border to vein 3 ; apex broadly fuscous and extending as a tapering marginal 
band to the tornus, the inner edge of this band rather irregular. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Coloration as in the fore wing; the dark crescentic 
marginal border extending from the apex to the anal angle, about 2 mm. wide at its 
centre ; inner edge irregular. 


A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 87 


Fringes fuscous, with white patches between veins 5—6~7 of the fore wing ; irre- 
gular white patches from the apex to the anal angle of the hind wing. 

UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Ground-colour less orange than on the upperside and 
shading to pale yellow towards the inner margin ; all markings of the same tint as 
the hind wing ground-colour ; costal border with four evenly spaced yellow dots 
between the costa and the margin ; from the costal border run four bars, one crossing 
the cell near its base, a second crossing the cell about midway, a third covering the 
discocellulars, the fourth and largest curving from the margin to vein 3; apical 
pattern consisting of a triangular patch based on the costal margin curving outward 
and terminating at vein 4 ; outside this an antemarginal band, crenulate and tapering 
from the costa to vein 2; a marginal line tapering from the apex to vein 2. 

UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Ground colour dark violet-grey with a boldly marked 
pattern consisting of numerous orange spots disposed in five irregular bands, in 
certain examples the third band accentuated by a heavy fuscous outline to the 
outer side of each spot ; between the veins a submarginal series of triangular orange 
markings. 

Fringes as on upperside. 

$6 GENITALIA. Uncus formed of two arms, longer and more slender than in aslauga, 
the apices slightly expanded and curving ventrally, with numerous strong spines ; 
at the base of each arm a small, laterally-directed apophysis ; tegumen wide ; 
special processes strongly curved as in aslauga, the apices broadened, bearing numer- 
ous strong spines; valvae typical of the genus, apices falcate, distal end of the 
aedoeagus bearing a sharp tooth on either side of the dorsal surface ; ventral curve 
deeply excised. 

Readily distinguished from the armature of aslauga by the longer arms of uncus 
and by the toothed aedoeagus. 

9. Frons, palpi, antennae and legs as in the male. 

UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow with fuscous markings, rather lighter 
than the male; costal border extending about two-thirds from the base, narrower 
than in the male, not encroaching upon the cell ; small yellow marginal dots varying 
as in the male; no bar over the discocellulars; a small bar extending from the 
termination of the costal border to midway between veins 6 and 5; apex and 
marginal border as in the male, but the latter reduced in width between the ex- 
tremities of veins 3 and I. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Marginal border narrower than in the male, extending 
from the apex to the anal angle. 

Fringes of both wings fuscous, interrupted with white. 

UNDERSIDE FORE AND HIND WING. Coloration as in the male, but the two bars 
crossing the base and middle of the fore-wing cell do not quite reach its lower border. 

Length of fore wing: ¢, 14 mm. 

¥ a 9°, 13 mm. 
Holotype ¢: Mineni Valley, Manica, S.E. Trop. Afr., in the British Museum 
(N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15687. 
Allotype 2: Mineni Valley, Manica, S.E. Trop. Afr., in the British Museum 
(N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15688. 


88 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 


Paratypes: Mineni Valley, 4¢; Chirindi Mt., Mashonaland 23; Chirindi 
Forest, Gazaland 1g; Umtali, Mashonaland 12; Mezimbiti, 
Port. E. Afr. 2g, all in B.M. (N.H.). S. Rhodesia, Vumba 
Mtns., If 19 in Stempffer coll. S. Rhodesia, Vumba Mtns., 
Ig 12 in Jackson coll. 


(9) Baliochila neavei sp. nov. 


(Pl. 3, fig. 6, holotype 3; fig. 7, allotype 2; Pl. 6, fig. 34, d genitalia; Pl. 9, fig. 
65, 3, Mozambique) 


Types in the British Museum (N.H.). 

§. Frons grey with two lateral fine white lines; palpi, antennae and legs as in 
B. barnest. 

UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow with dark brown markings as follows: 
costal border interrupted with two small yellow dots; some dark scales at base 
and middle of the cell near the upper edge; a streak covering the discocellulars ; 
a curved patch from the costal border to vein 4; some dark scales between veins 
4 and 3; a large apical patch prolonged to the tornus, its inner edge irregular. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Orange yellow with a wide dark brown border from the 
costa to the anal angle. 

Fringes of both wings dark brown, interrupted with white. 

UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow shading to very pale yellow at the 
inner margin, with shining violet grey markings; four small yellow dots spaced 
along the costal margin ; three transverse streaks crossing the cell, one at its base, 
one at the middle, the third covering the discocellulars; a larger, curved patch 
from the costa to vein 2; in the apical zone an oblique line running from the costa 
to vein 2; acrenulate line, parallel with the margin, from costa to tornus ; a shining 
grey marginal line, wide at apex, narrowing to the tornus. 

UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Ground-colour shining violet grey, with six transverse 
rows of orange-yellow spots, outlined with darker scales ; the first row at the base 
of the wing, the second, in which the spots tend to fuse together, crossing the cell, 
the third, irregular, at the outer end of the cell, the fourth, also irregular, the fifth, 
parallel with the margin, the sixth consisting of a series of triangular submarginal 
spots. , 

Fringes as on the upperside. 

$ GENITALIA. Uncus consisting of two slender, curved arms, slightly expanded 
at the apices, which are thickly clad with strong spines; tegumen fairly wide ; 
special processes short and resembling those of aslauga; vinculum wide; valvae 
of the usual shape with strongly falcate apices ; aedoeagus long, the distal end bearing 
a pair of sharply-pointed triangular lobes on its dorsal surface and a deep excision 
on the ventral face. This species is readily separable from B. barnesi by the absence 
of the triangular apophyses at the base of the uncus arms. 

Q. Frons as in the male; second joint of the palpi laterally compressed, clothed 
with white scales and a scattering of dark ones, third joint almost wholly white ; 
antennae and legs as in the male, 


A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 89 


UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow with dark brown markings ; costal border 
reduced, not invading the cell, with three yellow costal dots; a small streak from 
the costa covering the upper discocellular ; another from the costa to a little below 
vein 6; apical patch and marginal border narrower than in the male, very reduced 
towards the tornus. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. The dark marginal border greatly reduced in width, 
almost linear towards the anal angle, running inwards from the tips of the veins. 

Fringes as in the male. 

UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow shading to pale yellow at the inner 
margin, with violet grey markings ; costal border interrupted by four small yellow 
dots ; four transverse streaks extending inward from the costa, the first at the base, 
the second crossing the middle of the cell, the third over the discocellulars, and the 
fourth curving and reaching vein 3; in the apical zone an oblique streak, with two 
small costal yellow dots, extending to vein 4; a band of spots, confluent, from the 
apex to vein 6, then triangular and separated from vein 5 to vein 3; a shining 
grey marginal line, wide at the apex, tapering to the tornus. 

UNDERSIDE HIND WING. As in the male, but the violet grey ground-colour a 
little lighter and the orange spots larger. 

Fringes as on the upperside. 

Length of fore wing: 3, 15:8 mm. 

- ¥. °,15 mm. 

Holotype g: Mlanje, Nyasaland, 16.iv.1913, (S. A. Neave), in the British 
Museum (N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15689. ? 

Allotype 2: Mlanje, Nyasaland, 21.iv.1913, (S. A. Neave), in the British Museum 
(N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15690. | 

Paratypes: <A long series of both sexes from Mlanje ; Brit. Cent. Afr. ; Mandala, 
26; Port. E. Afr., Ruo Valley, 6g, 19 all in B.M. (N.H.); E. Afr., 
Monapo, 8¢ 22 in Oxford University Museum. Mozambique, 
Tendo du Sunque, Gorongoza Dist., 1¢ in coll. Stempffer. 

This species exhibits considerable variation in facies, for instance, the example 
from Mozambique, pl. 9, fig. 65, in which the genital armature is typical, is more 
slender in build, has the ground-colour much paler on the upperside, with the dark 
markings reduced and lighter in shade; the underside hind wing has the ground- 
colour of a very light violet-grey shade with the yellow spots reduced in number 
and of paler tint. 

(10) Baliochila hildegarda Kirby (1887) 


(Pl. 6, fig. 35, d genitalia (lateral), fig. 36, d genitalia (ventral) ; Pl. 9, figs. 55-60, 
3 and 2 forms) 
Teriomima (?) hildegarda Kirby, 1887, Ann. Mag: Nat. Hist. (5) 19: 367, Ashanti. Figured in 


Rhop. Ex. 1, Afr. Lyc. pl. 4, figs. 7 and 8. 
syn. Teriomima freya Smith and Kirby, 1894, Rhop. Ex. 2: 115, Afr. Lyc. pl. 25, figs. 1 and 22. 


Type in the British Museum (N.H.). 
In the absence of abdomen and forelegs the sex of the holotype is debatable. 
In facies it resembles a number of males from the Mombasa region, with reduced 


90 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 


costal markings; on the other hand, it may well be a female from almost any 
locality within the range of distribution of the species. Fig. 55, Pl. 9, shows a ¢ under- 
side resembling that of the type specimen. The locality “‘ Ashanti”’ is an obvious 
error, as none of the species of this group have been recorded outside the Eastern 
half of S. Africa. The species is very variable, with a striking form from the 
coastal region, very heavily marked, the costal border almost flowing into the apical 
patch and the hind-wing margins very wide and dark, (PI. 9, fig. 58.). Two females 
are also shown in PI. 9, figs. 56 and 57, illustrating upper and underside of a lightly 
marked example with dark underside hind wing, figs. 59 and 60 a heavily marked 
upperside with light underside hind wing. 

6 GENITALIA. Uncus consisting of two short, broad arms, strongly toothed at 
the apices and covered with small spines. In what is assumed to be the typical 
form, from the Mombasa region, the two arms are splayed widely apart, but from 
other regions the uncus shows a number of modifications in this respect, the opposite 
extreme being reached in certain specimens from N.E. Rhodesia and British Central 
Africa, wherein the uncus lobes tend to converge slightly at the tips. No subunci ; 
tegumen wide; special processes shorter than in a@slauga crowned with strong 
spines; vinculum, anellus and valvae as in aslauga; aedoeagus, long, excised 
on the ventral face near tip. Distal half of valvae hairy. 

DISTRIBUTION. Kenya, Tanganyika, Nyasaland, Rhodesia. 


(11) Baliochila dubiosa sp. nov. 


(Pl. 3, fig. 8, holotype g; fig. 9, allotype 9; Pl. 7, fig. 37, holotype ¢ genitalia ; 
figs. 38, 39, 40, uncus variations ; fig. 41, g genitalia; Pl. 9, figs. 61-64, 3 forms) 


Types in the British Museum (N.H.). 

Assembled under this name are a number of forms, probably akin to B. hildegarda. 
In facies they exhibit a considerable amount of variation, but all share a peculiar 
formation of the uncus. This shape is not absolutely constant from specimen to 
specimen but, however great the variation, the affinity of the dissected examples is 
at once apparent. In view of this, the genitalic description is given first and that 
of the facies later. 

6 GENITALIA. Uncus bifid, clothed with strong spines; the two arms are deeply 
cleft at their apices and each bears, at its base a small, lateral triangular apophysis, 
as in aslauga and hildegarda; tegumen, special processes, vinculum, valvae and 
aedoeagus as in hildegarda. As previously stated, the uncus shape is rather variable, 
so a number of characteristic forms are figured. The small lateral apophyses are 
present in specimen no. 3052 from Kilifi, Kenya, fig. 38, but absent in specimen no. 
3062, fig. 39 also from Kilifi, as well as in specimen no. 2637, fig. 40 from Meru. 
Sometimes the two arms are asymmetrical, thé apical notch more or less deeply 
cleft, and so on, but these variations do not appear to indicate racial distinctions. 

3g. Frons dark brown with two fine lateral white lines ; second joint of the palpi 
laterally compressed, clothed with white and black scales, third joint white tipped ; 
antennae black, ringed with white, club black ; legs black ringed with white. 


A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY gI 


UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Yellow, with dark brown markings; costal border 
narrow, not extending into the cell, with three small costal yellow dots ; some black 
scales at the base of the cell and in the centre ; a small streak covering the disco- 
cellulars ; a curved bar running from the costa to vein 2; a large apical patch 
continued down the border to the tornus, its inner edge forming an even curve. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Yellow, with a narrow dark brown marginal border, the 
inner edge tending to run inward along the veins. 

UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Orange-yellow shading to pale yellow towards the 
inner margin, with markings of shining dark grey; costal border interrupted by 
four small costal white dots; three transverse bars, one at the base of the cell, 
one crossing the middle and extending beyond the origin of vein 2, the third covering 
the discocellulars; from the termination of the costal border, a broad curved bar, 
rather irregular in outline, reaching vein 2; a shining grey apical zone with two 
minute white costal spots, prolonged by a tapering marginal border to the tornus ; 
between the veins the marginal border has a double row of small orange spots, de- 
creasing in size towards the tornus. 

UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Ground-colour violet grey with five transverse rows of 
orange-yellow spots, outlined with darker scales, the first row at the base of the wing, 
the second crossing the middle of the cell, the third, very irregular, at the end of 
the cell, the fourth and fifth parallel with the margin ; between the veins a series of 
submarginal orange-yellow spots. 

Fringes of both wings shining grey. 

It seems impossible to find any two specimens exactly alike, even those examples 
shown by dissection to possess genitalia of identical pattern exhibit bewildering 
variations of wing marking. Sometimes the dark markings of the fore wing upper- 
side are reduced while the dark marginal border of the hind wing is developed, as 
in no. 3052 from Kilifi. The costal border of the fore wing sometimes invades the 
whole of the cell and so the yellow ground colour is reduced to less than half of 
the wing surface; the hind wing underside ground colour varies between shining 
dark violet grey, almost black, as in no. 2637 from Meru, to a very light grey, as in 
no. 3052 from Kilifi. Only by examination of the genital armature can this species 
be determined with certainty. The specimens referred to above, together with two 
other examples, are figured on pl. 9, figs. 61-64. 

9. Frons, palpi, antennae and legs as in the male. 

UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow, rather deeper than in the male, with 
dark brown markings ; costal border very narrow, with two, occasionally three or 
four very small costal yellow spots; a transverse patch running from the apex of 
the costal margin to the origin of vein 7; apical patch and marginal border as in 
the male. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Orange yellow, with a linear dark brown margin, some- 
times a little broader and tending to run inwards along the veins. 

Fringes of both wings interrupted with orange. 

UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Orange-yellow shading to pale yellow towards the inner 
margin; four transverse shining violet grey streaks running from the costa, the 
first at the base of the cell, the second crossing the middle, the third covering the 


92 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY : 


discocellulars, the fourth reaching vein 4; in the apical zone an oblique streak 
reaching vein 4, an anteterminal line from near the apex to vein 2, crenulate ; 
marginal line wide at the apex, tapering to the tornus. 
UNDERSIDE HIND WING. As in the male, ground-colour and markings varying 
to a similar degree. 
Length of fore wing: g, 14 mm. 
* ‘i 2, 14°8 mm. 
Holotype 3: Brit. E. Afr., Uchweni Forest, nr. Witu, 25-27.ii.1912 (S. A. 
Neave). B.M. Type No. Rh. 15601. 
Allotype 2: Brit. E. Afr., Uchweni Forest, nr. Witu 25-27.ii.1912 (S. A. 
Neave). B.M. Type No. Rh. 15692. 
Paratypes: Brit. E. Afr., Uchweni Forest nr. Witu, Feb.-Mar. 1g12 (S. A. 
Neave). 12¢ 102. Allin British Museum (N.H.). 


(12) Baliochila nyasae sp. nov. 
(Pl. 3, fig. 10, holotype 3; Pl. 4, fig. 11, allotype 2; Pl. 7, fig. 42, 3 genitalia) 


Types in the British Museum (N.H.). 

§. Frons blackish grey with two lateral fine white lines ; second joint of the palpi 
laterally compressed, clothed with black and white scales; third joint white at 
the base and tip; antennae black, ringed white, club black, orange tipped ; tarsi 
black, ringed white. 

UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow with dark brown markings ; costal border 
running from the base to the extremity of vein 11, where it nearly joins the apical 
patch, leaving two small costal dots of the yellow ground-colour, one between 
vein 12 and the costa, the other between veins 11 and 12; some dark scales in 
the cell, one small streak covering the upper discocellulars, another streak extending 
from the border to vein 4 ; a broad apical patch, with a wide marginal border reaching 
the tornus, inner edge rather irregular. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Orange yellow with a dark brown marginal border about 
3°5 mm. wide in the centre and running from the apex to the anal angle; inner 
edge rather irregular. 

Fringes black, interrupted with white between the veins. 

UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Ground-colour orange yellow, paler towards the inner 
margin, with markings of lustrous dark violet grey; costal border has five small 
dots of the ground-colour, four evenly spaced along the border between the base 
and the extremity of vein 12, the fifth between veins 11 and 12; from the costal 
border runs a streak at the base of the cell, another at its middle and a third covers 
the discocellulars ; a larger, curved marking runs from the costa to vein 3; in the 
apical area an oblique line runs from the costa to vein 3; another, crenulate, lies 
parallel with the marginal border from the apex to vein 2 ; a marginal line, of fairly 
even width, extends from the apex to the tornus. 

UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Ground-colour lustrous violet grey, with numerous 
isolated orange-yellow spots arrange in five irregular bands, also a submarginal 
series of interneural orange spots, 


A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 93 


Fringes as on upperside. 

6 GENITALIA. Uncus formed of a pair of slender arms fused together almost to 
their extremities, leaving a notch at the distal end; the suture between the arms 
is clearly discerned under the microscope ; tegumen wide; special processes short 
with long fine spines at their ends ; valvae of the usual shape, with slightly falcate 
apices ; aedoeagus rather short, thick, weakly excised below the tip on the ventral 
face. 

Q. Frons, palpi, antennae and legs as in the male. 

UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow, rather paler than in the male, with dark 
brown markings ; costal border narrower than in the male, leaving two or three 
small yellow dots along the costa ; a small dark spot running from the costal border 
and ending between veins 6 and 5; broad apical patch merging into a wide outer 
margin which tapers to the tornus, its inner edge irregular. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Coloration as in the fore wing, with a narrower marginal 
border than in the male, about 1-5 to 2 mm., with a very irregular inner edge. 

Fringes as in the male. 

UNDERSIDE FORE WING AND HIND WING. As in the male, but with the lustrous 
dark violet grey of the fore wings slightly reduced and the ground-colour of the 
hind wings rather lighter and duller greyish violet. 

Fringes as on the upperside. 

Length of fore wing: 3, 13 mm. 

os he Q, 15 mm. 
Holotype ¢: Mlanje, Nyasaland, 6.1.13 (S. A. Neave). In British Museum 
(N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15693. 
Allotype 9: Mlanje, Nyasaland, 6.i.13 (S. A. Neave). In British Museum 
(N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15694. 
Paratypes: Mlanje, Nyasaland, Nov.-April, 11g 102, Ruo Valley, Nyasaland, 
TQ, all in the British Museum (N.H.). 


(13) Baliochila stygia Talbot (1935) 
(Pl. 4, fig. 12, neallotype 9; Pl. 7, fig. 43, ¢ genitalia) 


Teriomima minima f. stygia Talbot, 1935, Ent. Mon. Mag. (3) 21: 72, pl. 1, fig. 4, d, Kenya. 
Rabai, 700’, 14 m. N.W. of Mombasa (K. St. A. Rogers). 


§. Holotype in the Hope Department of Entomology, University Museum, 
Oxford. 

¢. Not previously described. 

UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow with dark brown markings; wide costal 
border covering most of the cell, leaving three small costal yellow dots; a large 
round spot flowing from the costal border and covering the discocellulars ; an ex- 
tensive apical patch prolonged by a wide apical border, tapering to the tornus, the 
inner edge of the apical patch and of the marginal border forming an even curve ; 
some black scales scattered over the orange-yellow area, 


94 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 


UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Colouring as in the fore wing, but with the marginal 
border a little less wide, with an irregular and ill-defined inner edge. . 
Fringes of both wings black with some yellow hairs. 
UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Ground-colour yellow, becoming paler towards the 
inner margin, with dark grey markings as follows ; costal border leaving four small 
costal white dots ; a spot at the base of the cell, one in its middle ; a streak covering 
the discocellulars ; an oblique stripe curving from the costa to vein 3 ; a large apical 
patch leaving two small costal white dots, divided by two series of confluent, in- 
distinct orange yellow spots parallel with the outer margin ; marginal line wide at 
the apex, tapering to the tornus. 
UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Ground-colour shining violet grey with the usual six 
transverse bars of orange-yellow spots, outlined with darker scales, the fourth row 
from the base being more strongly accentuated than the rest ; marginal line shining 
grey. 
Fringes as on the upperside. 
The general appearance of the female underside is lighter than that of the male ; 
the hind wing appears almost unmarked unless closely inspected, owing to the 
dull tinge of the markings. 
Length of fore wing: 9, 11-2 mm. 
6 GENITALIA. Uncus consisting of two pairs of short and slender points; no 
subunci; tegumen very wide; special processes stout, rather short, clothed with 
bristles ; vinculum broad; anellus sheathing the base of the aedoeagus; valvae 
oblong, with falcate pointed apices ; aedoeagus small, deeply excised ventrally near 
the distal end. 
Holotype ¢: Mombasa, 14 m. N.W. of Rabai, 700’, 21.xii.og (St. A. Rogers). 
Oxford Univ. Mus. 

Neallotype 2: Zanzibar, 23.ix.24,ex D.M. Cator coll., in British Museum (N.H.), 
B.M. Type No. Rh. 15695; in addition there are three more fe- 
males bearing the same data in the British Museum (N.H..). 


(14) Baliochila woodi Riley (1943) 
(Pl 7, fig. 44, d genitalia) 


Teriomima woodi Riley, 1943, Entomologist, 76: 225, Nyasaland, Mt. Mlanje, 12.ii.38, 2500’, 
(R. C. Wood). 


Types in the British Museum (N.H.). 

¢ GENITALIA. Uncus in the form of a flattened lobe, narrow at the base, ex- 
panding towards the apex, where it is slightly excised and inclined ventrally ; no 
subunci; tegumen of moderate size; special processes very long and slender, 
clothed with short bristles ; vinculum wide; valvae of the usual shape with slightly 
falcate, slender and acute apices; aedoeagus long, tapering evenly to a truncate 
tip. Some hairs on the uncus, valvae hairy. 

DISTRIBUTION, Nyasaland, Mlanje. 


A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 95 
(15) Baliochila fragilis sp. nov. 
(Pl. 4, fig. 13, holotype g; fig. 14, allotype 9; Pl. 7, fig. 45, d genitalia) 


Types in the British Museum (N.H.). 

6. Frons blackish brown with two lateral fine white lines; second joint of the 
palpi laterally compressed, clothed with white scales with a scattering of black 
ones; third joint white tipped; antennae black, ringed with white, club black, 
orange tipped ; tarsi black, ringed with white. 

UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow with dark brown markings, ground-colour 
paler in some examples ; some dark scales at the base of the wing; a small dark 
streak over the discocellulars, absent in some specimens; a dark oblique marking 
extending from the costa, leaving a small yellow dot between the costa and vein 
II, to vein 4, sometimes 5; apical patch with an irregular inner edge, prolonged 
by a broad marginal border ending at the extremity of vein 3, but continued in the 
form of small interneural patches to the tornus. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Ground-colour orange yellow, sometimes pale yellow, 
with a dark marginal border, linear in most examples, occasionally as much as one- 
and-a-half millimetres in width, with an irregular inner edge. 

Fringes of both wings dark brown, interrupted with white on the hind wings. 

UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow, paler towards the inner margin, with 
dark brown markings as follows: costal border with four, sometimes three, small 
yellow dots ; three small bars crossing the cell at its base, centre and over the dis- 
cocellulars respectively ; an oblique, curved streak running from the costa to vein 3, 
sometimes 4; apical patch prolonged by a marginal border tapering to the tornus ; 
two indistinct rows of interneural orange spots running parallel with the outer 
margin, the inner row very small, in some examples obsolete. 

UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Ground-colour greyish brown, sometimes lighter, some- 
times darker, with six rows of small, indistinct orange-yellow spots, the fourth 
row from the base being the most prominent, the fifth and sixth parallel with 
the margin. In some specimens the spots can only be seen with the aid of a 
microscope. 

Fringes brown, interrupted with white. 

6 GENITALIA. Uncus in the form of a flattened oval disc, deeply excised at the 
apex, supported on a longish stalk or neck, and bearing a number of short, sturdy 
spines ; tegumen triangular ; special processes very long and slender, almost straight, 
clothed with long, fine spines over their whole length ; vinculum wide ; valvae of 
the usual shape, distal ends narrow, strongly falcate ; aedoeagus short and thick, 
distal end truncate. In facies the males are somewhat variable, but their genitalia 
are absolutely constant. 

Q. Frons, palpi, antennae and tarsi as in the male. 

UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Yellow with dark brown markings; costal border 
narrow, with two small costal yellow dots ; an oblique spot from the costa to vein 5 ; 
dark apical spot and marginal border as in the male. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Yellow, with a linear dark marginal border from the 
costa to the anal angle. 


96 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 


Fringes blackish brown interrupted with white near the apex of the fore wings 
and the hind wings. 

UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Yellow, paler towards the inner margin, with dark 
brown markings as follows: three small yellow dots spaced along the costa, some 
dark scales in the cell near its base, at its centre and over the disocellulars ; a dark 
oblique spot from the costa to vein 4; apical patch with an irregular inner edge, 
with the marginal border ending between veins 2 and 3 ; two rows of orange yellow 
spots running parallel with the outer margin, rather more clearly marked than in 
the male. 

UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Ground colour slightly darker than in the male, the 
transverse rows of orange spots paler in colour and appearing more distinct than 
in the male. 

Fringes as on the upperside. 

Length of fore wing: ¢, 12 mm. 

pe mo 2, 13°6 mm. 

Holotype g: Kenya, Meru, 6000’, May, 1946 (T. H. E. Jackson), in the British 
Museum (N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15696. 

Allotype 9: Kenya, Meru, 6000’, May, 1946 (T. H. E. Jackson), in the British 
Museum (N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15697. 

Paratypes: Kenya, Nairobi, 7$ 22; Kibwezi, 3000’, 9f 12; Chuka, 5600’, 
10g 22; Makindu, 3300’, 1g; Masongaleni, 3000’, 2g; Gheni, 
Ukamba, 1g; Meru, 5600’-6000’, 3g 192; Samburu, 1g; 
Muani, 12; Hills of Teita, 12; Mto-ya-mawe, 12; Kedai, 
I¢; Somaliland, rf 19, all in British Museum (N.H.) ; Nairobi, 
Ig, in Univ. Mus. Oxford. Meru, 1¢ 29 in coll. Jackson. 
Kibwezi, 5¢; Bura Hill, 1g, in coll. van Someren. Meru, 
23 12; Kima (Kenya), 1g, in coll. Stempffer. 


(16) Baliochila minima minima Hawker Smith (1933) 
(Pl. 4, fig. 15, neallotype 2; Pl. 7, fig. 46, 3 genitalia) 


Teriomima minima Hawker Smith, 1933, Stylops, 2:6, Kenya, Uchweni Forest, Witu, Feb. 
1912 (S. A. Neave). 

Holotype ¢ in the British Museum (N.H.). 

2 not previously described. 

UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Yellow, tinged with orange, markings blackish brown ; 
some dark scales at the base of the costa and of the cell; a small costal spot at the 
extremity of vein 12, another extending obliquely from the costa to vein 5 ; apical 
patch prolonged by the marginal border, which tapers to the tornus, the inner edge 
irregular. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Marginal border linear, with an ill-defined and irregular 
inner edge. 

Fringes dark brown, interrupted with yellow. 

UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Yellow, with silvery-grey markings; costal border 
with three small dots ; a spot at the base of the cell, one in the middle and a streak 


A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 97 


over the discocellulars ; a curved streak from the costa to vein 3; a streak parallel 
with the outer margin from near the apex to vein 2; a marginal line wide at the 
apex and tapering to the tornus. 

UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Yellow, with five transverse silvery-grey stripes, the 
first near the base, the second crossing the cell, the third irregular, the fourth and 
fifth parallel with the marginal border; marginal line silvery grey. 

Fringes of fore wing dark brown interrupted with yellow, of hind wing yellow 
towards the apex, mixed with brown towards the anal angle. 

Length of fore wing: 9, 10-I mm. 

Neallotype 2: Kenya, Uchweni Forest, nr. Witu, 25-27.xi.1912 (S. A. Neave), 

in British Museum (N.H.). B.M. Type No. Rh. 15608. 

6 GENITALIA. Uncus forked from an oval base, the two prongs slender and 
sinuate ; no subunci; tegumen rather small; special processes long and slender, 
clothed with stiff bristles ; vinculum wide ; anellus sheathing the base of the aedo- 
eagus ; valvae oblong, with falcate apices ; aedoeagus short and thick, with a cleft 
tip. 

DISTRIBUTION. Kenya, Uchweni Forest, near Witu. 


(17) Baliochila minima latimarginata Hawker Smith (1933) 


(Pl. 4, fig. 16, neallotype 2; Pl. 7, fig. 47, 3 genitalia (ventral); Pl. 8, fig. 48. 
6 genitalia (lateral)) 


Tevriomima minima latimarginata Hawker Smith, 1933, Stylops, 2: 7, Kenya, Rabai, Mombasa, 
Ig, 1906 (K. St. A. Rogers). 


Holotype ¢ in the British Museum (N.H.). @ not previously described. 

6 GENITALIA. Closely resembles m. minima save in the relative length of the 
special processes and the lobes of the uncus. Whereas in m. minima all four tips 
appear of equal length, in Jatimarginata the tips of the special processes project 
well beyond those of the uncus. 

Q. The description given of the female of m. minima would answer equally well 
for the form now considered, but there are some examples in which the marginal 
borders of the upperside hind wings are nearly as broad as in the male. 

Length of fore wing: 9, 9:5 mm. 

Neallotype 9: B.E.A., Rabai, nr. Mombasa, 15.iii.19g12 (S. A. Neave) in the 
British Museum (N.H.). 

DISTRIBUTION. Rabai, Mombasa; Moa, Tanganyika Terr.; B.E.A., nr. Wangi ; 
Jilore, 19 miles W. of Malindi; Shimba Hills; Kwale; Kilifi. 


(18) Baliochila minima amanica ssp. nov. 


(Pl. 4, fig. 17, holotype g; fig. 18, allotype 9; Pl. 8, fig. 49, uncus and special 
processes) 


Types in the British Museum (N.H.). 
6. UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow with blackish-brown markings ; 
costal border not invading the cell, bearing four small costal yellow dots ; some dark 


98 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 


scales in the base of the cell, in the middle and over the discocellulars ; running 
from the costal border the large apical patch is prolonged by a marginal border 
tapering to the tornus, the inner edge of apical patch and marginal border irregular. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Orange yellow with the marginal border reduced to a 
series of isolated spots at the extremities of veins 4 to Ib. 

Fringes of fore wings black interrupted with orange yellow, of hind wings orange 
yellow with black at the extremities of the veins. 

UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow shading to pale yellow towards the inner 
margin, with lustrous black markings as follows: six transverse stripes running 
from the costa, the first crossing the base of the cell, the second its middle, the third 
covering the discocellulars, the fourth reaching vein 4, the fifth, oblique, also reaching 
vein 4, the sixth, linear, from near the apex to vein 3; a black marginal line near 
the tips of the wings and near the tornus. 

UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Orange yellow with five transverse stripes of lustrous 
blackish tint, the first from vein 8 to Ia, crossing the base of the cell; the second 
from the costal to the abdominal border, crossing the middle of the cell; the third 
very irregular, also crossing the whole wing and covering the discocellulars; the 
fourth and fifth parallel with the outer margin; black marginal spots at the end 
of the veins. The general appearance of the underside gives an impression of vivid 
contrast between ground-colour and markings. 

Fringes as on the upperside. 

§ GENITALIA. Differ from those of minima minima only in the relative length 
of the special processes, which are short and thick, projecting considerably less than 
the tips of the uncus. 

From 100 miles N.W. of Mombasa, Sagalla Mtn., 3500’, a series of males and females 
have been collected of a race identical in genitalic structure but differing in facies. 
In the males the marginal border of the upperside hind wing is more developed, 
irregular but continuous from the end of vein 6 to the anal angle ; the underside 
markings are of much lighter tint, shining grey. The general aspect is much less 
contrasted. In the female the ground colour is lighter than in the male, the costal 
border reduced to small costal black dots, apical patch as in the male, no marginal 
border to the hind wings; fringes as in the male. The underside resembles that 
of the male; fringes of fore wings dark brown interrupted with orange yellow, of 
hind wings ochre yellow. 

Length of fore wing: g, 12 mm. 

3 - Q, 12 mm. 

Holotype g¢: Tanganyika Terr., Amani, May-Sept., 1945 (native collector), 
T. H. E. Jackson. In British Museum (N.H.) B.M. Type No. 
Rh. 15700. 

Allotype 2: Brit. E. Afr., Sagalla, 3500’, c. 100 miles N.W. of Mombasa (St. A. 
Rogers). In British Museum (N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15701. 

Paratypes: Hills of Teita, Kilimanjaro, 2g; Amani, 4g; Sagalla, 1g, all in 
B.M. (N.H.); Sagalla, 11g 42; Amani, 3¢; Arabuka Forest, 
1g, all in coll. Oxford Univ. Mus. Sagalla, 1 g; Amani, 19; 
Kasigau, 19 in coll. van Someren. Amani, 2¢ 292; Turiani, 
Tanganyika Terr., 19 in coll. Jackson. 


A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 99 
(19) Baliochila lipara sp. nov. 
(Pl. 4, fig. 19, holotype 3; fig. 20, allotype 2; Pl. 8, fig. 50, ¢ genitalia) 


Types in the British Museum (N.H.). 

6. Frons blackish grey with two fine lateral white lines ; second joint of the palpi 
laterally compressed, clothed with brown and white scales, third joint white at the 
base and the tip; antennae black, ringed with white, club black, orange tipped ; 
tarsi brown, ringed with white. 

UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow, of a deeper tint than in the associated 
species, with dark brown markings ; costal border narrow, not invading the cell, 
two small orange costal dots; a small rectangular spot from the costa to vein 7, 
almost running into the apical patch; the apex broadly dark brown, marginal 
border tapering to a line at the tornus, its inner edge irregular. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Deep orange yellow, the marginal border indistinct, 
almost linear, from the costa to the anal angle. In an example from Umtali (coll. ° 
Stempffer) the marginal border is of a reddish tinge. 

Fringes of both wings dark brown, interrupted with white. 

UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow, paler towards the inner margin, with 
shining dark violet-grey markings; costal border with four small yellow dots ; 
running from the costal border are four patches, one over the base of the cell, one 
over the middle, one covering the discocellulars, the fourth larger, curved, reaching 
vein 4; apical patch broad, with two yellowish-white costal spots ; marginal border 
tapering to the tornus, its inner edge rather irregular; a series of three oblique 
orange streaks ; a submarginal series of interneural orange spots. 

UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Ground-colour is the same as the markings of the fore 
wing underside, with six transverse rows of small orange spots, the first row at the 
base of the wing, the second crossing the cell, the third broken and indistinct, the 
fourth and fifth parallel with the outer margin, the sixth submarginal; the.fourth 
row has the outer edges of its spots outlined with darker scales, and forms an angled 
line crossing the wing from the costa to the abdominal margin. In some specimens 
the orange markings are greatly reduced and the general impression is then of a 
uniformly marbled grey. 

Fringes as on the upperside. 

6 GENITALIA. Uncus formed of two small lobes with blunt apices ; tegumen wide ; 
special processes highly developed as in minima, densely covered with long, fine 
spines ; vinculum wide; valvae oblong, with falcate apices; aedoeagus long, its 
distal end deeply notched, the dorsal lobe cut obliquely, the ventral lobe curved and 
slightly expanded at the tip. 

The genitalia plainly indicate the affinity of this species with minima, despite 
the discrepancy in size. 

2. Frons, palpi, antennae and tarsi as in the male. 

UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow, paler than in the male, with similar dark 
brown markings. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Asin the male. The Umtali example in the Stempffer 
coll. has the marginal border even more reddish than in the male from that locality. 


100 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 


Fringes of fore wings dark brown interrupted with white, of hind wings whitish 
towards the apex, dark brown towards the anal angle. 

UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Orange yellow, paler towards the inner margin with 
lustrous dark violet-grey markings; costal border with four small yellow dots ; 
four transverse markings as in the male ; apical zone not so dark as in the male, the 
orange spots being larger and the marginal border ending at vein 3. 

UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Ground-colour a little lighter than in the male, with the 
orange spots larger; the transverse, angled line, no. 4 from the base, quite indis- 
tinct. 

Fringes of both wings brown, interrupted with white. 

Length of fore wing: 3, 15 mm. 

2°, 14 mm. 

Holotype 3: Nyasaland, Mlanje, 31. xii. 1912 (S. A. Neave) in the British Museum 
(N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15702. 

Allotype 2: Nyasaland, Mlanje, 20.xi.1912 (S. A. Neave) in the British Museum 
(N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15703. 

Paratypes: Nyasaland, Mlanje, 3¢ 22; Zomba, 2g; Plains of Lake Chilwa, 
Ig; Kenya, Rabai, rf 22; Mashonaland, Umtali, 2¢; all in 
the British Museum (N.H.); Kenya, Rabai, 1f 22 in Oxford 
Univ. Mus.; Kenya, Sagalla, 2g 12; Kasigau, 12; Kibwezi, 
19 in coll. van Someren. Kenya, Mombasa, 19 in coll. Jackson. 
S. Rhodesia, Umtali, 1f 19 in coll. Stempffer. 


(20) Baliochila singularis sp. nov. 
(Pl. 4, fig. 21, holotype g; Pl. 5, fig. 22, allotype 9; PI. 8, fig. 51, 3 genitalia) 


Types in the British Museum (N.H.) 

(So named because of its isolated position in the genus.) 

¢g. Frons blackish grey with two fine lateral white lines ; second joint of the palpi 
laterally compressed, clothed with brown and white scales ; third joint dark brown, 
white tipped; antennae black, ringed with white, club black with a few white 
scales ; tarsi brownish black, ringed with white. 

UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Pale orange yellow with light brown markings as follows : 
An oblique streak running from the costa to vein 4, well separated from the apical 
patch ; apical patch smaller than in the related species, triangular, terminating 
at the extremity of vein 4; no marginal border between 4 and the tornus. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Pale orange yellow without markings. 

Fringes of fore wing brown, interrupted with white towards the apex, of hind wing 
dirty white. 

UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Pale yellow, orange tinged towards the costa ; markings 
as on the upperside ; apical patch very pale brown. 

UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Ground-colour pale brown, with a sprinkling of yellow 
scales ; the only marking, scarcely visible, is a transverse, angled, darker line from 
the costa to the abdominal border. 


A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY IOI 


Fringes of fore wing light brown, of hind wings light brown at the base, degraded 
white in the distal half. 

dg GENITALIA. Uncus consisting of two curved lobes mounted upon a stalk or 
neck, the latter exceeding the former in length; tegumen triangular; no special 
processes ; vinculum wide ; valvae of the usual shape, with strongly falcate apices ; 
aedoeagus long, subcylindrical, with a pointed, ventrally directed distal end ; anellus 
lobes highly developed, long, slender and excurved at the apices, which are heavily 
spinous. It is considered that the formation of this armature indicates that singu- 
laris is a link between the preceding species and those of the genus following. The 
special processes are lacking, but the anellus lobes are highly developed. The uncus, 
however, exhibits no fusion with the eighth tergite. 

Q. Frons, palpi, antennae and tarsi as in the male. 

UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Ground-colour pale yellow, some light brown scales 
at the base of the costa; an oblique streak running from the costa to vein 4, light 
brown from the costa to vein 10, darker from vein Io to vein 4; apical patch as in 
the male. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Pale yellow, no markings. 

Fringes of both wings pale brown, interrupted with white. 

UNDERSIDE FORE WING. As in the male. 

UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Ground-colour lighter than in the male, markings similar. 

Fringes as on the upperside. 

Length of fore wing: g, 14 mm. 

a 9, 15°8 mm. 

Holotype 3: S. Africa, Durban, 15.ix.23, ex coll. W. Feather, in British Museum 
(N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15704. 

Allotype 2: S. Africa, Durban, 15.ix.23, ex coll. W. Feather, in British Museum 
(N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15705. 

Paratypes: S. Rhodesia, Umtali, 3.vili.27 (ex coll. Feather) 1g; Matabele- 
land, Filabusi, 2.ix.23, 1g, all in British Museum (N.H.); 
Durban, 1 in coll. T. H. E. Jackson. 


Genus CNODONTES gen. nov. 


Type of the genus: Durbania pallida Trimen, 1808. 

Eyes, palpi, antennae, legs, wingshape and neuration as in Tertomima and Baliochila. 

6 GENITALIA. Exhibit a peculiarity of structure unknown to the authors in any 
other genus of African or Holarctic Lycaenidae. The uncus is fused to the eighth 
tergite, which forms a sort of guard or sheath. This feature suggested the name of 
the genus. There are no subunci; tegumen triangular with two long, digitate 
processes springing from its base, these processes in no way connected with the 
anellus ; vinculum wide; valvae as in the preceding genus; aedoeagus long; a 
pair of long, slender arms arising from the dorsal surface of the anellus and resting 
parallel with the two processes from the base of the tegumen ; uncus and valvae 
pilose. It seems that, in this genus, the “‘ special processes’’ of Baliochila have 
divided into two independent parts, one remaining attached to the tegumen, the 
other to the anellus, 


102 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 
(21) Cnodontes pallida Trimen (1898) 
(Pl. 5, fig. 23, neallotype 9; pl. 8, fig. 52, d genitalia) 


Durbania pallida Trimen, 1898, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1898 : 12, pl. 1, fig. 7, ¢, fig. 8, 2. Mashona- 
land, Gadzima, Umfuli R. (G. A. K. Marshall). 

Types in the British Museum (N.H.). 

The specimen described by Trimen as the female of this species is, in fact, another 
male, the genitalia identical with those of the holotype. This error well illustrates 
the danger of determination on superficial characters in this group. Very few ex- 
amples of this species are available, not a single female from Mashonaland among 
them. Having a male and a female from N. Bechuanaland, Ghanzi, Mongalatsila, 
both taken by the same collector on the same day (18.ili.1925, J. Maurice), and 
bearing a strong superficial resemblance to one another, it is considered reasonable 
to describe this female as the neallotype, the male having proved a true pallida 
on dissection. 

UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Ground-colour rich orange yellow, markings dark brown ; 
costal band not invading the cell, except for a few dark scales on the discocellulars ; 
three small costal yellow dots; a patch of darker brown running from the costa ~ 
to vein 4; apical patch continued as a tapering marginal border to the tornus, 
inner edge broken. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Ground-colour as on fore wing; an indistinct, linear 
marginal border from the apex to the anal angle. 

Fringes of fore wing brownish, interrupted with white near the apex; of hind 
wings white interrupted with brown from the apex to vein 4, then brown to the anal 
angle. 

UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Deep orange yellow at the costal margin, paler towards 
the inner margin ; costal and apical bands pale brown, the costal with four small 
yellowish dots and a broken line of white scales on the anterior margin; in the 
cell are three evenly spaced dark brown patches; a strongly defined dark patch 
from the costa to vein 4; running through the apical patch and parallel with the 
outer margin are two rows of weakly defined orange spots, diminishing in size from 
the apex towards the tornus and merging into the ground-colour between veins 
4 and 3. 

UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Ground-colour pale fuscous, with six irregular transverse 
rows of orange-yellow spots, the fourth from the base being most conspicuous as 
it is outlined with an irregular zone of darker scales. 

Length of fore wing: 17 mm. 

Neallotype 9: N. Bechuanaland, Ghanzi, Mongalatsila, 18.i1i1.25 (J. Maurice), 

in the British Museum (N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15706. 

dg GENITALIA. Uncus a simple lobe with a rounded apex, fused to the eighth 
tergite as stated in the general description ; no subunci; processes of the tegumen 
long and slender, with hooked apices ; vinculum wide; valvae of the usual shape, 
apices weakly falcate ; aedoeagus long, subcylindrical, distal end pointed ; anellus 
lobes very long and slender, slightly spatulate at the apices, Uncus, tegumenal 
processes and valvae hairy. 


A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 103 


DISTRIBUTION. Rhodesia, E. bank of the Loangwa River, N. of Zumbo; N. 
Bechuanaland; Port. E. Africa. 


(22) Cnodontes vansomereni sp. nov. 


(Pl. 5, fig. 24, holotype g; fig. 25, allotype 2; PI. 8, fig. 53, d genitalia (ventral) ; 
fig. 54, d genitalia (lateral) ; Pl. 9, fig. 66, 3, Katanga) 


Types in the British Museum (N.H.). 

$. Frons blackish grey with two lateral fine white lines; second joint of the 
palpi laterally compressed, clothed with white scales and a sprinkling of brown ones ; 
third joint white at the base and the tip; antennae black, ringed with white, club 
black ; tarsi dark brown, ringed with white. 

UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Pure yellow, not orange tinged, with dark brown mark- 
ings ; some dark scales between the costa and vein 12, a dark oblique streak from 
the costa to vein 4, leaving a small yellow dot between the costa and vein 11, almost 
running into the apical patch; apical patch triangular, with a small yellow dot 
between veins 7 and 8, inner edge of patch irregular; marginal border greatly 
reduced in width from the end of vein 4 to the tornus, where it is linear. 

UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Pure yellow, no dark markings. 

Fringes very dark brown, interrupted with white near the apex of the fore wings 
and round the hind wings. 

UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Yellow, paler towards the inner margin ; brown costal 
border extending to vein 11, with two small yellow spots, one between vein 12 
and the costa, the other between veins 11 and 12; some brown scales in the cell 
near the upper border, some over the discocellulars ; an oblique streak extending 
from the costa almost to vein 4, brown from the costa to vein 6, darker brown from 
6 to its lower edge, the outer edge of this streak almost confluent with the apical 
patch ; apex and marginal border light reddish brown, the border tapering to a line 
at the tornus, the inner edge of the apical patch and the border forming an even 
curve; a series of very indistinct orange spots between the veins and parallel with 
the margin. 

UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Ground-colour light reddish brown, varying to a light 
yellowish grey, with nearly obsolete rows of yellow spots, the row most visible 
being outlined with darker scales and reaching from the end of vein 8 on the costa 
to the abdominal border, forming almost a right angle at the level of vein 5. 

Fringes blackish brown. 

A number of examples, notably a male from Katanga, pl. 9, fig. 66, look very 
different from the typical form, being much paler both on upperside and underside, 
but the genitalia establish their identity beyond doubt. 

- g GENITALIA. Uncus small, triangular, with a rounded apex ; fused to it is the 
eighth tergite, which forms behind it a hood or guard; the uncus is attached to 
a tegumen of moderate size by a semi-transparent unsclerotised membrane; from 
the base of the tegumen arise two digitate lobes with rounded apices, covered with 
long, fine hairs. These lobes are not connected to the anellus. Vinculum wide ; 
valvae of the usual shape with serrated apices terminating in fine curved points ; 


104 A REVISION OF THE GENUS TERIOMIMA KIRBY 


aedoeagus. long, distal end pointed and ventrally inclined ; anellus lobes long and 
slender, apices slightly spatulate and curving towards the special processes. 
2. Frons, palpi, antennae and tarsi as in the male. 
UPPERSIDE FORE WING. Lighter than in the male, similarly marked. 
UPPERSIDE HIND WING. Without markings. 
UNDERSIDE FORE WING. Yellow, paler towards the inner margin, markings as 
in the male. 
UNDERSIDE HIND WING. Light reddish brown in the allotype, but varying as in 
the male, with an almost invisible pattern of orange-yellow spots. 
Fringes brown with a few whitish interruptions. 
Length of fore wing: 3, 15 mm. 
i ‘ 9, 15°38 mm. 
Holotype g: Migori Valley, 4200’, S. Kavirondo, Kenya (T. H. E. Jackson), 
in British Museum (N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15707. 
Allotype 2: Migori Valley, 4200’, S. Kavirondo, Kenya (T. H. E. Jackson), 
in British Museum, (N.H.), B.M. Type No. Rh. 15708. 
Paratypes: Migori Valley, 4200’, 2g 22; Nyasaland, Shire Valley, 3¢ 19; 
Tanganyika Terr., District of the Great Craters, 2g; N. Rho- 
desia, Luangwa Valley, 3000’—1800’, 4g 19; N. Rhodesia, 
Chambezi Valley, 4500’, 2f (T. A. Barnes), 1f (S. A. Neave) ; 
Belgian Congo, Kasenga, 3g 22; Katanga, 1f 12; Lualaba 
River, rf; Angola, Kalweba River, 1g; all in British Museum 
(N.H.). E. Afr., Kongwa, c. 3000’, 3g; St. Michael’s Mission, 
1g; Itigi, c. 150 m. E. of Tabora, 1g; N.E. Rhodesia, Loangwa 
Valley, 243 92; Chambezi Valley, Chinsali Dist. and Kasama 
Dist., 73 22; all in Oxford Univ. Mus. Hope Fountain, 29 in 
coll. Jackson. Kenya, Suna, 1g; Belgian Congo, Katanga, 
Lupweshi River, 1g 12; in coll. Stempffer. S. Kavirondo, 
Suna, 53 32; in coll. van Someren. : 


4. CONCLUSIONS 


While the Tertomima sensu stricto have typical Liptenine genitalic armatures, 
the two new genera, with their special developments, may well belong to a different 
group. Whether they have a common origin, or constitute an outstanding example 
of convergence of external characters, is debatable. The existence of B. singularis 
rather suggests that the former is the correct assumption, as this species has the 
uncus formation of Baliochila, the anellus lobes of Cnodontes, but no “special 
processes.”” The wealth of new forms from Mlanje, Nyasaland, revealed by the 
intensive collecting of Dr. S. A. Neave in 1912, 1913 and 1914, suggests that similar 
intensive methods, employed in other localties favourable to this group, might well 
be rewarded by the discovery of many more. 


Bull. B. M. (N.H.) Entom., III, 3 PRALE 43 


ak 


PLATE 3 


Uppersides (left) and undersides (right) of the following: (1) Terviomima subpunctata Kirby, 
neallotype g. (2) Teriomima puella Kirby, neallotype 2. (3) Teviomima parva Hawker Smith, 
neallotype 2. (4) Baliochila barnesi gen. et sp. nov., holotype g. (5) Baliochila barnesi allo- 
type 9. (6) Baliochila neavei sp. nov., holotype 3g. (7) Baliochila neavei allotype 2. (8) 
Baliochila dubiosa sp. nov., holotype ¢. (9) Baliochila dubiosa, allotype 9. (10) Baliochila 
nyasae sp. nov., holotype ¢. . 


Bull, B. M. (N.H.) Entom, III, 3 PLATE @ 


PLATE -4 


(11) Baliochila nyasae, allotype 9. (12) Baliochila stygia Talbot, neallotype 2. (13) Balio- 
chila fragilis sp. nov., holotype g. (14) Baliochila fragilis, allotype 2. (15) Baliochila minima 
minima Hawker Smith, neallotype 9. (16) Baliochila minima latimarginata Hawker Smith, 
neallotype 2. (17) Baliochila minima amanica ssp. nov., holotype g. (18) Baliochila minima 
amanica, allotype 2. (19) Baliochila lipara sp. nov., holotype 3g. (20) Baliochila lipara, 
allotype 9. (21) Baliochila singularis sp. nov., holotype ¢. 


Bull, B. M, (N.H.) Entom, LIT, 3 PLATE 5 


PLATE 5 


(23) Cnodontes (gen. nov.) pallida Trimen, neallotype 
Q. (24) Cnodontes vansomereni sp. nov., holotype g. (25) Cnodontes vansomereni allotype 9. 
(26) Teriomima subpunctata Kirby, 3 genitalia (aedoeagus detached). (27) Teriomima puella 
Kirby, ¢ genitalia (aedoeagus detached). (28) Teriomima zuluana van Son, ¢ genitalia (aedoe- 
agus detached). (29) Teriomima puellaris Trimen, $ genitalia (uncus and aedoeagus detached). 


(22) Balhochila singularis, allotype 9. 


Bull. B. M, (N.H.) Entom, 111, 3 PLATE 6 


PLATE 6 


(30) Teriomima micra Grose Smith, g genitalia (aedoeagus detached). (31) Teriomima 
parva Hawker Smith, ¢ genitalia (aedoeagus detached). (32) Baliochila (gen. nov.) aslauga 
Trimen, ¢ genitalia (aedoeagus detached). (33) Baliochila barnesi sp. nov., $ genitalia (aedoe- 
agus detached). (34) Baliochila neavei sp. nov., 3 genitalia (aedoeagus detached). (35) Balio- 


chila hildegarda Kirby, 3 genitalia (lateral aspect). (36) Baliochila hildegarda Kirby, $ genitalia 
(aedoeagus detached). 


Bull. B. M. (N.H.) Entom. III, 3 PRIVATE a7 


PLATE 7 


(37) Baliochila dubiosa sp. nov., genitalia of holotype ¢ (aedoeagus detached). (38 B. dubiosa, 
uncus (Kilifi, Kenya). (39) B. dubiosa, uncus (Kilifi, Kenya). (40) B. dubiosa, uncus (Meru, 
Kenya). (41) B. dubiosa, 3 genitalia (aedoeagus detached). (42) Baliochila nyasae sp. nov., 
$ genitalia (aedoeagus detached). (43) Baliochila stygia Talbot, 3g genitalia (aedoeagus deta- 
ched). (44) Baliochila woodi Riley, $ genitalia. (45) Baliochila fragilis sp. nov., 3 genitalia. 
(46) Baliochila minima minima Hawker Smith, uncus and special processes. (47) Baliochila 
minima latimarginata Hawker Smith, ¢ genitalia (valvae and aedoeagus detached). 


Bull. B, M, (N.H.) Entom, I11, 3 PLATE 8 


i sap op. Det oa = 


(48) Baliochila minima latimarginata Hawker Smith, $ genitalia (lateral aspect). (49) Balio- 
chila minima amanica ssp. nov., uncus and special processes. (50) Baliochila lipara sp. nov., 
3 genitalia (aedoeagus detached). (51) Baliochila singularis sp. nov., 3 genitalia. (52) Cno- 
dontes (gen. nov.) pallida Trimen, ¢ genitalia. (53) Cnodontes vansomereni sp. nov. ¢ geni- 
talia (aedoeagus detached). (54) Cnodontes vansomereni sp. nov., 3 genitalia (lateral aspect). 


Bull, B, M. (N.H.) Entom. ITT, 3 


PLATE 9 


PLATE % 
(55) Baliochila hildegarda Kirby, Mombasa, 3 underside. 


basa, @ upperside. (57) Underside of fig. 56. (58) B. hildegarda Kirby. Sagalla, B.E.A., 
$ underside (heavily marked form). (59) B. hildegarda Kirby, Fort Jamieson, N.E. Rhodesia, 
2 upperside (heavily marked form). (60) Underside of fig. 59. (61) Baliochila dubiosa sp. 
nov., nr. Mombasa, 30 m. N.W. of Rabai, g underside. (62) B. dubiosa sp. nov., Kilifi, Kenya, 
g underside. (63) B. dubiosa sp. nov., Nairobi, Kenya, ¢ underside. (64) B. dubiosa sp. nov., 
Meru, Tanganyika, g underside. (65) Baliochila neavei sp. nov., Gorongoza, Mozambique 
g underside. (66) Cnodontes vansomereni gen. et sp. nov., Katanga, R. Lupweshi, ¢ underside. 


(56) B. hildegarda Kirby, Mom- 


25 “NOV 1953 


; 


17 dec 1953 NOTES ON 
BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW 


SPECIES 
(HYM., ICHNEUMONIDAE) 


J. E. PERKINS 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 
ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 4 
LONDON: 1953 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE WITH 
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 


(HYM., ICHNEUMONIDAE) 


BY 


J. F. PERKINS 


Pp. 103-176; 41 Text-figures 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 
ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 4 
LONDON: 1953 


THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM 
(NATURAL HISTORY). instituted in 1949, 1s 
issued in five series corresponding to the Departments 
of the Museum, and an Historical Series. 

Parts appear at irregular intervals as they become 
veady. Volumes will contain about three or four 
hundred pages, and will not necessarily be compiled 
within one calendar ‘year. 


This paper is Vol. 3, No. 4 of the Entomological 
series. 


PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM 


Issued December, 1953. Price Fifteen Shillings. 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE WITH 
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 
(HYM., ICHNEUMONIDAE) 


By J. F. PERKINS 


CONTENTS 

INTRODUCTION . . : : " 5 . fs - 105 
I, Notes ON THE LINNEAN TYPES OF ICHNEUMONINAE . : + “106 
II. THE STEPHENS TyPES OF ICHNEUMONINAE : , ‘ ah, SEO? 
III. THE DESVIGNES TYPES OF ICHNEUMONINAE : - . a? E¥s 

IV. Types oF BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE IN THE BRIDGMAN, MARSHALL 
AND MORLEY COLLECTIONS . ‘ ‘ ' ‘ é 115 
(a) The Bridgman types of Ichneumoninae . : d ’ * 316 
(b) The Morley types of British Ichneumoninae : ‘ ‘ ur F216 
(c) The Marshall type of Mesostenus maurus . : ‘ : 24 ELS 
V. THe L. A. CARR COLLECTION OF ICHNEUMONIDAE . : ees © 65 
The types of Ichneumoninae in the L. A. Carr collection .  =<235 


VI. SPECIES TO BE DELETED FROM THE LIST OF BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE- 118 
VII. SPECIES RECORDED IN THE ADDENDA OF MoRLEY’s British Ichneu- 


mons . : : ; : : . : ; : oe ESS 

VIII. CHANGES IN THE TRIVIAL NAMES oF BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE .— 135 
IX. CHANGES IN GENERIC PLACEMENT OF SPECIES OF BRITISH ICHNEU- 

MONINAE é . ° : “ : ; “i ‘ : 136 

X. ADDITIONS TO THE LIST OF BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE. ! ou) (a7 

XI. Descriptions oF NEw SpEcIES OF BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE ‘ 145 

XII. CHEck List oF BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE . ; ‘ F = 169 

XIII. REFERENCES . S , - ; é ; 3 E « 95 

SY NORSIS 


The paper deals with the British species of Ichneumoninae to be added to, and deleted from 
the list given by Kloet and Hincks in their Check List of British Insects. Two genera and 
sixteen species are described as new and three new names are proposed. In all, r1o trivial 
names are deleted from the list and 105 are added ; this includes changes due to direct synonymy. 
Some new synonymy is included. Finally a new check list of British Ichneumoninae is given. 


INTRODUCTION 


THE present paper was written in order to clear the way for a handbook on the 
British species of Ichneumoninae. I have therefore given almost no notes on the 
characters for distinguishing the species which are added to the British list of Ich- 


ENTOM. III, 4. 9 


106 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


neumoninae as given in Kloet and Hincks (1945), as these will appear in the keys in 
the handbook. I have, however, given some information on certain of the species 
that I consider should be excluded from the British list, where these have a wider 
interest. 

I have been much aided in this work by the very kind co-operation of many 
workers who have sent me material and given me information. I wish to thank 
the Director of the Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique for allowing 
me the opportunity of examining the Wesmael collection, and Mons, A. Collart for 
the facilities he placed at my disposal; the officials of the Linnean Society for 
allowing me to examine certain Linnean types ; Mr. E. A. Ellis of the Castle Museum, 
Norwich, for the loan of the Bridgman collection of Ichneumoninae ; the officers 
of the Suffolk Naturalists who presented the Morley types of Ichneumonidae to 
the British Museum ‘and who have lent me the Morley collection of Ichneumonidae ; 
Mr. A. A. Cumming of the City Museum and Art Gallery, Plymouth, for allowing me 
to examine and borrow material from the Bignell collection; Mr. H. C. S. Halton 
of the Natural History Museum, Wollaton Hall, Nottingham, for facilities to examine, 
and to borrow, types and material from the L. A. Carr collection of Ichneumonidae ; 
Miss G. Roche of the National Museum of Ireland for the loan of specimens from the 
Johnson collection ; Prof. C. H. Lindroth of the Lund University Museum for the 
loan of specimens from the Thomson collection ; Mr. A. W. Stelfox for the loan of 
his collection of Phaeogenini; Dr. O. W. Richards for the loan of his collection of 
Ichneumoninae ; Dr. W. D. Hincks for the loan of material of Platylabini ; and Mr. 
G. J. Kerrich and Mr. G. Heinrich for information on various points, including 
types. 

Throughout the paper names which are given after an equals sign are the valid 
names, while those given after syn. are synonyms. 

References to original descriptions are not quoted in the text, but they can be 
found by consulting Dalla Torre (1902), Morley (1903) and Schmiedeknecht (1902 
and 1928-1932) ; references to species described after 1932 will be found in section 
XIII at the end of the paper. 


I. NOTES ON THE LINNEAN TYPES OF ICHNEUMONINAE 


Roman (1932) has discussed the Linnean types of Ichneumonidae, but more 
recent work has made it necessary to re-assess certain of them, and the results are 
given below, in so far as they affect the British list of Ichneumoninae. 


Ichneumon fossorius L., 1758 

= Amblyteles fossorius (L., 1758). 

syn. Amblyteles viridatorius (Gravenhorst, 1820). (syn. nov.) 

Roman has synonymized fossorius with Amblyteles subsericans (Gravenhorst). 
The type of fossorius is a male, and this can be distinguished at once from subsericans 
by the ventral fold on the sternites. The Linnean specimen has a fold on sternites 
2-4. I have seen no specimen of Amblyteles fossorius (L.) from the British Isles. 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 107 


Ichneumon molitorius L., 1761. 


Roman suggested that the Linnean species belonged to the form described as 
crassifemur by Thomson. However, I regard crassifemur as being a species distinct 
from molitorius L. Thomson, distinguished not only in the characters of the hind 
leg given by Thomson, but also in having the groove on the underside of the middle 
femur with only very sparse hairs. The Linnean specimen agrees with Thomson’s 
interpretation of molitorius. I have examined type material of crassifemur from the 
Thomson collection. 


Ichneumon comitator L., 1758. 


= Coelichneumon comitator (L., 1758). 


syn. Ichneumon restaurator F. Wesmael, 1844. 
Ichneumon lineator F. Gravenhorst, 1820, nec F., 1781. 
Ichneumon ferreus Gravenhorst, 1829. 
I regard Ichnewmon ferreus as the form of C. comitator with the femora and tibiae 
red, but distinct from Coelichneumon purpurissatus (see p. 138). 


II. THE STEPHENS TYPES OF ICHNEUMONINAE 


I have re-examined the types of Stephens that had already been selected by 
Claude Morley (see Morley, 1902), and also I have been able to recognize further 
types which previously had remained unknown. I am therefore giving a complete 
list of the species of this sub-family described by Stephens in 1835 in his J/lustrations 
of British Entomology ; or a synopsis of Indigenous Insects: Mandibulata, 7 : 126- 
207 and 269-273. | 

The following changes of nomenclature are necessary : 

Coelichneumon nigerrimus (Stephens, 1835) for Coelichneumon derasus 
(Wesmael, 1844). 

Cratichneumon albifrons (Stephens, 1835) for Cratichneumon gravenhorstit 
(Boyer de Fonscolombe, 1847). 

Cratichneumon fabricator maculifrons (Stephens, 1835) for this British 
sub-species. 

Coelichneumon eximius (Stephens, 1835) for Coelichneumon coeruleus (Cres- 
son, 1864). . 


The notes on the types of Ichneumon and Trogus are given in the order in which 
the species are placed in Stephens’ work. 


Ichneumon fasciatus 


Type Hym. 3b 1580 ¢ selected by Morley. 
= Hepiopelmus leucostigmus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
The same specimen is the type of Ichneumon maculiveniris Desvignes. 


108 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


Ichneumon nigerrimus 


Type Hym. 3b 1721 ¢ selected by Morley. 
= Coelichneumon nigerrimus (Stephens, 1835). 


syn. Coelichneumon derasus (Wesmael, 1844). (Syn. nov.) 


This name is not now invalidated by Ichneumon nigerrimus (Scopoli). 
(= Sphex nigerrimus Scopoli = Anoplius nigerrimus (Scopoli)). 


Ichneumon compunctor 


Type Hym. 3b 1814 ¢ selected by Morley. 
= Ichneumon cessator Mueller, 1776. 


Ichneumon rufipes — 


Type Hym. 3b 1582 ¢ selected by Morley. ; 
= Polytribax curvus (Schrank, 1802). (syn. nov.) (comb. nov.) 
syn. Ichneumon curvus Schrank, 1802. 
Cryptus rufipes Gravenhorst, 1829. 
Phygadeuon curvus (Schrank) ; Gravenhorst, 1829. 
Plectocryptus curvus (Schrank) ; Thomson, 1873 and 1874. 
Microcyptus curvus (Schrank) ; Thomson, 1883. 
Mesocryptus (lapsus for Microcryptus) curvus (Schrank) ; Thomson, 1897. 
Plectocryptus curvus (Schrank) ; Schmiedeknecht, 1905. 
Confusion has been caused in the interpretation of this species by the fact that 
one specimen from Stephens’ collection (not the type) has the head and thorax of 
Polytribax curvus male, and on to this has been glued the abdomen of a female 
Eurylabus torvus Wesmael. The species with oval spiracles which were placed in 
Microcryptus by Thomson (1883) and the related species which were placed by 
Schmiedeknecht in Plectocryptus are congeneric with the North American species of 
Polyiribax. 


Ichneumon maculifrons 

No type. 

= Cratichneumon fabricator maculifrons (Stephens, 1835). 

The specimen selected by Morley as the type has the hind femur red and thus does 
not agree with the original description, but from the description this species is most 
probably Cratichneumon fabricator (F.) as stated by Morley, and I propose to use 
this name for the British subspecies of fabricator. The specimen which Morley 
selected, however, does belong to the same subspecies. 


Ichneumon maculicornis 


Type Hym. 3b 1585 9 selected by Morley. 
= Phaeogenes maculicornis (Stephens, 1835). 


syn. Phaeogenes scutellaris Wesmael, 1844. 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 109 


Ichneumon cognatus 
Notype. ¢. Given as a synonym of Amblyteles subsericans (Gravenhorst, 1820) 
by Desvignes (1856). Males of this species as well as of the closely related A. 
elongatus Brischke are present in the Stephens collection. 


Ichneumon crassicornis Stephens nec Rossi, 1794. 


Type Hym. 3b 1725 ¢ selected by Morley. 
= Probolus concinnus Wesmael, 1853. 


Ichneumon femorator 
Type Hym. 3b 1581 ¢ selected by Morley. 
= Probolus culpatorius (L., 1758). 


syn. Probolus alticola (Gravenhorst, 1820). 


Ichneumon fulvipes 


No. type. Given as a synonym of annulator F., 1793 (= culex Mueller, 1776) by 
Desvignes (1856). This agrees with the description. 


Ichneumon albifrons 


Type Hym. 3b 1565 ¢ selected by Morley. 
= Cratichneumon albifrons (Stephens, 1835). 
syn. Ichneumon gravenhorstit Boyer de Fonscolombe, 1847, nec Wesmael, 1836, nec 
Guérin-Ménéville,1838. (syn. nov.) 
It is not conspecific with Ichneumon impugnator Wesmael, of which I have 
examined the syntypes, which has a conspicuously longer malar space. 


Ichneumon binotatus 

No type. 

= Stenichneumon lineator (F., 1781). (syn. nov.). 

Given as a synonym of Ichneumon leucomelas Gmelin (= Barichneumon albilineatus 
(Gravenhorst) by Desvignes, but the description cannot refer to that species. The 
male of Stenichneumon lineator (F.) agrees with the description and I regard binotatus 
as a synonym of this species. 


Ichneumon bipunctorius 


Notype. Not given by Desvignes (1856). From the description = Barichneumon 
albilineatus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 


Ichneumon cingulipes 


Type Hym. 3b 1576 9 selected by Morley. 
= Amblyteles oratorius (F., 1793). 


IIo NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


Ichneumon microcephalus 


Type Hym. 3b 1579 ¢ selected by Morley. 

= Ichneumon formosus Gravenhorst, 1829. (syn. nov.) 

I follow Wesmael, who examined the type of formosus, in the synonymy of J. 
obsessor Wesmael with that species. 


Ichneumon fulvoscutellatus 


No type. The description obviously refers to a discoloured specimen, and since 
this was obtained in May, most probably to a species of Ichneumon that had hiber- 
nated. I have been unable to determine the species from the description. Morley 
has suggested that the name is a synonym of I. terminatorius Gravenhorst. 


Ichneumon quadrinotatus 


No type. The specimen which had been selected as the type by Morley is from 
the Desvignes collection. However, there seems no doubt that the species is a 
synonym of J. gracilicornis Gravenhorst, as given by Desvignes (1856). 


Ichneumon concinnatorius 
No type. 
= Ichneumon terminatorius Gravenhorst, 1820. 


Ichneumon dimidiatus 


Type Hym. 3b 1574 9 selected by Morley. 
= Amblyteles pallidicornis (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


Ichneumon diversorius 
No type. 
= Amblyteles armatorius (Forster, 1771). . 
Not quoted by Desvignes (1856). 


Ichneumon triangulator 
No type. 
= Amblyteles trifasciatus (Gravenhorst, 1829) teste Morley. 
Not given by Desvignes (1856). 


Ichneumon eximius 


Type Hym. 3b 1817 9 selected by Perkins. 
= Coelichneumon eximius (Stephens, 1835). 
syn. Coelichneumon coeruleus (Cresson, 1864). (syn. nov.) 

There is a female of the North American Coelichneumon coeruleus from the Stephens 
collection bearing a label in the writing of F. Smith saying that it stood in the 
Stephens British collection. This specimen agrees entirely with Stephens’ descrip- 
tion and it thus seems certain that it is in fact the type of eximius. 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE Iil 


Ichneumon erythrogaster Stephens nec Gmelin, 1790. 


Type Hym. 3b 1720 9 selected by Morley. 
= Protichneumon coqueberti (Wesmael, 1848). 


Ichneumon melanopyrrhus 


Type Hym. 3b 1815 ¢ selected by Perkins. 
= Coelichneumon orbitator (Thunberg, 1822). (syn. nov.) 
syn. Coelichneumon liocnemis (Thomson, 1888). 

Morley has synonymized this species with Coelichneumon castaneiventris (Graven- 
horst), but I have seen no specimens of that species from Britain with the hind 
femur and tibia red, as is given in the original description of melanopyrrhus. 

Except that Stephens does not mention the small white marks on the thorax, 
there would be no doubt that the species here described was C. orbitator. However, 
the single male of ovbitator from the Stephens collection has the thorax covered in 
dirt and these marks obscured and, moreover, has the apex of the 3rd tergite red 
and the base of the 4th tergite black as given in Stephens’ original description. I 
have therefore no doubt that this was the specimen that Stephens was describing 
and have selected it as the type. 

Roman (1912) synonymized C. liocnemis (Thomson) with I. orbitator Thunberg ; 
in 1914 he synonymized J. ruficauda Wesmael with this species, but vuficauda, of 
which I have seen the type series, is completely distinct. As Thunberg states that 
the legs are red, I have accepted Roman’s synonymy of orbitator with liocnemis, 
ruficauda having legs for the most part black in the specimens I have examined. 


Ichneumon castanopyga 


Type Hym. 3b 1577 9 selected by Morley. 
= Amblyteles castanopyga (Stephens, 1835). 


syn. Amblyteles rubriventris Wesmael, 1854. 


Ichneumon pyrrhopus 

No type. 

= Cratichneumon fabricator macultfrons (Stephens, 1835). (syn. nov.) 

This species has been synonymized with Cratichneumon fugitivus (Gravenhorst), 
but from the description it is unlikely to be that species, as I have never seen a 
specimen of fugitivus with red hind femora. However, the earlier authors mixed 
this species with the forms of fabricator with a red abdomen, and it is most probable 
that the Stephens species is a synonym of C. fabricator maculifrons (Stephens). 


Ichneumon gasterator 


Type Hym. 3b 1567 9 selected by Morley. 
= Cratichneumon corruscator (L., 1758). 
In the Stephens collection there is also a specimen of C. fugitivus (Gravenhorst) 


112 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


labelled as gasterator ; this no doubt is the form mentioned by Stephens with ‘ pos- 
terior tibiae sometimes pitchy at apex, and reddish at the base.” 


Ichneumon femorator 


Type Hym. 3b 1581 @ selected by Morley. 
== Colpognathus celerator (Gravenhorst, 1807). 


Ichneumon rufator 


Type Hym. 3b 1698 ¢ selected by Morley. 
= Phaeogenes semivulpinus (Gravenhorst, 1829). (syn. nov.) 


Ichneumon abdominator 


Type Hym. 3b 1816 9 selected by Perkins. 

= Diadromus troglodytes (Gravenhorst, 1829). (syn. nov.) 

The specimen was unlabelled as to species but had a label ‘‘ New species ”’ in 
Smith’s handwriting. It is a peculiarly coloured specimen of troglodytes agreeing 
with Stephens’ description. 


Ichneumon picipes 


No type. I have been unable to recognize this species from the description, 
though most probably it is a female Phaeogenes. 


Ichneumon ruficollis 
No type. 
= Barichneumon sanguinator (Rossi, 1794). 
This synonymy was given by Desvignes (1856). 


Ichneumon rufescens 
Type Hym. 3b 1564 @ selected by Morley. 
= Aoplus ratzeburgi (Hartig, 1838). 


syn. Stenichneumon pictus (Gravenhorst) Morley. 


Ichneumon cinctorius Stephens nec Fabricius 1775 


Type Hym. 3b 1813 ¢ selected by Perkins. 

= Amblyteles indocilis Wesmael, 1844. 

This type was not previously indicated. Morley (1902) attributes the species 
to Desvignes (who only re-described it), and selected a so-called type from the latter’s 
collection. The two specimens are, however, conspecific. 


Trogus atrocaudatus 


No type. From the description = Callajoppa cirrogastra (Schrank, 1781). I have 
never seen a British specimen of C. exaltatoria (with which Morley synonymised it) 
in which the 4th tergite is testaceous. 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 113 


Trogus dissimilator 


No type. From the description = Ichneumon didymus Gravenhorst, 1829 (syn. 
bisignatus Gravenhorst), as suggested by Morley. 


III. THE DESVIGNES TYPES OF ICHNEUMONINAE 
Morley (1902) has given some notes on the Desvignes types, and all those types, 
which are in the British Museum, were selected by him. Heinrich (1937) has given 
further information on them. However, there were various problems left outstand- 
ing and it has now been possible to re-assess these. I have therefore included a 
complete list of the Desvignes types. The following names are at present valid : 


Platylabus obator (Desvignes, 1856). 
syn. Ichneumon obator Desvignes, 1856. 


Ichneumon lautatorius Desvignes, 1856. 
Ichneumon minutorius Desvignes, 1856. 
syn. I. captorius Thomson, 1887. (syn. nov.) 
Chasmias paludator (Desvignes, 1854.) 

syn. Chasmodes paludicola Wesmael, 1857. 


In the list of types which follows all but the last two species were described by 
Desvignes in 1856 in the Catalogue of the British Ichneumonidae tn the British Museum. 


Ichneumon maculiventris 
Type Hym. 3b 1580, 9. 
= Hepiopelmus leucostigmus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
This specimen is also the type of Ichneumon fasciatus Stephens. 


Ichneumon obator 

Type Hym. 3b 1583, ¢. 

= Platylabus obator (Desvignes, 1856). 

This is a distinct species and not a synonym of P. pedatorius (F.). It differs from 
pedatorius in having the epicnemia strongly raised on each side of the middle line, 
the distance between thyridiae : breadth of a thyridia = 1: at most 1°5; stigma 
black, hind femur black apically and segment 1 of hind tarsus sub-equal to segments 
2+3+4. Ihave takenit abundantly in June, flying around Galiwm in hedgerows. 


Ichneumon crassorius 
Type Hym. 3b 1693, 3. 
= Ichneumon didymus Gravenhorst, 1829. (Heinrich, 1937). 
I. inguinatus Wesmael (syn. brevigena Thomson) which Morley considered as 
conspecific with J. crassorius, is a completely distinct species. 


Ichneumon relucens 
Type Hym. 3b 1573, 9. 
= Amblyteles indocilis Wesmael, 1844. 


114 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


Ichneumon cubicularis 
Type Hym. 3b 1571, @. 
= Amblyteles fabricit (Schrank, 1802). 


syn. Amblyteles truncicola Thomson, 1888. (syn. nov.) 


Ichneumon lautatorius 
I have examined the type in the Curtis collection. 


Ichneumon ancipterus 


Type Hym. 3b 1722, ¢. 
= Amblyteles palliatorius (Gravenhorst, 1829.) (syn. nov.) 


Ichneumon dubitatus 


Type Hym. 3b 1572, 3. 
= Amblyteles palliatorius (Gravenhorst, 1829). (syn. nov.) 


Ichneumon flavocinctus 


Type Hym. 3b 1570, 3. 
= Ctenichneumon panzeri (Wesmael, 1844). (Heinrich, 1937). 


Ichneumon minutorius 
Type Hym. 3b 1702, J. 
syn. Ichneumon captorius Thomson, 1887. 
The female of this species was recorded erroneously as rufidens Wesmael by 
Desvignes. It is one of the species that was formerly lumped under ‘‘ [chneumon 


vaptorius.” I have examined 9 female and 2 male syntypes of captorius from the 
Thomson collection. 


Ichneumon binotatus 


Type Hym. 3b 1566, 3. 
= Cratichneumon corruscator (L., 1758). 


Ichneumon niveatus 


Type Hym. 3b 1699, J. 
= Aptesis arridens (Gravenhorst, 18209). 


Ichneumon cinctorius 


This species was described by Stephens (1835). It has been attributed to Des- 
vignes by Morley (1902), but Desvignes only re-described it. The name is a primary 
homonym and the species is Amblyteles indocilis Wesmael. 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 115 


Ichneumon rubedinis 

Type Hym. 3b 1569, 9. 

= Ichneumon walkeri Wesmael, 1848. (syn. nov.) 

This species is distinct from J. vulneratorius Zetterstedt, 1838 (syn. dahlbomi 
Wesmael), differing from it in having a weak but distinct scopa on the hind coxa, the 
central area of the post-petiole strongly and rather evenly, longitudinally striate, 
and the clypeus with coarse, widely spaced punctures. I am unable to distinguish 
I. polyonomus Wesmael, 1859, from walkeri except in colour and these probably 
represent only northern and alpine subspecies. 


Hoplismenus semirufus 
Type missing. 
= Platylabops apricus (Gravenhorst, 1820). (Heinrich, 1937). 


Ichneumon paludator 
Desvignes, 1854, Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. n.s. 3: 44. 
Type Hym. 3b 1723, &. 
= Chasmias paludator (Desvignes, 1854). 
syn. Chasmodes paludicola (Wesmael, 1857). (Heinrich, 1937). 


Ichneumon cambriensis 
Desvignes, 1867, Ent. mon. Mag. 4: 130. 
Type Hym. 3b 1602, 3. 
= Phaeogenes stipator Wesmael, 1855. 


IV. TYPES OF BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE IN THE BRIDGMAN, 
MORLEY AND MARSHALL COLLECTIONS 


The Bridgman and Morley types, for the most part, have not been examined by 
other workers. By far the greater number of the names refer to species which had 
already been described. The following names are at present valid : 


Dicaelotus cameroni Bridgman, 1881. 

Phaeogenes distinctus (Bridgman, 1887). (comb. nov.) 
syn. Herpestomus distinctus Bridgman, 1887. 

Platylabops pulchellatus (Bridgman, 18809). 
syn. Ichneumon pulchellatus Bridgman, 1889. 


Ichneumon rufidorsatus Bridgman, 1887. 
Barichneumon heracleanae (Bridgman, 1884). 


syn. Ichneumon heracleanae Bridgman, 1884. 
Platylabus transversus Bridgman, 1889. 
syn. Platylabus lativentris Thomson, 1894. (syn. nov.) 


116 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


(a) The Bridgman Types of Ichneumoninae 
The Bridgman types of Ichneumonidae are in the Castle Museum, Norwich. 


Ichneumon pulchellatus Bridgman, 1889 


= Platylabops pulchellatus (Bridgman, 1889). 
This is probably a synonym of J. eupitheciae Brischke, 1879. 


Ichneumon rufidorsatus Bridgman, 1887 
A distinct species, belonging to the genus Ichneumon s.s. 


Ichneumon heracleanae Bridgman, 1884 


= Barichneumon heracleanae (Bridgman, 1884). 
Closely related to peregrinator L., and with this perhaps better placed in a separate 
genus. 


Platylabus transversus Bridgman, 1889 


syn. Platylabus lativentris Thomson, 1894. 


Dicaelotus cameroni Bridgman, 1881 
A distinct species of Dicaelotus. 


Herpestomus striatus Bridgman, 1881 
= Oiorhinus pallipalpis Wesmael, 1844. 


Herpestomus distinctus Bridgman, 1887 
= Phaeogenes distinctus (Bridgman, 1887). 


Diadromus formosus Bridgman, 1881 
= Aethecerus longulus Wesmael, 1844. 


Phaeogenes nitidus Bridgman, 1886 
= Cratichneumon magus (Wesmael, 1855), 3. (syn. nov.) 


Phaeogenes similis Bridgman, 1881 


= Thyraeella collaris (Gravenhorst, 1829). (syn. nov.) 
This is the form with little red on the thorax. 


(b) The Morley Types of British Ichneumoninae 
Dinotomus spinosus Morley, 1903 


Type Hym. 3b 1818, ¢. 
= Hoplismenus bidentatus (Gmelin, 1790). (syn. nov.) 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 117 


Ctenichneumon plicatus Morley, 1903 


Type Hym, 3b 1819, ¢. 
= Spilichneumon occisorius (F., 1793). 


Nematomicrus elliotti Morley, 1903 


Type Hym. 3b 1820, 9. 
= Eriplatys ardeicollis (Wesmael, 1844). (syn. nov.) 


(c) The Marshall Type of Mesostenus maurus. 
Mesostenus maurus Marshall, 1873 


Type Hym. 3b 1563, 9. 
= Hoplismenus bidentatus (Gmelin, 1790). (syn. nov.) 


V. THE L. A. CARR COLLECTION OF ICHNEUMONIDAE 


Through the kindness of Mr. H. C. S. Halton of the Natural History Museum, 
Wollaton Hall, Nottingham, I have been able to examine the L. A. Carr collection 
of Ichneumoninae, and to borrow for study specimens of special interest. In the 
course of this work it has become clear that specimens of continental origin were 
mixed with the Lichfield specimens. Under Protichneumon fuscipennis (Wesmael) (= 
Amblyjoppa fuscipennis) are a female labelled ‘‘ Lichfield 1915 teste Habermehl ”’ 
and a male, “ Lichfield 1916 teste Roman ”’ of the continental form of this species 
with almost black wings ; in the Harwood collection also were I male and 3 females 
“ Lichfield 1917’ and 1 female “ Lichfield 1919’ of the same form received from 
L. A, Carr. This form is abundantly distinct, and in the many specimens of this 
species that I have seen from the British Isles none has approached this wing colour, 
There were also normally coloured British specimens in the Carr collection. Under 
Ctenichneumon inspector (Wesmael) were a single pair ; the female agrees completely 
with two specimens of a very red, central European form of Ctenichneumon messorius 
(Gravenhorst) which were bought by the late D. S. Wilkinson from Schmiedeknecht, 
and which were also named inspector by Schmiedeknecht. I have seen much 
material of messorius from this country, and never any specimens approaching this 
form in colour; the male is a specimen of Amblyteles uniguttatus (Gravenhorst), a 
species of which I have seen no British specimens from other collections. Under 
Amblyteles uniguttatus there is a specimen of the ordinary British form of Ctenich- 
MeUMON MessOriUs. 

I feel, therefore, that at present it is better to exclude from the British list those 
species which are included solely on the basis of the Carr collection. It is noteworthy 
that most of the doubtful specimens are of red forms, whereas in England specimens 
are most usually darker than central European forms. Up to 1919 Carr used short 
black pins for pinning his material ; from 1921 to 1923 all are pinned on continental 
steel pins. 


118 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


It is of interest to note that the male determined as Eupalamus lacteator (Graven- 
horst) by Pfankuch is in reality a male of Cratichneumon clarigator (Wesmael) ; I 
have, however, seen material of the true /acteator from the British Isles. Otherwise, 
I have not re-examined the general records from the Carr collection. 


The Types of Ichneumoninae in the L. A. Carr Collection 
Three species of Ichneumoninae were described from the L. A. Carr collection. 
All are synonyms. 
Cratichneumon fallax Habermehl, 1923 
= Cratichneumon varipes (Gravenhorst, 1829). (syn. nov.) 
syn. Ichneumon anglicanus Schmiedeknecht, 1929. 


Some of these specimens are a little discoloured by cyanide. Cvratichneumon 
varipes stands in the collection under varipes, fallax and magus. 


Barichneumon carri Habermehl, 1923 


= Barichneumon gemellus (Gravenhorst, 1829). (syn. nov.) 
This is rather a dark form, as are most British specimens. 


Amblyteles duplicator Roman, 1923 
= Hybophorellus injucundus (Wesmael, 1854). (syn. nov.) 


The type of duplicator is a female. There is also a single male of Hybophorellus 
injucundus in the collection. (A number of the very interesting species present in 
the collection are represented by a single pair.) I have not seen the female type of 
injucundus, which was described from a specimen sent to Wesmael from the Stock- 
holm Museum ; this is described as having the hind legs darker than in the above 
specimen, but otherwise, in structure and sculpture, agreeing very well. I have 
seen two other specimens of the male of this species, both from Schmiedeknecht, the 
one purchased by Wilkinson and the other from the Morley collection. 

Hybophorellus injucundus is, of course, quite distinct from H. aulicus (Gravenhorst, 
1829). 


VI. SPECIES TO BE DELETED FROM THE LIST OF 
BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 

In the course of revising the British species of Ichneumoninae it has been neces- 
sary to re-assess the records of certain of the earlier British authors. No material 
could be named at all adequately until Wesmael published his Tentamen dispost- 
tionis methodicae Ichneumonum Belgii in 1844. Prior to that date the descriptions 
of Ichneumoninae were given with almost no idea of any comparsion of species, and 
the groupings were based on colour. Wesmael was the first author to divide the 
subfamily on structural characters, and revolutionized the systematics of the group. 
The next major advance is found in the works of C. G. Thomson, whose discovery 
of further structural characters pointed the way to a much sounder appreciation of 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 119 


the group. Unfortunately the workers who immediately followed Thomson made 
no use of many of the characters that he indicated as of great significance, and the 
study of the Ichneumoninae continued with the description of great numbers of 
species, described with the use of a very limited range of characters and with great 
emphasis on colour. Further, almost no examination of types was undertaken. 
In recent years Gerd Heinrich, who has correlated many of the European species, 
genera and tribes with exotic forms, has again made a great contribution to the 
study of this subfamily. 

For myself, I have found it best to base my determination of species, in greater 
part, on the work of Thomson, together with Wesmael’s descriptions. Also Wesmael 
examined much of the type material of the Gravenhorst species, which are, at the 
present time, not available for study, and thus the value of his collection is greatly 
enhanced for research purposes. I was most fortunate in being able to spend a 
fortnight in Brussels studying the Wesmael collection, which naturally gave me 
much greater confidence in the interpretation of these species. A point of consider- 
able interest was that in the majority of cases it had been possible to determine the 
Wesmael species correctly from the published work of Thomson and Wesmael. A 
certain number of these species I had failed to determine from the keys of Ber- 
thoumieu and Schmiedeknecht ; and from the material that has been sent me by 
other workers, and the determinations that I have seen given by them, I have found 
that others, too, have experienced the same difficulties. 

Desvignes, in 1856, examined the Stephens collection which had come to the 
British Museum in 1853. It is evident from the labels on certain of the specimens 
that where Desvignes did not agree with the Stephens determinations, he placed 
the specimens under the species that he thought correct, and if otherwise unknown 
to him, he excluded these species from his catalogue. Where I have seen no further 
specimens of these species in the collections that I have examined, I also propose 
to exclude them from my consideration of British species. In addition, I propose 
to exclude those species first recorded by Marshall, the present whereabouts of which 
is unknown. 

Stephens frequently gave descriptions of the other sex of species, drawn from 
Gravenhorst’s description, if he thought that he had recognized one sex of the species. 
Where it was later shown that Gravenhorst had wrongly associated the sexes, 
Marshall recorded both names in his list, based on the descriptions given by Stephens. 
Hence a number of species were brought into the British list for which no British 
_ specimens ever existed. 

I have only been concerned with those species of which no subsequent material 
has been obtained. There are a number of species which were incorrectly determined 
by the earlier authors but of which genuine material has been captured in recent 
years. 

Below are given the names of the 86 species that I consider should now be dropped 
from the list as given by Kloet and Hincks (1945). 


Trogus spinosus Morley, 1903 
= Hoplismenus bidentatus (Gmelin, 1790). 
ENTOM. III, 4. 10 


120 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


Hoplismenus bispinatorius (Thunberg, 1822) 
The type of this species is conspecific with H. perniciosus Gravenhorst, 1829, 
according to Roman (1912). I follow Thomson in regarding perniciosus as distinct 
from bidentatus (Gmelin). It is the latter species which is present in Britain. 


Hoplismenus maurus (Marshall, 1873) 
= Hoplismenus bidentatus (Gmelin, 1790). 


Hybophorellus aulicus (Gravenhorst, 1829) 


This species was introduced by Marshall, but the location of the specimen on which 
the record was based is unknown to me. Reference to Wesmael’s description of 
Amblyteles injucundus will show that it is not a synonym of aulicus. It is described 
as having the cheeks obliquely striate, and I regard Amblyteles duplicator Roman as 
being a synonym of imjucundus. I have not seen the types of injucundus or aulicus. 
A single male of Amblyteles injucundus (Lichfield, 1923 ; teste Schmiedeknecht) and 
the type of Amblyteles duplicator Roman (Lichfield, 1922) are in the Carr collection. 


Protichneumon fusorius (L., 1761) 


This name seems originally to have been included in the British list as the identi- 
fication of Amblyjoppa fuscipennis (Wesmael), and this latter species appears as 
fusorius in the early collections that I have seen and also in the Morley collection. 
I believe that the inclusion of s¢milatorius (F.) by Marshall was due to his thinking 
this name correct for part of the fusorius of British authors. Bignell had a male of 
I. primatorius Forster from Kilmore, Ireland, and a female of Amblyjoppa fusci- 
pennis, ex Ch. porcellus, 18.vi.1887 (J. H. Wood), under this name. In the Carr 
collection the single male (1915 ; teste Habermehl) and a single female (1916; éeste 
A. Roman) are specimens of fisorius (L.), and it would appear therefore that Carr 
wrongly transcribed the name. 

Although the female of fusorius is completely distinct from that of Amblyjoppa 
fuscipennis, the males of these two species are difficult to differentiate. The best 
characters on which to distinguish them are the form of the lower margin of the 
mesopleurum which, when viewed dorsolaterally, is more strongly sinuate in fusorius 
than in fuscipennis, and the pronotal collar which centrally is sub-equal in length 
to the distance between the posterior ocelli, whereas in fuscipennts it is conspicuously 
shorter than this distance; fusorius has the ventral fold clearly developed on sternites 
2 and 3 of the gaster, whereas in fuscipennis it is only clearly developed on sternite 
2; also the hind tarsus is distinctly infuscate apically in fusorius. P. fusorius male 
is of course at once distinguished from the other Western European species of Pro- 
tichneumon in having no ventral plica on sternite 4 of the gaster. 


Protichneumon disparis (Poda, 1761) 
Stephens recorded this species under Tvogus flavatorius Gravenhorst, 1829. The 
species, however, was not included by Desvignes in his catalogue and I also exclude 
it. 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 121 


Coelichneumon sugillatorius (L., 1758) 


Stephens recorded C. cyaniventris (Wesmael, 1858) as this species. The Desvignes 
specimens and those in the Morley and Bignell collections were also all cyaniventris. 


Coelichneumon sinister (Wesmael, 1848) 


First recorded by Marshall, who included it as being the male which Gravenhorst 
associated with the female of leucocerus and which Wesmael later described as 
sinister. Stephens quoted a description of both male and female of Jeucocerus, and 
it appears that Marshall included the species on this evidence. The male of sinister 
has the flagellum marked with white centrally ; the female has a scopulate tubercle 
beneath the hind coxa, and the flagellum not “ rolled ’’ apically in dead specimens. 


Coelichneumon nothus (Holmgren, 1880) 


This is included by Morley (Bvit. Ichs. 1 : 29) as a variety of comitator (L.) (recte 
auspex (Mueller)), but he does not state that he knew of any British specimens of 
this form. 


Coelichneumon periscelis (Wesmael, 1844) 


This species was first recorded by Marshall as being the female of the species which 
Gravenhorst had associated with the male of his Ichneumon pallifrons. Stephens 
gives a description of both sexes of pallifrons and it appears that Marshall included 
the species on this evidence. Specimens that I have seen determined as this species 
are incorrectly named. That recorded by Morley (Brit. Ichs. 1:27) from the 
Bignell collection is a male of Stenichneumon militarius (Thunberg) ; it is in fact the 
specimen that Bignell recorded as Ichneumon pistorius Gravenhorst (= militarius) 
from Bickleigh 20. viii. 1881. 

In addition to the characters given by Wesmael and Thomson for this species, 
it differs from desinatorius (Thunberg, 1822) (syn. subguttatus (Gravenhorst, 1829)) 
in having the gena more weakly and more sparsely punctate and the malar space 
shorter. 


Coelichneumon funebris (Holmgren, 1864) 


2 = biannulatus Gravenhorst, 1820, sec Thomson. 

3 = derasus Wesmael, 1844, sec Thomson = nigerrimus Stephens (1835). 

There has been much confusion in the association of funebris (Holmgren) male 
_ with its correct female. The specimens that I have seen so named from this country 
are mostly the males of Coelichnewmon nigerrimus (Stephens) (e.g., the specimens in 
the Cambridge Museum cf. Kerrich, 1935, Trans. Soc. Brit. Ent., 2:38). The single 
specimen in the Carr collection (1921 ; teste Schmiedeknecht) is a male of Coelich- 
neumon purpurissatus Perkins (see p. 138). I accept Thomson’s interpretation of 
biannulatus, and this species is unknown to me from the British Isles. Thomson 
states that the male of derasus (Wesmael) stood in several examples under J. funebris 
in Holmgren’s collection (Thomson, 1893, Opusc. ent. 18 : 1907) ; on the same page 
he gives notes on the true male of biannulatus. 


122 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


Coelichneumon moestus (Gravenhorst, 1829) 


This species was first recorded by Marshall. I have seen no specimens from 
Britain, and no specimen of it is present either in the Marshall or Fitch collection 
(the latter collection contains a number of specimens from Marshall). 


Coelichneumon puerulus (Kriechbaumer, 1890) 


This species was first recorded on a misidentified male of Barichneumon gemellus 
(Gravenhorst) (see Kerrich, 1935, Trans. Soc. Brit. Ent. 2 : 38). C. puerulus is a 
species completely unknown to me. 


Cratichneumon externus (Berthoumieu, 1895) 


The specimen determined as this in the Hancock collection is a female of Barich- 
neumon deceptor (Scopoli). C. externus is a species completely unknown to me. 


Cratichneumon fallax Habermehl, 1923 
This is a synonym of Cratichneumon varipes (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


Cratichneumon dissimilis auctt. angl. 


= Cratichneumon jocularis (Wesmael, 1848). 

The male of Aoplus ochropis (Gmelin) has been much confused with this species. 
In the Johnson collection the specimens from Newcastle, Co. Down were jocularis, 
those from Coolmore, Co. Donegal were ochropis. 

In the Morley collection are 73 Cvratichneumon mgritarius (Gravenhorst), 2g 
Cratichneumon forstert (Wesmael), 23 Aoplus ochropis and 12, The Mound, 8. viii. 1900 
(Yerbury) of Cratichneumon jocularis. In the Carr collection was a 3 Aoplus ochropis, 
Chobham, 19.ix.1891 (Beaumont) and 4 § Cratichneumon nignitarius (2 teste Roman, 
1 var. teste Habermehl and I var. ¢este Pfankuch), all from Lichfield. 


There has been much confusion, systematically, between dissimilis, which I have 
not seen from Britain, and jocularis. I have followed Wesmael as being the first 
reviser of Ichneumon dissimilis Gravenhorst ; he selected the female, of which he 
saw the Gravenhorst specimen, as being the type. The male which Gravenhorst 
associated with dissimilis female is Cratichneumon jocularis (Wesmael). The two 
species can be distinguished as follows : 


A. &. Mesoscutum polished, with at most only a weak indication of microsculpture between 
the punctures on the disc, the lateral lobes with sparse, shallow, irregularly spaced punctures ; 
hind coxa, beneath, largely smooth in the apical two-thirds with only a few coarse, scattered 
punctures ; hind femur and hind tibia with a conspicuous, black, apical mark; thyridiae a 
a little narrower. 

6. Face, cheeks (at least on the orbits) and the outer orbits below, yellow; front coxa and 
trochanter broadly marked with yellow, middle coxa and trochanter usually with yellow marks ; 
lateral lobes of the mesoscutum more finely and shallowly punctate than the middle lobe in 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 123 


front of the disc; hind femur broadly black ak hind tibia black in apical half; tarsi 
black; antenna with no white band . ; .  dissimilis (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


(syn. Ichneumon citrinops Wesmael, 1857 3; rare Wesmael Kriechbaumer, 1893 
Qh; zephyrus Wesmael, 1857 (sec Wesmael) ; dissimilis Gravenhorst Wesmael, 1859 Q). 


B. 9. Mesoscutum dull, the punctures of the lateral lobes similar to those of the central 
lobe before the disc, at least for the greater part coriaceous between the punctures ; hind coxa 
with the punctures only a little more widely spaced in the apical half than basally ; hind femur 
and tibia entirely red ; thyridiae a little broader. 

6. Face, and usually the outer orbits below, ivory, the cheeks black; front coxa and tro- 
chanter at most weakly marked with ivory; middle coxa and trochanter rarely with ivory 
marks; lateral lobes of the mesoscutum coarsely punctate, the punctures comparable with 
those on the middle lobe before the disc ; hind femur weakly, narrowly infuscate at the apex ; 
hind tibia infuscate at most in apical quarter; tarsi often, at least in part, pale; antenna 
most usually with a white ring . ‘ , : : ‘ . jocularis (Wesmael, 1848). 


(syn. Ichneumon dissimilis Gravenhorst 3 nec 9, 1829; punctifrons Holmgren 3 1864 ; 
dissimilis Gravenhorst Taschenberg, 1866; dissimilis Gravenhorst Holmgren $9, 1880 ; 
dissimilis Gravenhorst Kriechbaumer, 1893.) 


Eupalamus oscillator Wesmael, 1844 


This was first recorded from Bignell’s collection ; his 2 females are Ichneumon 
didymus Gravenhorst, without locality. Other British specimens that I have seen 
determined as oscillator have all been E. wesmaeli Thomson. E. oscillator differs 
from wesmaeli not only in colour, but in the female, in the proportions of the seg- 
ments of the middle tarsus (Figs. 1 and 2). 


Melanichneumon erythraeus (Gravenhorst, 1820) 


Specimens from Stephens, Morley, Carr and Cambridge Museum collections are 
all females of Barichneumon ridibundus (Gravenhorst). Bignell had 19 Aopflus 
ochropis (Gmelin), Plym Bridge, 26.v.1886, and 12 Aoplus ruficeps (Gravenhorst), 
Hartlepool (J. Gardner), standing under this name. The specimen in the Johnson 
collection is Barichneumon sanguinator (Rossi) (fide Stelfox). 

The male is immediately distinct from all British species of this group in having 
the thorax in greater part red. The female, however, might be confused with san- 
guinator, but has the thyridiae broader and the front and middle coxae conspicuously 
marked with ivory ; in sanguinator the coxae are sometimes marked with red or in 
very small part dirty yellow. It is at once distinguished from 7idibundus in lacking 
the tubercle in the pronotal furrow and in having the post-petiole longitudinally 
striate centrally. 

It should be noted that the species recorded under Melanichneumon from the 
British Isles should all be placed in Barichneumon according to Heinrich. 


Melanichneumon albipictus var. obsoletus (Berthoumieu, 1895) 


The specimen recorded by Johnson (1931, Ent. mon. Mag. 67:53) is Barich- 
neumon gemellus (Gravenhorst). M. albipictus is probably better placed in Stenich- 


124 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


i 2 


Fiegs. 1-3. Mid tarsal segments 1 to 4: fig. 1, Ewpalamus oscillator, 9 ; 
fig. 2, E. wesmaeli, 9. Hind claw, fig. 3, Patroclus sputator, 9. 


neumon, as at present understood, though the thyridiae are less broad than in other 
species of that genus. 


Barichneumon sexalbatus (Gravenhorst, 1820) 


This was recorded by Morley. His specimen from Lyndhurst, Hants, 12. viii. 1I90r 
is a male of Barichneumon coxiglyptus Heinrich. . 

Wesmael examined the female type of this species from Piedmont. He states 
(1859) that he was unable to find any structural difference between this species and 
bilunulatus Gravenhorst, and in fact, that they differed only in the colour of the 
femora. Wesmael in 1848 (Bull. Acad. Belg. Cl. Sci. 15.1: 182) placed his derivator 
as bilunulatus var. 6, but for the present I regard bilunulatus as being distinct from 
praeceptor (Thunberg) (syn. derivator Wesmael) (cf. Thomson, 1893, Opusc. ent. 
18 : 1963). In the female, bilunulatus has conspicuous spines on the hind tibia which 
are almost lacking in praeceptor. I have not seen the former species from Britain. 


Barichneumon bilunulatus auctt. ang]. 


= Barichneumon praeceptor (Thunberg, 1822). 
For notes on this species, see above, under sexalbatus. 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 125 


Barichneumon incubitor auctt. angl. 


= Barichneumon coxiglyptus Heinrich, 1951. 

Roman (1932, Ent. Tidskr. 53:7) pointed out that Ichneumon incubitor L. was a 
Gambrus, and the same species as G. ornatus (Gravenhorst). Barichneumon tncu- 
bitor auctt. angl. is Barichnewmon coxiglyptus Heinrich, though Barichnewmon citator 
(Thunberg) also occurs in this country. For the differences between these two 
species see Heinrich (1951, Bonn. zool. Beitr. 3-4: 271). 


Barichneumon carri Habermehl, 1923 
= Barichneumon gemellus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


Barichneumon eupitheciae (Brischke, 1879) 


The recorded specimen bred from Eupithecia helveticaria by Evans is not present 
in the Morley collection. From the notes which Morley gives, this specimen was 
most probably a male of Cyclolabus pactor (Wesmael). It is probable that Ichneu- 
mon pulchellatus Bridgman is a synonym of J. eupitheciae Brischke, but the type of 
the latter requires examination. 


Barichneumon angustatus (Wesmael, 1848) 


The specimens that I have seen determined as this species have all been males and, 
for the most part, rather strongly marked specimens of Barichneumon deceptor 
(Scopoli). It seems, originally, to have been introduced to the British list on the 
strength of the Stephens description of the male of Ichneumon militaris Graven- 
horst. The male recorded as angustatus by Morley is no longer present in his col- 
lection. A male in the Johnson collection is Barichneumon chionomus (Wesmael). 
In the Carr collection 2 males teste Schmiedeknecht are Barichneumon deceptor and 
I male teste Habermehl, is Barichneumon coxiglyptus Heinrich. 

No female has ever been recorded from Britain. This sex is abundantly distinct, 
with its abdomen strongly narrowed apically and with conspicuous, ivory, apical 
spots on tergites 4~7, but the male is very similar to deceptor ; it differs from that 
species in having the post-petiole black, rarely reddish at the apex; the sub-alar 
callus more rounded and by no means carinate except at the extreme posterior end 
and usually completely, or almost completely, ivory ; the head a little less narrowed 
behind the eyes; mesoscutum a little more shining, with the punctures a little 
coarser and the interspaces a little wider ; tergites 5~7 with apical, ivory bands or 
spots. 


Ichneumon haesitator Wesmael, 1844 


This was originally recorded by Marshall. Stephens quoted the description of 
both sexes of Ichneumon latrator from Gravenhorst. The female of latrator Fabricius 
Gravenhorst is I. haesitator, and hence Marshall recorded this species erroneously. 

I. haesitator belongs to the /atrator group and has no ivory spots on the scutellum 
or on the apical tergites, the vertex with a yellow spot on the orbits, the stigma 


126 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


fuscous, the thyridia conspicuously broader than the distance between the thyridiae, 
the hind femur black, and the mesoscutum with distinct microsculpture between 
the punctures and thus dull. 


Ichneumon eremitatorius Zetterstedt, 1838 


According to Roman, stigmatorius Zetterstedt, 1838, which is given by Kloet and 
Hincks as a synonym of evemitatorius, is a synonym of vulneratorius Zetterstedt, 
1838 ; and eremitatorius is the male of alpestrvis Holmgren, 1864. This latter species 
I have not seen from Britain. 


Ichneumon amphibolus Kriechbaumer, 1888 


This determination was by A. Roman (Johnson, 1920, Irish Nat. 29 : 19-20). 
No specimen under this name is present in the Johnson collection. It is a species 
that is completely unknown to me. 


Ichneumon quadrialbatus Gravenhorst, 1820 
Barichneumon perscrutator (Wesmael) males were determined as this species by 
Stephens and Desvignes. The male stated to have been bred by Col. Partridge 
from Geometra smaragdaria, in the Morley collection and recorded by him, is an 
Exephanes occupator (Gravenhorst) ; there appears to have been some error in label- 
ling this specimen. 

I. quadrialbatus is related to gracilicornis Gravenhorst, but in the female has at 
most a very small, ivory spot on tergite 5, the femora completely red, the tibiae 
red with the hind tibia infuscate apically, the scutellum strongly convex, tergites 
2 and 3 castaneous, most usually marked with black. The male also has the femora 
completely red, and in the only specimen that I have examined the tergites are com- 
pletely black. There is a female of this species sent by Gravenhorst to the Linnean 
Society and now in the British Museum collection. 


Ichneumon quaesitorius L., 1761 


This species was first introduced by Stephens in his Catalogue where he gave 
it as ? guaesttorius. A specimen so labelled from the Stephens collection is a female 
of I. gracilentus Wesmael with tergites 2 and 3 infuscate; his description in the 
‘ Illustrations ’ is taken from Gravenhorst. Marshall wrongly synonymized Chasmias 
paludator (Desvignes) with Ichneumon quaesitorius and it was the former species 
to which he was referring. 

I. quaesitorius resembles primatorius Forster in structure, but the propodeum is 
less strongly excised before the dentiparal spines and the post-petiole is coarsely, 
longitudinally striate ; in colour it is of course completely distinct. 


Ichneumon piceatorius Gravenhorst, 1820 


This was recorded by Marshall, apparently from the specimen determined as this 
by Desvignes. It is a male of Coelichneumon haemorrhoidalis (Gravenhorst). The 
identity of piceatorius Gravenhorst is still in doubt. 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 127 


Ichneumon haglundi Holmgren, 1864 


Specimens so named from the British Isles are Ichnewmon formosus Gravenhorst, 
1829. I am indebted to Mr. G. J. Kerrich for information concerning the type of 


haglundt. 


Ichneumon submarginatus Gravenhorst, 1829 


This species was recorded by Stephens but is not included in Desvignes’ catalogue. 
Bignell had placed under this name 19, no data, Eupalamus wesmaeli Thomson and 
I 9, Bickleigh, 28.vi.1881, Stenichneumon militarius (Thunberg). 

This species is related to nerent Thomson. In the female the thyridia is distinctly 
narrower than the distance between the thyridiae, the mesoscutum is closely punctate 
with microsculpture in the interspaces on the disc, the scutellum is strongly convex 
and yellow, tergite 2 black or piceous, 3 black, both narrowly red on the apical 
margin ; tergites 6 and 7 have a yellow, apical spot. I do not know the male of this 
species. 


Ichneumon languidus Wesmael, 1844 


Both Marshall and Bridgman determined specimens of Ichneumon tuberculipes 
Wesmael as this species. In the Carr collection the male teste Schmiedeknecht is 
also a specimen of tuberculipes, but the one teste Habermehl is a male of Coelichnewmon 
leucocerus (Gravenhorst). 

I. languidus is one of the species with the female having elongate basal flagellar 
segments, the flagellum strongly attenuate apically, the malar space long, but the area 
supero-media elongate ; it has no scopulate tubercle on the hind coxa. 


Ichneumon rufidens Wesmael, 1844 


This in actual fact is a most interesting species with a unidentate mandible and a 
_ very large clypeus. Marshall appears to have based his record on a single specimen, 
so named by Desvignes, which is a female of Ichnewmon minutorius Desvignes (syn. 
captorius Thomson). 


Ichneumon silaceus Gravenhorst, 1829 
This was recorded by Stephens but is not in Desvignes’ catalogue. 


Ichneumon subcylindricus Gravenhorst, 1829 


This also was recorded by Stephens but is not in Desvignes’ catalogue. I do not 
know this species, the type of which was re-described by Wesmael (1859). 


Ichneumon tempestivus Holmgren, 1864 


= Ichneumon albiger Wesmael, 1844. 
As pointed out by Thomson, tempestivus is only the form of albiger which has the 
hind tibia more or less marked with yellow ; this form is common in Britain. 


128 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


Ichneumon militaris Gravenhorst, 1820 
This was recorded by Stephens but is not in Desvignes’ catalogue. Specimens so 
determined by Bridgman belong to the form of J. extensorius L. with the hind tibia 
completely infuscate. 


Ichneumon caedator Gravenhorst, 1829 


This was recorded by Stephens but is not in Desvignes’ catalogue. The single 
male (Lichfield, 1921; teste Schmiedeknecht) and female (Lichfield, 1922; teste 
Roman) are correctly determined but the record requires confirmation. 


Ichneumon gratus Wesmael, 1855 


This was recorded by Johnson (1929, Ent. mon. Mag. 65: 135). This specimen 
is a female of Chasmias motatorius (F.). 


Ichneumon ??thomsoni Holmgren, 1864 


The specimen from Scotland so determined by Roman is a female of Ichneumou 
rufidorsatus Bridgman. For notes on thomsont see Heinrich (1951, Bonn. zool. Bettr. 
3-4 : 259). 


Ichneumon inquinatus Wesmael, 1844 
syn. Ichneumon brevigena Thomson, 1886. 

Marshall wrongly synonymised J. crassorius Desvignes 1856, (= didymus Graven- 
horst, 1829) with this species. Specimens named inquinatus by Morley that I have 
examined are females of J. didymus. The single female in the Carr collection is 
correctly determined (Lichfield, 1923 ; teste Habermehl) ; it is pinned on a Carlsbad 
pin, other specimens of this date are all on continental steel pins. The record 
requires confirmation. 


Ichneumon multipictus Gravenhorst, 1820 


Marshall apparently recorded this species from a specimen determined by Des- 
vignes. It is a female of I[chneumon exilicornis Wesmael. The specimens named 
multipictus in the Bignell collection are 2 females of Ichnewmon validicornis Holm- 
gren, no data, and Cann Wood, 6.iii.1887 (J. Keys). The specimen so named in the 
Carr collection (Lichfield, 1919 ; teste Roman) is a female of Barichneumon lepidus 
(Gravenhorst). 


Ctenichneumon melanocastaneus auctt. angl. 


= Ctenichneumon rubroater (Ratzeburg, 1852). 

C. rubroater differs from melanocastaneus (Gravenhorst) in having the 7th segment 
of the flagellum quadrate, not elongate and the head with the temples broader and 
only very weakly converging behind the eyes. C. melanocastaneus is probably only 
a form of C. vepentinus (Gravenhorst) with a black scutellum (Heinrich, 1929). 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 129 


Ctenichneumon repentinus auctt. angl. 


= Ctenichneumon devylderi (Holmgren, 1871). 
C. devylderi differs from repentinus (Gravenhorst, 1820) in having the spiracles 
of the Ist tergite much smaller, the length : breadth being at most 1-5: I. 


Ctenichneumon sputator (F., 1793) 


= Patroclus sputator (F., 1793). (comb. nov.) 

This was recorded by Stephens but is not in Desvignes’ catalogue. The specimens 
named sputator in the Johnson collection are males of Stenichnewmon culpator 
(Schrank). The dark male (Lichfield, 1923; teste Schmiedeknecht) in the Carr 
collection is Cratichneumon fabricator maculifrons (Stephens) and the pair of speci- 
mens with red-banded abdomen (Lichfield, 1923 ; teste Habermehl) are correct, but 
I question the provenance of these two specimens. 

This species I consider to belong to Patroclus, which was originally described from 
Central America. This genus has the claws with upstanding pectinations, at least 
basally (Fig. 3); also the 1st tergite of the gaster is strongly raised dorsally at 
about the line of the spiracles. 


Ctenichneumon flavocinctus (Desvignes, 1856) 
= Ctenichneumon panzert (Wesmael, 1844). 


Amblyteles uniguttatus (Gravenhorst, 1829) 


The female of Ctenichneumon panzeri (Wesmael) has been misidentified as this on 
numerous occasions. In the Carr collection are present 1 9 Probolus culpatorius (L.), 
1Q (teste Pfankuch) Ctenichneuwmon messorius (Gravenhorst) and 2% (one con- 
spicuously red marked, the other without red markings) (teste Schmiedeknecht) 
which are correctly determined ; under messorius, Carr has another male of wni- 
guttatus (concerning which, see p. 117). The species still requires confirmation as 

British. 

Amblyteles conspurcatus (Gravenhorst, 1829) 
This was recorded by Stephens but is not in Desvignes’ catalogue. A specimen 


from the Stephens collection labelled as this is a male of Ichneumon validicornis 
Holmgren. 


Amblyteles viridatorius (Gravenhorst, 1820) 

= Amblyteles fossorius (L., 1758). 

syn. Amblyteles atratorius (F., 1793). 

This was recorded by Stephens but is not in Desvignes’ catalogue. A Stephens 
specimen so labelled is a female of Amblyteles glaucatorius (F.). The single pair 
(teste Schmiedeknecht) recorded by Carr as atratorius (F.) are a pair of Amblyteles 
(vadatorius Iliger 1807) = pictus (Schrank, 1776) obviously recorded under atratorius 


130 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


due to an error of transcription. Otherwise Amblyteles quadripunctorius (Mueller) 
has been mistaken for this species. | 

A. fossorius can be distinguished from quadripunctorius in the female in that it 
lacks long spines on the extensor surface of the hind tibia, in having the temples 
less narrowed behind the eyes and the lower tooth of the mandible minute, as well 
as in colour ; and in the male in having the ventral plica of the abdomen infuscate, 
the lower tooth of the mandible minute, the hind femur entirely red, and in the 
penis valves having no inflated subapical area beneath (Figs. 4 and 5). 


4 


Fics. 4, 5. Lateral view of apex of penis valve: fig. 4, Amblyteles fossorius ; 
fig. 5, A. quadripunctorius. 


Amblyteles cerinthius (Gravenhorst, 1820) 


The specimens so named by Marshall are a pair of Amblyteles longigena Thomson. 
Specimens so named in the Morley collection are also longigena. The British 
specimens do not agree with Gravenhorst’s description of cerinthius. The species 
was first introduced to the British list by Stephens, but was deleted by Desvignes ; 
I have found no specimen so labelled among the Stephens material. 


Amblyteles microcephalus (Stephens, 1835) 


= Ichneumon formosus Gravenhorst, 1829. 


Amblyteles duplicator Roman, 1923 
= Hybophorellus injucundus (Wesmael, 1854). (comb. nov.) 
syn. Amblyteles injucundus Wesmael, 1854. 


The records of these are based on a single male (Lichfield, 1923) (injucundus) and 
a single female (Lichfield, 1922) (duplicator type) in the Carr collection. (See under 
Hybophorellus aulicus, above.) 


Amblyteles fossorius (L., 1758) 


The type of this species has been wrongly determined. It is a male of the species 
previously known as Amblyteles viridatorius (Gravenhorst). (See above.) Ambly- 
teles fossorius auctt. angl. = Amblyteles subsericans (Gravenhorst, 1820). 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 131 


Ctenamblyteles homocerus (Wesmael, 1854) 


Bignell first recorded this species but his collection now contains no specimen 
under this name. 

Ctenamblyteles is closely related to Patroclus. Specimens with dark wings are 
considered by Heinrich to be the typical form, which has the teeth on the shaft of 
the claw evenly spaced and large. I have seen a single specimen from the Swiss 
Alps, which appears to be homocerus var. noskiewiczt Heinrich, 1926, having almost 
clear wings and the hind tibia only very narrowly infuscate apically, internally ; 
this form is distinguished from homocerus not only in the slight colour difference, 
but also in having the pectinations on the shaft of the claw thinner and contiguous ; 
when more material can be examined this may well prove to be a distinct species. 


Anisobas hostilis (Gravenhorst, 1820) 


This was recorded by Stephens but is not in Desvignes’ catalogue, Of the spec- 
mens recorded by Morley, the one taken by R. C. Bradley in the New Forest is not 
in Morley’s collection, but the one taken by himself is a male of Barichneumon 
tergenus (Gravenhorst). Also under this name in the Morley collection is another 
male of tergenus and 2 females of Barichneumon gemellus (Gravenhorst). 


Stenolabus daemon (Wesmael, 1844) 


= Asthenolabus daemon (Wesmael, 1884). 

The 2 females (Lichfield, 1921 ; teste Schmiedeknecht) under this name in the 
Carr collection are Platylabus concinnus Thomson. British specimens of concinnus 
are very largely black. 


Apaeleticus inclytus Wesmael, 1853 


= Apaeleticus bellicosus Wesmael, 1844. (syn. nov.) 
I have examined the type material of these species in the Wesmael collection. 


Eurylabus rufipes (Stephens, 1835) 
= Polytribax curvus (Schrank, 1802). 


Ischnopsidea truncator (F., 1798) 


= Rhexidermus truncator (F., 1798). 
The single female in the Carr collection (Lichfield, 1921 ; teste Habermehl) is cor- 
rectly determined, but the species requires confirmation as British. 


Heterischnus rufipes (Wesmael, 1848) 


= Rhexidermus nigricollis (Wesmael, 1844). (syn. nov.) 
I have examined the type material of these species in the Wesmael collection. 
Heterischnus rufipes auctt. = Heterischnus pulex (Mueller, 1776), following Wesmael. 


132 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


Dicaelotus pusillator (Gravenhorst, 1807) 


This was recorded by Marshall. Specimens so named by him are Epitomus parvus 
Thomson, 1891 (syn. Hemiteles pygmaeus Brischke, 1890, nec Brischke, 1888). The 
Bignell collection also had Epitomus parvus under this name. In the Carr collec- 
tion are I female (Lichfield, 1921 ; teste Habermehl) Dicaelotus rufoniger Berthoumieu 
and 1 female (Lichfield, 1917; teste Pfankuch) Cvatichneumon varipes (Gravenhorst). 
I have been unable to identify pusillator (Gravenhorst) female, which Wesmael 
placed tentatively in Dicaelotus after he had seen the type ; the males described by 
Gravenhorst for this species are mixed ; the specimen sent to Wesmael was Herpe- 
stomus arridens (Gravenhorst). 


Dicaelotus rufilimbatus (Gravenhorst, 1820) 


I have been unable to satisfy myself as to the identity of this species. Wesmael 
examined the male type from the Gravenhorst collection, but was uncertain of its 
identity, though expressing the opinion that it might be the male of D. evythrostoma 
Wesmael. It was recorded by Stephens, but it is not in Desvignes’ catalogue. 


Colpognathus jucundus Wesmael Thomson, 1891 nec Wesmael, 1844. 


This was first recorded as Phaeogenes jucundus by Marshall. I have seen a speci- 
men so named from his collection and it is Phaeogenes ischiomelinus (Gravenhorst). 
The specimen recorded by Morley from the Piffard collection is a female of Colpog- 
nathus divisus Thomson. The Bradley specimen quoted by Morley is completely 
doubtful and has not been traced. The Bignell specimen, Bickleigh, 8.ix.1882, is 
a female of Diadromus varicolor Wesmael. 

Ph: jucundus Wesmael, is a true Phaeogenes related to modestus Wesmael ; 
montanus Thomson, is probably a synonym of it. 


Centeterus major Wesmael, 1844 


The single specimen collected by E. A. Butler, now in the Morley collection, is a 
male of Colpognathus divisus Thomson. 


Herpestomus furunculus Wesmael, 1844 
= Herpestomus nasutus Wesmael, 1844. (syn. nov.) 
syn. Herpestomus intermedius Wesmael, 1844. (Syn. nov.) 


I have seen the type material of these species ; Herpestomus intermedius Wesmael 
I consider also to be a synonym of nasutus. 


Diadromus guttulatus (Gravenhorst, 1829) 
= Diadromus candidatus (Gravenhorst, 1829). (syn. nov.) 


Diadromus conciliator (Wesmael, 1859) 


This was recorded by Marshall, who included it as being the male which Graven- 
horst associated with Ichnewmon opprimator female and which Wesmael later 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 133 


described as conciliator. Stephens quoted a description of both male and female of 
opprimator, and it appears that Marshall included the species on this evidence. 


Diadromus prosopius Holmgren, 1889 


The specimen in the Carr collection (¢este Habermehl) is a male of Phaeogenes 
rusticatus Wesmael. 


Notosemus albibuccus (Kriechbaumer, 1890) 
= Notosemus bohemant (Wesmael, 1855). 


Aethecerus pallicoxa Thomson, 1891 


In the Johnson collection the specimen det. Roman as ? fallicoxa is a male of 
Oiorhinus pallipalpis Wesmael. In the Carr collection are also a pair labelled as 
pallicoxa (teste Roman), which are likewise pallipalpis. 


Mevesia similis (Bridgman, 1881) 
= Thyraeella collaris (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


Baeosemus mitigosus (Gravenhorst, 1829) 
syn. Herpestomus phaeocerus Wesmael, 1844. 

This was recorded by Stephens but is not in Desvignes’ catalogue. A specimen 
so named from the Stephens collection is a female of Phaeogenes fuscicornis Wesmael. 
Gravenhorst recorded Ph. mitigosus var. I g from Netley, but this, from the descrip- 
tion, cannot be conspecific with mitigosus and is probably a male Phaeogenes. 


Phaeogenes nigridens Wesmael, 1844 


The Johnson specimen is a male of Ph. ophthalmicus Wesmael from Newcastle, 
Co. Down. In the Carr collection is a specimen labelled ‘“Ph. ? nigrinus Berth. 
teste Schmiedeknecht ? nigridens’’ which is a female of Aethecerus discolor Wesmael. 

There has been considerable confusion concerning this species. It is related to 
planifrons, heterogonus and curator, but differs in the female in having the fore wing 
with the basal plates infuscate, not yellow ; the hind coxa with a transverse carina 
beneath which extends to the inner, ventro-lateral margin where it is only slightly 
raised, and behind this carina the coxa is a little depressed; the head is mcre 
quadrate. 


Phaeogenes limatus Wesmael, 1844 


= Phaeogenes fulvitarsis Wesmael, 1844. 

The specimen in the Carr collection (Lichfield, 1923 ; teste Schmeideknecht) is a 
female of Phaeogenes flavidens Wesmael. Ph. limatus Wesmael Thomson is quite 
another species which I regard as being conspecific with Phaeogenes infimus Wesmael. 


Phaeogenes homochlorus Wesmael, 1844 
= Phaeogenes invisor (Thunberg, 1822). (syn. nov.) 


134 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


Phaeogenes lascivus Wesmael, 1855 


The specimen in the Carr collection (Lichfield, 1921 ; teste Schmiedeknecht) is a 
female of Phaeogenes fuscicornis Wesmael. 


Phaeogenes minimus Berthoumieu, 1901 


The specimen in the Carr collection (Lichfield, 1922 ; teste Habermehl) is a female 
of Herpestomus nasutus Wesmael. 


Phaeogenes nitidus Bridgman, 1886. 
= Cratichneumon magus (Wesmael, 1855). 


Phaeogenes coryphaeus Wesmael, 1844 


This species was first recorded by Bridgman on a specimen that he examined from 
Champion’s collection. There is no specimen of this species in the Bridgman col- 
lection nor amongst the Champion material which came to the British Museum. 
Specimens so named in Johnson’s collection are Ph. fulvitarsis Wesmael nec auctt. 
(syn. ruficoxa Thomson). 

The form of the head in coryphaeus is quite distinct from the other species of the 
fulvitarsis group, being comparable in shape with planzfrons, and having the occipital 
carina about as near to the posterior ocellus as the distance between the posterior 
ocelli. 


Phaeogenes ruficoxa Thomson, 1891 


= Phaeogenes fulvitarsis Wesmael, 1844, nec auctt. (syn. nov.) | 

The species which has previously been determined as fulvitarsis by British authors — 
is Phaeogenes rusticatus Wesmael. The species previously determined as rusticatus 
I am describing as a new species. 


Phaeogenes minutus Wesmael, 1844 


The two specimens in the Carr collection are labelled “‘ Lichfield, Ig21; teste 
Schmiedeknecht,’”’ which is a male of Oiorhinus pallipalpis Wesmael, and “ Lich- 
field, 1923 ; teste Schmiedeknecht,”’ which is a female of Phaeogenes ischiomelinus 
(Gravenhorst). 

The type of this species is in bad condition, but I believe it to be a small female of 
infimus Wesmael. 


Phaeogenes ?? acutus (Gravenhorst, 1829) 


This species was recorded by Marshall. Specimens so named from his collection 
are 2 females of Aethecerus discolor Wesmael. 


Phaeogenes socius Holmgren, 1889 


= Phaeogenes osculator (Thunberg, 1822), g (sec Roman). 
The male and female, Lichfield, 1921, in the Carr collection, teste Schmiedeknecht, 
are a pair of osculator. 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 135 


Melanomicrus elliotti Morley, 1903. 
= Eriplatys ardeicollis (Wesmael, 1844). 


VII. SPECIES RECORDED IN THE ADDENDA OF MORLEY’S 
BRITISH ICHNEUMONS 

In the Addenda to Morley’s British Ichneumons, 1 : 292-293, the following species 
are listed. I have examined the specimens and include my identifications. 

Phaeogenes socius Holmgren, 1889, 9; the Foxall specimen is Aethecerus nitidus 
Wesmael, the Piffard specimen is Aethecerus discolor Wesmael. 

Phaeogenes macilentus Wesmael, 1844, det. Morley is Oiorhinus pallipalpis Wesmael. 

Diadromus tenax Wesmael, 1844, det. Morley is Ischnus nigricollis Wesmael. 

Misetus oculatus Wesmael, 1844, is correct. 

Phaeogenes murcifer Holmgren, 1889. I am unable to find this specimen in the 
Morley collection. 

Colpognathus armatus Thomson, 1891, det. Morley is Colpognathus divisus Thomson. 


VIII. CHANGES IN THE TRIVIAL NAMES OF 
BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


The following changes in specific names due to homonymy and synonymy have 
to be made: 

Trogus pictus (Kriechbaumer, 1882). 

= Psilomastax pyramidalis Tischbein, 1868. 

Cercodinotomus Uchida, 1940, type species Psilomastax pictus Kriechbaumer, 
1882, is a direct synonym of Pstlomastax Tischbien, 1868, type species Pstlomastax 
pyramidalis Tischbein, 1868, the two type species being conspecific. (syn. nov.) 

Protichneumon erythrogaster (Stephens, 1835) mec (Gmelin, 1790). 

= Protichneumon coqueberti (Wesmael, 1848). 

Amblyjoppa laminatoria (Fabricius, 1798). 

= Amblyjoppa proteus (Christ, 1791). 
Coelichneumon subguttatus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 

= Coelichneumon desinatorius (Thunberg, 1822). 
Coelichneumon derasus (Wesmael, 1844). 

= Coelichneumon nigerrimus (Stephens, 1835). 
Stenichneumon trilineatus (Gmelin, 1790). 

= Stenichneumon lineator (Fabricius, 1781). 
Platylabus semirufus (Desvignes, 1856). 

= Platylabops apricus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 

Cratichneumon gravenhorstit (Boyer de Fonscolombe, 1847) nec (Wesmael, 1836) 

nec (Guérin Ménéville, 1838). 
= Cratichneumon albifrons (Stephens, 1835). 
Cratichneumon liostylus (Thomson, 1887). 
= Cratichneumon infidus (Wesmael, 1848). 
Melanichneumon nudicoxa (Thomson, 1888). 
= Barichneumon digrammus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
ENTOM. III, 4. II 


136 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


I have examined a male of digrammus sent by Gravenhorst to the Linnean Society 
and now in the British Museum. 
Melanichneumon perscrutator (Wesmael, 1844) nec (Thunberg, 1822). 
= Barichneumon maculicauda nom. nov. 
Melanichneumon albolineatus (Gravenhorst, 18209). 
= Barichneumon albilineatus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
Barichneumon deceptor (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
= Barichneumon deceptor (Scopoli, 1763). 
Ichneumon obsessor Wesmael, 1844. 
= Ichneumon formosus Gravenhorst, 1829. 
I accept this synonymy, given by Wesmael (1859), after he had examined the 
Gravenhorst type. 
Ichneumon confusorius Gravenhorst, 1829. 
= Ichneumon confusor Gravenhorst, 1820. 
Chasmias paludicola (Wesmael, 1857). 
= Chasmias paludator (Desvignes, 1854). 
Exephanes hilaris (Gravenhorst, 1829) nec (Say, January 1829). 
= Exephanes ischioxanthus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
Amblyteles vadatorius (Illiger, 1807). 
= Amblyteles pictus (Schrank, 1776). 
Amblyteles negatorius (Fabricius, 1793). 
= Amblyteles pulchellus (Christ, 1791.) (syn. nov.) 
Diadromus rubellus (Gravenhorst, 1829, 3) nec (Gmelin, 1790). 
= Diadromus quadriguttatus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
Epitomus pygmaeus (Brischke, 1890, nec 1888). 
= Epitomus parvus Thomson, I89q1. 
Phaeogenes melanogonus (Gravenhorst, 1820) emend. 
= Phaeogenes melanogonos (Gmelin, 1790). 
Phaeogenes scutellaris Wesmael, 1844. 
= Phaeogenes maculicornis (Stephens, 1835). 
Phaeogenes tibiator (Thunberg, 1822) nec (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
= Phaeogenes callopus Wesmael, 1844. 


IX. CHANGES IN GENERIC PLACEMENT OF SPECIES OF 
BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


Protichneumon fuscipennis (Wesmael, 1844) to Amblyjoppa Cameron, 1902. 

Stenichneumon ochropis (Gmelin, 1790), castaneus (Gravenhorst, 1820), and ratze- 
burgit (Hartig, 1838) to Aoplus Tischbein, 1874. 

Cratichneumon ruficeps (Gravenhorst, 1829) and rubricosus (Holmgren, 1864) to 
Aoplus Tischbein, 1874. 

The authenticated British species included under Melanichneumon Thomson, 1893, 
to Barichneumon Thomson, 1893. 

Barichneumon magus (Wesmael, 1855) to Cratichneumon Thomson, 1893. 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 137 


Barichneumon pulchellatus (Bridgman, 1889) to Platylabops Heinrich, 1950. 

Barichneumon semirufus (Gravenhorst, 1820) to Cratichneumon semirufus 
(Gravenhorst, 1820). (comb. nov.) 

Barichneumon rufidorsatus (Bridgman, 1887) to Ichneumon L., 1758. 

Barichneumon humilis (Wesmael, 1857) to Aoplus Tischbein, 1874. 

Chasmias lugens (Gravenhorst, 1829) to Ichneumon L., 1758. 

Ctenichneumon haereticus (Wesmael, 1854) to Ichneumon L., 1758. 

Spilichneumon fabricii (Schrank, 1802) to Amblyteles Wesmael, 1844. 

Platylabus rubellus (Gmelin, 1790) and exhortator (F., 1787) to Ectopius Wesmael, 
1859. 

Platylabus infractorius (L., 1761) to Pristiceros Gravenhorst, 1829. 

Stenolabus Heinrich, 1936, mec Schulthess-Rechberg, 1910 = Asthenolabus 
Heinrich, 1951. 

Eurylabus dirus Wesmael, 1853, to Zimmeria Heinrich, 1933. 

Ischnopsidea Viereck, 1914 = Rhexidermus Foerster, 1868. 

Herpestomus distinctus Bridgman, 1887, to Phaeogenes Wesmael, 1844. 

Proscus cephalotes (Wesmael, 1844) and suspicax (Wesmael, 1844) to Phaeogenes 
Wesmael, 1844. 


X. ADDITIONS TO THE LIST OF BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


The list that follows contains those species which have been described previously 
and of which I have now seen material from Britain. In a few cases these additions 
are due only to the fact that the majority of the specimens previously determined 
under certain names were incorrectly identified, and thus a species will have to be 
deleted at the same time (e.g., Ichneumon languidus auctt. angl. for the most part 
is Ichneumon tuberculipes Wesmael and no specimens of languidus have been seen 
_ from Britain). 

Certain species, too, which were formerly given as synonyms, are reintroduced as 
distinct species, as further material and information concerning them has now been 
assembled. But allowing for this, some 48 species are added as completely new 
additions to the list given by Kloet and Hincks, and in all, 65 names are added. 
These numbers do not include the species described as new later in this paper, nor 
changes of name due to direct synonymy. I have seen the types or syntypes of 
species marked with an asterisk. 


LISTRODROMINI 
Anisobas platystylus Thomson, 1888 


ENGLAND: Staffs; Maer Woods, 19, 18.vi.1947 (H. W. Daliry) det. G. J. 
Kerrich. (H. W. Daltry Coll.) 


PROTICHNEUMONINI 
Coelichneumon falsificus (Wesmael, 1844)* 


ENGLAND : Essex ; Colchester, 19, 1910 (P. Harwood) ; Devon; Newton Abbot, 
19, 27.vi.1935 (R.C.L. Perkins). (B.M. Coll.) 


138 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


Coelichneumon solutus (Homgren, 1864) 


SCOTLAND: Inverness; Cairn Gorm, 3000 ft., 1g, 27.vi.1934 (R. B. and J. E. 
Benson), det. A. Roman. (B.M.Coll.) 


Coelichneumon purpurissatus nom. nov. 


. syn. Ichneumon nigrator Fabricius, 1793, vec Mueller, 1776. 
Ichneumon lineator varr. 1-5 Wesmael, 1844. 
Coelichneumon lineator auctt. ex parte. 


I am using this name for the species which is very closely related to comitator L., 
but in which the hair on the propodeum is fuscous and not pale, and the abdomen 
more clearly metallic. Trentepol in his redescription of migrator described the hind 
femur as being red, with a fuscous line outwardly, the front and middle femora 
being black. This would apply better to the present species than to comitator. 
Coelichneumon subviolaceiveniris (Pic) (comb. nov.) (=Ichneumon subviolaceiventris 
Pic, 1908, Echange, 24: 67) is very similar to purpurissatus but can at once be dis- 
tinguished by the lack of the scopa on the hind coxa. 

Various other names are given by Dalla Torre as synonyms of Ichneumon lineator 
auctt. Of these biguttatus Thunberg (syn. bigiuttorius Thunberg) is Stenichneumon 
lineator (F.) ; narrator F. is more probably a specimen of Coelichneumon comitator 
(L.) ; fuscatorius Thunberg is uncertain as to position, the type was not found by 
Roman, and it is described as having the legs red with the femora black ; I. caeru- 
lescens Tischbein is described as having the apical angles of the Ist tergite marked 
with ivory, and I have seen no specimen agreeing with his description of this species, 
which may be distinct. I have therefore been forced to propose a new name for 
this form. 

ENGLAND : Cornwall; Gurnards Head, 14, 1-8. viii. 1936, on umbels of Smyrnium 
(G. D. Hale Carpenter) ; Polperro, 12 (T. A. Marshall) ; St. Minver, 19, 1. viii. 1910 
(Le Marchant) ; no locality, 12, bred 1.vii.1g10 ex Dianthoecia barrettii (H. M. 
Edelsten) (B.M.Coll.) ; Devon; Prawle Point, 1g, 8.v.1938 ex. Dianthoecia bar- 
rvettit (A. J. L. Bowes); Cornwall; nr. Bude, 1g, 23.vi.1g10 (F. C. Woodforde) ; 
Hants; New Forest, Ashurst Walk, 12, 9-10.vi.1912 (F. C. Woodforde) (Hope 
Department, Oxford). Cornwall; Carbis Bay, 29, 29. viii. 1928 and 13.ix.1931 (A. 
Thornley) (C. Morley Coll.). 


Coelichneumon serenus (Gravenhorst, 1820) 


This I regard as a distinct species. Of it I have seen only 1 male, Desvignes Coll., 
and 2 females from the old British collection in the British Museum. 


Coelichneumon truncatulus (Thomson, 1886)* 


I am now also regarding this species as distinct. ENGLAND: Lancs; Kent; 
Surrey ; Herts; Bucks. 134, 119, v-vi. (B.M.Coll.) 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 139 


HERESIARCHINI 
Heresiarches eudoxius (Wesmael, 1844)* 


ENGLAND: Hants; New Forest, Minstead Wood, 14, 15.vii.1934 (C. Morley) ; 
23, 12 (Capron) (cf. Morley, British Ichs. 1 : 203, footnote). (C. Morley Coll.) 


ICHNEUMONINI 
Hoplismenus bidentatus (Gmelin, 1790) 
syn. Hoplismenus bispinatorius auctt. angl. 


Aoplus defraudator (Wesmael, 1844)* 


SCOTLAND: Inverness and Perthshire, and IRELAND: Co. Wicklow; 36, 119, 
vi—ix (B.M.Coll.) 


Aoplus altercator (Wesmael, 1855) 


ENGLAND : Bucks and Somerset. SCOTLAND: Perthshire and Inverness. IRE- 
LAND: Co. Wicklow. 2, 99, vi—viii. (B.M.Coll.) 


Aoplus virginalis (Wesmael, 1844)* 


ENGLAND: Suffolk ; Staverton Thicks, 22, r1.vii.1914 (C. Morley). (C. Morley 
Coll. det. as Barichneumon eupitheciae Brischke.) 


Cratichneumon clarigator (Wesmael, 1844)* 
ENGLAND: Surrey; Hunts; Herts; Kent. 154, 29, v-vii. (B.M.Coll.) 


Cratichneumon jocularis (Wesmael, 1848) 
syn. Cratichneumon dissimilis auctt. angl. 

IRELAND: Co. Down; Newcastle, 2g (W. F. Johnson) (Dublin Museum). 
ENGLAND: N. Yorkshire. ScoTLaAND: Nairn and Aberdeen. IRELAND: Co. 
Wicklow. 63. (B.M.Coll.) Scorianp: “The Mound,” 19, 8.viii.1g00 (Yerbury). 
(Morley Coll.) 

Cratichneumon pseudocryptus (Wesmael, 1857)* 


ENGLAND: 19. (Capron) (In C. Morley Coll. under Plectocryptus tinctorius 
(Gravenhorst)). 
Barichneumon leucocheilus (Wesmael, 1844)* 


Ig, labelled “734 transfuga’’ from British Collection. ENGLAND: Surrey ; 
Byfleet, 12, 26-29.v.1949 (R. B. Benson). (B.M.Coll.) 


Barichneumon praeceptor (Thunberg, 1822) 
syn. Barichneumon bilunulatus auctt. angl. 


140 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


Barichneumon coxiglyptus Heinrich, 1951 
syn. Barichneumon incubitor auctt. angl. 


A rather common species. In the B.M. Coll. is material from Surrey ; Suffolk ; 
Devon ; Cambs; Herts; Hereford; Kent. v—vi, viii-ix. 


Barichneumon citator (Thunberg, 1822) 


ENGLAND: Devon; Dartmoor, Ig, I.vi.1935 (R. C. L. Perkins); Lydford, 19, 
8—10.ix.1946 (J. F. Perkins). (B.M.Coll.) 


Ichneumon exilicornis Wesmael, 1857* 
There is a single 2 of this species from the Desvignes collection. (B.M.Coll.) 


Ichneumon tuberculipes Wesmael, 1848* 


This species has most usually been recorded as languidus Wesmael in Britain. In 
the British Museum collection there is material from Devon, Hants and Essex. 


Ichneumon megapodius Heinrich, 1949 


A parasite of Amathes alpicola and I have examined 4 males and 3 females, all 
reared from pupae of this host from Perthshire (K. Todd) and Inverness (P. Harwood). 
British specimens are much more extensively marked with red than those from the 


Alps. 
Ichneumon fuscatus Gravenhorst, 1829 


There is a single female which may belong to the above species, and which is quite 
distinct from any other species known to me, from Surrey ; Chobham, 9. vi. 1910 
(G. Le Marchant). (B.M.Coll.) 


Ichneumon eurycerus Thomson, 1890 


SCOTLAND: Inverness; Nethy Bridge, 19, 30.v.1931; Perth; Rannoch, 19, 
v.1922 ; ENGLAND: W. Suffolk, 12, 1928 (P. Harwood).. (B.M.Coll.) 


Ichneumon crassifemur Thomson, 1886* 


I have only seen material of this species from the Desvignes and Stephens collec- 
tions. It was previously regarded as a synonym of molitorius L. 


Ichneumon melanotis Holmgren, 1864 


This species, too, I regard as distinct from molitorius. In the British Museum 
collection there is material from Hants, Bucks and Inverness. 


Ichneumon septentrionalis s. sp. atrifemur nom. nov. 
syn. scelestus Perkins, 1952, mec Cresson, 1864. 


For information concerning this species see Perkins, 1952, Bull. ent. Res. 48 : 361. — 


_—— 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 141 


Ichneumon lautatorius Desvignes, 1856* 
This species is now regarded as being distinct from sarcitorius L. 


Exephanes amabilis Kriechbaumer, 1895 


IRELAND : Co. Meath, 19, ix.1922 (G. L. R. Hancock) det. G. Heinrich. ENGLAND : 
Cambs ; Adventurers fen, 14, 8.vii.1924 (G. L. R. Hancock). (B.M.Coll.) Norfolk ; 
Wroxham, r9, 3.ix.1902 (G. A. K. Marshall). (Hope Department, Oxford). 


Exephanes caelebs Kriechbaumer, 1890 
IRELAND: Co. Cavan; Lisney, 19, 31.v.1936; Sandpit, Arva Road, 19, 21.v. 
1934 (R. C. Farris) ; Co. Wicklow ; Enniskerry, 19, 25.vili.1935 (J. F. Perkins). 
(B.M.Coll.) 


Thyrateles camelinus (Wesmael, 1844)* 


ENGLAND : Essex, Loughton, 19 (G. C. Champion) ; 19, Stephens Coll. (B.M.Coll.) 
Both specimens were previously determined as Ctenicheunom castigator (F.). 


Ctenichneumon rubroator (Ratzeburg, 1852) 
syn. Ctentchneumon melanocastaneus auctt. angl. 
Not uncommon. ENGLAND: Devon; Essex; Cornwall; vi—vii. (B.M.Coll.) 


Ctenichneumon devylderi (Holmgren, 1871) 
syn. Ctentchneumon repentinus auctt. angl. 


There has been confusion between this species and repentinus (Gravenhorst), of 
which I have seen no specimens from Britain. ENGLAND: Bucks and Essex, 6, 
59.  (B.M.Coll.) 


Spilichneumon johansoni (Holmgren, 1871) 
ENGLAND: Northants; Herts; Kent; Bucks; Surrey. 54,49. (B.M.Coll.) 


Spilichneumon stagnicola (Thomson, 1888)* 

ENGLAND : Gloucestershire ; Forest of Dean, High Meadow Woods, 19, 9. vi. 1936 
(E. B. Britton and J. F. Perkins); Hants; New Forest, 19, 15.vi.1912 (G. T. 
Lyle) ; Hereford; Malvern Hills, 12, 20-21.iv.1935 (R. B. Benson) ; Kent; Tun- 
bridge Wells, 19, viii.1920 (C. G. Nurse). (B.M.Coll.) 


Amblyteles gradatorius (Thunberg, 1822) 
syn. Amblyteles egregius (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


SCOTLAND: Perth; 14, vi.1914, ex Eurois occulta (P. Harwood); Rannoch, 
IQ, vi.1927 (P. Harwood). (B.M.Coll.) 


142 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


Amblyteles longigena Thomson, 1888. 
syn. Amblyteles cerinthius auctt. angl. 


ScoTLAND: Forfar; Perth; Isle of Arran. ENGLAND: Kent; Devon. 64, 79. 
(B.M.Coll.) 


Amblyteles elongatus Brischke, 1878 
syn. Amblyteles subsericans var. elongatus Brischke sec Heinrich. 


This is a common species which used to be determined as subsericans (Gravenhorst), 
and of which the male appears to be much rarer than the female. Heinrich has 
described the genus Limerodops for this species. 


Amblyteles subsericans (Gravenhorst, 1820) 
syn. Amblyteles fossorius auctt. angl. 


This is a more robust species than elongatus and is rarer. I have seen material 
of it from ENGLAND: Bucks, Herts and Glos., the male being more frequently 
captured than the female. A. subsericans has been given as a synonym of fossorius 
L., but I have re-examined the male type of that species and found it to be A. 
viridatorius (F.), a species unknown to me from Britain. 


Acolobus sericeus Wesmael, 1844* 


ENGLAND: Essex and Hants, 34, 59, the Hants specimens bred from Ectropis 
luridata (syn. extersaria). (B.M.Coll.) 


Probolus concinnus Wesmael, 1853* 


This is a distinct species. ENGLAND: Hants; W. Suffolk; Northants; Corn- 
wall. 6,49, vii-ix. (B.M.Coll.) 


PLATYLABINI 
Rhyssolabus arcticus Hellén, 1942 


SCOTLAND : Inverness ; Cairn Lochain, 3—4,000 ft., 14, 3. vii. 1934 (R. B. and J. E. 
Benson) ; Aviemore, ex Psodos coracina, 12, 22.v.1948 (A. Richardson). (B.M.Coll.) 
I am indebted to Mr. G. Heinrich, who pointed out the probable identity of this 
species. 


Platylabus intermedius Holmgren, 1871 


ENGLAND: Devon; Bickleigh, 1g, 19.vi.1880 (G. C. Bignell), previously det. 
as pedatorius (F.) (Bignell Coll.) ; Cornwall; Botusflemming, 1g (T. A. Marshall). 
ScOTLAND : Inverness ; Cairn Lochain, 3-4,000 ft., 1g, 3. vii. 1934 (R. B. and J. E. 
Benson) ; Ross-shire ; Glenshiel, 14, 1. vii.1934 (O. W. Richards). (B.M.Coll.) 


Platylabus opaculus Thomson, 1888 


ENGLAND: Essex; Colchester (Harwood); IRELAND: Co. Cavan; Farnham, 
29.vi.1935 (R. C. Farris) 2g, 69. (B.M.Coll.) 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 143 


Platylabus gigas Kriechbaumer, 1886. 


ENGLAND: Hants; New Forest, 1¢, 29.iv.1912 ex Selenia tetralunana (F. C. 
Woodforde). (Hope Department, Oxford). 


Platylabus punctifrons Thomson, 1888* 

ENGLAND: Essex ; Colchester, 1g, 12 (Harwood) ; Frinton, 29, viii and ix. 1919 
(C. G. Nurse) ; Suffolk; Sudbury, 19, 1916 (P. Harwood); Kent; Halstow Pier 
(flying south over Thames estuary), 19, 25.ix.1949 (J. F. Burton). (B.M.Coll.) 
39 ex Eucymatoge subnotata, 18.viii.1879 (previously det. as pedatorius (F.)) (G. C. 
Bignell Coll.). 


Platylabus obator Desvignes, 1856* 


This is a distinct species, recognizable from pedatorius (F.) by the black stigma 
and more strongly raised epicnemia, and in the female by the conspicuously black 
apex to the hind femur. ENGLANp: Devon; Hereford; Herts; Surrey; Glos. ; 
Cornwall. 494, 792, v-vii. (B.M.Coll.) In 1941 and 1942 the male of this species 
was quite common flying around Galiwm molugo in the lanes around Newton Abbot. 


Platylabus rufiventris Wesmael, 1844.* 
ENGLAND: Devon; Dartmoor, I¢, 18. vili.1934 (R. C. L. Perkins). (B.M.Coll.) 


Platylabus concinnus Thomson, 1888 


ENGLAND: Devon; Braunton, 14, 5.vii.1930 (Wright) ; Cornworthy, 19 (7. A. 
Marshall) ; Essex ; Colchester, 14, 1909 (Harwood) ; Suffolk ; 19, bred 4. viii. 1911 
(C. G. Nurse). Both the females were previously det. as dolorosus (Gravenhorst). 
(B.M.Coll.) Lichfield, 29, 1921, det. as Platylabus daemon by Schmiedeknecht. 
(Carr Coll.) Heinrich has placed this species in Asthenolabus, but in spite of its 
rather small thyridiae, I consider it better retained in Platylabus. 


Asthenolabus latiscapus Thomson, 1894 
ENGLAND: Devon and Suffolk ex Euphyia cuculata, 73,32. vi-vii. (B.M.Coll.) 


PHAEOGENINI 
Dicaelotus orbitalis Thomson, 1891 


ENGLAND: Suffolk; Assington, 19, 16.v.1g02 (C. Morley).  (B.M.Coll.) 
IRELAND : Co. Kildare ; Rye Water, 19, 8.vii.1945 (A. W. Stelfox). (Stelfox Coll.) 


Dicaelotus pudibundus (Wesmael, 1844)* 
ENGLAND: Bucks; Slough, 19, 9.vi.1937 (O. W. Richards). (B.M.Coll.) Isle 
of Wight; Ryde, 19, I1.viii.1902 and 19, 17.viii.1903 (det. previously as rufilim- 
batus (Gravenhorst)). (C. Morley Coll.) 


144 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


Dicaelotus pictus (Schiedeknecht, 1903). (comb. nov.) 
syn. Deloglyptus pictus Schmiedeknecht. 


ENGLAND : 1g, Desvignes Coll. (previously det. as Herpestomus arridens (Graven- 
horst)) ; Herts ; Boxmoor, 19, 11.v.1935 (R. B. and J. E. Benson). (B.M.Coll.) 


Dicaelotus punctiventris (Thomson, 1891). (comb. nov.) 
syn. Deloglyptus punctiventris Thomson. 
ENGLAND: Bucks; Burnham, in empty barn, 19, 21.vii.1g41 (O. W. Richards). — 
(B.M.Coll.) Suffolk; Barton Mills, 19, 5.vi.1916 (C. Morley) previously det. as 
Melanomicrus elliotti Morley. (C. Morley Coll.) 


Dicaelotus erythrostomus Wesmael, 1844 : 
ENGLAND: Hants; Sopley Common, on sand, 19, 16.vii.1949 (O. W. Richards) ; — 


IRELAND: Co. Galway; Bencorr, 2,000 ft., 12, 3.vii.1946 (R. A. Lever). (B.M. 
Coll.) 


Dicaelotus cameroni Bridgman, 1881 


This I regard as a distinct species. I have seen only the type from Britain and a 
single female from Germany (Ruthe Coll.). 


Dicaelotus rufoniger Berthoumieu, 1896 
syn. Dicaelotus pumilus var. rufoniger Berthoumieu. 


The majority of the material of this species that I have examined has been from 
Ireland. In the B.M.Coll. are specimens from Co. Wicklow, Co. Sligo, Co. Kildare 
and Co. Wexford (A. W. Stelfox), and a 2 from Herts ; St. Albans (TJ. A. Marshail). 
I have also examined 3¢ and 209 in the A. W. Stelfox Coll. 


Dicaelotus inflexus Thomson, 1891 
ENGLAND: 19 (Desvignes). (B.M.Coll.) IRELAND: 19. (Stelfox Coll.) 


Dicaelotus morosus Wesmael, 1855 
ENGLAND: Bucks; Kent. IRELAND: Co. Leitrim. 279. (B.M.Coll.) 


Eparces grandiceps Thomson, 1891* 


No locality, 12, 14.iv. 1900, det. as C. obprimator C.M., ix.1902. (C. Morley Coll.) 
This is probably the specimen recorded by Morley from Bramford Marshes, near 
Ipswich (Brit. Ichs. 1 : 281). 


Micrope macilenta (Wesmael, 1844) 


IRELAND: Co. Kildare; Skerries Bog, 19, 23.ix.1948 (A. W. Stelfox). (Stelfox — 
Coll.) I have followed Thomson’s interpretation of this genus and species. 


| 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 145 


Diadromus tenax Wesmael, 1844* 
ENGLAND: I, Desvignes Coll. (B.M.Coll.) 


Diadromus albinotatus (Gravenhorst, 1829) 


ENGLAND: Devon; Newton Abbot, 24, 3.viii.1g41 (J. F. Perkins) and 19, 
6.viii.1941 (R. C. L. Perkins). (B.M.Coll.) 


Phaeogenes curator (Thunberg, 1822) 


ENGLAND: 19, Desvignes Coll.; Monmouth; Trelleck Beacons, 19, 10.vi.1936 
(E. B. Britton and J. F. Perkins). (B.M.Coll.) 


Phaeogenes elongatus Thomson, 1891 


ENGLAND: Herts; Bricket Wood, 19, 17.vi.1936 (R. B. Benson). (B.M.Coll.) 
No locality, 1g, bred ex E. nigricostana (Bignell) ; Suffolk ; Monks Soham Garden, 
Ig, 14.viii.1917 ; 19, without data. All previously det. as Centererus opprimator 
(Gravenhorst). (C. Morley Coll.) 


ALOMYINI 
Alomya semiflava Stephens, 1835* 


A rather common species, appearing later in the year than debellator (F.) (see 
Perkins, 1952, Bull. ent. Res. 48 : 363). 


XI. DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF 
BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 

Below are given the descriptions of the species that I believe to be previously 
undescribed. Due to the lack of grouping of the many species that have already 
been described, it is very difficult indeed to be at all certain of this. When the 
opportunity arises for someone who has very extensive collections of the European 
species of this subfamily, to see all the types that are scattered throughout Europe, 
it is certain that many species that are now thought to be distinct will prove to be 
already described under other names. 


Ichneumon quartanus sp. nov. 


Similar to Ichneumon insidiosus Wesmael (of which I have examined the series 
of syntypes) in general facies and in the relatively short basal segments of the flagel- 
lum, but at once distinguished from that species in having a large, ivory, apical spot 
on tergite 5 of the gaster. 


9. Head distinctly narrowed behind the eyes; malar space long, longer than the post-anellus 
(malar space : breadth of base of mandible about 1-2: 1) ; mandible strongly narrowed to the 
apex, the lower tooth distinct ; inner orbits sub-parallel centrally ; antenna with 42-44 seg- 
ments; flagellum with the basal segments somewhat short (Fig. 6), conspicuously widened 
beyond the middle and strongly attenuate apically, beneath, at its widest, with the flattened 


146 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


ventral area of the segments a little broader than long; post-anellus length : breadth about 
1°5:1; frons, dorsally, coarsely rugose-punctate, with only indistinct microsculpture ; face 
rather coarsely punctate, irregularly striate beneath the antennal sockets and, in part, on the 
epistoma; clypeus rather coarsely, rather sparsely punctate with an apical row of closer 
punctures. 

Thorax similar in sculpture to insidiosus, but the pronotum, laterally, with coarser punctures ; 
propodeum with the area superomedia a little transverse; area petiolaris rugose-punctate, 
not divided from the more coarsely rugose areae internae; middle tarsus a little stout as in 
insidiosus (Fig. 7); hind femur (Fig. 8) a little thinner than in imsidiosus, length : breadth 
about 3:9: 1 (in imsidiosus about 3°6: 1); hind coxa closely punctate, with no scopa. 

Gaster with the central area of post-petiole with the striae rather close and rather regular ; 
tergite 2 with moderately broad thyridiae (breadth : distance between thyridiae about I : 1-25), 
rather closely punctate, in part striate between the gastrocoeli and centrally, tergite 3 basally 
with the punctures comparable with those at the apex of tergite 2, becoming sparser apically, 
but still clearly impressed. 


6 


8 


Fics. 6-8. Ichneumon quartanus, 9; fig. 6, Antennal segments 3 and 4; 
fig. 7, middle tarsus ; fig. 8, hind femur. 


Colour: head black, inner orbits sometimes yellow or red ; scape and pedicel black, segments 
3-8 of antenna red, 9-15/16 ivory, the following segments fuscous or black; thorax black, 
scutellum largely ivory; gaster with the tergites black, the post-petiole in part and tergites 
2-3 red (3 sometimes fuscous apically) ; tergites 4—7 with an apical ivory spot, that on 4 being 
narrower than the spot on 5; coxae and trochanters black, trochantelli red ; femora red with 
the hind femur broadly black dorsally and apically ; tibiae and tarsi red, the hind tibia narrowly 
infuscate apically and the apical hind tarsal segments infuscate; wings yellowish clouded, 
costal vein and stigma pale testaceous. 

Length: 12 mm. 

6. Unknown. 


Hototyre. 9. Hym. 3b 1821. ENGLAND: Westmorland; Langdale Pikes, 
20.vi.1937 (A. E. Wright). (B.M.Coll.) 

PARATYPE. 9. SCOTLAND: Inverness; Nethy Bridge, 1931 (P. Harwood). 
(B.M.Coll.) | 


Ichneumon caproni sp. nov. 


Closely related to Ichneumon nereni Thomson and to minutorius Desvignes (= 
captorius Thomson). (I have examined the type or syntypes of all these species.) 
It differs from both these species in having a thicker hind femur and in having the 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 147 


head less sharply and more convexly narrowed behind the eyes ; the post-petiole 
is less strongly striate as in event, but has no white spot at the apex of tergite 5 (in 
the seven examples seen), whereas in nevenz it is most usually present. 


9. Head convexly narrowed behind the eyes (Fig. 9) ; malar space long, but slightly shorter 
than the post-anellus; mandible strongly narrowed to the apex, the lower tooth distinct ; 
inner orbits sub-parallel centrally ; antenna with 32-34 segments, flagellum with the basal 
segments elongate, distinctly widened beyond the middle and attenuate apically ; post-anellus 
length : breadth about 2:1; ninth antennal segment about as long as broad; frons rugose- 
punctate above, with microsculpture; face punctate, striate-punctate beneath the antennal 
sockets, and with sparser, coarser punctures on the epistoma, clypeus basally with the punctures 
similar to those on the epistoma, at most with a few scattered punctures in the apical half. 


10 12 


Fics. 9-12. Head dorsally, hind femur laterally: figs. 9 and r1, Ichneumon caproni, 2; 
figs. 10 and 12, I. nereni, 9. 


Thorax similar in sculpture to nevent, though the punctures on the whole are a little smaller 
and closer ; propodeum with the area superomedia a little transverse, the area petiolaris not 
margined laterally, punctate or punctate-rugose, becoming rugose, narrowly, dorsad, but 
clearly differentiated from the more coarsely rugose areae internae ; front and middle tarsi a 
little broader than in neveni ; the hind femur a little incrassate, length : breadth about 3:5: 1 
(Fig. 11); hind coxa a little more finely and a little more closely punctured than in nereni, 
with no scopa. 

Gaster with the post-petiole rather finely striate; tergite 2 rather coarsely punctate, some- 
what striate between the gastrocoeli and centrally, the thyridiae rather narrow (breadth: 
distance between thyridiae about 1: 1-75) ; tergite 3 basally, similar in sculpture to the apical 
half of tergite 2, the punctures very shallow or erased apically. 

Colour: head black, inner orbits red, or yellow or at least with pale marks on the frontal 
orbits ; scape black, sometimes marked with red, pedicel fuscous ; antennal segments 3-8 red, 
_ sometimes marked with fuscous, segments 8/9—14/15 ivory, the following segments fuscous or 
black ; thorax black, the sub-alar callus sometimes marked red, scutellum for the greater part 
ivory; gaster with the tergites black, except the apex of the post-petiole marked with red ; 
tergites 2-3 red, sometimes marked with yellow, 6 and 7 with a large, ivory, apical spot; legs 


148 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


with the coxae and trochanters black, the trochantellus red; front and middle femora red, 
broadly marked with black; hind femur black narrowly red basally ; front and middle tibiae 
and tarsi testaceous, the apex of middle tibia and apical tarsal segments sometimes infuscate ; 
hind tibia testaceous, fuscous apically; hind tarsus fuscous or black, sometimes paler basally ; 
wings very weakly smoky, the costal vein pale testaceous, fuscous apically, the stigma 
testaceous. 

Length: 9-II mm. 

6. Unknown. 


HoLotyPe. 9. Hym. 3b 1822. ENGLAND: (Capron Coll.) (B.M.Coll.) 

PARATYPES. ENGLAND: 19 (Capron Coll., det. as gracilicornis by Capron) ; 
19, B.M. British Coll. (det. as ammonius in Desvignes’ catalogue). GERMANY : 19, 
Ant., 6.x (Buchecher) ; 12, Lag., 4. viii. 1865 (Buchecher). France: 19, Castellane, 
g.iv.1931(C. Morley). (B.M. Coll.) ENGLAND: 19, Capron Coll. (det. as gracilicornis 
by Capron). (C. Morley Coll.) 


Ichneumon aquilonius sp. nov. 


Related to vulneratorius Zetterstedt, walkert Wesmael and polyonomus Wesmael 
(this latter I regard as a subspecies of walkert, from the Alps). It differs from vul- 
nervatorius in having the clypeus remotely punctate in the apical half and the central — 
area of the post-petiole much more strongly, longitudinally striate ; from walker 
and polyonomus in having the hind coxa much more coarsely, though closely punctate 
beneath and with no trace of a scopa ; superficially it differs from all three in having 
an orange-coloured scutellum (though this may well vary). As with most of these 
northern species, the colour will probably show great variation. 


Q. Head strongly narrowed behind the eyes; malar space long, about 14 times as long as 
the breadth of base of mandible; mandible strongly narrowed to the apex, the lower tooth 
distinct ; inner orbits diverging a little ventrad; antenna with 33 segments; flagellum with 
the basal segments elongate, conspicuously widened beyond the middle and attenuate apically, 
at the widest with the flattened, ventral area of the segments slightly wider than long; post- 
anellus length: breadth = 1-7:1; flagellar segment 5/6 quadrate; frons, dorsally rugose- 
punctate and in part with microsculpture on the rugae and in the interspaces between the ~ 
punctures; face, for the most part, with clear punctures becoming rugose-punctate beneath the 
antennal sockets and in part centrally; clypeus with rather sparse punctures, very sparse in 
the apical half but with an apical row of more or less distinct, rather close punctures. 

Thorax similar in sculpture to vulneratorius ; propodeum with the area superomedia quadrate 
or a little transverse, more or less closed posteriorly, the area petiolaris not margined laterally, 
punctate dorsad, rugose ventrad and thus little differentiated in sculpture from the areae 
internae ; front and middle tarsi thin, as in vulnevatorius ; hind coxa closely punctate beneath 
tending to rugose-punctate before the apex, with no scopa; hind femur moderately thin as 
in vulneratorius. 

Gaster with the central area of the post-petiole coarsely, longitudinally striate; tergite 2 
with broad transverse thyridiae (breadth : distance between thyridiae about 1-8: 1); tergite 2 
closely punctate, in part striate between the gastrocoeli and centrally ; tergite 3 closely punctate 
basally, becoming more sparsely punctate apically. 

Colour: head black with the clypeus, epistoma and inner orbits red; scape red, fuscous 
basally ; pedicel fuscous; basal flagellar segments red or marked with fuscous, antennal seg- 
ments 8/9-13/14 ivory, beyond this black; pronotum black with the collar centrally, and 
the upper margin laterally, red; mesosternum and mesopleurum black with the sub-alar callus 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 149 


marked with red; mesoscutum red, more or less marked with fuscous anteriorly ; scutellum 
orange ; post-scutellum red; propodeum black ; gaster red, the 4th segment sometimes black, 
the following segments black ; legs red with the coxae and trochanters black (in part, slightly 
reddish in the type); femora sometimes conspicuously marked with black; apex of hind 
femur and apical tarsal segments sometimes marked with fuscous ; wings yellowish, the costal 
vein and stigma pale testaceous. 

Length: 8 mm. 

é. Unknown. 


HoLotyPe. 9. Hym. 3b 1823. ScorLanD: Perthshire ; Killin, 15-21.vi.1932 
(R. B. Benson). 

PARATYPE. 2. ENGLAND: Westmorland; Fairfield, c. 2,500 ft., 5.iv.1938 
(G. J. Kerrich). 


THYRATELES gen. nov. (Ichneumonini) 


Clypeus flat; the occiput somewhat impressed behind the ocelli; mandibles strongly 
narrowed to the apex ; pronotal collar rather narrow, the transverse groove deeply impressed ; 
scutellam strongly convex; propodeum with the basal groove distinct, the area basalis with 
no central tubercle, the area superomedia more or less quadrangular, no dentiparal spines ; 
post-petiole with the central area longitudinally striate or rugose-striate, and not conspicuously 


I3 


Fic. 13. Thyrateles camelinus, 9: 2nd tergite. 


Taised at the line of the spiracles; gastrocoeli deep and broad, thyridiae distinct (Fig. 13) ; 
_ claws impectinate. 
? with the hypopygium as in Amblyieles ; the flagellum strongly elongate. 


Type species Amblyteles camelinus Wesmael. 
This genus belongs to that group represented in the Holarctic region by Patroclus, 
Cienamblyteles (syn. Pseudamblyteles) and Hybophorellus. All these genera have 


150 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


females in which the hypopygium is like Amblyteles, but which have conspicuous and 
often large thyridiae. A few species in Amblyteles have small thyridiae, but Cteni- 
chneumon, with which certain of the above genera have previously been confused 
in Europe, has the thyridiae completely absent. Both Patroclus (to which the 
European Ctenichneumon sputator (F.) belongs) and Ctenamblyteles have the claws 
pectinate at least towards the base (this pecten is not to be confused with the row 
of oblique, contiguous, basal teeth). Hybophorellus has shallow gastrocoeli, a 
strongly convex clypeus and dentiparal spines. Amongst the material in the 
British Museum I have noted no species outside this area which would be referable 
to this group. Descriptions most usually fail to mention the presence or absence 
of thyridiae which seem important in this section of the _Ichneumoninae. 


Spilichneumon celenae sp. nov. 


This species belongs to the section of Spilichneumon having, in the female, robust 
mandibles with the lower tooth small and much shorter than the enlarged upper 
tooth, the hypostomal carina conspicuously raised and the front and middle tibiae — 
coarsely spinulose. 


ALS 29 


Fics. 14-17. Antennal segments 2 and 3: fig. 14, Spilichnewmon celenae, 9; fig. 15, | 
S. simplicidens, 9. Mandible, fig. 16, and head dorsally, fig. 17, S. celenae, 9. 


. 
9. Head with the temples distinctly narrowing behind the eyes (Fig. 17); malar space a | 
little shorter than the breadth of base of mandible ; mandible with the sides of the shaft sub- — 
parallel, only very weakly expanded beyond the middle, the upper tooth larger than the lower © 
(Fig. 16); antenna very little widened beyond the middle, strongly attenuate apically, with © 
36 segments, the post-anellus short, length : breadth about 1-2: 1 (Fig. 14), the 4th antennal — 
segment sub-quadrate ; frons dorsally, coarsely punctate and weakly coriaceous ; face rather — 
coarsely punctate, somewhat striate dorsad and with the punctures becoming finer and sparser . 
towards the malar space ; clypeus (which is relatively a little smaller than in stagnicola) rather 
coarsely punctate, the punctures more sparse centrally, towards the apex. 
Thorax: sculpture similar to that of stagnicola; pronotal collar short ; propodeum with the 
strongly elongate area superomedia open behind, the lateral carinae erased posteriorly and the 
area petiolaris divided from the areae internae; front and middle tarsis a little expanded 
(mid tarsus with segment 2 about twice as long as broad), hind femur thickened (length : breadth | 
about 3:2: 1). 
Gaster with the post-petiole finely striate ; tergite 2 with small and very shallow gastrocoeli, | 
thyridiae absent, rather finely, rather sparsely punctate, the punctures sparser apically, only — 
striate at the extreme base ; 3rd tergite basally similar in puncturation to the apex of the 2nd, . 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 151 


apically with the punctures becoming very fine and very sparse; 4th tergite basally similar 
in puncturation to the apex of the 3rd, apically, together with the remaining segments with only 
very fine punctures ; sternites 2 and 3 with a ventral fold. 

Colour: head black, sometimes with the inner and vertical orbits more or less red-marked ; 
antenna black or fuscous, with segments 8-13 ivory or marked with ivory; thorax black, 
pronotal collar sometimes red-marked centrally, scutellum for the greater part ivory ; legs with 
the coxae black, trochanters black, narrowly yellow apically ; front and middle trochantelli 
black or piceous, femora red, black basally, tibiae and tarsi testaceous, the apex of the tarsi 
somewhat infuscate; hind trochantellus red, fuscous dorsally, femur black, reddish apically 
and at extreme base, tibia pale testaceous, fuscous apically, tarsus testaceous with the apices 
of the segments infuscate ; gaster black with tergites 2 and 3 red, 4 basally, laterally, sometimes 
red ; tergites 6 and 7 with a large, ivory apical spot ; wings with the costal vein pale testaceous, 

fuscous apically, stigma pale testaceous. 
| 6. Head with the temples distinctly narrowing behind the eyes; malar space about half as 
long as the breadth of base of mandible ; mandible with the sides of the shaft narrowing distally ; 
antenna with tyloidae on segments 5/6-17/19, that on 5 when present being weak; frons 
rugose-punctate above; face coarsely punctate, striate in part below the antennal sockets ; 
_clypeus coarsely punctate, weakly rounded apically; thorax more coarsely and closely 

punctured than in the female; propodeum with the area superomedia elongate and closed 
posteriorly, the lateral carinae complete, the area petiolaris divided by strong carinae from the 
areae internae ; hind femur, length : breadth about 3:7: 1. 

Gaster with the post-petiole more coarsely and irregularly striate than in the 9; tergite 2 
with the gastrocoeli ill-differentiated and shallow, thyridiae absent, rather closely punctured, 
striate between the gastrocoeli and extending more or less to the apex of the segment ; tergite 

3 sub-quadrate, a little more finely and less closely punctate than tergite 2, centrally, basally 
_ striate-rugose ; sternites 2 and 3 with a median fold; hypopygium with a sub-acute, central, 
apical projection. 

Colour: head black; face yellow, black centrally, varying to black with the orbits yellow ; 
clypeus yellow sometimes marked with black; scape marked with yellow beneath; thorax 
_ black, collar sometimes red centrally, scutellum marked with yellow, tegula pale testaceous ; 
coxae black, trochanters black, narrowly yellow apically; trochantelli testaceous, fuscous 
dorsally ; front and middle femora red, broadly marked with black; front and middle tibiae 
and tarsi testaceous, the tarsi in part infuscate ; hind femur black, narrowly red basally and 
apically ; hind tibia pale testaceous, fuscous apically ; hind tarsus fuscous, testaceous basally ; 
gaster black ; extreme apex of post-petiole, and tergites 2 and 3 testaceous ; tergite 4 testaceous 
laterally, basally ; wings with costal vein pale testaceous, infuscate apically, the stigma pale 
testaceous. 

Length: ¢ 12 mm., 9 1z mm. 


HoLotyPe. 92. Hym. 3b 1824. IRELAND: ex Celena haworthii, 1884 (W. V. de 
F. Kane). (B.M.Coll.) 

ALLOTYPE. §. IRELAND: Co. Wicklow; Tonlagee Mt., 1-2,000 ft., 22. viii. 1937 
(A. W. and G. M. Stelfox). (B.M.Coll.) 

PARATYPES. SCOTLAND: 19, Sutherland; R. Traligal, Glen Dubh, 19.vi.1948 
(J. Balfour-Browne). IRELAND: Ig,samedataasallotype. (B.M.Coll.) SwEpEn: 
12. (Thomson Coll., Lund University Museum). 

This species is closely related to simplicidens (Thomson) and agrees with it in the 
form of the mandible, but simplicidens differs in having the basal flagellar segments 
_ More elongate (post-anellus length : breadth about 1-6:1, 4th antennal segment 
about I:3:1), the hypostomal carina a little less raised, the post-petiole more coarsely 
striate, tergite 3 in greater part fuscous and the legs much more broadly infuscate. 


ENTOM, III, 4. 12 


152 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


The males from Skane, Ringsjén, which Thomson had associated with the single — 
female type of simplicidens I believe to belong to celenae. 


Amblyteles (Triptognathus) propinquus sp. nov. 


Much confusion has existed in Britain between Amblyteles wniguttatus (Gravenhorst) © 
and conspurcatus (Gravenhorst) and Ctenichneumon panzeri (Wesmael). I have now, © 
however, seen material from England which does belong to the uniguttatus group of — 
species with the mandible unidentate, but which appears to be distinct from described | 
species. It may be a subspecies, but this has yet been impossible to determine. I 


{ 
| 
. 
| 
. 
| 


el 


19 


21 


Fics. 18-21. Propodeum: fig. 18, Amblyteles conspurcatus, 3; fig. 19, A. propinquus, 3; 
fig. 20, A. unigutiatus, $. Apex of penis valve, fig. 21, A. propinquus. 


Ee 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 153 


have also seen material of the same form in the Wesmael collection, from the dunes 
near Ostend. Only the male is known to me. 


6. More robust than uniguttatus, less robust than conspurcatus. Similar to uniguttatus, but 
with the vertex deeply and more sharply impressed behind the ocelli; mesoscutum at least in 
part a little less closely punctate, the propodeum deeply excised before the dentiparal spines 
(Fig. 19) (the excision a little less abrupt than in conspurcatus) ; mesopleurum with the speculum 
clearly punctate (as in uniguttatus) ; thyridiae distinct but small, in breadth subequal to the 
length of the 4th middle tarsal segment (in unigutiatus broader than this; in conspurcatus 
the thyridiae absent). 

Colour: black; clypeus sometimes with an ivory spot on each side; pronotum with the 
collar centrally and the mark in the hind angles ivory ; sub-alar callus and scutellum in greater 
part ivory; gaster with tergites 2-4 testaceous, 4 marked with fuscous; apical tergites and 
genital claspers not marked with ivory; sternites 2-3 and in part 4, testaceous; front and 
middle femora red, yellow apically and sometimes dorsally, often marked with black posteriorly 
and beneath, the tibiae and tarsi pale testaceous, the tarsi in part infuscate ; hind coxa some- 
times with an ivory, dorsal mark, hind femur red, varying to black but most usually retaining 
a yellow dorsal stripe (in the darkest specimen seen the femur is black with a reddish dorsal 
stripe), hind tibia testaceous, narrowly infuscate apically, in dark specimens with the fuscous 
markings more extensive, hind tarsus fuscous, usually pale at the base; wings weakly smoky, 
darker apically, with the costal vein fuscous becoming testaceous in basal }, stigma testaceous, 
margined with fuscous. 

Penis valves similar to those of uniguttatus and conspurcatus (Fig. 21). 

Length: 16-18 mm. 


HoLotyPe. ¢g. Hym. 3b 1825. EncGranp: Cambs; Croydon, 17.vi.1945 
(C. E. Tottenham). (B.M.Coll.) 

PARATYPES. ENGLAND: Cambs; 54, Croydon, 17—23.vi.1945. (C. E. Totten- 
ham). Suffolk; Sudbury, Gull Lane, 17.vii.1922 (P. Harwood). (B.M.Coll.) 


Platylabus stolidus sp. nov. 


This species belongs to the group of pedatorius (F.), having the strongly expanded 
hypostomal carina ; it differs from the other species of the group that are known 
to me in having the temples relatively strongly enlarged. 


9. Head with the temples large, sub-parallel directly behind the eyes (Fig. 22) ; frons dorsad 
distinctly punctate ; face coarsely punctate, the punctures becoming finer towards the orbits 
and sub-rugose on the epistoma, the inter-antennal tubercle weak ; clypeus closely punctate 
basally, more sparsely punctate in apical third, little convex (conspicuously flatter than in 
pedatorius) ; antenna very little widened before the apex, 39 segments, similar to that of 
pedatorius ; hypostomal carina broad. 

Thorax with the sculpture similar to that of pedatorius; the epicnemia not strongly raised ; 
notauli vaguely impressed anteriorly ; dentiparal area with no apical tooth; the area supero- 
media a little transverse ; area petiolaris clearly differentiated by lateral carinae, trans-striate- 
Tugose ; hind femur rather stout, length: breadth about 3:2: 1 (of pedatorius about 3-7: I) ; 
hind tarsus with segment 1 a little longer than segments 2 + 3 + 4. 

Gaster with segment 1 similar in form and sculpture to that of pedatorius ; tergite 2 with the 
distance between the thyridiae a little greater than in pedatorius (thyridiae : distance between 
thyridiae about 1-5 : 1) and a little more oblique than in that species, punctate or rugose between 
the gastrocoeli and behind the thyridiae, otherwise with clear punctures which become shallow 


154 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


and ill-defined towards the hind margin, covered in coriaceous sculpture as are the following 
segments ; tergite 3 with clear, shallow punctures basally, fading out in the apical third. 
Colour: black; malar space apically ivory ; frontal orbits marked with yellow, outer orbits 
sometimes marked with yellow centrally ; antenna with segments 10/11-14/15 with an ivory 
dorsal stripe, scape with a small, yellow, basal spot beneath; mandibles red towards apex ; 
tegulae sometimes marked with pale testaceous ; gaster with the apices of the tergites piceous, 
tergite 2 piceous basally; trochantelli narrowly red apically sometimes in part with piceous 
markings, that of the front leg pale, sometimes testaceous beneath ; front and middle femora 
and tibiae red, their tarsi fuscous, in part testaceous ; hind femur red, distinctly though rather 


22 


Fic. 22. Platylabus stolidus, 9: head dorsally. 


narrowly black apically, hind tibia black, usually red in basal third, hind tarsus black, the seg- 
ments reddish basally and segments 1 and 2 with a small red apical spot ; wings with the costal 
vein pale testaceous, fuscous apically and the stigma black. 

Length : g-1I mm. 

6. Unknown. 


HoLotyPe. 9. Hym. 3b 1826. ENGLAND: Essex; Colchester (Harwood). 
(B.M.Coll.) 

PARATYPES. BELGIUM: 19, Steinbach, 18.viii.1875; 19, Francorchamps, 
3. vill. 1899 (Severin). (Coll. Tosquinet, Brussels Museum). 

Differs from pedatorius in the broader temples, the black stigma, the black apex to 
the incrassate femur, the flatter clypeus. 


Platylabus odiosus sp. nov. 
This species belongs to the pedatorius (F.) group. 


Q. Head with temples strongly narrowed behind the eyes, a little convex; frons, above, 
coriaceous, with shallow, ill-defined punctures and striae; face strongly punctate becoming 
rugose-punctate on the epistoma ; the inter-antennal tubercle weak ; clypeus strongly punctate 
basally, very sparsely punctate in apical third, convex; antenna hardly widened before the 
apex, with 39-40 segments ; hypostomal carina broad. 

Thorax with the puncturation similar to pedatorius, but with distinct microsculpture between 
the punctures on the lateral lobe ; the epicnemia not distinctly raised, notauli vaguely impressed 
anteriorly ; dentiparal area with no apical tooth; area superomedia less transverse than in 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 155 


pedatorius ; area petiolaris clearly differentiated by lateral carinae, striate-rugose ; hind femur 
with length : breadth about 38:1; hind tarsus a little thinner than in pedatorius, and with 
segment 1 subequal to segments 2 + 3 + 4 (Fig. 24). 

Gaster a little narrower than in pedatorius, the 1st segment similar in form to pedatorius ; 
tergite 2 with thyridiae : distance between thyridiae about 2:1 (cf. Fig. 26), rugose between 
the gastrocoeli, otherwise punctate, the punctures becoming very feeble apically, mostly 
coriaceous, as are the following segments ; tergite 3 with clear, shallow punctures in basal half. 

Colour: black ; apex of malar space ivory, frontal orbits and usually external orbits centrally, 
yellow ; antenna with segments 11/12-14/15 with an ivory dorsal stripe, the scape sometimes 


) SETAE TE OS woe: 


i Se ee 


PS | 
25 


Fics. 23-26. Hind tarsal segments 1-4: fig. 23, Platylabus pedatorius, 9; fig. 24, 
P. odiosus, 9. Tergite 2: fig. 25, P. pedatorius, $; fig. 26, P. odiosus, g. 


yellowish basally, beneath ; mandibles red towards apex ; scutellum towards apex and usually 
post-scutellum, marked with yellow; tegula usually marked with yellow ; gaster with the tergites 
somewhat piceous apically, tergite 2 also piceous basally ; sternites in part somewhat piceous 
marked ; trochanters very narrowly reddish apically ; front and middle trochantelli, femora, 
tibiae and tarsi red, the tarsi in part somewhat infuscate; hind trochantellus in part red, 
femur red, rarely with an extremely narrow fuscous mark apically, tibia black, red in basal 
third, tarsus black, with the bases of the segments usually more or less reddish and segments 
I and 2 with a small, dorsal, apical, red spot ; wings with the costal vein pale testaceous, fuscous 
apically, stigma black. 

6. Similar to the 2 but more slender, the punctures of the abdomen deeper and more distinct, 
the 1st segment of hind tarsus shorter than segments 2 + 3 + 4; the face and clypeus marked 


156 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


with yellow, the antenna with no white stripe above, the scape broadly yellow beneath, the 


femur narrowly fuscous apically. 
Length: ¢ 10 mm., 9 8-10 mm. 


HoLotyPeE. 9. Hym. 3b 1827. ENGLAND: Devon ; Newton Abbot, 8.x. 1941 


(R. C. L. Perkins). (B.M.Coll.) 


ALLOTYPE. ¢. Britisu Istes (T. A. Marshall). (B.M.Coll.) 

PARATYPES. ENGLAND: 49, Cornwall; Botusfleming (T. A. Marshall) ; 19 
(Cameron) ; 12 (Capron). GERMANY: 29, Apfl., 14. viii. (Buchecher). (B.M.Coll.) 

This species has the interspaces between the punctures on the mesoscutum less 
strongly coriaceous than in the opaculus Thomson group, and also has the hypo- 
stomal carina strongly raised as in pedatorius. It differs from pedatorius in the 
sculpture of the mesoscutum, the black stigma and the different proportions of the 
hind tarsus (in pedatorius 9, tarsus I is distinctly longer than 2 + 3 + 4). 


Cyclolabus dubiosus sp. nov. 

The species related to pactor (Wesmael) are most obscure, and it is possible that 
more than two species (pactor and dubiosus) occur in the British Isles. In dealing 
with our species I have felt it necessary, however, to distinguish this species from 
pactor. I give the differences in the form of a table. I have examined the syntypes 


of pactor in the Wesmael collection. 


pactor (Wesmael). 
9g. Thyridiae very broad ; breadth of 
thyridia: distance between  thyridiae 
about 1-9: 1 (Fig. 28). 
Scutellum at most with the lateral keels 
present basally. 


Area superomedia usually receiving the 
costula behind, or at the middle. 

Q. Lateral lobes of the mesonotum, 
centrally, polished between the punctures. 

6. Mesopleurum more sparsely punc- 
tate. 


edie. 


27 


dubtosus sp. nov. 

Thyridiae narrower; breadth of thy- 
ridia : distance between thyridiae about 
1°5:1 (Fig. 27). 

Scutellum with the lateral keels ex- 
tending to the middle, where they are 
inwardly curved. 

Area superomedia receiving the costula 
before the middle. 

Lateral lobes of the mesonotum with 
surface sculpture between the punctures. 

Mesopleurum in part sub-rugosely punc- 
tate. 


28 


Fics. 27, 28. Tergite 2: fig. 27, Cyclolabus dubiosus, 9; fig. 28, C. pactor, 9. 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 157 


_ Hototype. 9. Hym. 3b 1828. EncGitanp: Essex; Colchester, 1902 (Har- 
wood). (B.M.Coll.) 

ALLOTYPE. ¢. ENGLAND: Essex; Colchester, 1903 (Harwood). (B.M.Coll.) 

PARATYPES. ENGLAND: Glos. ; 4g, Staunton, 4-11.vi.1936 (E. B. Britton and 
J. F. Perkins). Essex ; Colchester, 2g (one ex Eucymatoge subnotata) (Harwood). 
Surrey ; 19, Claygate (G. C. Champion). Berks; Ascot, 1f' ex Eupithecia goossen- 
stata, x.1934 (E. A. Cockayne). W. Suffolk; 19, bred 18.viii.rg1z (C. G. Nurse). 
Somerset ; Crowcombe, 19, ex Eupithecia expallidata, 9.vi.1949 (E. C. P. C.). 

I have seen material of pactor bred from Eupithecia insigniata and Eupithecra 
arceuthata. 


Herpestomus wesmaeli sp. nov. 


Related to nasutus Wesmael, but with the head and thorax conspicuously dorso- 
ventrally flattened, thus approaching the form found in Eviplatys ardeicollis (Wes- 
mael), but less depressed than in that genus, and without the intumescent first 
segment of the gaster. 


Fic. 29. Herpestomus wesmaeli, 9: head and thorax laterally. 


9. Head with the temples rather short but strongly convex, the vertex broadly and rather 
deeply excised, and with the plane of the face almost at right angles to that of the frons, which 
is not intumescent, and with very small antennal scrobes ; malar space about 0-8 times breadth 
of base of mandible; mandible with the lower tooth small and well removed from the apex 
of the upper tooth; genal carina meeting the hypostomal carina at a distance from the base 
of the mandible which is less than the malar space ; frons closely punctate, tending to striate- 
punctate, particularly ventrad; vertex finely punctate, becoming more finely and more 
remotely punctate on the temples; face closely punctate, becoming more finely and more 
closely punctate on the malar space and with the epistoma convex, sub-quadrate ; clypeus 
with coarser punctures than the face, convex, and with a narrow flattened anterior margin ; 
antenna with 24-26 segments, similar in general form to that of nasutus. 

Thorax distinctly dorso-ventrally flattened (Fig. 29); pronotal groove rather shallow, the 
collar, centrally, broader than in wasutus and with the anterior margin centrally not reflexed, 
laterally with the furrow transcostate, the hind margin transcostate, punctate dorsad and in 
the hind angle ; mesoscutum with very weak short notauli, clearly punctate, polished between 
the punctures except on the middle lobe anteriorly ; scutellum more finely punctured than the 
mesoscutum centrally, flattened ; mesopleurum punctate, somewhat striate posteriorly, ventrad, 
the speculum more finely punctate; sternaulus rather shallow, transcostate, extending to 
about the middle ; mesosternum elongate, a little more finely punctate than the mesopleurum, 
viewed laterally with the lateral margin almost straight from the epicnemia to the hind margin, 


158 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


the prepectus short ; propodeum dorsally flattened with the broad area petiolaris subequal in 
length to the large, almost pentagonal area superomedia, the area basalis obsolete or absent, 
the costula short, strong, the area externa narrow, the area spiracularis slightly widening at the 
costula ; metapleurum punctate with the clearly defined area coxalis rugose ; hind coxa weakly, 
obliquely transcostate in the dorsal furrow, finely and closely punctate beneath, the punctures 
becoming a little coarser and a little sparser apically ; front wing with the 2nd intercubital 
unpigmented ; hind wing with the nervellus antefurcal. 

Gaster with 1st segment rather short, similar to that of nasutus, with distinct, somewhat 
coarse punctures extending almost from the base nearly to the apex and sometimes, in part, 
somewhat striate; tergite 2 with rather broad thyridiae, breadth of a thyridiae : distance 
between thyridiae about 1-5: 1, gastrocoeli rather short, rugose, the segment otherwise clearly 
punctate, the punctures obsolete apically, in far the greater part with no microsculpture between 
the punctures ; tergite 3 with the punctures similar in size to those of tergite 2, obsolete apically ; 
tergite 4 a little more finely and less deeply punctate, the punctures obsolete in apical half. 

Colour: black; usually with the epistoma yellow-marked dorsally, and the face with a 
yellow spot between the antennal sockets, and the orbit, epistoma, clypeus and apex of malar 
space often piceous or reddish; mandible in part reddish; antenna with the scape, in part, 
reddish beneath, basal flagellar segments sometimes in part piceous beneath; pronotal collar, 
centrally, sometimes yellow or red marked ; tegula yellow marked posteriorly ; coxae black, 
trochanters narrowly yellowish apically, trochantelli reddish, in part yellowish, rest of the legs 
reddish, marked with fuscous, the hind legs more extensively fuscous than the front ones, 
varying to the legs almost completely infuscate ; tergites 2-4 piceous, darker centrally, varying 
to almost completely black with only the apices of the segments red. 

$. Similar to the 2 but narrower; antenna with 23-24 segments, without tyloidae ; scape 
and pedicel marked with yellow beneath, face and clypeus yellow, mandibles in greater part 
yellow ; pronotal collar often marked with yellow centrally ; hind angle of pronotum usually 
marked with yellow ; sub-alar callus usually marked with yellow; tegula yellow; front and 
middle coxae and trochanters conspicuously marked with yellow, otherwise the legs similarly 
coloured to 2; tergites black with the apices of the segments (except 1) narrowly yellow. 

Length: ¢ 4 mm., 2 4-5 mm. 


> ere 


et a nee 


ones Sao mas 


ee a 


HoLotyPE. ¢. Hym. 3b 1829. EncLtanp: Bucks; Brickhill, 8.vii.1938 


(R. B. Benson). (B.M.Coll.) 

ALLOTYPE. 4. Same data as type. (B.M.Coll.) 

PARATYPES. 2¢ 19, same data as type (B.M.Coll.) Suffolk; 19, Barton 
Mills, fir, 5.vi.1916 (C. Morley). (C. Morley Coll.) IRELAND: Co. Kildare; 
19 (A. W. Stelfox). (A. W. Stelfox Coll.) 


Dicaelotus fitchi sp. nov. 


This species belongs to the pumilus (Gravenhorst) group (Group A, Thomson, 
1891, Opusc. Ent. 15: 1618). 


9. Head with the temples sub-parallel directly behind the eyes, strongly convex; malar 
space very short, the length about one-third of the breadth of base of mandible (Fig. 30), the 
genal carina almost straight, meeting the hypostomal carina at a distance from the base of the 
mandible about equal to half the breadth of base of mandible; frons, dorsad, with the clear 
punctures in the main twice as far from each other as the diameter of the punctures, the vertex 
and temples with finer punctures, the frons, ventrad, trans-striate; face with the epistoma 
very short and transverse and strongly convex, divided from the clypeus by a distinct epistomal 
groove ; face striate-punctate beside the sparsely punctate epistoma, and becoming sparsely 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 159 


punctate towards the orbits ; clypeus broad, a little convex, very weakly, broadly projecting 
centrally apically, basally with rather coarse, sparse punctures ; antenna with 25-26 segments ; 
basal segments of flagellum very short, post-anellus sub-quadrate, segment 2 a little elongate, 
3 sub-quadrate. 

Thorax: pronotum centrally with only a faint indication of the transverse groove, laterally 
with the furrow trans-striate (as is the posterior margin in greater part), dorsad punctate, the 
collar punctate; mesoscutum with the notauli present anteriorly, clearly punctate, polished 
between the punctures except on the central lobe anteriorly ; scutellum more finely, more 
closely punctate, usually with lateral carinae extending to the middle, the scutellar fovea trans- 
striate ; mesopleurum coarsely punctate, striate-punctate posteriorly, ventrad, the speculum 
only punctate dorsad ; sternauli extending to about two-thirds, straight, coarsely trans-striate ; 
mesosternum much more finely and sparsely punctate, the posterior carina broadly interrupted 
in front of the middle coxae; propodeum similar to that of pumilus; hind coxa punctate, 
striate beneath on the inner margin, outwardly more sparsely punctate apically. 

Gaster with post-petiole punctate laterally, sometimes with scattered punctures centrally, 
apically, but still with a distinct, unpunctured, central area; tergite 2 (with no gastrocoeli or 
thyridiae) punctate basally (punctate-striate laterally), the punctures becoming weaker and 
sparser posteriorly ; tergite 3 with the punctures, basally, similar to those in the middle of tergite 


Fic. 30. Dicaelotus fitchi, 9: head from in front. 


2, becoming obsolete apically ; tergite 4 with indistinct punctures in basal two-thirds; hind 
wing with the nervellus antefurcal. 

Colour: black; clypeus red apically ; mandible pale testaceous ; antenna with scape red- 
marked beneath and basal flagellar segments marked with red; pronotum usually with the 
collar red-marked centrally, hind angles usually red-marked ; legs red, the coxae sometimes 
infuscate basally, and the hind coxa sometimes entirely black; femora and tibiae sometimes 
fuscous marked ; hind tarsus sometimes weakly infuscate ; gaster with tergite 1 red laterally 
and apically ; tergites 2 and 3 red with a pair of central, fuscous spots; tergite 4 red at the 
base varying to the tergites all black with only the apices of the segments narrowly red or 

piceous. 

6. In general similar to the 9, but the face longer with the epistoma less transverse, the 
_ malar space even shorter (conspicuously shorter than in pumilus), the hypostomal carina arcuately 
inflexed, but less strongly so than in pumilus ; the punctures generally coarser and closer than 
in the 9, gaster with the post-petiole evenly punctate, tergite 4 clearly punctate almost to apex ; 
antenna with 29 segments, tyloidae on segments 9-16 (those on 15 and 16 small in the single 
specimen seen). 

Colour similar to the 2, but with the scape yellow beneath, the clypeus entirely yellow, the 
mandible in greater part yellow (facial orbits with an indication of a yellow mark), pronotum 
with the collar centrally, and the hind angles marked with yellow, tegula yellow; front and 
middle coxae and all the trochanters marked with yellow. 

Length: ¢6mm., 92 5-6 mm. 


160 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


HoLotyPr. 9. Hym. 3b 1830. British Isles: ex Depressaria apiella (Dr. 
F. B. White). (Fitch Coll.) This is a specimen with the abdomen little marked 
with red. 

ALLOTYPE. <¢. BritisH IstEs (Marshall). (Fitch Coll.) 

PARATYPES. 29, same data as Allotype. (Fitch Coll.) ENGLAND: Suffolk; 19, 
Ipswich District, 9. vi.1897 (C. Morley). (B.M.Coll.) 

I have also examined 3 females which may represent a distinct species, differing 
from the darkest of the above in having the tibiae fuscous, ivory basally. I have, 
however been unable to discover any other reliable differences. Two are from 
IRELAND : Co. Dublin; The Slade of Saggart, 8.vii.1936 (A. W. Stelfox) (A. W. 
Stelfox Coll.), and the third from GERMANY (Ruthe) (B.M.Coll.). This latter 
specimen is very small, being about 3:5 mm. long. 

D. fitchi is superficially most similar to inflexus Thomson, but differs in the 
shorter malar space, and the 4th antennal segment being relatively a little shorter. 


Dicaelotus suspectus sp. nov. 


This species, also, belongs to the pumilus (Gravenhorst) group. 


9. Head with the temples sub-parallel directly behind the eyes, strongly convex; malar 
space moderate, about o-6 times the breadth of base of mandible, the genal carina conspicuously 
incurved ; frons coarsely punctate, the scrobes polished, vertex and temples with finer punctures, 
which are sparser except behind the posterior ocelli; face with the epistoma short, transverse 


Fic. 31. Dicaelotus suspectus, 9: mesopleurum. 


and strongly convex, divided from the clypeus by a strong epistomal groove; epistoma only 
punctate laterally, the face beside this striate-punctate, the punctures becoming very sparse 
towards the orbits; clypeus weakly rounded apically, a little convex, sparsely punctate 
basally ; antenna with 25 segments, the post-anellus sub-equal to the following segment and 
sub-quadrate, the sub-apical segments conspicuously transverse. 

Thorax: pronotum centrally with a weak, transverse groove, laterally with the furrow 
trans-striate, as in the posterior margin in greater part, punctate dorsad ; mesoscutum with the 
notauli very short but rather deep, clearly, rather sparsely punctate, polished between the 
punctures except on the median lobe anteriorly ; scutellum much more finely and more closely 


——_— - 


a a ee 


ee ee ee 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 161 


punctate, carinate laterally to about the middle; mesopleurum coarsely punctate anteriorly, 
punctate-striate posteriorly, ventrad, the speculum finely, sparsely punctate ; sternaulus rather 
broad, coarsely trans-striate, extending to about two-thirds the length of mesopleurum, and 
with a coarsely trans-striate mesopleural furrow joining it, and extending forward to the epic- 
nemia (Fig. 31) ; mesosternum more finely and sparsely punctate, the posterior carina at most 
very narrowly interrupted at the lateral angle ; propodeum similar to that of pumilus, but the 
sculpture weaker ; hind coxa punctate, the puncture sparser apically. 

Gaster with the post-petiole sparsely punctate, usually punctate-striate laterally, apically ; 
tergites 2 and 3 with clear punctures, becoming obsolete apically ; the following tergites rather 
sparsely pubescent ; hind wing with the nervellus antefurcal. 

Colour: black; clypeus red, usually infuscate basally ; mandible with the shaft pale red ; 
antenna with the scape red, infuscate dorsally, pedicel and base of flagellum testaceous or 
marked with testaceous ; tegulae pale testaceous ; pronotal collar centrally sometimes marked 
with pale testaceous ; legs red, marked with pale testaceous, hind coxa infuscate at least basally, 
hind femur usually infuscate at least apically, hind tibia sometimes marked with fuscous apically, 
apical mid and hind tarsal segments usually infuscate. 

Length: 4-5 mm. 

6. Unknown. 


HototyPe. 9. Hym.3b 1831. ENGLAND: Suffolk; Bentley Woods, 16. vi. 1902 
(C. Morley). (B.M.Coll.) 

PARATYPES. ENGLAND: I (Capron). (Morley Coll.) Surrey; 19, Bagshot 
Heath, 20. vili.1934 (O. W. Richards). (B.M.Coll.) SweEpDEN: Skane; 19, Léderup, 
22.vii.1938 (J. F. and D. M. S. Perkins). (B.M.Coll.) 

This species is of considerable interest, as not only does it possess a well-developed 
sternaulus, but also an oblique furrow running between this and the epicnemia, as 
is found in certain Hemiteles (s.1.). In many Porizonini it appears that the anterior 
part of the sternaulus is missing, and thus only a “‘ mesopleural furrow ”’ is present, 
such as is found in many Braconidae. This character, together with the very 
narrowly interrupted posterior carina of the mesosternum, allows this species to 
be readily distinguished from all others within the pumilus group. 


Epitomus proximus sp. nov. 


This species is very closely related to Epitomus parvus Thomson and therefore I 
give the description in the form of a comparative table with that species. 


proximus 


9g. Genal sulcus very weakly impressed. 

Gena with coriaceous sculpture behind 
the genal sulcus. 

Face with rather even coriaceous sculp- 
ture laterally. : 
_ Head more shallowly impressed along the 
outer margin of the eye. 

6. Lower frontal orbits sometimes con- 
‘Spicuously marked with yellow. 


17g, 189, England, Ireland, Sweden. 


parvus 


Genal sulcus distinctly impressed. 
Gena polished behind the genal sulcus. 


Face with a polished area above the 
clypeus towards the genal sulcus. 

Head deeply impressed along the outer 
margin of the eye. 

Lower frontal orbits not marked with 
yellow. 


30g, 732, England, Ireland, Ger- 
many, Sweden. 


162 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


HoLotyPe. 9. Hym. 3b 1832. ENnGLanp: Glos; Forest of Dean, High 
Meadow Woods, 9.vi.1936. (E. B. Britton and J. F. Perkins). (B.M.Coll.) 

ALLOTYPE. ¢. IRELAND: Co. Kildare; 29.viii.1937 (A. W. Stelfox). (B.M. 
Coll.) 

PARATYPES. 163, 179, ENGLAND, IRELAND, SWEDEN. (B.M.Coll. and A. W. 
Stelfox Coll.) 

The form of the genal sulcus is usually a good character in separating species of 
Ichneumonidae, and it is for this reason that I have retained these forms as distinct, 
in spite of the paucity of other characters. 


Mevesia guttata sp. nov. 


Agreeing with arguta (Wesmael) in the form of the genal carina, which in both 
meets the hypostomal carina directly behind the base of the mandible, the large, 
deep clypeal pits, and also in having no white band on the flagellum ; it differs 
from arguta in having the clypeus inflexed apically but with no flattened apical 
margin, the notauli very short, the frons more weakly intumescent, the petiolar 
area less strongly excavate, the genae more finely punctate ventrad, posteriorly, 
the abdomen with more distinct sculpture though strongly shining and with more 
distinct, large, sparse punctures; the male is more strongly sculptured than the 
female. 


9. Head with the temples sub-parallel behind the eyes and then broadly rounded to the 
vertical carina; frons and vertex closely punctate and in part coriaceous, the punctures becom- 
ing finer and sparse and with no microsculpture on the temples and very sparse on the genae ; 


32 


Fics. 32, 33. Face to show clypeus: fig. 32, Mevesia arguta, 9; fig. 33, M. guttata, 9. 


antennal scrobes trans-striate ; face with the epistoma weakly convex and slightly elongate, more 
finely and more remotely punctured than the frons, the punctures becoming sparser on the face, 
laterally ; clypeus convex, inflexed apically, with weak microsculpture and remotely punctate, 
and clearly separated from the epistoma (Fig. 33); malar space coriaceous and sparsely 
punctate, about half as long as breadth of base of mandible; antenna with 19-20 segments, 
the basal flagellar segments elongate, becoming sub-quadrate, quadrate at the 11th segment, 
the post-anellus with length : breadth about 2-5: 1. 

Thorax: pronotal collar rather short, the transverse groove deep and somewhat crenulate, 
the lateral groove and the hind margin striate, becoming punctate towards the upper margin and 
the hind angle; mesoscutum with the punctures similar to the vertex, but becoming close 


i 


— a? 


ee Oe eee 


an 
~— 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 163 


anteriorly on the middle lobe, where there is microsculpture between the punctures ; notauli 
deep anteriorly but shorter than in arguta: scutellum much more finely and more sparsely 
punctate than the disc of the mesoscutum ; mesopleurum striate-punctate, the speculum polished, 
narrowly punctate above ; sternaulus crenulate, extending nearly to the middle ; mesosternum 
finely, closely, shallowly punctate; propodeum with the basal groove narrowed centrally, 
but broad on either side of the projection; area superomedia finely rugose, little transverse, 
rounded anteriorly, receiving the distinct costula at about the middle; all the areae enclosed 
except the basal area; area interna punctate-rugose, area dentipara rugose, area spiracularis 
rugose-striate, area petiolaris punctate-rugose, distinctly separated from the coarsely rugose 
areae externae, moderately excised; metapleurum with the area coxalis clearly delimited, 
striate-rugose ; hind coxa with the dorsal groove obliquely striate, closely punctate laterally, 
the punctures becoming sparser apically, and somewhat weakly striate on the inner margin, 
beneath. 

Gaster somewhat compressed apically ; with the post-petiole coriaceous, sometimes with the 
coriaceous sculpture tending to run into longitudinal striae, and with very sparse, coarse punc- 
tures, the extreme apex polished, no delimited central area ; tergite 2 with very broad thyridiae 
which are rather narrowly separated centrally, coriaceous, with the sculpture becoming obso- 
lescent apically and with scattered punctures; the sculpture of the following tergites similar 
in kind to that of the 2nd, but much weaker ; of the 5th and following tergite very weak indeed ; 
hind wing with the nervellus opposite. 

Colour: black; clypeus piceous, pale testaceous apically, mandible yellow with the teeth 
piceous, flagellum dull testaceous, fuscous above, basally ; pronotal collar marked with piceous 
centrally and laterally, hind angle yellow marked, tegula yellow ; legs red with the coxae black, 
the front coxa marked with pale testaceous beneath, the middle coxa narrowly pale marked 
apically, the trochanters infuscate dorsally, the femora sometimes more or less infuscate and 
the tarsi infuscate apically ; gaster with the extreme apex of tergite 1 piceous to pale testaceous ; 
tergite 2 testaceous with sub-apical, fuscous spots or band, which laterally join the lateral 
basal stripe, somewhat infuscate basally; tergite 3 with sub-apical spots or band; tergite 
4 fuscous with a basal and apical testaceous band, the following segments more or less piceous 
apically ; wings hyaline. 

- 6. In general similar to the 9, but with the sculpture of the abdomen (which is not compressed 
apically) more distinct ; malar space shorter than in the 2 (about one-third breadth of base of 
mandible) ; antenna with 22 segments, with rather small tyloidae on segments 9-11 ; propodeum 
a little shorter, more coarsely sculptured and with the carina a little more strongly raised than 
in the 9. 
_ Colour; antenna black or fuscous, yellowish beneath apically ; face and clypeus yellow, the 
_ genae not marked with yellow; hind angle of pronotum marked with yellow, tegula yellow ; 
front and middle coxae mostly yellow, trochanters and trochantelli yellow, femora pale testa- 
ceous, very finely marked with light fuscous, tarsi pale testaceous, infuscate apically ; hind 
coxa with a yellow apical spot, trochanter and trochantellus yellow, femur fuscous, some- 
what testaceous basally, tibia and tarsus infuscate, the tibia darker basally and apically ; 
gaster with the thyridiae, which extend almost completely across the segment, yellow ; tergite 
I narrowly testaceous apically, tergite 2 testaceous apically, tergite 3 testaceous basally and 


apically, tergite 4 testaceous apically ; the following tergites more or less testaceous apically. 
Length: ¢ 6 mm., 2 5-6 mm. 


Hototyrr. 9. Hym. 3b 1833. Encranp: Suffolk ; Monks Soham, 8.v.1911I 
_ (C. Morley) (B.M.Coll.) (Previously det. as Diadromus collaris.) 

ALLOTYPE. g. ENGLAND: Capron Coll. (B.M.Coll.) 

PARATYPES. ENGLAND: Herts; Tring, 19, 2.v.1937 (R. B. Benson). (B.M. 


Coll.) 19, 1052 (J. B. Bridgman). (Previously det. as macilentus Wesmael.) (Nor- 
wich Museum.) 


164 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


PARAETHECERUS gen. nov. (Phaeogenini) 
The single known species is elongate and of the general facies of Micrope Thomson. 


Head with the mandibles bidentate, the shaft with the sides sub-parallel, and the lower 
tooth a little smaller and not far removed from the upper tooth ; frons coriaceous with scattered 
punctures, with no antennal scrobes ; face somewhat inflexed, the epistoma sub-quadrate and 
clearly divided from the clypeus by a rather deep groove ; genal carina meeting the hypostomal 
carina (which is not very strongly raised) at a distance from the base of the mandible ; gena not 
excavate posteriorly ; clypeus strongly produced in the centre, with a wide excision in the 
lower margin of this protuberance, the apical margin flattened (Fig. 34) ; the face and malar 
space short ; antenna weakly clavate, the scape not expanded basally nor flared apically. 


35 


Fics. 34, 35. Pavaethecerus elongatus, 2: fig. 34, face to show clypeus; fig. 35, tergites 
1 and 2 of gaster. 


Thorax with a long pronotal collar; mesoscutum with short, weak notauli; mesosternum 
flattened, the sternauli reaching to about one-third the length of the mesosternum ; posterior 
carina of mesosternum narrowly, but distinctly interrupted at the lateral angle; propodeum 
with a distinct dorsal and apical face, the area superomedia closed posteriorly, and the general 
sculpture of the propodeum becoming rugose ; legs with the claws simple ; wings rather narrow, 
front wing with the 2nd intercubital vein present but unpigmented, hind wing with the nervellus 
postfurcal. 

Gaster somewhat clavate ; tergite 1 not intumescent and not punctate; thyridiae large and 
distinct, well removed from the base of tergite 2, the gastrocoeli undifferentiated (Fig. 35) ; 
ovipositor sheaths rather broad and a little exserted ; the hypopygium, apically, well removed 
from the apex of the ovipositor. 


— 
ay 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 165 


Only the 2 known. 

Type species Paraethecerus elongatus sp. nov. 

Differs from Aethecerus in the form of the frons, scape and gena. In general 
facies and in the form of the frons, similar to Micrope, but that genus has an evenly 
convex clypeus and a more elongate and less inflexed face and longer malar space, 
and a strong, complete posterior carina of the mesosternum. Paraethecerus also 
has a resemblance to Centeterus and Eparces in general form, but differs in the 
clypeus and in the strong thyridiae. 


Paraethecerus elongatus sp. nov. 


9. Head with the temples parallel behind the eyes, rather long and convex ; face coriaceous 
with scattered punctures and tending to striation beneath the antennal sockets ; clypeus with 
coarse punctures basally ; genae and temples in greater part coriaceous, with scattered punc- 
tures ; antenna with 17-18 segments, segment 3 a little shorter than 4 (3, length : breadth about 
18:1; 4, length: breadth about 2: 1). 

Thorax: pronotum laterally with the groove weakly striate, evenly striate posteriorly, 
coriaceous dorsad with fine, indistinct punctures ; mesoscutum clearly punctate, the punctures 
sparser in the middle of the lateral lobes, with sculpture between the punctures on the central 
lobe and on the disc; scutellum more finely and less closely punctate than on the disc of the 
mesoscutum, polished between the punctures ; mesopleurum more closely and more coarsely 
punctate, the speculum punctate, a little more finely and less closely punctate on the meso- 
sternum ; propodeum with the area superomedia pentagonal, 1-6 to 2 times as long as broad 
at the junction with the more or less distinct costulae, which are received before the middle ; 
the lateral carinae erased at least posteriorly ; metapleurum coarsely, very closely punctate, 
the coxal area not differentiated ; petiolar area not or rather weakly differentiated from the 
areae laterales ; hind femur about 3:8 times as long as broad ; hind coxa punctate, the punctures 
sparser apically, clear on the lower, inner margin, the dorsal groove coriaceous. 

Gaster with the tergites coriaceous, the sculpture becoming very weak on tergites 5-7, tergites 
2-4 with scattered punctures ; post-petiole with the central area more or less indicated. 

Colour: black; clypeus in part red, mandibles in greater part pale testaceous, antenna 
testaceous, infuscate apically, sometimes also fuscous marked above, basally ; pronotum some- 
times with the collar red marked, hind angles sometimes red marked, apex of prosternum some- 


_ times red marked, tegula pale testaceous ; legs red, coxae sometimes infuscate basally, middle 


and hind tibiae narrowly infuscate basally and apically, hind femur infuscate apically, the 
tarsi with the apical segment infuscate. 

Length: 5 mm. 

¢ unknown. 


HoLotyPe. 9. Hym. 3b 1834. Encranp: Suffolk; Brandon, 7.vi.1903 
(C. Morley). (B.M.Coll.) (det. as Aethecerus longulus Wesmael by C. Morley.) 
PARATYPE. 9. GERMANY (Ruthe). (B.M.Coll.) 


Phaeogenes foveolatus sp. nov. 


This species belongs to the Phaeogenes fulvitarsis group (section F. of Thomson), 
and is most closely related to fulvitarsis Wesmael (syn. ruficoxa Thomson) and rusti- 


_ catus Wesmael (syn. fulvitarsis auctt. angl.) ; it is probably the species that Thomson 
determined as rusticaius. It differs from fulvitarsis in having the inner tooth of 


the carina of the hind coxa arising distinctly before the hind margin, the 4th 


166 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


segment of the antenna a little shorter than the distance between the posterior 
ocelli, the flagellum stouter, and the notauli at most faintly indicated behind the 
pit on the anterior margin of the mesoscutum. 


9. Head with the temples roundedly narrowed behind the eyes; hind ocellus about twice 
as far from the occipital carina as its greatest diameter ; frons with the antennal scrobes weakly, 
obliquely striate, clearly punctate dorsad and on the vertex, the punctures sparser on the temples ; 
epistoma convex, not sharply differentiated from the rest of the face, punctate, the punctures 
becoming sparser towards the orbits; gena more clearly punctate than the temples, malar 
space in part coriaceous and punctate, about half as long as breadth of base of mandible; cly- 
peus convex, with a sub-apical ridge which is interrupted centrally by punctures and coriaceous 


36 37 


Fics. 36-39. Basal antennal segments: fig. 36, Phaeogenes foveolatus, 2; fig. 37, 
P. fulvitarsis, 9. Hind coxa of P. foveolatus, 2: fig. 38, lateral; fig. 39, ventral. 


sculpture (as in all species of this group) ; hypostomal carina strongly raised, the genal carina 
meeting this at a distance behind the base of the mandible less than the length of the malar 


space; gena not excavate; antenna somewhat stout apically, the post-anellus at most equal 


to the distance between the posterior ocelli (Fig. 36); antenna with 23-25 segments (24 in 9 
out of 14 specimens). 

Thorax: pronotal collar well developed, the transverse groove distinct, the lateral groove 
and the lower part of the hind margin striate, above this rather coarsely punctate; notauli 
represented by a deep anterior pit, behind this rarely with a very short, hardly traceable impres- 
sion; mesoscutum with rather coarse, clear punctures on the disc, more finely and sparsely 
punctate on the lateral lobes ; scutellum a little more finely punctate than the disc of the meso- 
scutum, more coarsely punctate than the lateral lobes; mesopleurum punctate, becoming 
punctate-striate behind, the speculum for the most part with sparse, rather coarse punctures ; 
sternauli shallow and inconspicuously crenulate, hardly extending to half ; mesosternum more 
finely punctured than the pleurum ; propodeum with all the areae distinct, the area superomedia 
elongate, hexagonal, receiving the costula well before the middle, weakly rugose ; area interna 


i 


i 
" 


SE ee eee 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 167 


and area dentipara weakly rugose and punctate, area petiolaris trans-striate-punctate, aera 
externa rugose, area spiracularis striate-punctate ; metapleurum punctate, striate in part ; 
hind coxa with an oblique, sub-apical carina, which is very weakly, broadly raised externally, 
and more sharply raised internally, the area before the carina very finely punctate with only a 
faint indication of oblique striation (Figs. 38-39). 

Gaster with the post-petiole weakly coriaceous in part, sometimes in part longitudinally 
striate, and sometimes with a few scattered punctures ; thyridiae broad, and about as far from 
the base of the 2nd tergite as their length; tergites 2 and 3 coriaceous with few, widely scattered 
punctures ; tergite 4 similarly but more weakly sculptured, the following segments becoming 
progressively smoother ; hind wing with the nervellus opposite, or slightly postfurcal. 

Colour: black ; mandibles pale testaceous except for the teeth ; antenna with the scape and 
pedicel black, varying to broadly testaceous beneath ; 3 or 4 basal flagellar segments testaceous ; 
a white stripe usually on antennal segments 9-12, sometimes reduced, and in 2 German speci- 
mens on segments 8-12; legs red, pale testaceous in part, the hind femur and sometimes the 
hind coxa infuscate apically, the hind tibia rather narrowly infuscate basally and apically, and 
the apical tarsal segments infuscate ; gaster with tergite 1 narrowly pale apically ; tergites 3-5 
entirely red, the following segments narrowly piceous apically. 

$. Similar to the ? in general sculpture, and also with the notauli only clearly represented by 
the anterior pit ; antenna with 27 segments, tyloidae on segments 10-13/14, the basal segments 
a little shorter than in rusticatus ; clypeus marked with yellow ; legs similar in colour to those 
of the Q but the coxae and hind trochanter can be extensively black marked, and the hind 
tarsus is fuscous, with the basal segments narrowly pale basally ; gaster with only the apices 
of the central segments narrowly testaceous, and more strongly coriaceous and punctate than 
in the 9. 

Length: $5 mm.; 9 5-6 mm. 


HoLotyPeE. 9. Hym. 3b 1835. ENGLAND: Surrey; Boxhill, 9.v.1891 
(7. R. Billups). (B.M.Coll.) 

ALLOTYPE. ¢. ENGLAND: Surrey; Horsley, 24.vii.1949 (J. F. Perkins) 
(B.M.Coll.) 

PARATYPES. ENGLAND: Kent; Deal, 49, 2.viii.1880; 19, 8.viii.1880 
(IT. R. Billups); Surrey; 1g, same data as allotype. ScoTLanp: Inverness ; 
Aviemore, 19, 4. vi. 1952 (R. B. Benson). IRELAND: Co. Dublin; Slade of Saggart, 
19, 4.x. 1936 (A. W. Stelfox) ; Co. Wicklow ; Dunran, 19, 25.v.1937 (A. W. Stelfox). 
SWEDEN: Skane; Ringsjén, 19, 4.vi.1938 (J. F. Perkins). GERMANY: 39 


_ (Ruthe). (B.M.Coll.) Fintanp: Kuusamo; Paanajarvi Rajala, 19, 5.vii.1935, 


beaten from Picea (G. J. Kerrich). (Helsinki Museum.) 


Phaeogenes (Proscus) coriaceus sp. nov. 


Similar to elongatus Thomson, but differing in the more coarsely coriaceous 
sculpture of the gaster, with only sparse punctures on the 2nd tergite. 


9. Head with the temples slightly diverging directly behind the eyes, rather strongly convex ; 


_ frons and vertex coarsely punctate, the punctures becoming finer on the temples, the antennal 
_ scrobes trans-striate ; face with the epistoma convex, punctate at least laterally and dorsad, the 


rest of the face punctate with the punctures becoming coarser and sparser towards the orbits ; 


 clypeus strongly transverse, sparsely punctate; hypostomal carina narrow; lower tooth of 
_ mandible a little smaller and shorter than the upper; antenna with 20-22 segments, the post- 
_ anellus very slightly shorter than the following segment. 


ENTOM. III, 4. 13 


168 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


Thorax: pronotum with a broad collar (Fig. 40) centrally with the transverse groove very 
shallow, the lateral furrow irregularly trans-striate, the posterior margin more or less striate, 
strongly punctate dorsad ; mesoscutum with the notauli very short, rather coarsely punctate, 
polished between the punctures except on the middle lobe anteriorly ; scutellum much more 
finely punctate than the disc of the mesoscutum ; mesopleurum coarsely punctate, punctate- 
striate anteriorly, ventrad, the speculum with punctures only along the posterior margin ; stern- 
aulus crenulate extending almost halfway to the posterior carina; mesosternum more finely 
punctate, the posterior carina broadly interrupted before the lateral angle ; propodeum (Fig. 41) 
with the area superomedia elongate, hexagonal, receiving the costula well before the middle ; 
all the areae clearly differentiated; basal area with the tubercle distinct, punctate basally 
becoming rugose laterally and apically, the area superomedia weakly or very weakly, irregularly 
trans-striate, the area petiolaris punctate-trans-striate and the area coxalis punctate; hind 
coxa with the dorsal furrow almost devoid of sculpture, rugose dorsally at the base, punctate 
outwardly and beneath, the punctures becoming a little coarser and sparser apically and finer 


Fics. 40, 41. Phaeogenes coriaceus, 9: fig. 40, thorax dorsally to show 
pronotal collar; fig. 41, propodeum laterally. 


on the inner margin, unarmed ; hind femur about three times as long as broad ; wings with the 
nervellus postfurcal. 

Gaster with the post-petiole more or less coriaceous and longitudinally striate ; tergites 2 and 
3 very strongly coriaceous, 2 with sparse punctures, 3 with punctures closer, basally ; tergite 4 
a little less strongly coriaceous and with the punctures similar, though weaker, to those on 3 ; 
the following tergites weakly coriaceous, 5 and 6 weakly punctate basally. 

Colour: black; face usually with a yellow spot on the lower, outer part of the antennal 
socket, sometimes also marked with red laterally ; clypeus red apically, often ivory in the lateral 
angles; mandibles in large part pale testaceous; scape sometimes reddish beneath, basal 
flagellar segments more or less marked with red, segments 11 and 12 sometimes white marked ; 
thorax with the pronotal collar more or less marked with red or yellow centrally, tegula pale — 
testaceous ; legs red, with the front and/or middle coxae infuscate basally, hind coxa usually _ 
black basally ; the trochanters often in part more or less yellow, hind trochanter sometimes 
infuscate ; hind femur infuscate apically, hind tibia infuscate at base and apex ; tarsi with the — 
apical segment infuscate and on the hind leg usually with all the segments more or less fuscous 


5 ee 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 169 


marked ; wings hyaline, very weakly smoky apically, the stigma black ; gaster with the apex 
of tergite 1 and tergites 2-4 red, the following tergites piceous apically. 

6. Similar to the 9, but with the temples less broad, the face longer and the epistoma hardly 
differentiated, the malar space shorter; antenna with 26 segments, segments 7-15 with large 
tyloidae ; thorax less elongate; hind femur a little thinner (length : breadth about 3:4: 1) ; 
gaster with the post-petiole shining, more rugose. 

Face, clypeus and malar space yellow ; scape and pedicel yellow marked beneath, flagellum 
fuscous, yellowish beneath ; front and middle coxae and trochanters yellow, the femora and 
tibiae marked with yellow ; hind coxa black basally though red to yellow apically, hind trochan- 
ter and trochantellus yellow, hind femur not fuscous apically ; gaster with tergites 2, 3 and 4 
black or fuscous marked dorsally. 

Length: ¢ 7 mm., 9 5-7 mm. 


HoLotyPe. 9. Hym. 3b 1836. ENncGLrAnp: Hants; New Forest, Denny, on 
dead beech 6.vi.1934 (C. Morley). (B.M.Coll.) (Aethecerus dispar Wesmael det. 
C. Morley.) 

ALLOTYPE. ¢. ENGLAND: Hants; New Forest, Denny wood, on dead beech, 
7.vii.1940 (C. Morley). (B.M.Coll.) (Centeterus opprimator Gravenhorst det. 
C. Morley). 

PARATYPES. ENGLAND: Hants; New Forest, 19, 17.vii.38 (Phaeogenes suspi- 
cax det. C. Morley); 19, 9.vi.1934 (Aethecerus dispar det. C. Morley) (C. Morley). 
(C. Morley Coll.) GERMANY: 19, (Ruthe). (B.M.Coll.) 


XII. CHECK LIST OF BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 
The changes to the British List of Ichneumoninae, which have been dealt with 


_ in the preceding pages, are here brought together. So many points remain unsolved 
_ that this list can, at most, be considered as a basis for further change. There are 


also certain matters which should be made clear. I have used Amblyteles in the 
sense of Thomson and have not accepted the segregates that are recognized by 
Heinrich. I have examined the male genitalia of those European and North 


_American species which are available to me for dissection and find that in some 


cases these show quite striking group characters; however, in certain of these 
groups I have so far been unable to correlate the differences with other satisfactory 
characters, so I prefer to place the species in one genus as they all have a number 
of characters in common, and to wait for a much wider investigation before accepting 
the segregates. It should, perhaps, be pointed out that under Triptognathus other 


_ workers have assembled two quite divergent elements ; and that the male genitalia 
of Amblyieles subsericans and elongatus are essentially similar, though showing also 


Ps the only reliable differences of which I know for separating the males of these two 


} species, so that either both have to be included in Limerodops or both retained in 
_ Amblyteles. 
_ Certain placements of genera within tribes are obviously unsatisfactory ; Hypo- 


_mecus, Apaeleticus, Goedartia, Hepiopelmus and Acolobus I have retained in the 
_ tribes in which they have been placed by recent authors ; Tvicholabus, which seems 
_to me to be a completely anomalous genus, I have included in the Ichneumonini. 
_ The Phaeogenini, too, contains very diverse elements, and are grouped together on 


170 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


very superficial characters. I have also retained the Heresiarchini as a separate 
tribe ; if these are placed in the Protichneumonini as Heinrich has proposed, then 
this latter name will be a synonym of Heresiarchini, though the position concerning 
the names of the higher categories has not yet been completely clarified by the 
International Commission on Nomenclature. 

It will be seen that a few dates, particularly earlier ones, differ from those given 
in Kloet and Hincks’ list ; in these cases I have followed the findings of Sherborn. 
In addition to this, I have accepted the date of Holmgren’s fascicle on Phaeogenini 
as being 1889 as given by Kloet and Hincks, and not 1890 as quoted by Dalla Torre 
and on the title-page to the complete volume of Holmgren’s Ichneumoninae ; 
Sharp, in the Zoological Record, decided, on the evidence available to him, that 


1889 was correct. 


TROGINI 


TrocGus Panzer, 1806. 
lapidator (Fabricius, 1787). 


PsILoMASTAX Tischbein, 1868. 
CERCODINOTOMUS Uchida, 1940. 

pyvamidalis Tischbein, 1868. 
pictus (Kriechbaumer, 1882). 


CALLAJOPPA Cameron, 1903. 
civrogastva (Schrank, 1781). 
exaltatovia (Panzer, 1804). 


PROTICHNEUMONINI 


PROTICHNEUMON Thomson, 1893. 
pisorius (Linnaeus, 1758). 
coquebertt (Wesmael, 1848). 
erythrogaster (Stephens, 1835). 
nec (Gmelin, 1790). 


AMBLYJOPPA Cameron, 1902. 

fuscipennis (Wesmael, 1844). 

proteus (Christ, 1791). 
laminatoria (Fabricius, 1798). 


COELICHNEUMON Thomson, 1893. 
cyaniventris (Wesmael, 1859). 
desinatorius (Thunberg, 1822). 
subguttatus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
leucocerus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
falsificus (Wesmael, 1844). 
auspex (Mueller, 1776). 
nigerrimus (Stephens, 1835). 
devasus (Wesmael, 1844). 
bilineatus (Gmelin, 1790). 


haemorrhoidalis (Gravenhorst, 1820). 


truncatulus (Thomson, 1886). 
solutus (Holmgren, 1864). 
impressor (Zetterstedt, 1838). 
consimilis (Wesmael, 1844). 
purpurissatus Perkins, 1953. 
nigvatoy (Fabricius, 1793). 
nec (Mueller, 1776). 
comitator (Linnaeus, 1758). 
ferreus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
microstictus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
sevenus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
vuficauda (Wesmael, 1844). 
orbitator (Thunberg, 1822). 


HERESIARCHINI 


HERESIARCHES Wesmael, 1859. 
eudoxius (Wesmael, 1844). 


LISTRODROMINI 


NeEotypus Foerster, 1868. 
nobilitator (Gravenhorst, 1807). 


LisTRODROMUS Wesmael, 1844. 
nycthemerus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 


ANISOBAS Wesmael, 1844. 
cingulatorius (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
platystylus Thomson, 1888. 


ICHNEUMONINI 


HopLisMENuS Gravenhorst, 1829. i 

bidentatus (Gmelin, 1790). 
spinosus (Morley, 1903). 
maurus (Marshall, 1873). 
bispinatorius auctt. angl. 


eT 


i 


————<xK—_ hl ll 


Ichneumonini—cont. 


albifrons Gravenhorst, 1829. 
armatorius (Fabricius, 1787). 
mec (Forster, 1771). 


STENICHNEUMON Thomson, 1893. 
culpatoy (Schrank, 1802). 
militavius (Thunberg, 1822). 
yufinus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
lineator (Fabricius, 1781). 
trilineatus (Gmelin, 1790). 
scutellator (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


Aopuus Tischbein, 1874. 
altercator (Wesmael, 1855). 


_ defraudator (Wesmael, 1844). 


castaneus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
vatzeburgit (Hartig, 1838). 
virginalis (Wesmael, 1844). 
ochropis (Gmelin, 1790). 
vubricosus (Holmgren, 1864). 
vuficeps (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
humilis (Wesmael, 1857). 


_ PLatTyLaBoprs Heinrich, 1950. 


apricus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
semirufus (Desvignes, 1856). 
pulchellatus (Bridgman, 1889). 


CRATICHNEUMON Thomson, 1893. 
magus (Wesmael, 1855). 

nitidus (Bridgman, 1886). 
varipes (Gravenhorst, 1829). 

fallax Habermehl, 1923. 
_ jocularis (Wesmael, 1848). 
dissimilis auctt. angl. 
punctifrons (Holmgren, 1864). 
vufifrons (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
sicavius (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
foersteri (Wesmael, 1848). 
luteiventris (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
versatoy (Thunberg, 1822). 
nigritarius (Gravenhorst, 1820). 


_ albifrons (Stephens, 1835). 
gravenhorstii (Boyer de Fonscolombe, 1847). 


nec (Wesmael, 1836). 
nec (Guérin-Ménéville, 1838). 


4 . fabricator maculifrons (Stephens, 1835). 
 infidus (Wesmael, 1848). 


_ liostylus (Thomson, 1887). 
culex (Mueller, 1776). 


t clavigator (Wesmael, 1844). 


_ fugitivus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
_ corruscatory (Linnaeus, 1758). 


; 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


semirufus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
pseudocryptus (Wesmael, 1857). 
albilarvatus (Gravenhorst, 1820), 
lanius (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


EuPpALAMuUS Wesmael, 1844. 
wesmaelt Thomson, 1886. 
lacteator (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


Eristicus Wesmael, 1844. 
clericus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


BARICHNEUMON Thomson, 1893. 
anator (Fabricius, 1793). 
gemellus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
carvt Habermehl, 1923. 
albilineatus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 


albolineatus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


bimaculatus (Schrank, 1776). 
saturvatorius (Linnaeus, 1758). 
monostagon (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
maculicauda Perkins, 1953. 
perscrutator (Wesmael, 1844). 
nec (Thunberg, 1822). 
dumeticola (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
faunus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
albosignatus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
digrammus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
nudicoxa (Thomson, 1888). 
sanguinator (Rossi, #794). 
leucochetlus (Wesmael, 1844). 
pevegrinatoy (Linnaeus, 1758). 
hevacleanae (Bridgman, 1884). 
praeceptor (Thunberg, 1822). 
bilunulatus auctt. angl. 
derogatory (Wesmael, 1844). 
chionomus (Wesmael, 1844). 
plagiavius (Wesmael, 1848). 
deceptor (Scopoli, 1763). 
vestigatoy (Wesmael, 1844). 
mec (Thunberg, 1822). 
lepidus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
tergenus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
callicerus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
coxiglyptus Heinrich, 1951. 
incubitor auctt. angl. 
citator (Thunberg, 1822). 


basiglyptus (Kriechbaumer, 1890). 


locutor (Thunberg, 1822). 
vidibundus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


Cuasmias Ashmead, 1900. 

motatorius (Fabricius, 1775). 

paludator (Desvignes, 1854). 
paludicola (Wesmael, 1857). 


171 


172 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE : 


Ichneumonini—cont. 


IcHNEUMON Linnaeus, 1758. 
lugens Gravenhorst, 1829. 
saycitorius Linnaeus, 1758. 
lautatorius Desvignes, 1856. 
xanthorius Forster, 1771. 
delivatorius Linnaeus, 1758. 
molitorius Linnaeus, 1761. 
crassifemury Thomson, 1886. 
melanotis Holmgren, 1864. 
macrocerus Thomson, 1886. 
confusor Gravenhorst, 1820. 
confusorius Gravenhorst, 1829. 
bucculentus Wesmael, 1844. 
septentrionalis atrifemury Perkins, 1953. 
ligatorius Thunberg, 1822. 
suspiciosus Wesmael, 1844. 
extensorius Linnaeus, 1758. 
militavis auctt. angl. 
gractlentus Wesmael, 1844. 
albiger, Wesmael, 1844. 
tempestivus Holmgren, 1864. 
validicornis Holmgren, 1864. 
albicollis Wesmael, 1857. 
stramentarius Gravenhorst, 1820. 
terminatorius Gravenhorst, 1820. 
computatorius Mueller, 1776. 
eurycerus Thomson, 1890. 
fuscatus Gravenhorst, 1829. 
vufidorsatus Bridgman, 1887. 
memorator Wesmael, 1844. 
latrator Fabricius, 1781. 
subquadratus Thomson, 1887. 
analis Gravenhorst, 1829. 
spurius Wesmael, 1848. 
primatorius Forster, 1771. 
bellipes Wesmael, 1844. 
didymus Gravenhorst, 1829. 
tuberculipes Wesmael, 1848. 
megapodius Heinrich, 1949. 
formosus Gravenhorst, 1829. 
obsessov Wesmael, 1844. 
haglundi Holmgren, 1864. 
microcephalus Stephens, 1835. 
quartanus Perkins, 1953. 
gractlicornis Gravenhorst, 1829. 
emancipatus Wesmael, 1844. 
exilicornis Wesmael, 1857. 
caloscelis Wesmael, 1844. 
insidiosus Wesmael, 1844. 
minutorius Desvignes, 1856. 
captorius Thomson, 1887. 
nec Thunberg, 1822. 
capront Perkins, 1953. 


nevent Thomson, 1887. 
ignobilis Wesmael, 1855. 
aquilonius Perkins, 1953. 
vulneratorius Zetterstedt, 1838. ; 
walkerti Wesmael, 1848. 
haereticus (Wesmael, 1854). 
cessatoy Mueller, 1776. 


THYRATELES Perkins, 1953. 
camelinus (Wesmael, 1844). 


PROBOLUS Wesmael, 1844. 
culpatorius (Linnaeus, 1758). 
concinnus Wesmael, 1853. 


CTENICHNEUMON Thomson, 1894. 
edictorius (Linnaeus, 1758). 
divisorius (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
inspector (Wesmael, 1844). 
vubroatey (Ratzeburg, 1852). 
melanocastanus auctt. angl. 
nitens (Christ, 1791). 
devyldert (Holmgren, 1871). 
vepentinus auctt. angl. 
messorius (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
funereus (Geoffroy, 1785). 
panzeri (Wesmael, 1844). 
flavocinctus (Desvignes, 1856). 
castigator (Fabricius, 1793). 


SPILICHNEUMON Thomson, 1894. 
occisorius (Fabricius, 1793). 
johansoni (Holmgren, 1871). 
stagnicola (Thomson, 1888). 

celenae Perkins, 1953. 

vaptorius (Linnaeus, 1758). 
septemguttatus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


AMBLYTELES Wesmael, 1844. 
punctus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
nec (Shaw, 1798). 

fabricit (Schrank, 1802). 
armatorius (Forster, 1771). 
propinquus Perkins, 1953. 
crispatorius (Linnaeus, 1758). 
glaucatorius (Fabricius, 1793). 
pictus (Schrank, 1776). 

? laboratorius (Mueller, 1776). 

vadatorius (Illiger, 1807). 
pallidicornis (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
pulchellus (Christ, 1791). 

negatorius (Fabricius, 1793). 
equitatorius (Panzer, 1786). 
meycatorius (Fabricius, 1793). 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 173 


Ichneumonini—cont. 
monitovius (Panzer, 1801). 
quadripunctorius (Mueller, 1776). 
castanopyga (Stephens, 1835). 
amatorius (Mueller, 1776). 
luctatorius (Linnaeus, 1758). 
longigena Thomson, 1888. 
cevinthius auctt. angl. 

gvadatorius (Thunberg, 1822). 
trifasciatus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
palliatorius (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
margineguttatus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
ovatorius (Fabricius, 1793). 

_ indocilis Wesmael, 1844. 

_ subsericans (Gravenhorst, 1820). 

_ elongatus Brischke, 1878. 

. subsericans var. elongatus Brischke, 1878. 


LIMERODES Wesmael, 1844. 
arctiventris (Boie, 1841). 


EXEPHANES Wesmael, 1844. 
ischioxanthus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
hilavris (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
nec (Say, Jan. 1829). 
occupator (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
caelebs Kreichbaumer, 1890. 
amabilis Kreichbaumer, 1895. 


AcoLosus Wesmael, 1844. 
_ albimanus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
seviceus Wesmael, 1844. 


HEPIOPELMUS Wesmael, 1844. 
variegatorius (Panzer, 1800). 
leucostigmus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 


TRICHOLABUS Thomson, 1894. 
strigatorius (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


EURYLABINI 


GOEDARTIA Boie, 1841. 
alboguttata (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


EuryLABus Wesmael, 1844. 
larvatus (Christ, 1791). 
torvus Wesmael, 1844. 
tristis (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


ZIMMERINI 


t ZIMMERIA Heinrich, 1933. 
|  dirus (Wesmael, 1853). 


3 


PLATYLABINI 


RHYSSOLABUS Berthoumieu, 1896. 
arcticus Hellén, 1942. 


PRISTICEROS Gravenhorst, 1829. 
sevvavius Gravenhorst, 1829. 
infractorius (Linnaeus, 1761). 


PLATYLABUS Wesmael, 1844. 
nigrocyaneus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
tenuicornis (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
histrio Wesmael, 1855. 
variegatus Wesmael, 1844. 
dolorosus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
rufus Wesmael, 1844. 

gigas Kreichbaumer, 1886. 
transversus Bridgman, 1889. 
punctifrons Thomson, 1888. 
intermedius Holmgren, 1871. 
opaculus Thomson, 1888. 
pedatorius (Fabricius, 1793). 
obator (Desvignes, 1856). 
stolidus Perkins, 1953. 

odiosus Perkins, 1953. 
ividipennis (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
pumilio Holmgren, 1871. 
rufiventris Wesmael, 1844. 
vibratorius (Thunberg, 1822). 
decipiens Wesmael, 1848. 
tricingulatus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
concinnus Thomson, 1888. 


ASTHENOLABUS Heinrich, 1951. 
STENOLABUS Heinrich, 1936. 
nec Schulthess-Rechberg, 1910. 
vitvatorius (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
latiscapus (Thomson, 1894). 


CycLoLaABuUs Heinrich, 1935. 
nigricollis (Wesmael, 1844). 
pactor (Wesmael, 1844). 
dubtosus Perkins, 1953. 


Ectopius Wesmael, 1859. 
vyubellus (Gmelin, 1790). 
exhortator (Fabricius, 1787). 


Hypomecus Wesmael, 1844. 
quadriannulatus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


APAELETICUS Wesmael, 1844. 

inimicus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 

bellicosus Wesmael, 1844. 
inclytus Wesmael, 1853. 


174 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


PHAEOGENINI 


RHEXIDERMUS Foerster, 1868. 
ISCHNOPSIDEA Viereck, 1914. 

nigvicollis (Wesmael, 1844). 
rufipes (Wesmael, 1848). 

thoracicus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


HETERISCHNUS Wesmael, 1859. 
pulex (Mueller, 1776). 
rufipes auctt. 


MisEetus Wesmael, 1844. 
oculatus Wesmael, 1844. 


HEMICHNEUMON Wesmael, 1857. 
elongatus (Ratzeburg, 1852). 


TRACHYARUS Thomson, 1891. 
corvinus Thomson, 1891. 


NEMATOMICRUS Wesmael, 1844. 
tenellus Wesmael, 1844. 


STENODONTUS Berthoumieu, 1896. 
marginellus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


ERIPLATYS Foerster, 1868. 
MELANOMICcRUs Morley, 1903. 

ardeicollis (Wesmael, 1844). 
elliotti (Morley, 1903). 


HERPESTOMUS Wesmael, 1844. 

wesmaeli Perkins, 1953. 

nasutus Wesmael, 1844. 
Surunculus Wesmael, 1844. 
intermedius Wesmael, 1844. 

arvidens (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
xanthops (Gravenhorst, 1829). 

brunnicornis (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


DicaELoTus Wesmael, 1844. 
(incl. DELOGLyPTUs Foerster, 1868). 
pudibundus (Wesmael, 1844). 
punctiventris (Thomson, 1891). 
pictus (Schmiedeknecht, 1903). 
parvulus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
orbitalis Thomson, 1891. 
vuficoxatus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
fitchi Perkins, 1953. 
erythrostomus Wesmael, 1844. 
inflexus Thomson, 1891. 


? rufilimbatus (Gravenhorst, 1820). 


rufonigey Berthoumieu, 1896. 


pumilus var. rufoniger Berthoumieu, 1896. 


cameroni Bridgman, 1881. 
pumilus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
morosus Wesmael, 1855. 
suspectus Perkins, 1953. 


Epitomus Foerster, 1868. 
parvus Thomson, 1891. 


pygmaeus (Brischke, 1890, nec 1888). 


proximus Perkins, 1953. 


Oronotus Wesmael, 1844. 
binotatus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


NotTosEMus Foerster, 1868. 
bohemani (Wesmael, 1855). 
albibuccus (Kreichbaumer, 1890). 


MeEvEsia Holmgren, 1889. 
arguta (Wesmael, 1844). 
guttata Perkins, 1953. 


THYRAEELLA Holmgren, 1889. 
collaris (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
similis (Bridgman, 1881). 


D1aDROMUS Wesmael, 1844. 
quadriguitatus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
rubellus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
ex parte. 
nec (Gmelin, 1790). 
troglodytes (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
subtilicornis (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
tenax Wesmael, 1844. 
varicolor Wesmael, 1844. 
albinotatus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
candidatus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
guttulatus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


CoLpoGNaATHUS Wesmael, 1844. 
celevator (Gravenhorst, 1807). 
divisus Thomson, 1891. 


CENTETERUS Wesmael, 1844. 
confector (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
opprimator (Gravenhorst, 1820). 


Eparces Foerster, 1868. 
grandiceps Thomson, 1891. 


MicroPe Thomson, r8or. 
macilenta (Wesmael, 1844). 


OIORHINUS Wesmael, 1844. 
pallipalpis Wesmael, 1844. 


NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


Phaeogenini —cont. 


PARAETHECERUS Perkins, 1953. 
elongatus Perkins, 1953. 


AETHECERUS Wesmael, 1844. 
dispar Wesmael, 1844. 
nitidus Wesmael, 1844. 
placidus Wesmael, 1844. 
discolor Wesmael, 1844. 
longulus Wesmael, 1844. 


OrotyLus Holmgren, 1889. 
mitis (Wesmael, 1848). 


PHAEOGENES Wesmael, 1844. 
(incl. PRoscus Holmgren, 1889). 
semivulpinus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 
planifrons Wesmael, 1844. 
heterogonus Holmgren, 1889. 
curator (Thunberg, 1822). 
crassidens Thomson, 1891. 
melanogonos (Gmelin, 1790). 
melanogonus (Gravenhorst, 1820), emend. 
ophthalmicus Wesmael, 1844. 
stipator Wesmael, 1855. 
maculicornis (Stephens, 1835). 
scutellavis Wesmael, 1844. 
invisory (Thunberg, 1822). 
homochlorus Wesmael, 1844. 
mysticus Wesmael, 1855. 


callopus Wesmael, 1844. 
tibiator (Thunberg, 1822). 
nec (Gravenhorst, 1820). 
fulvitarsis Wesmael, 1844. 
ruficoxa Thomson, 1891. 
rusticatus Wesmael, 1844. 
fulvitarsis auctt. angl. ex parte. 
foveolatus Perkins, 1953. 
cephalotes Wesmael, 1844. 
elongatus Thomson, 18o1. 
cortaceus Perkins, 1953. 
suspicax Wesmael, 1844. 
flavidens Wesmael, 1844. 
modestus Wesmael, 1844. 
impiger Wesmael, 1844. 


ischiomelinus (Gravenhorst, 1829). 


eques Wesmael, 1844. 
distinctus (Bridgman, 1887). 
infimus Wesmael, 1844. 
fuscicornis Wesmael, 1844. 
trepidus Wesmael, 1844. 
bellicornis Wesmael, 1844. 
osculator (Thunberg, 1822). 
socius Holmgren, 1889. 


ALOMYINI 


ALoMYA Panzer, 1806. 
semiflava Stephens, 1835. 
debellator (Fabricius, 1775). 


XIII. REFERENCES 


Carr, L.A. 1924. Trans. N. Staffs. Fid. Cl., 58: Appendix. 
Dara Torre, C.G. DE 1902. Catalogus Hymenopterorum 3: pt. 2. Leipzig. 


HeErnricu, G. 1926. Dtsch. ent. Z. 1926: 256. 


1929. Ibid. 1928 : 318. 

1933. Mitt. zool. Mus. Berl. 19: 159. 
1934. Ibid. 20: 1-263. 

1936. Dtsch. ent. Z. 1935 : 197. 


175 


1949. Mitt. miinch. ent. Ges. 35-39 : 1-127. 

1950. Mitt. Sammelst. Schmarotzerbest., 27 : 4-5. 

1951. Bonn. Zool. Beitr., (1951) : 235-290. 

_ HeELiLEN, W. 1942. Notul. ent., Helsingf.. 22: 77. 

_ Kerricu, G. J. 1935. Trans. Soc. Brit. Ent. 2: 38. 

Kxoet, G. S., and Htncxs, W. D. 1945. A Check List of British Insects. Stockport. 

Mortey, C. 1902. Ent. mon. Mag. 38 : 119-121. 

—— 1903. Ichneumonologia Britannica. The Ichneumons of Great Britain ; Ichneumoninae, 
Plymouth. 

Roman, A. 1912. Zool. Bidy. Uppsala, 1 : 229-293. 

— 1914. Ark. Zool. 9, No. 2: 1-40. 

_ — 1932. Ent. Tidskr. 53 : 1-16, 


ENTOM. III, 4. 14 


—— 1937. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 10, 20: 279. 


176 NOTES ON BRITISH ICHNEUMONINAE 


SCHMIEDEKNECHT, O. 1902. Opuscula Ichneumonologica, 1. Blankenburg in Thiiringia. 
—— 1928-1932. Ibid. Suppl—Band 1. Blankenburg in Thiiringia. 

SHERBORN, C.D. 1901. Index Animalium, Part 1. Cambridge. 

1922-1933. Jbid., Part 2. London. 

Ucnipa, T. 1940. Insecta Matsum, 15: 9. 


Note.—Where the references to original descriptions are not quoted above, they may be found 3 


17 DEC 1953 


e en “i 
: 
‘ 
’ ) | 
* 
’ ; | 
) 
| i 
\ 
; 
; 
sf 
: : 
ahs 
2 
| > 
i ? 
j 

oh 
i 

‘ 

b4, 
at 
‘4 
No 

| , 
sett. 
; 

4 
‘ 
‘ 
\ 
y 
i 
\ 
. 
* | 
‘ 
i 
¢ 
ei 
’ 


PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY 
ADLARD AND SON, LIMITED, 
BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING. 


17 DEC 1953 


ON A VERY REMARKABLE FLEA 
FROM ARGENTINA 


H. E. KARL JORDAN 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND 
LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 


F. G. A. M. SMIT 


i ee et 
I 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. ¢ 
LONDON: 1953 


ON A VERY REMARKABLE FLEA 
FROM ARGENTINA COLLECTED BY 
DR. J. M. DE LA BARRERA 


BY 


H. E. KARL JORDAN 
a ee uf 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN 
SIPHONAPTERA 


BY 


F. G. A. M. SMIT , , 


t me | 
\ f 


Pp. 177-219 ; 67 Text-figures. 


BULLETIN OF | 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 5 
LONDON : 1953 


THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM 
(NATURAL HISTORY). «stituted in 1949, 1s 
issued in five series corresponding to the Departments 
of the Museum, and an Historical Series. 


Parts appear at irregular intervals as they become 
veady. Volumes will contain about three or four 


hundred pages, and will not necessarily be compiled 
within one calendar year. 


This paper is Vol. 3, No. 5 of the Entomological 
serves. 


Issued December, 1953. Price Ten Shillings. 


Ts 


m ~~ o i i te ee eee ee 
ee Se ee ‘ . — 


ON A VERY REMARKABLE FLEA FROM 
ARGENTINA COLLECTED BY DR. J. M. DE 
LA BARRERA 


By H. E. KARL JORDAN 


(Tring, Herts) 


With 5 text-figures 


The rapid increase of our knowledge of the Flea fauna of the Republic of Argentina 
during recent years is due to Dr. J. M. de la Barrera, Director of the Institute of 
Hygiene at Buenos Aires, and we students of Siphonaptera in the Tring Department 
of the British Museum (Natural History) are profoundly grateful to him for the invalu- 
able collections submitted to the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) for study and report. 
The latest collection, received in the autumn of 1952, contained, inter alia, a number 
of interesting species from Bariloche, Nahuel Huapi, Rio Negro, where Dr. de la 
Barrera has a summer residence. Among these fleas is a species which excels in 
interest every other new one Dr. de la Barrera has previously discovered. When 
the specimens were cleared and mounted the very conspicuous and quite unexpected 
kind of distinction of this species took my breath away, and my two colleagues 
reacted in the same way: incredible! The Incredible Flea is the subject of this 
paper. A new species, new genus, new tribe. I name the genus Barreropsylla in 
appreciation of the great services Dr. de la Barrera has rendered and is continuing 
to render to the study of Fleas, an order of parasites so closely linked to his researches 
on the diseases of the wild mammals of his country. I expect that students of 
Siphonaptera will be as astonished at the somewhat spectacular distinctions of the 
species as we were, and that the extraordinarily wide gap, in some somatics, between 
Barreropsylla excelsa and the related species will arouse interest beyond the sphere 
of Siphonapterology. A short survey of the main characteristics will be sufficient 
to prove that the species provides an ample field of meditation for the taxonomist 
and geneticist In evaluating the characteristics of B. excelsa we must bear in 
mind that the species, apart from its special features, is an American Stephanocircid 
fitting well into the subfamily of Craneopsyllinae ; there is no doubt about that. 
Confining the discussion, for the sake of brevity, to four of the obvious distinguishing 
features of B. excelsa, we can group them into two phylogenetically contrasting 
categories : 

(a) Characters ancestral for the Stephanocircidae and (b) characters highly speciali- 


| zed. The first category is exemplified in the postantennal section of the head (usually 
_ termed occiput in our writings on fleas) (Fig. 3): the dorsal margin is medianly 
_ somewhat rounded dilated (dt) ; this is an early step in the evolution of a sclerotized 


band which extends some distance down the side in all other species of the family, 


_ Cleopsylia Rothschild, 1914, taking an intermediate position. Similarly primitive 


ENTOM, III, 5. 15 


180 VERY REMARKABLE FLEA FROM ARGENTINA 


are the arrangement and number of the setae on the occiput : they form three rows, 
in which Barreropsylla agrees with many fleas outside the family, but differs from 
the known species of Stephanocircidae, there being four rows in Cleopsylla and five 
or six in the other genera (for Cleopsylla see F. Smit’s paper on fleas in this issue 
of the Bulletin, Figs. 13, 14). Category (b) is represented by the modifications of 
the genal comb and the pronotum: whereas the known species of helmet fleas have 
a genal comb of four or more spines (sometimes much shortened), we find in Barrero- 
psylla at the genal edge one to three dark knobs (Gc), which I interpret as being the 
remnants of a three-spined ancestral comb ; an advance in evolution by reduction 
which is no rarity in fleas. The modification of the pronotum is an extreme and 
probably not surpassed by any other flea existing; it transcends the pronotal 


Fic. 1.—Pronotum of Nonnapsylla rothschildi Wagn., 1938, 2 from Peru. 
Fic. 2. Pronotum of Meringis altipecten Traub & Hoff, 1951, g from New Mexico. 


development of all fleas. The dorsal area is drawn out into a long process which ~ 


reaches to the end of the mesonotum and bears a comb, the spines of which project 
downward. It is a feature which would seem to be more appropriate for a species 
of Membracidae than for a flea. In order to make it easier to understand what has 


happened to the pronotum of Barreropsylla we figure the pronotum of two other — 
fleas (Figs. I and 2) for comparison. In contrast with the new genus the helmet — 


fleas have a vertical pronotal comb more or less similar to that of Nonnapsylla 
Wagn. 1938 (Fig. 1) ; in no species of the family is there an indication of a develop- 
ment in the direction of the Barreropsylla pronotum. In other groups of fleas, 


however, species occur in which the pronotum is dorsally somewhat widened back- — 


wards, the comb being curved ; and a small number of species are now known in 
which the posterior margin is longer than the anterior one, the projecting posterior 
angle being raised well above the mesonotum (Fig. 2; see also figs. 54, 55 in F. 
Smit’s paper). Comparing Fig. 3 with Fig. 1 it is evident that the development of 


VERY REMARKABLE FLEA FROM ARGENTINA 181 


the mantilla has had various effects on the pronotum, one of them being a considerable 
reduction in its extension downwards. The true occiput, which lies partly within 
the pronotum, seems likewise to be affected ; the line which represents its upper 
surface in a lateral aspect is broader than usual, looking like a rod emanating from 
the subapical vertical sclerotized ridge ; its apex touches the inner side of the pro- 
notal exoskeleton and is surrounded by a pale halo (dap), which give one the impres- 
sion of being a condylus and socket—a very interesting point. However, the detail 
is too much obscured in both specimens and the observation requires confirmation 
by further material. 

Though we see what has happened to the pronotum, we have no evidence of how 
and why the mantilla has come into existence. Nevertheless, the wide difference 
between the usual pronotum of a helmet flea (Fig. 1) and that of Barreropsylla 
(Fig. 3) and the occurrence here and there among other fleas of a pronotum like 
Fig. 2 suggest an evolution by stages. It is therefore reasonable to assume that 
intermediate stages have existed and perhaps one or the other of them still exists, 
which gives us hope that Dr. J. M. de la Barrera will discover the missing link or 
links. Meanwhile the new flea has to be described and its proper position in the 
Craneopsyllinae to be ascertained. 

The distinctions of Barreropsylla being a mixture of primitive somatics, which 
put the genus at the bottom of the phylogenetic tree of the family, and very highly 
specialized ones, which place it at the top, it is obvious that the flea followed its 
own line of evolution and represents a tribe which branched off below the 
other branches. 


Barreropsyilini tribus nova Craneopsyllinarum 


Dorsal margin of occiput with a short downward widening in middle. Pronotum 
dorsally produced backwards into a process which bears a comb each side; no 
vertical pronotal comb. This diagnosis is kept short as it may possibly have to 
cover in future one or several less strongly modified species. 


Barreropsylla gen. nov. 


(Fig. 3) 
$9. Spines of comb of helmet long, except the first (uppermost), which is reduced 


in length and width, the ventral spine being the longest ; anterior area of helmet 


narrow, with short incrassations, many of which are obtuse, and with a row of small 
and rather indistinct bristles; upper third of this area without incrassations ; 


_ ventrally the area projects down as a nose which is about as long as the base of the 


_ ventral spine is broad (in gf the nose broken away). Helmet not distinctly separated 
_ from genal area, but there is below the spines of the comb a pale stripe from the 


apex of the second spine downwards ; at the posterior side of this stripe there are 
numerous small bristles, and from its anterior side some narrow, apically rounded- 
dilated sclerotized streaks extend obliquely across it in an upward direction. Maxilla 
rounded-truncate, not pointed. Occiput with only three rows of bristles and a 


VERY REMARKABLE FLEA FROM ARGENTINA 


182 


“® “aou ‘oads 2 ‘Uas wsja9xa vi isdosasdvg JO xe1oy} pue peasy “Ef ‘Ol 


<i 


SRE ros 


VERY REMARKABLE FLEA FROM ARGENTINA 183 


single long bristle between second and third row. In the only known species the 
pronotal mantilla (or hood) on each side with a comb of ten spines, which gradually 
become shorter, the last one being little longer than broad. 

Type: Barreropsylla excelsa sp. nov. 


Barreropsylla excelsa sp. nov. 


(Figs. 3, 4, 5) 

39. Comb of helmet with 8 spines (as in Cleopsylla townsendi Roths., 1914), 
lowest spine (measured from the upper basal angle) one-half longer than the second 
spine from above, basal margins of spines more or less deeply sinuate. Much behind 
pharynx and close to the sclerotized anterior margin of the antennal fossa one long 
bristle, in front of which appears a short branch of the tentorium ; no second long 
bristle between helmet and antennal fossa, but several small ones ; the small spoon- 
like sclerotizations under the spines of the helmet number 6 or 7. Remnants of 
genal comb (Gc): on left side of head of g§ a knob at lower angle of genal margin 
(Fig. 3), on right side a row of 3, in 2 3 on both sides. Segment I of antenna nearly 
straight, a little more than one-half longer than broad, II with a row of 5 or 6 bristles, 
of which in $ some (4?) reach beyond middle of club, whereas in 2 5 extend to apex 
of club or a little beyond it. The widening of the middle of the dorsal margin of 
the occiput is not distinctly more sclerotized than the rest of the margin. and there 
are no indications of other tubers; the anterior row of occiput contains 2 bristles 
in ¢ and 3 in Q, the second and third rows in ¢ and @ 5 each side, the second row 
being continued dorsally by one or two much smaller bristles. The labial palp has 
5 segments and reaches to the trochanter (9) or nearly (2), being much longer than 
the maxillary palp. Pronotum with 2 rows of bristles, the posterior row containing 
to long ones on the two sides together. For bristles of meso- and metanotum see 
Fig. 3. Pale central area of metepisternum twice as long as broad ; on metepimere 
2 rows of bristles, in ¢ containing 6, 5 on one side and 5, 4 on the other, in Q 6, 
6 and 6, 4, besides a long bristle at apical margin in g and 9. Abdominal tergites 
likewise with 2 rows, the numbers of bristles being on III and IV in g and @ 13 or 
14, 17 or 18 (the two sides together), on V in ¢ 4, 17, in 9 4, 15, on VI in 
6 4, II,in@1,12,0n VII in g 0, Io, in 9 5, 6. Antepygidial bristles long and 
stout, in f I each side, in 2 2 equal in length. Basal abdominal sternum witha 
pair of ventral marginal bristles, sterna III to VI with a single row, numbering 
(the two sides together) in g on III 10, IV 9, V 8, VI 7, in 9 on III 11, IV to VI 
8 each. 

Femora, on outer surface, with a few lateral bristles in apical third and 1 to 3 

further forward, besides the usual ventral bristles near base and apex; on inner 
_ surface only the ventral subapical one, no lateral ones ; on outer side of fore-, mid- 
and hind-tibiae a row of lateral bristles numbering respectively, in J 6, 7, 9 or I0, 
and in 27, 10 or 11, and 12; the bristles at the dorsal margin and close to it counted 
from the base to the middle of the apical margin number the same in g and 9; in 
fore-tibia 19 and in mid- and hind-tibia 22 (+ 1); the row of bristles at the apical 
margin is interrupted in all three tibiae, not forming a comb, 


184 VERY REMARKABLE FLEA FROM ARGENTINA 


Terminalia. . (Fig. 4). As VII.t. is totally and VIII.t. partially telescoped , 


into VI.t., it is not possible to determine accurately the outline of each segment and 
to recognize the homology of every sclerite. In front of the antepygidial bristle 
lies a narrow curved sclerite which bears on the convex anterior side a row of rounded 


‘\ 
¢ . » 
FY _Villet. 


i 


f« VII.st. 


Fic. 4. Barveropsylla excelsa, terminalia of 3. 


humps ; it has evidently been shifted from its proper place ; it may be a part of , | 


VII.t. or it may not. When a second ¢ becomes available for comparison the nature — 


of this conspicuous sclerite may become clear. The margin of VIII.t. runs across 


bears only three bristles each side, two of them small, the third fairly large ; the 
extension dorsal of VIII.st. is not clear at all, and the dotted line to indicate this 
extension may be in the wrong place ; [X.t. is much longer than broad ; it is anteri- 


: | 
the sensilium and in consequence the shape of the spiracle (S#7) is obscured. VIII.st. 


VERY REMARKABLE FLEA FROM ARGENTINA 185 


orly produced into two broad apodemes ; the lower one is the manubrium (M), the 
upper margin of which (anterior margin in figure) is nearly straight and not much 
longer than the manubrium is broad at the base; ventral margin evenly convex. 
The sinus above the manubrium round and the apodeme above it almost the inverse 
of it. The clasper (C7) ends with a conical process (P), which is about twice as long 
as broad and bears a row of three stout and two slender bristles at the anterior (or 
dorsal) margin, two bristles at the apex and two at the posterior side, there being 


‘er 
Vi 


> VILst. 


Fic. 5. Barreropsylla excelsa, terminalia of 9. 


in addition a long one on the inside at the base of the process. Below P and forming 
with it a round sinus there is a narrow, almost spine-like projection, which may 
possibly not belong to the clasper ; it is placed close to the clasper’s sclerotized 
swelling, which bears the movable digitoid F. This is claw-like, narrow, curved 
towards P and pointed and bears a submarginal row of 4 bristles, of which the 
lowest is the stoutest ; then follow on the margin of F 6 very thin ones (some quite 
short) and at some distance from apex a long one about the thickness of the third 
of the submarginal row but longer. The upper end of the anterior arm of IX.st. is 
curved backwards as shown in Fig. 4; the posterior arm is straight, broadest at the 


186 VERY REMARKABLE FLEA FROM ARGENTINA 


base, gradually narrowed, the apical half being about as broad as the basal fourth of 
the antepygidial bristle and bearing two slender bristles. X.t. triangular in lateral 
aspect, with an oblique row of thin bristles on the side and several more bristles 
further forward, the base partially overlapped by the sensilium. Most of the distal 
sclerites of the phallosome (P/) are hidden and not indicated in Fig. 4; the proximal 
portion is bulbiform and more convex dorsally than ventrally. Some distance 
proximally of the digitoid F lies, each side of body, a sclerite which resembles the 
blade of a woodcutter’s axe (ax) and is conspicuous by its shape; -it is evidently 
a part of the phallosome. 

9. (Fig. 5.) VII.t. with 13 bristles in a row and in front of them 8 small ones 
(on the two sides together) ; its apical margin nearly straight. Cavity of spiracle 
(Spi) of VIII.t. curved upwards, being a little more than twice as long as broad ; 
from the spiracle downwards there are 1g bristles on the left side and 14 on the right, 
the upper bristle of the second row being the largest ; on the inside of the apical 
margin there is a cluster of 3 short and stiff bristles and none further down. X.t. 
bears 7 bristles each side, the dorsal median one being larger than the apical bristle 
of the stylet (Sty) ; X.st. is evenly convex below, and has a small bristle at the upper 
margin and a long one near the lower part of the apical margin. Stylet about three 
times as long as broad. The spermatheca (R.s.) resembles that of Tiarapsylla 
titschacki Wagn., 1937, its orifice being ventral. 

Length § 2:2 mm., 9 2°5 mm. 

One pair from the Republic of Argentina: collected by Dr. J. M. de la Barrera 
at Bariloche, Nahuel Huapi, Rio Negro, 780 mm., 3 vii. 1952, on Akodon sp., type . 
In the coll. of the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN 
SIPHONAPTERA 


By F. G. A. M. SMIT 


SYNOPSIS 


Six new fleas are described in this paper and two imperfectly known species are redescribed. 
Unless stated otherwise, all type specimens are in the Rothschild collection and the British 
Museum collection of Siphonaptera at Tring, Herts, 


Family VERMIPSYLLIDAE 
Dorcadia ioffi, n. sp. 


(Figs. I, 3) 


TYPE MATERIAL. Holotype male and allotype female: Issyk-Kul, Tien Shan, 
Turkestan, 1943, ex Ovis aries, received from I. G. Ioff. Paratypes: two females 
with same data as holotype and allotype. 

Diacnosis. Closely related to the hitherto only known representative of the 
genus, Dorcadia dorcadia (Rothschild), 1912, but readily distinguishable in both 
sexes by the much larger size of the abdominal spiracular fossae ; the male differs 
in the shape and proportions of the modified segments, the female likewise in the 
terminal segments, though less markedly so. 

DEscRIPTION. Apart from the larger size of the spiracular fossae and the details 
of the terminalia, there do not seem to be any major differences in the two species of 
Dorcadia. 

MODIFIED ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS: MALE (Fig. 1, cf. Fig. 2). Manubrium rather 
narrow, about five times as long as broad at its apically broadest point, in D. dorcadia 
about two and a half times as long as broad. The posterior margin of the clasper 
above the movable process bears about half a dozen long setae at or near the margin 
which is truncate just above the movable process; in D. dorcadia only 2 of the 
marginal setae are elongated and the margin above the movable process forms an 
acute process. Along the margin of the clasper below the movable process 3 very 
long curved setae; in D. dorcadia there are 4-5 such setae. On the outer side 
of the clasper a vertical patch of about 6 setae, on the corresponding part, but on 
the inside, about 16 small setae; in D. dorcadia on the outer side about 12 setae, 
but none on its inner side. Movable process proportionally longer than that of 

1 The specimens of this new species (Dorcadia) and the next one described here (Chaetopsylla) were 
among material received in 1946 from Prof. I. G. Ioff of the Parasitological Laboratory at Saratov, 
U.S.S.R., in exchange for material from the Tring collection. Since then it has become practically 


impossible to communicate with colleagues in Russia, and I have not been able to inform Professor 
loff of the status of the specimens which are now here described as new. To describe new species without 


_ the consent of the colleague who submitted the material for study and comments would normally be 


unethical, but in this case the increase of our knowledge seemed to SEESCe? this consideration—a view 
which is shared by my colleagues at Tring. 


188 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 


FIGs. I, 2. 


Fig. 1, Dorcadia ioffi n. sp. Terga VII, VIII and clasper (tergum IX) and anal segment. 
(Holotype.) Fig. 2, Dorcadia dorcadia (Rothschild). Terga VII, VIII and clasper 
(tergum IX) and anal segment. (Yen-an Fu, Shensi.) 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 


> - 
— Me emmy ees 
~ 9344 a 
Aas ‘04 bad Gy 
eae 


3 


FIGs. 3-5. 


Fig. 3, Dorcadia ioffi n. sp. Terminalia of female. (Allotype.) Fig. 4, Dorcadia dor- 
cadia (Rothschild). Tergum VII. (Yen-an Fu, Shensi.) Fig. 5, Dorcadia dorcadia 
(Rothschild). Terminalia of female. (Yen-an Fu, Shensi). 


189 


190 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 


the other species and with more numerous setae. In both species the dorsal anal 
lobe (tergum X) is fused with tergum IX; the ventral anal lobe (sternum X) is 
distinctly longer in the new species than in D. dorcadia. The very peculiar phallo- 
some is extremely similar in the two species. 

FEMALE (Fig. 3, cf. Figs. 4, 5). This is a larger flea than D. dorcadia (although 
the reverse appears true owing to the lesser degree of expansion of the available 
females of D. offi), and the fact that its tergal and sternal sclerites are larger (cf. 
Figs. 3 and 4, 5) may be due to this fact, but they are also distinctly broader and 
with a more convex anterior margin, as shown in the figures. The spiracular fossae 
are actually and relatively larger ; above the spiracular fossa of tergum VIII about 
8 upwards-pointing setae, while in D. dorcadia there are only 2 or 3 such setae; 
the setae behind and below the sensilium and on the ventral anal lobe are also more 
numerous than in D. dorcadia. The spermathecae of the two species are very 
similar. 

LENGTH OF MALE, 3 mm.; the length of the female cannot be given in a satis- 
factory way, owing to the different stages of expansion of the specimens. 

REMARK. This new species is named in honour of the great Russian Siphon- 
apterologist, Prof. I. G. Toff. 


Chaetopsylla caucasica, n. sp. 
(Figs. 6, 8, 10, 12) 


TYPE MATERIAL. Holotype male and allotype female: Kisha, N.W. Caucasus, 
1940, ex Martes martes, received from Prof. I. G. Ioff. 

DiaGnosis. The new species is closely related to Chaetopsylla matina Jordan, 
and differs from it in the male by the shape of the corpus of the clasper, the straight- 
ness of the movable process and the greater length of the distal arm of sternum IX ; — 
the female is difficult to distinguish from that of C. matina, except for a difference in © 
the shape of the spermatheca. 

DESCRIPTION : HEAD. Frontal tubercle deciduous; labial palp consisting of 
5 segments, not extending beyond the apex of the fore coxa. Without a strong seta 
on the genal process immediately below the hinder part of the eye. 

THORAX. Metepimeron with 2 rows of setae, the anterior row being well developed 
and composed of 4 or 5 setae. 

ABDOMEN. The setae of the terga are not notably long and coarse; for the 
arrangement of setae below or behind the spiracular fossae of terga II-VII see © 
Fig. 12 ; in the female these spiracular fossae are situated well in front of the short 
main tergal row of setae and there are in this sex two setae above the spiracular 
fossa of tergum II, and one above those of terga IJI-VII. 

MODIFIED ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS: MALE (Figs. 6, 8, cf. Figs. 7, 9). Corpus of 


clasper about one and a half times as long as broad, as in C. matina, but its posterior __ 
margin is strongly convex ; the setae along this margin far more numerous thanin 
C. matina ; setae on the lower part of the inner side of the corpus longer and more | 
distinctly grouped together than in C. matina. Movable process apparently straight _ 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 191 


sores t 


bape TIS =r 


Fics. 6, 7. 


Fig. 6, Chaetopsylla caucasica n. sp. Clasper and sternum IX. (Holotype.) Fig. 7, 
Chaetopsylla matina Jordan. Clasper and sternum IX. (Cauterets, Hautes Pyrenées.) 


192 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 


Fics. 8-12. 


Fig. 8, Chaetopsylla caucasica n. sp. Aedeagal apodeme. (Holotype.) Fig. 9, Chaetopsylla 
matina Jordan. Aedeagal apodeme. (Cauterets, Hautes Pyrenées.) Fig. 10, Chaeto- 
psylla caucasica n. sp. Sternum VII, spermatheca and sclerotized part of the ductus 
bursae copulatricis. (Allotype.) Fig. 11, Chaetopsylla matina Jordan. Sternum VII, 
spermatheca and sclerotized part of the ductus bursae copulatricis. (Cauterets, Hautes 
Pyrenées.) Fig. 12, Chaetopsylla caucasica n. sp. Terga II-VII of male. (Holotype.) 


oe 


————— 


ee er 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 193 


(that of the right-hand side is curved in the only male available, but this shape 
seems to be due to distortion) ; the process narrows markedly at two-thirds and is 
then of uniform width to near the apex, where it tapers gradually ; the acetabulum 
is situated at the anterior margin of the corpus, while in C. matina it is placed well 


away from this margin. Manubrium with a straight upper and a convex lower 


margin. Proximal arm of sternum IX more distinctly angulate than that of C. 
matina, while the distal arm is slenderer and relatively much longer than in the 
latter species and bears apically a few rather short setae (not long ones as in C. 
matina). Aedeagal apodeme much broader than that of C. matina. 

FEMALE (Fig. 10, cf. Fig. 11). Sternum VII very much like that of C. matina, 
but the ventral lobe appears to be sharper, although females of C. matina are rather 
variable in this respect. Tergum VIII with a main row of II setae on one side, 
12 on the other, on each side the 6 lower and larger setae of this row are situated 
below the spiracular fossa. Appendix of spermatheca relatively stouter than that 
of C. matina, while the reservoir also appears to be much larger in relation to the 
length of the appendix. The sclerotized part of the ductus bursae copulatricis is 
less strongly bent than that of C. matina, but whether this shape is genuine or not 
cannot be ascertained from the only female available. 

LENGTH OF MALE, 24 mm.; female approximately 3} mm..: 


Family STEPHANOCIRCIDAE 
Subfamily CRANEOPSYLLINAE 
Cleopsylla monticola, n. sp. 

(Figs. 13, 15, 17, 19, 21) 


TYPE MATERIAL. Holotype male and allotype female: Pichincha, Ecuador, 
Ist October, 1931, ex Caenolestes fuliginosus, collected by F. Spillmann. Paratypes : 


one male and one female, Chimborazo, Ecuador, April, 1931, ex Sigmodon sp. ; 


one male, Iliniza, Ecuador, April, 1931, ex Thomasomys sp.; these paratypes were 
also collected by F. Spillmann. 

Diacnosis. This new species from Ecuador differs from the hitherto only known 
representative of the genus, Cleopsylla townsendi Rothschild (occurring in Peru), by 
the straightness of the anterior margin of the frons, the strongly reduced number of 
small setae bordering the antennal fossa dorsally, and by the chaetotaxy of the hind 
tibia. The modified abdominal segments and genitalia of the male are extremely 


similar in the two species, but the females are most easily distinguishable by the 


_ shape of the spermatheca. 


DESCRIPTION : HEAD (Fig. 13, cf. Fig. 14). Dorsal margin of frons anteriorly 
strongly rounded ; the anterior margin of the frons slopes strongly backwards ; 
it is straight for most of its extent and in its lower portion rounded to form the 
genal margin, which is slightly longer than that of C. townsendi. On the frons 
there is a vertical ctenidium, consisting of 7 spines in the male, and 8 in the female, 
as is also the case in the other species ; the two species also agree in having the lowest 


ENTOM, III, 5. 16 


194 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 


spine elongated and curved downwards pre-apically ; the bases of these spines in 
C. monticola form an imaginary line which is parallel to the straight frontal margin, 
while this is not the case in C. townsendi owing to this species having usually a 
markedly convex anterior frontal margin. In front of the ctenidium a row of 5 


RoR 
Ox SYN) 
Hip 


Fics. 13-16. 


Fig. 13, Cleopsylla monticola n. sp. Head and pronotum of male. (Iliniza, Ecuador.) 
Fig. 14, Cleopsylla townsendi Rothschild. Head and pronotum of male. (Carhuamayo, 
Peru.) Fig. 15, Cleopsylla monticola n. sp. Spermatheca (Allotype.) Fig. 16, Cleopsylla 
townsendi Rothschild. Spermatheca and genital ducts. (Tacna, Peru.) 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 195 


20 


Fics. 17, 174, 18, 18a, 19, 20. 


Fig. 17, Cleopsylla monticola n. sp. Clasper and sternum IX. (Iliniza, Ecuador.) Fig. 
174, Cleopsylla monticola n. sp. Movable process of clasper. (Iliniza, Ecuador.) Fig. 18, 
Cleopsylla townsendit Rothschild. Clasper and sternum IX. (Carhuamayo, Peru.) 
Fig. 18a, Cleopsylla townsendi Rothschild. Movable process of clasper. (Carhuamayo, 
Peru.) Fig. 19, Cleopsylla monticola n. sp. Sternum VII of female. (Allotype.) 
Fig. 20, Cleopsylla townsendi Rothschild. Sternum VII of female. (Tacna, Peru.) 


196 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 


setae, the fourth seta from above being the longest. The genal ctenidium consists 
of 5 spines, the lowest of which is a little longer than the others and partly concealed 
by its neighbour, while the small most dorsal spine is placed on the broad, rounded 
genal process and is rather variable in size. Clava of antenna somewhat broader 
than that of C. townsendi ; antennal fossa dorsally bordered by one or two small 
setae, in contrast with C. townsendi, where there are many more such setae. Chaeto- 
taxy of the postantennal region of the head virtually the same in the two species, 
except that in the new species the setae, like most of the other setae, are slightly 
longer than in C. townsendi. 

THORAX. Pronotum (Fig. 13, cf. Fig. 14) with two rows of setae and a ctenidium 
of 25-28 spines in the male and 25-27 in the female (in C. townsend, male with 22-25, 
female with 21-26 spines) ; the sharply pointed straight pronotal spines gradually 
decrease in length from above downwards in both species. Pronotum dorsally 
longer than the uppermost spines, while the reverse is true for C. townsend1 ; meso- 
thorax and metathorax as in the latter species. 

Lecs (Fig. 21, cf. Fig. 22). A row of short spiniform setae on the inner side of 
the hind coxa. The chaetotaxy of the posterior margin of the tibiae of the two 
species is different and the differences described and figured here are taken from the 
hind tibia: the two median groups of strong setae arising from notches in the posterior 
margin consist of 3 setae in both species, but in the new species the innermost seta is 
displaced downwards and has become marginal, thus causing the tibia to possess a 
false comb, while in C. townsendi the innermost seta of the two groups is in line 
with the other two setae and therefore the more primitive condition is retained here. 

ABDOMEN. Terga I—V in the male with 2-4, 2-4, 3, 3, 2-3 apical spinelets respec- 
tively on each side, in the female 2-3, 3, I-2, I-3, I-2 respectively ; for C. townsendt 
these figures are: in the male 2-3, 2-3, I-2, I-2, I, and in the female 2-3, 2-3, 
I-2,1I-2,1. The chaetotaxy of the first 7 abdominal segments is virtually the same 
in the two species. 

MODIFIED ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS: MALE (Fig. 17, cf. Fig. 18). Movable process 
of clasper (Fig. 174) with its apex expanded both anteriorly and posteriorly, the 
posterior expansion forming a conspicuous lobe which is almost absent in C. towns- 
endi (Fig. 18a). The distal arm of sternum IX tends to be slightly broader than ~ 
that of C. townsendi. In other respects the modified segments, as also the phallo- — 
some, are very much alike in the two species. 

FEMALE (Figs. 15, 19, cf. Figs. 16, 20). Posterior margin of sternum VII with a 
long and shallow sinus, similar to that in C. townsendi though shorter ; the row of — 
setae extends upwards to a point level with the lower margin of the lobe of the 
posterior margin of the sternum, while in C. townsendi it extends to above this 
point. Spermatheca markedly different from that of the Peruvian species, its tail — 
being much shorter and stouter and internally finely striated (instead of reticulate) 
and the striae on the inside of the reservoir are less dense. The genital ducts could 
~ not be made out in the two females available. 

LENGTH of male, 2 mm. ; female, 24 mm. | 

REMARKS. Cleopsylla townsendi is known to occur in places at high altitudes in — 
Peru (between 12,000 and 16,000 ft.) and the same seems to be true for the new 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 197 


species described above, for all specimens of the latter were collected on three of the 
highest mountains in Ecuador, namely Chimborazo (altitude + 20,500 ft.), Pichincha 
(altitude + 16,000 ft.) and Iliniza (altitude + 17,500 ft.). Though the altitude is 
not given on the slide labels, it seems safe to assume that the specimens were collected 
well above 10,000 ft., near the timber line. 

It should be noted that the paratypes of Cleopsylla monticola were recorded by 
Jordan (1931) under the name of Cleopsylla townsend, and also that (contrary to 
his belief at that time) the supposed inaccuracy in his drawing of the tail of the 
spermatheca of C. townsendi does not exist, the drawing being perfectly accurate 
and the difference in the spermatheca being specific. 


Plocopsylla phyllisae, n. sp. 
(Figs. 25, 26, 28, 30) 


TYPE MATERIAL. Holotype male from Guamani, Ecuador, July, 1931, ex Oryzomys 
sp., collected by F. Spillmann. 

DraGnosis. The new species is related to Plocopsylla phobos Jordan, but differs 
in the male by the spines of the genal ctenidium being much more strongly reduced, 
by the typical abdominal terga not being rounded off dorso-posteriorly, and by having 
a broader clasper and a differently shaped movable process and spiniform on the 


| inner side of the latter; moreover, the sterna IX of the two species are not alike 


and the hind tibiae differ in their chaetotaxy. Female unknown. 

DESCRIPTION : HEAD (Fig. 25, cf. Figs. 23, 24). Prectenidial part of head narrower 
than the ‘‘ helmet ’’- ctenidium, which consists of 14 spines on each side. In other 
respects the head is extremely like that of P. phobos, except that the four genal 
spines are strongly reduced in size, which is not the case in the male of any other 
known Plocopsylla, and in the female sex such small genal spines are only found in 


M P. phobos (which could imply that the females, attributed to P. phobos, are not that 


species). 

THORAX. Very similar to that of P. phobos ; in both species the pronotal cteni- 
dium consists of 14 spines. 

Lecs (Fig. 30, cf. Fig. 31). The setae at the posterior (dorsal) margin of the 
hind tibia are much thinner and therefore grouped more closely together than in 
P. phobos, while the fourth notch from the apex bears only 2 setae as against 3 in 
P. phobos. 

ABDOMEN (Fig. 26, cf. Fig. 27). Chaetotaxy of terga I-VII and of sterna II-VII 
similar to that of P. phobos, but the setae are much shorter than in the latter species. 


_ The shape of the terga is quite normal (Fig. 26), but stress should here be laid upon 


_ the shape of those of P. phobos: in the male of that species the dorsal part of the 
; posterior margin of terga II-VI is rounded and forms no distinct angle with the 


dorsal margin (Fig. 27). This is an interesting form of sexual dimorphism, since in 
the female of P. phobos the terga are normally shaped (as in Fig. 26). Similar 
modified terga are found in the males of P. wolffsohni (Rothschild) and P, chiris 


198 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 


Fics. 21-27. 

Fig. 21, Cleopsylla monticola n. sp. Hind tibia of male, (Iliniza, Ecuador.) Fig. 22, 
Cleopsylla townsendi Rothschild. Hind tibia of male. (Carhuamayo, Peru.) Fig. 
23, Plocopsylla phobos Jordan. Gena of male. (Holotype.) Fig. 24, Plocopsylla 
phobos Jordan. Gena of female. (Guamani, Ecuador.) Fig. 25, Plocopsylla phyllisae 
n.sp. Gena of male. (Holotype.) Fig. 26, Plocopsylla phyllisae n. sp. Terga III-V. 
(Holotype.) Fig. 27, Plocopsylla phobos Jordan. Terga III-V. (Holotype.) 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 199 


Fics. 28, 29. 


Fig. 28, Plocopsylla phyllisae n. sp. Modified abdominal segments. (Holotype.) Fig. 
29, Plocopsylla phobos Jordan, Modified abdominal segments. (Holotype.) 


200 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 


FIGs. 30-33. 


Fig. 30, Plocopsylla phyllisae n. sp. Hind tibia of male. (Holotype.) Fig. 31, Ploco- 
psylla phobos Jordan. Hind tibia of male. (Holotype.) Fig. 32, Craneopsylla minerva 
minerva (Rothschild). Apex of clasper. (Villa Carolina, Rio Lavallen, Argentina.) 
Fig. 33, Megarthroglossus jamesont n. sp. Head, thorax and coxae. (Holotype.) 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 201 


(Jordan), and the former is also sexually dimorphic in this respect, like P. phobos, 
while the sole known female of P. chiris lacks the abdomen. Terga I-V with 4-5, 
3-4, 3-4, 3-4, I-I apical spinelets respectively (in P. phobos: 3-4, 3-4, 2-3, I-2, 
o respectively). Of the two antesensilial setae the upper one is a thin and very 
small seta, and the lower, which in the other species of Plocopsylla (except P. ender- 
leint Wagner, where antesensilial setae are absent in the male) is quite normally 
developed, though sometimes rather short, is vestigial. 

MODIFIED ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS OF MALE (Fig. 28, cf. Fig. 29). Apodeme of 
tergum IX and manubrium less broad than in P. phobos, but the corpus of the clasper 
is distinctly broader than in the latter, its dorsal margin being almost straight ; 
the dorso-apical margin is bordered by a fringe of 12 long setae. Movable process 
of clasper far less broad basally than that of P. phobos, and with a sharply pointed 
apex ; the modified spiniform seta on the inner side of the movable process differs 
markedly from those in all other representatives of the genus by having a downward- 
pointing triangular thin extension. As is usual in all members of this genus and 
also in those of the other genera of the subfamily Craneopsyllinae, a distinct non- 
setiferous process is attached to the inside of the corpus of the clasper near the dorsal 
part of the base of the movable process. This lateral process is always associated 
with the latter, and a useful hint as to its origin and function is given by the 
structure of the clasper of Craneopsylla minerva minerva (Rothschild) (Fig. 32). 
Here we see that on the inner side of the clasper, along the margin of the dorso-apical 
angle, the surface is partly sclerotized and striated ; opposite this the movable 
process has a striated patch on its outer side. In Plocopsylla the clasper is extended 
further backwards and the apex of the movable process does not reach the apex 
of the clasper; since the inner striated sclerotization is so closely associated with 
the movable process, it has moved inwards and developed into a rodlike structure. The 
function of this process could be (a) to act as a locking device for the movable process 
or (0) to serve as a stridulatory organ (in connection with the corresponding striated 
area of the movable process).!_ Posterior margin of proximal arm of sternum IX 
more irregular than that of P. phobos; the distal arm bears 2 modified setae, the 
one at the ventral margin being spiniform with a slightly curved apical part, the 
other is extremely short and has a very blunt apex. 

LENGTH of male, 2 mm. 

Remarks. If the relative development of the genal spines in the two sexes of 
this new species is the same as it is in P. phobos (where these spines are well developed 


_ in the male and strongly reduced in the female), the unknown female of P. phyllisae 


might be expected to possess at most vestiges of genal spines, a condition confined 
in known Stephanocircidae to Barreropsvila excelsa Jordan (see the paper by K. 
Jordan in the same issue of this Bulletin). 

The new species is named after Miss Phyllis T. Johnson, Entomologist of the 
Walter Reed Army Medical Center, Washington, D.C., in appreciation of her great 
interest in the flea fauna of South America. 


1 Though the latter suggestion seems less likely than the first one, it would be of interest if South 
American entomologists would try out the experiments which Ossiannilsson performed with Auchenor- 
thynchous Homoptera (Opusc, ent., 1946, 82-84) in order to prove whether or not these fleas can sing. 


202 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 


Family HysTRICHOPSYLLIDAE 
Subfamily ANOMIOPSYLLINAE 
Megarthroglossus jamesoni, n. sp. 
(Figs. 33-36) 


TYPE MATERIAL. Holotype male and allotype female: Pine Nut Mountains, 
Douglas County, Nevada, U.S.A., 25th March 1951, from the nest of Neotoma 
cinerea, collected by E. W. Jameson, Jr. 

Driacnosis. The new species belongs to the group of species of M. egarthroglossus 
which normally have a pronotal ctenidium consisting of 16 spines, i.e., M. sicamus 
Jordan & Rothschild, M. bisetis Jordan & Rothschild and M. beck Tipton & Allred, 
and is easily separable from these in the male by the shape of sternum VIII, the 
posterior margin of which has no marked ventral incision, and moreover its posterior 
margin is almost straight and does not form a lobe ; the female differs from the others 
of the group by the combination of the following characters: the possession of 3 
antesensilial setae each side, sternum VII without a lateral sinus, and the appendix 
of the spermatheca being less than twice as long as its reservoir, which has no distinct 
“ collar.” 

DESCRIPTION. HEAD AND THORAX (Fig. 33) similar to those of the other members 
of the genus ; pronotal ctenidium consisting of 16 spines ; abdominal terga I and II 
each with I-I apical spinelets respectively in the male ; in the female there is only 
I spinelet on one side of tergum I. 

MoDIFIED ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS: MALE (Fig. 34). Sternum VIII without a 
trace of a ventral incision of its posterior margin ; the posterior hyaline part of this 
sternum with an almost straight posterior margin which forms no lobe ; the length 
of the entire ventral margin of sternum VIII equals that of sternum VII. Clasper 
with 6 slender setae along its dorsal margin, a short row of about 6 small setae on its 
inner side from above the acetabulum to the dorso-apical angle and with 11 long 
and medium-sized setae distributed along the whole of the posterior margin. Movable 
process elongate, smoothly and slightly convex posteriorly, its apex obliquely 
truncate ; none of its setae stout. 

FEMALE (Figs. 35, 36). Tergum VII with 3 antesensilial setae each side. Posterior — 
margin of sternum VII with a ventral sinus but without a lateral sinus ; with a main 
row of 5 setae and in front of the lower setae about 3 additional ones. Appendix 
of spermatheca about one and a half times as long as the reservoir, the “ collar” of 
which (the part which is striated on the inside) only bulges dorsally, while the lower 
margin of this collar is straight and in line with the lower basal margin of the 
appendix. 

LENGTH of male, 14 mm. ; female, 2 mm. 

REMARK. This new species of the Western North American genus Megarthro- 
glossus is named after my colleague Dr. E. W. Jameson, Jr., of the University of 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 203 


California, who himself collected the two specimens, and most kindly allowed me to 
describe them and to incorporate the holotype and allotype in the British Museum 
collection at Tring. 


Fics. 34-36. 


Fig. 34, Megarthroglossus jamesoni n. sp. Clasper, sterna VIII and IX. (Holotype.) 
Fig. 35, Megarthroglossus jamesoni n. sp. Spermatheca. (Allotype.) Fig. 36, Megar- 
throglossus jamesoni n. sp. Sternum VII and spermatheca. (Allotype.) 


204 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 


Subfamily CTENOPHTHALMINAE 
Palaeopsylla similis peusi, n. ssp. 


(Figs. 37 and 39) 

TYPE MATERIAL. Holotype male and allotype female: Zerma, Rui Mountain, 
East Serbia (on the border of Bulgaria, 42° 54’ N. 22° 33’ E.), 25th July, 1935, ex 
Talpa europaea pancici (= Talpa europaea europaea), collected by N. Zeméuznikoy. 
Paratypes : two males and one female with same data as holotype and allotype. 

Dracnosis. Separable from the nominotypical subspecies, Palaeopsylla similis 
similis Dampf, in the male by the convex dorsal margin of the clasper, by the wider 
base and narrower apex of the movable process and by the more strongly serrate 
posterior margin of the proximal arm of sternum IX ; in the female by the shape 
of sternum VII, the posterior margin of which has no sinus below its dorsal lobe. 

DESCRIPTION. Except for differences in the terminal segments, the new sub- 
species is indistinguishable from the nominotypical subspecies. 

MoDIFIED ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS: MALE (Fig. 37, cf. Fig. 38). Dorsal margin 
of corpus of clasper distinctly convex, its dorso-apical angle rather acute and pro- 
jecting a little above the point of insertion of the seta on the posterior margin. 
Manubrium similar to that of the nominotypical subspecies, and like that of the 
latter showing a certain amount of variation in its width. Movable process of clasper 
straight, with a broad triangular base; the anterior (or dorsal) margin narrows 
abruptly near the apex, and from the apical angle the margin rounds off to continue 
as.the posterior margin; in the nominotypical subspecies the anterior margin is 
smoothly rounded near the apex, but the apical and posterior margins meet at a 
right angle. Chaetotaxy of the movable process in the two subspecies rather 
similar. Sternum IX in subspecies peusi is very similar to that of the nominotypical 
subspecies, but the posterior margin of the proximal arm is much more strongly 
serrate over a somewhat longer distance ; also the apex of the distal arm widens 
a little less abruptly. 

FEMALE (Fig. 39, cf. Fig. 40). Sternum VII with a row of 5 or 6 stout setae, 
as in the nominotypical subspecies, but the uppermost seta is shifted more forwards 
(backward from the row) ; the posterior margin of this sternum has a broad dorsal 
lobe below which the margin slants backwards, but without forming a distinct 
sinus, as is the case in the nominotypical subspecies. The reservoir of the sperma- 
theca seems to be narrower than that of P. similis similis, but such forms also occur 
in the latter, where likewise the part near the orifice may sometimes be distended 
ventrad. 

LENGTH of male, 13-2 mm.; female, 2 mm. 

Remarks. Palacopsylla similis similis Dampf is widely distributed in Eastern 
Europe and is known to occur in East and South-east Germany, Austria, Hungary, 
Northern Yugoslavia, Roumania, Bulgaria and European Russia; throughout its 
range of distribution it is a specific parasite of the mole (Talpa europaea). P. 

1 The occurrence of one specimen, which is in the Tring collection, on Sorex araneus, caught on the 


Glatzer Schneeberg, Silesia, is beyond any doubt accidental, since other specific parasites of the mole 
are occasionally found on Sorew and vice versa, 


CC — ———— 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 205 


similis peust is so far only known from the Rui Mountain on the Serbian-Bulgarian 
border, and there also is a specific parasite of the mole. The Rui Mountain may well 
be one of the most north-eastern points of distribution of P. s. peusi, since P. s. 


FIGS. 37, 374, 38, 38a. 


Fig. 37, Palaeopsylla similis peusi n. ssp. Clasper and sternum IX. (Holotype.) 
Fig. 37a, Palaeopsylla similis peusi n. ssp. Movable process of clasper. (Holotype.) 
Fig. 38, Palaeopsylla similis similis Dampf. Clasper and sternum IX. (Nove Stbske, 
Pleso, High Tatra.) Fig. 38a, Palaeopsylla similis similis Dampf. Movable process 
of clasper. (Nove Stbske, Pleso, High Tatra.) 


206 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 


similis has been found in south-west Bulgaria at Rhodope and Karlik, which localities 
are situated south-easterly of the Rui Mt. The new subspecies probably occurs in 
Albania and the northern part of Greece. 

I have great pleasure in naming this new subspecies after my friend and colleague 
Prof. Dr. F. Peus, who, through his excellent work, has contributed greatly to our 
knowledge of European fleas. 


Family IsCHNOPSYLLIDAE 
Subfamily IsCHNOPSYLLINAE 


Description of the hitherto unknown male of Ischnopsyllus consimilis 
(Wahlgren), 1904. 


(Figs. 41, 43, 44) 


Lt.-Col. R. Traub, Chief of the Department of Entomology, Walter Reed Army 
Medical Center in Washington, D.C., most kindly sent me a male of an Egyptian 
bat flea of the genus Ischnopsyllus for study and comparison with the representatives 
of this genus in the Tring collection. Though this male does not agree with any 
described male of Ischnopsyllus, albeit closely related to I. octactenus (Kolenati), 
I thought it could well be the unknown male of Ischnopsyllus consimilis (Wahlgren), 
1904, which was described from a single female collected in the neighbourhood of 
Cairo, Egypt, ex Rhinopoma microphyllum ; unfortunately this type-specimen must 
be considered lost. From Wahlgren’s description one deduces that consimilis must 
be extremely closely related to octactenus, and it was even thought that it might 
be a synonym of the latter. The description of J. consimilis deals mainly with such 
unsatisfactory characters as counts of setae, which agree rather well with the numbers 
of the Egyptian male (taking into account small differences which may be sexual) ; 
the numbers of spines in the ctenidia of the two sexes agree very well. Since both 
the female holotype of J. consimilis and the Egyptian male Ischnopsyllus are closely 
related to J. octactenus, and differ from it in similar respects, it seems a safe assump- 
tion that the male belongs to Wahlgren’s species. 

I am greatly indebted to Colonel Traub and also to the collector of this male, 
Mr. P. Quentin Tomich, for allowing me to describe the specimen. It is charac- 
teristic of Colonel Traub’s great generosity that he has presented this unique specimen 
to the British Museum collection of Siphonaptera at Tring. 

DaTA. One male ex Pipistrellus kuhli, 5 miles west of Simbellawein (i.e., 12 miles 
south of Mansura), Dakahlia Province, [Lower] Egypt, 26th February, 1947, collected 
by P. Quentin Tomich. 

Diacnosis. Closely related to Ischnopsyllus octactenus (Kolenati), but differs in 
the following characters: mesonotum and metanotum each with only a few semi- 
erect setae forming a ‘“‘mane’”’; dorso-apical angle of clasper obtuse, strongly 
rounded ; sternum VIII broader, with an oblique and rounded apex ; sternum IX 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 207 


Figs. 39-42. 

Fig. 39, Palaeopsylla similis peusi n. ssp. Sternum VII and spermatheca of two females. 
(Zerma, Rui Mt., Serbia.) Fig. 40, Palaeopsylla similis similis Dampf. Sternum 
VII and spermatheca. (Moscow, Russia.) Fig. 41, Ischnopsyllus consimilis (Wahl- 
gren). Mesonotum and metanotum of male. (Simbellawein, Egypt.) Fig. 42, 
Ischnopsyllus octactenus (Kolenati). Mesonotum and metanotum of male. (S. Feliu 
de Guixols, Spain.) 


208 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 


differs in details of the apical half of the distal arm ; crochet of phallosome with an 
upturned apex. Female: From the information available (i.e., Wahlgren’s original 
description) the only difference from J. octactenus seems to be in the number of spines 
in the pronotal ctenidium, namely 26 as against 29-32 in J. octactenus, though this 
difference may not be genuine, since Wahlgren stated, ‘“‘ Da ich nur ein Exemplar 
zu untersuchen gehabt habe, sind die Stachelzahlen der grésseren Kaémme (der 
beiden thorakalen und des zweiten und dritten abdominalen) insoweit unsicher, als 
ein Irrtum bis auf zwei Stacheln nicht vollig ausgeschlossen ist.” 


FIGs. 43, 44. 


Fig. 43, Ischnopsyllus consimilis (Wahlgren). Clasper. (Simbellawein, Egypt.) Fig. 
44, Ischnopsyllus consimtlis (Wahlgren). Aedeagal crochet, sternum IX and sternum 
VIII. (Simbellawein, Egypt.) 


a 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 209 


DescripTion. The number of spines in the eight ctenidia of J. consimilis and 
I. octactenus are compared below : : 


I. consimilis 3 I. octactenus 3 I. consimilis Q I. octactenus Q 
Pronotum . : 25 , 28-31 : 26 : 29-32 
Metanotum . F 25 ; 28-32 Z 24 : 25-31 
Tergum I ; 12 ; 11-18 ‘ 12 ; II-I5 
‘ II ; aa : 20-28 : 20 : 21-27 
om ENE , 20 : 19-22 , 18 : 16-22 
Pe IV ‘ 17 : 15-18 : 18 . 13-18 
‘, V ; I3 : II-16 ; 14 ; Q-14 
- VI : 13 ‘ 9-13 , 12 : 9-13 


Heap. Practically indistinguishable from that of J. octactenus. 

THORAX. Pronotum like that of J. octactenus, except for the number of spines 
in the ctenidium ; mesonotum and metanotum each with about 4 or 5 semi-erect 
setae near the dorsal margin (Fig. 41), while in J. octactenus these are much more 
numerous (Fig. 42). In other respects the thorax, as also the legs, show no notice- 
able differences between the two species under discussion. 

ABDOMEN. Segments I-VII similar to those of J. octactenus ; for the numbers 
of spines in the tergal ctenidia, see above. 

MODIFIED ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS OF MALE (Figs. 43, 44, cf. Figs. 45, 46). Apodeme 
of tergum IX rather broad; manubrium curved upwards, narrowing towards the 
apex ; the upper margin of the manubrium near the ventro-anterior part of the 
margin of the apodeme shows no lobe as in I. octactenus, but this lobe is also quite 
frequently absent, or at most indicated, in the latter species, so it is likely that 
specimens of J. consimilis possessing this lobe may be found in the future. The 
dorso-apical angle of the clasper is strongly obtuse and rounded off ; along the dorsal 
margin near the angle there are the usual 3 small setae ; posterior margin of clasper 
almost straight; of the 2 acetabular setae the lower is slightly stouter than the 
upper; the ventral margin of the clasper forms a rather straight line. Movable 
process of clasper crescentic, the lower half of the posterior margin fairly straight, 

while in I. octactenus it is more regularly rounded; chaetotaxy of the movable 
_ process similar to that of the latter. Sternum VIII fairly broad and straight, its 
proximal part being widened ; dorsal margin of the distal part concave, but much 
less so than in J. octactenus ; its apical margin obliquely rounded, and at the angle 
_ where the dorsal and apical margins meet there is a minute spiniform seta (in 
__ I. octactenus a small thin seta). On the apico-ventral part of the sternum a curved 
row of 6 blade-shaped long setae and in front of these, at the ventral margin, 2 more 
flattened setae, but like the corresponding ones in J. octactenus these are heavily 
pigmented ; further proximad along the margin some 6 curved setae. Sternum IX 
with the distal arm apically divided into a setiferous upper lobe and a lower non- 
setiferous one ; the latter lobe, which is the outer, is elongated and widest in its 
middle (in J. octactenus it is triangular and widest at its base) ; the upper part of 
the widened apical portion of the inner lobe much longer (from the point of junction 


ENTOM, Ill, 5. 17 


210 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 


with the inner lobe to the apex) than the lower part (in J. octactenus the upper 
and lower parts are subequal in size). Aedeagus not substantially different from 
that of J. octactenus, but the crochet differs by having amongst cther things an 
upturned apex; other differences can be observed by comparing Fig. 44 with 
Fig. 46. 

LENGTH of male, 2 mm. 


- 


Fics. 45, 46. 


Fig. 45, Ischnopsyllus octactenus (Kolenati). Clasper. (Newport, Isle of Wight.) 
Fig. 46, Ischnopsyllus octactenus (Kolenati). Aedeagal crochet, sternum IX and 
sternum VIII. (Newport, Isle of Wight.) 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 11 


REMARK.—In view of the desirability of stability in nomenclature I designate the 
above described Egyptian male Ischnopsyllus as neotype of Ischnopsyllus consimilis 
(Wahlgren), 1904. 


Family AMPHIPSYLLIDAE 
Subfamily MESOPSYLLINAE 


Redescription of Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss), 1913, in comparison with 
Caenopsylla mira Rothschild, 1909. 


(Figs. 47-53, cf. Figs. 54-62) 

Through the great kindness of Prof. E. Séguy, Sous-Directeur au Muséum National 
d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, I have been able to study the male holotype of Caenopsylla 
assimulata (Weiss), which is the only known specimen of this species. Although 
Weiss (1913) described it at length, its true morphology and status could not be 
ascertained owing to the fact that the few sketchy drawings published by Weiss 
do not show the true diagnostic characters. It is therefore not surprising that 
Wagner & Wassilieff (1933) remark that “. . . le C. assimulata Weiss a été trouvée 
en Tunisie, 4 Matmata, sur le Macroscelides rozett, mais un seul exemplaire insuffisam- 
ment décrit par A. Weiss.’”’ It is, however, not really a matter of the species being 
insufficiently described, since Weiss devoted nine full pages to the description of the 
sole specimen, but lack of detailed figures is liable to render any description, however 
lengthy, practically useless in the case of creatures such as fleas, where so much 
depends on the shape of the details of complicated structures. I fully agree with 
Dampf (1945), who advocates more exactness in drawings, but I would like to add 
that all taxonomically important parts of fleas should be treated in such a way. 
Detailed and accurate drawings replace, in a much more satisfactory way, large 
numbers of pages of descriptive matter—a fact which unfortunately is not yet 
wholly appreciated by many editors of periodicals. The extra expense of repro- 
ducing figures is probably more than offset by the saving in the number of pages 
_ required for a description, to say nothing of the fact that in nearly all instances 
descriptions of fleas unaccompanied by good and adequate figures are practically 
useless. 

The holotype of Caenopsylla assimulata is not well cleared and its dorsum is 
much contracted ; the specimen is in the collection of the Muséum National d’ Histoire 
Naturelle at Paris. 

Only one other species of Caenopsylla is known, C. mira Rothschild, 1g09, and 
therefore it seemed advisable to redescribe C. assimulata in comparison with C. mira. 


Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss), 3 Caenopsylla miva Rothschild, g 
DIAGNOSIS 

Pronotum rather narrow dorsally, its Pronotum much longer dorsally than ven- 
ctenidium straight. Hind tibia without a trally, its ctenidium strongly curved. Hind 
well-developed false comb of setae at the tibia with a distinct false comb. Corpus 
posterior margin. Corpus of clasper with of clasper narrowest in its middle part, the 
subparallel dorsal and ventral margins ; fixed process being drawn out into a long 
2 acetabular setae. lobe ; 4 acetabular setae. 


ENTOM. III, 5. 17§ 


212 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 


Fics. 47-50. 


Fig. 47, Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss). Head and prothorax and fore coxa. (Holo- 
type.) Fig. 48, Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss). Mesothorax, metathorax and tergum 
I. (Holotype.) Fig. 49, Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss). Hind tibia. (Holotype.) 
Fig. 50, Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss). Last hind tarsal segment. (Holotype.) 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 213 


Fics. 51-53. 


Fig. 51, Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss). Clasper and sternum IX. (Holotype.) Fig. 
52, Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss). Sternum VIII. (Holotype.) Fig. 53, Caeno- 
psylla assimulata (Weiss). Phallosome. (Holotype.) 


“a 


214 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 


SS se 


FIGs. 54-57. 


Fic. 54, Caenopsylla miva Rothschild. Head, prothorax and fore coxa of male, (Holo- 
type.) Fig. 55, Caenopsylla mira Rothschild. Head and pronotum of female. (Biskra, 
Algeria.) Fig. 56, Caenopsylla mira Rothschild. Hind tibia. (Holotype.) Fig. 57, 
Caenopsylla mira Rothschild. Last hind tarsal segment. (Holotype.) 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 215 


Fics. 58-60. 


Fig. 58, Caenopsylla miva Rothschild. Mesothorax, metathorax and tergum I of male. 
(El Kantara, Algeria.) Fig. 59, Caenopsylla miva Rothschild. Clasper and sternum 
IX. (Holotype.) Fig. 60, Caenopsylia miva Rothschild. Phallosome. (Holotype.) 


216 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 


a — —Y y 
na 
fl 
vi TT 
£ tad | Saget 
on > ————__ gg ee ZZ 
iio Po a y gS) Cee eer 
i. \ aa a 
—, 4 << —— 
ey an co of XS 
Z LF 
; =e ic 
—S = 
——— e-~ r 
_—— va 
; _ ow 
; ere 


mT 


Fics. 61, 62. 


Fig. 61, Caenopsylla miva Rothschild. Terminalia of male. (Holotype.) Fig. 62, 
Caenopsylla miva Rothschild. Terminalia of female. (Biskra, Algeria.) 


—_ 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 217 


Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss), 3 


Caenopsylla miva Rothschild, ¢ 


DESCRIPTION 


Heap (Fig. 47). The chaetotaxy, as well 
as the other characteristics of the head, can 
be seen in the figure, but stress should be 
laid upon the presence of 2 genal spines 
(though normal in the subfamily), the upper 
one of which is much thinner than the lower ; 
of the five-segmented labial palp the 2nd 
and 3rd segments are subequal in length 
and each is about half the length of the 4th 
or 5th segments. The clava of each antenna 
is broken off, and although on the slide label 
is written that they are somewhere in the 
preparation, I have been unable to find 
them ; pedicellus with 3 short setae. 


THoRAx (Figs. 47, 48). Pronotum of 
normal shape, with one row of 12 setae 
(6 each side) ; pronotal ctenidium consisting 
of 14 spines, the uppermost of the group 
formed on each side by the 3 lowest spines, 
which all lie closely against each other, is 
much the stoutest in the ctenidium and 
points obliquely downwards; the upper 
4 spines on each side are slightly curved and 
the 2nd and 3rd from above are somewhat 
spatulate ; they are all directed downwards 
like the third spine from below. 


Mesonotum with a main row of Io setae 
(5 each side), preceded by a row of 10 much 
smaller setae, both rows practically vertical. 
Mesosternosome with 6 setae on one side 
and 7 on the other; the anterior margin of 
the mesepisternum is long and almost 
vertical. 


Metanotum with a main row of 12 setae 
preceded dorsally by only 4 small setae; 
its posterior margin bears dorsally two 
apical spinelets on each side; metepi- 
sternum with one long and one short seta ; 
metepimeron with 5 setae on one side and 
6 on the other. 


Lzcs (Figs. 49, 50). Hind tibia with an 
indistinct false comb of 8 setae along the 
posterior margin; the five pairs of lateral 
plantar setae on the fifth segment of the 
hind tarsus are rather slender, on the plantar 
surface about 20 minute setae. 


Heap (Figs. 54, 55). Chaetotaxy very 
much the same, but the posterior row on 
the postantennal region is oblique and _ sub- 
parallel to the row on the pronotum. The 
2 genal spines are slightly stouter ; segments 
2-4 of the five-segmented labial palp are all 
of subequal length and slightly shorter than 
segments I and 5. The antenna is shown 
in the figures ; the pedicellus also bears only 
3 small setae. 


THORAX (Figs. 54, 55, 58). Pronotum in 
both sexes much longer dorsally than ven- 
trally, with one row of 12 setae; pronotal 
ctenidium consisting of the same number of 
similar spines, but the ctenidium is strongly 
curved and the 4 dorsal spines on each side 
are directed backwards and downwards, also 
the second and third from above are much 
less spatulate. 


Mesonotum with a main row of 10 setae 
on both sides together, preceded by a row 
of 10 smaller setae; these two rows are 
arranged obliquely. Mesosternosome with 
8-9 setae; anterior margin of mesepi- 
sternum more oblique. 


Metanotum with a main row of Io setae, 
preceded by a row of 8~10 setae; its pos- 
terior margin bears dorsally 3 apical spinelets 
on each side; metepisternum also with one 
long and one short seta; metepimeron 
extending upwards much nearer to dorsum, 
with 6 setae. 


Lees (Figs. 56, 57). The setae of the 
hind tibia forming a false comb number 12 
and are stouter, hence the false comb is very 
distinct ; the five pairs of lateral plantar 
setae are stouter and there are about 30 
minute setae on the plantar surface, 


218 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 


Caenopsylla assimulata (Weiss), 3 


Caenopsylla mira Rothschild, ¢ 


DESCRIPTION 


ABDOMEN. Terga I and II each with one 
apical spinelet each side; terga I—VII res- 
pectively each with 4, 6, 6, 6, 6, 5, 4 setae in 
the main row on each side; on tergum VII 
the gap between the lowest seta and its 
neighbour is twice as long as the space 
between the 1st and 2nd or 2nd and 3rd. 
In front of the main row one seta on terga I 
and II, none at all on terga III-VII. Tergum 
VII with 3 antesensilial setae the lowest of 
which is very small. Basal sternum appar- 
ently without setae, sterna ITI—VII on each 
side with 2 setae, sternum VIII as in Fig. 52, 
its apical margin with a sinus. 


MODIFIED SEGMENTS (Fig. 51). Shape of 
tergum VIII not visible in the specimen, but 
it bears 3 long setae. Manubrium of 
clasper long and narrow, not tapering in its 
apical portion. Corpus of clasper with sub- 
parallel dorsal and ventral margins, its apical 
half directed upwards ; 4 slender setae along 
the dorsal margin near the apex; posterior 
margin of clasper slightly concave ; 2 aceta- 
bular setae. Movable process spindle-shaped, 
two and a half times as long as its maximum 
width ; besides a number of small setae it 
bears a fairly large one at the posterior 
margin at one-third its length from the apex. 
Apex of proximal arm of sternum IX squarish ; 
the greater part of this arm very narrow but 
it widens to a triangle with a rather long 
base. The distal arm bears ventrally 5 long 
setae, and its structure is complicated and is 
shaped as shown in Fig. 51 ; the membranous 
flap projecting from behind the apex may 
belong to this sternum or it may be the 
aedeagal crochet; this could not be ascer- 
tained, no material being available for 
dissection. Aedeagal apodeme broad; for 
details of the phallosome, see Fig. 53. 


LENGTH. I$ mm. 
Hasitat. Matmata, South Tunisia. 


Host. Elephantulus rozeti (which was 
collected by Weiss in March, 1913) ; it may 
be expected to occur on the Gundi. 


ABDOMEN. Terga I-III with 2-2, 1-1, 
I-1 apical spinelets respectively; terga 
I-VII normally respectively each with 4, 6, 
6, 6, 6, 6, 6 setae in the main row on each 
side ; the setae on tergum VII are all about 
equally spaced. In front of the main row 
of terga I-III respectively 2-3, 3-4, I-3 
small setae, none at all on terga IV—VII. 
Similar antesensilial setae. Basal sternum 
with one seta along the ventral margin on 
each side, sterna III—-VII each with 2 or 3 
setae on each side, sternum VIII as in Fig. 61, 
its apical margin not sinuate. 


MopIFIED SEGMENTS (Figs. 59, 61). 
Tergum VIII roughly triangular, its dorsal 
margin undulate, and apically this margin 
and the ventral one meet at a sharp angle ; 
2 long setae near the dorsal margin. Manu- 
brium much broader and tapering strongly 
apically. Corpus of clasper with a deep 
sinus in its dorsal margin, which divides off 
the fixed process as a very distinct lobe, 
bearing at its apex 5 slender setae ; most of 
the posterior margin of the clasper slightly 
convex; 4 acetabular setae. Movable pro- 
cess. elongate, four times as long as its 
maximum width; chaetotaxy similar, but 
the long seta at the posterior margin is 


inserted at one-fourth the length of the 


posterior margin from the apex. Apex of 
proximal arm of sternum IX triangular, the 
narrow arm widening only a little towards 
its junction with the distal arm. The distal 
arm bears ventrally a large number of small, 
medium-sized and long setae ; its divided-off 
apical part triangular, very differently 
shaped to that of the other species, details 
as in Fig. 59; the membranous flap is much 
larger. Aedeagal apodeme much narrower ; 
for details of the phallosome, which is very 
different, see Fig. 60. 

LencTH. g, 2-2}mm.; 9, 2}-2} mm.? 

Hapitat. Biskra and El Kantara, both 
in Algeria. 

Host. Ctenodactylus gundi (occurring in 
Libya, Tunis, Algeria, and west to the 
Moroccan Atlas); the occurrence of one 
specimen on Eliomys quercinus munbyanus 
may be accidental. 


1 Although the female sex of this species is not dealt with here, it seemed useful to give a figure of its 


terminalia (Fig. 62). 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SIPHONAPTERA 219 


REMARKS 


The difference in the development of the pronotum is of interest : in C. assimulata 

we see that the pronotum is still of a more or less normal shape, but its ctenidium 
shows a clear tendency towards the condition found in C. mira, where the pronotum 
is dorsally widened backwards, and as a result of this the ctenidium is strongly 
curved and the upper spines tend to point downwards. These are obviously two 
stages in the evolution of the pronotum in the genus Caenopsylla, and it would be 
of interest to know whether a species of this genus with the original straight pronotal 
spines still exists, and also whether or not the evolution in another species has gone 
_ further, producing a pronotum more or less like that of Barreropsylla. In order to 
find the answer to this question it will be necessary to collect intensively throughout 
North Africa, which may unfortunately mean a delay of many years. 


REFERENCES 


Dampr, A. 1945. Notas sobre Pulgas. Rev. Soc. Mex. Hist. nat., 6: 68. 
_Jorpan, K. 1931. Further-records and descriptions of fleas from Ecuador. Novit. Zool., 
37 : 138. 

WAGNER, J., & WassILIEFF, A. 1933. Tableaux analytiques pour la détermination des puces 
rencontrées en Algérie et en Tunisie. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 21: 452. 
WAHLGREN, E. 1904. Zwei neue Puliciden aus Aegypten. Results Swed. zool. Exped. Egypt 
and White Nile 1901 : 3-4. 

‘Weiss, A. 1913. Contribution a l'étude des pulicidés. Une puce nouvelle de la Tunisie 
(Typhlopsylla assimulatus n. sp.). Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 3 : 187-196, figs. 1-3. 


17 DEC 1953 


a 
- 


hin 


the 
f 
: 
; 
‘ 
‘ 
ra 


Tet ie WIR wht bans, 


ig teh +3; tite " oes 
; q 7 
i utr at 15) ind # 


SE of 


Pit 7 tral? hikes “ia 


eG Uno’ ond fra 
rts ky wend A bb sed | 


t ap <= ype 
hiss ites 

° ty wtf, 

¢? I at ) Phe { . ries a 


YBa) OF TRE ae 
Pe 
ss ; ( “ree Pe 
in *) mer het oi 
+ . 4 
. ' 
“ I ' 
a thy y 
+ 
. 
. . ° * 
: « 
‘ 
, bl ' , 
$ ' 
‘ 
‘ 


WW 


"PRINTED: IN enna, BRITAIN OER 
“ADLARD- AND Son, Limite, Re 
BARTHOLOMEW PRESS baeee G 


Vy 


xt oe 


oY y 


a 
- ol 


Sg ew ee 


(ne 


vi sib ee 
AN 


1.6 MAR 1954 


_ THE EARLY LITERATURE 
ON MALLOPHAGA 


(PART III) 


SJHERESA CLAY 


AND 


G. H. E. HOPKINS 


4 BULLETIN OF 

THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 

~ ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 6 
{ LONDON: 1954 


‘THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


1 = 


THERESA CLAY 
AND 


(Ys, 
G. H. E. HOPKINS \ | 


ParT III. 1776-1786 


Pp. 221-266 ; Pls. 10-12; 68 Text-figures. 


BULLETIN OF 

THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 

ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 6 
LONDON: 1954 


iia” 


THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM 
(NATURAL HISTORY). instituted in 1949, 1s 
issued in five series corresponding to the Departments 
of the Museum, and an Historical Series. 


Paris appear at irregular intervals as they become 
veady. Volumes will contain about three or four 


hundred pages, and will not necessarily be compiled 
within one calendar year. 


This paper is Vol. 3, No. 6 of the Entomological 
series. 


Issued March, 1954. : Price Ten Shillings. 


THE EARLY LITERATURE OF MALLOPHAGA 


By THERESA CLAY anp G. H. E. HOPKINS 


(Part III, 1776-1786) 


SYNOPSIS 


This part, the third of a series of papers in which it is intended to review the species of Mallo- 
phaga described between 1758 and 1818, deals with the twelve species described by F. Schrank 
in 1776 and 1781 ; the two species by O. F. Miiller in 1776 ; the single species by J. C. Fabricius 
in 1777; the seven species by De Geer in 1778 ; the seven species by O. Fabricius in 1780; the 
three species by A. F. Fourcroy in 1785 ; the single species described by Mohr in 1786.1 As in 
previous instalments, the references following the headings are to the original work. 


SCHRANK, 1776 


(Beytrage zur Naturgeschichte, Leipzig : 113-120.) 


WirTu Schrank we reach much firmer ground than we have trodden hitherto, for all 
his species are quite reasonably well figured and there can be little doubt about the 
identity of any of them. All have, of course, been renamed (singly or in groups) by 
Nitzsch. The new species, all of which were published in perfectly valid form, are 
discussed below. 


Pediculus curuccae (p. 113, Pl. 5, fig. 1). 


The host is “ Motacilla curucca’’ (= Sylvia curucca), and the figure shows a 
Menoponid resembling Menacanthus rather than Myrsidea. No subsequent author 
has anything particularly useful to say about it, but Nitzsch (1818 : 300) renamed it 
Liotheum (Menopon) minutum. As no material from the type host is available, neo- 
types of Menacanthus curuccae (Schrank) cannot be erected. 


Pediculus rubeculae (p. 115, Pl. 5, fig. 4) 


No host is mentioned in the description, but the species is called ‘‘ Rothkehlchen- 
laus,” which is sufficient indication that the host was Evithacus rubecula ; in a later 
work (1781 : 507) Schrank gives the host as Motacilla rubecula. The figure is a 
reasonably good representation of a Ricinus and could not be mistaken for anything 
else. 


1In the last instalment of this series we remarked (Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Entomology, 2 : 4) 
that ‘‘ Kéler has evidently not studied the early literature at all ... ‘equi (Lin.),’ for instance, 
does not exist, no species having been described under this name prior to 1842, when Denny described 
it.” This remark is clumsily worded and suggests a reproach to Dr. von Kéler that we certainly did not 
intend. In ascribing the authorship of equi to Linné he was in conformity with nearly all recent writers 
on Mallophaga, since, with extremely few exceptions all have either ignored or overlooked the fact that 
Pediculus equi Linné is a nomen nudum. 


ENTOM, I, 6. 18 


224 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


The species was again described by Olfers (1816: 91) as Nirmus pterocephalus, 
a name which covers several species but which we are restricting to Ricinus rubeculae, 
and by Nitzsch (1866: 121) as Physostomum agonum, both from the same host as 
Schrank’s material. Harrison (1916 : 18, 68) correctly restores Schrank’s name for 
the species, but then (p. 103) wrongly mentions it in Piilopterus as well, probably 
through confusion with Philopterus rubeculae (Denny), which Harrison omits and 
which is not congeneric with rubeculae Schrank. 

This species is at once distinguished from both dolichocephalus (Scopoli) (Clay and 
Hopkins, 1951 : 10) and fringillae De Geer (see below) by the form of the mandibles 
(Text-fig. 4). It is further distinguished from the former species by the shape of 
the head (PI. 10, figs. 1, 2), the terminal segments of the female abdomen (Text-fig. 3) 


4 


Fics. 1, 2.— Ricinus rubeculae (Schrank). 1. Gular and thoracic plates, female. . 
2. Male genitalia. 
Fics. 3, 4.—Rtcinus rubeculae (Schrank). 3. Terminal segments of female abdomen. 
4. Mandible. 


and prothorax, the form of the gular and prothoracic plates (Text-fig. 1), the male 
genitalia (Text-fig. 2), and by the absence of the colour pattern characteristic of 
dolichocephalus. From fringillae it is distinguished in the female by the shape 
of the head and prothorax, by the form of the gular and prothoracic plates, the 
number of gular setae, and by the chaetotaxy of the terminal segments of the female 
abdomen. No males of fringillae have been seen. 

Neotype male (Pl. 10, fig. 1; Text-fig. 2) and neallotype female (PI. 1, fig. 2; Text- 
figs. 1, 3, 4) of Ricinus rubeculae (Schrank) in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) (slide 
no. 562) from Evithacus r. rubecula from Moravia, Czechoslovakia. Neoparatypes : 
17 males and 50 females from Erithacus rubecula melophilus Hart. from the British 
Isles. 


a 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 225 


MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: 


Male Female 
‘Length Breadth Length Breadth ; 
Head . 0.58 0°55 0:67 0:63 
Prothorax _— 0°45 = 0°52 
Abdomen —- 0°70 — 0-88 
Total . 2°34 -— 3°02 — 
Genitalia 0°38 — - — 


ye} FFF 1s 
ARLE L [I Lh Nee 
Peet +++ mn SS 
AAAS) 
Te pee 


XS 


ain 


Fic. 5.—Menacanthus alaudae (Schrank), male, 


226 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


Pediculus alaudae (p. 115, Pl. 5, figs. 5, 6) 


Another obvious Menacanthus. Although there is no explicit host-record, Schrank 
calls the species ‘‘ Feldlerchenlaus ’’ and in 1781 (p. 506) he gives the host as Alauda 


arvensis. 


The same species was redescribed, from the same host, by Piaget (1880 : 446) as 


Menopon parviceps (see Clay, 1949 : 904). 


Fic. 6.—Menacanthus alaudae (Schrank), male genitalia. 


MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: 


Male 

“Length Breadth 
Head . , ‘ 0°25 0°39 
Prothorax . . 0:12 0:28 
Metathorax . ; — 0°33 
Abdomen . ; 0:83 0°55 
Total . . , 1°22 — 
Genitalia. ‘ 0°37 — 


Neotype male (Text-figs. 5, 6) and neallotype female (Text-fig. 7; Pl. 1, fig. 3) of 
Menacanthus alaudae (Schrank) in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum 
(Nat. Hist.)) (slide no. 3270a) from Alauda a, arvensis Linn, from Ushant, France. 


Female 
ae Ss 


‘Length Breadth : 
0°27 0°43 
O°15 0:32 
eas 0+ 40 
1°03 0°72 
55 — 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 227 


Neoparatypes :g males and 33 females from various subspecies of Alauda arvensis 
from France, British Isles, Sweden and Yugoslavia. 


Pediculus citrinellae (p. 116, Pl. 5, fig. 7) 


The figure represents a Philopterus, apparently a nymph, and the host (‘‘ Ammer, 
Goldammer, Aimerling ’’) is given by Schrank in 1781 (p. 507) as Emberiza citrinella. 


Fic. 7.—Menacanthus alaudae (Schrank), terminal segments of female abdomen. 


B 


Fics. 8, 9.—Philopierus c. citrinellae (Schrank), male. 8. Anterior region of head. 9. Genitalia. 


Nitzsch (1818 : 290) proposed Philopterus (Docophorus) communis as a nomen novum 
for Ricinus Emberizae De Geer, Pediculus curvirostrae Schrank, Pediculus Pyrrhulae, 
Citrinellae and Chloridis Schrank, and Nirmus globifer Olfers. As all these names 
are nomenclatorially valid, the only effect of Nitzsch’s action was to create confusion 


in the nomenclature and to compromise hopelessly the name communis, Ricinus 


228 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


emberizae De Geer is a synonym of Pediculus citrinellae Schrank, and Nirmus globifer, 
though composite, is primarily a new name for the same species. As three of the © 
names combined by Nitzsch under communis refer to citrinellae, we think it only 
reasonable to restrict communis to the Philopterus found on Emberiza citrinella ; 
we therefore select as neotype of Philopterus communis Nitzsch, 1818, the neotype 


Q D) eS 


Fic. 10.—Philopterus c. citrinellae (Schrank), genital plates of four females taken from one host 
individual. 


Fic. 11.—Philopterus c. citrinellae (Schrank), female genital region. a. Last sternal plate of 
P. citrinellae curvirostvae (Schrank). ya 4 


of Pediculus citrinellae Schrank, 1776. Philopterus communis Nitzsch thus becomes 
a synonym of P. citrinellae (Schrank), and it will only receive a bare mention under 
its other original components. Ricinus emberizae de Geer and Nirmus globifer Olfers, 
both of which are synonyms of citrinellae, will be dealt with in discussing the work 
of these authors. The identities of the insects described by Schrank as Pediculus 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 229 


citrinellae, P. curvirostrae, P. pyrrhulae and P. chloridis will be discussed together 
after our account of the last-named. 

Neotype male (PI. 10, fig. 4; Text-figs. 8, 9) and neallotype female (Text-figs. Io, 11) 
of Philopterus citrinellae (Schrank) in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) (slides nos. 
565-6) from Emberiza c. citrinella Linn. from Saxony, Germany. Neoparatypes : 
28 males and 42 females from various subspecies of Emberiza citrinella from Yugo- 
slavia, Estonia, France and the British Isles. 


Pediculus curvirostrae (p. 117, Pl. 5, fig. 8) 


The description and figure are those of a Philopterus and the host is given as Loxia 
curvirostva Linn. No early author adds anything to our knowledge of the species, 
but it is one of the components of Philopterus communis Nitzsch, 1818. Piaget in 
1880 described Docophorus compar from the same host ; his syntypes, two males 
and two females (slides nos. 538-9), agree with our neotypes of curvirostrae. 

Neotype male (as described below) and neallotype female (Text-fig. 11a) of Philop- 
terus curvirostrae (Schrank) in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum (Nat. 
Hist.) (slides nos. 4112 and 4111)) from Loxia c. curvirostra Linn. from Poland. Neo- 
paratypes : 24 males and 36 females from the same host form from Poland, Estonia 
and England. 


Pediculus pyrrhulae (p. 117, Pl. 5, fig. 9) 


The host is “ Blutfink”’ (= Pyrrhula pyrrhula) and the louse is a nymph of a 
Philopterus. It is one of the components of Philopterus communis Nitzsch. Piaget 
(1880 : 58) described independently a Docophorus communis var. pyrrhulae from 
Pyrrhula vulgaris (= Pyrrhula pyrrhula). Piaget’s type material in the British 
Museum (Nat. Hist.) (one male and two females, slide no. 536) agrees with the neo- 
types of Philopterus pyrrhulae (Schrank). 

Neotype male and neallotype female (as described below) of Philopterus pyrrhulae 
(Schrank) in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum (Nat. Hist.) (slide no. 
1042a)) from Pyrrhula pyrrhula europaea Vieillot from France. Neoparatypes: 12 
males and 36 females from various subspecies of Pyrrhula pyrrhula from France, 
Sweden, Estonia and the British Isles. 


Pediculus chloridis (p. 118, Pl. 5, fig. 10) 


Another Philopterus nymph, from “ Griinfink,” the host given by Schrank later 
(1781: 506) as Loxia chloris; it is also another of the components of Philopterus 
communis Nitzsch. 

_ Neotype male and neallotype female (as described below) of Philopterus chloridis 
(Schrank) in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum (Nat. Hist.)) (slide no. 
290) from Chloris c. chloris (Linn.) from Norfolk, England. Neoparatypes: 32 
males and 60 females from the same host form from the British Isles and Estonia. 


230 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


Philopterus citrinellae, P. curvirostrae, P. pyrrhulae and P. chloridis 


These names were given to specimens of Philopterus taken respectively from Em- 
beriza citrinella, Loxia curvirostra, Pyrrhula pyrrhula and Chloris chloris and can be 
considered together. While discussing their status the names will be used to refer 
to populations from these hosts even though in the conclusion they may be con- 
sidered as indistinguishable. 

The characters on which the species of Philopterus from the small European 
Passeres can be distinguished have been discussed in Part II of the present work 
(Clay & Hopkins, 1951). The four forms listed above parasitize the bird family 
Fringillidae and the possible distinguishing characters between these populations 
are discussed below. 

Heap. This is of the typical Piilopterus form similar to that figured in Clay & 
Hopkins, 1951 : 7 for P. coarctatus, from which it differs in the median indentation 
of the hyaline margin (not always apparent in mounted specimens) and the somewhat 
deeper indentation of the anterior plate (clypeal signature) (Text-fig. 8). P. frin- 
gillae from Passer domesticus also has both the hyaline margin and anterior plate 
indented, but the pre-antennal region and the length of the anterior plate are pro- 
portionally shorter. Specimens from the four hosts under consideration show no 
constant differences in shape of the anterior plate nor in the proportions! of the 
head. A comparison of the size of the head (as shown by the absolute breadth at 
the temples, Tables 1, 2) shows that there is some variation in specimens taken from 
one host species, but the means fall into a number of groups. Thus, in the males 
citrinellae, curvirostrae and chloridis fall into one group, with pyrrhulae tending to be 
larger, but the number of specimens of the latter measured is rather small. In the 
females of P. citrinellae and curvirostrae the mean tends to be smaller than in those 
of chloridis and pyrrhulae. Further material will have to be examined before it 
can be shown whether or not these differences are significant. 

MALE GENITALIA (Text-fig. 9). The characters show individual variation as well 
as differences in appearance due to the position in which the genitalia are viewed. 
This individual variation affects the shape of the parameres and endomeres, number 
and position of the setae on the mesosome and the presence (and size) or absence of 
the dorsal sclerotized area on the mesosome. If sufficient specimens are examined 
genitalia of similar appearance will be found irrespective of the host from which the 
specimens were taken. However, the endomeres are minute structures and their 
true form can probably only be reconstructed from sections, so it may prove that 
these structures will show subspecific variation when more thoroughly examined. 
On the available material there seem to be no characters in the genitalia by which 


1 To find the various proportions of the head (e.g., length of preantennal region to that of the post- 
antennal region or breadth of various parts of the preantennal region to the length of preantennal 
region) entails the making of a number of detailed measurements from a large number of specimens, 
and these measurements tend to be inaccurate owing to the difficulty of delineating the different regions 
of the head. However, if the image of a typical specimen from one host is projected on to a piece of 
paper and an outline of the head made, it is possible to project other heads on to this outline, and by 
adjusting the magnification to get one fixed breadth (say that of the temples) the same; from this it 
is possible to compare the various proportions of the head and find the variation within a number of 
specimens from one host and between those from different hosts. 


a 


ee 


— ae 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 231 


the populations from the four hosts can be separated. The genitalia of P. coarc- 
tatus (Scopoli) (see Clay and Hopkins, 1951:6) and P. fringtllae (Ibid : 32) are 
readily separable on the characters of the mesosome. 

The diagnostic characters and the type of variation found in the female genital 
region have been discussed under coarctatus (see Clay & Hopkins, 1951: 6). 
Specimens from the four hosts under discussion cannot be separated by the shape 
of the genital plate, although the mean of the breadth of the plates of citrinellae is 
smaller than in the other three. In general proportions the plate is similar to that 
of coarctatus and differs from that of fringillae as discussed under that species (see 
Clay & Hopkins, 1951: 32). There is some variation in the shape of the genital 
plate, as shown by the four examples taken from one host individual in Text-fig. 10, 
and also in the size and shape of the last sternal plate. 

CHAETOTAXY. There is some individual variation found throughout the different 
populations in the number of setae (especially in those on the abdomen), but there 
are three groups of setae which may show subspecific characters ; these are the setae 
of the metasternum, those of the male genital plate, and the group each side of the 
last sternal plate of the female abdomen. In citrinellae 80-4% of 46 males and females 
examined had 3 metasternal setae, 17-49% had 4, and 2:2% had 5. In pyrrhulae 
912% of 34 examined had 3 metasternal setae and 8-8% had 4. In chloridis 84-6% 
of 52 specimens had 3 setae and 15:4% had 4. In curvirostrae 4-2% of 48 examined 
had 3 setae, 45°8% had 4, 45°8% had 5 and 4:2% had 6. Thus, while curvirostrae 
has 95°8% of specimens with 4 or more setae, the other three have over 80% of 
specimens with only three setae. 

The male genital plate in citrinellae has two anterior and two posterior setae as in 
P. coarctatus (see Clay & Hopkins, 1951, fig. 4) ; the two anterior setae are found in 
100% of specimens of citrinellae (29 examined), pyrrhulae (13 examined) and chloridis 
(26 examined). In curvirostrae, however, 100% of the 21 specimens examined had 
3 (or rarely 4) anterior setae on the male genital plate. 

Each side of the last sternite of the female abdomen there are in citrinellae usually 
2 normal setae and one spine-like seta (Text-fig. 11). In cvtrinellae 97-2% of the 
36 specimens examined had these 3 setae (rarely reduced to 2) on at least one side 
of the abdomen, only 2:8% had 4 setae on both sides of the abdomen. In pyrrhulae 
95°1% of the 41 examined had 3 or less setae on at least one side, and 4:-9% had 4 
setae on both sides. In chloridis 100% of the 64 examined had 3 setae or less on at 
least one side. In curvirostrae 100% of the 32 examined had 4 or more setae on 
both sides (Text-fig. 11a). Thus, while 100% of specimens of curvirostrae had 4 or 
more setae on both sides of the abdomen, the other three had 95% or more with only 
3 on at least one side. 

On the evidence discussed above, populations from the four hosts obviously form 
a single species. The populations from Loxia curvirostra can be distinguished in 
the male in 100% of specimens (on the material examined) on one character and in 
80% of specimens on a second character; the females from this host can be dis- 
tinguished in 95% of cases on one character and in 80% on a second character. 

The populations from Loxia curvirostra can, therefore, be recognized as a sub- 
species. If subsequent investigations reveal subspecific differences in the other 


232 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


populations Schrank’s names are available for these, but for the present we are unable 
to recognize them. The host distribution of the two subspecies we recognize is as 
follows : 

Philopterus citrinellae citrinellae (Schrank). Type host: Emberiza c. citrinella. 
Also occurs on Pyrrhula pyrrhula and Chloris chloris. 

Philopterus citrinellae curvirostrae (Schrank). Type host: Loxia c. curvirostra. 


MEASUREMENTS IN MM. of neotypes of P. c. citrinellae : 


Male Female 
‘Length Breadth Length Breadth. 
Head . : f 0°52 0°47 : 0°55 0°53 
Prothorax . : —- 0:28 — 0°30 
Pterothorax : — 0°43 : — 0°47 
Abdomen . ‘ — 0:62 : — 0°75 
Total . : d 1+ 46 — ; 2°67 — 
Genitalia. : 0°22 — ? — — 


Pediculus sturni (p. 118, Pl. 5, figs. 11-14) 


A nymph of Sturnidoecus from “ Staar”’ (given by Schrank in 1781 as Sturnus 
vulgaris). Schrank considered that his fig. 12 represented a different species, but 
it is merely a still younger nymph. Nitzsch (1818 : 290) unnecessarily renamed the 
species Philopterus (Docophorus) leontodon, and it was usually known by this name 
until Harrison (1916: 104) restored the name given to it by Schrank. 


MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: 


Male Female 
‘Length Breadth. ‘Length Breadth 
Head . : : 0°52 0°53 : 0°55 0°57 
Prothorax . ‘ a 0+30 -- 0°32 
Pterothorax. ‘ — 0°47 ; — 0°52 
Abdomen . ; 0-71 0°70 ; 0:96 0:83 
Total . ; : I+52 - ‘ 1:80 —— 
Genitalia. ; 0°35 —- : — — 


Neotype male (Text-figs. 12-13; Pl. 10, fig. 5) and neallotype female (Text-fig. 14) 
of Sturnidoecus sturni (Schrank) in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum 
(Nat. Hist.)), slide no. 15663, from Sturnus v. vulgaris Linn. from Cornwall, England. 
Neoparatypes : 138 males and 175 females from various subspecies of Sturnus 
vulgaris from the British Isles and Estonia. 


O. F. MULLER, 1776 


(Zoologiae Danicae Prodromus. Havniae : pp. 184-186) 


This is quite the worst of the early works, but the names contained in it are bi- 
nomial and must be considered. Fortunately there are only two new names in it, 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 233 


which both might be thought to apply to Mallophaga and also are accompanied by a 
description or an indication. Harrison (1916) adds a third, Pediculus strigis, which 
he considers to be a nomen nudum, but it is neither a nomen nudum nor a new name, 
but a reference to strigis Pontoppidan, q.v. (Clay & Hopkins, 1951, p. 29). 


Fic. 12.—Sturnidoccus sturni (Schrank), male genitalia. @. Distal ends of parameres in natural 
position. 


Pediculus alcae arcticae (p. 185) 


The entire description is “‘ e cinereo caerulescens,” but in the case of both this and 
the following species there are references to “ Isl.R.’”’ (= Olafsen, 1772). We have 
not been able to consult the original of Olafsen’s work but have seen a German 
translation dated 1774, on p. 322 of which there are much fuller descriptions of both 


234 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


the species in question, under vernacular names. Olafsen’s description of his 
“ Lunda-Luus, Pediculus (Alcae arcticae) ’’ includes a vivid account of its habits 
which leaves no room for doubt that it is a tick. 


Pediculus colymbi grylle (p. 185) 


Miiller’s entire description is “ capite fusco, abdomine glauco,’ but Olafsen’s 
fuller description of his ‘“Hofu-Luus ”’ states, among other points, that it is rather 
large, flat and oblong like Hippobosca (now Melophagus) ovina. This description 
could not be applied to any of the Mallophaga found on Alcidae, but would very well 
fit a tick. 


13 


Fics. 13, 14.—Sturnidoecus stwrni (Schrank). 13. Malehead. 14. Terminal segments of female 
abdomen, ventral. 


J. C. FABRICIUS, 1777* 


(Genera insectorum eorumque characteres naturales, etc. Chilonii, pp. 309~310) 


Of the new names proposed in this work all, with one exception, are unnecessary 
renamings of Scopoli’s species and have already been dealt with under the latter 
author. The descriptions are quoted from Scopoli, and the neotypes we have erected 
for Scopoli’s species are also neotypes of Fabricius’ nomina nova. The single excep- 
tion is dealt with below. 


Pediculus phasiani (p. 310) 


The host-record is ‘‘ Habitat in Phasiano Motmot,” and besides the very brief 
description there is a reference to ‘‘ Red.Oper.I.”’ Redi’s plate 1 shows three species, 
belonging to as many genera, stated to be “‘ Pollini dell’ astore.’”’ In spite of Redi’s 
belief that all of these were hawk-parasites, the reference has enabled us to interpret 
Fabricius’ name, for his inadequate description does not fit the upper figure on the 


* According to Engelmann, Bibl. Hist.-Nat., 1846, p. 479. 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 235 


plate and the right-hand lower figure is a Craspedorrhynchus, a genus which does 
not occur on the Galliformes. But Fabricius’ description does fit the left-hand 
lower figure on the plate, which represents a Chelopistes, a genus known to occur on 
the Ortalidae. As we have no material from Ortalis motmot we are unable to erect 
neotypes for Chelopistes phasiani (J. C. Fabricius). 


DE GEER, 1778 


(Mémoires pour servir a l'histoire des insectes. Stockholm. Vol. 7, Des Ricins, 
pp. 69-82) 

The descriptions in this work are good and the figures for the most part excellent, 
but we were inclined at first to think De Geer’s classification not binomial (though 
certainly binary) and the names invalid in consequence. This is because the generic 
name in each case is followed by a long descriptive phrase or diagnosis, with or without 
a comma after the name of the host (which always immediately follows the generic 
name Ricinus and is placed in the genitive case). We have, however, consulted 
Dr. Jordan on this point, and he kindly informs us that in his opinion the names are 
valid. He states: ‘“‘ The Latin diagnosis of the various species of Ricinus differs 
from the diagnoses of all other insects in vol. 7 and previous volumes in the trivial 
names of the species not being put into brackets, and in the case of Ricinus the 
genitive of the host-name is in italics like the Latin text of the diagnosis, not in 
Roman type. The work was issued after De Geer’s death, and the omission of the 
brackets and the consequent italicizing of the trivial names was probably due to the 
editor. The diagnosis of species 1 of Ricinus should read: “Ricinus (Fringillae) 
pallide-fuscus, corpore .. .’”’ We accept Dr. Jordan’s opinion on this point 
with all the more pleasure because De Geer’s work is so outstandingly better than 
that of his contemporaries that it would be very regrettable if technical invalidity 
of the names he proposed should deprive him of the credit for it. 

With regard to the statement of Harrison (1916: 10-20) that Pediculus Linn., 
Ricinus De Geer and Nirmus Hermann ‘“‘ must be treated as equivalent, inasmuch 
as each included all Mallophaga,”’ and his action in rejecting (e.g.) Ricinus fringtllae 
De Geer as a homonym of Pediculus fringillae Scopoli, the revised Rules of Zoological 
Nomenclature make it clear that Harrison’s opinion was incorrect and that both 
these names may be used. 


Ricinus fringillae (p. 71, Pl. 4, figs. 5-8) 


The description and figures are good, and undoubtedly represent a species belong- 
ing to the genus Ricinus s. str. (= Physostomum Nitzsch). The question of the host, 
however, is one of some difficulty. De Geer’s description in Latin is preceded by 
one in French, in which he calls the louse “ Ricin du Pincgon”’ (= Fringilla coelebs), 
but he later states that he found it in March on “‘l’oiseau nommé Bruant”’ (= 
Emberiza citrinella), and that it also lives ‘‘ sur les Pingons & d’autres petits oiseaux ”’; 
the species of Ricinus found on Fringilla coelebs and on Emberiza citrinella, though very 
closely related, are not the same, and De Geer’s figures resemble the latter rather than 


236 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


the former in the proportions of the head. Nevertheless, if there were no complica- 
tions we might have taken the view that De Geer’s calling the louse ‘“ Ricin du 
Pingon”’ compelled us to apply his name to the species found on Fringilla coelebs, but 
there is a very strong reason for reluctance to adopt this attitude : Nitzsch (1818 : 302) 
published the name Liotheum (Physostomum) nitidissimum as a nomen novum for 
Ricinus fringillae De Geer, with Emberiza citrinella as host, and the name Liotheum 
(Physostomum) irascens (a nomen nudum) with Fringilla coelebs as host ; irascens was 
published with a description by Burmeister (1838 : 442) and all later authors have 
used nitidissimus and trascens for the species of Ricinus found on Emberiza citrinella 
and Fringilla coelebs respectively. To select Fringilla coelebs as type-host of Ricinus 
fringillae De Geer would mean that the host of nitidissimum Nitzsch, 1818 (whose 


15 } | 


Fic. 15.—Ricinus fringillae De Geer, Gular and thoracic plates, female. 


sole claim to validity is the reference to De Geer), would of necessity be the same bird 
and the Ricinus of Emberiza citrinella would be left without a name. We consider 
that this course would cause so much confusion that we must select the species from 
Emberiza citrinella to bear the name that De Geer gave to the composite of both 
species. De Geer’s species is also a component of Nirmus pterocephalus Olfers, 1816, 
but we consider this latter composite name to refer mainly to Ricinus rubeculae 
(Schrank). 

The characters by which R. fringillae can be distinguished from rubeculae are given 
above under that species. This species is separated from others occurring on the 
Fringillidae by the shape of the head and prothorax (Pl. 10, fig. 6) and by the pro- 
thoracic plate (fig. 15), and from some species by the characters of the mandibles 


(fig. 17). 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 237 


MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: 


Female 
“Length Breadth. 
Head . ; : 0-70 0-68 
Prothorax . : — 0°52 
Abdomen. ; — 1707 
Total . ; : 3°46 — 


Neotype female (Text-figs. 15-17 ; Pl. 10, fig. 6) of Ricinus fringillae De Geer in 
the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) (slide no. 563) from Emberiza c. citrinella Linn, 
from Saxony, Germany. Neoparatypes: 4 females from the same host species from 
England, Estonia and Czechoslovakia. 


Fics. 16, 17.—Ricinus fringillae De Geer, female. 16. Terminal segments of abdomen. 
17. Tips of mandibles. 


Ricinus emberizae (p. 74, pl. 4, figs. 9, 10) 


The host is “ Bruant,” Emberiza or “Groning”’ (= Emberiza citrinella), and the 
description and figure are those of a Philopterus. We consider this to be a synonym 
of Philopterus c. citrinellae (Schrank). Doubtless De Geer was misled into thinking 
it new by the fact that Schrank’s species was described from a nymph. 

Neotype of Philopterus emberizae (De Geer) a male in the British Museum (Nat. 
Hist.) collection (slide no. 564) from Emberiza c. citrinella Linn. from Yugoslavia, 
which agrees with the neotype of Philopterus c. citrinellae (Schrank). 


Ricinus cornicis (p. 76, Pl. 4, fig. 11) 

De Geer places ‘‘ Pediculus Corvi Coracis Linn.” as a synonym, but the species has 
nothing to do with Philopterus corvi (Linn.), both figure and description very clearly 
referring to a Myrsidea. The host-record is ‘‘ Corneille ’’ (= Corvus corone cornix). 

Nitzsch (1818 : 300) renamed the species Liotheum (Menopon) mesoleucum, quoting 


ENTOM, III, 6. 19 


238 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


De Geer and giving the host-record “Corvi Cornicis.’”” Harrison (1916: 13) erro- 
neously considered Ricinus cornicis De Geer (a Myrsidea) to be preoccupied by Pedt- 
culus cornicis J. C. Fabricius (a Philopterus); he also took the erroneous view that 
mesoleucum Nitzsch, 1818, is a nomen nudum, and in consequence the species has 
commonly been known as Myrsidea subaequalis (Haan*). The neotypes we erect for 
Myrsidea cornicis (De Geer) are necessarily also neotypes of M. mesoleuca (Nitzsch). 


(? 


/ 
A 


18 


Fic. 18.—Myrsidea cornicis (De Geer), female. 


This species can be distinguished from other Myrsidea occurring on the European 
species of Corvus by the greater modification of tergites I-II (Text-fig. 18) in the 
female and by the sclerite of the genital sac in the male (Text-fig. 20). The 
chaetotaxy of sternite II (Text-fig. 22) in both sexes resembles most closely that of 
the species on Corvus monedula, but cornicis can be distinguished by the shape of the 
head in the male (PI. 11, fig. 1) and by the characters given above. 


* The authorship of the name is often incorrectly ascribed to Nitzsch or to Lyonet. 


: 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 239 


MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: 


Male Female 
Length Breadth ‘Length Breadth. 
‘Head . ; 5 E33 0:60 . 0°35 0:65 
Prothorax ; _ 0-40 : — 0-41 
Metathorax . _ 0°54 ; oo 0:68 
Abdomen : _ = 0:67 : - 0:87 
Total . : . 1°89 = ; 2°14 ca 
Genitalia : . 0:66 on : — ~- 


Neotype female (Text-fig. 18) and neallotype male (Text-figs. 19-22, Pl. ro, fig. 1) of 
Myrsidea cornicis (De Geer) in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum (Nat. 
Hist.)) (slide no. 16012a) from Corvus corone cornix Linn. from Sweden. Neopara- 
types : 174 males and 143 females from the same host form from Sweden, Estonia, E. 
Prussia, Hungary, Yugoslavia and the British Isles. 


19 23 24 


Fics. 19-22.—Myrsidea cornicis (De Geer), male. 19. Male genitalia. 20. Sclerite of genital 
sac. 21. Tip of paramere enlarged. 22. Second abdominal sternite. 
Fics. 23, 24.—Male heads, dorsal. 23. Anaticola crassicornis (Scopoli). 24. A. mergiserrati 
(De Geer). 


Ricinus lari (p. 77, Pl. 4, fig. 12) 


There are references to “‘ Pediculus Sternae Hirundinis Linn.” and ‘‘ Redi Experim. 
Tab. 9,” though neither of these species is even congeneric with that described by De 
Geer, both his figure and his description being quite certainly those of a Tyvinoton. 
The host-record “‘sur les Mouettes’’ (= Larus spp.) is definitely erroneous, for neither 
Trinoton nor any genus closely resembling it occurs naturally on the Laridae.! 


1 We considered the large type of Actornithophilus occuring on the Laridae, but the figure does not 
agree with this. 


240 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


J. C. Fabricius (1781 : 481) erroneously placed De Geer’s name as a synonym of 
Pediculus sternae Linn., doubtless misled by De Geer’s reference to this species. 
Nitzsch (1818: 300) considered De Geer’s species to be probably the same as his 
Liotheum (Trinoton) lituratum (a nomen nudum in 1818), from Mergus albellus, pro- 
bably because another of De Geer’s species is from Mergus serratus. 

We see no reason whatever to adopt Nitzsch’s belief, De Geer’s figure not being 
sufficiently detailed to refer to one species of Tvinoton rather than another, and the 
common-sense procedure with regard to a species described from a straggler is ob- 
viously to make it a synonym of some earlier name if possible. Fortunately Tvinoton 
querquedulae (Linn.) is a much earlier valid name and there is nothing in De Geer’s 
figure and description to suggest that this was not the species he had. 


28 


Fics. 25-28.—25. Anaticolac. mergiserrati (De Geer), terminal segments of male abdomen, 
ventral. 26. Female vulva. 27. A. crassicornis (Scopoli), female meso-metasternal 
plate. 28. A.c. mergiserratt, female meso-metasternal plate. 


We accordingly designate as male neotype of Tvinoton lari (De Geer) a specimen — 


in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum (Nat. Hist.)) (slide no. 8018) from 
Anas. c. crecca (Linn.) from Nepal, which agrees with Text-figs. 26-28 and Pl. 2, 
fig. 2 (in Clay & Hopkins, 1950) of Tvinoton querquedulae ( (Linn.). 


Ricinus mergi serrati (p. 78, Pl. 4, fig. 13) 


The description and figure are unquestionably those of an Anaticola and the host 
is carefully given as “le Plongeon nommé Mergus serratus Linn. Faun. Ed. 2 no. 
136” (an important point, because “‘ plongeon’”’ normally means a member of the 
Gaviidae, or divers). 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 241 


The species was renamed Pediculus mergi by J. C. Fabricius (1781 : 480) and Philop- 
terus (Lipeurus) temporalis by Nitzsch (1818 : 292) ; both names are mere nomina 
nova for De Geer’s species and our neotypes of mergiserrati must also be neotypes of 
mergi and temporalis. De Geer’s figure seems to represent a nymph but is not so 
good as most of his figures. Ricinus mergiserrati De Geer passed under Nitzsch’s 
name until 1916, when Harrison (p. 138) mentioned it as Esthiopterum mergiserrati 
De Geer and correctly placed mergi Fabricius and temporalis Nitzsch as synonyms. 

De Geer carefully separates, but does not name, another “ Ricin’’ from the mesa 
host, drawn as fig. 14 of his plate 4. This is undoubtedly an Anatoecus, and will be 
dealt with under Philopterus icterodes Nitzsch, 1818. 

All the specimens of Anaticola from the Anseriformes examined are very similar, 
having male genitalia differing only in proportions and the female genital region in 
the chaetotaxy ; all have the bilobed spermatheca in the female. Distinguishing 
characters are found in the proportions of the head, meso-metasternal plate and male 
genitalia, and in the chaetotaxy of the prothorax and male and female genital 
regions. A. mergiserratt (which should probably be considered as a subspecies of 
A. anserts (Linn.) or certainly of A. crassicornis (Scopoli)) is distinguished from anseris 
by the proportions of the head and male genitalia, by the characters of the pre- 
antennal region of the head, and by the presence of only one dorsal submarginal 
prothoracic seta each side. Both crassicornis and mergiserrati tend to have a greater 
number of setae on the genital region of the male (Text-fig. 25) and on the vulva 
of the female (Text-fig. 26) than anseris—too few specimens of this latter species 
are available for a more exact comparison. A. mergiserrati is distinguished from 
crassicornis with certainty only by the broader marginal carinae of the head (Text- 
figs. 23-24) and the longer penis. The meso-metasternal plate (Text-figs. 27, 28) is 
shorter and broader in mergiserratt. 


MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: 


Male Female 

(om a ~ a 

Length Breadth Length Breadth 
Head. : 2. O67 0°43 : 0°72 0°47 
Prothorax , oo 032 ‘ ae 0°35 
Pterothorax . oo 0-41 : — 0°47 
Abdomen , . I-50 0-49 : 2°00 0°57 
40tal.. : i AG — : 3°20 oa 
Genitalia ; . 0°65 —- ‘ o— —- 


LENGTH OF PENIS IN MM. (number of specimens in brackets): 0:20 (1), 0-22 (6), 
0°23 (3). | 

Neotype male (Text-figs. 24, 25; Pl. 11, fig. 2) and neallotype female (Text-figs. 26, 
28; Pl. 11, fig. 3) of Anaticola crassicornis mergiserrati (De Geer) in the Meinertzhagen 
collection (British Museum (Nat. Hist.)) (slide no. 19298a) from Mergus serrator Linn. 
from North Uist, Scotland. Neoparatypes : 46 males and 28 females from the same 
host species from the British Isles. 


242 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


Ricinus gallinae (p. 79, Pl. 4, fig. 15) 

The host is ‘‘ Poule’ (= Gallus domesticus) and the description and figure repre- 
sent a Goniocotes. The name is not preoccupied by Pediculus gallinae Linn., which 
is a Menopon. 

Nitzsch (1818 : 294) renamed the species Philopterus (Goniodes) hologaster. Bur- 
meister (1828 : 431) placed it in his new subgenus Goniocotes, of which it was sub- 
sequently selected as type species. 


as 


Fics. 29, 30.—Goniocotes gallinae (De Geer). 29. Male. 30. Male genitalia. 


29 


MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: 


Male Female 
“Length Breadth ‘Length Breadth 
Head . ‘ . 0°28 0°37 : 0°40 0°51 
Prothorax , _ 0*22 ‘ oo 0°31 
Pterothorax . ._ = 0°34 : — 0-46 
Abdomen : + +50 0°51 ‘ 0-90 0-80 
Total. j s -G°90 — ‘ I*44 — 
Genitalia : «0°82 — , — —e 


Neotype male (Text-figs. 29, 30) and neallotype female (Text-figs. 31, 32) of Gonto- 
cotes gallinae (De Geer) in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) Collection (slides nos. 
567-8) from Gallus domesticus from Scotland. Neoparatypes : 4 males and 25 females 
from the same host species from the British Isles, 


— OO 


————— 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 243 


Ricinus canis (p. 81, Pl. 4, fig. 16) 


The host is “ chien ” (= Canis familiaris), and the description and not very good 
figure unquestionably represent the species of Tvichodectes commonly found on this 
host. 

O. Fabricius (1780 : 215) gives a completely independent description of a Pediculus 
canis, from Canis familiaris, which has given much trouble because the description 


31 


Fics. 31.—Gonocotes gallinae (De Geer), female. 


is so bad. Nitzsch (1818 : 296) gave a doubtful reference to canis Fabricius under 
his Trichodectes subrostratus (a nomen nudum in 1818), Harrison ignored it, and other 
authors who mention it mostly accept Nitzsch’s suggestion that it was subrostratus. 
It must receive serious consideration because, as it is not a primary homonym of 


Ricinus canis De Geer, it could be the earliest valid name for Felicola subrostratus 
(Burmeister). 


244 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


Turning to the original description of Fabricius, we find that numerous structural 
characters exclude any dog-parasites except Mallophaga and it is stated to occur in 
large numbers, excluding any likelihood that it was not a true dog-parasite. We 
fully agree with Kéler (1938 : 422) that with one exception (the mention of a “ ros- 
trum subcylindricum ’’) the characters agree excellently with the Tvichodectes of the 
dog, this former character being certainly what led Nitzsch to suggest that it might 
be subrostratus (found on the domestic cat). But we again find ourselves in full 
agreement with Kéler that the other characters exclude the cat-louse, and that the 
“rostrum subcylindricum ’’ must have been a portion of a hair gripped between the 
mandibles. Accordingly we shall select a neotype for Trichodectes canis (O. Fabri- 
cius) in such a way as to make it a synonym of T. canis (De Geer), of which it is also 
a secondary homonym. Tvichodectes latus Nitzsch (1818 : 296) is a nomen novum for 
De Geer’s species and therefore an absolute synonym, based on the same types. 


Fic. 32.—Gontocotes gallinae (De Geer), terminal segments ot female abdomen, ventral. 


Neotype male and neallotype female of Trichodectes canis (De Geer), which agree 
with the description and figures published by Werneck under the same name (Wer- 
neck, 1936: 502-6, figs. 130-135), in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) (slide nos. 
581-2) from Canis familiaris from Sao Paulo, Brazil. Neoparatypes: 32 males and 
31 females from the same host species from Brazil, British Isles and Germany. 


O. FABRICIUS, 1780 
(Fauna Groenlandica, Hafniae & Lipsiae, pp. 215-220) 

Most of the descriptions in this work are new and independent, but there are a few 
redescriptions. The descriptions are poor and there are no figures, but the names 
are in unquestionably valid form. 

There is some confusion regarding the correct interpretation of the hosts from 
which Fabricius collected his specimens, and we are greatly indebted to Dr. Finn 
Salomonsen for assistance in identifying these correctly. 


Pediculus canis (p. 215) 


This species has been fully discussed under Ricinus canis De Geer, of which it is a 
synonym, 


Cf EEE 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 245 


Neotype male of Trichodectes canis (Fabricius) in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) 
(slide no. 583) from Canis familiaris from Sao Paulo, Brazil. This specimen agrees 
with the neotype of Tvichodectes canis (De Geer). 


Fic. 33.—Saemundssonia grylle (O. Fabricius), male genitalia. a. Head of paramere. 


Pediculus strigis (p. 216) 


Fabricius thought his species, taken from Strix nyctea (= Nyctea scandiaca), was 
the same as P. strigis Miiller, which we have already discussed as P. strigis Pontop- 
pidan. It is unlikely that this is the case, but as the name is a primary homonym 
we do not propose to discuss it further, 


246 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


Pediculus corvi (p. 217) 


This name is attributed to Syst.Nat. (i.e., Linné), and there is no need to discuss 
it except to note that as the description is that of a Philopterus and the host is — 
Corvus corax it could be regarded as a restriction of Linné’s name to the species found 
onthe raven. We have already restricted Philopterus corvi (Linn.) in the same sense. 


Fic. 34.—Saemundssonia grylle (O. Fabricius), terminal segments of female abdomen. 
Fics. 35, 36.—Saemundssonia lavi (O. Fabricius). 35. Anterior region of male head, dorsal. 
36. Genital region of female. 


Pediculus clangulae (p. 217) 


Fabricius gave the host of this species as Anas clangula, but (as confirmed by Dr. 
Salomonsen) the species which Fabricius had must have been Bucephala islandica 
(Gmelin). In addition to the description there is a queried reference to Pediculus — 
guerquedulae Linn. It was doubtless this reference which led Harrison (1916 : 12) 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 247 


to refer clangulae to Trinoton, but the description cannot possibly apply to Tvinoton 
or to any other duck-parasite except an Anaticola, which it fits very well. The 
species appears never to have been renamed or redescribed. 

. As we have no specimens of Anaticola from Bucephala islandica (Gmelin) we are 
unable to erect neotypes for Anaticola clangulae (O. Fabricius). 


Pediculus grylle (p. 218) 


Although this purports to be a renaming of P. colymbi grylle Miiller (a tick), the 
brief independent description ‘‘ Pediculus niger, fasciis albis, abdomine ovato ” can- 
not apply to a tick, none of which are banded, but does apply fairly well to the 
Saemundssonia, which occurs on Cepphus grylle, and not at all to any other known 
parasite of this bird. 

Denny (1842: 44, 86, Pl. 5, fig. 6) redescribed the species as Docophorus mega- 
cephalus from a teneral specimen obtained from the same host,! and the species was 
known under this name until Harrison (1916: 12, 14) restored the name given to it 
by Fabricius. 

Specimens examined : 28 males and 38 females from Cepphus g. grylle (Linn.) from 
the British Isles. As we have no material of Saemundssonia from Cepphus g. arctica 
Brehm.), the subspecies from which Fabricius took his specimens, we are unable to 
erect neotypes of Saemundssonta grylle (O. Fabricius). We have, however, included 
figures (Text-figs. 33, 34; Pl. 11, fig. 4) of what is almost certainly this form drawn 
from specimens taken from Cepphus g. grylle (Linn.). It should be noted that there 
is individual variation in the shape of the female genital plate and chaetotaxy of 
the genital region. 


MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: 


Male Female 
‘Length Breadth ‘Length Breadth. 
Head . ? ¢, O52 0°45 ‘ 0°55 0°52 
Prothorax , -_ = 0:28 : _ 0+ 32 
Pterothorax . ._ 0-36 ‘ a 0-40 
Abdomen : « 0°62 0°59 ; 0:67 0:65 
Total . ‘ 2 1°98 — I+42 — 
Genitalia ‘ . 0°46 — : — — 


Neotype of Docophorus megacephalus Denny, a male (Text-figs. 33, 34; Pl. 11, 
fig. 4), in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British Museum (Nat. Hist.)), (slide no. 
16698), from Cephus g. grylle (Linn.) from N. Uist, Outer Hebrides. 


Pediculus bassani (p. 218) 


Thompson (1940 : 372-381) has dealt fully with the identity and synonymy of 
Pectinopygus bassani (O. Fabricius) and has erected neotypes for it (p. 380). 


Denny’s type material of this species is not in the Brit. Mus. (N.H.) collection, 


248 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


Pediculus lari (p. 219) 
Harrison (1916 : 16) considered this name to be preoccupied by /ar1 De Geer, but 
the latter was published in Ricinus and is now in Trinoton, so lari O. Fabricius, which 
is a Saemundssonia, is valid. The description is much better than the rest and 


mentions a triangular head, acuminate in front and with a bifid rostrum, that the — 


insect is wholly black except for white blotches above and below, besides other 


Fics. 37-39.—Saemundssonia lari (O. Fabricius). 37. Male genitalia. 38. Head of paramere 
enlarged. 39. Mesosome enlarged (from another specimen). 


details which make it perfectly clear that Fabricius had before him a female Saemunds- 
sonia. The original host-record is “‘ Habitat in laro glauco et quidem macro” ; 
Larus glaucus is a synonym of L. hyperboreus Gunnerus. The species was re- 
described as S. lariphaga by Timmermann (1949: 8). Docophorus lari Denny, 1842 ; 
D. lari Grube, 1851 ; D. lari T. Miiller, 1927 and Pediculus lari Larrafiaga, 1928, are 
all referable to Saemundssonia and are, therefore, homonyms of S. lari (Fabricius). 
S. lari (O. Fabricius) is the earliest name for any species of Saemundssonia from 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 249 


the genus Larus, and, as shown by Timmermann (1951), the Saemundssonia from 
nearly all the species of this genus must be considered as subspecies of lari. 

In S. /. lari the tergal plates of abdominal segment II are joined medianly in both 
sexes and the dorsal abdominal setae of the female do not form a continuous line 
across the segment, occurring only along the posterior margins of the tergal plates. 
In the male genitalia there is no sclerotized cross-bar at the distal end of the basal 
plate (Text-fig. 37) and the endomeral projections are fused medianly. 


MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: 


Male Female 
‘ Length Breadth : Length Breadth 
Head . ; . 0:60 0:62 : 0:62 0:68 
Prothorax , = 0:34 : — 0°37 
Pterothorax . ._ 0-48 : — 0°53 
Abdomen . =. 10290 0°85 : I+16 0:98 
Total «_; ‘ g1 £90 — ; 2°06 ~- 
Genitalia : . 0:68 — : — — 


Neotype male (Text-figs. 35, 37-39, Pl. 11, fig. 5) and neallotype female (Text-fig. 
36) of Saemundssonia lari lari (O. Fabricius) in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) 
Collection (slide no. 569) from Larus hyperboreus Gunnerus from Iceland. Neopara- 
types ; 51 males and 48 females from the same host species from Iceland, Jan Mayen 
Is. and the British Isles. 


Pediculus tringae (p. 219) 


This species is stated to occur on Tvinga striata, which at once presents us with a 
difficulty, because this name has been applied to the redshank and also (incorrectly) 
to the purple sandpiper ; but the former does not occur in Greenland, so the host 
of P. tringae must have been Evolia maritima. The insect is described as white with 

a red dot on the abdomen (obviously ingested blood) and a suborbicular body, the 
size is that of the head of a pin, the antennae are like very minute hairs, the thorax 
is oval and the abdomen almost circular. Obviously the specimen was a very young 
nymph. Harrison regards the species as unrecognizable and we have much sym- 
_ pathy with this view, but it is one only to be adopted in the last resort. The mention 
of an almost orbicular abdomen at once rules out any genera found regularly on the 
Charadriiformes except Saemundssonia, Austromenopon and perhaps Actornitho- 
pilus, but not only are nymphs of the two latter genera brownish-yellow rather than 
white, but also their antennae are concealed and the palps (sometimes mistaken for 
antennae) far from conspicuous, so that Fabricius’ insect must have been a Saemunds- 
sonia ; only one Saemundssonia appears to occur normally on Evolia maritima. 

Through the kindness of Dr. René Malaise it has been possible to remount and 
examine the syntypes of Docophorus arcticus Mjéberg (IgIo : 122) said to have been 
taken from ‘“‘ Tvinga sp. (maritima ?).”’ The syntypes, which comprise one male and 
two females, are conspecific with the neotypes of S. tvinga from Erolia maritima ; S. 
arctica can, therefore, be considered as a synonym of tvingae (Fabricius). 


250 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


This species is distinguished from other Saemundssonia on the Charadrii by the 
size and shape of the head (PI. 11, fig. 6) and anterior plate (clypeal signature) (Text- 
fig. 40) and by the male genitalia (Text-figs. 42-44). The tergal plates of abdominal 
segment II are joined medianly in both sexes and the dorsal abdominal setae do not 
form a continuous line across each segment, occurring only along the posterior 
margins of the tergal plates. In the male genitalia there is a sclerotized cross-bar 
at the distal end of the basal plate and the endomeral projections are fused medianly _ 
(Text-fig. 42). : 


Fics. 40, 41.—Saemundssonia tringae (O. Fabricius). 40. Anterior region of male head, dorsal. 
41. Terminal segments of female abdomen. 


MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: 


Male Female 

" Length Breadth ‘Length Breadth h 
Head . : ~ 0°55 0-51 ‘ 0-62 0°59 
Prothorax , ._ 0:28 : —- 0°33 
Pterothorax . oo 0°38 . — 0°47 
Abdomen ; . O95 0°65 . 0:97 0°83 
Total . ‘ + E947 — : 1-67 -- 
Genitalia ; » 0°43 _ — — 


Neotype male (Text-figs. 40, 42-44, Pl. 11, fig. 6) and neallotype female (Text-fig. 
41) of Saemundssonia tringae (O. Fabricius) in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British 
Museum (Nat. Hist.)), slide no. 2346, from Evolia maritima (Briinnich) from Scotland. 
Neoparatypes : 16 males and 16 females from the same host species from the British 
Isles, Spitzbergen and Finland. 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 251 


Lectotype of Saemundssonia arctica (Mjoberg): g in the Naturhistoriska Riks- 
museum, Stockholm, from “‘Tvinga sp. (maritima?) from Lilla Pendulum-On”’ 
(6. vil. 1899). 


Pediculus hiaticulae (p. 220) 


The host is Charadrius hiaticula, and the only points of much value in the descrip- 
tion are that the head is triangular, the oblong body sublinear and the whole insect 
mouse-coloured, but this description is sufficient to give us the genus at once, for the 


Fics. 42-44.—Saemundssonia tringae (O. Fabricius). 42. Male genitalia. 43. Head of paramere. 
44. Mesosome enlarged (from another specimen). 


_ only genus occurring on the genus Charadrius in which the body could possibly be 
described as sublinear is Quadraceps. Two species of this genus occur on Charadrius 
_ Maticula, and both are fairly common ; Quadraceps fissus (Burmeister) is a relatively 
stout species, while the other is very slender. This latter species was discussed at 
some length by Waterston (1915 : 35) without his being able to find a satisfactory 
name for it, but Hopkins (1942 : 115) expressed the opinion that the slender species 
is Quadraceps hiaticulae (O. Fabricius). As Fabricius describes his species as sub- 
linear we think there can be no question that this is the species he had before him, 


252 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


and we reject Harrison’s placing of fissws Burmeister as a synonym (Harrison : 1916 : . 
15,113). Harrison ascribes the authorship to Miiller, but the latter only mentioned — 
Pediculus hiaticulae as a nomen nudum, so the author is Fabricius. ; 


MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: 


Mele Female 
‘Length Breadth “Length Breadth 
Head . ‘ . 0°42 0°23 ; 0*42 0°23 
Prothorax i oo 0-17 ‘ —— 0-18 
Pterothorax . _ = 0°25 : _- 024 
Abdomen : « jr*x6 0*31 : I+26 0*30 
Total . : . ‘x83 — ; I-go — 
Genitalia : . 0°36 -— ‘ _ — 


46 


45 


Fics. 45, 46.—Quadraceps hiaticulae (O. Fabricius), male. 45. Anterior region of head, dorsal. 
46. Terminal segments of abdomen. 


Neotype male (Text-figs. 45-50; Pl. 12, fig. 1) and neallotype female (Text-fig. 51, 
Pl. 12 fig. 2) of Quadraceps hiaticulae (O. Fabricius) in the Meinertzhagen Collection 
(British Museum (Nat. Hist.)), slide no. 10514, from Charadrius h. hiaticula Linn. 
from Ireland. Neoparatypes : 116 males and 159 females from the same host form 
from the British Isles and 17 males and 9 females from Charadrius h. tundrae (Lowe) 
from the Sudan. 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 253 


Pediculus lagopi (p. 220) 


__ This appears to be a redescription of Linné’s species of the same name and the 
host (Tetrao lagopus) is also the same. 


J. C. FABRICIUS, 1781 
Species Insector'um .. . Hamburgi & Kilonii, Vol. 2, pp. 478-48 
P PP- 475-484 


This is little more than a list of names, and all the new names proposed in it have 
already been discussed. It need not detain us. 


Fics. 47, 48.—Quadraceps hiaticulae (O. Fabricius). 47 Male genitalia. 48. Paramere. 


SCHRANK, 1781 


(Enumeratio insectorum Austriae indigenorum. Augustae Vindelicorum, 
PP. 499-507, pl. 1.) 
__ We must confess to a great feeling of relief in getting away from the work of J. C. 
_ and O. Fabricius to that of Schrank, for (as before) his descriptions are for the most 
_ part accurate and are nearly all accompanied by figures which enable his species to be 
- easily recognized. 


* ENTOM, Ill, 6. a 


254 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


Pediculus porcelli (p. 500, Pl. 1, fig. 1) 


After being mentioned by Linné without indication, definition or description, this 
name was copied by almost every author with whom we have dealt, still as a nomen 
nudum, until Schrank finally described the species. The host is Mus Porcellus, the 
description is good and the figure excellent, considering the date. Schrank himself 
(1803 : 186) renamed the species Pediculus saviae, Olfers (1816 : 83) redescribed it as 
Pediculus bifurcatus, and Nitzsch (1818 : 304) proposed Gyropus gracilis as a nomen 
novum for it. Later authors have either used Nitzsch’s name or referred the name 
porcellt to Linné, but the authorship of this name must be ascribed to Schrank. 


50 


49 


51 


Fics. 49, 50.—Quadraceps hiaticulae (O. Fabricius). 49. Mesosome, ventral. 50. Distal end of — 


mesosome, dorsal. 
Fic. 51.—Quadraceps hiaticulae (O. Fabricius), terminal segments of the female abdomen. 


The species has been excellently described and figured by Werneck (1936: 398- 


402, figs. I-g), and our neotypes agree with his description and figures. 
Neotype male and neallotype female of Gliricola porcelli (Schrank) in the British 


Museum (Nat. Hist.) Collection (slides nos. 584-5) from tame guinea-pig, Cavia por- — 


cellus (Linn.), from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Neoparatypes : 14 males and 30 females 
from the same host species from Brazil, British Isles and S. Africa. 


Pediculus ovis (p. 502, Pl. 1, figs. 8, 9) 


This is a somewhat similar case to that of porcelli, since Linné mentioned the name — 


without description and with only a queried reference to Redi, which does not save 


aun ie 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 255 


the name from being a nomen nudum. In passing it seems worth mentioning that 
the presence of the query suggests very strongly that what Linné had before him 
was not Redi’s insect, for the latter’s figure is not at all bad ; we suspect that Linné 
may have had a sucking louse. In any case the authorship of ovis must be assigned 
to Schrank. 

The host is Ovis aries (domestic sheep) and the species is well known. Schrank 
(1803 : 187) renamed it Pediculus ovisarietis, Olfers (1816 : 85) described it as Ped1- 
culus sphaerocephalus, and Nitzsch (1818 : 296) proposed the new name Tvichodectes 
sphaerocephalus for “‘ Ped. Ovis Linn. Fabric.’ (nomina nuda), Schrank’s species and 
the left-hand figure on Redi’s pl. 22. Our neotypes of ovis Schrank are also 
automatically neotypes of the nomina nova proposed by Schrank (1803) and Nitzsch 
(1818), but are not neotypes of sphaerocephalus Olfers because this has an indepen- 
dent description. 

The species has been excellently described and figured by Werneck (1936 : 537- 
540, figs. 169-174), and the neotypes agree with his figures and description. 

Neotype male and neallotype female of Damalinia ovis (Schrank) in the British 
Museum (Nat. Hist.) Collection (slides nos. 586~7) from domestic sheep, Ovis aries 
Linn. from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Neoparatypes : 29 males and 37 females from 
the same host species from Brazil, E. Africa and New South Wales, Australia. 


Pediculus anatis (p. 503, Pl. 1, figs. 2, 3) 


The excellent description and the figures represent an Anaticola, and there is a 
reference to the upper figure of Redi’s plate 10, which is Anaticola anseris (Linn.). 
The host is given as Anas boschas varietas fera (= Anas p. platyrhynchos), but fig. 2 
of the plate is labelled P. anseris, which perhaps means that this specimen was taken 
from a goose. There can be little doubt that anatis Schrank is a mixture of Anaticola 
anseris (Linn.) and A. crassicornis (Scopoli), and it is probably the basis for Olfers’ 
record of both Anas and Anser as hosts of the latter species and the subsequent 
appearance in the literature of a non-existent “ cvassicornis Olfers.’”’ In view of 
Schrank’s host-record and choice of specific name, anatis must be held to apply 
primarily to Anaticola crassicornis (Scopoli), of which it is a synonym. 

Neotype male of Anaticola anatis (Schrank) in the Meinertzhagen Collection (British 
Museum (Nat. Hist.)), slide no. 4242, from Anas p. platyrhynchos Linn. from N.E. 
Poland. This specimen agrees with the description and figures (Clay & Hopkins, 
1951 : 17) of A. crassicornis (Scopoli). 


Pediculus ortygometrae (p. 503) 


___ This species, from Rallus Crex = Crex crex (Linn.), is not figured and the descrip- 
_ tion is most unsatisfactory. The species was identified by Burmeister (1838 : 428) 
and by Denny with Nitzsch’s manuscript name Nivmus attenuatus, and there are 
_ important reasons why this identification should be accepted if at all possible. The 
position is that attenuatus first appeared in print (Nitzsch, 1818 : 291) as a nomen 
nudum, a reference to Pediculus ortygometrae Schrank being queried. Burmeister 
gave no description of the insect but included the same reference without the query, 


256 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


thus making Nirmus attenuatus Burmeister a nomen novum for P. ortygometrae 
Schrank. Denny (1842: 52, 134, Pl. ro, fig. 2) described material from Crex pratensis 
(= Crex crex (Linn.)) as Nirmus attenuatus “ Nitzsch,” and “ N. attenuatus Nitzsch ”’ 
as subsequently described by Giebel from Nitzsch’s manuscript (1874: 170, Pl. 6, 
fig. I) appears to be congeneric with Denny’s species. To interpret P. ortygometrae 
otherwise than was done by Burmeister and by Denny would raise serious difficulties 
with regard to the type species of Rallicola. 

Schrank’s description of ortygometrae is as follows : “Insectum oblongum. Caput 
cordatum, parte acuminata ab abdomine aversa; antennae breves moniliformes. 
Thorax angustus, longus apice latior, apicis medio productiore. Abdominis seg- 
menta, demta thorace octo setosa, utrinque spiraculis magnis maculatis instructa. 
Pedes thoraci affici, articulis tribus elliptoidibus constant, articulo tertio acuto, 
breviori. In capite varia transparent intestina; ejusque apices utrinque setam 
longiusculam emittunt.”’ 

We considered the possibility that the various internal structures appearing in the 
head might be the conspicuous gular plate of Psewdomenopon, but this genus is ex- 
cluded by the cordate head and the fact that the “ apex ”’ of the thorax is stated to 
be produced in the middle. We think Fulicoffula to be excluded by the statement 
that the insect is oblong and by the cordate head. Jncidifrons is not known from 
Crex crex, but we have examined J. fulicae (Linn.) and this, in common with Pseudo- 
menopon, has two long setae arising from the temporal angles (Schrank’s “ apices ”’ 
of the head), whereas Rallicola has only one. Summing up, the whole of the very 
vague description could apply to Rallicola and the presence of only one long temporal 
seta is peculiar to this genus. It is legitimate to use as confirmation the fact that 
Rallicola is common on Crex crex and the other genera rare or unknown. 

This species is distinguished from R. cuspidatus (Scopoli) (see Clay & Hopkins, 
1951 : 25) by the shape of the head in both sexes, the absence of marked sexual 
dimorphism of the antennae, the male genitalia and the female genital region. 


MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: 


Male Female 
Length Breadth ‘Length Breadth. 
Head. ; . 0°44 0:33 i 0°45 0°33 
Prothorax ? = 0:22 — 0°22 
Pterothorax . = 0°29 : — 0-28 
Abdomen ; . 0:86 0°42 ‘ 0-92 0°42 
TOG). 2 ; » 1°53 — : 1-66 a 
Genitalia ‘ . 0°28 — ; — — 


Neotype male (Text-figs. 52, 53) and neallotype female (Text-figs. 54, 55) of Ralh- 
cola ortygometrae (Schrank) in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) Collection (slide nos. 
570-1) from Crex crex (Linn.) from Scotland. Neoparatypes : 5 males and 3 females 
from the same host species from Scotland and France. 

The material described by Denny as Nirmus attenuatus ‘‘ Nitzsch’”’ (one male in 
the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) Denny Collection) agrees with the neotype of Ralh- 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 257 


cola ortygometrae (Schrank). There are no specimens of ‘‘ Oncophorus attenuatus 
N.,” as described by Piaget (1880: 214, Pl. 18, fig. 1) in the Piaget Collection in the 
British Museum (Nat. Hist.). 


FOURCROY, 1785 
(Entomologia Parisiensis, Paris. Part 2, pp. 517-522) 
The section of this work which deals with Anoplura and Mallophaga is in two diffe- 
rent parts; pages 517-519 contain a list of species of Pediculus, sometimes with 


Fics. 52, 53.—Rallicola ortygometrae (Schrank). 52. Male. 53. Male genitalia. 


__ brief descriptions or quotations of the descriptions of other authors (whose names are 
_ hot mentioned), and all the names are in valid binomial form. But on pages 520- 


522, under a separate heading “ pediculi Rhedi & Linnaei”’ there is a list in which 


_ every name which is not a nomen nudum is a descriptive phrase and has a partial 


258 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


duplicate: ‘‘ Pediculus accipitris, abdomine oblongo”’ and “‘ Pediculus accipitris, abdo- 
mine ovato,”’ for instance. We conclude that these phrases on pp. 520-522 are not 
to be taken as names and are only in Latin because the whole work is in that language. 
On the other hand, the names on pp. 517-519 are undoubtedly valid and must be 
dealt with, because in three instances Geoffroy’s descriptive phrases are first shortened 
to valid form in this work. 


54 


Fics. 54, 55.—Rallicola ortygometrae (Schrank). 54. Female. 55. Terminalsegments of female 
abdomen. 


Pediculus circi (p. 518) 


Proposed for Geoffroy’s Pediculus circi, fuscus oblongus .. .  , the identity of 


which has already been briefly discussed (Clay & Hopkins, 1950: 270). Geoffroy’s 


host-record is “‘ Busard des marais, civcus Bellon” (= Circus aeruginosus (Linn.)). 


The same species was named Pediculus milvi by Schrank (1803 : 193) ; Liotheum © 


(Laemobothrion) gigantewm Nitzsch (1818 : 301) is composite and we shall restrict 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 259 


the name to the present species. L. nigrolimbatum Giebel was described from speci- 
mens taken from Circus cineraceus (= C. pyargus (Linn.)) and Circus aeruginosus, 
and in view of the loss of the types is best assumed to be the same as circz (Fourcroy). 

The species of Laemobothrion from the Falconiformes can be divided into three 
main groups as follows (see also Kéler, 1937, and Eichler, 1943) : 


1. Gular setae and lateral setae on prosternal plate absent . . tinnunculi group. 

—. Gular setae and lateral setae on prosternal plate present : ‘ a 

2. Majority of abdominal tergites with central uncoloured area (Text-fig. 68) 
(vulturis group) 3. 


-. Abdominal tergites without such areas : . maximum group. 
3. Lateral margins of anterior abdominal segments with dark, stout spine- 
like setae F , glutinans N. 


—. Lateral margins of anterior abdominal segments without such setae 


rest of vulturis group. 


Fics. 56—58.—Posterior setae of 1st femur. 56. Laemobothrion tinnunculi (Linn.) 
57. L. civct (Fourcroy). 58. L. vulturis (J. C. Fabricius). 
Fics. 59-61.—Proximal part of 2nd femur. 59. L. tinnunculi. 60. L. circi. 61. L. vulturis. 


In addition the members of the tinnunculi group have the shape of the head dis- 
tinctive, have only a few setae on the anterior margin of the prothorax, and never 
have a complete vertical line of setae along the outer edges of the patches of minute 
comb-like structures on abdominal sternites IV-V.!_ The vulturis group is further 
characterized by the presence in the female of a lateral pigmented spot each side 
posterior to the vulva (Text-fig. 67, x), and by the presence in both sexes of dark, 
stout spine-like setae on the margin of the first femur and on the margin and dorsal 


1 These are similar to those found in Microtenia, 


260 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


surface of the proximal part of the second femur (Text-figs. 58, 61) ; the third femur 
may or may not have these setae. In general, members of the vulturis group tend 
to be larger and to have a greater number of stouter setae. In the maximum group 
some forms have (Text-figs. 57, 60) a few of these spine-like setae on the femora, 
smaller than those of the vulturis group ; in the tinnunculi group the second femur 


a 


Fic. 62.—Laemobothrion circt (Fourcroy), male head, dorsal. 
a 
tA 
) 
64 


63 


Fics. 63, 64.—Laemobothrion circt (Fourcroy). 63. Female prosternal and meso-metas- 
ternal plates( unmounted specimen). 64. Proximal part of prosternal plates of three 
individuals to show variation in shape and number of setae (mounted canada balsam). 


(only) may have one or two small spine-like setae (Text-figs. 56, 59). Each of these 
groups will probably prove to be a polytypic species, the subspecies of which seem 
to be distinguished by the colour pattern (apparently correlated to a certain extent 
with the plumage colour of the host), the shape of the gular plate, the number and 


ay ee PK Yo 


ri 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 261 


size of the setae, and the total length in the females. There is some individual varia- 
tion in the numbers of gular and lateral setae of the prosternal plate which makes 
these characters unreliable for the separation of related forms ; similarly the shape 
of the prosternal plate tends to vary (Text-figs. 63, 64). The position of the setae 
on the meso-metasternal plate (see Eichler, 1943 : 210) is also variable, due to varia- 
tion in the posterior prolongation of this plate. The shape and size of the head, even 
where the total length is a distinguishing character, tend to be similar in related 
forms. It seems doubtful whether the male genitalia show any differences through- 
out the members of one group, but a greater amount of material is necessary in order 
to judge the amount of variation in the shape of the sclerites within populations from 
one host species. 


Fic. 65.—Laemobothrion civci (Fourcroy) male, terminal segments of abdomen. 
a. Anus (internal). 


Of the four species described up to this date—1785—L. tinnunculi (Linn.) is quite 


€ distinctive (see Clay & Hopkins, 1950: 228). JL. vulturis (J. C. Fabricius) was re- 
_ described (Clay & Hopkins, 1951 : 33) from a small amount of mounted material, 
_ but now through the kindness of Mr. B. K. Tandan (University of Lucknow) it has 


Te 


been possible to examine fresh material of this species and thus to amplify the descrip- 
tions and figures. It differs from other forms parasitizing the Aegypiinae mainly 
in size and possibly in colour pattern, but the available specimens of Laemobothrion 


262 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


from this subfamily are not in a condition to show this last character fully. The 
number and size of the setae tend to be greater in both sexes than in circi (cf. Text- 
figs. 66 and 67), but there is considerable individual variation in this character. In 
our first description (1951 : 34) it was suggested that the number of lateral prosternal 
setae was a diagnostic character, but the number of these in L. vulturis may vary, as 
shown for the following 4 males and 4 females (setae on left and right side of each 
prosternal plate) : 


Male. a) foe es Siok SG hs gt 
Female. “SE Ay 4 Op Of 7 Fees 


66 


Fic. 66.—Laemobothrion cirvci (Fourcroy) female, terminal segments of abdomen. 


This species has the form of the tergal plates (Text-figs. 68) and femoral setae 
(Text-figs. 58, 61) characteristic of the vulturis group. L. maximum (Scopoli) (see 
Clay & Hopkins, 1951 : 34) and L. circi (Fourcroy) belong to the maximum group, — 
but owing to lack of material of maximum the differences (if any exist) between these — 
two forms cannot be given. L. circi differs from L. titan Piaget (host: Milvus m. 
migrans) in the lesser degree of pigmentation and in the female by the shorter abdo- 
men, In both sexes of civci abdominal tergites I-IV show signs of a median division. 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 263 


MEASUREMENTS IN MM.: 


Male Female 
‘Length Breadth. ‘Length Breadth - 

Head (midline 2 E44 = : I+52 — 

(laterally) ONE oy I+54 , 1:78 I+65 
Prothorax . = I*20 ‘ — I+37 
Pterothorax . oo 1°63 : — 1-87 
Abdomen : ~ 4°95 2°20 . 6-00 2:80 
Total . : | 8-15 — ; 9°40 — 
Genitalia ; - 2°20 — : — — 


y 


67 


Fic. 67.—Laemobothrion vulturis (J. C. Fabricius), Terminal segments of female abdomen, 
ventral. +. Post-vulval pigmented area. 
Fic. 68.—Laemobothrion vulturis (J. C. Fabricius), third abdominal tergite, female. 


Neotype male (Text-figs. 62, 65; Pl. 12, figs. 3, 4) and neallotype female (Text-figs. 
57, 60, 63, 64, 66; Pl. 12, fig. 5) of Laemobothrion civci (Fourcroy) in the British 
Museum (Nat. Hist.) Collection (slide no. 609) from Circus a. aeruginosus (Linn.) 
from Kenya. Neoparatypes: 26 males and 20 females from the same host form 
from Kenya, Yugoslavia and India. 


Pediculus passeris (p. 519) 
A binomial name for Geoffroy’s descriptive phrase ‘‘ Pediculus subflavescens : 
abdomine ovato ”” (see Clay & Hopkins, 1950: 270), but with a brief descrip- 
tion which may perhaps be independent. The point is not of much importance, as 


264 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


both descriptions clearly indicate a Philopterus and the host is the same: “moineau 
franc ’’ (= Passer domesticus). 

The earliest name for the Philopterus from Passer domesticus is P. fringillae 
(Scopoli) (see Clay & Hopkins, 1951 : 32) and passeris, therefore, becomes a synonym 
of this latter name. 

Neotype male of Philopterus passeris (Fourcroy) in the Meinertzhagen Collection 
(British Museum (Nat. Hist.)), slide no. 15778 from Passer d. domesticus (Linn.) from 
Cornwall, England. This specimen agrees with the figures and description (Clay & 
Hopkins, 1951 : 32 ; fig. 43; Pl. 3, fig. 3) of P. fringillae (Scopoli). 


Pediculus corvi (p. 519) 


Proposed for Geoffroy’s ‘‘ Pediculus albo nigroque varius ...” The host is 
“corbeau,” which may mean crow or raven, though usually the latter. Geoffroy’s 
species is certainly a Philopterus. 

Philopterus corvi (Fourcroy) is preoccupied both in Pediculus and in Philopterus, 
for if not the same as Philopterus corvi (Linn.) it is a homonym of the latter. It is 
therefore unnecessary to try to fix it more closely. 


MOHR (N.), 1786 
(Forsog til en Islandsk Naturhistorie. Kiobenhavn) 


Pediculus procellariae (p. 103) 


There is a short Latin description but no host-record other than that provided by 
the name, which is preoccupied by Pediculus procellariae J. C. Fabricius, 1775. 

We consider Pediculus procellariae Mohr, 1786, nec J. C. Fabricius, to be completely 
unrecognizable. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


We are indebted to the Trustees of the British Museum for permission to publish — 
Text-figs. 12, 33, 53, drawn by Mr. A. J. E. Terzi, to the Zoological Society of 
London for permission to publish figures 52-55, and to Colonel Meinertzhagen for 
permission to publish Text-figs. 29 and 31, drawn by Mr. R. S. Pitcher. Text-figs. — 
5 and 18 were drawn by Mr. A. Smith, and the remaining figures by Miss T. Clay. 


TABLE I.—Breadth (in mm.) of Head at Temples of Male Philopterus populations — 
with Number of Specimens. 


0*45-0°46 0°47-0'48 0+49-0°50 0°51-0'52 


citrinellae ‘ ‘ 3 22 2 — 
curvirostrae . , I 16 4 — 
pyrrhulae : F — 2 4 6 
chloridis ; : — 18 6 2 


THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


TABLE II.—Breadth (in mm.) of Head of Female Philopterus populations with 
Number of Specimens 


265 


0+47-0°48 0+49-0°50 0°5I-0°52 0°53-0'54 0°55-0°56 0°57-0'58 0:59-0:60 


citrinellae 
curvirostrae . 
pyrrhulae 

chloridis ; ‘ 


I 


3 


I 
2 
2 


6 16 4 ~- 
II 12 4 I 
3 2 > 19 
I 7 8 12 


LIST OF SPECIES 


The synonymy of the following names has been established : 


Specific name 


agonum Nitzsch . 
alaudae Schrank 
anatis Schrank 
arcticus Mjéberg 
attenuatus Burmeister . 
bassani O. Fabricius 
bifurcatus Olfers 

canis De Geer 

canis O. Fabricius 
chloridis Schrank 
civct Fourcroy 
citvinellae Schrank 
clangulae O. Fabricius 
communis Nitzsch 
compar Piaget 
cornicis De Geer 
cuvuccae Schrank 
curvivostvae Schrank 
emberizae De Geer 


| fringillae De Geer 


gallinae De Geer 
giganteum Nitzsch 
globifer Olfers 

gracilis Nitzsch . 
grylle O. Fabricius 
hiaticulae O. Fabricius 
hologaster Nitzsch 


- lavi De Geer 


lavi O. Fabricius 


_ lariphaga Timmermann 


latus Nitzsch 


_ leontodon Nitzsch 


megacephalus Denny 
mergi J. C. Fabricius . 
mergiservatt De Geer 
mesoleucum Nitzsch 
milvi Schrank . 


Present status 


Ricinus rubeculae (Schrank) 
Menacanthus alaudae (Schrank) 
Anaticola crassicornis (Scopoli) 
Saemundssonia tringae (O. Fabricius) 
Rallicola ortygometrae (Schrank) 
Pectinopygus bassani (O. Fabricius) 
Glivicola porcelli (Schrank) 
Trichodectes canis (De Geer) . 
Trichodectes canis (De Geer) . 
Philopterus citrinellae (Schrank) 
Laemobothrion circt (Fourcroy) 
Philopterus citrinellae (Schrank) . 
Anaticola clangulae (O. Fabricius) . 
Philopterus cttrinellae (Schrank) . 
Philopterus curvirostrae (Schrank) . 
Myrsidea cornicis (De Geer) . 
Menacanthus curuccae (Schrank) . 
Philopterus curvirostrae (Schrank) . 
Philopterus citrinellae (Schrank) 
Ricinus fringillae De Geer 
Gontocotes gallinae (De Geer) . 
Laemobothrion civci (Fourcroy) 
Philopterus citrinellae (Schrank) 
Gliricola porcelli (Schrank) 
Saemundssonia grylle (O. Fabricius) 
Quadraceps hiaticulae (O. Fabricius) 
Goniocotes gallinae (De Geer) 
Trinoton querquedulae (Linn.) 
Saemundssonia lari (O. Fabricius) . 
Saemundssonia lari (O. Fabricius) . 
Trichodectes canis (De Geer) . 
Sturnidoecus sturni (Schrank) 
Saemundssonia grylle (O. Fabricius) 
Anaticola c. mergiserrati (De Geer) 
Anaticola c. mergiserrati (De Geer) . 
Myrsidea cornicis (De Geer) . 
Laemobothrion circi (Fourcroy) 


I 


Page. 


229, 


227; 


229, 


224 
226 
225 
249 
255 
247 
254 
243 
244 
232 
258 
232 
246 
228 
229 
237 
223 
232 
237 
235 
242 
258 
228 
254 
247 
251 
242 
239 
248 
248 
244 
232 
247 
241 
240 
237 
258 


266 THE EARLY LITERATURE ON MALLOPHAGA 


Specific name 


minutum Nitzsch 
nigrolimbatum Giebel . 
nitidissimus Nitzsch 
ortygometrae Schrank . 
ovis Schrank 
ovisarietis Schrank 
parviceps Piaget 
passeris Fourcroy : 
phasiani J. C. Fabricius 
porcellt Schrank . 
procellariae Mohr 
plerocephalus Olfers 
pyrvhulae Schrank 
pyrvhulae Piaget 
vubeculae Schrank 
saviae Schrank . 
sphaerocephalus Olfers. 
sphaerocephalus Nitzsch 
sturnt Schrank ‘ 
subaequalis Haan 
temporalis Nitzsch 
tyingae Fabricius 


Cray, T., & Hopkins, G. H. E. 
Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Ent. 1 (3): 
— 1951. Pt. JI. op. cit. 2 (1):1 


Present status 


Menacanthus curuccae (Schrank) 
Laemobothrion circi (Fourcroy) 
Ricinus fringillae De Geer 
Rallicola ortygometrae (Schrank) 
Damalinia ovis (Schrank) 
Damalinia ovis (Schrank) 
Menacanthus alaudae (Schrank) 
Philopterus fringillae (Scopoli) 
Chelopistes phasiani (J. C. Fabricius) 
Glivicola porcelli (Schrank) 
Unrecognisable 

Ricinus rubeculae (Schrank) . 
Philopterus citrinellae (Schrank) 
Philopterus citrinellae (Schrank) 
Ricinus rubeculae (Schrank) . 
Glivicola porcelli (Schrank) 
Damalinia ovis (Schrank) 
Damalinia ovis (Schrank) 
Sturnidoecus sturni (Schrank) 
Myrsidea cornicis (De Geer) . 
Anaticola c. mergiserrati (De Geer) . 
Saemundssonia tringae (O. Fabricius) 


REFERENCES 
The early literature on Mallophaga: Pt. J. Bull. Brit. 


229, 


EICHLER, W. 1943. Balkan-Mallophagen. I: Laemobothrion. Mitt. naturw. Inst. Sofia, 16: 


207-213. 


Hopkins, G. H. E. 1942. 


108-119. 


Stray notes on Mallophaga : 


Vv. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (11) 9 


Kier, S. 1937. Uber einige neue und interressantere Mallophagen des Deutschen Ento- 
mologischen Instituts in Berlin-Dahlem. Arb. morph. tax. Ent. Berlin-Dahlem, 4: 312-324. 


Tuompson, G. B. 1940. 
(11), 5: 372-381. 
TIMMERMANN, G. 1949. 

tiere und Vogel. I. 


Notes on species of the Genus Pectinopygus. 


1951. Die Mowenkneifer. 


Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 


Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Ektoparasitenfauna Islandischer Sauge- 
Greinar Visind. Isl. 2 (3) : 1-32. 
Parasitological News, Reykjavik, (2) 1: 1-12. 


WATERSTON, J. 1915. On some Mallophaga in the Kgl. Zoologisches Museum, K6nigsberg. 


Zool. Jb. (Abt. Syst.), 39 : 17-42. 


WERNECK, F. L. 1936. Contribuicdo ao conhecimento dos Mallophagos encontrados nos mam- 


miferos sul-americanos. 


Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, 31 : 391-589. 


16 MAK 1954 


Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 


Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fia. 
Fic. 
Fic. 


Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 


Aub wrs 


AUpY Do 


+ ia SA ape 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES 


PLATE to 


Ricinus rubeculae (Schrank), g. x28. 
Ricinus rubeculae (Schrank), 2. x 28. 


Menacanthus alaudae (Schrank), . 


x 55 


Philopterus cttrinellae citrinellae (Schrank). g. x 62 


Sturnidoecus sturnt (Schrank), ¢. 


* SE: 


Ricinus fringillae De Geer, 2. X 25. 


PLATE 11 


Myrsidea cornicis (De Geer), 3. X 45. 


BS. yD 
X 29. 


Anaticola mergiservati (De Geer), ¢. 
Anaticola mergiserrati (De Geer), 9. 
Saemundssonia grylle (O. Fabricius), ¢. 


Saemundssonia lari (O. Fabricius), g. x 
Saemundssonia tringae (O. Fabricius), 3. 


PLATE 12 


Quadraceps hiaticulae (O. Fabricius), 3. 


Quadraceps hiaticulae (O. Fabricius), 9. 


Laemobothrion civci (Fourcroy), ¢. 


x DI. 


x 38. 


38. 
x 66. 


x 47. 


x 47. 


Laemobothrion circi (Fourcroy), ¢ genitalia. x 42. 


Laemobothrion circt (Fourcroy), . 


ame 9 Bs 


Bull. B, M. (N.H.) Entom, IIT, 6. PLATE to 


PLATE srr 


Bull. B. M. (N.Z.) Entom. III, 6. 


Bull, B. M. (N.H.) Entom. ITI, 6. PLATE x12 


PRESENTED 
16 MAR 1954 


om eae Oe IE ma i 


"oO fae 


vi 


f 


a” week er Vie eu Mga 
e — ae ‘ fry, jit nap 
‘.! wee D elt ewe fet 
af AT LE eh a 
ae ee 2 re 
Try 1 mv f ite oy 
Te 4 Ty ee ' : = 
~ ; P M wi : b , 


; 


oe _BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DC 


: eas 


‘ig 2) 17 MAY 1954 


L oF. 
\,, if 
. ¢ 5 ty 
” Or. er Y, 


SOME -SAWFLIES 

Or THE BUROPEAN AEPS 
AND THE 

MEDITERRANEAN REGION 


(HYMENOPTERA : SYMPHYTA) 


R. B. BENSON 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 7 
LONDON: 1954 


SOME SAWELIES 


Wr THE BUROPEAN ALPS 
AND THE MEDITERRANEAN REGION 


HYMENOPTERA: SYMPHYTA 


BY 


ROBERT B. BENSON \y 


‘A ‘ 
VA j 


Pp. 267-296 ; 31 Text-figures 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 
ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 7 
LONDON : 1954 


THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM 
(NATURAL HISTORY). instituted in 1949, is 
issued in five series corresponding to the Departments 
of the Museum, and an Historical Series. 


Parts appear at irregular intervals as they become 
veady. Volumes will contain about three or four 
hundred pages, and will not necessarily be compiled 
within one calendar year. 


This paper is Vol. 3, No. 7 of the Entomological 
series. 


Issued April, 1954. Price Six Shillings. 


SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 
AND THE MEDITERRANEAN REGION 
(HYMENOPTERA : SYMPHYTA) 


By ROBERT B. BENSON 


SYNOPSIS 


The paper deals mainly with new or little-known sawflies (Hym. Symphyta) collected in 
recent years in Cyprus and other parts of the Mediterranean Region with a few from the 
European Alps. In all 16 new species and 5 new subspecies are described, and 4 are re- 
instated from the synonymy. 

A list is also included of the sawflies collected for the Museum in Cyprus by Mr. G. A. 
Mavromoustakis. 


THE following species or subspecies of sawflies are nearly all from the Central Euro- 
pean Alps or the lands in or bordering the Mediterranean, and most of them are 
described here for the first time. The specimens on which the new forms are being 
based have come to me from many sources and have been accumulating in the 
British Museum (Natural History) awaiting description over several years, although 
not all of them belong to that institution. I should like here to thank all those 
who have sent me the specimens and especially those who have waited patiently 
a long time for results. 

At the end of the paper I have included a list of all the sawflies collected in Cyprus 
for the British Museum by Mr. G. A. Mavromoustakis. Three of these species 
were also found by Dr. Hakan Lindberg during his stay in Cyprus in 1939 and I 
am indebted to him for lending me his material for study. As virtually no records 
of sawflies from Cyprus have been published before, except for some Cephidae by 
Benson (1946), most of these records are new; and the list probably includes all 
the species that have yet been collected on the island. 

I am using here, as I have before, the expression “(statu novo)” or “(stat. nov.)” 
after a species name to indicate that I am changing its status, raising for example 
a subspecies to the level of a species. I now propose to introduce still another 
of these expressions, “(species revocata)” or “(sp. rev.)’’, to draw attention to 
the fact that the species referred to is being recalled from wrong synonymy ; “ (genus 
vevocatum) ”’ and ‘‘ (nomen revocatum) ’’ may be used in a similar way. 

POL: OOL is a well known abbreviation in Hymenoptera to indicate the com- 
parative distance between the posterior ocelli (i.e., posterior ocellar line = POL) 
and the distance between one of these ocelli and the eye margin (i.e., ocellar ocular 
line = OOL). In the same way I am using the abbreviation OO-CL to indicate 
the distance between a hind ocellus and occipital-carina or the hind margin of the 
head where this carina would be if it were developed (i.e., ocellar occipital-carina 
line). 

ENTOM, III, 7 2I§ 


270 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 
CEPHIDAE 
Calameuta festiva sp. n. 


2. Black except for the following parts which are yellow: apical half of the front 
femur, the front tibia and the front tarsus, extreme apex of the middle femur, 
sides of the 3rd tergite, whole of the 4th and 5th except medially behind, sides of 
the 6th and 7th, 8th except the extreme lateral margins, also spot each side of 
3rd, 4th and 5th sternites. Wzngs hyaline with stigma and venation piceous except 
for extreme base of C in forewing which is yellow. 

Head with eyes slightly closer together in front than the height of one; distance 
between antennal sockets about 2 as long as the distance between an antennal socket 
and the anterior tentorial pit on the same side (ant. ant. : ant. tent. as I-0 : 1°5). 
Antenna 21-segmented ; club thickening from 9th to 13th segment; penultimate 
segments about 2 as long as broad. Thorax and abdomen normal but legs with sub- 
bifid tarsal claws and hind tibia with 2 pre-apical spines ; cerci about 4 as long as 
sawsheath and reaches back as far; sawsheath 4 as long as basal plate. 

Pubescence on head and thorax above dark; pale and evenly distributed on under- 
thorax and whole of abdomen ; on head, pronotum and anterior and lateral lobes of 
mesonotum the pubescence is about } as long as the diameter of an ocellus. Pwuncta- 
tion: head shining between the small follicles on the face but at the back of the 
head these are dense and conspicuous ; prothorax likewise has only very fine follicles, 
but medial lobe of the mesonotum is dull with fine dense punctures ; lateral lobes 
shining with large widely-separated punctures in the middle and behind though 
on the anterior } and the outer lateral margin the punctures are a little smaller and 
closer together though much larger than those on the anterior lobe, and the inter- 
spaces are still shining; scutellum almost impunctate; mesopleura covered with 
large shallow follicles. Abdomen with the surface roughened by the dense follicle. 
Length 9°5 mm. 

Cyprus: Yerasa, 1000 ft., 1 9 (Holotype), 2.iv.1945 (G. A. Mavromoustakis) 
(British Museum). 


This species is superficially like C. gaullei (Konow), from Algeria, which, however, 
is distinguished by its much more heavily infuscated wings and by the punctation 
of the lateral mesonotal lobes (dull with dense punctures as is the anterior lobe), 
by the punctation of the anterior margin of the scutellum, and by its ant. ant. : 
ant. tent. ratio of I-0: 2:0 (see Benson, 1946). Structurally it is much more like 
C. apicicornis Pic (on the basis of a 9 collected at Jerusalem, 2.iv.1941, by Mr. H. 
Bytinski-Salz) which has very similar sculpture, but this species can be distinguished 
by its rich marking of yellow on the face and the thorax, and by the longer saw- 
sheath (sawsheath: basal plate as 1-0: 1-8) with its broad subtruncate apex when 
viewed from above. C. zdolon Rossi is distinguished by its rich yellow colouring 
on face and pronotum, its yellow costa and stigma in the forewing, and the thicker 
club of its antenna (the subapical segments of which are about twice as broad as 
long), and its single pre-apical spine on the hind tibia as well as by its ant. ant, : 
ant. tent, ratio of I-0 : 2-0, 


SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 271 
ARGIDAE 
Kokujewia palestina sp. n. 


9. Head black. Thorax with mesonotum including scutellum reddish yellow 
(except for the depressed lateral and hind margins of the side lobes and the hind 
margin of the scutellum which are black) ; underside, metanotum and legs entirely 
black. Abdomen reddish yellow except for Ist tergite and sawsheath which are 
black. Wings smoky with a black spot under the base of the stigma ; stigma and 
venation black. 

In structure not distinguishable from K. ectrapela Konow except that the saw- 
sheath is broadly rounded behind (Figs. 1 and 2) (instead of narrowing to a rounded 
point) and the hind basitarsus is about as long as the three following tarsal segments 
together (instead of clearly longer than this). Length Io mm. 

PALESTINE : Wadi Umbaghik, larva on ? Rumex 19 (Holotype) emerged ili.1945 
(H. Bytinski Salz) (British Museum). 


Fics. 1-2.—Sawsheath of Kokujewia spp. from above: (1) ectvapela; and (2) palestina. 


I am indebted to the late Dr. Gussakovskii for giving to the British Museum a 
paratype of K. ectrapela (Caucasus and Transcaucasia) with which I have been able 
to compare the specimen from Palestine. K. ectrapela differs, in addition to the 
characters in the form of the sawsheath and tarsi mentioned above, in having a 
black scutellum and a red supra-clypeal area. K. clementi Zirngiebl (Anatolia), 
the only other described species in the genus, is said to differ from K. ectrapela in 
having a black medial stripe on the mesonotum and red on the frons. 


CIMBICIDAE 
Abia plana sp. n. 


Q. Colour dark metallic green; antenna with apex of 3rd segment, 4th, and 
obscurely 5th and 6th brown; Ist, 2nd, base of 3rd and 7th black; labrum and 
mouthparts piceous ; legs with coxae, trochanters and femora (except for apices) 
black ; apices of femora, tibiae and tarsi yellowish brown, slightly fuscous beneath 
on the hind legs. Wangs as in A. sericea L. but that the apical cloud is obsolete. 


272 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 


Head as in A. sericea L. but that the surface is entirely dull with fine coriaceous 
sculpture round the orbits and between the punctures. Thorax dull with fine 
coriaceous surface sculpture between the punctures which are mostly smaller than 
the interspaces between them. Legs as in A. sericea L., but that the inner tooth 
of the tarsal claw is broader and longer than the end tooth (Fig. 3). Abdomen 
with the tergites flat, not longitudinally arched as they are in A. sericea; and dull 
all over with dense hair follicles in the middle parts of each tergite while the margins 
and sides are densely coriaceous and the whole is covered in a fine dense pile ; 
hypopygium simple (not produced slightly in the middle as it is in A. sericea ) ; 
sawsheath parallel-sided in dorsal view and trifid at apex ; cerci long and extending 
back almost as far as the apex of the sawsheath ; saw very similar to that of A. 
fulgens. Length 13 mm. 

6. As in 9, but the eyes above approach to each other to a distance that is little 
more than } the diameter of an ocellus, the 4th, 5th and 6th abdominal tergites 
each have the central quarter modified as in A. sericea and covered with a dense 
fine mat of short black tomentum surrounded by a shining glabrous margin, but, 
unlike A. sericea, etc., the modified areas are scarcely depressed and are (as in 
A. fulgens) in the same plane as the lateral portions of the same tergites. Length 
II°5 mm. 

HuncGary: Retyezdth, 1,200-1,800 ft., 1g, 19 (Holotype), 6~-7.vi.1937, I d, 
24.V-4.vi.1937 (B. Lipthay) (British Museum). 


This species is very close to A. fulgens Zaddach as is shown by the very similar 
saws (vide Kangas, 1946, fig. 1a) and by the fact that in these 2 species alone of the 
European species known to me! the tomentum patches on the modified portions 
of the 4th to 7th abdominal tergites in the male are not depressed below the level 
of the rest of the tergite (in A. sericea L., nitens L., candens Konow, melanocera 
Cameron, imperialis Cameron and vitilisi Turner the tomentum patches are in 
depressions). The new species is, however, at once distinguishable from A. fulgens 
by its heavier punctation and by its tarsal claws, which have the inner tooth minute 
in A. fulgens but larger than the end tooth in the new species (cf. Figs. 3 and 4). 


Corynis semisanguinea (Pic.) 


The description by Pic (1916[1]) of this species from Algiers and of C. subcarinata 
from Greece (1916[2]) seem generally to have been overlooked; Gussokovskii 
(1947), for example, omitted them from his key to the genus. I had in fact already 
prepared a description of the specimens before me as a new species and informed 
the collector about this when I came upon Pic’s paper quite by chance. So far as 
Pic’s description goes it covers Guichard’s specimens very well and I think it probably 
refers to the same species, but as Pic’s description is very incomplete as well as being 
generally inaccessible I include a fuller description herewith : 


1 Excluding those species which Kangas places in Abia (Aenoabia) and which really belong to Zaraea 
as defined in Benson, 1951. 


SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 273 


9. Reddish yellow with the following parts bronzey black: antennae and head 
(except for the fronto-clypeal area below the antennae), longitudinal fleck in the 
middle of each of the lateral lobes of the mesonotum, sunken lateral parts of the 
mesonotum beside the mesoscutellum, metanotum (except for the meta-post- 
scutellum), mesosternum, mesepimeron, front and lower part of mesepisternum, 
metapleura, coxae, trochanters, basal half of fore and middle femora, and extreme 
base of hind femur, 1st and 2nd tergites except at sides above, a medial fleck on 
each of the 3rd, 4th and 5th tergites, the medial part of the margins between these 
segments, a broad broken band on the hind margin of the 8th tergite, almost the 
whole of the underside of the abdomen with the sawsheath (except the apex of the 
hypopygium and the gth sternite). 

Wings hyaline with stigma costa and rest of venation yellow. 

Antenna (Fig. 6) with 3rd segment twice as long as 4th; 3rd +4th = 5th; 
5th a little more than 14 times as long as broad (1-0: 1-7). Head with malar space 
about as long as 4 diameter of front ocellus; POL: OOL as 1:0:0:8; POL: 
OO-CL as 1:0: 0°6. Pubescence on head and thorax grey and upstanding, the longest 
hairs being about the same as the diameter of an ocellus ; on abdomen fine, dense 
and recumbent. 

Punctation : the larger punctures over almost the whole of the upper surface 
are interspaced with more numerous very fine punctures; on the middle of the 
mesonotum, scutellum, middle of mesopleura, and middle of the abdomen, the 
larger punctures are mostly separated from each other by from 1-2 diameters ; 
on the head the punctures are coarser than on the body, and, round the orbits, 
between the antennae and on the postocellar area are very densely spaced and partly 
confluent ; on the sides of the apical tergites the punctures are also very densely 
set. Length 6-5 mm. 

TRIPOLITANIA: 75 km. S. of Bou Ngem, 5 9, 4.ii.1952 (K. M. Guichard) (British 
Museum). 


Superficially this species is very like C. sanguinea (Vollenhoven) of which I have 
before me 1 9 from the Canary Islands (Tho. V. Wollaston Coll., B.M. 1869-65). 
The punctation in C. sanguinea, however, is very much denser; on the meso- 
notum, for example, many of the larger punctures are contiguous or with interspaces 
little more than a diameter. Furthermore in C. sanguinea the 3rd segment in the 
antenna is only about 14 times as long as the 4th, and the club, forming the 5th 
segment, is about twice as long as broad (cf. Figs. 5 and 6). The abdomen is also 
paler above in colour, and the stigma and apex of the costa are blackish brown 
instead of yellow. 


Corynis reticulata sp. n. 


3. Black except for the yellowish white tarsi, tibiae and extreme apices of femora. 
Wings hyaline ; stigma and rest of venation yellowish brown. 

Antenna (Fig. 7) with 3rd segment 14 times as long as 4th; 5th (club) = 3rd 
+ 4th ; 5th about twice as long as wide. Head with malar space very short, scarcely 


ENTOM. III, 7. 21§§ 


274 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 


wn ve) ~ fore) 
Bn > 
) = 
[| 5 3 2 
7] “vn 


Figs. 3-4. Hind tarsal claw in Abia spp.: (3) plana; and (4) fulgens. 


Fics. 5-8. Antenna in Corynis spp.: (5) sanguinea ; (6) semisanguinea ; (7) reticulata ; and 
(8) fulvicrus. 


Fics. 9-10. Penis valve in Dolerus spp.: (9) vomanus ; and (10) thoracicus. 


SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 275 


longer than the greatest breadth of the apical segment of the maxillary palp ; 
supra-clypeal area concave above but below and on clypeal area slightly concave 
medially ; front margin of clypeus with an excision about the size of the front 
ocellus ; POL: OOL is as 1:0: 0-7; POL: OO-CL as 1:0: 0:5. Claws bifid; inner 
front tibial spur about 2 as long as basitarsus, and outer spur } as long as inner 
spur. Abdomen with 8th tergite unmodified. Punctation : whole insect reticulate 
in appearance, so densely covered in punctures that the only interspaces larger 
than a puncture are: one immediately adjoining each ocellus, a few in the middle 
of the front lobe of the mesonotum and a few on the front of the scutellum. Pubes- 
cence outstanding and silvery; on head and upper mesopleura about as long as 
diameter of front ocellus; on rest of thorax and abdomen about 3 this length. 
Length 5 mm. 

PALESTINE: Shapat near Jerusalem, 1 ¢ (Holotype), 27.11.1918 (E. E. Austen) 
(British Museum). 


This species appears to be nearest to C. andrei Konow and C. similis Mocsary 
and runs to the couplet containing these two species in Gussokovskii’s key (1947), 
but in both these species the antennal club is much shorter than the 3rd and 4th 
antennal segments combined. C. similis (known from Crete, Cyprus, Syria, etc.) 
has very much shorter pubescence on the whole body, except on the head it is 
nowhere as long as } the diameter of the front ocellus ; and the punctures on the 
head and thorax are much less dense with abundant shining interspaces larger than 
individual punctures; and it also has a longer malar space (about as long as the 
diameter of the front ocellus in the 2 and about 4 this diameter in the g). C. 
andrei (Konow) (from Oran) I have not seen but it is described as having the pubes- 
cence on the head and mesonotum fuscous and the apical 3rd of the hind femur pale. 


Corynis fulvicrus sp. n. 


9. Black with the following parts reddish yellow: labrum, mouthparts, suffused 
fleck on underside of antennal club, apical 4 of front and middle femora above, and 
hind femur (except for extreme base above and basal 4 below) hind tibia and tarsus 
(except for the apical tarsal segments which are brownish). Wings hyaline ; stigma, 
C. and Sc. yellow ; rest of venation brown. 

Antenna (Fig. 8) with 3rd segment ? longer than 4th; 5th (club) = 3rd + 4th. 
Head with clypeus excised in front to a depth of about ? diameter of front ocellus ; 
malar space very short (about as long as greatest breadth of apical segment of the 
maxillary palp; POL: OOL as 10:08; POL: OO-CL as 1:0:0:6. Legs with 
inner front tibial spur about ? as long as basitarsus ; outer spur about 4 the inner 
spur. Abdomen with 8th tergite unmodified. 

Punctation mostly very dense with interspaces as large as individual punctures 
only on clypeus, middle of supra-clypeal area, in frontal basin adjoining front 
ocellus and beside each lateral ocellus, middle of mesonotum and mesoscutellum, 
upper mesopleura, and most of 6 basal tergites. Pubescence, dense silvery up-stand- 
ing and about as long as diameter of front ocellus, on head mesonotum and whole 
mesopleura. Length 7-5 mm. 


276 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 


ALGERIA: Hamman Ben Hadjar, 1 9 (Holotype), 31.iii.rg10 (F. D. Morice) 
(British Museum) ; Misserghim, 1 9, 1929 (Allawaud and Jeannell) (Paris Museum). 

Another 2 from Algeria: Chellala, 1895 (de Vauloger) (Paris Museum) agrees 
with the above in colour and structure except that the whole punctation is sparser ; 
the punctures on all the mesonotum (except the margins), including the scutellum, 
and most of the middle of the mesepisternum are separated by interspaces as 
large or larger than individual punctures. 


TENTHREDINIDAE 


SELANDRIINAE 


Selandria serva fuscitarsis subsp. n. 


This differs from the typical subspecies in that the 4 apical tarsal segments of 
the hind legs and + middle legs are infuscate and that in the forewings the costa 
has little more than the basal 4 yellow and almost the apical 4 black (in the typical 
subspecies the basal 2 of the costa are yellow and only the apical $ black). 

CorFu: I ¢ (Holotype), 8.iv.1912 (F. D. Morice) (British Museum). 

ITaLy : Romagne, 2 g, I 9, 1945 (P. Zangheri) (1 J, I 2 in Zangheri Coll.; 1 3 
in B.M.) ; Bologna, Gaibola, 1 2, 24.iv.1950 (G. Grandi) (in B.M.) and 1 Q, 30. iv. 
1951 (G. Grandt). 


Strongylogaster lineata cypria subsp. n. 


This form differs from the typical S. lineata (Christ) in that the hind femora are 
entirely pale yellow (instead of infuscate at base) and the two basal antennal seg- 
ments are entirely black (instead of + yellow). 

Cyprus: near Platania Forest station, 3,500-4,000 ft., 2 2 (including Holotype), 
7.v.1945 (G. A. Mavromoustakis) ; Mt. Troodos, 5,500-6,000 ft., 1 9, 28.vi.1937 
(G. A. M.) (British Museum). 

Since writing this I have seen 39 of this subspecies from LEBANON: Falonka, 
17.V.1953 (G. A. M.) (British Museum). 


Dolerus romanus sp. n. 


¢. Black; wings hyaline with black stigma and venation. 

Head contracted behind the eyes ; clypeus with front half inflexed along a medial 
transverse carina and anterior excision not so deep as half total height of clypeus ; 
antenna about as long as vein C of forewing, 8th segment being about four times as 
long as its basal breadth ; head densely and rather coarsely punctured above without 
interspaces larger than the punctures except adjoining each of the lateral ocelli and 
each side of the post-ocellar area which is margined laterally by a deep pit; hind 
ocelli nearly as far apart as the distance between an ocellus and the occipital carina 
(POL : OO-CL as 1-0: 1-2); occipital furrow behind the temples and carina well 
developed. 


SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 277 


Mesonotum with front lobe heavily punctured, dense at the sides with an impunc- 
tate area in front and in the middle with interspaces between the punctures larger 
than the punctures ; lateral lobes with smaller shallow punctures spacer towards 
the front and sides and denser behind; scutallum flat and except for a shining 
sparcely punctate area in front is coarsely and very densely punctured ; post-tergite 
of scutellum with obsolescent surface sculpture and no medial carina; meso- 
pleura very densely and rather finely punctured above, but with the punctures 
thinning out below and the mesosternum is almost impunctate. 

Abdomen with the ist tergite shining and sparcely punctured, but with the other 
tergites densely transversely coriaceously sculptured all over except for a small 
medial apical bare patch on the 8th tergite ; 9 penis-valve as Fig. 9. 

Pubescence very dense and grey and long on head above and the whole of the 
thorax, the longer hairs being about as long as 14 the diameter of the front ocellus ; 
abdomen with a hair patch each side of the middle line on each of the first 4 tergites, 
those on the ist tergite being very long ; 5th to 8th tergites clothed all over except 
in the middle line. Length 8 mm. 

ITaLy: Ermilia, Rivola, Fuenza, 1 ¢ (Holotype), 18.11.1951 (P. Zanghert) (in 
the Zangheri Collection). 


This most interesting new species would run to the megapterus-asper couplet in 
my recent key to the British species (Benson, 1952, p. 77) but differs from both these 
species and from D. thoracicus Fallén (cf. Figs. 9 and 10) in the form of the penis 
valve, in its much denser punctation on the mesonotum and base of the abdomen, 
and the much denser and longer pubescence on the abdomen. The penis-valve 
appears to be closest to that of the N. American D. sericeus Say but it differs from 
that species in almost every other character not common to all the “ black ”’ Dolerus, 
lacking, for instance, the strong tubercle on the apex of the 8th tergite, the deep 
excision of the clypeus and the coarse punctation of the mesopleura. In the pubes- 
cent clothing the new species resembles D. nigratus Miiller and the possibility that 
it might prove to be the unknown male of the Mediterranean D. rufotorquatus Costa 
had to be considered. D. rufotorquatus 2 is not known to differ in any way struc- 
turally from D. nigratus 2, but it would appear that the new species is far too densely 
sculptured on the thorax and base of the abdomen to be the male of D. rufotorquatus 
which now appears to me to be no more than a southern race of D. nigratus witha 
red instead of black pronotum and front lobe of the mesonotum. (Dolerus rufotor- 
quatus Costa = D. nigratus rufotorquatus stat. nov.). 


BLENNOCAMPINAE 
Athalia cuspidata sp. n. 


2. Head black except for the clypeus, labrum, mouthparts and underside of the 
antennae which are yellow. Thorax and abdomen yellow except for the following 
parts which are black: front lobes of mesonotum, a spot covering the posterior 
+ of the raised part of each of the lateral lobes, the post-tergite of the scutellum 
together + with the sunken lateral parts of the metanotum, the mesosternum, the 
extreme apices of the front and middle tarsal segments and the sawsheath, Wings 


278 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 


hyaline ; stigma and apical } of vein C as well as Sc + R + piceous ; rest of venation 
yellow. 

Impunctate except only for faint hair follicles. Head with clypeus very short 
(laterally only about as long as the 2nd antennal segment) and slightly produced 
medially (where it is about as long as the 1st antennal segment) and sparsely pubes- 
cent ; malar space less than $ the diameter of the front ocellus; distance between 
antennal sockets about the same as the distance between an antennal socket and 
the nearest eye margin. Antenna 12-13-segmented; 3rd segment greater than 
4th + 5th; 6th onwards broader than long. Legs with tibial spurs broad and very 
short (inner hind tibial spur about 4 as long as basitarsus and about 2 as long as 
apical breadth of tibia) ; claws with a small middle tooth in addition to the end 
tooth. Abdomen with hypopygium as in A. cordata Lep. (see Benson, 1952, p. 82, 
fig. 254) and saw (Fig. 11) with prominent and sharp marginal teeth very like those 
of A. cordata (l.c., fig. 252). 

Pubescence on head and mesonotum long and grey but rather sparse, on the 
mesopleura it is evenly spread but it becomes very sparse on the mesosternum ; 
abdomen entirely glabrous above. Length 6-7 mm. 

3g. Coloured as in 9 but that the whole upperside of the thorax is black (except 
only for the declivous parts of the mesonotum round the wing bases) and that the 
black spreads also from the mesosternum to cover the lower parts of the espisternum 
and the whole of the epimerum to the base of the wings ; the metasternum and the 
middle of the Ist tergite are also + infuscate. 

In structure as in 2 except for the sexual segments, and that the malar space is 
linear, that the pubescence on the thorax is much denser and covers the under- 
thorax evenly ; hypopygium entire behind. 

PALESTINE: Jerusalem, 1 9 (Holotype) 16.iv.1943, 2 9, I g, I.v.1941, I 9, 
7.V.1943 (H. Bytinski-Salz) (Holotype, 1 g and 1 9 paratype in British Museum ; 
2 2 in Bytinski-Salz collection). 


There are only 3 species of Athalia with toothed claws previously known (I do 
not regard A. galericulata Kontuniemi! as anything more than a dark form of A. 
scutellariae Cameron such as are often to be found in Britain with the typical form) ; 
and of these I can find no structural differences between the darker A. scutellariae 
(Europe) and the paler A. flammula Zhelochovtsev (E. Asia), so that I believe they 
are but races of the same species. [Athalia galericulata Kontuniemi, 1951 = 
scutellaniae Cameron, 1880, syn. nov. A. flammula Zhelochovtsev, 1927 = A. 
scutellariae flammula Zhel. stat. nov.]| 

A. scutellariae and also A. dimidiata Konow (Transcaucasia) differ from the new 
species in their longer tibial spurs and in the form of their antennae (which have 
only the gth segment onwards transverse). The new species is otherwise very 
similar to A. dimidiata in structure, having a very similar hypopygium and saw to 
that species, though in colour A. dimidiata is very different in having an entirely 
black thorax and Ist tergite. 


1 Likewise Athalia cordatoides Kontuniemi, 1951, and A. longifoliae Kont., 1951, are synonyms of 
A, lineolata Lepeletier, 1823, Syn. nov. 


SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 279 


Athalia glabricollis meridiana subsp. n. 


This subspecies differs from the typical subspecies (see Benson, 1952, p. 81) 
in that approximately the basal 4 of the veins C and Sc + R are yellow (instead of 
only about the basal 4) and that the mesonotum is more densely pubes cent. 

PERSIA: Suva, 2 g, 8 @ (including Holotype), Escalera Coll. (British Museum 
1900-61). TurKEY: Ockmen, I 9, 12.viii.1939 (F. S. Bodenheimer) (Brit. Mus.) ; 
Aksehir, 1 3, 8.viii.1951 (Wahrman Coll.). PALESTINE: Jaffa, 2 g, 2 2, 24.11.1951 
(H. Bytinski-Salz) ; Jerico, 1 3, 3.iv.1943 (H. B.-S.); Jordan, Al Maghtas, 1 9, 
24.11.1942 (H. B.-S.). 


Empria persephone sp. n. 


gd. Black except for the following parts which are brownish white to brown: 
labrum, mouthparts, + the apices of the front and middle femora, fore and lower 
side of front tibia and tarsus, fore side of middle tibia, +. bases of middle and hind 
tarsal segments, and a fleck each side of tergite 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. 

Wings infuscate ; stigma and venation piceous brown. 

Head contracted behind eyes ; the whole covered with dark pubescence (about as 
long as the diameter of a lateral ocellus) arising from minute tubercles surrounded 
by shining interspaces ; occipital carina reaches from mandible almost to level of 
top of eyes; clypeus about as long as the distance between the hind ocelli, sub- 
truncate in front, very slightly emarginate, with a small medial tooth continued 
back almost to the base of the clypeus as a longitudinal rib ; eyes about 4 longer than 
broad ; malar space about equal to length of znd antennal segment ; frons as a 
raised platform ; frontal furrow very shallow and ill-defined ; hind ocelli further 
apart than distance of each from hind margin of head (POL : OO-CL = 1-0: 0°8) ; 
POL: OOL as 1-0: 1-2; postocellar area about twice as wide as long. 

Thorax shining and impunctate though in places covered with minute tubercles ; 
the whole with dense pubescence mainly fuscous in colour ; hind tibial spurs about 
as long as apical width of tibia ; claws with a minute medial tooth in addition to 
the end tooth. Wing venation normal, with vein m-cu missing in hind-wing. 
Abdomen with hypopygium slightly emarginate medially ; penis-valve as in figure 
16. Length 6 mm. 


FRANCE: Var, Les Args, 1 ¢ (Holotype), 15.iv.1939 (W. Fassnidge) (British 
Museum). 


This species would run in Conde’s key to European Empria (Conde, 1940) to 
E. liturata (Gmelin) and in my key to the British species to couplet 10 which includes 
E. liturata (Benson, 1952, p. 86-90). It differs from E. liturata by its infuscate 
wings, its very dark colour pattern, its longer antenna (in Jiturata the subapical 
segments are less than 3 times as long as broad), in its flat table-like frontal area, in 


its almost truncate clypeus and in its different penis-valve (cf. fig. 16 with fig. 275 
in Benson, /.c.). 


280 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 


Fics. 11-15. Ninth and roth marginal teeth of saw of: (11) Athalia cuspidata; (12) 
Monophadnus pallescens ; (13) M. monticola ; (14) M. alpicola; and (15) Paracharactus 
hyalinus. 

Fic. 16. Penis valve of Empria persephone. 


SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 281 


Monophadnus alpicola sp. n. 


9. Black with the following parts brown to brownish white: labrum, tegula, 
apices of femora of all legs, tibia of front and middle legs, and base of tibia of hind 
legs and + bases of tarsal segments. Wings hyaline; stigma with the upper 4 
black and the lower $ brown ; rest of venation brown. 

Head swollen behind the eyes ; and eyes small so that the temples in dorsal view 
appear as long as the eyes ; genal carina short and fading out at about level of the 
bottom of the eyes; clypeus slightly emarginate in front and faintly punctate ; 
malar space about 4 length of front ocellus; antenna about # as long as costa of 
forewing, with 2nd segment about as long as broad, 3rd about } longer than 4th 
segment, 4th-6th of almost equal length, so are 7th—-gth ; frontal area flat with its 
sides continued forwards to join, on the antennal sockets, the conspicuous supra- 
antennal crests which border the deep concave antennal furrow; _post-ocellar 
area about twice as wide as long ; hind ocelli about as far apart as each is from the 
hind margin of the head ; hind orbits with a deep furrow from the top with a line 
of coarse irregular punctures in the furrow. 

Thorax impunctate ; prepectus to mesopleura absent. Wing venation and legs 
as in M. pallescens Gmelin but that the tarsal claws have each a definite middle 
tooth in addition to the end tooth. Abdomen mostly impunctate except for very 
faint coriaceous sculpture in places ; sawsheath almost twice as long as basal plate 
(I-0 : 0-6), parallel-sided in dorsal view and truncate at the apex where it is about 
as wide as the apex of the apical tarsal segment ; ovipositor about as long as 4 
basal tarsal segments ; saw with sharp marginal teeth (Fig. 14). Pubescence pale 
and covering whole insect including mesosternum (though it is sparser here) except 
for the 4 basal tergites of the abdomen which are glabrous. Length 4:5-6-5 mm. 
¢ unknown. 

SWITZERLAND: Valais, Arolla, 7,000 ft., 2 2 (including Holotype), 18.vi.1935, 
14 99, 29.vi.1935 (J. E. & R. B. Benson); Les Haudéres, 4-5,000 ft., 2 9, 6— 
27 .vi.1935 (J. E. & R. B. B.). 


Monophadnus, as restricted by Benson (1952, p. 97-98), includes 5 or 6 previously 
described species of which 3 are nearctic and 2-3 European. M. alpicola sp. nov. 
is distinguished at once from any of these species by its small eyes (so that when 
the head is viewed from above the length of the temple behind the eye appears 
about as long as the eye from that viewpoint). 

From M. pallescens Gmelin and M. monticola Hartig it is also distinguished by its 
toothed claws, by the form of the teeth on the saws (cf. Figs. 12, 13 and 14), and by 
the pubescent clothing of the underthorax, which in these two species is interrupted 
by a broad glabrous band at the junction of the mesosternum and episternum and 
is extremely sparse on the mesosternum. M. semicinctus Hartig is so different 
from any of the species already mentioned that it may perhaps represent a different 
generic group, having very short antennae (scarcely 2 as long as costa of forewing), 

1 It is interesting that Empria alpina Benson, another high alpine sawfly we collected in Switzerland 


at the same time but which also occurs in arctic regions such as Lapland and the mountain tops of 
Scotland, likewise differs from all other species in its genus by its similarly small eyes, 


282 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 


an elongate 2nd antennal segment, very large eyes having very short temples behind 
(in dorsal view eyes about twice as long as temples behind the eyes), and an up- 
turned apex to vein A, in the forewing. 

Superficially the new species is very similar to Paracharactus hyalinus (Konow) 
which we collected at the same time and place as the new species. In P. hyalinus 
the pubescent clothing is the same, the eyes are not so reduced in relation to the 
length of the temple (in dorsal view about 1-3 : 1-0), the claws are very similar, but 
its elongate antennae at once distinguish it (segments 3, 4 and 5 are subequal in 
length) and the saws are different (cf. Figs. 14 and 15). 

It would seem that the genera Monophadnus and Paracharactus (+ Phymaio- 
ceropsis) are extremely closely related and may even really belong to one series. 
The presence or absence of a prepectus to the mesopleura is not the clear-cut charac- 
ter that recent writers would have us think. In Paracharactus longicornis (Hartig) 
(comb. nov.) (= Monophadnus longicornis Hartig of previous authors) the prepectal 
furrow is reduced to a very short pit, in P. /yalinus it is obsolete and only indicated 
by an ill-defined depression, while in Dicrostema gracilicormis (Zaddach) the prepectus 
itself is reduced to a very narrow flange ; all these three were yet treated by Enslin 
(1912-18) as lacking a prepectus. 

I characterise Paracharactus as follows : 

Blennocampini having antennal segments 3, 4 and 5 of almost equal length, 
claws without a basal lobe, a post-genal carina developed on the head below, the 
stub to vein A, of the forewing simple (not bifid or turned up at apex) and with a 
prepectus to mesopleura + defined. 

Paracharactus longicornis (Hartig) is attached to Helleborus and this associaton 
again suggests the view that Pavacharactus and Monophadnus are closely related, 
for Monophadnus is so far as is known entirely associated with Ranunculaceae. 


Eutomostethus gagathinus meridionalis subsp. n. 


This form differs from typical Eutomosthethus gagathinus (Klug) of Europe in 
being on the average larger (6:5-7°5 mm. : 5:5-6:5 mm.) and in that the apical 
antennal segment is 14 to twice as long as the 8th segment (in E. gagathinus gaga- 
thinus the apical segment is about 4 times as long as the 8th) and the mesonotum 
is more densely pubescent. 

Cyprus: Chiffliccondia, near Limassol; 3 4, 4 9, 13.iii.1946; 2 3, 3 9 (including 
Holotype), 20.iii.1946 ; 3 ¢, 5 9, 21.iii. 1946 ; 2 ¢, 28.iii. 1946; and 2 9, 31. ii. 1946 
(G. A. Mavromoustakis) (British Museum). 


TENTHREDININAE 


Tenthredopsis convergens sp. n. 


6. Black: except for the labrum, mandibles, 7th segment of the antenna and 
probably also 8th and 9th (which are missing in the type) which are white; and 
except for the following parts which are reddish brown: palps, femora of all the 
legs, tibiae and tarsi of front and middle legs (tibia of hind legs piceous). 


SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 283 


Wings hyaline; stigma white at the extreme base, but with the apex and the 
rest of the venation piceous. 

Head clearly contracted behind the eyes, which are large and strongly converging 
in front, where they are closer together than the height of an eye (1-0: 1-2) ; malar 
space only about as long as the width of the apical segment of the maxillary palp ; 
clypeus subtruncate in front and slightly emarginate medially ; antennal sockets 
moderately expanded on their inner margins (as in 7. excisa Thomson), but the 
medial fovea is not deep and is separated behind from the 3-pronged frontal con- 
cavity adjoining the front ocellus; occipital carina well-developed throughout, 
but most prominent behind post-ocellar area and genae; POL: OOL as 1-0: 1°8 
and POL: OO-CL as 1:0: 1-4; postocellar area about twice as broad as long and 
defined laterally by very deep furrows. Above, the head is smooth and almost 
impunctate except for the hair follicles though the genae and hind orbits are rough ; 
and the pubescence is short and dark. Thorax above shining and smooth except 
for the follicles and except for some clear punctures on the posterior half of the meso- 
scutellum ; mesopleura dull with coarse irregular surface puncturing. Legs normal, 
with basitarsus of hind legs equal to three following tarsal segments together. 
Wings normal, with external vein surrounding hind pair. Abdomen transversely 
coriaceous and evenly clothed in pubescence ; Ist tergite with slight medial carina ; 
penis valve as in T. excisa group (see Benson, 1952, fig. 310). Length 9:5 mm. 

PALESTINE: Elon, 1 ¢ (Holotype), 16.vii.1g--. (N. Bytinski-Salz) (in British 
Museum). 


This species is readily distinguished at once from every other known species in the 
genus by its strongly converging eyes in front where they are closer together than 
the height of an eye and, correlated with this, by the exceptionally short malar 
space and the strongly narrowed head behind the eyes in dorsal aspect. On all 
other counts it is a typical Tenthredopsis and there seems no reason to erect for it a 
distinct genus. 


Sciapteryx costalis corcyrensis subsp. n. 


Differs from S. costalis costalis F. in the 2 in that the whole of the inner orbits are 
white-margined (instead of only the upper half) and that the lower § of the outer 
orbits are also white-margined and that the supra-clypeal area is banded across with 
white ; the ¢ likewise is more profusely marked with white than is S. costalis cos- 
talis, having the whole of the face below the eyes white (except along the post-genal 
carina and the tips of the mandibles), as well as a white spot on the mesapisternum. 

CorFu: 1 g and 1 9 (Holotype) (S. S. Saunders Coll.) (British Museum, 1886— 
19). 

The colour pattern on the head of the new subspecies is similar to that of S. 
sorror Konow which, however, differs from all S. costalis not only in its black veins 
C and Sc + R of the forewing but also in the fact that its hindwings are as smoky in 
colour as its forewings (all forms of S. costalis have the hindwings subhyaline in 
contrast to the smoky forewings). 


284 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 
Sciapteryx cleopatra sp. n. 


?. Black with the following parts yellowish white: palps, labrum (except front 
margin) front 4 of clypeus (except front margin), inner orbits and lower } of outer 
orbits, front of tegula and hind margin of pronotum, line along upper side of all 
femora and front side of all tibiae (except apical } in hind tibiae and extreme apex in 
the other legs), apical and lateral margins of all tergites of abdomen and apical 
margins of sternites. Wings yellowish subhyaline ; basal % of stigma, C and Sc + R 
of forewing orange in colour; rest of venation piceous. 

Head shining with very dense coarse punctures becoming rugose on frons, thinning 
out on post-ocellar area and temples behind the eyes where the punctures are sepa- 
rated by large shining interspaces. Malar space about as long as greatest width of 
2nd antennal segment ; POL: OOL as 1:0: 1-4; POL = OO-CL; postocellar area 
about as long as its greatest breadth ; postgenal and occipital carinae continued to 
level with top of eyes. Antenna as in S. costalis F. 

Thorax shining between the punctures which are sparse and fine on the medial 
parts of the front lobes of the mesonotum, coarse and tending to fuse at sides of the 
lobes, dense and small on the front of the lateral lobes, becoming coarse and irregular 
behind, large and distinct on the front of the scutellum, smaller behind, but here 
the interspaces between them are densely sculptured with fine surface reticulations ; 
mesopleura densely rugose above, shining between scattered punctures below; 
legs with tibial spurs short (on hind legs the inner spur is scarcely longer than the 
apical breadth of the tibia). Wings normal. Abdomen with transverse alutaceous 
sculpture above; sawsheath and saw very similar to that of S. costalis. Length 
7-8 mm. 

PALESTINE : Jerusalem, 1 2 (Holotype), 1929 (S. Tahudht) “ Sciapteryx costalis F., 
6, det. R. Forsius ”’ (British Museum). 

Ecypt: Alexandria, 1 9, 1902 (J. de Joannis) (Paris Museum). 


This species is close to S. costalis but distinguishable from it at once by its sub- 
hyaline instead of smoky forewings and by its different punctation (for in S. costalis 
the whole of the mesonotum and mesopleura are dull, densely covered with small 
irregular punctures and with the interspaces between these punctures dull with 
irregular coriaceous sculpture). In S. costalis the malar space is also shorter (in the 
2 about as long as the greatest breadth of the 1st antennal segment). S. cleopatra 
is also much more profusely marked with white on the face of the female than is S. 
costalis, in fact it is almost as pale here as male S. costalis and the holotype was 
actually identified by Forsius as a male S. costalis. 

S. levantina André has its wings coloured as in S. cleopatra but has a different type 
of punctation from both species, with small regular wide-spaced punctures on the head 
and thorax and dense reticulate surface sculpture between. 


Elinora flaveola (Gmelin) and E. dominiquei (Konow) 


In addition to the differences in colour and the differently shaped and segmented 
antennae in these two species (/laveola has longer and thinner 9-segmented antennae ; 


SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 285 


domuniquet has shorter more compressed and 8-segmented antennae) there are note- 
worthy differences in the shape of the clypeus which have not been mentioned 
before : 
E. dominiquet (Gmelin) has the front lobes of the clypeus convex with declivous 
sides (Fig. 18). 
E. flaveola (Konow) has these lobes flat and the sides as though pressed out (Fig. 
17). 


guich. 


Fics. 17-20. Clypeus of Elinora spp.: (17) flaveola ; (18) dominiquet ; (19) maculata ; and (20) 
guichardi. 


Fics. 21-23. Meso-scutellum of Macrophya spp. : (21) montana ; (22) aphrodite ; and (23) cyrus. 


Elinora corynetes (Kirby) (comb. nov.) 
Macrophya corynetes Kirby (1882) 1: 264-5, and pl. 10, fig. 3. 


Mr. K. M. Guichard collected at Jebel Soda and also at 75 km. south of Bou 
Ngem in Tripolitania on 2nd—4th March, 1952, a series of 16 9 of a species of Elinora 
very like E. pectoralis Kriechbaumer except that the wings are entirely hyaline 
(instead of yellowish) that the vein Sc + R of forewing is piceous (instead of yellow) 
and that the znd antennal segment is black. 14 of these specimens agree closely 
with the type specimen of Macrophya corynetes from Tunis and are presumed to 


286 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 


belong to that species. Two specimens, however, taken at Jebel Soda on 2nd 
March in company with normal specimens differ in that the outer spur of the middle 
tibia has a small tooth half-way down the inner side and a flange from the tooth to 
the base of the spur; the spur is, in fact, modified in the same way for cleaning the 
antennae as the inner front spur, though to a lesser extent (cf. Figs. 27 and 28). 
As no other differences in these insects seem to be correlated with this form of spur it 
is assumed to be aberrational, but in E. maculata Kriech. (= syriaca André) and in 
the two new species which follow here the middle outer spur is apparently normally 
modified in this way like a front spur. For the saw of this species compared with 
that of E. caspia and guichardi sp. n. see (Figs. 24-26). 


Elinora saharensis sp. n. 


2. Yellowish white marked with black as follows: head above antennae (except 
fleck on inner orbits above and streak continuing from genae to temples behind eyes 
almost to vertex), antenna (except basal segment), apical segment of labial palp and 
basal parts of labium together with apex of mandible, margins of supraclypeal area, 
axis, mesonotum (except for a streak each side of front each side of front lobe) as well 
as whole of scutellum (except its post-tergite), metanotum (except for the post- 
scutellum) upper edge of mesepisternum, mesosternum and streak on mesepimerum 
and mesopleura, legs with a touch on the outer apex of the tibiae the apices and a 
line on the outer side of the tarsal segments, basal tergite (except laterally) and front 
part of each of the following tergites though the black thins out laterally to end 
before reaching the lateral edge of the segment and is smaller on each succeeding 
tergite so that on the 8th and goth it occupies no more than the narrow front margin. 
Wings hyaline ; stigma, C and Sc (i.e., front half of the fused Sc + R) yellow ; rest 
of the venation brown except for the yellow extreme bases. 

Head broadened behind the eyes and face very flat ; malar space about equal to 
diameter of front ocellus; antenna 8-segmented with 3rd longer than 4th + 5th; 
clypeus (cf. Fig. 20) almost in one plane and scarcely incurved along the margins, 
almost glabrous and smooth except for a few coarse but shallow punctures on the 
lobes ; frons and temples smooth between minute scattered punctures ; POL : OOL 
as about 1-0:1°5. Thorax shining between very fine scattered punctures which, 
however, become thicker on lower part of mesopleura and mesosternum ; outer spur 
on middle tibia modified as in corresponding spur on front tibia being stout with a 
strong tooth near the apex. . Abdomen dull with fine transverse alutaceous surface 
sculpture ; sawsheath and saw similar to that of FE. pectoralis. 

Pubescence white and on head and mesonotum about as long as malar space ; 
on mesopleura longer, outstanding and apically curved, becoming adpressed on 
mesosternum. Length 10:5 mm. 

SAHARA DESERT: Ahaggar Mountains, Oued Tamanrusset, 10° E., 24° N., at 
about 1,300 m., I 9, 5.iii.1928 (Paris Museum). 


1 Captain D. B. Baker tells me that in several species of Euceva as well as in some other genera of 
bees the middle spur is likewise modified similarly to the front spur and that this is sometimes accompanied 
by several modifications of the basitarsus, but I am not aware that the middle spurs are ever so modified 
in other Hymenoptera. 


SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 287 


This species is extremely close to E. coynetes which differs in having shorter 
pubescence on the mesopleura (not longer than malar space), a simple or but slightly 
modified inner spur on the middle tibia, a slightly longer malar space and no dark 
colour on the sternites. It may well be that FE. saharensis will ultimately be treated 
as a fourth subspecies of FE. pectoralis together with lindbergorwm (Forsius) (Atlas 
Mountains), pectoralis (Kriechbaumer) (Algiers), and corynetes (Kirby) (Tunisia and 
Tripolitania) ; E. dominiquei (Konow) (W. Europe) and flaveola (Gmelin ) (C. and 
S.E. Europe) are also closely related. 

E. saharensis is, however, of particular interest in that it is the first sawfly recorded 
from the Ahaggar Mountains, probably because so few collectors go there early enough 
in the year. 

E. saharensis is very similar in general appearance to E. maculata Kriechbaumer 
(= syriaca André) which has its outer middle tibial spur modified in the same way. 
E. maculata is, however, readily distinguished by its thickened clypeus with slightly 
projecting anterior lobes and declivous margins (cf. Figs. 19 and 20), as well as by its 
slightly convex and more strongly punctured scutellum. 


Elinora guichardi sp. n. 


2. Black with yellowish white on the base of the mandible, the labrum, -+ a stripe 
on the gena, -++ the tegula, and sometimes + the 1st perapterum, an oblique streak 
behind on the mesepisternum and another on the metapleura; and with reddish 
yellow to yellowish white in middle of mandibles, at least front of clypeus, some- 
times + basal segment of antenna, at least on hind angles of pronotum, legs (though 
+ infuscate throughout and at least on bases and on posterior sides of coxae, apices 
of tibiae and most of tarsi), hind margins of tergites laterally with the ventral por- 
tions of them entirely, together with the broad hind margins of the sternites. Wings 
hyaline ; stigma (except lower margin), C and Sc (front half of Sc ++ R) yellowish 
brown ; lower margin of stigma and rest of venation piceous. Otherwise as in E. 
saharensis Bens. sp. n., but that the malar space is only about as long as } diameter 
of a front ocellus, the 3rd antennal segment is about as long as the 4th + the 5th 
and about 4 of 6th. The inner spur of the middle tibia bears a medial inner tooth 
and from the tooth a flange runs to the base of the spur (cf. Figs. 27 and 28). Saw 
with sharp ventral teeth (Fig. 25). 

3g. Colour extremely variable as in 2 and though the abdomen may be entirely 
black (except + for whitish hypopygium and margins to the sternites) it may be + 
reddish yellow to entirely reddish yellow and in the palest forms the reddish yellow 
spreads over the 4th and 5th tergites at least posteriorly, and sometimes even across 
the posterior margins of the other tergites also. Wings as in 9. 

Structure, except for sexual segments, as in 9; but the malar space is very short 
(only about 4 diameter of front ocellus) and in one of the males (out of 8 3) the inner 
tibial spur is un-modified. Length 7-9:5 mm. 

TRIPOLITANIA: 75 km. south of Bou Ngem, 2 2 (including Holotype), and 1 
(with simple middle tibial spurs), 4.ii.1952 (K. M. Guichard) (British Museum) ; 
Jebel Soda (Wadi Ghodaifa), 5 3, 3.iii.1952 (K. M. G.) ; Wadi Tonzist (51 miles 
south of Bou Ngem), 1 dg, 8.iii.1952 (K. M. G.). 


288 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 


Structurally this very variable species appears to be closest to E. corynetes which 
is distinguished from it, however, by having a longer malar space (about as long as 
front ocellus in 9) and a saw with teeth that are much less sharp and prominent 
(cf. Figs. 24-26). 


Sova ane oo 


Pa 
me 


Fics. 24-26. Ninth and 1oth marginal teeth of saw in Elinova spp.: (24) corynetes ; (25) | 
guichardi ; and (26) caspia. 
Fics. 27-28. Inner tibial spurs of Elinova guichardi : (27) foreleg; and (28) middle leg. 


Rhogogaster arctica Kiaer. | 


Dr. E. Enslin has most kindly presented to the British Museum (Natural History) 
1 2 Rhogogaster arctica Kiaer which he collected himself in the Frankische Jura of | 
Bavaria, on 2.vii.1933 ; this species was previously only known from arctic and sub- 
arctic Europe and is therefore an addition to the known fauna of Central Europe. 
Superficially it is very like Pachyprotasis rapae L., but that the antennae are shorter 
with the 3rd segment about 14 times as long as the 4th, the stigma of the forewing . 
is pale, and, of course, except for the generic characters, the flatter and more broadly 
emarginate labrum, and the tibia longer than the femur and with shorter spurs. | 


Macrophya orientalis Mocsary (stat. nov.) and M. rufipes (L.). 
Macrophya rufipes var. orientalis Mocsary, 1891, p. 156. 
Mocsary described this form as a variety of M. rufipes L. differing from the typical 
form in having an entirely black abdomen instead of one banded with red. A series 


in the British Museum from S.W. Persia, B.M. 1900-61 (Escalera Coll.) evidently 
belonging to the form described by Mocsary differs so markedly from M. rufipes in 


SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 289 


sculpture as to indicate that the two belong to different species, distinguishable as 
follows : 


M. orientalis Mocsary. Head with strong and dense punctures on the frontal 
area which become finer on the inner orbits; the surface between the punctures 
is shining. Abdomen black with lateral flecks on 6th and 7th tergites, dull above 
with dense transverse striae, and the pubescence sparse and very short. Wings 
smoky. Inner hind tibial spur shorter (spur : basitarsus as I-0 : 1°8). 


M. rufipes (L.). Head shining between shallow setiferous punctures, the punc- 
tures becoming smaller and sparser on the orbits and temples. Abdomen black 
with + reddish yellow band on the 3rd and 4th tergites, and in 9 with a large 
lateral fleck on each side of the 6th tergite, a smaller one on each side of the 7th 
and on the middle of the 9th, shining above without surface sculpture between 
the follicles and the adpressed hairs from these follicles are longer than the 
distance between them so that they overlap. Wings yellowish hyaline. Inner 
hind tibial spurs very long (spur : basitarsus as I-0 : I-4). 


Macrophya aphrodite sp. n. 


9. Black with the following parts yellow: mouthparts, labrum, clypeus, hind 
angles of pronotum, tegula, meso-scutellum (except hind margin), and its post- 
tergite, fleck on mesopleura, legs (except for black hind coxae, bases of fore and middle 
coxae, apical 4 of hind femur; and brownish extreme apices of fore and middle 
tibia and tarsal segments ; and for reddish brown hind tibia and tarsus); Ist tergite 
of abdomen almost entirely, 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th tergites each with a lateral fleck 
each side increasing in size progressively so that on the 6th the flecks almost meet 
dorsally, 7th with a small lateral fleck and oth entirely. Wings yellowish hyaline ; 
venation piceous though the lower part of the disc of the stigma is brown. 

Head with malar space very short (only about 4 the transverse diameter of the 
front ocellus), densely punctured on frons, orbits, vertex and genae, with interspaces 
alutaceous and smaller than the punctures; on temples the punctures are much 
sparser so that the interspaces are in places larger than the punctures and with the 
surface smooth and shining. Thorax: mesonotum very thickly covered with small 
punctures dull with alutaceous sculpture between; scutellum (fig. 22) in front tumid 
and shining, with sparse punctures, but with the posterior quarter depressed and 
densely punctured and without a medial keel; post-tergite about as long as the width 
of a cencher, and shining with only 2 or 3 vague punctures and no medial keel; under- 
thorax with dense fine punctures and a few scattered interspaces larger than punc- 
tures and with alutaceous surface sculpture. Legs with hind tibia about as long as 
hind tarsus ; basitarsus longer than following tarsal segments (as about 1-2 : 1:0) ; 
inner hind tibial spur more than 3 as long as basitarsus (as about 1-0: 1-6). Fore 
wing : anal cell with very short cross vein in the middle. Abdomen with dense 
transverse alutaceous sculpture ; saw not distinguished from that of M. montana. 

3. Coloured as in 9 but that the front and middle coxae are black only at the 
extreme apex and the hind coxae are only black above on the basal 2, the hind tibia 


290 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 4 


and tarsus are on the other hand entirely black (except for a yellow apical outer 
spot on the tibia, and on the basitarsus, and for the mainly yellow 2nd and 3rd 
tarsal segments), that the yellow flecks on the abdomen are smaller (that on the Ist 
tergite is medially contracted and the gth tergite is only yellow at the extreme apex), 
Structurally as in 9 except for the sexual segments and that the malar space is linear. 
Length 9 10-11°5 mm.; 4 9°5—-10°5 mm. 

Cyprus: Episcopi, 7 2 (including Holotype), 9 g, 14-30.v.1937 (G. A. Mavro- 
moustakis) ; Platus, i g, 19.vi.1937 (G. A. M.); and Platus, 3,800 ft., 1 9, 10. viii. 
1937 (G. A. M.). 


This species is apparently most closely related to M. montana Scopoli which it 
much resembles in colour; but the stigma is brown instead of piceous and in the 
2 the hind tibia and tarsus are reddish brown instead of being black with yellow 
flecks (as they are, however, in its g). In sculpture the head of the new species is 
far more densely and finely punctate all over (though not so densely and finely 
punctate as is M. postica Brullé). The scutellun (Fig. 22), however, is different in 
form, being tumid and smooth and almost impunctate in front, without a medial 
keel behind or on the post-tergite (in M. montana it is flatter and dull, with numerous 
punctures except on the front 4, and there is a medial keel over the posterior $ and 
continued across the anterior 3rd of the post-tergite (Fig. 21)). 


Macrophya cyrus sp. n. 


Q. Black with the following parts yellow: mouthparts, labrum, clypeus, + Ist, 
and, and base of 3rd antennal segments, hind angles of pronotum, tegula, meso- 
scutellum (except hind margin and post-tergite), fleck on mesopleura, legs (except 
coxae and + femora especially inner side of hind pair, but that on the hind legs the 
yellow colour has an orange tinge, and the tibia and tarsal segments are brown at 
their apices), 1st tergite of the abdomen almost entirely, broad apical margins of 
3rd to oth tergites (broken medially on the 3rd and 4th, and laterally on 7th and 8th), 
also + medial apical flecks and narrow apical margins of sternites except hypopygium. 
Wings subhyaline with the forewings slightly infuscate apically (the infuscation 
occupies cell 3R, and -++ overflows the margins of the surrounding cells) ; stigma, 
C, Sc and anal veins of forewing yellow ; rest of venation brown to piceous. 

Head with frons and area beside ocelli heavily punctures though with interspaces 
as large as punctures, giving way to shining and parsely punctured lower face, orbits 
and temples with a large impunctate area each side of post-ocellar region, the inter- 
spaces and impunctate areas being without surface sculpture byeond the hair follicles ; 
malar space very short (about 4 diameter of front ocellus). Thorax with mesonotum 
and mesopleura heavily punctured and with coriaceous sculpture on the interspaces 
which are in places as large as the punctures ; meso-scutellum (Fig. 23) with anterior 
2 tumid, rounded and almost impunctate ; while the posterior 4 and post-tergite 
are dull with dense coarse punctures and coriaceous sculpture between the punctures, 
and are transected by a sharp medial longitudinal keel ; the post-tergite is extremely 
short (only about 4 width of a cencher). Fore wings with the anal cell constricted 
medially for about as long as is the greatest width of the apical portion of the cell. 


SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 291 


Abdomen and legs as in M. aphrodite, but that the saw has very acute marginal teeth. 

dg. Coloured as in 9 but that the fore and middle legs are entirely pale and the 
hind femora are only black on the inner side, though the hind tibia may be + infus- 
cate below as well as on the inner side, and on the abdomen the Ist and 3rd—6th 
tergites and all the sternites together with the hypopygium are yellow (except at 
the extreme bases, and the 3rd and 4th tergites medially). Structurally as in 9 
except for the sexual segments and that the malar space is linear. Length 9 10-11 
mm.; 4 8-5-10°5 mm. 

S.W. Persia: K. Sefid, 6 @ (including Holotype), 10 3; and Bazuft, 2 9, 2 d. 
(Escalera Coil.) (British Museum 1900-61). 


This species belongs to the same group as the preceding but forms a sub-group, 
distinguished by the yellow stigma, C and Sc of forewing, together with M. postica 
Brullé, M. superba Tischbein and M. ottomana Mocsary all occurring in S.E. Europe 
and the E. Mediterranean. It is closest to M. superba with which it agrees in general 
colour and sculpture including details of the mesoscutellum and its abnormally short 
post-tergite. It differs, however, in its wings being subhyaline with apical infus- 
cations (uniformly yellowish hyaline in swperba) in its much shorter malar space in 
the 2 (4 diameter of front ocellus instead of 4) and in the constriction of the anal cell 
of the forewing (superba has a short cross-vein). M. postica has much denser punc- 
tation on the head with the interspaces coriaceous, a scutellum as in M. aphrodite 
Benson sp. n. (see above), uniformly yellowish hyaline wings with but a narrow con- 
striction of the anal cell of the forewing and a saw with blunt marginal teeth. M. 
ottomana (if I have correctly interpreted this species) was represented by 1 gin the 
Escalera Collection from S.W. Persia, K. Sefid, which agrees well with the original 
description of this species so far as that goes ; it differs from the new species in having 
a scutellum like that already described above for M. aphrodite, with a normal post- 
tergite (cf. Figs 22 and 23), wings coloured as in M. cyrus but with anal cell constricted 
for only a short way (as in M. postica), a head with denser punctation (as in M. 
postica), but without microsculpture between the punctures, antennae entirely black, 
hind femur with basal 4 yellow and apical } black on both outer and inner sides and 
abdomen with much less extensive yellow colouring as follows: a yellow lateral 
fleck each side joined by a narrow apical margin on the Ist tergite, lateral flecks on 
the 3rd to 7th tergites (those on the 5th and 6th being much larger than the others 
but still interrupted medially), and the apex of the last tergite; while the hypo- 
pygium and sternites are black. 


NEMATINAE 


Cladius ordubadensis Konow (species revocata) 


Mr. Mavromoustakis has taken in Cyprus a long series of this form which was 
originally described by Konow (1891, p. 211-12) from the Caucasus and is known 
also in the Crimea. In this series there is scarcely any variation in the structure of 
the male or female antennae or deviation from Konow’s description ; and Zhelochovt- 


292 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 


sev’s view (1952) that this species, together with C. difformis Panzer and C. comari 
Stein, are but forms of C. pectinicornis Geoffroy is not acceptable without much 


stronger evidence. 


Fic. 29. Penis valve of Mesoneura lanigera. 


Saw of Mesoneura spp. with the clothing of flattened pubescence omitted : 
(30) lanigera and (31) opaca. 


FIGs. 30-31. 


Mesoneura lanigera sp. n. 


Q. Yellowish brown with the following parts black or piceous: head above 
clypeus (except for the supra-clypeal area), antennae, axis, a broken vitta on each 
lateral lobe of the mesonotum, suture beside the mesoscutellum, mesosternum, 
sunken and lateral parts of the metanotum, bases of coxae and extreme base of front 


et ea 


SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 293 


and middle femora, + apex of hind tibia and hind tarsus, sternites and sawsheath 
of abdomen. Wings hyaline ; stigma, C and Sc (i.e, front half of Sc + R) yellow, 
rest of venation piceous. 

Pubescence : head and thorax covered with dense woolly pubescence, much of it 
as long as the long inner spur on the fore tibia, and yellowish white in colour. Abdo- 
men with long woolly pubescence below but this is very short and sparse above. 

Punctation: head and thorax smooth and shining except for the fine surface 
follicles ; abdomen above with dense alutaceous surface and transverse striae. 

Head with malar space linear; clypeus medially excised in front to about } its 
total length ; frontal area slightly concave and carinate laterally, but with the frontal 
basin confluent in front with the deep antennal groove; POL: OOL as 1-0: 0-7; 
POL : OO-CL as about 1-0: 0-8; postocellar area defined laterally with short deep 
pits. Antenna almost as long as C of forewing ; 3rd segment a little shorter than 
4th and obliquely truncate apically ; 4th-5th; 6th onwards progressively shorter. 

Thorax, wing venation and abdomen as in Mesoneura opaca F., but inner hind tibial 
spur about as long as apical width of tibia, sawsheath broadly emarginate behind 
—about as broad as the apex of the hind femur and saw with more marginal teeth 
(cf. Figs. 30 and 31). 

3. Black with the following parts yellowish white : mouthparts, base of mandibles, 
labrum, front 4 of clypeus, prothorax, tegulae, + trochanters, apical 4 of front and 
middle femora, and hind femur (except extreme base and a line beneath basal 4), 
tibiae (except apex of hind pair), fore and middle tarsi, and 2nd, 3rd and 4th ter- 
gites and front of 5th. Otherwise as in 9 except for sexual segments ; hypopygium 
broadly truncate at apex, very slightly emarginate medially ; penis valve (Fig. 29). 
Length 7-8 mm. 

Cyprus: Pera Pedi, 2,000 ft., 3 2 (including Holotype), 4.iv.1952 (G. A. Mavro- 
moustakis ; Potamitissa, 3,000 ft., 1.3, 25-26.iii.1944 (G. A. M.) (in British Museum). 

Mr. Mavromoustakis tells me, in a letter dated 19.iii.1953, that these specimens 
were all captured at flowers of Quercus infectoria Oliv., which is probably the food- 
plant as the genus is associated so far as is known entirely with Quercus. 


This new species can be distinguished from M. opaca F. by the pale colour of the 
abdomen in the 9, by the saws (cf. Figs 30 and 31), and by the long woolly golden 
pubescence on the head and thorax in both sexes ; in M. opaca this pubescence is 
nowhere as long as the inner front tibial spur. The colour pattern and pubescence 
would serve also to distinguish the new species from the two other described species 
in the genus, M. arquata Klug (C. Europe) and M. macroptera Takeuchi (Japan), 
but no male of any species in the genus has been found before. 


SAWFLIES OF CYPRUS 


CEPHIDAE. 


Syrista parreyssi Spinola. (S. Europe and E. Mediterranean to Caucasus.) Mt. 
Troodos, Krios River, 5 g, I 9, 15-20. vi.1937. Platus, 3,800 ft., 1 g, 3 8, 


5-12. vii. 1937. 


4 


Pachycephus smyrnensis J. P. F. Stein. (Balkans and E. Mediterranean.) _Amathus, 
Kyrenia, Larnaca and Limassol, iii-iv. 1931-5. 

Trachelus armenius (Konow). (E. Mediterranean.) Amathus, Larnaka, Limassol, 
Mesagitonia and Yermasogia, iii—iv. 1935-46. 

T. tabidus (F.) (C. Europe and Mediterranean to Caucasus.) Amathus, Limassol, 
Mesagitonia and Yermasogia, iii-iv.1935. 

Calameuta idolon (Rossi). (Mediterranaean to Caucasus.) Fasoulla, 400-500 ft., 
8 3g, 8 Q, ili-iv. 1940, on flowers of Sinapis. 

C. festiva Benson sp.n. (Cyprus.) Yerasa, 1,000 ft., 1 9, 2.iv.1945. 


294 SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 


SIRICIDAE. 


Urocerus gigas gigas L. (W. Palaearctic.) Limassol, 1 9, iv. 1932. 
Sirex noctilio F. (Holarctic.) 5 3, 3 9, 25.x.1927, H. M. Morris. ex pine log. 


ARGIDAE 


Arge ochropus Gmel. (Mediterranean and Europe to C. Asia.) Platus, 3,800 ft., 
2 9, 20.vi.1937; Pera Pedi, 2,000 ft., r g, 18.vi.1937; Kykko, 2 3g, 1 9, 
15-17.vil.1939 (H. Lindberg). 

A. cyanocrocea syriaca (Mocsary). (Asia Minor.) Amathus, 1 g, 23.iii.1935 ; Kato 
Amiandos, 3,500 ft., iv.1946; Platus, 3,800 ft., 2 2, 3 g, 10.vi.1937; Mt. 
Troodos, Krios River, 4,500—5,000 ft., 3 g, I 9, I15-I7.vi.1937; Yermasogia, 
4 4, 12.ii-28.iv.1935; Yersa, 1,000-1,200 ft., ili-iv.1945-47; Galata, 1 3, 
15-21. vi.1939 (H. Lindberg). 

A. nigritarsis Klug. (E. Mediterranean to N. Persia.) Limassol, 1 3, 12 , 10-17. 
iii. 1931 ; Platus, 3,800 ft., 18 g, 6 2, 11-19. vi.1937 ; Pera Pedi, 4,000 ft., 1 Q, 
18.vi.1937; Mt. Troodos, Krios R., 4,500-5,000 ft., 4 g, 2 Q, 15.Vvi. 1937; 
Yermasogia, 4 9, 13-14. iii. 1935. 

A. proxima André. (E. Mediterranean to Turkmen.) Mandria, 2 9, 16.vi.1937; 
Pera Pedi, 2,500 ft., 7 3, 7 9, 18.vi.1937 ; Platus, 3,800 ft., 11 3, 6 2, II-I9. 
vi.1937 ; Mt. Troodos, Krios R., 4,500—5,000 ft., 10 g, 16-17. vi.1937 ; Kykko, 
2 3, 3 2, 15-17. vii. 1939 (H. Lindberg). 


CIMBICIDAE. 
Corynis similis (Mocsary). (E. Mediterranean.) Amathus and Limassol, iii-iv. 
1931-35. m 
TENTHREDINIDAE 


SELANDRIINAE 


Strongylogaster lineata cypria Benson subsp. n. (Cyprus.) Near Platonia Forest 
Station, 3,500-4,000 ft., 2 9, 7.v.1945; Mt. Troodos, 5,500-6,000 ft., I 9, 
28.vi. 1937 


a - 


SOME SAWFLIES OF THE EUROPEAN ALPS 295 


BLENNOCAMPINAE. 


Athalia cordata Lepeletier. (W. Palaearctic.) Limassol and Mesagitomia, xii.1934- 
iii.1935; Mt. Koznos, 2,500 ft., 3.vi.1936 ; Kato, Amiandos, 3,500 ft., 
4.iv.1946. 

Allantus balteatus Klug. (C. Europe and Mediterranean.) Amathus, Limassol, 
Mesagitomia, Sphalogiotissa, Yesmasogia, xi-iv and vii. 1933-35. 

Empria archangelskii Dovnar-Zapolski. (E. Mediterranean to Caucasus.) Koznos 
Mts., 2,500 ft., iii.1936; and Ayia, Izini R., 7 miles from Limassol, 1 3, 1 9, 
25.Xli.1947. 

Eutomostethus gagathinus meridionalis Benson subsp. n. (Cyprus.) Chifliccondia, 
nr. Limassol, 13-31.111.1946 ; Akrotiri Bay, 2 g, I 9, 26.iii.1947. 


TENTHREDININAE 


Macrophya aphrodite Benson sp. n. (Cyprus.) Episcopi and Platus, iv—v.1937. 
Platus, 3,800 ft., I 3, 19. vi.1937, I 2, 10. Vil. 1937. 


NEMATINAE 


Cladius ordubadensis Konow. (E. Mediterranean to Caucasus.) Limassol, Mesagi- 
tomia, Sphalagiotisa, and Yermasagia, xi—vii. 

Mesoneura lanigera Benson sp.n. (Cyprus.) Pera Pedi, 2,000 ft., 3 9, 4.iv.1952 ; 
Potamitissa 3,000 ft., I g, 25-26.i11.1944. 

Nematus lucidus Panzer. (Palaearctic.) Kellaki, 2,000 ft., 1 9, 28.iii.1952; Pera 
Pedi, 2,000 ft., 1 9, 4. vi. 1952. 

Pristiphora ? sp., near biscalis Forster. Pera Pedi, 2,000 ft., I 9, 4.1V.1952. 


REFERENCES 


Benson, R. B. 1946. Classification of the Cephidae (Hymenoptera Symphyta). Tvans. R. 
ent. Soc. Lond. 96 (6) : 89-108. 

1951-52. Handbooks for the Identification of British Insects, 6 (2a-b), Hymenoptera Sym- 
phyta, London (R. ent. Soc.) 

ConDE, O. 1940. Eine Revision der mir bekannten Empria Arten (Hym. Tenthr.) 
Disch. ent. Z. 1939-40 : 162-168 

Gussakovskil, V. V. 1935-47. Faune de l’URSS, n.s. Insecta Hym., 2, Chalastogastra, 


pt. 1 (1935) and pt. 2 (1947). 


Kaneas, E. 1946. Uber die Gattung Abia Leach (Hym. Tenthredinidae) im Lichte ihrer 


europaischen Arten. Amn. ent. fenn. 12 : 77-122. 


! Kirsy, W. F. 1882. List Hym. Brit. Mus.1. London. 


; 


Konow, F. W. 1891. Bemerkungen und Nachtrage zum Catalogus Tenthredinidarum 
Europae. Désch. ent. Z. 35 : 209-220. 

Kontuniemi, T. 1951. Zur Kenntnis des Lebenszyklus der SAgewespen (Hymenoptera, 
Symphyta) in Finland. Act. ent. fenn. 9 : 1-92. 

MocsAry, A. 1891. Tenthredinidae et Siricidae novae. Term. Fiiz. 14 : 155-159. 


Pic, M. 1916. (1) Sur le genre Amasis Leach. Echange 32 : 14-15. 
_— 1916. (2) Sur le genre Amasis Leach (Deuxiéme article). Tom. cit. : 17-18. 


ZHELOKHOVTSEV, A. N, 1952. [Revision of the Cladiinae (Hym. Tenthredinidae) of the 
US.S.R.]. Zool. Zh. 31 : 257-269. [In Russian]. 

ZIRNGIEBL, L. 1949. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tenthrediniden (Hym.). Mitt. Miinch. 
ent. Ges. 35-39 : 283-290. 


22 


PRESENTED 
47 MAY 1954 


~ 


PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY 


ADLARD AND SON, 


LIMITED, 


— 


BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING. 


; 4. NOV 1954 
NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE 


(COLEOPTERA) 


HANS JOHN 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 8 
LONDON: 1954 


NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE 
(COLEOPTERA) 


VON 
HANS JOHN 


(Bad Nauheim) Yul | 


Pp. 297-313; Pls. 13-17 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 8 
LONDON: 1954 


THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM 
(NATURAL HISTORY), instituted in 1949, 1s 
issued in five series corresponding to the Departments 
of the Museum, and an Historical Series. 

Parts appear at irregular intervals as they become 
veady. Volumes will contain about three or four 
hundred pages, and will not necessarily be compiled 
within one calendar year. 

This paper is Vol. 3, No. 8 of the Entomological 
series. 


PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM 


Issued November, 1954. Price Seven Shillings and Sixpence. 


NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE 
(COLEOPTERA) 


Von Hans JOHN 


(Bad Nauheim) 


SYNOPSIS. 
New Notiophygidae. 


The paper is based mainly on material collected in South Africa by R. E. Turner, and in 
Ceylon and the Far East by Dr. M. Cameron and R. V. de Salvaza. 

Two new genera, Pondonatus from S. Africa and Profallia from Singapore, are described, 
each with one new species. 

Six new species of Aphanocephalus and four of Cephalophanus are also described and figured. 

The holotypes of the new species are in the British Museum (N.H.), with the exception of 
Aphanocephalus pseudatomus and A. tonkinensis, which are represented by paratypes, the 
holotypes being deposited in the Paris Museum. 


EINE Sendung Notiophygidae aus den nicht determinierten Bestanden des Briti- 
schen Museums in London ergab eine solche Fille wenig bekannter und neuer 
Spezies, dass es geboten erscheint, die Ergebnisse zusammenzufassen und gemeinsam 
zu besprechen. Fiir die freundliche Bereitstellung des Materials und seine Aus- 
sonderung spreche ich Mr. E. B. Britton und Miss C. M. F. von Hayek meinen 
verbindlichsten Dank aus. 

Die Familie der Notiophygidae (= Discolomidae) umfasst bisher 13 Gattungen, 
von denen nur bei Notiophygus, Aphanocephalus und Discoloma Spezies in grésserer 
Zahl bekannt geworden sind. Aber auch diese waren meist auf Grund weniger 
oder einzeln vorliegender Exemplare determiniert worden, wobei die kérperlich 
grésseren, 7 bis 8 mm. messenden Gattungen sich in der Vereinzelung ihres Auftre- 
tens nicht von den kleinen, 1 bis 3 mm. messenden unterscheiden. Um so auf- 
schlussreicher war daher die vorgelegte Kollektion, welche von einigen Spezies 
verschiedener Gattungen ganze Reihen enthielt. Es darf daher angenommen 
werden, dass fiir die Zahl der erbeuteten Tiere nicht ihre Seltenheit, sondern die 
Methode des Sammelns ausschlaggebend ist. Hier méchte ich nicht unterlassen, 
dankbar die Namen der Herren R. E. Turner, R. V. de Salvaza und Dr. Cameron 
zu erwahnen. Leider fehlen noch fast alle Beobachtungen tiber die Lebensweise 
der Tiere und Larven sind bisher erst von zwei Gattungen bekannt geworden, 
(Fritz van Emden, Zool. Anz. 101 (1/2), 1932 : Discoloma cassideum Reitter und Arb. 
morph. tax. Ent. 5 (2), 1938 : Notiophygus hesset John). 

Die ZugehGrigkeit fraglicher Kafer zur Familie kann ganz kurz dahin beantwortet 

ENTOM. III, 8. 23§ 


300 NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 


werden, dass Notiophygidae an allen Beinen drei Tarsen und dazu drei Paar gleich- 
gestaltete kugelige Htiften haben. Durch die kugeligen Hiiften sind sie auch leicht 
von denjenigen Colydiidae zu trennen, welche ebenfalls nur 3 Tarsen besitzen. 
Denn die Erwartung Horns (Fauna Hawait. 3 (5): 431 1908), dass méglicherweise 
Gattungen mit kugeligen Hiiften, wie Discoloma, aber tetrameren Tarsen und anders 
gebildeter Fiihlerkeule als Ubergange zu den Colydiidae gefunden werden kénnten, 
hat sich bisher nicht erfiillt. Nach Untersuchungen tiber die anatomischen Unter- 
schiede der Colydiidae und Notiophygidae sind solche Ubergange auch nicht zu 
erwarten. Dagegen ist anzunehmen, dass nicht nur die Spezieszahl iiberall noch 
erheblich steigen wird, sondern dass auch noch neue Gattungen auftreten werden. 
Denn Gebiete wie Siidamerika und Australien, aber auch die weiter von der Kiiste 
entfernten Lander Asiens sind in dieser Hinsicht noch nicht erschlossen. Daher 
sei schon hier gesagt, dass in der vorgelegten Kollektion auch 2 neue Gattungen 
gefunden wurden. Im Ubrigen verteilt sich das Material recht ungleichmissig 
auf folgende Gattungen: Notiophygus Gory, Discoloma Er., Cassidoloma Kolbe, 
Parafallia Arr., Aphanocephalus Woll. und Cephalophanus John. 


Notiophygus Gory 
N. canus John, Arb. morph, taxon. Ent., Berl. 2.1.1935, p. 16 und 5.2.1938, p. 130. 
Die Spezies wurde auf Grund eines 3 Exemplars festgelegt (Typus im Britischen 
Museum). Spater wurden 6 Exemplare und jetzt 48 Exemplare determiniert, 


die alle am gleichen Ort (Mossel Bay, C. P.) von R. E. Turner gesammelt waren. 
Abbildungen : l.c. 


Discoloma Erichson 


D. sancatarinae John, Beitrége Ent. (Bln-Friedrichshagen), 2.6.1952, p. 618. 


Die Spezies wurde nach 8 Exemplaren, leg. Liiderwald, Fundort S. Catarina, 
Brasilien, determiniert (Typus g2 und Paratypen im Deutsch. Ent. Inst.). 
Material: 1g, nicht ganz ausgefarbt, im Britischen Museum, leg. Plaumann, S. 
Catharina (!), Nova Teutonia. Abbildungen : l.c. 


Cassidoloma Kolbe 


Ct. hymaloides Reitter, Dtsch. ent. Z. 22, 1878, p. 125 (Discoloma). 


Material : 1 Exemplar leg. L. Burgeon, Fundort : Haut Uelle, Moto, im Britischen 
Museum. Abbildungen: Arb. morph. taxon. Ent., Berl. 7, 4, 1940, Taf. 7 und 8. 


Parafallia Arrow 
P. simoni John (Aun. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 5, 1952 ; 156). 

Die Spezies wurde nach 4 Exemplaren der Coll. Grouvelle des Pariser Museums 
beschrieben. (Typen im Pariser Museum, Paratypen im Deutschen enone 
schen Institut). Vom Britischen Museum wurden vorgelegt : 

12 Exemplare aus Ceylon, Colombo und 19 Exemplare aus Singapore, leg. Dr. 


NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 301 


Cameron, Nov./Dez., 1915, welche zu einigen Erganzungen der Beschreibung 
Veranlassung geben. 

Auf p. 157 lc. heisst es: . .. die 2. Pore(des Pronotums) liegt dicht an der 
Leiste auf einer schmalen ovalen Flache. Die Befunde an 31 Exemplaren ergaben : 
Die 2. Pore liegt frei neben der Randleiste, oft ist ihr Rand etwas verbreitert und 
bildet einen flachen Ring, seltener ist dieser Ring zu einer kleinen Flache verbreitert, 
welche zum Discus hin rund, zum Seitenrand hin spitz ausgebildet ist, ohne mit der 
Randleiste zu verschmelzen. Diese letzte Form wurde unter 12 Tieren aus Colombo 
3 mal, unter 19 Exemplaren aus Singapore I mal beobachtet. Die Reihe aus Colombo 
umfasst Gréssen von I'I X 0°9 mm. bis I°3 X I'05 mm. Die Serie aus Singapore 
umfasst Gréssen von I X 0°85 mm. bis I°'2 X Imm. Von beiden Reihen wurden 
identische Penisse prapariert. Abbildungen: Taf. 17, fig. 1a-1Cc. 

Ein Exemplar tragt einen Zettel mit einem Hinweis auf die Lebensweise: ‘‘ Fruit 
of Jaradaga’’. 


Neue Spezies von Aphanocephalus Wollaston 


Uber die von Wollaston (1873) in Ent. Mon. Mag. aufgestellte Gattung haben 
verschiedene Autoren gearbeitet, zuletzt Grouvelle (Notes Leyden Mus. 34 (2) 
1g12.). Dabei wurden eine Anzahl Spezies dieser Gattung zugeschrieben, welche 
nicht dorthin gehéren. Auf Grund von Material aus dem Britischen und Pariser 
Museum konnte ich die Verhdltnisse klar stellen und die Ergebnisse in einer ‘“ Re- 
vision der Gattung Aphanocephalus”’ niederlegen, welche zurzeit noch nicht ge- 
druckt vorliegt. Soweit Spezies der Gattung Parafallia Arrow zuzuweisen waren, 
habe ich dies in der ‘“‘Parafallia-Studie’”’ Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 5, 1952, p. 152 
erwahnt. Die hier aufgefiihrten neuen Spezies von Aphanocephalus sind in Art 
der Beschreibung der “ Revision” angeglichen. 


Aphanocephalus pseudatomus sp. n. 


Die Spezies wurde auf Grund von 4 Exemplaren aus dem Besitz des Pariser 
Museums aufgestellt, eine Beschreibung aber bisher nicht veréffentlicht. Die jetzt 
in Anzahl aus dem Besitz des Britischen Museums vorliegenden Exemplare, welche 
R. V. de Salvaza an gleicher Ortlichkeit sammelte wie A. de Cooman, gaben die 
Méglichkeit, die Geschlechter zu trennen. 

Kurz behaart. Die Spezies ist in Grésse und Farbung atomus Grouvelle sehr 
ahnlich doch durch die starkere Ausbildung der Seitenrander und die viel kraftigere, 
Punktierung, besonders der Elytren, sehr gut von ihr zu trennen. Pseudatomus ist 
etwas breiter im Umriss und die Basis des Pronotums ist staérker konvex als bei 
atomus. Zudem ist die Partie an den Vorderecken nur etwas roétlich transparent, 
im ganzen aber dunkel, nicht farbig aufgehellt wie bei atomus. Die Punktierung 
des Pronotums ist ziemlich kraftig, die der Elytren noch starker und die Pseudo- 
poren treten besonders im Basalteil oft zu Gruppen zusammen. Die Behaarung 
der Oberfliche ist etwa dreimal langer als bei atomus. In der Mitte der Elytren 
befindet sich ein rundlicher rotbrauner Fleck mit verschwommenen Randern. 
Die Randleiste ist kraftig entwickelt, in ihrer Flache schrag liegend und lasst die 


302 NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 


Tuberkelporen besonders im Basalteil deutlich sehen. Die Spezies gehért zu den 
Formen, deren Penis distal nicht in zwei seitliche Teile gespalten ist und deren 
Peniszunge an Stelle einer distalen Verbreiterung spitz geformt ist und eine heraus- 
streckbare chitinisierte Réhre als Fiihrung des sac intern besitzt (Vergl. austerus 
John, Ent. Bl. 37 (5/6), 1941, Taf. 8, fig. 10). Grésse: 1°7 X 1°3 mm. Material: 
Typen und 2 Paratypen im Pariser Museum, 7 Paratypen im Deutschen Entomo- 
logischen Institut, 19 Paratypen im Londoner Museum. Fundort: Tonkin, Hoa 
Binh, leg. A. de Cooman und R. V. de Salvaza. Abbildungen: Taf. 14, fig. 2-6 
(atomus Grouvelle, fig. 7). 


Aphanocephalus tonkinensis sp. n. 


Kurz behaart, von ovaler Umrissform, glénzend dunkelbraun bis rotbraun, 
das Pronotum im ganzen etwas heller. Die Elytren haben einen breiten Seitenrand, 
der sich aber zur Spitze hin stark verschmialert. Die leicht erhéhten Porenéffnungen 
der Tuberkel sind gut sichtbar. Die Punktierung des Pronotums ist von mittlerer 
Feinheit, die der Elytren lasst sehr deutlich zwei Formen erkennen, die zarteren 
Punkte, aus denen die Haare entspringen und die Pseudoporen, welche wesentlich 
grosser, tiber die ganze Flache verteilt, aber im Basalteil besonders gross und haufig 
sind. Die Behaarung ist sehr fein und kurz und scheint allgemein auf den Elytren 
noch schwacher zu sein als auf dem Pronotum. Die Unterseite ist dunkel, das “1.” 
Sternit ist gleichmdssig grob punktiert, die iibrigen dagegen feiner. Der Penis ist 
weichhautig, einfach gebaut, die Zunge (Einlage) ist fast 4 langer als der Penis- 
kérper und am Ende breit abgerundet. Grésse: 1°55 x 1°05 mm. Material: 
Typen gQ und 21 Paratypen im Pariser Museum, 2 Paratypen im Britischen 
Museum, 6 Paratypen im Deutschen Entomologischen Institut. Fundort : Tonkin, 
Hoa Binh, leg. A. de Cooman und R. V. de Salvaza. Abbildungen : Taf. 14, fig. 11-14. 


Aphanocephalus decoomani sp. n. 


Kurz behaart. Die Oberflache ist stark konvex und bei seitlicher Ansicht zeigt 
sich die starkste Kriimmung in der Mitte des Kérpers, nach vorn und zur Elytren- 
spitze hin ist die Schwingung vermindert. Die Rander am Pronotum und besonders 
an den Elytren sind kraftig abgesetzt, die Farbe ist tiefschwarz, am Kopfausschnitt 
und am Seitenrand des Pronotums rotbraun transparent und gelegentlich, besonders 
im Basalteil der Elytern, mit einem zarten metallischen Hauch, gelblich oder blau- 
lich, tibergossen. Die Punktierung der ganzen Oberflache ist fein und gleich- 
massig, auf den Elytren sind die Pseudoporen grésser, sehr gleichmassig tiber die 
Flache verteilt, finden sich aber in der Nahe des Scutellums oft zu einer Gruppe 
zusammen. Bei einer ganzen Anzahl der Tiere zeigt sich auf dem Pronotum eine 
Besonderheit. Sie besteht in vier zarten Furchen, welche strahlenférmig von der 
Mitte der Basis ausgehen und durch eine Anzahl grésserer Punkte ausgezeichnet 
sind. Die beiden mittleren Furchen fehlen haufigzmanchmal ist tiberhaupt nur eine 
leichte Schwingung der Oberflache nebst ein paar grésseren Punkten tibriggeblieben. 
Im Gegensatz zu hemisphaericus Wollaston und birmanus Dodero ist die ganze Unter- 
seite nebst Beinen so dunkel wie die Oberseite. Der Peniskérper ist dorsal an der 


NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 303 


Spitze geschlitzt, beide Enden sind mehrfach gezipfelt. Die Zunge hat einen 
geschwungenen dicken Rand, der nach hinten (innen) in zwei freistehende scharfe 
Dorne auslauft. Grésse: 2°25 x I°7 bis 255 x 2mm. Material: 12 Exemplare 
(Typus $2 und Paratypen) im Pariser Museum, 4 Paratypen im Deutschen Entomo- 
logischen Institut, 1 Paratypus im Britischen Museum. Fundort: Tonkin, Hoa 
Binh, leg. A de Cooman, 1926, 1 Exemplar Laos, “‘ betw. Vientiane and Luang 
Prabang ’’ 1919, leg. R. V. de Salvaza. Abbildungen: Taf. 14, figs. 15-18. 


Aphanocephalus prophysus sp. n. 


Das einzelne Exemplar gehort zu den in Gestalt und Farbe einander ahnlichen 
Spezies mit je einem Fleck auf den Elytren. Diese mégen hier prophysus in Stich- 
worten gegeniiber gestellt werden : 
bimaculatus Grouvelle (= austerus John), fast doppelt so gross und starker sculptiert 


Australien 


modiglianii Grouvelle, pronotum kiirzer, der gelbliche Fleck auf den Elytren ist sehr gross 
Engano, Malaconni 
vitveus Matthews, transparent, pronotum schmaler, Elytren mit grossem aufgelésten roten Fleck 
“* China ”’ 
aiomus Grouvelle, pronotum kiirzer und schmaler, Randleiste der Elytren schmaler, Punktierung 
von gleicher Feinheit ; ; A . Mana Riang, Ranau, 

Palembang, Sumatra, Padang und Mentawai. 

binotatus Grouvelle, .... nur auf den Seyshellen . : : : : ; ; 
pseudatomus n. sp., wie atomus, doch mit viel starkerer Punktierung . - Tonkin, Hoa Binh. 


Haare winzig. Gegeniiber den genannten Spezies hat prophysus ein auffallend 
grosses und breites Pronotum, der Umriss ist daher verkehrt eiférmig. Die Ober- 
flache ist ebenso spiegelnd blank wie bei atomus Grouvelle, die etwas sparsamer gesetzte 
Punktierung ist ein wenig scharfer, tragt aber ebenso kurze Haare. Die Basis 
des Pronotums ist viel starker geschwungen als bei atomus. Auf den Elytren sind 
die Pseudoporen weich eingesetzt und erscheinen dadurch etwas grésser. Der 
Schulterbuckel ist schwach, die Randpartie ist kraftig aufgekippt, verschwindet 
aber an der Spitze fast, die Randleiste ist abgeschragt und zeigt die 6 Tuberkelporen 
deutlich. Die iiber der Randpartie befindliche Einschniirung der Elytren, welche 
bei den anderen Spezies eine fortlaufende Reihe grosser eingestochener Punkte 
tragt, ist hier nur mit wenigen schwachen Punkten besetzt. Der Fleck auf jeder 
Elytre ist klein, transparent braunrot und etwa um die Lange seines Durchmessers 
von der Sutura entfernt. 

Grésse: 1°6 X 1°15 mm. Material: 1 Exemplar (Typus) im Britischen Museum. 
Fundort : Singapore, leg. Dr. M. Cameron. Abbildungen: Taf. 14, figs. 8-10. 


Vom Britischen Museum erhielt ich 6 Exemplare von Kafern der Gattung A phano- 
cephalus, von denen Grouvelle je zwei mit den Namen ‘‘niger” und ‘‘sculpturatus”’ 
bezeichnet hatte, wahrend das dritte Paar als potamophilus Lea, cotype bezettelt 
war. Beschreibungen sind nicht erschienen. Bei zwei Spezies konnte ich die 
Namen belassen, bei sculptwratus i. 1. Grouvelle stelle ich fest, dass ich die Spezies 
nach einem einzelnen Exemplar desselben Fundortes und Sammlers bereits als 


ENTOM. III, 8. 23§§ 


304 NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 


pellitus n. sp. in einer Revision der Gattung Aphanocephalus beschrieben hatte. 
(Die Arbeit erscheint im 2. Heft der Ent. Bl. 1954). 


Aphanocephalus potamophilus sp. n. 


Drei australische Spezies sind bisher bekannt geworden: bimaculatus Grouvelle 
(= austerus J.), hackert J. und perlucidus J., welche in Cairns, Brisbane und Rock- 
hampton gefunden wurden. Zu ihnen kommt eine von Lea, 1921, gesammelte 
Spezies, die Lea selbst als ‘‘ potamophilus’’ benannt, aber nicht beschrieben hat. 
Leider liegt als Fundort nur die allgemeine Angabe “ Australia ’’ vor, doch stammen 
die Tiere wahrscheinlich aus den Ausbeuten von den Lord Howe und Norfolk Inseln. 

Lang behaart. Gelbbraun bis kastanienbraun, ungefleckt. Das Pronotum 
ist im ganzen etwas heller als die Elytren, es ist trapezf6rmig, am Kopfausschnitt 
fast gerade geschnitten und die schragen Seitenlinien sind vom Basaltuberkel ab 
scharf nach innen umgebogen. Die Basis springt medial zum Scutellum vor. 

Die Punktierung ist dicht und kraftig, die Lange der Haare betragt etwa das 
5-6-fache der Zwischenraume dieser Punkte. 

Der Seitenrand der Elytren ist schmal, aber deutlich bis zur Elytrenspitze vom 
Discus abgesetzt durch eine mitlaufende Einschntirung, welche mit grossen Punkten 
perlschnurartig besetzt ist. Die Randleiste ist dick und tragt je 6 Tuberkelporen. 
An der Elytrenspitze lasst eine fast geradlinige Verbindung dieser Poren den Umriss 
kantig erscheinen. 

Die Haarpunkte sind nur wenig kleiner als auf dem Pronotum, aber weitlaufiger 
gesetzt, die Pseudoporen sind zahlreich, verschieden gross und tief eingelassen, 
die grésseren neigen zu ovaler Form. 

Der Penis gleicht in seiner Anlage dem von bimaculatus Grouvelle (= austerus J., 
Ent. Bl. 37 (5/6), 1941, p. 193, fig. 10). Der distal spitz endende Penisk6rper und 
die distal nicht gespaltene Zunge (Einlage) weichen im Bau so weit von dem Typ 
ab, der sich bei allen nicht australischen Spezies dieser Gattung bisher gefunden 
hat, dass man von einem gesonderten australischen Formkreis sprechen kann. 
Grosse I'9 X I'4mm. Material: 2 Exemplare (Typus 9) im Britischen Museum, 
Fundort: Australia, leg. Lea, 1921. Abbildungen: Taf. 15, figs. 1-4, Umriss, 
Penis, Pronotum, Sculptur. 


Aphanocephalus niger sp. n. 


Die bereits von Grouvelle mit dem Namen ‘‘niger’’ bezeichnete aber nicht beschrie- 
bene Spezies ist die zweite mir bekannt gewordene Spezies aus Indien. 

Kurz behaart. Schwarz glanzend, am Rande des Pronotums und an der Basis 
der Elytren mit einem Stich ins rotbraune, breit oval, mit leichter Einschniirung 
der Umrisslinie an der Basis des Pronotums und deutlicher Abflachung am Kopf- 
ausschnitt. Die Basis ist gegeniiber dem Scutellum stark konvex. Die Randleiste 
der Elytren ist schmal, aber bis zur Spitze hin deutlich, nach aussen leicht abgerundet. 
Sie tragt je 6 Tuberkelporen in schwachen Verbreiterungen der Leiste. Die Ein- 
schniirung des Discus oberhalb der Randleiste ist massig und zeigt nur gelegentlich 
kleine punktférmige Vertiefungen. Die Punkte des Pronotums, aus denen die Haare 


NEVE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 305 


entspringen, sind klein und weich eingesetzt, die Lange der Haare betrigt kaum 
die Halfte der Zwischenraume dieser Punkte. Auf den Elytren sind die Haar- 
punkte fast doppelt so gross, untermischt mit etwas grésseren Pseudoporen, beide 
Formen sind weich in die Oberflache eingesenkt, die Lange der Haare ist hier etwas 
geringer. Die Farbe der Unterseite ist braun, in der Mitte verdunkelt, Beine, 
Fiihler und Mundteile sind gelbbraun. Die Behaarung ist fein, aber doppelt so 
lang wie auf der Oberseite. Beim 2 ist die mediale Partie des Metasternums vor 
den Coxae 3 stark konvex, beim g dagegen ziemlich flach. Grdsse: 1°95 x 1:6 
mm. Material: 2 Exemplare (Typus g@) im Britischen Museum. Fundort: 
India, leg. Bowring, 63-47+ und Sarda, Bengal, F.W.C., 1927. Abbildungen : 
Taf. 15, figs. 5-8, Umriss, Penis, Pronotum, Sculptur. 


Neue Spezies von Cephalophanus John 
John : Ent. Bl. 36 (3), 1940, p. 81 und 38 (5/6), 1942, p. 171. 


Die hier beschriebenen 4 neuen Spezies erganzen in bemerkenswerter Weise die 
Kenntnis der Gattung, von welcher bisher nur 2 Spezies (l.c.) aus Chien-Hoa, Tonkin 
und Si-Rambé, Sumatra bekannt waren. Die Gattung ist durch zwei Eigentiim- 
lichkeiten ausgezeichnet, welche ihr innerhalb der Familie allein zukommen: 
die gg haben an den Tarsen des 1. Beinpaares gespaltene Klauen und im Innern 
ihres K6rpers findet sich ein mehr oder weniger langer Chitinfaden, welcher medial 
an der Analseite des “ 1.”’ Sternits entspringt und zum Teil bis in das Metasternum 
hineinragt. Da das Ende dieses elastischen Fadens unter der Basis de Penis liegt, 
ist seine Funktion wohl zu vermuten, konnte bisher aber nicht eindeutig festgelegt 
werden. Die neuen Spezies stellen aber noch andere Probleme. Bisher konnte 
Cephalophanus zu den Gattungen gezadhlt werden, welche regelmassig 6 Tuberkel 
auf dem Seitenrand jeder Elytre besitzen. Aber die in 2 Exemplaren ($9) vor- 
liegende Spezies /ewist besitzt jederseits 7 Tuberkel und es fragt sich nun, ob Cephalo- 
phanus sich hier wie Notiophygus Gory verhalt, bei welcher Gattung nicht nur die 
Zahl der elytralen Tuberkel oft tiber 6 hinausgeht, sondern auch haufig eine Zahl- 
variation der linken und rechten Elytre gefunden wird, oder ob Cephalophanus, 
falls eine Vermehrung der Tuberkelzahl eintritt, diese auf beiden Seiten stets gleich- 
massig ausbildet. Weiterhin wurde bei der Spezies dohertyi (1g, 299) bei einem 9 
ein abweichend geformtes “1.’’ Sternit gefunden, welches in der Art seiner Aus- 
bildung einen vollig normalen Eindruck gemacht hatte, wenn nicht die gattungs- 
gebundene Form bereits bekannt gewesen ware (Abb. Taf. 13, fig. 1d). Es handelt 
sich hier nicht um eine Deformation, wie sie gelegentlich beobachtet wurde und 
durch Verletzungen der Puppe erklart werden kann (Sufi. ent. 1.c. 17, 1929, Taf. 9 
bei fig. 2) sondern anscheinend um eine Mutante, da die Abweichung beiderseits 
vollig regelmassig ausgebildet ist. Sie besteht in einem doppelten bogigen Aus- 
schnitt des normalerweise zwischen die Coxae 3 zum Metasternum vorspringenden 
“1.” Sternits, wobei in diesem Fall in der Mitte der Intercoxalprocess als schmaler 
Vorsprung stehen bleibt, aber keine Verbindung mehr mit dem Metasternum be- 
sitzt. Es entwickelt sich ein tief in den K6rper reichender Spalt, der nur durch 
eine zarte Haut ausgekleidet ist. Ich erwadhne dies so ausfiihrlich, weil ich eine 


306 NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 


ahnliche Erscheinung bei der Gattung Solitarius m. (Ent. Bl. 39 (1/2), 1943, p. 28) 
als normal angesehen, beschrieben und abgebildet habe. Dort handelt es sich 
ebenfalls um zwei tiefe Ausschnitte, die aber zu beiden Seiten der Mittelpartie am 
Vorderrand des Mesosternums liegen (S. schaumi m.). Damals stand mir nur 19 
zur Verfiigung. Eine Nachpriifung bei der zweiten zu Solitarius geh6renden Spezies 
des schon von Matthews beschriebenen Aphanocephalus impunctatus (Ann, lc. 
Mag. nat. Hist. (5), 19, 1887) konnte leider nicht erfolgen, da das vorgelegte Exemplar 
bereits so stark geklebt war, dass ein volliges Zerfallen zu befiirchten war. Es 
taucht also hier der Verdacht auf, dass das der Beschreibung zu Grunde liegende 
Exemplar von Solitarius schaumt ebenfalls eine Mutation war. Wenn es stets eine 
missliche Sache ist, eine Beschreibung nach einem Unikum auszufiihren, so liegen 
die Verhaltnisse bei den Notiophygidae leider so, dass die Tiere nur ausnahmsweise 
in grésserer Anzahl gefangen werden, meist werden am selben Ort nur 1 oder 2 
Exemplare zufallig mitgesammelt und gleiche spater nie mehr gefunden. 


Cephalophanus bryanti sp. n. 


Die Spezies hat eine fast halbkugelige Gestalt, die Farbe ist dunkelbraun, auf 
jeder Elytre befinden sich 2 grosse, goldbraune Flecke. Am Pronotum ist die Partie 
beiderseits des Kopfausschnittes ebenfalls fleckartig braun, doch kann diese Farbe 
sich auch seitlich bis zum 2. Tuberkel ausdehnen und vorn am Kopfausschnitt 
zusammenfliessen. Die vordere Ecke ist abgerundet, die dort beginnende Rand- 
leiste ist um die Tuberkelpore herum verbreitert und flach, wird im mittleren Teil 
schmal und hoch und hat vom 2. Tuberkel ab mehr als die doppelte Breite ihres 
mittleren Teiles. Die eingestochenen Punkte stehen im 3- bis 5-fachen Abstand 
ihrer Durchmesser und sind auf dem Discus kleiner als auf den Randpartien. Zwi- 
schen ihnen stehen sehr zahlreich die kleineren Haarpunkte. Auf den Elytren 
fehlen die Basal- und Randflecke der Tuberkel, das Basaltuberkel ist nicht, der 
Schulterbuckel ist nur schwach erhéht. Die Randpartie ist gegen den Discus bis 
kurz vor die Elytrenspitze abgesetzt, ihre Randleiste ist besonders im vorderen 
Teil stark erhéht und tragt jederseits 6 Tuberkelporen in kleinen Anschwellungen. — 
Die Pseudoporen sind kleiner und stehen weiter voneinander entfernt, als die ein- 
gestochenen Punkte des Pronotums, sie sind auf dem Discus sehr zart, verstarken 
sich aber zu den Seiten hin und sitzen auch auf der Randpartie. Die Behaarung 
der Oberflache ist diinn, aber ziemlich lang, auf den dunklen Teilen ist sie dunkel, 
auf den Flecken glanzt sie goldig. Bei den Fiihlern ist das Basalglied braun, 
die Geissel samt Keule ist fast schwarz, die Behaarung ist im ganzen dunkel, nur 
an der Keule zum Teil auch farblos. 

Grosse: 2°85 <X 2° mm. Material: 1g, 12 (Typen) im Britischen Museum, 
Fundort: Mt. Matang, W. Sarawak, leg. G. E. Bryant, Dezember, 1913. Abbil- 
dungen : Taf. 13, fig. 3a-3c, Taf. 14, fig. Ia-c. 


Cephalophanus dohertyi sp. n. 


Die Spezies ist ahnlich clipeoexcisus m. (Ent. Bl. 36, (3), 1940, p. 82), doch besitzt 
sie 4 rundliche Flecke auf jeder Elytre. Die Farbe der Oberflache ist dunkelbraun, 


NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 307 


die Flecke sind triib rétlichgelb bis gelbbraun, gelegentlich verschwinden sie unter 
der langen grauen Behaarung, welche aus langeren und kiirzeren einfachen Haaren 
besteht. Das Pronotum hat einen flach-konkaven Kopfausschnitt, der Ubergang 
zum Seitenumriss ist véllig abgerundet, wahrend zur Basis hin der Seitenrand mit 
der Basis scharf winklig zusammentrifft. Der Seitenrand besitzt eine breite, am 
Kopfausschnitt flachgedriickte Leiste. Kurz vor ihrem Anfang sitzt ganz aussen 
am Rande die apikale Tuberkelpore. Beim 2. Tuberkel verbreitert sich die Rand- 
leiste bogig um die Pore herum und lauft dann in doppelter Breite ihres vorderen 
Teiles bis zur basalen Ecke. Die Basis selbst ist beiderseits konkav, in der Mitte 
konvex und ist gegeniiber dem Scutellum kurz quer abgestumpft. Im ganzen 
ist das Pronotum sehr schwach konvex, basal gegen das 2. Tuberkel hin sogar 
schwach konkav. Die Elytren sind breiter als die Basis des Pronotums. Sie 
haben eine kleine vorgezogene Schulterecke und besitzen einen schwachen Schulter- 
buckel und ein flaches Basaltuberkel. Vom Schulterbuckel her setzt sich eine 
flache Randpartie durch eine zum Aussenrand parallele Punktreihe ab. Sie bildet 
eine kraftige Randleiste aus, iiber welcher eine 2. Punktreihe dicht entlang lauft, 
wahrend der Raum dazwischen im allgemeinen von Punkten frei bleibt. Hier 
sitzen — nicht erhoht —jederseits 6 gelbbraune Tuberkelflecke, wahrend die zu- 
gehérigen Poren vor ihnen aussen auf der Leiste liegen. Vom Pronotum ist nur 
der mittlere Teil des Discus dunkel gefarbt, Kopfausschnitt und Seiten sind gelb- 
braun. Ebenso gefarbt sind auf den Elytren jederseits : das Basaltuberkel, dessen 
Pore sich in einigem Abstand von der Basis 6ffnet, 6 Tuberkelflecke auf der Rand- 
partie und 4 rundliche Discoidalflecke, die mehr oder weniger deutlich sind. Die 
Behaarung ist auf dem Pronotum zarter und infolge aufrechter Stellung der Haare 
weniger sichtbar, als auf den Elytren, wo sie mehr anliegt und infolge haufiger 
Uberdeckung einen zarten gelbbraunen Pelz bildet. Auf dem Pronotum finden 
sich starkere und viel schwdchere eingestochene Punkte, aus denen die Haare ent- 
springen, die langeren Haare haben zudem kleine kuglige K6rnchen als Basis, 
welche am Rande der grossen eingestochenen Punkte sitzen. Auf den Elytren 
sind die Pseudoporen so gross, wie die eingestochenen Punkte der Seitenteile des 
Pronotums. Ihr Abstand voneinander betragt das 4- bis 6-fache ihres Durch- 
messers, das Innere liegt flach und zeigt keine Perforationspunkte. Die zwischen 
ihnen stehenden Haarpunkte sind kleiner als die kleinen Punkte des Pronotums. 

Grésse : 3°95 X 3°25 mm. Material: 2 Exemplare (Typus $9) im Britischen 
Museum, 12 (Paratypus) im Deutschen Entomologischen Institut. Fundort : 
Borneo, Peugaron, leg. Doherty. Abbildungen: Taf. 13, fig. 1a—1g. 


Cephalophanus fasciatus sp. n. 


Bei dieser Spezies ist der Gegensatz zwischen dem kleinen Pronotum und dem 
grossen Elytrenteil noch starker als bei dohertyi sp. n. Die Farbe des Tieres ist 
dunkelbraun, die Rander des Pronotums und Flecke der Elytren sind lebhaft gelb- 
braun. Die vorderen Discoidalflecke der Elytren fliessen zusammen, verbinden 
sich mit dem 1. und 2. Tuberkelfleck der Randpartie und beriihren sich an der 
Sutura in einer erléschenden Fortsetzung, so dass eine deutliche Binde quer iiber 


308 NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 


die Elytren entsteht. Ebenso fliesst der im Spitzenteil der Elytren befindliche 
Fleck mit dem 6. Tuberkelfleck zusammen. Die Behaarung ist etwas ktirzer und 
weniger dicht als bei doherty: sp. n., aber im Gegensatz zu dieser Spezies sind hier 
auf den dunklen Stellen der Oberflache die Haare braunlich, auf den Flecken aber 
gelbgrau. Beim Pronotum bildet sich am Ubergang zum Seitenrand eine stumpfe 
Ecke, in der die apikale Tuberkelpore sitzt. Bereits etwas davor, vom Kopfaus- 
schnitt her, beginnt, breit und flach einsetzend, die dicke Randleiste, welche im 
mittleren Teil schmaler wird, aber um die basale Tuberkelpore und dann bis zur 
scharf geschnittenen Ecke sich wieder auf das doppelte verbreitert. Die Rand- 
partie neben der basalen Pore ist etwas aufgetrieben. Die eingestochenen Punkte 
des Pronotums, welche die grésseren Haare tragen, sind auf den Seitenteilen etwas 
vermehrt und grésser als auf dem Discus. Die Haare stehen excentrisch, ihre 
Basis ist nicht so ausgepragt wie bei dohertyi. Die tibrigen kleineren Haarpunkte 
fallen wenig auf. Die Elytren haben einen rund erhéhten Schulterbuckel und ein 
flach aufgetriebenes Basaltuberkel. Die Randpartie ist nicht sehr deutlich abgesetzt, 
aber im vorderen Teil bis zum 3. Tuberkelfleck leicht aufgetrieben. Zwischen 
den mittleren und hinteren Discoidalfiecken ist die Partie um die Sutura bis kurz 
vor die Elytrenspitze leicht eingesenkt, so dass hier jede Elytre schwach fir sich 
kumuliert. Alle Flecke sind im Umriss verschwimmend eingesetzt. Die Pseudo- 
poren sind so gross wie die grossen Punkte des Pronotums, ihre Innenflache ist eben 
und die Perforation ist gelegentlich sichtbar. Sie sitzen im 3-bis 6-fachen Abstand 
ihres Durchmessers und sind sehr leicht in die Oberflache eingebettet. Die Fiihler, 
Mundteile und Beine sind braun, die Fiihler sind im ganzen hell behaart. Grdsse: 
3°75 X 3:45 mm. Material: 19 (Typus) im Britischen Museum, Fundort : Perak, 
leg. Doherty. Abbildungen: Taf. 13, fig. 2a—2c. 


Cephalophanus lewisi sp. n. 


Ahnlich clipeoexcisus m. (Ent. Bl. 36 (3), 1940, p. 82), doch mit breiterer Basis 
der Elytren, kiirzerem Pronotum und 7 elytralen Tuberkeln. Auf den Elytren | 
fehlen die Flecke am Basaltuberkel, und die Tuberkelflecke der Rander sind nur um 
die Pore herum angedeutet. Die 3 Discoidalflecke heben sich schwach gelbbraun 
bis kraftig orangefarben von der dunkelbraunen Oberflache ab. Ebenso gefarbt 
sind die Rander des Pronotums und die dussere Randleiste der Elytren. Der 
Kopfausschnitt am Pronotum ist schwach konkav und lauft rund in die Seitenlinie 
iiber. Die breite, oben abgeflachte Randleiste tragt vorn die apikale Tuberkelpore, 
ist im mittleren Teil gegen die Innenflache kraftig erhdht und verdoppelt ihre 
Breite von der Pore des Basaltuberkels bis zur scharfgeschnittenen Ecke. Der 
Discus ist sehr schwach gewolbt, wird zu den Randpartien flacher und ist gegen den 
Vorderabschnitt der Randleiste schwach konkav. Die Oberflache ist dicht mit 
grossen und kleinen eingestochenen Punkten besetzt, von denen die grossen zu den 
Seiten hin ihren Durchmesser verdoppeln. Die Elytren besitzen einen gut gew6lbten 
Schulterbuckel, aber nur ein massig erhabenes Basaltuberkel. Die Randpartie ist 
deutlich abgesetzt und kurz vor der dicken Randleiste kraftig aufgekippt. Sie tragt 
jederseits 7 schwache Tuberkel, deren Poren aussen auf der Randleiste sitzen. 


NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 309 


Die Pseudoporen der Oberflache sind etwas kleiner als die grossen Punkte von den 
Randpartien des Pronotums, sie sind um das 2- bis 4-fache ihrer Durchmesser 
voneinander entfernt. Bei giinstiger Beleuchtung sind in ihrer Mitte Perforations- 
punkte zu sehen. Die Behaarung besteht aus leicht gebogenen starkeren und 
schwacheren Haaren von stumpf grauer oder auch dunkler Farbe, die aber auf den 
Flecken gelblich-rétlich aufglanzen. Die Unterseite mit Fihlern, Mundteilen und 
Beinen ist einheitlich braun, die Mitte des Metasternums und die Epipleuren sind 
dunkelbraun, die Sternite sind lang und anliegend behaart. Die Fiihler sind in 
ganzer Lange hell behaart und die schlanke Keule ist auf ihrer Vorderseite ein- 
geschniirt. Grésse: 3 X 2°8 mm. Material: 2 Exemplare (Typus g) im Britischen 
Museum, Fundort : Kuching, leg. I. E. A. Lewis, r910. Abbildungen: Taf. 13, 
fig. 4a—4d. 


Pondonatus gen. nov. 


Die Gattung steht Notiophygus Gory nahe, hat aber 9-gliedrige Fiihler, Fliigel 
und andere Merkmale der koérperlich kleinen Gattungen der Familie. Beim Pro- 
notum fehlt die innere Randleiste, welche bei Notiophygus die Randpartie vom 
Discus trennt, an der Basis der Elytren fehlt das Basaltuberkel und auf der Oberflache 
ist nur eine Haarform vorhanden. Die Seiten der Elytren sind von der Schulter 
bis zum letzten Drittel fast parallel und die Schenkel tiberragen den K6rperumriss 
nicht. Die Oberflache ist mit tiefen grubenférmigen Punkten besetzt, welche wie 
bei den anderen Gattungen auf dem Pronotum als “‘ eingestochene Punkte’”’ den 
Haaren als Basis dienen, auf den Elytren dagegen ‘“‘ Pseudoporen”’ sind, welche 
in ihrer Mitte eine feine Perforation besitzen, wahrend die Haare in den Zwischen- 
rdumen entspringen. Das Pronotum hat eine gleichmdssig schwach gewdlbte 
Oberflache und zeigt in einiger Entfernung vom Seitenrand eine mitlaufende leichte 
Schwellung (dort, wo bei Notiophygus die innere Randleiste sitzt) und die so gebildete 
Randpartie ist in ihrer Flache konkav. Die beiden Tuberkelporen sitzen auf 
kleinen Verbreiterungen des Aussenrandes. Pronotum und Elytren sind eng an- 
einander geschmiegt, doch ist die Basis der Elytren etwas breiter als die des Pro- 
notums und die Schulterecke ist ein wenig vorgezogen. Die Randpartie der Elytren 
ist konkav, bis zur Spitze deutlich und vom Discus durch eine fortlaufende Reihe 
unregelmassig gesetzter tiefer Punkte getrennt. Die 6 Tuberkel des Seitenrandes 
bilden schwache Schwellungen und ihre Poren sitzen aussen am Rande. Die 
Haare entspringen auf dem Pronotum innen am Rande der eingestochenen Punkte. 
Seitlich betrachtet, bilden sie kleine Hakchen, doch von oben gesehen spalten 
sie sich im letzten Drittel und ihre Enden sind weit gespreizt, sie stellen also eine 
Haarform dar, die bisher in der Familie noch nicht beobachtet wurde. Auf der 
Unterseite steckt der nach vorn gerichtete Kopf bis tiber die Augen im Ausschnitt 
des Prosternums. Die Fiihler sind 9-gliedrig und besitzen eine dicke rundliche 
Keule. Die Mundteile sind denen von Notiophygus sehr ahnlich. Die Mandibeln 
sind 3-zahnig und besitzen eine Lacinia mobilis mit Kammzahnen, die Maxillen 
haben eine distal beborstete Lacinia und Galea sowie 4-gliedrige Palpi. Das Labium 
hat 3-gliedrige Palpi, welche nahe beieinander eingelenkt sind. Bei beiden Palpi 


310 NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 


ist das 2. Glied das grésste. Bei den Beinen erreichen nur die Schenkel des 3. Bein- 
paares den Aussenrand des Kérpers und die Tibien haben die Lange der Schenkel. 
Die mittleren und vorderen Beinpaare haben kiirzere Schenkel und ihre Tibien 
sind kiirzer als die Schenkel. Die ersten beiden Tarsenglieder sind zusammen so 
lang wie das dritte. Vom Prosternum ab ist die Unterseite mit grossen eingesto- 
chenen Punkten besetzt, die in der Kérpermitte die Neigung zum Schwinden zeigen. 
Von den Epimeren sind nur Reste schmaler Streifen in den Seitenwinkeln des 
Meso- und Metasternums sichtbar. Das “ Ventralstiick’’’ des 7. Tergits ist schmal. 
Die Epipleuren sind mit einer fein punktierten Leiste gegen den Kérper abgesetzt. 
Die Behaarung der Unterseite ist einfach und sparlich. Die hautigen Fliigel haben 
im wesentlichen nur Costa und Media, ein Anallappen fehlt. Der Penis gleicht 
dem von Notiophygus, doch ist die Peniszunge (Einlage) starker réhrenférmig 
gebildet. Die Gattung lebt in Pondoland, Siid-Afrika,. Typus: Pondonatus turnrie. 


Pondonatus turneri sp. n. 


Die Spezies ist schlank, stumpf braunschwarz und iiberall mit mehr oder weniger 
tiefen punktférmigen Gruben besetzt. Die Behaarung ist locker gestellt, braunlich 
bis farblos, transparent. Das Pronotum ist medial am starksten konvex, seine 
Randpartien sind durch einen schwachen Wulst vom Discus getrennt und zum 
Rande hin konkav ausgebildet. Der Kopfausschnitt ist von oben gut sichtbar 
und ladsst den Kopf bis zum Fiihleransatz hervortreten. Die Vorderecken am 
Seitenumriss, ebenso die Hinterecken sind abgerundet. Bei den beiden Tuberkel- 
poren (s. Zeichnung ->), welche aussen am Rande liegen, ist der Rand etwas verdickt 
und am basalen Tuberkel ist auch die daneben liegende Randpartie etwas auf- 
getrieben. Discus und Randpartien sind mit kleinen eingestochenen Punkten 
besetzt, die in Grésse und Tiefe etwas variieren. An den Randern dieser Punkte 
entspringen die hakenférmig gebogenen, distal gespaltenen Haare. Das Scutellum 
ist klein, etwas eingesenkt. Die Elytren iiberragen seitlich das Pronotum und die 
Schulterecke ist dazu ein wenig vorgezogen, so dass der Eindruck entsteht, dass die | 
Basalecke des Pronotums dort die Basis der Elytren iiberschneidet. Doch sind 
beide Teile nur sehr eng aneinander geschmiegt. Der Seitenumriss der Elytren 
ist nur schwach konvex, fast gerade, im Spitzenteil lauft die Randlinie halbkreis- 
férmig zusammen. Der Schulterbuckel ist gut entwickelt, ein Basaltuberkel fehlt 
aber (s. Notiophygus). Die Pseudoporen der Oberflache sind bedeutend grésser als 
die eingestochenen Punkte des Pronotums und die Haare entspringen zwischen 
ihnen. Die Randpartie ist schmal, am Rande konkav und bis zur Spitze deutlich 
abgesetzt, sie tragt 6 schwach erhabene Tuberkel beiderseits, deren Poren an der 
Aussenseite des Randes liegen. Die Unterseite ist im ganzen schwarz bis schwarz- 
braun glinzend, Pro-, Meso-, Metasternum und Sternite sind mit grossen einge- 
stochenen Punkten besetzt, aus denen sehr zarte einfache Haare entspringen. 
Das “1.” Sternit ist sehr breit, die iibrigen schmal, ohne besondere Merkmale. 

Griésse: 2:05 X I°4 bis 2°2 X 16 mm. Material: 41 Exemplare (Typus 9, 
Paratypen) im Britischen Museum, 8 Exemplare (Paratypen) im Deutschen Entomo- 
logischen Institut. Fundort : 24 Exemplare Port St. John, Pondoland ; 18 Exem- 


NEVE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 311 


plare E. Cape Prov., Katberg ; 5 Exemplare Eshowe, Zululand ; 2 Exemplare Natal : 
Kloof, leg. R. E. Turner. Abbildungen : Taf. 16, figs. 1-8. 

Im Gegensatz zu den Verhaltnissen bei Notiophygus, wo jeder Fundort eine neue 
Spezies ergibt, liegt hier ein auffallend weitraumiges Siedlungsgebiet einer Spezies 
vor. Es diirfte wohl naheliegen, diese Ausbreitung mit dem Besitz von Fliigeln in 
Verbindung zu bringen. Gestiitzt wird diese Ansicht durch die ebenfalls weitrau- 
mige Verbreitung der zur gefliigelten Gattung Praviclava John (Mitt. dtsch. 
ent. Ges. 10, (9/10), 1941, p. 103) gehdrenden Spezies corrosa m., welche aus der Ge- 
gend des Victoria Sees, Insel Ukerewe und aus Kamerun, Makak, bekannt geworden 
ist. 

Profallia gen. nov. 


Als Sharp die amerikanische Gattung Fallia aufstellte (Biol. cent.-amer. Col. 2 
(I), 1902, p. 629), betonte er die Verwandtschaft mit Aphanocephalus Woll. und 
setzte sich mit den Versuchen auseinander, diese Gattung zu placieren. Er lehnt 
Matthews Vorschlag ab, eine Familie der Pseudocorylophidae zu bilden, bezweifelt 
aber auch Horns Familie der Discolomidae. Er halt alle diese Formen fiir abwei- 
chende Colydiidae. 

Inzwischen ist die Familie der Notiophygidae (= Discolomidae) nicht nur an- 
erkannt worden, sondern ist auf bisher 13 Gattungen angewachsen und ihre Trennung 
von den Colydiidae ist auf Grund eindeutiger Merkmale zweifelsfrei durchgefiihrt. 
Es zeigte sich, dass die Notiophygidae in Beziehung auf ihren inneren K6rperbau, 
einschliesslich der Sexualorgane, eine weit gréssere Analogie besitzen, als die Coly- 
diidae. Sie kénnen zudem auf Grund von 2 dusseren Merkmalen auch von den- 
_ jenigen Colydiidae getrennt werden welche innerhalb allgemein tetramerer Gattungen 
trimer sind. 

Diese Merkmale sind : 

(1) Der Besitz von 3 Paar gleichgebildeten kugeligen Hiiften. 

(2) Der Besitz offener Poren am K6rperrand und zwar wenigstens 2 am Seitenrand 
des Pronotums und wenigstens 6 am Seitenrand der Elytren (oberseits oder unter- 
seits). 

Die neue asiatische Gattung steht Fallia Sharp naher als Parvafallia Arrow zu Fallia. 
Leider sind nur 2 Exemplare einer Spezies vorhanden, doch zweifle ich nicht, dass 
diese Gattung sich ebenso verhalten wird, wie ihre nachsten Verwandten, d. h. die 
verschiedenen Spezies werden so geringe Unterschiede aufweisen, dass unbedenklich 
auch nach einer Spezies die Gattungscharaktere festgelegt werden kénnen. 


GATTUNGSDIAGNOSE. 


Die Grésse der Kafer ist ungefahr die gleiche wie bei der Gattung Fallia, Der 
eliptische Umriss des K6rpers ist bei Fallia leicht eiférmig, wobei das stumpfe 
Ende vorn am Pronotum liegt. Zugleich ist der Kopfausschnitt mehr oder weniger 
breit quer abgeschnitten und gibt dadurch dem Umriss ein rundlich-kantiges Aus- 
sehen. Die Gestalt von Profallia ist dagegen schmal-eliptisch, vorn und hinten 
vollig abgerundet, vorn ein wenig schmaler als hinten, aber in keiner Weise ei 
formig. Von der Seite betrachtet, fallt die Abweichung der Riickenlinie gegen- 


312 NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 


iiber Fallia besonders auf: Profallia ist fast } niedriger bei gleicher Lange. Bei 
Seitenansicht bildet die Randlinie der Elytren mit der Randlinie des Pronotums 
an der Schulterecke bei Fallia einen Winkel von ca. 135°oder 14 rechte Winkel, 
bei Profallia ist dieser Winkel bedeutend stumpfer und liegt etwa bei 160°. Das 
Pronotum bildet fast einen vollen Halbkreis, wenn man die Basis als Durchmesser 
betrachtet. Der Kopfausschnitt ist von oben her nicht sichtbar, bei genauerer Prii- 
fung findet sich aber ein leichter, sehr flachwinkliger Kerb und von vorn gesehen 
bildet der Kopfausschnitt einen sehr flachen Bogen, der ohne Ecke rund in die Seiten- 
linie tibergeht. Dort setzt eine schmale Randleiste an, welche bis zur Basis reicht. 
Am Ansatz dieser Leiste liegt die nach vorn gedffnete 1. Pore, wahrend die 2. etwas 
vor der Basalecke in einer schwachen Verbreiterung der Randleiste liegt. Die 
Oberflache des Pronotums ist glatt und gleichmassig gekriimmt, an den Seiten, 
besonders aber vor dem Kopfausschnitt ist die Kriimmung etwas starker. Die 
Basis ist medial schwach konvex, aber vor den Basalecken konkav. Das Scu- 
tellum ist etwas breiter als lang. Die Elytren sind im ganzen starker konvex als 
das Pronotum und ihre Schulterecke ist abgerundet. Die dort plétzlich breit ein- 
setzende Randleiste ist mehrfach breiter als die des Pronotums und zeigt an ihrem 
Ansatz einen Kerb, in welchem die Basalecke des Pronotums ruht (wie bei Falla 
und Aphanocephalus). Die Flache dieser gegen den Discus scharf abgesetzten 
Leiste ist etwas schrag nach aussen geneigt und zeigt sehr deutlich 6 Poren, welche 
auf Verbreiterungen der Leiste liegen. Seitlich betrachtet kriimmt sich die Riicken- 
linie vor der Spitze soweit riicklaufig, dass die Randleiste dort von oben her nicht 
mehr zu sehen ist. Das Pronotum ist mit sparlich stehenden eingestochenen Punkten 
besetzt, welche sehr feine kurze Haare tragen (bei 60-facher Vergr. zu sehen). Die 
Oberflache der Elytren zeigt deutlich 2 Formen von Gruben, die kleineren Haar- 
gruben und die grésseren Pseudoporen. Der Kopf ragt bis zum Fiihleransatz 
aus dem Pronotum heraus, er ist sparlich aber viel langer behaart als die Oberflache. 
Der Clipeus ist durch eine scharfe Naht von der Stirn getrennt. Die Fihler sind 
8-gliedrig, das Basalglied ist seitlich etwas kantig, die Keule ist so breit wie lang, 
rundlich-dreieckig und flachgedriickt. Das 4. Glied zeigt eine Abschniirung, die 
darauf hinweist, dass auch, wie bei Fallia, Spezies mit 9 Gliedern gefunden werden 
kénnten. Die Mundteile zeigen eine weitgehende Ubereinstimmung mit denen 
der nachststehenden Gattungen. Die Mandibeln sind 3-zahnig und besitzen eine 
Lacinia mobilis, die Maxillen haben eine distal beborstete Galea und Lacinia und 
4-gliedrige Palpi. Die Unterlippe hat 3-gliedrige Palpi. Die Unterseite zeigt im 
Bau den Familientyp, das “1.” Sternit bildet eine glatte Flache. Die Behaarung 
ist spdrlich aber langer als auf der Oberseite. Die Schenkel erreichen den Umriss 
des KG6rpers nicht, die Tibien des 1. und 2. Beinpaares sind kiirzer als die Schenkel, 
die Tibien des 3. Beinpaares sind so lang wie die Schenkel. Bei den Tarsen ist 
die dritte so lang wie die beiden ersten zusammen. In Ubereinstimmung mit den 
iibrigen Gattungen ist auch die Verlangerung der Hiiften im Innern des KG6rpers. 
Auch hier sind alle drei Paare von gleicher Bauart. Bei den Sterniten ist die ur- 
spriingliche Zahl von 7 Sterniten durch Verschmelzen der ersten drei auf fiinf 
reduziert und dieses “‘ 1.’”’ Sternit zeigt im Innern bei vielen Gattungen durch stehen- 
gebliebene Leisten seine Herkunft aus 3 Sterniten deutlich an. Bei der vorliegenden 


NEUE NOTIOPHYGIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 313 


Gattung ist aber diese Verschmelzung so weitgehend, dass eine Dreiteilung nicht 
mehr sichtbar ist. Die Gattung ist gefliigelt. Die Alae besitzen nur Costa und 
Media, ein Basallappen fehlt. Der Penis gleicht im Grundschema dem von Parafallia 
(der Penis von Falla ist noch nicht bekannt), doch ist die Basis der Peniszunge 
(Einlage) hier so stark ausgebildet, dass sie vom Gelenk ab im Bogen aus der dorsal 
geschlitzten Basis des Peniskérpers heraustritt, ehe sie als Réhre ventral hervor- 
kommt. Dazu teilt sich von ihrem Grunde her ventral ein schmaler Streifen ab, 
welcher stark chitinisiert ist und vielleicht als Fiihrung dient. Habitat : Malakka, 
Typus: Profallia cameront. 


Profallia cameroni sp. n. 


Die Beschreibung ist im wesentlichen in der Gattungsdiagnose enthalten. Hier 
folgen noch einige Angaben, welche fiir die Trennung von Spezies entscheidend sein 
k6nnen. 

Die Gesamtfarbe ist dunkelbraun. Die Elytren tragen in ihrer Mitte je einen 
roten verschwommenen Fleck, der die Seite und die Sutura nicht erreicht und 
welcher so dunkel ist, dass er nur schwer sichtbar wird. Bei den Elytren sind die 
Haarpunkte kraftiger als auf dem Pronotum und sind nebst den Pseudoporen 
weich in die Oberflache eingebettet, erscheinen daher oft zu Zweien oder Dreien 
zusammenfliessend. Seitlich gesehen, liegt die héchste Erhebung der Kérper- 
kriimmung hinter der Mitte, und das Pronotum ist etwas schwacher konvex als der 
Spitzenteil der Elytren. Die Randpartie der Elytren zeigt eine deutliche scharfe 
Kante als Aussenlinie und auf ihr sitzen die 6 Poren. Im letzten Drittel der Elytren 
wiolbt sich der Discus ein wenig iiber die Randlinie hinaus, das heist diese Linie unter- 
lauft den Discus. Die Fiihler sind 8-gliedrig. Beim 4. Fiihlerglied ist eine Teilung 
angedeutet, doch ist keine echte Articulation vorhanden. Die breite Keule zeigt 
eine leichte Abschniirung. 

Grésse : I-42 X o0gmm. Material: 2 Exemplare (Typus 3, Paratypus) im Bri- 
tischen Museum, Fundort: Singapore, Dezember, 1915, leg. Dr. Cameron. Ab- 
bildungen : Taf. 17, figs. 3a-3c und 4-7. 


24 NOV 1954 


TAB 2) 23. 

Fic. 1a-1tg. Cephalophanus dohertyi sp. n.; ta, Umriss mit Fleck- und Farbverteilung ; 
1b, Pronotum von oben; tic, Unterseite; 1d, abweichende Bildung des “1.” Sternits bei 
einem 2; te, Sculptur von Pronotum (Pr) und Elytren (E/); tf, gespaltene Klauen eines 4, 
nur am ersten Beinpaar vorhanden; 1g, Penis, a, lateral; 6, ventral; c, halb von hinten ; 
d, Penisspitze ventral. 

Fic. 2a-2c. C. faciatus sp. n. 2a, Umriss mit Fleck- und Farbverteilung ; 2b, Pronotum 
von oben ; 2c, Sculptur von Pronotum (Pr) und Elytren (£7). 

Fic. 3a—3c. C. bryanti sp. n. 3a, Umriss mit Fleck- und Farbverteilung; 3b, Pronotum 
von oben ; 3c, Sculptur von Pronotum (Pr) und Elytren (EI). 

Fic. 4a-4d. C, lewisi sp. n. 4a, Umriss mit Fleck- und Farbverteilung; 4b, Pronotum 
von oben ; 4c, Sculptur von Pronotum (Pr) und Elytren (El) ; 4d, Penis: a, lateral, b, ventral, 
(Stellung der Seitenteile im Wassertropfen) ; c, ventral (Lage in situ); d, Basis dorsal. 


PLATE 13 


Bull. B. M. (N.H.) Entom. ITI, 8. 


TAF. 14. 


Fic. 1. Cephalophanus bryanti sp. n. Penis, a, lateral; 6b, ventral; c, mittlere Spitze 
halb dorsal. 

Fics. 2-6. Aphanocephalus pseudatomus sp.n. 2, Umriss mit Farbverteilung und Sculptur ; 
3, Antennenkeule ; 4, Penis, a, lateral, 6b, ventral; 5, Sculptur, Py, Pronotum, El, Elytren ; 
6, Pronotum unverkiirzt. 


Fic. 7. A. atomus Grouv.: Sculptur zum Vergleich mit pseudatomus, Pr, Pronotum ; El, 
Elytren. 

Fics. 8-10. A. prophysussp.n. 8, Umriss mit Farbverteilung und Sculptur ; 9, Sculptur, 
Py, Pronotum, E/, Elytren; 10, Pronotum unverkirzt. 

Fics. 11-14. A. tonkinensis sp. n. 11, Umriss mit Farbverteilung und Sculptur; 12, 
Sculptur, Py, Pronotum, E/, Elytren; 13, Penis, a, lateral, b, ventral; 14, Pronotum un- 
verkiirzt. 

Fics. 15-18. A. decoomanisp.n. 15, Umriss mit Farbverteilung und Sculptur; 16, Sculp- 
tur, Pr, Pronotum, El, Elytren ; 17 Pronotum unverkiirzt ; 18, Penis, a, lateral, b, Spitze halb 
dorsal, c, Spitze ventral. 


Oberhalb der kreisférmigen Sculpturzeichnungen sind die zugehérigen Haarlangen auf 
kurzen wagrechten Strichen angegeben. 


Bull, B.M. (N.H.) Entom., IIT, 8. 


PLATE 


14 


oe 


& 
iy. Nave) nae : = 
Pats Bate SACs yl ia : : . | 
‘ | i ‘i <i " 
‘ uae em th yee S\coyees x 5 al . 
. ‘ 2s. 
a y ; i “a, x ‘ P : Fe 
» Ses 7 
2 C Ta A de 
; 4 
© x 
, f 
ov : 
= 
e 
j 


TAF, 15. 
Fics. 1-4. Aphanocephalus potamophilus sp. n. 
Fics. 5-8. A, niger sp. ny 


PLATE 15 


Bull, B. M. (N.H.) Entom. IIT, 8. 


Pi 
A 
a 
= 
= 
= 
= 
= 
Fy 
= 
=, 


TARE. 2.6, 


Alle Figuren beziehen sich auf Pondonatus turneri gen. n., sp. n. 


Fic. 1. Mundteile, a, Labrum; b, Mandibeln mit den Chitinverstarkungen der Muskeln 
des Abductors und Adductors und der Lacinia mobilis (¥); c, Maxille mit 4-gliedrigem Palpus ; 
ad, Labium mit 3-gliedrigen Palpi. 

Fic. 2. Penis, a, lateral; 6b, ventral. 

Fic. 3. Riickenpartie (Mesonotum, Metanotum, 7 Tergite) nebst Alae und Elytren. 

Fic. 4. Aufsicht, rechts ist die Sculptur der Oberflache eingezeichnet, links geben die Pfeile 
die Stellen an, an welchen sich aussen am Rande die Tuberkelporen 6ffnen, Nebenzeichnungen : 
Die beiden Poren am Rande des Pronotums. ; 

Fic. 5. Unterseite, 5 Sternite, das ‘“‘ 1.’’ Sternit entspricht den ersten 3 Tergiten. Zwischen 
Analspalte und Elytrenspitze ist das ‘‘ Ventralstiick’’ des 7. Tergits sichtbar . 

Fic. 6. Kopf, darunter der Clipeus. 

Fic. 7. 9-gliedriger Fiihler. 

Fic. 8. Haare. a, lateral; 6, dorsal. 


PLATE 16 


Bull. B. M. (N.H.) Entom. ITT, 8. 


TAP, 24, 


Fic. 1a. Pavrafallia simoni John. 1b, links die normale Umrandung der basalen Tuberkel- 
pore, rechts eine seltene Abweichung der Umrandung. 1c, Penis, /, lateral, v, ventral, dazwi- 
schen : Penisspitze halb dorsal. 

Fic. 2a. Fallia schmidti John. 2b, Pronotum (Ent. Bl. 40, (3/4), 1944, p. 88), beide 
Figuren zum Vergleich mit Figs. 34 und 3b. 

Fic. 3a. Profallia cameroni gen. n., sp.n. Umriss, 3b, Pronotum; 3c, Kopf von oben und 
8-gliedriger Fiihler. 

Fic. 4. P. cameroni, Unterseite. 

Fic. 5. P. cameroni, Riickenpartie mit innerer Verlangerung der Hiiften (c), Penis (P) 
und Fliigel. 

Fic. 6. P. cameroni, Mundteile. a, Oberlippe; 6, Mandibel mit Lacinia mobilis (/ ) ; 
c, Maxille mit 4-gliedrigem Palpus, d, Unterlippe mit 3-gliedrigen Palpi. 

Fic. 7. P. cameroni, Penis, /, lateral, v, ventral, dazwischen die durch Kreis und Kreuz 
bezeichneten Teile vergréssert, ventral gesehen. 


Anschrift des Verfassers: Bad Nauheim, Frankfurterstrasse 54, Germany. 


PLATE 17 


Bull, B. M. (N.H.) Entom. III, 8. 


— 
SS 
——— 


\ 


tl 


) 


PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY _ 
ADLARD AND SON, LIMITED, 
BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING 


1 
= 
; 
4 > ad 
Pail 
& 
‘ 
x > 
a | 
. 
a 
~ 


r 


8 NOV 1954 


THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE 
GLOSSOSOMATINAE 
(TRICHOPTERA: RHYACOPHILIDAE) 


MARTIN E. MOSELY 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 
ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 9 
LONDON: 1954 


THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE 
GLOSSOSOMATINAE 


(TRICHOPTERA : RHYACOPHILIDAE) 


MARTIN E. MOSELY. 


2 
ne 


a 


Pp. 315-346; 86 Text-figures 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 
ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 9 
LONDON: 1954 


THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM 
(NATURAL HISTORY), instituted in 1949, is 
issued in five series corresponding to the Departments 
of the Museum, and an Historical Series. 


Parts appear at irregular intervals as they become 
ready. Volumes will contain about three or four 
hundred pages, and will not necessarily be compiled 
within one calendar year. 


This paper is Vol. 3, No. 9 of the Entomological 
series. 


PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM 


Issued October, 1954 Price Ten Shillings 


THE “PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE 
GLOSSOSOMATINAE 
(TRICHOPTERA : RHYACOPHILIDAE) 


By MARTIN E. MOSELY* 


IN 1937, when describing some Mexican Hydroptilidae (Tvans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 
86 : 151-190), I remarked of Protoptila: “It is perhaps open to question whether 
Protoptila should not be placed in the Rhyacophilidae rather than the Hydroptilidae.” 
Following this suggestion Dr. H. H. Ross, writing in 1938 (IU. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 
21: 112), placed the genus in the Rhyacophilidae, subfamily Glossosomatinae. 
For my part I retained the genus in the Hydroptilidae for the time being, as I had 
a large amount of Mexican material still unsorted and considered that there was 
a possibility that more new genera belonging to the group might be found when 
I should be able to spare the time for a further examination. When describing 
Brazilian Hydroptilidae (1939, Novit. Zool. 41 : 218-224), I erected two new genera 
akin to Protoptila, still retaining the group in the Hydroptilidae. Subsequently 
I received a letter from Dr. G. Ulmer in which he wrote “I am now sure that Morto- 
niella and Protoptila do not belong to the Hydroptilidae but to the Glossosomatinae 
of Rhyacophilidae. .. . If Mortoniella and Protoptila are Glossosomatinae, then the 
genera Mexitrichia, Canoptila and Antoptila will belong also to this subfamily, 
perhaps Padunia Mart. (?)”. On receipt of this letter I determined to complete 
my examination of the Mexican material and to deal with all the genera concerned. 
It was my own inclination to make a new subfamily of the Rhyacophilidae to take 
these kindred genera, but as both Ulmer and Ross consider that there is close rela- 
tionship in the earlier stages to genera in the Glossosomatinae, I accepted their 
view and make the transfer accordingly. 

The genus Protoptila, the first to be described in the group, probably contains 
a great number of species, but in this paper I propose to confine myself to those 
Mexican and Brazilian genera and species with which I am personally acquainted. 
Dr. Ross has described many more from North America in his papers on IIlinois Trich- 
optera. Other genera in the group are Mexitrichia (Mexico and Brazil), Mortoniella 
(Brazil), Antoptila (Brazil), Canoptila (Brazil) and a new genus from Mexico, described 
in this paper under the name Culopiila, found in the material which I had set aside 
for further examination. With regard to Padunia Martynov, if this genus should 
really prove to be associated with Protoptila and its allies (of which Ulmer does not 
seem to be entirely convinced), attention should be drawn to the far more complete 
neuration of the posterior wing, as figured by Martynov, than is to be found in any 


* Mr. Martin E, Mosely died in 1948, 
ENTOM, III, 9. 24 


318 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 


of the other genera in the group, although that of the anterior wing agrees tolerably 
well with at least Antoptila. 

All the genera in the group are characterized by a pale streak at the anastomosis, 
covering the cross-veins from the radius to the media, which are always aligned, 
the remaining cross-veins of the anastomosis generally continuing the line down 
to the post-costa. The new genus Culoptila is remarkable for the extraordinary 
development of the tegulae which, in the male sex, are enlarged to form hollow 
caps, at the base of which is situated a structure that no doubt functions as a scent- 
organ. More will be found about this structure in the generic account. 

All the species in these genera have a ground-colour of chestnut brown; in 
some of the Brazilian species the anterior wings are decorated with silver bars, 
particularly along the anastomosis. When denuded, it is seen that the membrane 
at the anastomosis is coloured yellow. It may be added that in the anterior wing 
of Protoptila there is a short arc of stiff bristles situated on the membrane between 
Cu, and the anal veins. In the other genera of the group this arc is represented by 
a short straight row of similar bristles arising from the posterior margin of Cug. 
All species have a ventral process to the sixth sternite, that of Culoptila being 
somewhat peculiar in form. 

The Mexican species described in this paper were collected by Dr. Adolph Dampf, 
and all the types are deposited in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). 

Finally, I must acknowledge the help given me by Mr. D. E. Kimmins, of the Dept. 
of Entomology, who has not only drawn all the figures illustrating this paper, but 
has also put his younger eyes at my disposal in making out the very intricate and 
obscure structures of the genitalia of this difficult group. 


Protoptila Banks 


Banks, 1904, Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 6: 215. Ulmer, 1906, Notes Leyden Mus. 28:99; id., 
1907, Gen. Insect. 60a: 220. Betten, 1934, N.Y. Mus. Bull., 292: 149. Mosely, 1937, Trans. 
R. ent. Soc, Lond. 86: 152. Ross, 1938, Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 21: 112; id., 1944, op. 
cit., 23: 41. 


In the 3, the genital characters are very obscure and it is scarcely possible to 
homologize them with corresponding parts in other Trichoptera species. In the 
descriptions I have already made, I have attempted to follow McLachlan’s nomen- 
clature of the genital parts, but my naming of such organs as “‘ intermediate appen- 
dages,”’ “‘penis-sheaths ” is necessarily arbitrary. I have failed to recognize any 
process that could be termed an inferior appendage, though Ross describes these 
processes in some of his species. In many of the species, the ventral margin of the 
eighth segment is modified to such an extent that it is difficult to avoid the conclusion 
that this segment functions as a structure of the genitalia. The description “‘penis- 
sheaths ”’ for the telescoped structures terminating in a strong and often sinuous 
spine is perhaps open to criticism, since penis-sheaths of this form are, so far as I 
know, unknown in the Trichoptera. I have hesitated as to whether they may not 
function as inferior appendages, but their origin seems too near the dorsal half of 
the ninth segment for them to be so regarded, What I have termed “ intermediate 


THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 319 


appendages’ might equally be superior appendages or even processes of the dorsal 
plate. Ina paper of this nature, it is immaterial what the parts are termed, provided 
that the connection between the descriptions and the figures is clearly indicated. 


———— 
Se 


ee omen ee locula 


SS 


liqua 2 


resolda 


SS 


Fics. 1-3. Neuration of wings of 1, Protoptila locula, 3; 2, P.liqua, 3; 3, P. vesolda, 3. 


In the wings, the anterior is characterized by an unbroken line of nervures at 
the anastomosis, and the variation in the neuration seems practically to be confined 
to the base of apical fork no. 2, where in some species it is narrow and pointed and 
in others wider and blunt. In the posterior wing, where the neuration is always 
reduced, there are numerous irregularities in the different species. 

A close consideration of the descriptions of the genitalia and neuration given in 


320 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 


my papers of Mexican and Brazilian species shows that the genus falls into two 
groups, in which the presence or absence of penis-sheaths and variations in the base 
of apical fork no. 2 in the anterior wing may be co-related. Thus what I will term 
the Jocula group with narrow base to fork no. 2 and penis-sheaths present contains 
the following species: Jlocula, piacha, malica, techila, alexanderi, dubitans, resolda. 


Sa 


4 


cardela 


i 


techila 
SS a 


Fics. 4-8. Neuration of posterior wings of 4, Protoptila cardela, 3; 5, P. delaca, 3; 
6, P. piacha, 3; 7, P. techila, 3; 8, P. malica, 3. 


What I have termed the liqua group, with the base of fork no. 2 broad and penis- 
sheaths absent contains ligua, guata, tojana, delaca, lorada, rota, salta, cardela. Ixtala 
is an exception and here the penis-sheaths are present while the base of fork no. 2 
is broad in most of the examples examined. I do not consider these small differences 


a 
a ws, 


321 


GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 


THE PROTOPTILA 


Fics. 9-13. Protoptilalocula, 3. 9, Genitalia, lateral ; 10, genitalia, dorsal ; 11, genitalia, 
ventral; 12, penis, lateral; 13, penis, ventral. 


322 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 


to be of sufficient value to warrant the separation of the two groups into distinct 
genera. 


Protoptila locula sp. n. 
(Figs. I, 9-13) 


Insect brownish, neuration as figured. 

GENITALIA, g. Margin of the eighth tergite truncate, the sternite without the 
long production found in P. salta, ixtala, rota and resolda. Ninth segment consider- 
ably withdrawn within the eighth, from the side only the dorsal and ventral distal 
apices being visible. Beyond the margin of the eighth tergite can be seen the centre 
of the distal margin of the ninth segment, forming a small, triangular projection. 
Intermediate (?) appendages two-jointed ; from above, basal joint visible as an 
out-turned, triangular projection, distal joint with a scroll-like head, broadening 
towards the margin of the eighth segment. Seen from the side, the appendage is 
directed downward, basal joint with an acute, distally directed apex ; distal joint 
triangular, directed vertically downward, wide at the base, its apex a pointed, 
in-turned hook. Penis-sheaths three-jointed, short, terminal joint the longest. 
Penis very complicated ; from the side with an irregularly-formed distal part, a pro- 
jecting, blunt hook on the lower margin, and towards the base two pairs of blackened 
processes, the distal the larger. The basal pair form two short rods with fringed, 
truncate apices, the distal pair fused to make a plate as shown in the figure. There 
is the usual enormous, axe-headed extension of the upper surface at the base. 

Length of anterior wing, J, 2 mm. 

Mexico : Guerrera, Cocula, 28.iii.1935, Iguala, 29.iii.1935, 21.1.1936; Micho- 
acan, Caracuara, 1197 m., 24-29.iv, 3-5.v.1935, Nocupetara, 9.v.1935; Mexcala, 
13. xii. 1929. 

Type, 3 (microscope preparation), Caracuara, 24-29.iv.1935. 


Protoptila piacha sp. n. 
(Figs. 6, 14-20) 


Neuration, posterior wing as figured, anterior as in P. locula. 

GENITALIA, g. From above, the margin of the eighth tergite slightly convex 
and serrate, fringed with long hairs ; sternite strongly produced to nearly as far as 
the end of the penis, narrowing to a shallowly excised apex, upper margin from the 
side strongly serrate. Ninth segment almost completely withdrawn within the 
eighth, only the pointed tip of the ventral margin visible in the side view. Inter- 
mediate appendages two-jointed ; from above, basal joint broad and triangular ; 
terminal joint arises from a broad base and narrows to a pair of bands curling under 
the penis and, as seen from beneath, with the apices divided in two small forks. 
From the side, the second joint is long, lower margin sinuous, apex in the form of a 
down-turned hook. Penis deep, with the distal margin strongly excised, lower 
portion broad, separated from the upper by a shallow, lateral groove in which lies 


THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 323 


the penis-sheath. Lower penis-cover as figured. Penis-sheaths with a very long, 
sinuous terminal joint, basal joints obscure, probably three-jointed. 
Length of anterior wing, 3, 2°25 mm. 
Mexico: Chiapas, Huixtla, 21.xi.1930 ; Guerrera, Tierra Colorada, 18. xii. 1929. 
Type, $ (microscope preparation), Tierra Colorada, 18.xii. 1929. 


15 


Fics. 14-20. Protoptila piacha, 3. 14, Genitalia, lateral; 15, a penis-sheath ; 16, geni- 
talia, dorsal; 17, genitalia, ventral; 18, apex of intermediate appendage, dorsal ; 
19, penis, lateral; 20, penis, ventral. 


ENTOM. III, 9. 248 


324 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 


Protoptila malica sp. n. 
(Figs. 8, 21-26) 


Neuration of the posterior wing as figured, anterior as in P. locula. 

GENITALIA, g. Distal margin of the eighth segment fringed with stiff hairs, 
somewhat serrate towards the distal end of the sternite, which projects only slightly 
beyond the margin of the ninth ventral segment. From beneath, the distal margins 
of both the eighth and ninth segments are widely excised, the excision of the eighth 
being more shallow than the ninth; from above the eighth tergite is slightly and 
widely excised, the margin of the ninth showing beyond it. From above, the basal 
joints of the intermediate appendages are large and triangular ; from the side the 
appendage is directed downward, both joints rectangular, the basal the shorter and 
with a large, curved, lateral lobe obscuring the connection of the joints. Penis from 
above broad, apex excised to form two out-turned stout horns ; from beneath, 
the excision is wider and the distal surface of the apical joint of the intermediate 
appendage is seen to be densely covered with small corrugations and its upper 
margin slightly produced to form a hook. Other structures of the penis are shown 
in the figures, but I am not venturing to suggest their functions nor to name the 
parts. Penis-sheaths three-jointed and very short, the basal joint much the longest. 

Length of anterior wing, 3, 3 mm. 

Mexico: Colima, 27.i.1930, I ¢ (microscope preparation). 


Protoptila techila sp. n. 
(Figs. 7, 27-31) 


Insect brown. Antennae wanting in the single example before me. There are 
differences in the neuration of the posterior wing between this and other species 
in the genus, as may be seen by a comparison of the figures. In the anterior wing, 
neuration is normal and corresponds with that in P. locula. 

GENITALIA, g¢. Ventral margin of the eighth sternite enormously produced in 
a wide plate with a serrate distal margin ; from the side the margin is truncate, with 
the upper angle produced in a strong spur. Ninth segment withdrawn into the 
eighth, leaving the dorsal portion protruding beyond it so that, from above, it 
appears with the centre produced in a small, subacute triangle. The ventral 
margin of the ninth segment is completely concealed within the eighth ; from the 
side it is much produced and narrows to a sinuous point. The upper penis-cover 
from above appears as a pair of long, sinuous processes with strongly dentate outer 
margins, inner margins with angular indentations at the centre. Intermediate 
appendages two-jointed ; from above, basal joints stout, distal curving inwards 
with bifurcate apices, the forks short and pointed, the lower the longer. Penis- 
sheaths three-jointed, terminal joint spine-like and sinuous, second joint the smallest, 
first joint sinuous. Penis with the usual axe-headed projection of the upper margin 
at the base ; it is complicated and fashioned after the pattern of locula, with various 
processes on the lower surface (lower penis-cover ?), of which the most conspicuous is 


THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 325 


a pair of strong, up-turned hooks towards the centre, and at the base a pair of rectan- 
gular, distally directed processes with fringed apices. 

Length of anterior wing, 3, 2°5 mm. 

Mexico: Oaxaca, Rio Chiltepec, 21.iii.1932, 1 ¢ (microscope preparation). 


+ 


ae |S 


Fics. 21-26. Protoptila malica, 3. 21, Genitalia, lateral ; 22, apex of an intermediate 
appendage, from beneath; 23, genitalia, dorsal; 24, genitalia, ventral; 25, penis, 
lateral ; 26, penis, ventral, 


326 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 


Fics. 27-31. Protoptila techila, 3. 27, Genitalia, lateral ; 28, penis-sheath ; 29, genitalia, 
dorsal; 30, penis, lateral; 31, penis, ventral. 


THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 327 
Protoptila alexanderi Ross 
Ross, 1941, Tvans. Amer. ent. Soc. 67: 48, pl. 2, fig. 14. 


Numerous examples of this species were taken in Nuevo Leon, Tamaulipas, 
5. vi. 1931. 


Fics. 32-35. Protoptila liqua, 3. 32, Genitalia, lateral ; 33, intermediate appendage, 
lateral; 34, penis, lateral; 35, penis, ventral. 


Protoptila liqua sp. n. 


(Figs. 2, 32-37) 


Insect brown. The neuration of the posterior wing differing from that of P. techila 
as shown in the figure. 


328 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 


GENITALIA, g. Margin of the eighth tergite armed with an evenly and closely 
arranged fringe of long, stiff hairs. Ninth segment completely withdrawn within 
the eighth and invisible except in a balsam preparation. Intermediate appendages 


37 


Fics. 36-37. Protoptila liqua, 3. 36, Genitalia, dorsal ; 37, seventh, eighth and ninth 
segments, ventral. 


two-jointed, basal joint from above short and wide, terminal joint armed with two 
strongly chitinized spines, the upper from above sinuous and slender, directed 
upward, inward and distally, the lower much stouter and directed downward, 


THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 329 


terminating in an acute beak. Penis with the usual axe-headed extension of the 
basal upper margin, apex membranous with a pair of large, stout spines at the base 
of the membrane, directed downward, a single sinuous spine under the apex, also 


40 


Fics. 38-43. Protoptila guata, 3. 38, Genitalia, lateral; 39, genitalia, dorsal; 40, 
genitalia, ventral ; 41, interm ediateappendage, ventral ; 42, penis, lateral; 43, penis, 
ventral. 


330 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 


directed downward. Towards the base of the penis are two pairs of branches 
terminating in beak-like apices, the outer directed inwards, the inner distally ; 


* 
" 
tin 
* 
’ 
of ye 
eo". ¥ 
t. 


Re ene 
a ae 2 
ae 


Fics. 44-48. Protoptila tojana, g. 44, Genitalia, lateral; 45, genitalia, dorsal ; 
46, genitalia, ventral; 47, penis, lateral; 48, penis, ventral. 


still nearer the base is a pair of chimneypot-shaped processes, apices fringed with 
stiff hairs. Penis-sheaths wanting. Lower margin of the eighth sternite furnished 
with four pairs of spine-like processes ; from beneath, the shortest pair at the centre 


THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 331 


with a longer pair outside ; the other two pairs, which are the longest, arise near the 
pleurite. Seen from beneath, the outer of these lateral pairs is calliper-shaped, the 
inner straight, directed inwards with the apices touching. 

Length of anterior wing g, 4 mm. 

Mexico: Liquidamber, 1130 m., 19.iii.1931. La Prusia, 1075 m., 25.11.1931. 

Type, 3 (microscope preparation), Liquidamber, 19. iii.193I. 


Protoptila guata sp. n. 
(Figs. 38-43) 


Neuration, anterior wing as in P. liqua, posterior as in P. delaca. 

GENITALIA, g¢. Distal margin of the eighth tergite straight, serrate and fringed 
with long hairs; the sternite is produced in a pair of rather short processes with 
truncate apices separated from each other by a wide excision. The upper angle 
of the sternite is produced in a long, sinuous spine, sparsely clothed with short hairs 
towards the apex. Ninth segment with only its upper margin visible, forming a 
wide, shallow, angular projection from above and a short spur from the side ; lower 
margin, only to be seen in a cleared specimen, produced in a pair of sharp processes 
divided from each other by a wide excision. Intermediate appendages two-jointed, 
basal joint large, in side view with its lower angle produced in an up-curved, sickle- 
shaped hook ; the second joint is bifurcate, upper fork long, slender and sinuous, 
curving downward, lower fork stout, curving upward from the side, somewhat 
sausage-shaped and sloping inwards from beneath. Penis dilated at the apex and 
excised, with a process on its under surface, wide at the base, terminating in a 
chitinous hook directed downward. There is a pair of hooks arising about the centre, 
also on the under side and curving downward. Lower penis-cover as figured. 
Penis-sheaths wanting. 

Length of anterior wing, 3, 3 mm. 

MExico : Sinaloa, Badiraguata, 30.iii.1932, I ¢ (microscope preparation). 


Protoptila tojana sp. n. 
(Figs. 44-48) 

Neuration, anterior as in P. diqua, posterior as in P. delaca. 

GENITALIA, g. Distal margin of the eighth tergite widely and deeply excised 
to show the rounded distal margin of the ninth segment in the excision ; the margin 
is strongly fringed, dentate and pigmented. The sternite is only slightly produced 
beyond the tergite and bears on each lateral margin a very long spine directed 
distally and sparsely fringed towards the apex ; the distal margin of the segment is 
not excised but merely slightly concave. Ninth segment partly withdrawn within 
the eighth to leave just the apical margin above and beneath visible, the upper 
showing as a blunt knob, the lower as a stout, upwardly directed hook. Intermediate 
appendages with the terminal joint produced from a broad, stout base in a pair of 
strongly chitinized, superimposed, sinuous spines, the upper the shorter; basal 


332 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 


| 


Fics. 49-53. Protoptila delaca, 3. 49, Genitalia, lateral; 50, genitalia, dorsal ; 
51, genitalia and apex of intermediate appendage, ventral; 52, penis, lateral ; 
53, penis, ventral. 


THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 333 


joint of the appendage obscure. Penis with a membranous apex containing a 
hooked spine arising from its under surface; from above and beneath, the penis 
widens to an excised apex. Lower penis-cover as shown in the figure. Penis- 
sheaths wanting. 

Length of anterior wing, J, about 2°5 mm. (wing broken at base). 

Mexico: Chiapas, Jonata, 2.xi.1932, I 4 (microscope preparation). 


Protoptila delaca sp. n. 
(Figs. 5, 49-53) 


Neuration, posterior wing as figured, anterior as in P. liqua. 

GENITALIA, g. Distal margin of the eighth tergite rounded and serrate, fringed 
with long, stiff hairs. Sternite cleft, forming a wide, deep excision, base rounded, 
the sides of the excision with truncate apices, of which the outer angles are produced 
in three or four long, pointed fingers or teeth of varying length. From the side 
it may be seen that the lowest of these dentate processes is separated from the others 
by a rounded excision. Ninth segment with the dorsal margin withdrawn into the 
eighth, ventral margin from beneath appearing in the excision of the eighth as a 
stout, blackened, bifurcate structure, the apices of the forks obliquely truncate. 
Intermediate appendages two-jointed, curling down and under the penis; basal 
joint broad from above, rather long and narrow from the side ; terminal joint with 
a rounded outer lobe and an inner, in-turned spur extending nearly half-way across 
the penis ; a second small spur between this spur and the rounded lobe can be made 
out in a balsam preparation. Penis from above with the apex dilated in two pairs 
of superimposed lobes, the upper the smaller ; arising from the margin of the lower 
is a pair of corkscrew spines, the apices directed outwards ; from beneath is seen a 
short central spine directed distally. Lower penis-cover as shown in the figures. 
Penis-sheaths wanting. 

Length of anterior wing, ¢, 3°5 mm. 

Mexico: Vera Cruz, Cardel, 3.viii.1932, I g (microscope preparation). 


Protoptila lorada sp. n. 
(Figs. 54-58) 


Neuration, anterior wing as in P. liqua, posterior as in P. cardela. 

GENITALIA, 3. Eighth tergite with the distal margin straight and slightly dentate ; 
the margin of the sternite with a narrow, rounded and not very deep excision, near 
which it is produced in a pair of shortish and very acute projections or spurs. Ninth 
segment entirely withdrawn into the eighth ; in a cleared preparation, the dorsal 
margin is undulating, ventral produced at its centre and shallowly excised at the 
centre of the produced portion. Intermediate appendages two-jointed, basal joint 
somewhat rectangular, apical joint bearing three sinuous spines of which the upper 
is the longest and, from the side, rather widely separated from the two lower. Penis 
with a membranous, excised apex, armed on its lower surface, as seen from the side, 


334 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 


with three stout spines, of which the most distal is considerably curved, the central 
longer and nearly straight, the basal short and beak-like. Structures towards 
the base, including two more hooked processes, probably form part of the lower 
penis-cover. Penis-sheaths wanting. 


‘ 
‘ 
‘ 
' 
‘ 
‘ 
‘ 
\ 


Fics. 54-58. Protoptila lovada, 3. 54, Genitalia, lateral; 55, genitalia, dorsal ; 
56, genitalia, ventral ; 57, penis, lateral; 58, penis, ventral. 


THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 335 


Length of anterior wing, 3g, 2°25 mm. 
Mexico: Guerrera, Tierra Colorada, 18.xii.1929. 
Type, 3, mounted as a microscope preparation. 


61 


Fics. 59-63. Protoptila cardela, 3. 59, Genitalia, lateral; 60, genitalia, dorsal ; 
61, genitalia, ventral ; 62, penis, lateral ; 63, penis, ventral. 


336 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 


Protoptila cardela sp. n. 
(Figs. 4, 59-63) 


Neuration, posterior wing as figured, anterior as in P. liqua. 

GENITALIA, g. Ninth segment only visible as a small ventral hook, the remainder 
being completely withdrawn into the eighth. The dorsal margin of the latter is 
straight, fringed with very long hairs; from beneath it is deeply excised to leave 
prominent outer angles separated by a deep, round-based excision. From the side 
the distal margin is obliquely truncate, the extreme distal angle appearing consider- 
ably above the hooked termination of the ninth segment. Intermediate appendages 
unusual in construction, apparently single-jointed, with a broad base, lateral outer 
angle produced in a very long, sinuous spine. Penis from above broad and rectan- 
gular, upper surface with the apex excised, lower surface projecting beyond it ; 
imbedded in the membranous apex is a sinuous spine arising form a broad base. 
Other structures of the penis, possibly a complicated form of lower penis-cover, 
as shown in the figures. Penis-sheaths wanting. 

Length of anterior wing, g, 2°75 mm. 

Mexico: Vera Cruz, Cardel, 3.viii.1932, I ¢ (microscope preparation). 

A very unusual form of Protoptila, with no apparent penis-sheaths and a single- 
jointed intermediate appendage. 


Culoptila gen. n. 
(Figs. 64-66) 


This genus has so far only been recorded from Mexico. Its most striking feature 
is the development of the tegulae, which are enlarged in the male from mere plates 
to huge caps, containing at their bases concertina-shaped structures which probably 
function as scent-organs. Whilst such structures are generally extensile or ever- 
sible, I believe that in Culoptila the organ is fixed as in the shape shown in the 
figure. The material at my disposal is plentiful and in the large number of examples 
passed through KOH, there is no sign of any expansion or extension of the structures. 
As may be seen in the figures, the edges of the folds are armed with bristles. Culoptila 
may also be distinguished from Protoptila and other genera in the group by the 
neuration and characters of the genitalia. 

In the anterior wing, forks nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 are present, fork no. 4 being absent 
in Protoptila and other allied genera. As with these allied genera, there is a short 
row of stiff bristles arising from the posterior edge of Cu,, which is considerably 
thickened. In the posterior wing the neuration is variable and possibly even 
occasionally aberrant, as is shown in the figures of C. aluca. Ocelli present. Spurs 
0,4, 4. There is always a prolongation of the upper distal margin of the ninth seg- 
ment covering a pair of in-turned hooks of varying shape. There is a large, shield- 
shaped upper penis-cover. The penis is very obscure ; there are, in every species, 
two black spines of unequal length and the presence of an apparent duct at the base 
of one of them suggests that these may be penis and sheath. The structure which 


—— 


THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 337 


I have doubtfully termed the lower penis-cover is in all species bifurcate, and in 
cleared examples is seen, in the side view, to be connected far back in the fifth seg- 
ment with the upper penis-cover. The ventral process of the sixth sternite is 
peculiar in shape in all species and from the side is seen as a rounded or oval lobe 
attached to the sternite by a short stem. 


Fics. 64-66. 64, Head and thorax of Culoptila aluca, 3, dorsal ; 65, tegula of C. aluca, 3, 
showing scent-organ ; 66, head and thorax of Allotrichia pallicornis Eaton. 


Type species, Culoptila aluca sp. n. 


Culoptila aluca sp. n. 
(Figs. 67-69) 


Insect brownish, neuration as figured. 

GENITALIA, g. Ninth dorsal segment produced. Beyond it there is a large 
dorsal plate which, from above, entirely obscures the genitalia. Arising from its 
underside, near the base, is a down-turned process terminating in a bifurcate apex, 
outer fork long and down-curved, inner rounded, armed at its apex with a few bristles. 


338 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 


There is a very large, shield-shaped upper penis-cover and a pair of asymmetric 
spines, the longer of which may be the penis, the shorter its sheath. At the centre 
of the margin of the eighth sternite is a process which may be the lower penis-cover, 
with outer wings and a central plate bearing, on each side, a blunt projection of its 
apical margin, armed with a pair of bristles. Inferior appendages (?) short, slightly 
curved. 

Length of anterior wing, J, 2 mm. 

MExico : Guerrera, Cocula, 28 .iii. 1935, Tierra Colorada, 18.xii.1929 ; Michoacan, 
Caracuaro, I197 m., 24-29.iv, 3-5.V.1935, Nocupetaro, 9.v.1935 ; Huetamo, 8. vii. 


1935. 
Type, 3 (microscope preparation), Caracuaro, 24-29.iv.1935. 


aes = 
SSS 


Fics. 67—67a. Culoptila aluca, $. Wings; 67a, apex of posterior wing of another example. 


Culoptila amberia sp. n. 
(Figs. 70-72) 

Anterior wing as figured, both posterior wings too incomplete for description. 

GENITALIA, g. Ninth segment extending downwards only slightly below the 
pleurite of the eighth. Dorsal plate produced, apex truncate, directed downward 
in side view ; from its underside arises a pair of stout, in-curving hooks with their 
sub-acute apices nearly meeting. Upper penis-cover from beneath wide at the base, 
becoming somewhat abruptly sub-acute at the apex, the formation of the structure 
obscure ; from the side it is broad, with a truncate apex and there are indications 
that it may consist of two structures superimposed. Penis and sheath in the form 
of two blackened spines, the longer being probably the penis. Inferior appendages 
invisible except in cleared material ; they lie above what I suppose to be the lower 
penis-cover and are short and sinuous, curving slightly outward as seen from beneath. 
Lower penis-cover consisting of a pair of large arms separated from each other by 
a wide, rounded excision, each apex armed with one or two stout bristles. 

Length of anterior wing, ¢, 2°75 mm. 

Mexico: Liquidamber, 19.iii.1931, I ¢ (microscope preparation). 


a i a a 


THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 339 


Fics. 68-69. Culoptila aluca, 3. 68, Genitalia, lateral; 69, genitalia, ventral. 


340 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 


70 


Fic. 70. Culoptila amberia, 3. Anterior wing. 


ea TI ill] ull 
é 


sails 
er a 
es —X 


ity: 


T2 


Fics. 71-72. Culoptila amberia, 3. 71, Genitalia, lateral; 72, genitalia, ventral. 


THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 341 


Culoptila rusia sp. n. 
(Figs. 73-74) 


Insect brownish, neuration as in C. aluca. 

GENITALIA, g. Dorsal plate much produced and very narrow at the sub-acute 
apex, which is directed slightly downward ; at the base, on the underside, are two 
large, in-curving hooks or processes with blackened apices, sinuous from the side. 


Fics. 73-74. Culoptila rusia, 3. 73, Genitalia, lateral; 74, genitalia, ventral. 


Upper penis-cover shield-shaped, apex sub-acute, from the side with the lower 
margin produced downward in a large triangular flap, apex produced and acute. 
Penis and sheath in the form of two blackened spines, the shorter being probably 


342 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 


the penis. Inferior appendages short, curving downward. Lower penis-cover 
with a pair of widely divergent, lateral arms and a quadrate plate dimly seen beneath 
it. 

Length of anterior wing, 3, 2 mm. 

Mexico: La Prusia, 1075 m., 25.iii.1931 ; Belisario, Dominguez (San Geronimo), 
Chiapas, 6.v.1935. (The place is situated near the swift-running Huixtla River, 
with cataracts and waterfalls.) 

Type, 3 (microscope preparation), La Prusia, 25.ili. 1931. 


Culoptila saltena sp. n. 


(Figs. 75-76) 

Neuration as in C. aluca. 

GENITALIA, g. Ninth segment produced dorsally, slightly shallower than the 
eighth, lower distal margin terminating in a rounded knob as seen from the side. 
There is a dorsal plate which, from beneath, is seen to bear on the under surface 
two in-turned claws enclosing an oval space. Apical margin of the plate arises from 
a narrowish stem, broadened towards the distal, truncate margin, of which the upper 
angle is produced in a sharp spur, lower forming an inwardly directed hook. Upper 
penis-cover shield-shaped as in C. aluca. There are two black, asymmetric spines, 
of which the longer is probably the penis. Inferior appendages short and curved. 
Lower penis-cover broad, with divergent, narrow, triangular, lateral arms, apices 
notched from the side; behind it a quadrate plate whose excised distal margin 
appears between the arms. 

Length of anterior wing, ¢, 2mm. 

Mexico: Huixtla, 21.xi.1930; Saltenango de la Paz, 15.iii.1931; Morelos, 
Cuernovaca, 1542 m., southern slopes of the Central Tableland, many brooks in 
deep-cut valleys, 8-I1.vi.1932. 

Type, 3 (microscope preparation), Huixtla, 21.xi.1930. 


Mexitrichia meralda sp. n. 
(Figs. 77-79) 


Insect very similar in general appearance and neuration to M. leroda Mosely. 

GENITALIA, §. To the margin of the ninth dorsal segment is jointed a large plate, 
probably fused superior appendages, with a rounded excision of the distal margin, 
the outer angles produced, blackened and incurved like a pair of horns. From the 
side the plate is wide at the base, with a sinuous lower margin, the upper being 
straight until it approaches the apex, where it is abruptly bent downward ; the 
apex of the plate terminates in a blackened, distally and slightly downwardly 
directed beak. Upper penis-cover long, spine-like, straight from above, curving 
slightly upwards from the side, with a slightly thickened base. Penis broad and 
fleshy, not exserted in the type as is shown in leroda; the two terminal black spines, 
so conspicuous in Jevoda, are doubtfully shown in meralda and appear to be directed 


; 
; 
; 


THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 343 


basally. Sheaths long, somewhat ribbon-shaped. Lower penis-cover from below 
with two outstanding wings as in leroda, and a very long, twisted spine arising from 
the centre and extending beyond the penis ; the surface is covered throughout its 
length with a few small teeth. 


Fics. 75-76. Culoptila saltena, 3. 75, Genitalia, lateral ; 76, genitalia, ventral. 


Length of anterior wing, J, 3 mm. 
Mexico: Huixtla, 21.xi.1930; Esmeralda, 545 m., I9.xi.1930; Morelos, 


344 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 


7, 21.iv.1932; Montecristo de Guerrero, I1.iii.1931; Michoacan, Caracuaro, 


25.1V.1935. 
Type, $ (microscope preparation), Huixtla, 21.xi.1930. 


yuppie 


IZZZZZAZ, 


Zs 


—— 


ly 


Wl 


Fics. 77-79. Mexitrichia meralda, 3. 77, Genitalia, lateral; 78, genitalia, dorsal ; 
79, genitalia, ventral. 


THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 345 


Mexitrichia rancura sp. n. 
(Figs. 80-86) 


Insect brown. In the neuration there are slight differences between vancura 
and the type species Jeroda as shown in the figure. 

GENITALIA, g. Dorsal margin of the ninth segment widely excised as in leroda. 
Beyond it is jointed a large plate, apical margin above produced at its centre in an 
acute triangle, sides bent downward, with acute, blackened apices which, from the 
side, appear as a beak-like hook directed downward ; from this aspect, the produced 
centre of the plate appears as a large, distally directed beak. Upper penis-cover long, 
from the side sinuous, from above broadened before the apex. Penis very broad, 
roughly oblong from the side, from beneath strongly constricted at the middle, 


ee 
—— 


——— a 
SS 


Se 


80 


Fic. 80. Mexitrichia rancura, 3. Wings. 


tapering from a broad base ; arising towards its apex is a pair of laterally outstretched, 


short, curved horns, densely covered with minute setae. There are two sinuous 


and strongly chitinized spines, shaped like staples, back to back on each side of 
the penis. These may be penis-sheaths ; their attachment to the penis and lower 


_ penis-cover is very obscure. Lower penis-cover with outstretched wings as in the 
_ other species of the genus, but with no apparent central spine in the single example 


available. 
Length of anterior wing, 3, 4 mm. 
Mexico: Barranca Honda, 24.ii.1931, I ¢ (microscope preparation). 
In the figures of the species, I have included certain structures apparently connected 


_ with the penis and the lower penis-cover. These structures are very obscure as 
_ to their attachments. They appear also in meralda, but as in this species they are 
_ €ven more obscure, I have omitted to figure them or to refer to them in the descrip- 


tion of either species. I believe that homologous structures, equally obscure, occur 
also in the genera Protoptila and Culoptila. It is perhaps beyond the scope of this 


purely taxonomic paper to deal with these anatomical features. 


346 THE PROTOPTILA GROUP OF THE GLOSSOSOMATINAE 


— 


"4S y Fics. 81-86. Mexitrichia vancura, 3. 81, Genitalia, lateral; 82, genitalia, dorsal; 83, 
aN genitalia, ventral ; 84, lateral portion of dorsal plate, ventral ; 85, penis with its upper 
and lower covers, lateral; 86, penis with upper and lower covers, ventral. 


a 


s=-NTED 


“PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY 
4 ° 

ADLARD AND SON, LIMITED, 

BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING. 


i LO. ta i Le | | 
\eeaives =) 
9. s 
G {- ; ae im 
PREwSEMA ED 
<s RSENS i hw 


24 NOV 1954 
A REVIEW OF THE 


AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 
WITH A STUDY OF VARIATION IN 
AEDES PSEUDOSCUTELLARIS 
(THEOBALD) 


(DIPTERA : CULICIDAE) 


ELIZABETH N. MARKS 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 10 
LONDON: 1954 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS 
SUBGROUP WITH A STUDY OF VARIATION IN 
AEDES PSEUDOSCUTELLARIS (THEOBALD) 


(DIPTERA : CULICIDAE) 


BY 


ELIZABETH N. MARKS , | 


(Department of Entomology, Queensland University) } 


Pb. 347-414; Plate 18; 19 Text-figures; 1 Map 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 
ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 10 
LONDON : 1954 


THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM 
(NATURAL HISTORY), instituted in 1949, is 
issued in five series corresponding to the Departments 
of the Museum, and an Historical Series. 


Parts appear at irregular intervals as they become 
veady. Volumes will contain about three or four 


hundred pages, and will not necessarily be completed 
within one calendar year. 


This paper is Vol. 3, No. 10 of the Entomological 
series. 


PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM 


Issued November 1954 Price Eighteen Shillings 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS 

_ SUBGROUP WITH A STUDY OF VARIATION 
-IN AEDES PSEUDOSCUTELLARIS (THEOBALD). 
; (DIPTERA : CULICIDAE) 


By ELIZABETH N. MARKS M.Sc. (Qxp.), Pu. D. (Canras.), F.R.E.S. 
(Department of Entomology, Queensland University) 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

I. INTRODUCTION. : é : F F , : : :- BRO 

II. REVIEW OF THE scutellavis SUBGROUP . ‘ : ; ; ‘. Me aSe 

(1) General survey . ; , : : ‘ ; F eo “235% 

(2) Taxonomic characters , : , ‘ ‘ : <9 aS 

(a) General . : : . : ‘ ; ; = B57 

(b) Head ; : . : : : ‘ ; . 358 

(c) Thorax . ‘ : : : : : . > 358 

(d) Legs : : ; : i : , ‘ . 360 

(e) Abdomen j ; ; , : : F «  <361 

(f) Male genitalia . : : : ‘ ‘ ; . 1362 

(3) Zoogeography . ; ; : : ;  Goe4 

(4) Plate and key for identification of adults , : , s 2390 

(5) Interspecific relationships. : ; : ; , J. F385 

(6) Immature stages ; : : ; : : : . 386 

III, EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES OF VARIATION IN Aedes pseudoscutellaris 

(THEOBALD) : ‘ ; : ; ‘ : ‘ > 4369 

(r) Introductory : i : F : : ‘ ; . +387 

(2) Material . ; : ‘ : : : : : . 388 

(3) Methods. ; . : : : ; : , . 389 

(a) Rearing . , ‘ : ; E ; : . 389 

(6) Sampling . : ; ‘ : ‘ : a> 6800: 

(c) Examination of specimens ‘ : : : : 2 ‘307 

(2) Variation of larval environment . . : , “4392 

(4) Results : , a” -2395 

2 (a) Tables III and Iv: Length of wing aud of hind femur - 395 
¥ (b) Table V: Pale scales under the proboscis. : - 396 
z (c) Table VI: Scutal pattern 397 

. (a2) Table VII: White scales on either side of ihe prescutellar 

bare area . 398 


(e) Table VIII: White basal patties: on fore and mid taréi . 399 
(f) Tables IX and X: Extent of white anterior streak and 
ventral dark line on the hind femur ; 400 
(g) Tables XI-XVIII: The bands on the hind tarsal segments 401 
(h) Table XIX : Distance between lateral patches on tergites 
Vand VI. é - 407 
(*) Table XX: Specialized setae on the basal lobe ; - 408 
ENTOM. III, ro. 25 


+ ; am oeiell “ie 


ri 
i 


350 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 
PAGE 
(5) Summary of experimental results . : . é ; : 60g 
(6) Conclusions ; , d . : : ; ; /:) hh 
IV. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS . : : ‘ ‘ . i : - 410 
V. BIBLIOGRAPHY . ‘ ‘ ; 6 . ‘ : ; Rie <3 
SYNOPSIS 


Eighteen described and three undescribed members of the Aedes scutellaris subgroup are 
recognized from the Australasian region and eastern part of the Oriental region. The systematic 
status accorded to members is reviewed, the diagnostic specific characters critically examined, 
and the geographical distribution of the subgroup illustrated and discussed. 

An original pictorial chart for identification of members of the subgroup indicates also the 
geographical distribution of various taxonomic characters, the implications of which are con- 
sidered. The general trend is from west to east but one character shows a north-south distri- 
bution. A key to adults is provided for use with the chart, and the inadequate state of present 
knowledge of immature stages is briefly indicated. 

Source and experimental methods of rearing a colony of Aedes pseudoscutellavis Theobald are 
described. Results are tabulated of a biometrical study of twenty-eight characters, in five 
series of pseudoscutellaris adults bred from larvae whose environment had been subjected to 
controlled variation of either temperature or salinity, and in one series of adults from different 
stock, also bred in controlled conditions. The records are analyzed and their implications 
discussed. 


The results support the specific status accorded to members of the scutellavis subgroup, in | 


that the observed range of experimental variation is not generally of the same magnitude as 
interspecific differences in the same character. Lack of variation in the basal lobe of the male 
coxite is evidence of its value in defining species. Two characters should probably be used 
with caution for delimiting species, since pseudoscutellaris can exhibit both extremes of their 
development. A complete interruption to the white bands on hind tarsal segments II-IV 
can be produced by low temperatures of larval environment. Presence or absence of a white 
streak under the proboscis may be due to differences in hereditary constitution, though larval 
environment also has some effect. 


I. INTRODUCTION 


In recent years, many closely related mosquitoes which were, or would have been, — 


regarded by earlier workers as varieties or subspecies, have been given full specific 
status. This is partly due to more adequate material being available for study, 


but in certain well-investigated groups, biological studies have suggested or proved — 


the distinctness of the forms concerned, where morphological differences are slight 
or obscure. At the same time, cross-breding experiments have shown a few forms 
to be no more than subspecies. The classical example is the Anopheles maculipennis 
complex in Europe; others are the Anopheles maculipennis complex in North 
America and the Anopheles gambiae complex in Africa. Culicine mosquitoes have 
not received the same attention as Anophelines, but the Culex pipiens complex is 
now being widely studied. 

All the foregoing groups of mosquitoes have a continental distribution. Where 
the members of a complex are geographic races, largely confined to different island 
groups, there might appear to be a strong case for regarding some, at least, of them 
as subspecies. Such a complex is the Aedes scutellaris subgroup, widely distributed 


in the Australasian region and the eastern part of the Oriental region. Of the 


. 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 351 


eighteen described members of the subgroup, seventeen have been treated by recent 
authors as full species ; cross-breeding experiments have involved only four members, 
one of which, as a result, is regarded as a subspecies. There is a little evidence 
indicating biological differences between sympatric members of the subgroup, but 
no intensive research on the subject has been made. In many cases quite small 
morphological differences are used to separate the species. 

Huxley (1942) described variation as “... a study of the differences between 
organisms. On analysis, these differences may turn out to be due to differences in 


_ environment ... or ... to differences in hereditary constitution ... or ... toa 


simultaneous difference both in environment and in constitution ... The important 


fact is that only experiment can decide between the two.’’ Simpson (1944) pointed 


out that “... no morphological character is inherited as such. What is inherited 
is a complex of potentialities for development, and the ultimate morphological 


_ expression of the same hereditary characters may differ markedly.” 


It appeared that some light might be shed on the systematic status of members 


_ of the scutellaris subgroup by a study of the amount of variation that could be 


induced in one member by controlled variation of the environment. Comparison 
of specimens from different stocks of the same species, reared in identical conditions, 


_ might indicate differences due to hereditary constitution. At the same time, the 
_ reliability of certain taxonomic characters could be tested. In order to evaluate 
_ the results of the experimental work, it was first necessary to review the scutellaris 


_ subgroup as a whole, and to examine the characters in use for distinguishing the 


species. 


In addition to laboratory-reared material, these studies are based on the examina- 


tion of numerous specimens in the collections of the British Museum (Natural 


History), London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, Bernice P. Bishop 
Museum, Honolulu (E. C. Zimmerman collection), and University of Queensland, 
and on notes on specimens in the U.S. National Museum made by Dr. Alan Stone. 


Il. REVIEW OF THE SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


(1) General Survey 
The subgenus Stegomyia Theobald of genus Aedes Meigen is practically confined 
to the tropical and subtropical regions of the old world, chiefly the Ethiopian, 
Oriental and Australasian regions. Aedes (Stegomyia) aegypti Linn. has spread to 


_the new world by man’s agency. 


A group of species within the subgenus Stegomyia is known as the scutellaris 
group. Its exact limits have been differently interpreted. 

Edwards (1932) divided the subgenus Stegomyia into four groups. In what he 
termed ‘“ Group C (scutellaris group) ’’ he included ten species from the Oriental 
and Australasian regions, Crete and Africa. Three of these were known from the 
Australasian region, A. (S.) albolineatus (Theobald), A. (S.) albopictus (Skuse) and 
A. (S.) scutellaris (Walker) (of which he listed five varieties). 

The albolineatus-complex, removed from Group C by Knight & Rozeboom (1946), 
was named Group E (albolineatus group) by Knight & Hurlbut (1949). The latter 


352 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


authors divided Group C, thus modified, into three subgroups, viz.: Subgroup I, 
scutellaris s.str. Subgroup II, albopictus, and Subgroup III, mediopunctatus. The 
term “‘ the scutellaris group ’”’ as used by Farner & Bohart (1945) and more recent — 
authors has, in fact, referred to practically the same complex of species as Knight — 
& Hurlbut’s Subgroup I. | 

The scutellaris subgroup of the present paper is synonymous with Knight & ~ 
Hurlbut’s Subgroup I, which the authors define as follows: “‘ Characterized by 
having the more mesal portions of the abdominal tergal markings sub-basal. In — 
addition, post-spiracular scales are lacking, the scutal longitudinal median line is — 
relatively slender, and the pleural scale patches are arranged in two rather well- 
defined longitudinal bands (not true of gurneyi, however.)” 

The following list of the species included by Knight & Hurlbut under their defini- 
tion, with the addition of one species and one subspecies since described is arranged 
in chronological order of the date of publication of the names (as either varietal or — 
specific). The original designation is given in parenthesis. 


. scutellaris Walker, 1859 (Culex scutellaris). 

. pseudoscutellaris®? Theobald, 1910 (Stegomyia pseudoscutellaris). 
. tongae Edwards, 1926 (Aedes variegatus var. tongae). 

. andrewsi Edwards, 1926 (Aedes variegatus var. andrews). 


mn bh WwW DN HA 


. alorensis Bonne-Wepster & Brug, 1932 (Aedes (Stegomyia) variegatus var. 
alorensts). 


. horrescens Edwards, 1935 (Aedes (Stegomyia) scutellaris var. horrescens). 
. gurneyt Stone & R. Bohart, 1944 (Aedes (Stegomyia) gurneyt). 
. marshallensis Stone & R. Bohart, 1944 (Aedes (Stegomyia) marshallensis). 


Oo CON OD 


. guamensis Farner & R. Bohart, 1944 (Aedes (Stegomyia) guamensis). 

10. pernotatus Farner & R. Bohart, 1944 (Aedes (Stegomyia) pernotatus). 

11. quasiscutellaris Farner & R. Bohart, 1944 (Aedes (Stegomyia) quasiscutel- 
laris). 

12. hensilli Farner, 1945 (Aedes (Stegomyia) hensillt). 

13. paullusi Stone & Farner, 1945 (Aedes (Stegomyia) paullust). 

14. riversi R. Bohart & Ingram, 1946 (Aedes (Stegomyia) riverst). 

15. scutoscriptus R. Bohart & Ingram, 1946 (Aedes (Stegomyia) scutoscriptus). 

16. hakanssoni Knight & Hurlbut, 1949 (Aedes (Stegomyia) hakanssont). 

17. scutellaris katherinensis Woodhill, 1949 (Aedes scutellaris katherinensis). 

18. polynesiensis Marks, 1951 (Aedes (Stegomyia) polynesiensis). 


1A. (S.) gurneyi is often placed with albopictus ; scutoscriptus is also aberrant. Stone & Farner 
(1945) found A. (S.) galloisi Yamada difficult to place, from the description, and omitted it from their 
key ; Knight & Hurlbut (1949) place it in Subgroup II, albopictus. ; 

2 Marks (1951) demonstrated that two species had previously been confused under the name “‘ pseudo- _ 
scutellaris.”” In this paper ‘‘ pseudoscutellaris ”’ is used for authors’ references which do not discriminate — 
between the two forms. Where the identity of the form is beyond doubt it is referred to under the 
appropriate name pseudoscutellaris or polynesiensis, 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 353 


In addition there are three other forms known but not named.!' The form of 
A. (S.) scutellaris described from Andaman Is. by Barraud (1928, 1934) is recognized 
by recent authors as probably distinct, and from my own observations of specimens 
I feel satisfied that this is so. Edwards (1929) noted a form from Rotuma I., north 
of Fiji, which differed in certain aspects from “‘ pseudoscutellaris.” I have seen this 
also and it appears to represent a distinct race. Both these forms await review 
when more adequate material is available. Bohart & Ingram (1946b) gave some 
details of “Aedes sp. in scutellaris group ”’ from Palau Group, Caroline Islands, and 
Dr. Alan Stone (im litt.) considers it is a valid species. He has sent me additional 
particulars of it which confirm his finding. 

' The scutellaris subgroup is equivalent to a “species group”’ of Zeuner (1943), 
or to a “‘ superspecies ’’ of Mayr (1942), if the latter concept were modified, as seems 
reasonable, to include groups of species which are mainly allopatric but in which 
the ranges of a few species overlap.” 

Mattingly (1953) considers that A. (S.) granti (Theobald), which Knight & Hurlbut 
(1949) placed in Group C, Subgroup IIl—albopictus, belongs to the scutellaris sub- 
group, which it resembles in pleural markings. Mattingly uses the presence of an 
extra stripe of pale scales between the dorsal border of the sternopleuron and the 
lower edge of the posterior pronotum to link granti with hakanssoni and scutoscriptus, 
and to distinguish them from “ more typical members of the group.’”’ However, a 
similar stripe may occur in scutellaris, in pseudoscutellaris and, reduced in length, 

_ in polynesiensis. It is most likely to be seen in large unrubbed specimens and might 
well be found in other species if suitable series were available. Descriptions indicate 
that granti differs from all the species here included in the scutellaris subgroup in 
_ markings of proboscis, female palps, wings, legs, scutellum and abdominal tergites 
_ (which have the white bands basal medially). While some species of the subgroup 
do not conform in certain characters with the general pattern, there is an overall 
_ strong indication of close relationship. In my opinion, inclusion of grant: would 
destroy the homogeneity of the subgroup, which could no longer be regarded as 
_ representing a superspecies, whereas, if grant: were placed by itself in a separate 
subgroup of Group C, the affinities with the scutellaris subgroup indicated by the 
pleural pattern would not be obscured. 
__ The full synonymy of the various species of the scutellaris subgroup, first dealt 
with by Edwards (1917), has been fully covered in recent papers on the group (1944 
onwards), and finally cleared up by the examination of a topotypic male of Aedes 
scutellaris (Walker). by Stone (1947). In references to earlier papers, species are 
_ treated here under the names by which they are at present recognized. 
Table I records the treatment which species described before 1940 have received 


¢ , 


1 Since this paper went to press, Dr. R. M. Bohart has informed me of a fourth undescribed species 
from Korror I., in the Palau Group, and has very kindly supplied details which will enable it to be 
distinguished from others in the subgroup. Descriptions of the two species referred to here as Palau 
sp. and Korror sp. will be published by Dr. Bohart at an early date. In addition Mr. Mattingly informs 
me that he has recently examined a specimen of the scutellaris subgroup from the Maldive Is., a description 
of which isin the press. In the majority of characters, including the basal lobe of the male coxite, it 
closely resembles scutellaris scutellaris but it differs in having white scales on the under side of the 
proboscis. 

* The concept has recently been so modified (Mayr et al., 1953, p. 29), 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


354 


SOIJOLIe A, 


= 


SISUGAO]D "TVA 


snqosatava 
— (s)"'F — 
ISMAAPUD “IVA ISMaApUY “IEA 1SMIAPUD “TEA 
$1401] 34NIS SNIVSarAVAA snvsarava 
(Ss) (‘S) °V (S) °F 
avsuoy aDSU0] “IBA, avsuol “eA 
“IBA $1401191NIS snjvsarava snjvgaravn 
(Ss) ‘F (‘S) °V (‘S) °F 
$140]194NIS $1409113]NIS 
stapyjagnasopnasd -opnasd *Ava -opnas¢ “40a 
"IBA $14b1]94NIS snjvsarsvn sngogaravn 
(Ss) Vv (‘S) ‘Vv (Ss) °F 
snapiaqay “Tes snapiaqgay *IeA snapiaqay "Tea 
$140]]9{NIS snjpsarava snjvsarava 
(Ss) °F (S$) °F (Ss) ‘Vv 
4 4 
$140]191NIS snqosarsvn snvsarava 
(‘s)°V (Ss) Vv (Ss) °F 
(z€6r) (z£61) 8n1g pue (9z61) 
spieMpy Ioqysdo jy -ouuo0g sprempy 


snvsarava 
(vidwmosas) 


sapar 


(¥z61) 
spremMpy 


DIDSIIADA 
viwmosas 


(2161) 
sprempy 


ov6r asofaqg paqusssap qnossqnsS 
stIe[[aynos ay7 fo ssaquayy papsoorp snjvjs swmouoxvy fo sisdoudS—] AIAVL 


$141] 9{NIS 
-opnas¢ 

vidmMmosas 
(0161) 


(‘uury 
uddsev (S) v=) 
(‘1qe.q) vpv19snf 
wikmosas jo*‘ukS ° 


$1401] 9NIS 
viAMmosas ' 
(1061) 
PIeqooygL 


* SUAISAAAO TT 


: *  sisuasop 


. . 


isMmadpupy 


avsuo 


* suampjajnasopnasd 
gz61 ‘sprempy 
snapiaqay “IeA 
snyvsatava sapay 


TOQI “JOMTeM 
sadypuoz xany 
gSgi ‘(yueryIS 
gau) [Teyosefoq, 
SNQDSAIAVA KAINI 
’ * stAnqjajnag 
sutAuouAs 
pur sersedg 


355 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


SOTOLIV A, 


SUAISAAAOY “TCA 


setoeds soroodsqns 
SUBISAAAOY SUdISAAAOY SUIISAAAOY 
ot ee (S) °7 (S)"P —— stanjqaqnas ("S) “V 
$18U94010 
= = (s)'V = = 
1SMAAPUD 
= = 4 = = 


$1401]94NIS 
(Ss) °F 


(2+61) 
auoj}s 


avsuo) 


_ avsuo, (*S) "Pf anauoz (‘S) "Pp stawpqagnas (‘S) °F 


$1AD119]NIS S1AD119{NIS siavyainos  — stawpjagnasopnasd 
-opnas¢ (*S) *W -opnasd (‘S) *v -opnasd (‘S) "VY stanpqaqnos ("S) *¥ 


snapiaqay 
(S) °F 


snapiaqay 


sadupuoz | snapisqay 
s14vjjagnas (*S) “¥ 


(S)°V (‘S) °F 


$1401] 21NIS $1401191NIS 
a CS 4 mae stapjjaqnes ("S) “¥ 
(oh61) wessuy  (Sh61) 10uIeq (Sb61)y1eyYoq (Fh61) yreYOd » 
Y peyog 3 su0j}g 9 I9sUIeY yreyog ‘Wysuyy 


$1401] 3{NIS 
CS) °F — ; 
SIsMaso]M "IVA 
$1401] 34NIS 
— (‘S) °F : 
ISMIAAPUD “IBA, 
StAD1]4NIS 
— Cs) -F i 
avsuo} 
“IVA $1401191NIS 
= (‘S) °F : 
siawyjagnosopnasgd 
“IGA $1401191NIS 
— (‘S)°V ; 
snapraqay “eA 
$1401191NIS 
= (‘S) °F : 


S141] 4NIS 
= ee Seo 
(S€61) (h€6r) 
spreMpy pneleg 


: SUIIS9AAO FT 


‘ S1SUado] 


: 1sMmaApu 


avsUu0 I 


s1appjanasopnasg 
gz61 ‘sprempy 
snapraqgay "rea 
snqyogarava sapay 
TOgI “IOXTeEM 
saqdypuoz xajny 
gSgr ‘(yueIyIS 
Jaw) TTeEYoseTOC, 
SNIDEILADA KINI 
: S140114NIS 
sutAuouds 
pur sorsedg 


356 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


from those authors responsible for changes in nomenclature or systematic status. 
Forms described since 1940 have suffered no change in the status ascribed to them 
by their original authors. 

The first recognition of the scutellaris subgroup as such (i.e., that A. scutellaris 
as then recognized comprised a complex of closely related forms was by Edwards 
(1926), prompted by Buxton & Hopkins who had observed constant differences 
between the anal gills of larvae from Samoa and from the New Hebrides. He found 
that “there are at least five distinct varieties distinguishable by small differences 
of colour and also by the male hypopygium, especially in the form of the basal lobe 
of the sidepiece. The characters are fairly well defined, but are perhaps best treated 
as varietal rather than specific, especially as their significance appears to be mainly 
geographical.” 

Barraud (1928), Edwards (1929) and Bonne-Wepster & Brug (1932) gave details 
of forms from Andaman Is., Rotuma I. and Taroena (= paullusi) respectively which 
differed from those already described but did not give them varietal names; the 
last authors, however, described a sixth variety, alorensis. 

Following Edwards, varietal status was ascribed to the named forms until Knight, 
Bohart & Bohart (1944) listed them as subspecies, without comment on the change. 

Farner & Bohart (1945) on the basis of male genitalia differences, regarded the 
known Australasian members of the scutellaris subgroup as separate and distinct 
species occupying similar ecologic niches. The occurrence of more than one from 
the same area lent support to their contention. 

Farner (1945) observed, in describing hensilli, that it was possibly a subspecies 
of guamensis but until further material was available and in view of the differences 
in tarsal and abdominal banding it seemed best to regard it as specifically distinct 
from guamensis. 

Since 1944, most authors have described new forms as full species without comment 
on their status. The exception is scutellaris katherinensis to which Woodhill (1949a) 
gave subspecific rank on the grounds of its ability to hybridize with scutellaris scutel- 
laris. 

The description in recent years of many new forms in the scutellaris subgroup 
reflects an increase in the quantity and quality of collections, and the examination 
of males from localities whence only females were known before. Additional 
characters have been brought into use for identifying the different species but it 
cannot be said that the recognition of the various forms as full species is due to 
the discovery of new and more significant characters. They are still distinguished 
from one another chiefly by differences previously in use for separating those forms 
recognized as varieties. It is the significance placed on these characters by taxono- 
mists that has altered. 

The treatment of the different forms (except s. katherinensis) as full species is 
now general, and will probably remain so unless it can be proved incorrect. Not 
all culicidologists are convinced that this treatment is in all cases justified, and where 
forms replace one another geographically it may yet be possible to demonstrate 
that some are, in fact, only subspecies. Morphological differences between some 
species appear to be no greater than those between the subspecies s. scutellaris and 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 357 


s. katherinensis. However, to quote Mayr (1942), “‘ Considerably more material 
must be examined in order to recognize subspecies, than is needed for the description 
of good species.” 

It may be, on the other hand, that, with further knowledge of geographical varia- 
tion, what is now recognized as a single monotypic species will be broken up into 
two or more subspecies. Bohart & Ingram (1946b), for instance, found that speci- 
mens of hensilli from Ulithi had the last tarsal segment usually about half white, 
whereas in Truk specimens it varied from two-thirds white to all white ; there was 
also a greater tendency for complete abdominal bands in Truk females. There 
may be some slight differences between tongae from Tonga and from Sikiana in 
degree of development of specialized setae on the basal lobe of the male coxite. 

I have seen a series of eight specimens of s. scutellaris from Admiralty Is., two of 
which are normal, four have a line of white scales on the anterolateral margin of the 
scutum, one has hind tarsal V with a dark patch at the tip, and one has hind tarsal 
bands reduced in width and segment V dark on the apical half. A male similar to 
the last and a normal male were reared from the same larval collection from Aneityum 
I., New Hebrides, by Dr. Marshall Laird. Male genitalia of the three types appear 
identical. These variations have not been recorded from elsewhere in the range of 
s. scutellaris. Male genitalia of the three types appear identical. 

The few hybridization experiments recorded, viz.: s. scutellaris x s. katherinensis 
(Woodhill, 19492), s. scutellaris and s. katherinensis < pseudoscutellaris + (Woodhill, 
1950), and s. scutellaris x pernotatus (Perry, 1950), have only served to confirm the 
status already ascribed to the forms concerned.? Smith-White (1950) discussed the 
genetical significance of non-reciprocal fertility between s. scutellaris and s. katherin- 
ensis and suggested further lines of investigation. 


(2) Taxonomic Characters 
(a) General 


Doleschall (1858) and Walker (1859, 1861) made no comparison with other species 
in their descriptions, which all apply to s. scutellaris. 

Theobald (1901, 1903, 1907, I910a) included specimens of both albopictus and 
members of the scutellaris subgroup in his concept of scutellaris. When (1g10b) he 
described pseudoscutellaris he distinguished it by the characters in which it differs 
from what he called “‘ scutellaris’’, but we now know to have been albopictus, i.e., 
by the typical scutellaris subgroup pleural markings of white lines. He also observed 
the curving white lateral patches on the abdominal tergites. Edwards (1917) 
included several forms of the scutellaris subgroup, among them pseudoscutellarts, in 
one monotypic species and it was not until 1926 that he realized they represented a 
complex of distinct forms. 

1 T have confirmed by examination of specimens the identity of Woodhill’s colony as pseudoscutellaris 
and not polynesiensis. : 

® Woodhill (1954) has crossed pseudoscutellaris from Fiji with polynesiensis from Tahiti and obtained 
small numbers of fertile hybrids, showing that the two species are not genetically isolated, though they 
do not mate readily in laboratory conditions. This suggests that polynesiensis may be a subspecies of 
pseudoscutellaris. However, repetition of the experiment using Fijian polynesiensis and a study of the 


habits of the two forms, where they occur together in nature, would appear desirable in order to judge 
whether there are barriers to their natural hybridization, 


358 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


The characters discussed here include all that have been found of importance by 
Edwards and later authors in identification of specimens of the scutellaris subgroup 
and some which have been suggested but are not in general use. A consideration 
of their occurrence and variability supplements the information given in Plate 1. 
They do not, however, include all characters which may be noted in descriptions. 
The first author to use a character is indicated. A name is put in inverted commas 
where it is obvious that an author was including more than one form under it. 

Colour differences have been noted in some cases. Not enough is known about 
factors causing differences in scale colour, but generally in mosquito taxonomy, 
such small differences as between white and creamy white or yellowish are of doubtful 
value. 


(b) Head 


Bonne-Wepster & Brug (1932) noted in the median white stripe on the vertex, 
a difference in the width towards the nape between “ scutellaris’’ and alorensis ; 
this character is not in general use. 

The same authors observed that Taroena specimens of “ scutellaris”’ (= paullusi) 
had a distinct white line under the proboscis ; this feature is now known to occur in 
a number of species, sometimes in the male only ; in some cases it appears to be very 
variable. 

Stone & Farner (1945) noted the white stripe in paullust males, but only a few 
pale scales under the female proboscis; I have seen a male of this species from 
Samar I. which lacks the white stripe. The following species have a white stripe : 
riverst 3, 2; quasiscutellaris 3, 2; tongae 3, 2 (Stone & Farner (1945) observed 
this in g, it is also present in all 99 I have seen) ; horrescens 3 (Q with some pale 
scales) ; pernotatus 3, 2 (but I have seen pernotatus gg in which it was lacking). 
It is present also but has not previously been noted in Andamans sp. 3, 9, and 
alorensis § ; and I have observed that there may be some pale scales under the pro- 
boscis in andrewst 3, scutoscriptus 3 (Dr. Alan Stone informs me (im litt.) that scuto- 
scriptus has a faint line of yellowish brown scales on the underside of the proboscis) 
and Rotuma sp. g. Bohart & Ingram (1946d) noted that the proboscis of “‘ pseudo- 
scutellaris’’ 3g sometimes has some pale scales beneath ; this was also observed 
by Marks (1951a) in “‘ pseudoscutellaris’’ (= polynesiensis) $$ and 99. Both sexes 
of pseudoscutellaris may have proboscis with a white stripe beneath, or entirely 
dark ; variation in this is shown in Table V. 

Stone & Bohart (1944) found that marshallensis had the white markings on the 
male and female palps considerably reduced ; this is the only species thus distin- 
guished. 


(c) Thorax 


Scutum. Edwards (1926) noted that the scales of the median stripe might be 
creamy rather than white. Bonne-Wepster & Brug observed that the stripe in 
alorensis was narrower than in “‘ scutellaris,”’ and Edwards (1935) that in horrescens 
it was broader than in “‘ pseudoscutellaris’’ but no measurements have been made 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 359 


from comparable series of different species. Environmental conditions can affect 
this character in pseudoscutellaris.1 The median line often continues into a denfiite 
or faint fork on either side of the prescutellar bare area: Bonne-Wepster & Brug 
(1932) noted some whitish scales in this position in “ scutellaris,” a distinct fork 
occurs in hakanssoni and scutoscriptus, and I have observed it also in Andaman Is., 
form and in alorensis; Woodhill (1949a) found no fork in the great majority of 
specimens of s. katherinensis ; most authors refer to it only in general terms. Varia- 
tion of the amount of white scaling in this position in pseudoscutellaris is shown in 
Table VII. It may be a character of which more use could be made. 

Bonne-Wepster & Brug (1932) observed a narrow white line on the anterolateral 
margin of the scutum in Taroena specimens of “ scutellaris’’ (= paullust) ; Stone 
& Farner (1945) observed a similar line of fine yellowish scales in quasiscutellaris 
(not noted in the original description); scutoscriptus has a broad line in this position ; 
a narrow line occurs in hakanssoni, pseudoscutellaris, and in some specimens of s. 
scutellaris from Admiralty Is. In all except probably scutoscriptus these lines are 
variable and may be incomplete, particularly in females. In pseudoscutellaris they 
may be reduced to patches of scales on the scutal angles. Species which usually 
have the scutal angle dark scaled may sometimes have two or three pale scales in 
this position though this has not been recorded in descriptions. I have observed 
this in polynesiensis, andrewst, alorensis, guamensis, horrescens and Rotuma sp. 
The number of pale scales on the scutal angle is important in distinguishing between 
specimens of pseudoscutellaris and polynestensts and would possibly prove of use in 
other cases if details were available. 

The white scales above the wing root are usually all broad. In hakanssoni this 
is not specifically stated in the description and, in fact, I have observed that they 
are mainly narrow-curved. In scutoscriptus there are some narrow-curved scales in 
addition to the broad ones noted in the description. It is possible that they have 


been overlooked in other species also, and it is a character that is worth further 
investigation. 


Scutellum. 


The characteristic scaling of the scutellum in the scutellaris subgroup is white, 
with a small patch of black scales at the apex of the midlobe. Knight & Hurlbut 
(1949) found that hakanssoni has much more extensive black scaling. Gurneyt is 
described on differences from albopictus and by inference has all lobes entirely 
white scaled, but Dr. Stone informs me (7m /itt.) that there are a few dark scales at 
the tip of the midlobe in unrubbed specimens. 


Pleuron, 
Stone & Bohart (1944) observed that the white scales on the pleura of gurneyt 


1Mr. P. F. Mattingly drew my attention to a character which Edwards found useful in separating 
African species of Stegomyia, viz., the presence of broad scales medially on the anterior margin of the 
scutum. A cursory examination of the experimental series of pseudoscutellaris showed that these scales 
might be present or absent and suggested that they are affected by environment though this was not 
thoroughly investigated. The character therefore does not appear a promising one for use in the 
scutellaris subgroup. 


360 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


are arranged in patches rather than the straight lines characteristic of other members 
of the scutellaris subgroup (in this it resembles albopictus). The description of 
scutoscriptus indicates that only the upper pleural line is complete in this species. 

Specimens of some species have the upper and lower white patches on the mesepi- 
meron fused, in others they are separate ; usually no note of this is given. I have 
observed both conditions in pseudoscutellaris and it does not appear a promising 
diagnostic character, though it would need further investigation to be certain. 

Wings. These are dark scaled in all species. Wing length is often given as a 
measure of size but not as a diagnostic character. In some species a white spot 
occurs at the base of the costa; it has possibly been overlooked in others; it is a 
practically constant character in pseudoscutellaris. The ratio of the length of the 
fork cells to their stems, a character used in several culicine groups, is omitted 
from most descriptions. 

Halteres. The scaling of the halteres is not recorded for all species, but in most 
the knob appears to be mainly dark scaled, whereas in scutoscriptus Farner & Bohart 
(1946) observed it to be entirely pale scaled and in hakanssonz it is largely pale. 


(2) Legs 


Fore femur. Stone & Bohart (1944) noted the absence of a white apical spot 
on the fore femur of marshallensis but it apparently occurs in all other species. 

Mid femur. Bonne-Wepster & Brug (1937), who had a mixed collection of 
“ scutellaris,”’ observed that sometimes the mid femur had a thin longitudinal white 
stripe on the outer (= anterior) side. Stone & Farner (1945) noted this as one ol 
the diagnostic characters of paullusi ; Woodhill (1949a) found that it was a constant 
character by which s. katherinensis could be distinguished from s. scutellaris. I have 
found that a similar white stripe occurs in alorensis ; this had previously been over- 
looked. Of five adults of andrewsi examined, one female had an anterior line on the 
basal two-thirds of one femur; possibly this was an aberrant specimen, or else in 
this species the character may be variable. 

Fore and mid tibiae in some species have scattered pale scales posteriorly, but 
this has not been used as a diagnostic character. 

Fore and mid tarsi. Most species have white patches at the base of segments I 
and II on fore and mid tarsi. Edwards (1935) noted that horrescens had white 
scales more frequently on fore and mid tarsal III than did “‘ pseudoscutellaris”’ ; 
Farner & Bohart (1944) found that males of guamensis had the fore tarsus entirely 
dark and distinguished pernotatus by the presence of basal patches on III and 
sometimes IV and V; quasiscutellaris is similar to horrescens. I have observed 
that in andrewsi only fore and mid tarsal segment I has a basal white patch. The 
development of this character in pseudoscutellaris is shown in Table VIII. 

Hind femur. Edwards (1926) noted differences in the size of the white spot at 
the tip of the hind femur, but this is not a useful character. Bohart’ & Ingram 
(1946b) drew attention to two distinct types of pattern in the marking of the anterior 
surface of the hind femur; there is a longitudinal pale area which either forms a 
tapered white line (in most species), or trails off ventrally towards the tip rather 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 36t 


than tapering to a sharp point (in guamensis,' scutoscriptus, hakanssoni and sp. from 
Palau, also in some specimens of marshallensis (see p. 382)). 
I have observed an apparent difference between pseudoscutellaris and polynesiensis 
in the distance from the base of the femur to the beginning of the dark ventral 
scaling, but the character needs further investigation. 
Hind tarsi. The white bands on the hind tarsi are one of the most important 
distinctive characters, and are usually measured in terms of the ratio of the length 
of the band to the total length of the segments ; most species have V entirely white. 
Edwards (1926) observed differences in the widths of the bands and gave ratios 
for segment IV. Bonne-Wepster & Brug (1932) observed that in “ scutellaris”’ 
the band on I was incomplete (i.e., interrupted by dark scales beneath) and gave 
ratios for the bands on II-IV, noting that Taroena specimens (= paullusi) had wider 
bands on IV. Stone & Bohart (1944) found marshallensis had V dark on the apical 
half or more ; hakanssoni is similar ; in hensilli the character shows geographical 
variation, Ulithi specimens have the apical half dark, whereas in Truk specimens 
not more than one-third is dark and the segment may be all white. Two specimens 
of s. scutellaris (one from Admiralty Is. ; one from Aneityum I., New Hebrides) have 
been seen with apical half of V dark and bands on other segments reduced. 
Farner & Bohart (1944) observed that guamensis had the white bands completely 
interrupted by dark scales on the inner side. Stone & Farner (1945) noted that 
andrews? had the bands on IV interrupted on the dorsal surface, but this appears 
to be variable and I have seen two females with the band quite complete. The 
majority of species have the band on I interrupted beneath though it is recorded 
as complete in a few and not noted in others. It was complete in specimens of 
_alorensis and Andamans sp. examined. In some species the extent to which the 
remaining bands are interrupted has been found to be quite variable. Tongae was 
_ previously recorded as having complete bands on II-IV, but I have seen one specimen 
from Tonga with I-V, another with IV and V, and one from Sikiana with IV 

completely interrupted. Complete bands are also recorded for pernotatus but a 
specimen from Aneityum I., New Hebrides, has the bands on I-IV completely 
interrupted beneath. Variation in this character in pseudoscutellaris is shown in 
Tables XIII-XVIII. Farner (1945) gave measurements of the inner as well as 
the outer lengths of the white bands in hensilli. Stone & Farner (1945) reversed 
the usual convention by giving the width of the dark band on segment IV at its 


5 
q 


| widest dimension, but no other authors have followed this formula. 


_(e) Abdomen 


The characteristic markings of the abdominal tergites in the scutellaris subgroup 
are lunate lateral white patches curving away from the base of the segment into 
forwardly directed hooks which may extend dorsally to form a broken or complete 
sub-basal band across the segment. The characteristic markings of a species 
_ usually show best on tergites [V-VII but may be found on II and III in some. 


1 Not noted in the original description. 


2 Stone & Farner said they had not examined specimens of andvewsi and it was included in their key 
on the basis of the original description ; however, the latter does not mention this character. 


362 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


Edwards (1926) observed the degree of completeness of these bands on the different 
segments of the abdomen; this continues to be one of the principal diagnostic 
characters employed, but in some species is rather variable. He noted the distance 
the bands were removed from the bases of the tergites; Bonne-Wepster & Brug 
(1932) also used this character, and Knight & Hull (1952) found differences in it 


between paullust and s. scutellaris. It is possible that if long series of other species — 
were examined and the measurement could be made from the actual base of the — 


tergite, and not from the apex of the preceding one, distinctive differences might 
be found. In practice, with dried specimens which have been in various conditions 
and ages when killed and have shrunk to different extents, the character has not 
been proved a generally useful one, the more so as not all authors have noted it 
when describing species. Edwards (1926) also noted whether the lateral patches 
were creamy or white and (1935) on what segments they were visible dorsally ; 
the latter character is rather unreliable. Farner & Bohart (1944) observed sub-basal 
lateral patches on guamensis which are not of the typical lunate shape, but rather 
triangular. There is possibly some variation in the shape of the lateral patches in 
other species, but no long enough series have been examined to be sure of this. 
Edwards (1926) recorded the scale pattern of the sternites, whether those of the 


basal segments were all white, or had apical black bands; the latter is the more 


common condition. This is not one of the principal diagnostic characters but 
might be used to supplement them in some cases. It may prove rather variable 
and in dried specimens the sternites are often difficult to see. Some 99 of s. katherin- 


ensts which have narrow sub-basal white bands on sternites V and VI and a submedial — 
band on VII appear distinct from s. scutellaris which usually has wide basal bands on ~ 


| 
. 


V and VI, and often only small lateral patches on VII ; other specimens are much 
more like s. scutellaris. 


(f) Male genitalia 


Edwards (1926) first recognized that members of the scudellaris subgroup (“ races 


of Aedes variegatus’’) could be distinguished “‘ by the male hypopygium, especially 


in the form of the basal lobe! of the sidepiece.”’ The parts that have been used in — 


distinguishing members of the scwtellaris subgroup include the ninth tergite, coxite, 
style and basal lobe of coxite. The complete genitalia of pseudoscutellaris are 
illustrated in Fig. 1. There are various terminologies in use for the description 
of the parts of the male genitalia. That followed here is given by Edwards (1941), 
and all except direct quotations from other authors have been translated to these 


terms. The male genitalia of the mosquito rotate 180° during the first 24 hours j 


: 


1 The term basal lobe is in general use for this structure in subgenus Stegomyia ; it bears no resemblance E 
to, for instance, the basal lobe in subgenus Ochlerotatus. In the scutellaris subgroup, its anatomical 
position indicates that it is homologous with the harpago (claspette of Edwards) of Ochlerotatus and — 
Finlaya, though it lacks the terminal appendage present in those subgenera. Edwards (1941) in his ; 
general description of mosquito genitalia describes the basal lobe as a modification of the coxite on the — 
area between the ventral root and the midsternal connection of the coxites. ‘‘ In some genera part or 
the whole of this basal lobe has more the form of a subsidiary appendage, which has been called the — 


claspette.”” In his description of subgenus Stegomyia he says “ claspettes in the form of a hairy basal 

lobe or plaque attached to sternal side of coxite, this plaque in a few species with the inner part forming — 
a small process bearing modified bristles.” This is in contrast to his earlier (1932) description of the 
subgenus “‘... basal lobe (plaque) present and hairy ; no claspettes.”’ 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 363 


on 
sce 


SSSSSSSSSSS5585 


Fig. 1.—¢ Genitalia of Aedes pseudoscutellaris (Theobald), complete, tergal view (E. 7). 


ENTOM, III, 10, 26 


364 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


after emergence. Thus the 8th and gth tergites become ventral, the 8th and gth | 
sternites dorsal. The ventral aspect referred to in the literature is therefore tergal. — 
The left coxite, of which the basal lobe is usually illustrated, is that on the left side q 
of the insect after rotation and therefore on the left side of figures of whole mounts — 


Fig. 2. ¢ genitalia of Aedes pseudoscutellaris (Theobald) bisected, inner lateral view (H. 33). 


of genitalia which are conventionally drawn from the tergal aspect with the distal 
portions towards the top of the page. In this paper the view from the mid line of — 4 
the genitalia is referred to as “ inner lateral view | ’ (illustrated in Fig. 2), and that 4 
of the side of the basal lobe nearest the coxite as “ outer lateral view.’ 

Certain of the setae of the basal lobe may be enlarged, thickened or flattened { 
and arise from tubercles ; these are quite distinct in appearance from the remainder — 


2 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 365 


Fics. 3 and 4. Left basal lobe of ¢ coxite of Aedes pseudoscutellaris (Theobald). Fig. 3. 
Tergal view (B .7). Fig. 4. Sternal view (B. 7). 


366 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


and are here referred to as specialized setae. Other authors have given them various 
designations (not always very clearly defined, but usually interpretable by reference — 
to accompanying figures). The term does not include the very long hairs at the 


oe 


Fics. 5 and 6. Left basal lobe of ¢ coxite of Aedes pseudoscuiellaris (Theobald). Fig. 5. 
Inner lateral view (B. 1). Fig. 6. Outer lateral view (B. 1). 


tip of the lobe in some species which are thickened and elongated by reason of their 
size but do not differ in form from the majority—these are the “‘ thickened bristles ” 
of some authors. In several species a scale has occasionally been observed on the 
basal lobe (Fig. 7) ; it appears to be an aberration of no taxonomic significance. 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 367 


Edwards (1926) found differences in the length of the coxite compared with its 
breadth at the base; this ratio has not been recorded for most of the recently 
described species. Though the character by itself is not diagnostic it might be 
advantageous to have some note of it as it would give a basis of comparison where, 
as in many cases, the only part of the genitalia illustrated is the basal lobe. 


8 


Fics. 7 and 8. Left basal lobe of ¢ coxite of Aedes polynesiensis Marks. Fig. 7. Tergal 
view (the scale is aberrant). Fig.8.Sternal view. dg, Taveuni, Fiji. 


Edwards also observed differences in the style, whether slender or moderately 
stout, with tip swollen to varying degrees, and with its spine slender or stout, blunt 
or pointed, Such differences of degree are not very useful diagnostic characters, in 


368 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


particular if other forms are not available for comparison. The appearance of 
the style depends to some extent on the way the specimen has been mounted. If 
the ratio of length of style to length of coxite were recorded, differences might be 
found between species. The spine varies even more with the mounting, as it is 


10 


Fics. 9 and 10. Left basal lobe ¢ coxite of Aedes polynesiensis Marks. Fig. 9. Inner 
lateral view. Fig. ro. Outer lateral view. , Suva, Fiji 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 369 


liable to shrink in diameter, and I have seen it appear quite different in two specimens 
of the one species. 

Another character used by Edwards (1926) was the form of the ninth tergite— 
whether convex or emarginate—it is emarginate in guasiscutellaris, convex in most 
other species in which it has been described. The sclerotized portion of the tergite 
is narrow and very apt to become twisted in a mounted preparation, so that its shape 
is not always easy to interpret. 


~ 
=~ 


14 _0.03mm. 
ng : i 
120; 


Fics. 11, 12. Left basal lobe of ¢ coxite of sp. in scutellaris group from Andaman Is. 
Fig. 11. Inner lateral view. Fig. 12. Outer lateral view. 


The character which Edwards observed as most important, the basal lobe, is 
now often the only part of the genitalia described or figured, since it has been found 
the most distinctive of all diagnostic characters used in separating the species of 
the scutellaris subgroup. 

Edwards noted that the basal lobe differed in shape, the tip rounded, square-ended 
or conical; also in the length and disposition of the setae at the tip. He did not 
mention the occurrence on the basal lobe in any forms of stouter specialized setae, 
though his figure of andrewsi suggests they were observed in this species. The figures 
suggest (as do Edwards’ preparation of genitalia of British Museum specimens) 
that the genitalia were mounted undissected ; they were drawn in tergal view. He 
distinguished the basal lobe of tongae from that of ‘‘ pseudoscutellaris’’ by the fact 


370 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


that the former was hairy at the tip only and the latter hairy on the apical half or 
more. Edwards’ figure shows the setae extending half-way down the tergal aspect 
of the basal lobe of ‘‘ pseudoscutellaris,” though in fact they occur on the sternal 
aspect. The specimen figured was from Samoa (= polynesiensis). 

Barraud (1928) was the first to record the presence of specialized setae on the basal 
lobe. He observed in Andaman Is. form that a few of the setae at the apex of the 


ime be 14 


Fics. 13, 14. Left basal lobe of ¢ coxite of Aedes andrewsi Edwards from Christmas I. 
Fig. 13. Inner lateral view. Fig. 14. Outer lateral view. 


basal lobe are “‘ stouter and more blade-like than the majority.” Bonne-Wepster 
& Brug (1932) recognized the distinctive form of the basal lobe in alorensis and the 

presence of “‘ a peculiar claspette-like, long and slender structure with two filaments 

at tip.” (In my opinion really part of the basal lobe bearing specialized setae (see 

figure in Plate 18). 

Farner & Bohart (1944) described and figured ‘“‘ enlarged bristles ’’ (i.e., specia- 
lized setae) on the basal lobes of pernotatus and scutellaris. They made an important 
contribution to the methods of investigating the subgroup by the introduction of 
figures of the basal lobe in lateral as well as in tergal view. (They figured lateral 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 371 


views for scutellaris and guamensis, but the latter from comparison with specimens 
is more a tergal than truly lateral view.) They also stated “ the thickened bristles 
of the basal lobe in guamensis are less developed than those in pseudoscutellaris'.” 
This might have been interpreted as a reference to specialized setae in which case 
the specimens of ‘“ pseudoscutellaris”’ would be true pseudoscutellaris. However, 
their illustration is of polynesiensis and Dr. Alan Stone (tn litt.) informs me that the 
setae of the basal lobe in the latter are all slightly heavier than in guamensis. 
Farner & Bohart (1945) referred to guasiscutellaris as having “‘ a row of somewhat 
thickened bristles’’ and ‘‘ no specialized setal group.”” They described the basal 
lobe of tongae as ‘‘ without a specialized group of stout setae ; large bristles confined 


Fics. 15, 16. Left basal lobe of $ coxite of Aedes tongae Edwards from Sikiana, Solomon 
Is. Fig. 15. Inner lateral view. Fig. 16. Outer lateral view. 


to apex, particularly in ventral view.’”’ They had seen one male from Vavau, Tonga 
Is., and figured the lobe in dorsal and ventral view. I have examined the basal 
lobe of a male of tongae from Sikiana, Solomon Is. in lateral view and it has g—10 
specialized setae (Fig. 15). It is not easy to judge with specimens mounted in 
tergal view but another Sikiana male appears to have 6 or 7. Three males from 
Tonga have 5 to 7 specialized setae which appear less strongly developed and more 
tapered than in those from Sikiana. 

The same authors distinguished between “ simple ’”’ (e. g., tongae) and “‘ complex ” 
(e.g., guasiscutellaris) basal lobes and noted whether the lobe is covered with minute 
setae tergally. 


1 Cf. Bohart & Ingram (1946b) who describe the basal lobe of ‘‘ pseudoscutellaris ’’ (= polynesiensis) 
as “ largely covered with bristles, none of which appear as thickened setae,”’ 


372 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


Farner (1946) described the basal lobe of hensilli as similar to guamensis “ but — 
apparently with thickened bristles extending more basad.” Bohart and Ingram 
(1946) distinguished two types of arrangement of specialized setae: “‘in a clump” 
in scutellaris as compared with “in a row ”’ in hensilli. 

The distinction is not a satisfactory one since an inner lateral view of the basal 
lobe of s. scutellaris shows the specialized setae in a row though in other views they 


often appear clumped. The basal lobe of s. scwtellaris is square-ended in inner — 


17 18 


Fics. 17, 18. Left basal lobe of ¢ coxite of Aedes guamensis Farner & R. Bohart from 
Rota, Marianas. Fig. 17. Inner lateral view. Fig. 18. Outer lateral view. 


lateral view and the specialized setae are grouped on the sternal angle of the tip © 
(this occurs also in andrewsi) whereas in hensilli and species with similar basal lobes 
the tip is more rounded and the row of specialized setae extends down the sternal — 
aspect of the lobe. Woodhill (1949a) described the genitalia of s. katherinensis as 
indistinguishable from those of s. scutellaris, ‘‘ the basal lobe of the coxite carrying 
a series of hairs at the apex with several longer hairs joined to form a spine. The 
degree of development of this spine varies in both subspecies ....” Ihave examined — 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 373 


ce 4 ” 


specimens of s. katherinensis from Woodhill’s colony. The “spine” is the group 
_ of specialized setae which, as in s. scutellaris, often appear clumped, but in inner 
lateral view they are seen as a row of about six setae. From this aspect the lobe 
_ differs somewhat in shape from s. scutellaris ; the tip is more conical without a distinct 
_ angle sternally, and the row of specialized setae extends down the sternal aspect. 
Knight and Hurlbut (1949) figured only the tergal view of the genitalia of hakan- 
_ ssont and described it as “‘ quite similar to riversi and hensilli’’ which presumably 
_ means that specialized setae are present though this is not indicated in figure or 
text. I have examined a paratype of this species, and, though difficult to make out, 
_ there do appear to be 3 or 4 broader setae in a row among the non-specialized ones. 

_ It was the observation of constantly-occurring specialized setae on the basal lobe 
_of the coxite of specimens from the laboratory colony at Cambridge which first drew 
attention to the distinctness of this form (pseudoscutellaris) from the widely distri- 
buted Polynesian form (folynesiensis) usually referred to when the name “‘ pseudo- 
scutellaris ’’ was used. 

There is usually one aspect of the basal lobe which shows the characteristic shape 
of the lobe, and the specialized setae to best advantage. 

In species with complex basal lobes, which appear expanded in tergal view, such 
as quasiscutellaris, pernotatus, horrescens and alorensis, this aspect shows all that is 
needed for identification. In a species such as paullusi with a simple truncate lobe, 
the setae all visible tergally and none of them specialized, the same view is again 
sufficient. Most of the species with basal lobe simple or expanded in lateral view 
have only a few long setae at the tip visible tergally. Thus Fig. 1 which shows this 
aspect of pseudoscutellaris is an equally good illustration of polynesiensis and tongae, 
and shows nothing except in proportionate lengths of the parts of the genitalia, 

to distinguish it from Rotuma sp. and possibly also from hensilli, hakanssont, riverst, 
: guamensis and andrewsi. On these same basal lobes, the unspecialized setae may 
_ occur only towards the apex or may extend varying distances towards the base— 
_ if the latter they may do so on the sternal aspect of the lobe, as in polynesiensis 
(when they are adequately illustrated from an inner lateral or, if there are no 
specialized setae, a sternal view), or more towards the outer lateral aspect as in 
t pseudoscutellaris. 
_ Practice has varied in illustrating the lateral aspect of the basal lobe. Thus 
4 - figures of the lateral view of s. scwtellaris in Farner & Bohart (1944, 1945), Bohart 
; _ & Ingram (1946b) and Knight & Hull (1952) and of s. katherinensis in Woodhill 

_ (19494) all appear to be of the outer lateral aspect ; whereas those of henszlli and 

_ riversi in Bohart and Ingram (1946d) appear to be of the inner lateral aspect. Where 
; specialized setae occur in a row, the illustration must show them in file to display 
4 their number and shape ; this, in all species examined, is best seen from the inner 
lateral view. I have drawn the outer lateral aspect for a number of species and find 
_ that it shows quite distinctive arrangements of the unspecialized setae which would 

_be valuable adjuncts to the characters of the specialized setae. Figs. 3-18 demon- 
strate the necessity for dissection of the genitalia in forms with a simple basal lobe, 
and for illustrations of more than one aspect of it, in order to show all the distinctive 
features. 


374 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


Where the basal lobe is simple it might be useful to record its length relative to 
the length of the coxite, taking them from a given level (e.g., the outer lateral angle 
at the base of the coxite). This ratio appears to differ between psewdoscutellaris, 
polynestensis and tongae on the one hand and Rotuma sp. on the other, though one 
would need to see more than the single available specimen of the latter to be satisfied — 
on this point. 

A few authors have recorded the number of apical teeth on the phallosome but 
there is insufficient information to suggest whether there may be specific differences 
in this character. 


(3) Zoogeography 

Mosquitoes of the scutellaris subgroup are found in the eastern part of the Oriental 
region and in almost all parts of the Australasian region that lie within the tropics, — 
though their distribution on the tropical portion of the Australian mainland is © 
apparently rather limited. They range from the Andaman Is. in the west, north- 
east to Okinawa and south-east to Mangareva Is. and Pitcairn I., i.e., from approxi- 
mately 93° E. to 130° W. and from 26° N. to 25°S.1 | 

The present known distribution of the various members of the subgroup is shown - 
in the accompanying map.? 

In addition to well-established records, a distinction has been made on the map — 
between definite records of the scutellaris subgroup, where it is the identity of the 
species that is in doubt, and comprehensive records which include a whole island 
group within the range of a species, though the localities given for it cover only a 
small portion of that range. Where the range of two species overlap, the known ~ 
limits of the overlap are shown. 

Most species of the scutellaris subgroup are confined to islands or groups of islands — 
and are plainly examples of the process of speciation by geographical isolation. 
The origins of the insect faunas of Pacific islands have been discussed by, amongst — 
others, Buxton (1935) and Zimmerman (1948). They are derived mainly from 
the west and are largely Indo-Malayan in origin. Farner & Bohart (1945) con- 
sidered that superficially the scutellaris subgroup “‘ appears to be of Polynesian or 
Melanesian origin, having spread westward into the insular parts of the Oriental 
region’ but they acknowledged that with further knowledge of the subgroup, it 
might be necessary to modify or discard this suggestion. There seems no reason 
to suppose that members of this subgroup have spread naturally in a different — 
direction from other mosquitoes and other insects. Moreover, they include the 
easternmost representatives of the subgenus Stegomyia, which extends throughout 
the Oriental and Ethiopian regions, and this in itself is strong evidence that the 
subgroup originated somewhere in the western part of its range, where also it overlaps — 
the range of the closely allied albopictus subgroup. 

1 The specimen of scutellaris subgroup from Maldive Is., reported by Mattingly (see footnote, p. 353) 
extends the range westward to approximately 74° E. 

2 A copy of an earlier version of this map appears in Manson-Bahr & Muggleton (1952). The original 
contained no reference to Anopheles punctulatus farauti, and the indication in the published map, that ~ 


its southern boundary of distribution is coincident with that of s, scutellaris, is incorrect except in 
New Hebrides, 


‘peuliyuoo you soroeds jo AzTWUSpT ynq peprose1 dno1is stpyjajnos = - — — — 
‘dnoi3 purjst jnoysno1y} snonurjuos pouinsse soroeds jo uolynqiysIq “""*"*"* 
‘umouy AToyIUYep soroeds Jo uOTZNqLIysIq 


‘dNOUDANS srmpjaynos (vidmosyS) sapay AHL AO NOILNAINLSIQ TWOIHdVaDo0as) 


T T 


t 


j. gi id 
7 - e1sojjaqnosopnasd 
PI vsrooatd it 
#8] |P2 abi meats aa 
‘ sforauvbuoyy * ei ss rie 3 WOrdBy jo sido 


Dpouysny 


S/suauseyoY 9150//27N29 ors 


) 

none /S2psqe} many 9 

**O6 3 ext NN Se 

TSH OwNWYe 4 

> ds 

S]NDEYO] >, ee ¢ opbiorzt 

meg, 91 OZ 98 
sp xuncyy i ad Se 
\ 2:85 
$1 PRAUD & 
: hates | st Sata! a ec 
Aas ae Sj tp se 
a . a . Speer ouljoun’y) ° 
s] neubortd ra yin 
“ere scl” juossuoyoy i? | ae 
e 
ereuawonb~ 1 if yprsvey 
°T puorsoyy 4, a 
q 9 e] Homey 1 : 
Va ‘2 


. 2SUBALA, 


ne) 


e 
31 n 
mts A. bss i oss 1 br 1 on 1 


376 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


Though many of the species of the scutellaris subgroup are isolated from their 
fellows, there are several cases where the ranges of two or three overlap. If the 
distribution is treated in terms of island groups, the overlap appears considerable, 
but when details of locality records are examined, it is found that in some cases, 
as far as at present known, it is of small extent. 

Apart from the records of recognized forms—Andamans sp., andrewsi from 
Christmas I., alorensis from Alor and s. scutellaris from Ceram, Aroe Is. amd Moluccas 
—there are numerous records of “ scutellaris ”’ from islands of the Malay Archipelago 
which have not been reassessed since the existence of many distinct species in the 
scutellaris subgroup was recognized. Brug (1932), Bonne-Wepster & Brug (1932, 
1937) and Brug & Bonne-Wepster (1947) record mosquitoes of the scutellaris sub- 
group from Sumatra, Java, Lesser Paternoster Is., Celebes, Boeton, Kaboena, 
Adonare, Tenimber, Boeroe, Sanana, Saparoea and Sumba. 

Brug & Bonne-Wepster (1947) also record paullusi from Celebes, Ceram, Amboina, 
Sanana and Sumatra. Since it has now been found that alorensis has an anterior 
white line on the mid femur, it seems possible that some of these records may refer 
to alorensis. For this reason, until further information is available, these localities 
have not been included in the range of paullusi on the map, but remain in the area 
of species of unconfirmed identity. Paullusi is known with certainty from Sangir 
and the southern half of Philippine Is.; in the latter it overlaps the range of s. 
scutellaris which occurs throughout the group. To the north the subgroup extends 
to Okinawa, where one species, viverst, is found. 

The Caroline Islands stretch from east to west over 2,000 miles and five species* 
are known from them—s. scutellaris, hensilli, scutoscriptus, hakanssoni and sp. 
from Palau group. In the latter islands, at the western end of the chain, s. scutellaris 
is the only species recorded from Pulo Anna and Angaur ; on Peleliu and Garakayo 
both hensilli and ‘‘ sp. in scutellaris group”’ have been found. To the north-east: 
hensilli is the only species known from Ulithi Atoll, and still further east it is found 
on five islands of Truk Atoll, on four of which scutoscriptus also occurs. At the 
eastern end of the Carolines chain, hakanssont is the only species of the group found 
on Ponape. It is a reasonable supposition that hensilli was formerly confined to 
Ulithi and perhaps other islands as yet uncollected, and has subsequently extended. 
its range both east and west to overlap in each direction that of another form. 
North of Caroline Is., a single species, gwamensis, is known from Mariana Is., and 
to the east another, marshallensis, from Marshall and Gilbert Is. 

The Philippines and Carolines records of s. scutellaris represent the north-west 
limits of its range. It extends south through New Guinea and I have seen specimens 
from Hammond Is., Torres Straits, within about 20 miles of Cape York. In the 
eastern islands of Torres Straits it occurs on Murray, Darnley, Nepean and Yorke 
Is. The subspecies s. katherinensis is known from Northern Territory and northern 
West Australia. The situation in north Queensland is interesting and requires 
elucidation. Mackerras (1946) mentioned the occurrence of scutellaris in unsettled 
parts of Cape York Peninsula adjacent to Thursday I. ; his specimens have not been 
available for examination. Of two females from the Red Island Point area near 

1 Dr. R. M. Bohart has a sixth species, from Korror I. in the Palau group. 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 377 


Cape York, one is apparently s. scutellaris with mid femora entirely dark anteriorly ; 
_the other has three white scales scattered along the anterior surface of its remaining 
mid femur. Of five females from the Coen district, about 200 miles south of Cape 
York, two from Skull Creek are badly damaged; the only remaining mid femur 
has three or four white scales scattered along its anterior surface. There are seven 
to fourteen white scales in this position in specimens from Coen and from Musgrave 
$tation. The fifth specimen from Blue Mountains goldfield, has distinct but incom- 
plete narrow lines of white scales on the anterior surface of its mid femora. In this 
it resembles one of Woodhill’s s. scutellaris x s. katherinensis F* hybrids, rather 
_than s. katherinensis. It must be remembered that s. katherinensis is known chiefly 
¥ from specimens descended from one batch of eggs from Katherine, N.T., only six 
_ other specimens from two localities being recorded. It might be possible for the 
_ white line to vary to this extent in different stocks (cf., variation in white scaling 
on the proboscis of different stocks of pseudoscutellaris shown in Table V). On the 
Bother hand, Cape York Peninsula is the most likely place for a naturally interbreeding 
_ population of the two subspecies to occur. Whether or not this specimen is a hybrid, 
it indicates that s. katherinensis does occur on the Peninsula. 
_ The north-east limits of s. scutellaris are Admiralty Is. and Bismarck Archi- 
" pelago. As already noted, some Admiralty Is. specimens have atypical scutal or 
tarsal markings. Laird (1946) records s. scutellaris from New Britain, but Hill’s 
_ (1925) record of “ variegatus ’’ from New Ireland has not been re-checked. Laird 
A ~ (952) found quasiscutellaris on Nissan I., half-way between New Ireland and 
_ Solomons. 
: In the south-east s. scutellaris extends to New Hebrides where it occurs on 
_ numerous islands and overlaps the range of the local species, pernotatus. A possible 
} _ physiological difference between s. scutellaris from New Guinea and New Hebrides 
: is suggested by its incrimination as the vector of jungle dengue fever in New Guinea 
_ (Mackerras, 1946), whereas in New Hebrides Perry (1948) considered that it did 
- not appear to be a vector of dengue in nature under normal conditions (though 
_ Daggy (1944) thought it a probable vector on epidemiological grounds). North of 
te New Hebrides, Farner & Bohart (1945) quoted identifications of s. scutellaris from 
" Rennell! and Bellona Is. in south-west Solomons, and of s. scutellaris and tongae 
: from Nupani I. in Santa Cruz group. They considered these records needed confir- 
“mation by further collections. 
_ The islands have been doubtfully included in the range of these species on the 
pap. 
In Solomon Is. both quasiscutellaris and the aberrant species, gurneyi are found ; 
' the latter has been recorded only from Bougainville and Guadalcanal. Tongae has 
_been collected on Sikiana an outlying island east of the Solomons, but is the only 
species known both from there and from Tonga. 
In the eastern part of the subgroup’s range there are several species, females of 


1 The identification of further specimens from these islands would be of particular interest. Professor 
G. D. Hale-Carpenter informs me (im /itt.) that in its butterflies of the genus Euploea, Rennell differs 
considerably from other islands of the Solomons group, and it seems that it got some at least of its fauna 
directly from New Guinea’s eastern tip via the Louisiade archipelago as stepping stones. 


378 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


which are very difficult to distinguish from one another. Pseudoscutellaris and 
polynesiensis have until recently been treated together as “‘ pseudoscutellaris”’ 1 
and Rotuma sp. females ? may be indistinguishable from polynesiensis, as also are 
some females of horrescens. It has been possible to check many of the records by 
examination of males and folynesiensis appears to be the only widely distributed 
species in this area. Specimens collected by Dr. Marshall Laird on Nukonono I. 
have confirmed that polynesiensis occurs in the Tokelau group. Until males have 
been seen, some doubt must be felt in particular about records from Ellice Is. and 

Wallis I., which are nearest to the ranges of other members of the subgroup. | 

Theobald’s (1907) record of “ scutellaris”’ from Pitcairn I. seems to have been 
overlooked by later authors. Though Theobald at that time included both albo- 
pictus and scutellaris in his concept of “ scutellaris,” it is very unlikely that this 
record referred to albopictus and highly probable that it was polynesiensis. 

In Fiji three species occur ; polynesiensis is here at the western limit of its range 
but pseudoscutellaris and horrescens are not known from elsewhere. Edwards (1935) 
suggested that horrescens might be the native Fiji form, and that “ pseudoscutellaris ” 
had been more recently introduced from Samoa. While it is likely that the wide- 
ranging polynesiensis is an introduction, not enough is known of the distribution 
of pseudoscutellaris to cast doubt on its endemicity. Though the most obvious 
explanation is that these sympatric species originally developed in geographical 
isolation, comparatively little is known of differences in their ecology which might 
affect speciation.* Horrescens does show differences in habits from ‘‘ pseudo- 
scutellaris,”’ but now that the latter name is known to have covered two species, 
the subject needs re-examination. 

The question arises why, when most of the species of the scutellaris subgroup 
have, as far as we know, a fairly restricted distribution, a few should have much © 
more extensive ranges. The larval ecology of all is essentially similar, why should 
some species apparently be much more biologically aggressive than others ? | 

A study of the literature suggests that there may be some correlation between 
a species’ ability to extend its range and a combination of avidity for human blood — 
and ability to colonize artificial containers. The only forms for which both latter 
characteristics are recorded are s. scutellaris, ‘‘ pseudoscutellaris ’’ (= polynesiensis), 
hensilli, quasiscutellaris and riversi. With the exception of the last two, each of 
these species overlaps in its range at least two other members of the subgroup. 
Table II gives a summary of the recorded habits of the species.* 

The inference to be drawn is that the activities of man have had much to do with 
the spread of these species and also that almost certainly they originally developed 


1 Taylor’s (1914) and Breinl’s (1915) records of ‘‘ pseudoscutellaris’’ from Papua can be assumed to — 
refer to s. scutellaris. 

2 In one 9 from Rotuma the ratio of the length of the white band on hind tarsal segment IV was 
0°86; in one g, 0-79. This is longer than is usual in pseudoscutellaris and polynesiensis, and might 
prove a distinguishing character. 

3 Zimmerman (1948), as a result of his observations of insects on Pacific islands, considers that certain 
organisms appear to have selected certain environmental conditions, Rather than being what they are 
as the result of environmental influences, certain mutant forms seek out.the niches best suited to them. 

4 Dr. R. M. Bohart informs me that Korror sp. breeds in pitcher plants and has a very distinctive - 
larva. 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 379 


in geographic isolation somewhere within their present range. Buxton and Hopkins 
(1927) have put forward a strong case for the distribution of “ pseudoscutellaris ” 
(= polynesiensis) through the islands of Polynesia by the agency of Polynesian 
canoes. They similarly explain the occurrence of tongae on Sikiana; little has 
been recorded of the habits of tongae. Marks (1950) found that a percentage of 
pseudoscutellaris eggs could survive up to three weeks immersion in sea water, 
suggesting the possibility of dispersal in small floating vessels, such as coconut 
husks ; however, it is now doubtful whether pseudoscutellaris is widely distributed. 

The fact that certain forms of the scutellaris subgroup are known from the same 
localities without apparent intergrades justifies their treatment by taxonomists 
as full species, but further investigation is needed of forms which replace one another 
geographically. Huxley (1940) has emphasized the necessity for detailed mapping 
of the boundaries and range changes of species and subspecies. Many more records 


are needed before this can be attempted for the scutellaris subgroup. 


(4) Plate and Key for Identification of Adults 


Plate 18 includes the twenty-one known forms in the scutellaris subgroup! and, 
as indicated, eighteen have been actually examined, though in two of these male 


_ genitalia were not seen. The data included are based on a study of all descriptions 


and figures available, supplemented by direct observations on specimens, and by 


notes on gurneyt, marshallensis, scutoscriptus, hakanssont and sp. from Palau group, 
kindly made by Dr. Alan Stone from specimens in U.S. National Museum. 
The previous discussion of the diagnostic characters of the scutellaris subgroup 


- indicates the variability of these in some species. Each figure therefore represents 


what, as far as can be judged from the information available, would be the condition 
in an average specimen of that series.2, In several cases where characters vary 
considerably and both extremes are well represented, this has been shown by dupli- 
cation of the parts concerned ; in the case of pseudoscutellaris some of the variation 
obtained experimentally has been indicated thus. 

All drawings, except those of the basal lobe, are conventional. For example, no 


attempt has been made to indicate the distance of the white band from the base of 


the tergite. The lengths of the tarsal segments are in their correct proportions, 
but the width has been exaggerated. The width of the white bands on the tarsal 
segments is the outer (i.e., greatest) width; where the bands are interrupted by 
dark scales this is shown in the same figure though in the actual specimens the 
interruption (except in andrewst) is on the inner side. 

The descriptions from which the figures are drawn vary in detail. Hensilli and 
s. katherinensis are fully described. Marshallensis is described on the basis of 


1 Dr. R. M. Bohart has supplied the following details for Korror sp. of characters figured in Plate r. 

Proboscis : no white scales on under side in female, a somewhat distinct line in male. Scutum: no 
white scales along anterolateral margin. Scutellum: silver scales on all lobes, black at apex of mid 
lobe. Mid femur: no anterior white line. Hind femur: anterior white marking sloping off ventrally, 
not tapering. Hind tarsus: white bands complete on II-V, covering ? III, } IV, 2 V. Tergite V: 
band usually, but not always, incomplete. Basal lobe: somewhat as in riversi but row of specialized 
setae in apical rather than subapical position. 

2 The faint line of yellowish brown scales under the proboscis of scutoscriptus has not been interpreted 
as a white streak. 


ENTOM, III, to, 27 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


380 


“sTseLTely 


orporzed-uou peunssy * 


‘(SopHqeH WON, 
ut you Apjueredde 


‘eouins) MON Ut) onsueq °* 


,uorordsns Jepuy ,, 
‘onsuop JON 
‘ansuep ¢ 


‘siserieyy orporied-uoNn * 


pores oseasiq] 


ours 
‘T1724 ‘epppnd ‘ooqureq 
yyds ‘puoiz ynuU0I00 


uoyey ‘fixe jyeoy ores * 


ooqureq 


* gyno ‘sojoy oor ][eulg ° 
* Te1OO UI SefoYy ‘ s[rxejyeoyT * 


s]ixe Jeo] JOU ‘ooqureq 


yno UT sefoy ‘sefoy qeID * 
seo] Ore} JO [XV ° 


sooquieq ‘spuosj ynu 


* -0900 use} ‘stood yoo * 


spuoyy 


* ynuos00 jo 9aseq ‘TPM ° 


sjerreq 


* ‘suioj-901} ‘sooquieq ‘UIT, * 


S[IXe Fee] 


* you ‘spuoly jnuUO0D00 
uoT[ej ‘SeOTAeIO YOY * 
sperreq UIeY * 


Fe] 


* snuepued ‘puod durems ° 


xe 


* Jeol Ore} ‘sooquieq 43ND * 


SNOSUPTSOSTI 


sysny IO 


+ 

+ ee 

2 = 

+ + 

t: So 

+ + 

by + 

i + 

oe 

bE 

+ + 

3 + 

at + 

a 

5 + 
soToy s1ouTe}UOd 
“SorL Teoyiyty 
‘soovrd Surpessig 


+ . SoA 


SOA 
Sox 


aa 

+ sox 

+ on 
« Hoge 

+ + Sumreacqy,, * 

ae 

el 

+ 


Sox 


+ * sox 


+ * Ajerexy 
9injzeu Ul 
sTToys ueul sovIg 


ynu000) 


~GNOaSQns sireyjaynos ayz fo sarvadS fo sjiqvyy papsovay fo hanmuns—'] ATavL 


* nereg wor ‘ds 


avsuo} 
snqqisosojnas 


$140]]9]NIS 
|,stsmpjagnas 


Isha 
* srampjajnosisonb 


§sisuatsaucjog 
snqojousag 


*  asnyynog 
SISUA]]VYSADUL 
tswaosassoy 
311suay 
qmMossunyDy 
whauane 


dstsuamond 
sotoedg 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 381 


differences from s. scutellaris and gurneyi on the basis of differences from albopictus, 
but Dr. Stone has cleared up doubtful points forme. He has also provided a descrip- 
tion of the characters illustrated for sp. from Palau group, of which only brief details 
were given by Bohart and Ingram (1946d). The illustration of the basal lobe of 
this species is copied from a sketch supplied by Dr. Stone ; he describes the lobe as 
follows: ‘‘ The apex is somewhat angular, almost as in marshallensis, but lacking 
the two stout spines ; the hairs of the apex of the lobe (mediad) are thickened and 
curved and form a very distinct curved tuft.’” Bohart and Ingram’s notes on the 
hind tarsus differ from Dr. Stone’s, so both have been illustrated. 

The differences in the figures of the basal lobe are probably in some cases more 
apparent than real and in others more real than apparent since they are from various 
sources. The drawing of the basal lobe of scutoscriptus is enlarged from a small 
figure of the complete genitalia and possibly suggests a closer resemblance to perno- 
tatus and alorensis than actually exists. Dr. Stone informs me (im litt.) that an 
examination of the type slide of viverst shows the basal lobe to be more as in s. 
katherinensis than would appear from the figure in the chart. 

Some species show the distinctive shape and specialized setae of the basal lobe 
best in tergal view. In others an inner lateral view is essential for correct inter- 
pretation. It is believed that the figures are drawn to meet these requirements. 
Unfortunately, sp. from Rotuma does not show the specialized setae in tergal view, 
and since a second male was not available from which a mount in lateral aspect 
could be made, the basal lobe is figured in sternal view; this figure is therefore 
not directly comparable with any of the others. 

It was thought proper to show a distinction between freehand and scale drawings. 
The former were made during visits to the British Museum (Natural History) and 
though they are believed to give an accurate representation, it was not possible to 
give the same time and care to details as in specimens which were examined in the 
laboratory in Cambridge or Brisbane ; the latter were drawn to scale. 

The species are arranged in Plate 18 as far as possible in their geographical relation- 


* No information is available on the habits in nature of spp. from Andaman Is., or Rotuma I., nor of 
andvewsi, alovensis, pseudoscutellaris or s. katherinensis ; laboratory colonies of the last two feed readily 
onman. Bahr (1912) had both polynesiensis and pseudoscutellaris amongst the mosquitoes used when he 
proved ‘‘ pseudoscutellaris ’’ the vector of filariasis in Fiji (see Marks, 1951). 

+ Bohart & Ingram (1946b) report that adults of guamensis “‘ are rarely seen in nature and have never 
been observed to bite man even in heavily breeding areas’, Reeves & Rudnick (1951) record 21 speci- 
mens of guamensis in a collection of 7767 mosquitoes taken biting man. Farner & Bohart (1945) quote 
Fullaway’s report in 1912 of this species as “‘ very abundant and troublesome in the forests ’’ but it seems 
unlikely that this referred to guamensis. Laboratory experiments of Travis (1947) showed that guamensis 
would not feed readily on a dog but that in 68% of those which did, larvae of Divofilaria immitis developed 
to the infective stage. 

¢ Manson-Bahr & Muggleton (1952) found that adults of horrescens reared in the laboratory fed reluc- 
tantly on human blood and concluded from their experiments that this species was unlikely to be a 
suitable host for the local non-periodic filaria. 

§ Buxton & Hopkins’ (1927) records of breeding places of “‘ pseudoscutellaris’’’ refer to polynesiensis, 
the only species of the subgroup known from Samoa. Paine (1943) gives a long list of breeding places 
of “ pseudoscutellaris ’’ in Fiji but these may refer either to pseudoscutellaris or to polynesiensis. Perry 
(1950) quotes a personal communication from Lever reporting that “‘ pseudoscutellaris ’’ was an important 
agent in the transmission of dengue in Fiji—this might apply to either or both pseudoscutellaris or 
polynesiensis. 

§] Backhouse & Heydon (1950) found scutellaris inhospitable to Wuchereria bancrofti in the Rabaul 
region, 


382 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


ships, so that those next to one on the plate are those nearest to it on the map. 
This was more difficult with species in the eastern part of the range of the group, 
and for interpretation of apparent trends in characters, the plate should be used in 
conjunction with the map. 

It is hoped that the plate may overcome certain disadvantages of keys and tables. 
The visual presentation directs attention to resemblances and differences and the 
geographical arrangement brings out trends in characters and suggests relationships, 
some of them quite unexpected, which might otherwise escape notice. If an unde- 
scribed form were encountered, the plate should indicate the fact more strongly 
than a key can. Like keys and tables, however, the plate is not more than a pre- 
liminary guide and final identifications should always be made by reference to full 
published descriptions. 

Though the plate was designed for use on its own, it might prove more useful in 
the field if a key were available or a preliminary guide. The following key has 
therefore been prepared. It gives a good indication of the necessity for examination 
of male genitalia for certain identification of a species. The plate obviates the need 
for a key to male genitalia. 


Key To ADULTS OF THE scutellaris SUBGROUP 


(Median white line on scutum relatively slender; hind tarsal segments I-IV 
basally banded, V basally banded or all white.) 


1. Abdominal tergal markings basal; pleural markings in patches . albopictus subgroup. 
Abdominal tergal markings with more mesal portions basal; pleural markings in 

longitudinal bands ; costa with white line on basal third . 4 ‘ granti. 
Abdominal tergal markings with more mesal portions sub-basal ; costa all dark or 

with small basal white patch ‘ ; ‘ : ; scutellaris subgroup 2. 

2. Pleural markings in patches. : ‘ : : ‘ : j sities 


Pleural markings in longitudinal bands ‘ ‘ 
3. Hind femur with white marking on anterior surface sloping off ventrally towards apex? 4. 
Hind femur with white marking on anterior surface tapering towards apex . , ri 
4. Abdominal tergites with triangular white lateral markings . ; : : ee 
Abdominal tergites with lunate white lateral markings 
5. Scutellum with patches of dark scales on all lobes ; hind tarsal V with apical half or 


more completely dark? ; ; hakanssoni. 
Scutellum with small patch of dark scales at apex of mid lobe only ; hind tarsal V 
white to apex on outer aspect ; 6. 
6. Scutum with wide white line along anterolateral margin : abdominal tergites with 
lateral patches only . ; ; scutoscriptus. 
Scutum dark on anterolateral margin ; some abdominal tergites with complete 
bands ° . ‘ ‘ ‘ : ‘ y : : ; . Palau sp. 


1 Since going to press I have seen four 9° of marshallensis collected by Dr. M. Laird on Teaoraereke I., 
off Tarawa, Gilbert Is., in which the ventral dark scaling on hind femur is reduced; in two specimens 
the white marking on anterior surface still appears tapering, but in two it slopes off ventrally towards 
apex; the latter would key to the second half of couplet 5, being distinguished by the dark apical half 
of a hind tarsal V. 

2 Dr. R. M. Bohart has supplied the following note: Korror sp. keys out to couplet 5 but has hind 
tarsal V about % dark all around. Otherwise it agrees with the second half of the couplet and goes on 
to couplet 6 where it differs from either part by tergites sometimes having lateral patches only and 
scutum always dark on anterolateral margin. 


' 
j 


_—— 


eee ee 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 383 


7. Mid femur with longitudinal white line on anterior surface . : . : ° 8. 
Mid femur dark on anterior surface . 2 : ; ; ; : 10. 
8. Scutum with narrow white line along anterolateral margin ; . ‘ ‘ paullust. 
Scutum dark on anterolateral margin ‘ ‘ : P : : : : 9. 
g. Proboscis with white streak ventrally. ‘ : 2 ; : : .  alorensis.+ 
Proboscis dark ventrally . ‘ , . scutellaris katherinensis 
1o. Scutum with complete or incomplete narrow white or - yellowish line along antero- 
lateral margin (at least, not less than five white scales) . ; Iz. 
Scutum dark on anterolateral margin (at most, less than five white scales on ‘scutal 
angle) , . : : : $ 12; 
11. Some abdominal tergites with complete bands ? : , : , quasiscutellaris. 5 
Abdominal tergites never with complete bands . : é pseudoscutellaris. 
12. Hind tarsal V with black apex ; some abdominal tergites with ca aaa bands : 13. 
Hind tarsal V white to apex on outer aspect j ; 14. 
13. Length of white band on hind tarsal IV, 0-2—0-4 ; on hind tarsal V, 0°2-0°5 length 
of segment . - ‘ marshallensis, 
Length of white band on hind tarsal Tv, oO: 326: 6: on hind tarsal V, 0-4-1°0 length 
of segment , ; ; , 4 ‘ hensilli.8 
14. Some abdominal tergites with complete bands , , . : 15. 
Abdominal tergites with incomplete dotted bands, or with lateral patches : ; 16. 
15. Proboscis with white streak ventrally. : é . ; ‘ ‘ Andamans sp. 
Proboscis dark ventrally . : scutellaris scutellaris. 
16. Some abdominal tergites with almost complete dotted bands ; proboscis with white 
streak ventrally . : ; F } : : o UEGS 
Abdominal tergites with lateral patches only : ‘ F : 18. 
17. White scaling on one or more of hind tarsals III-V interrupted by dark scales on 
inner aspect , . . tongae (in part). 
White scaling on hind tarsals III-v not interrupted riverst, horvescens, tongae (in part). 
18. Proboscis with white streak ventrally. : : ? : . : . pernotatus.® 
Proboscis dark ventrally . ‘ . 19. 
19. White band on hind tarsal IV interrupted by dark scales on ‘ote aspect .  andrewst. 
White band on hind tarsal IV not interrupted . ‘ ‘ 20. 


20. Length of white band on hind tarsal IV, not less than 0-8 length of segnient " Rotuma sp. 
Length of white band on hind tarsal IV usually less than 0-8 length of segment 
polynesiensis .® 


(5) Interspecific Relationships 


In considering the relationships of the species it can be seen from Plate 18 that 
different characters show trends in different directions. Where the affinities thus 
implied conflict with one another, it is impossible to say which is indicative of closer 
relationship. The tendency might be to regard the genitalia characters as of greatest 
importance. However, Woodhill (1950) has shown that differences in the basal 
lobe between s. scutellaris and pseudoscutellaris are not mechanical barriers to cross 


1 Alovensis is known only from one g; it is probable that paullusi 99 with reduced anterolateral 
markings on scutum would be difficult to separate from alorensis 29. 

* Aberrant s. scutellaris from Admiralty Is. would key out here ; guasiscutellaris with reduced line 
on scutum may key to s. scutellaris. 

* Aberrant s. scutellaris from Admiralty Is. and New Hebrides would key out here ; hensilli with hind 
tarsal V completely white will key to s. scutellaris. 

* Some specimens of s. scutellaris have dotted bands and would key to couplet 16, but have no ventral 
white streak on proboscis. 

5 Some specimens of horrescens and polynesiensis may key out here; some specimens of pernotatus 
will key to andrewsi but the interruption to the hind tarsal bands is on the inner aspect, 

* Some specimens of horrescens, pernotatus and andrewsi may key out here, 


384 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


fertilization ; such differences therefore must be regarded from the same morpho- 
logical standpoint as any other characters. 

The Aedes (Finlaya) kocht group of mosquitoes has a similar distribution to that 
of the scutellaris subgroup though it does not extend quite so far into the Pacific. 
Marks (1947) observed that neither general coloration, nor structure of genitalia in 
the kochi group showed any obvious relationship to geographical distribution, but 
suggested that the affinities from New Guinea east might be traced in the larvae 
since the structure of the teeth of the lateral comb did appear to be related to geo- 
graphical distribution. It would be exceedingly difficult to trace affinities in the 
larvae of the scutellaris subgroup, since many of them are so alike that they can 
only be identified doubtfully, if at all; adult characters are a more promising field. 

The white scaling on the proboscis is frequently a variable character and the trends 
it shows in distribution may be open to question. Species with a white stripe under 
the proboscis extend from Andaman Is. east to Alor (alorensis) and Philippines 
(paullusi) and north of the latter to Okinawa (riversz) ; there is a gap in distribution 
then as far as Solomon Is.! (quasiscutellaris), to the east of which the character 
appears in Sikyana and Tonga (tongae), New Hebrides (pernotatus) and Fiji (horres- 
cens and sometimes pseudoscutellaris). 

White scaling on the anterolateral margin of the scutum links paullusi in the 
Philippines east to the Caroline species scwtoscriptus on Truk and hakanssom on 
Ponape, south to aberrant s. scutellaris in Admiralty Is. and quasiscutellaris in 
Solomon Is., and east again to pseudoscutellaris in Fiji. 

Since hakanssoni is the only species with distinctive scutellar scaling this character 
cannot be considered. 


} 
f 
. 
} 


ee 


Species with a white anterior streak on the mid femur have a north-south distri- — 


bution from Philippines to northern Australia, these are paullust, alorensis and — 


s. katherinensis. Dr. Alan Stone informs me (in litt.) that the mid femur of the type 
specimen of riversi “‘ has a very narrow border of pale yellowish scales along the 
lower margin.” Most species have pale scaling along the lower posterior margin 
of the mid femur and this sometimes extends on to the anterior margin. I have seen 
a specimen of s. scutellaris with a distinct white border along the lower anterior 
margin of the mid femur and probably the condition in viversi is comparable with this 
and not with the medially placed anterior streak of paullust. 

Four species are linked by having the white anterior scaling on the hind femur 
sloping off apically, instead of tapered as in the remaining seventeen forms. This 
character is found only in specimens from Marianas (gwamensis) and Carolines 
(sp. from Palau, scutoscriptus from Truk and hakanssoni from Ponape).? 

On the hind tarsi, the absence of a dark interruption to the band on segment I 
brings together species in the western part of the subgroup’s range, Andamans sp., 
alorensis, s. katherinensis with gurneyi from Solomon Is. in the east, and sp. from 
Palau and viversi from Okinawa in the north. 

There is a reduction in the width of the white hind tarsal bands linking species in 


1 The occurrence of related forms in Moluccas area and in Solomon Is. without intermediates in New 
Guinea is known in Lepidoptera (Zeuner, 1943) and Odonata (Lieftinck, 1949) and has been explained 
by Zeuner (/.c.) in terms of the theory of continental drift. 

2 Also in some specimens of marshallensis from Gilbert Is, (see p. 382). 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 385 


a west-east line, hensilli in the western Carolines, scutoscriptus on Truk, hakanssoni 
on Ponape and marshallensis from Marshall and Gilbert Is.; these, except scuto- 
scriptus, also have in common a black apical half to segment V (white in all other 
species and sometimes in hensillt). 

Species which may have segments III-V or [V-—V interrupted by a line of dark 
scales beneath, extend south-east from Marianas (guamensis) through Carolines (sp. 
from Palau, scutoscriptus from Truk, hakanssoni from Ponape) to Sikyana in Solo- 
mons, and Tonga (tongae) ; pseudoscutellaris in Fiji may show this character in 
certain environmental conditions, and it may occur in aberrant pernotatus. Far 
west of these species, andrewst may have the band on segment IV interrupted, but 
dorsally, not ventrally. 

Complete abdominal bands are found in species in the western and central part 
of the subgroup’s range, from Andaman Is. sp., alorensis (Alor), s. katherinensis 
(N. Australia), pawllus: (Philippines), hensilli and sp. from Palau (Carolines), s. 
scutellaris (New Guinea, etc.) to guasiscutellaris and gurneyi in Solomons, and north- 
east to marshallensis (Marshalls and Gilberts). On the outskirts of this distribution 
almost complete abdominal bands are found to the north, in rivers: (Okinawa) and 
to the east in tongae (Sikiana and Tonga) and horrescens (Fiji). 

The species which have only curving lateral patches on the abdominal tergites 
are found from Caroline Is. (scutoscriptus, hakanssont) south-east to Rotuma sp. 
and pseudoscutellaris (Fiji) with polynesiensis ranging east from Fiji, and to the 
west, pernotatus in New Hebrides. North of Caroline Is., guamensis also has lateral 
patches but these are of distinctive shape. The exception to this distribution 
pattern is andrewst from Christmas Is., far removed from the other species with 
lateral patches. 

When one examines the form of the basal lobe, there is one particularly well- 
defined type, a simple lobe with a row of specialized setae along its sternal aspect. 
This can be traced from Okinawa (riversi) south-east through Marianas (guamensis), 
Caroline Is. (hensilli in the east, hakanssoni in the west) to Sikyana and Tonga 
(tongae) and Fiji (pseudoscutellaris). Rotuma sp. may be allied to this type and 
polynesiensis is essentially similar but has lost the specialized setae. Other species 
with a simple basal lobe are found in the western parts of the subgroup’s range. 
The specialized setae are at the apex in Andaman Is. sp. and andrewst, while paullusi 
has only non-specialized setae arising from its truncate apex. Though slightly 
expanded in lateral view the basal lobes of s. scutellaris and s. katherinensis are 
essentially similar to the simple type. There is a fairly close resemblance between 
andrewst and s. scutellaris, both of which have the specialized setae set on the sternal 
angle of the tip ; Dr. Stone has noted a resemblance between riversi and s. katherin- 
ensis. 

Quite a different form of lobe is that with an elongated somewhat flattened apex, 
with specialized setae borne on its inner projection (i.e., towards midline of genitalia). 
This is found in the East Indian species alorensis (Alor) and in pernotatus (New 
Hebrides) ; scutoscriptus (Caroline Is.) appears to be similar; quasiscutellaris 
(Solomons) and horrescens (Fiji) though rather different, might be derived from this 
form ; gurneyt which lacks specialized setae could be derived either from this, or 


386 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


from further flattening of the apex of a lobe of paullusi type. Marshallensis has a 
similar inner projection, but the apex of the lobe is produced, not flattened, and it 
could derive almost equally well from the simple lobe first discussed ; sp. from Palau 
is apparently most like marshallensis but without specialized setae on the inner 
projection. 

Although the distribution of the different characters may suggest different affinities, 
it is clear that (with one exception) there is a very definite west-east trend (as already 
pointed out, it is unlikely to be east-west), which is in accordance with known 
relationships of the fauna of Pacificislands. The notable exception is the north-south 
distribution of mid-femur pattern, but this is in the Indo-Australian portion of the 
range, where distribution of the fauna is a more complex problem. 


(6) Immature Stages 


Although, as already detailed, it was differences between larvae from different 
areas that first led to the recognition of the scutellaris subgroup, Farner & Bohart 
(1944) justly observed “‘An effective systematic revision of the larvae must await 
the availability of greater amounts of reared and associated material as well as a 
critical study of the taxonomic characters.”” No one has yet produced such a 
revision. 

No details have been recorded of larvae of andrewst, alorensis, gurneyt, tongae or 
spp. from Rotuma, Palau group and Andaman Is., though all except possibly 
andrewsi, alorensis and Rotuma sp. have been reared from larvae. Descriptions 
available for larvae of the other forms vary in their completeness from Woodhill’s 
(1949a) note on the larvae of s. katherinensis “‘ indistinguishable from those of Aedes 
scutellaris scutellaris’’ to Knight & Hurlbut’s (1949) detailed account of the larva 
of hakanssoni. ; 

Various authors have found characters for distinguishing the larvae where two 
species occur in the one locality. Edwards (1935) tabulated characters for separating 
larvae of horrescens' and “‘ pseudoscutellaris’’ (Fiji) and indeed it was the observation 
of two distinct larval forms which led to the recognition of horrescens as a distinct 
species. Larvae of pseudoscutellaris and polynesiensis can be separated on the 
relative lengths of their gills (Marks, 19510) so that the three Fijian species are identi- 
fiable. Perry (1944) gave key characters for distinguishing the larvae of s. scutellaris 
and pernotatus (New Hebrides). Bohart & Ingram (1946b) were able to distinguish 
hensilli larvae from those of scutoscriptus and sp. from Palau (Caroline Is.). 

Belkin (1950) provided a system of nomenclature for the complete chaetotaxy of a 
culicine larva. With the aid of this and adequate representative larval material 
of the various species, it would very likely be found that many of the larvae could 
be identified on a combination of characters, as are the adults, and possibly some 
trends in the distribution of characters would appear. For example, examination 
of a small number of larvae of pseudoscutellaris and polynesiensis has suggested that 
hair 2 of abdominal segments III—-VII is frequently single in pseudoscutellaris and 

1 Edwards gives a series of distinctive characters. The presence of multi-branched hairs on thorax 


and abdomen is not by itself sufficient to identify a specimen as horrescens, since occasionally these hairs 
are fairly heavily branched in larvae of pseudoscutellaris and polynesiensis, 


i el 


tls ia 


—— 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 387 


rarely so in polynesiensis. Long series from varied localities are essential for evalua- 
tion of characters such as this. Our present knowledge is quite inadequate for 
preparation of a key to the larvae of the subgroup or for useful discussion of the 
specific larval characters. 

No attempt has been made to separate species on pupal characters and the pupal 
stages have in general been ignored though Knight & Hurlbut (1949) give details 
of the pupa of hakanssoni, and Penn (1949) describes that of s. scutellaris. 

The eggs of all species, so far as is known, appear identical but no comparative 
measurements for different species have been recorded. 


III. EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES OF VARIATION IN AEDES 
PSEUDOSCUTELLARIS (THEOBALD) 


(1) Introductory 


The characters by which a culicidologist distinguishes the various members of 
the scutellaris subgroup from one another have already been discussed in detail. 

Descriptions of some species indicated a certain amount of variation in several 
of the diagnostic characters. It was decided therefore to take a single species 
and investigate the extent to which such morphological characters of the adults 
could be affected by controlled variation of the larval environment. The results 
would give some indication of the reliability of the different characters for taxonomic 
purposes, and the factors involved in their phenotypic variation. They might 
thereby provide some evidence on the validity of the specific status accorded to the 
form investigated. 

The common diagnostic characters of the subgroup were chosen for biometrical 
study. These all (except on the genitalia) concern the proportions of white scaling 
to black. Some additional characters of this type were studied, in view of their 
possible taxonomic use and also to discover whether they varied in a similar fashion 
to the rest. The measure usually given to indicate size of mosquitoes is the wing- 
length. This was recorded, and also for comparison, the length of the hind femur. 
It is a well-known zoological fact that size varies considerably with the temperature 
of the animal’s environment, as well as from other causes such as, in mosquitoes, 
abundance of larval food. 

In addition to these two measurements, the following characters were examined 
(each is discussed in further detail in conjunction with its appropriate table) : 

White scales under the proboscis ; white scales on the anterolateral margin of the 
scutum ; white scales in front of the prescutellar bare area; white patches at the 
bases of fore and mid tarsal segments ; extent of anterior white streak and of dark 
ventral scaling on hind femur ; greatest length of white bands on hind tarsi; and 
least length (i.e., the extent to which they are interrupted beneath) ; distance 
between the lateral patches on abdominal tergites V and VI ; number of specialized 
setae on the basal lobe of the male coxite. 

Variation was apparent also in several characters which were not investigated 
biometrically. In females bred at 15-16° C., the median white stripe on the scutum 
was the width of about five scales across, whereas at 30-32° C., it was 9 or 10 scales 


388 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


across. At 30-32°C., broad appressed white scales were developed in certain sites 
where at lower temperatures the white scales were narrow curved.! This was 
particularly marked on the anterior margin of the scutum at the commencement 
of the median white stripe (some specimens from 4 sea-water were similarly affected); 
a few broad scales were frequently present also at the posterior extremity of the 
median stripe, and on the scutal angle. 

The studies of variation described herein were made on specimens derived from a 
laboratory colony, a small population which had been inbred for many generations. 
Though it seems probable that small populations are favourable to relatively rapid 
evolution (Mayr, 1942; Ford, 1949), they often show reduced variability due to 
accidental gene loss or genetically limited ancestry. It is therefore likely that the 
amount of variation observed in this stock is less than would occur in a natural 
population subject to the same conditions ; this is confirmed by a comparison with 
material from a colony of different origin. However, the specimens have been 
reared in controlled conditions, so that what variation does occur can be related to 
the variation in the environment. 

Conditions were not controlled rigidly and the experiments were spread over a 
period of approximately sixteen months. It is therefore not surprising that when 
some of the series were tested for homogeneity in several cases appreciable hetero- 
geneity was found. In this kind of exploratory work it is not necessary to make 
very precise measurements of the effect on each series of changing one factor in the 
environment and the interest is mainly in the qualitative differences. Nevertheless, 
comparison between Series F, C, B and E, in which the temperature was progressively 
raised while other conditions were the same, is very constant wherever any positive 
effect occurs at all. 

The effects of the different treatments are illustrated in Tables III-XX. In 
certain cases where these were not clear-cut and it was a matter of interest to 
examine them further, their significance was tested statistically. In the tables, 
where specimens fall on the limits of two ratio groupings, they have in all cases 
been placed in the lower category. 


(2) Material 


The species chosen for investigation was Aedes (Stegomyia) pseudoscutellaris 
(Theobald) of which a culture was obtained from the following source : 

The late Mr. D. W. Amos in August, 1948, sent by air larvae (all stages) of ““pseudo- 
scutellaris’’ from Fiji to Sir Philip Manson-Bahr in London. No particulars are 
now available of the number of specimens with which the colony was started, nor 
of the exact locality from which they had been collected, though it is believed to 
have been Suva. Mr. P. G. Shute established the laboratory colony and it was 
subsequently maintained as a continuously breeding population in the Parasitology 
Department of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine. From thence 

1 It would be interesting to know what factor is responsible for the development of a scale in one or 


other of two such distinct shapes. The distinction between narrow and broad scales on a given site is 
often used to separate species or even subgenera of mosquitoes. 


i | 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 389 


a sample of all stages from egg to pupa was obtained in November, 1949. Approxi- 
mately 350 adults were reared from it and their progeny are regarded as the first 
(Cambridge) generation. The studies of variation were made on specimens from this 
stock. Whether the original stock from Fiji was a pure culture of pseudoscutellaris 
is unknown, but there is no doubt that the sample brought to Cambridge was a pure 
culture of this species. 

A second stock of pseudoscutellaris was received from Mr. B. A. O’Connor in April, 
1951, direct from Fiji. This consisted of a batch of about 120 eggs obtained from 
wild-caught males and females, collected 1oth—16th March at Naduruloulou Agricul- 
tural station (about 12 miles in a direct line east of north from Suva). Approximately 
60 adults were obtained from this sample, and their progeny, reared under standard 
conditions, were compared with the other stock. 


(3) Methods 
(a) Rearing 

The design of the experiments required that the conditions in which larvae were 
reared should be controlled, though highly refined techniques and rigorous control 
of all conditions were deemed unnecessary. A continuous breeding colony was not 
maintained ; egg batches were hatched as required and the larvae reared with 
the following standard technique. 

Breeding bowls were kept at the required temperature in thermostatically con- 
trolled incubators or in a constant temperature room. Straight sided glass bowls 
of varying capacity were used. 

Larvae. The liquid contents of the bowl in which the eggs were to be submerged 
consisted of tap-water, “ larval essence ’’’ and a small amount of larval food. 

“‘ Larval essence,’ used as a hatching stimulus,! was the filtered liquor in which a 
previous culture of larvae had been reared. It was stored in a jar and used as 
required in amounts of approximately 30-100 c.c. per bowl. The quantity was 
not standardized since there was no means of standardizing the quality. 

The size of bowl and the volume of tap-water used were adjusted to the number 
of eggs to be hatched so that overcrowding of larvae was avoided. 

Larval food consisted of a mixture of equal parts by volume of finely ground 
Bemax and two types of dog-biscuit, one of which contained meat-meal. It was fed 
either in aqueous suspension or the powder sprinkled directly on the surface of the 
medium. Larvae were fed as necessary, usually daily or every second day. Enough 
food was added to keep the liquid slightly cloudy, but to avoid formation of a scum. 
The medium soon developed a rich culture of micro-organisms and it is likely that 
these formed the bulk of the material actually ingested by the larvae. 

Salinity. Specific gravity measurements made with an immersion hydrometer 
indicated no increase of salinity in tap-water culture media at completion of rearing 
at 25°-28° C., and in essence, when compared with tap-water at similar temperatures. 


1 Numerous workers have found that the presence of micro-organisms is one of the many factors 
that stimulate hatching in Aedes eggs, including Buxton and Hopkins (1927) in their studies of “‘ pseudo- 
scutellaris”’ (= polynesiensis). The effect of the “‘ essence ’’ may have been through the micro-organisms 
it introduced to the medium. 


390 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


When rearings were made in diluted sea-water, the salinity was estimated by the 
method described by Harvey (1928) of titration with silver nitrate solution. The 
corrections he gives were applied and the results recorded in parts per thousand 
(%o) to the first decimal place. The salinity of selected samples from other con- 
ditions was measured in the same way. 

Air. Compressed air was bubbled slowly through the larval medium ; if this 
was not done a scum formed on the surface and larvae and pupae drowned. 

Pupae were collected daily or every second day and transferred to a dish of clean 
water in a cage; in other respects the pupae were subjected to the same variations 
in environment as the corresponding larvae. When all pupae in the dish had 
emerged, the cage was transferred to a constant temperature room at 24-26° C. 

Adults of all series were kept in cages (8 in. cubes or larger) in a constant tem- 
perature room at 24-26°C. The humidity of the room varied, but glass bowls 
with moist filter paper or porous earthenware pots of water were placed in the cages 
to provide moisture. Most specimens required for subsequent examination were 
killed 24-48 hours after emergence. 

No food was given other than blood meals. The source of these was usually man, 
less frequently rabbit and once chicken. A blood meal was offered when the majority 
of females in the cage were 3-5 days old and continued long enough for numerous 
specimens to engorge (usually 20-30 minutes). Sometimes a second meal was 
given on a later day. Porous earthenware pots containing water were provided 
for oviposition. They were removed within 7 days of the blood meal and the water 
decanted, but the pots were kept moist for a further 1-2 days. They were stored in 
the constant temperature room at 24-26° C. and shards with the required quantity 
of eggs broken off when needed. Where egg batches were obtained from individual 
adults, these were laid on moist filter paper in a glass tube. 

Specimens for study were usually pinned through the side as this was least likely 
to damage the characters studied. Each specimen received a label with its series 
letter (indicative of the conditions of rearing) and a serial number. 

Records. Day by day records were kept for each batch of larvae reared. These 
included source and approximate or exact number of eggs; date submerged ; 
particulars of medium ; number of pupae collected ; emergence of adults (in certain 
samples the proportions of the sexes were recorded from a count of pupal skins) ; 
date and source of blood meal ; date of oviposition. 


(6) Sampling 

Sampling was at two levels, firstly from the total of adults reared in a batch, 
secondly from the collection of pinned specimens. In all cases damaged specimens 
were rejected. In the case of progeny of individual females, all suitable adults 
reared were pinned. With large collections of adults of mixed parentage, if none 
were needed for breeding, all were killed and the required number of specimens 
pinned. If it was desired to breed from the adults, each specimen for pinning was 
captured by hand in a glass tube. This method was found more satisfactory than 
an aspirator for the purpose of obtaining perfect specimens. 

Pupation of a batch of larvae extended over a period of days. The pupae (and 


Se ee ee 


nt Sin 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 391 


adults emerged therefrom) in lots representing 1, 2 or 3 days pupation were kept in 
separate cages until samples had been taken. The majority of males emerged in 
the first few days, while the proportion of females gradually increased. The pro- 
portion of each sex to be pinned from any particular cage was in several cases known 
accurately from a count of sexes of the pupal skins. In most cases the numbers 
were eStimated in the light of this experience, by direct observation of the adults 
to be sampled. The serial number of a pinned specimen indicated the batch from 
which it came and also the collection of pupae within that batch. The specimens 
examined represented proportionately the number pinned from each pupal collection 
within the batch. In this way a representative cross-section of the population 
was obtained. 

It should be made clear, however, that though equal numbers of each sex from a 
batch might be pinned and equal numbers examined, the numbers of each sex 
actually reared in that batch were not necessarily equal. 

From the males examined, a smaller number were selected on the same principle 
for dissection of the genitalia. 


(c) Examination of specimens 


The characters of the external morphology of the specimens were examined with 
a binocular dissecting microscope. Measurements were read on an eyepiece micro- 
meter with divisions of 0-I mm. ; using X 7 eyepieces and x 5 objective, 38 divisions 
of the scale represented I mm. 

A rotating insect stage was used for orientating specimens for examination of 
characters. 

Only one leg or wing (the one most easy to observe) was measured on each 
specimen. 

Gemtalia. The technique employed was a simple one which facilitated the 
preparation of a large number of mounts. 

The specimen was relaxed and the terminal segments cut off and transferred to a 
small tube of 10% potassium hydroxide. This was set in a beaker of water, which 
was heated to boiling-point, and it was allowed to remain in the hot water for 
5 minutes. The genitalia were transferred to a watch glass of distilled water, plus 
acetic acid. After five minutes they were transferred to cellosolve on an excavated 
slide and then dissected. With a straight surgical needle the genitalia were divided 
longitudinally into two halves, the basal lobe of one half was detached with the 
aid of fine steel pins.1 : 

The parts were transferred to chloral gum medium on a slide, arranged so that 
both basal lobes were in lateral view, and covered with a piece of glass coverslip. 
They were examined with a monocular microscope using 4 in. objective. 

When required, scale drawings were made with the aid of a squared eyepiece 
micrometer. 


1 It is recommended that in specimens where the basal lobes are to be examined in lateral view, one 
lobe should be left attached to the coxite so that it may readily be determined which is the inner and 
which the outer lateral view. 


392 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


(d) Variation of larval environment 


Only one factor was varied in the larval environment in any one series of experi- 
ments. 

An arbitrary “‘ standard ”’ series was reared as already described, in a tap-water 
medium at 25°—28° C. (Series B). 

The following series were reared similarly but the temperature was varied : 


15°--16° C. (Series F). 
19°—22° C. (Series C). 
30°-32° C. (Series E). 


After preliminary experiments it was found that larvae could be reared satis- 
factorily in a medium containing 4} sea-water. Series D was reared in 3 sea-water 
at 25°-28° C. 

Specimens of Naduruloulou stock (Series H) were reared similarly to Series B. 

Attempts to rear larvae at 10° C., and at temperatures above 32° C. were unsuc- 
cessful. 

The following summarizes the particulars for each series : 


Series B. 25°-28°C. 


About 40 batches representing nine generations were reared. Many of these 
were for the purpose of maintaining the stock, but 1,394 specimens (658 3g, 736 99) 
were pinned from 1g batches, either mass rearings or individual egg batches. Speci- 
mens representing nine of these batches were studied; they had been reared 
from December, 1949, to July, 1950. The 152 males examined came from 
six batches (1st generation mass rearing, 54; 3rd generation individual batches, 
9, 9; 4th generation individual batches, 36, 14, 30). From the same batches 
respectively (excluding one 3rd generation batch) females were taken in the following 
numbers, 20, 10, 10, 10, 10; and in addition from a 3rd generation mass rearing 
(20) and 5th and 6th generation individual rearings (10, 10), making a total of 100, 
from eight batches. The mean temperature reading for the larval medium for one 
of these batches was 27:4° C. (6 readings). Genitalia of 25 males were dissected. 


Series F, 15°-16° C. 

One batch was reared in February-March, 1951, 350 specimens pinned (202 g¢, 
148 99) and 100 of each sex examined. The batch was gth generation (from Series C 
eggs, laid by females of 2nd generation bred at 19°-22°C.). Mean temperature 
was 15:2° C. (30 readings). 

Genitalia of 25 males were dissected. 


Series C. 19°-22° C. 


, ee a 


were 


ee ee ee 


Six batches were reared from February, 1950, to March, 1951, 500 specimens ~ 


pinned (250 gg, 250 99) and 100 of each sex examined. The first three batches 


(50, 50, 100 pinned adults) were from eggs from Series B (1st, 4th and 7th generations 
respectively). From the third of these, three succeeding generations at 19°-22° C — 


j 


i A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 393 


_ were bred (100 adults pinned from each). Twenty per cent of each lot of pinned 
_ specimens was examined, the sexes being equally divided. 

The following are the mean temperatures of the medium for each batch, with the 
number of readings in parenthesis : 20°5 C. (8), 20°3 C. (9), 21-3° C. (3), 20°5° C. (19), 
20°7° C. (19), 20°5° C. (ro). 

Gemitalia of 25 males were dissected. 


Series E. 30°-32° C. 


Four batches were reared from December, 1950, to March, 1951, 469 specimens 
pinned (lots of 60, 88, 300 and 21 totalling 260 3g, 199 29), and 100 of each sex 
examined. From the above batches respectively were taken 35, 30, 21 and 14 males 
and 18, 28, 48 and 6 females. The first two batches were 8th generation eggs from 
Series B; the third, 9th generation eggs from Series C (laid by female of 2nd 
- generation bred at 19°-22°C.); the fourth, the progeny of the third. Mean 
temperatures of the medium for each batch (number of readings in parenthesis) were 
mearr C. (12), 30°7° C. (22), 30°6° C. (23), 29°9° C. (8). . 
Genitalia of 25 males were dissected. 


Series D, 25°-28° C., 4 sea-water. 


Five batches were reared from June to November, 1950, in a medium of 4 sea-water 
at 25°-28° C., 500 specimens pinned (250 gd, 250 29) and 100 of each sex examined. 
The first batch was 6th generation eggs from Series B and the remainder were 
succeeding generations bred from these ; from each 100 adults were pinned, 20% 
of which were examined, the sexes being equally divided. For two batches the mean 

_ temperatures (number of readings in parenthesis) were 27-1° C. (4), 25:9° C. (9). 
_. The following are the salinity measurements at the beginning and end of each 
_ rearing: 


Initial Number Final 
f salinity. of days. salinity. 

(Joo) (°/oo) 
157 . 23 2 16-2 
II-9 15 : 13°I 
I2°1 13 : 12°7 
II-9 13 ‘ —_— 
rre7 15 ; 15:0 


The sea-water used was the laboratory stock from Lowestoft; its salinity, 
measured on one occasion, was 34:6%,. 
Genitalia of 25 males were dissected. 


Series H. 25°-28° C. 


One batch, the 2nd (Cambridge) generation of the Naduruloulou stock, was reared 
for study in April-May, 1951, 97 adults pinned (47 gd, 50 29) and 25 of each sex 
examined. Two temperature readings of the medium were 27° C. 

Genitalia of 10 males were dissected. 


est 
asl | | 


ae OL 


™~ 
pene 
ioe) 
stl id 


*‘soSejusoied ur pessoidxe suourtoeds jo sIoquInN, » 


ze 


61 
ZII 


+ 


oh Da 


ce 
ce 


gol 
-1€1 -gzi -Gz1 -zz1 -611 -g11 -€11 -o11 —Lo1 —vorI —IOI 


|| |a* 
Ib} 18] 
P13] 


Pal | | 


SS pp jen | 


| 
CS I i 
00 0 


(‘mu I = sytun gf) yysuaT 


ay 
=) 
e) 
4 
1) 
fee) 
=) 
wn 
WH 
NY 
fe 
XN 
QQ 
re) 
ra] 
S 
=) 
.e) 
Yn 
YD 
rea) 
Q 
rea) 
xX 
[ea 
He 
H 
fe 
° 
5 
isa) 
_ 
> 
isa) 
4 
< 


394 


«801m Jo w8ue] 


stanpjagnasopnasg sapay—'|J] AlavVL 


oor 
oor 
oSt 
oor 
oor 


suourtoeds 
yo IoquInNy 


4904S JUSIOYIp 


“"Y 8%—o$% “H SOLES 


Joyem-voas $ 


“2 .8Z—$z ‘q Sete 
*D ot€-,0€ “A SELES 
2) 82% $% ‘q SaTIag 


ge o&e—,O1 < SeTIES 


we o91—,$1 “a SOTIIS 


SoTeula,T 
319038 UeLBIp 


“*) 8@—o$% ‘H Seles 


Joyem-eas 


“9 .§%—$z ‘q SetIeg 
*) .c£—-,0€ ‘q SetIias 
“2 8%- $2 “g SeTIEg 
") .%2—,61 ‘9 Satreg 
‘D) .91- $1 “WY Setteg 


sore 


surm 


——— Ss ey 


7 eS 


eee eee er 


axe ee ee ee 


CN 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 395 


(4) Results 
(a) Tables III and IV: Length of wing and of hind femur 


TABLE IV.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris 


Hind femur Length (38 units = 1 mm.) 
Length of femur.* 
pet AS 


Number of * 48- 5I— 54- 57— 60- 63— 66— 69- 72— 75- 78— 81-— 84- 87— 
62 80 


specimens 50 53 56 59 65 68 7I 74 77 83 86 89 
Males 
Series F, 15°-16° C. : 100 —- — — — — I 2 56 200 2—- —- — — 
Series C, 19°-22° C. ‘ 100 — — — 2 7 1% 5 19 8 — — — — — 
Series B, 25°—28° C. ; 152 -_— — — 2 24 49 245 —- —- —- —- —- — — 
Series E, 30°-32° C. ; 100 - 7 Il 26 20 25 9 2 — —- —- —- — — — 
Series D, 25°-28°C.,_ . 100 _ 2 22 49 282 6 —- —~ — —~ — — — 
4 seawater 
Series H, 25°-28°C., 25 _—- — — — 12 488 40 —- —- —- —- — — 
different stock 
Females 
Series F, 15°-16° C. . 100 —- —- —- — — — — 4 10 29 39: «1662 — 
Series C, 19°—22° C. F I0o —- —- — — — — — 2 33 23 38 21 r 2 
Series B, 25°—28° C. - 100 —- —- — — — 3 6 21 42 244 4—-— — 
Series E, 30°-32° C. : 100 2 3 #5 12 32 25 6 5 — — —- — — — 
Series D, 25°-28° C., - 100 — — — — 7 12 37 29 14 I —- — — — 
4 sea-water 
Series H, 25°—28° C., A 25 —- —-—- —- — — — 6 6 8— — — — 


different stock 


* Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. 


The measurements have not been converted from the units in which they were 
made, since tabulation of these shows clearly the effects of different larval conditions. 

Wing-length was measured from the large sclerite at the base! to the tip of the 
wing, excluding the fringe. The table shows that the longest wings are found in 
specimens bred at lowest temperatures, and conversely the shortest in those bred 
at the highest temperatures, with a gradient between. The wings of both males 
and females reared in } sea-water (Series D) are significantly shorter (at 0-1% level) 
than those reared in tap-water at the same temperature (Series B). Wings of females 
are longer than those of males in the same series. 

The length of the hind femur was measured from its upper basal margin to the 
tip of the white patch at the apex. It shows a similar gradation to the wing-length 
in relation to temperature except that this is not apparent between females bred 
at 15°-16° C. and 19°-22°C. In Series D from 4 sea-water the femur is shorter 

1 At the wing base there is a complicated system of small sclerites ; the largest of these is a prominent 
dark shield-shaped sclerite lying just posterior to the base of the costa and articulating distally with 
the remigium (the united bases of veins of the radial complex). Prashad (1918) in his description of 
the wing-joint in Anophelines calls it the ‘‘ epaulette’”’ ; S. R. Christophers (personal communication) 
regards it as homologous with the 2nd axillary of Snodgrass (1935). It was found convenient to measure: 


the wing-length from the proximal edge of the well-defined sclerite, rather than from the actual base: 
of the costa which was not always easy to observe. The difference between measurements taken from. 


these two points is less than 2% of the total wing-length and therefore of negligible importance in 


comparisons between species. 
ENTOM. III, tro. 28 


396 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


than in Series B from tap-water; the difference is highly significant. The femur 


is longer in females than in males from the same series. 

The ratio of the length of the wing to that of the hind femur was plotted for 
several series. This showed some correlation but there was considerable scatter of 
the points, so that one could not be deduced from the other with any precision. 


(5) Table V: Pale scales under the proboscis 


TABLE V.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris 


Proboscis Pale streak on under side 
Number of pale scales* 
Number of ;- A a 
specimens fe) I-10 II-20 21-30 31-40 41-50 51-60 61-70 
Males 
Series F, 15°—16° C. . 100 ¢ 64 25 8 3 - = _ — 
Series C, 19°-22° C. . 100 i. 3e 52 13 3 — — — = 
Series B, 25°-28° C. . 152 2 hakO 43 30 6 I = ~— as 
Series E, 30°—32° C. , 100 : 16 48 20 13 3 ~ ~- a 
Series D, 25°-28°C., 100 a i, 69 13 I — = a - 
4 sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28° C., > 25 oo 8 12 16 36 12 8 8 
different stock 
Females 
Series F, 15°-16° C. ; 100 =! 63 “4 —_— — — — _— — 
Series C, 19°-22° C. . 100 . 67 28 5 — — — — — 
Series B, 25°—28° C. - 100 5. gS 31 6 4 I — — — 
Series E, 30°-32° C. : 100 s Ga 31 5 — — — — — 
Series D, 25°-28° C., 7 100 a 31 3 oo — o — = 
4+ sea-water 
Series H, 25°—28° C., - 25 oo a 24 12 24 20 16 4 


different stock 
* Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. 


The amount of pale scaling under the proboscis was recorded by an actual count 
of the number of pale scales. These observations led to the conclusion that a count 
of more than ten could be taken to represent the presence of a pale streak under 
the proboscis. 

Ignoring for the moment the implications of the counts for Series H, the table 
illustrates that a pale streak is of much more frequent occurrence in males than in 
females. The variation of larval environment has had little effect on the amount 
of pale scaling in the female, except at the lowest temperature, 15°-16°, when a 
much higher proportion have the proboscis completely dark. This applies also to 
males at 15°-16° C., and there is a progressive reduction in the number of males 
with a recognizable streak at temperatures below 25°-28° C., but not an appreciable 
increase above. Series D in 4 sea-water also shows a reduction in numbers with a 
streak. 

Series H, from different stock, has a very high proportion of both sexes with a 
streak. This emphasizes that though the observations of variation in one stock 
may suggest certain conclusions, it would be unsafe to interpret them as applying 
rigidly to all members of the species, let alone to related species. 


ee ee 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 397 


(c) Table VI: Scutal pattern 


TABLE VI.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris 


Scutum Extent of white scaling on anterolateral margin 
Scutal pattern * (see Fig. 19). 
Number of r A ~ 
specimens B- B A- A A+c+ 
Males 

Series F, 15°—16° C. : 100 ° 65 30 4 I — 
Series C, 19°-22° C. ; 100 : II 35 43 II — 
Series B, 25°-28° C. : 151 -- 4 14 82 — 
Series E, 30°—32° C. ; 100 I 4 29 46 20 
Series D, 25°-28° C., Pe 100 — I 28 65 6 

4 sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28° C., : 25 ° oa 12 40 40 8 

different stock 

Females 

Series F, 15°—16° C. ‘ 100 r 69 29 2 — — 
Series C, 19°—22° C. F 100 4 II 61 24 4 — 
Series B, 25°—28° C. : 100 : 5 16 59 20 —- 
Series E, 30°—-32° C. : 100 : I 32 32 30 5 
Series D, 25°-28° C., ; 100 F I 18 55 25 — 

4+ sea-water 
Series H, 25°—28° C., = 25 : — 20 52 28 — 


different stock 


* Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. 


Fic. 19. Variation in white scaling on anterolateral margin of scutum of Aedes pseudo- 
scutellaris (Theobald). (B-, F. 268; B,C. 44; A-,C.152; A, D. 488; A +, E. 123; 
all 29.) 


The line of white scales along the anterolateral margin of the scutum distinguishes 
pseudoscutellaris from the closely similar species polynesiensis. The line may be 
definite, or faint and interrupted, but there are always some pale scales present. 

For biometrical interpretation the amount of white scaling was divided into 
five categories, B-, B, A-, A, and A +, B — having the least and A + the greatest 

ENTOM, III, 10, 28§ 


398 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


development of white scales. These categories are illustrated from typical specimens 
in Fig. 19. 

B—: white scales confined to a small patch on the scutal angle. 

B: white scales on the scutal angle and extending forward slightly along the 
margin ; or else only on the scutal angle, with 2 or 3 scales further forward. 

A—: white scales extending along the anterolateral margin, but the line inter- 
rupted to a greater or lesser extent, sometimes complete on one side and incomplete 
on the other. ' 

A: white scales forming a narrow continuous line along the anterolateral margin. 

A+: white line on anterolateral margin quite thick and well marked. 

There is no line of demarcation between these categories and interpretation is 
purely a matter of judgment, but by allotting the specimens among them, they do 
present a general picture of the variation in this character. 

From the table it appears that at 15° C. the amount of white. scaling is reduced 
to a minimum and the pattern is similar in both sexes ; with increase of temperature 
the white scaling increases, but to a greater extent in males than in females ; a larval 
environment of 4 sea-water does not appreciably affect it. 

The presence of white scales on the anterolateral margin of the scutum is the only 
character known to distinguish females of pseudoscutellaris from polynesiensts. 
Specimens of the latter occasionally have 1-3 pale scales on the scutal angle. A 
count of the number of white scales on the scutal angle in specimens of pseudo- 
scutellaris recorded as B— from all series, (165 out of a total of 1,101 examined) 
gave a range of I-13 with a mean of approximately 6 scales for 299 scutal angles 
(one side of a specimen was sometimes rubbed or obscured). 


(4) Table VII: White scales on either side of the prescutellar bare area 


TABLE VII.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris 


Scutum White scales on either side of prescutellay bare area 
Total number of white scales on both sides.* 
Number of cr A . 
specimens ° 1-4 5-8 Q-I2 13 or over 
Males 

Series F, 15°-16° C. ? 100 . 31 54 14 I oo 
Series C, 19°-22° C. A 100 4 27 55 15 3 — 
Series B, 25°-28° C. s 135 - 6 61 27 ‘6 — 
Series E, 30°—32° C. : 100 ; 26 55 15 3 I 
Series D, 25°—28° C., ; Io0o ‘ 18 54 23 3 2 

$+ sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28° C., > 25 ‘ 8 88 4 -- — 

different stock 

Females 

Series F, 15°—16° C. ‘ 100 ; 50 39 Io I a 
Series C, 19°-22° C, 3 I0o ‘ 61 33 5 I a 
Series B, 25°-28° C. ; 100 4 41 42 13 3 I 
Series E, 30°—32° C. ‘ 100 ‘ 60 37 3 —- cae 
Series D, 25°-28° C., : 100 ‘ 52 42 5 I —— 

4+ sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28° C., 2 : 76 24 —- — — 


different stock 
* Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. 


EE — — ——— 


ee 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 399 


In certain species the white median line on the scutum divides into a definite fork 
on either side of the prescutellar bare area. In recording this character an actual 
count of the total number of white scales on both sides of the prescutellar bare area 
was made, and from these observations it was concluded that a count of more than 
eight represented a more or less complete fork. 

The table shows comparatively little variation in this character and nothing 
that could be safely correlated with variation in larval environment. Only a very 
small percentage of specimens show a tendency .to form a complete fork ; males, 
however, do have a few more white scales than females. 

The evidence suggests that this character is less subject to variation than some 
others concerned in scale pattern. 


(e) Table VIII: White basal patches on fore and mid tarsi 


TABLE VIII.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris 


White basal patches 


Fore and mid tarsi Some white scales at base of one or both segments 
jude 
ct 5) 
Fore tarsus Mid tarsus 
Number of . I II III IV I II III Vv 
specimens ,;¢ A. ~ ; =e : 
Males 
Series F, 15°—16° C. . 100 . 100 100 — — — . 100 938 — — — 
Series C, 19°—22° C. ‘ Ioo . I00 100 I — — . 100 99 — — — 
Series B, 25°-28° C. _.. 151 . I00 100 I — a 100 97 3 — — 
Series E, 30°-32°C... 100 - 100 100 I — — . 100 100 I — — 
Series D, 25°-28°C., . 100 . I00  I00 I — — . 100 99 — — — 
} sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28°C., . 25 . I00 I00 — — a 100 I00 —- — —_ 
different stock 
Females 
Series F, 15°-16°C. 100 7 [L00" T= 100") .20 — — .100 100 — oo — 
Series C, 19°-22° C. ‘ I0o p= LOO L001) 12 — — .100 100 — — — 
Series B, 25°-28° CC. .. 100 . 100 I00 58 _ — . 100 100 4 — — 
Series E, 30°-32°C. 100 3} 1007100)» FO2 I 23) @) {100 100} -21 — on 
Series D, 25°-28°C., . 100 . 100 I00 66 3 13 100 =6.t00.—SOsdCI — — 
4+ sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28°C., . 25 ; 106 100 72 4 8 . 100 100 16 o — 


different stock 
* Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. 


One or more white scales at the base of a segment were interpreted as a white 
patch. Usually both tarsi of the pair were examined and a patch was recorded if 
there were white scales on one or both. 

The table shows that pseudoscutellaris normally has white patches at the base 
of fore and mid tarsal segments I and II; _ the male seldom has more and in these 
characters is less subject to variation than is the female. 

Females frequently have a white patch at the base of fore tarsal III and though 
there is no positive correlation with temperature at 15°-16°C. and 19°-22°C., 
there is a marked increase in the number with this character at 25°-28° C. and 
again at 30°-32° C.; larval environment of 4 sea-water does not produce any notable 


400 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


effect. At 30°-32° C. and in $ sea-water an occasional specimen has a patch on 
IV, and a higher proportion show one on V._ The different stock of Series H show 
these characters at 25°-28°C. Below 25°- 28°C. patches are absent from mid 
tarsal III; at this temperature few specimens show them, but there is a marked 
increase at 30°-32° C. and a lesser one in 4 sea-water; Series H again resembles 
the latter two series. 

The more frequent occurrence of white patches on the fore tarsal segments than 
on the mid is rather unusual amongst mosquitoes and does not appear to have been 
observed in other members of the scutellaris subgroup. The usual tendency is for 
the amount of white scaling to be least on the fore tarsus, somewhat more extensive 
on the mid tarsus, and greatest on the hind tarsus. 


(f) Tables IX and X: Extent of white anterior streak and ventral dark line on the 


hind femur 
TABLE IX.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris 
Hind femur Length of anterior white streak 
Ratio of length of streak to total length of femur.* 
Number of 2 = Ss “ 
specimens 0:75- 0: 80— 0: 85- o-—9g0- 0-95- 
0:80 0°85 0-90 0°95 I-00 
Males 
Series F, 15°-16° C. ; 100 — 32 67 I — 
Series C, 19°-22° C. ; 100 : 2 30 68 — — 
Series B, 25°-28° C. : 152 , 16 84 a a 
Series E, 30°—32° C. ‘ 100 - von 29 70 I - 
Series D, 25°-28° C., : 100 — 1? 84 3 I 
$+ sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28°C., . 25 : — 44 56 —- — 
different stock 
Females 
Series F, 15°—16° C. . 100 —- 58 42 — — 
Series C, 19°-22° C. 2 100 I 37 62 — — 
Series B, 25°-28° C. : 100 _ 49 51 a vee 
Series E, 30°—32° C. , 100 2 44 54 vos a 
Series D, 25°-28° C., : 100 I 30 69 — a 
4 sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28° C., . 25 ‘ — 44 56 we — 
different stock 


* Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages, 


The hind femur at its base joins the trochanter, which projects ventrally a short 
distance taken from the base of the femur. All measurements taken from the base 
of the femur were taken towards the dorsal side ; if taken from beneath they would 
have been slightly shorter. 

The length of the white anterior streak has not been used taxonomically, nor is it 
likely to be of value in that respect since many species have it apparently equally 
developed. However, the opportunity was taken to investigate whether this 
character varies in the same way as other characters of white scaling. Table IX 
shows no apparent correlation between the length of the streak and the conditions 
in which larvae of the different series were reared. 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 401 


TABLE X,—Aedes pseudoscutellaris 


Hind femur Distance from base of femur to beginning 
of dark ventral scaling 


Ratio of distance to total length of femur.* 
ao 


Number of r ~ 
specimens o 0: OI- 0: I10- 0: 20- oO: 30- 
0:10 0:20 0*30 040 
Males 
Series F, 15°—16° C. : 100 . 18 — 44 34 4 
Series C, 19°—22° C. a 100 : 25 2 48 25 = 
Series B, 25°-—28° C. A 152 A 12 I 18 48 21 
Series E, 30°—32° C. : 100 ‘ 3 — 14 65 18 
Series D, 25°-28° C., ; 99 : 13 I 19 59 8 
4 sea-water 
Series H, 25-°28°c., S 25 z 4 — 8 76 12 
different stock 
Females 
Series F, 15°-16° C. ; 100 “ 34 3 39 ae 2 
Series C, 19°—22° C. A 100 Fi 31 2 32 35 — 
Series B, 25°-—28° C. . I0o ; 19 4 28 43 6 
Series E, 30°—32° C. ‘ 100 : 7 oo 25 56 12 
Series D, 25°-28° C., : 100 : 6 I 29 55 9 
4+ sea-water 
Series H, 25°—28° C., , 25 A — — 12 4 fee 16 


different stock 


* Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. 


A possible difference was observed between pseudoscutellaris and polynesiensis in 
the extent of the dark ventral scaling on the hind femur. The amount of variation 
in this character in pseudoscutellaris was therefore investigated. The measurement 
was made from the base of the femur, as above, to the beginning of the dark scaling. 
If a line of dark scales reached right to the base ventrally, it was counted as zero, 
though owing to the trochantal projection, the micrometer reading was a small 
number. This explains the low frequency in the o-o1-o-10 ratio in Table X, as 
compared with that in Groups 0 and o-10-0-20. This fault was not serious from a 
point of view of comparison with other species. Table X shows that this character 
follows the general trends already shown for others. The amount of dark scaling is 
greatest at low temperatures and following a gradient, becomes least at 30°-32° 
(though this gradation is not found between males at 15° C. and 19°—22° C.) ; 4 sea- 
water apparently does not affect it. 

It may be added here that of 33 specimens of polynesiensis from various localities 
examined for this character 3 fell in the category 0:20-0-30, 9 in 0*30—0-40, 20 in 
0-40-0°50, and I in 0:50-0:60. This suggests a difference between the two species, 
but it may be a geographically variable character ; insufficient specimens of poly- 
nestensis from Fiji were examined to indicate whether it would be a useful character 
there. 


(g) Tables XI-XVIII : The bands on the hind tarsal segments 
Each band was measured at its greatest length, i.e., from the base to the further 


402 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


extremity of the white scales ; the bands were longest on the upper anterior (outer) 
surface of the segments. 

The band on hind tarsal segment I was always interrupted by a dark line beneath. 
The bands on IIJ-IV were measured also at their least length, i.e., from the base 
of the segment to the nearest dark scaling which was continuous to the apex. Some- 
times a band was slightly interrupted by dark scales at its base but formed a con- 
tinuous ring distal to these ; such interruptions were ignored. In other words, the 
measurements of least length are of the difference between the greatest extent of 
continuous dark scaling and the total length of the segment. Bands were narrowest 
on the lower posterior (inner) surface of the segment. 

A continuous line of dark scales beneath, even if only one scale in width was 
regarded as a complete interruption ; sometimes these scales were greyish rather 
than black, but contrasted with the white. 


Table XI: White band on hind tarsal segment I 


TABLE XI.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris 


Hind tarsal, Segment I Greatest length of white band 
Ratio of white band to total length of segment.* 
Number of cr A - 
specimens o°15-— 0*20— 0°25- 0: 30- 0°35- 
0:20 0+25 0°30 0°35 0:40 
Males 
Series F, 15°-16° C. ‘ 100 A 4 82 II —_ — 
Series C, 19°—22° C. ; 100 : 3 72 25 —_ — 
Series B, 25°—28° C. F 151 a 13 85 2 — 
Series E, 30°—32° C. * I0o —- 3 qi 25 I 
Series D, 25°-28° C., 5 100 — 15 75 Io a 
4 sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28°C., 25 : a — 72 28 oo 
different stock 
Females 
Series F, 15°—-16° C. . I00 3 82 14 I — 
Series C, 19°—22° C. . 100 — 73 27 —_— — 
Series B, 25°-28° C. 3 100 — II 79 Io — 
Series E, 30°—32° C. * 100 - I 57 39 3 
Series D, 25°-28° C., F 100 — 6 80 14 a 
4+ sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28° C., F 25 —— —_ 84 16 —_ 


different stock 


* Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. 


The length of the band varies in relation to the temperature gradient, being least 
at 15°-16° C., and greatest at 30°-32°C. It is apparently not affected by a larval 
environment of 4 sea-water. Females from the different stock, Series H, do not 
differ from others reared at 25°-28°C., but the males resemble those reared at 
30°-32° C. The length of the band varies little between males and females of the 
same series. 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


Tables XII and XIII: White band on hind tarsal segment IT 


TABLE XII.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris 


Hind tarsal, Segment II 


Males 


Series F, 15°-16° C. 

Series C, 19°—22° C. 

Series B, 25°-28° C. 

Series E, 30°—32° C. 

Series D, 25°-28° C., 
+ sea-water 

Series H, 25°—28° C., 
different stock 


Females 


Series F 15°-16°c. 

Series C, 19°—22° C. 

Series B, 25°—28° C. 

Series E 30°-32° C. 

Series D, 25°—28° C., 
4 sea-water 

Series H, 25°—28° C., 
different stock 


Number of 
specimens 


152 
rIo0o 
Ioo 


25 


Males 

Series F, 15°-16° C. 
Series C, 19°—22° C. 
Series B, 25°—28° C. 
Series E, 30°—32° C. 
Series D, 25°-28° C., 

4+ sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28° C., 

different stock 


Females 
Series F, 15°-16° C. 
Series C, 19°—22° C. 
Series B, 25°—28° C. 
Series E, 30°—32° C. 
Series D, 25°—28° C., 
4 sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28° C., 
different stock 


* Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. 


Greatest length of white band 
Ratio of white band to total length of segment.* 
eee 


403 


f 


Ll lus 


68 


TABLE XIII.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris 
Hind tarsal, Segment II 


Number of 


specimens 


Io0o 
I0o 
I0o 
Io0o 
100 


25 


* Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. 


oO 35— 
040 


=) 


O*40— 


o- 


Least length of white band 
Ratio of white band to total length of segment* 
A... 


45 


nol | | 


t 


ce) 


0: oI- 
0:05 


Ll la 


errs 


0°05- 
0-10 


|] und 


0: 10— 
O-15 


13 
28 
9 
2 


Io 


o-I5— 
0:20 


0+ 20- 
0°25 


YY 
0*25- 
0+30 


_ The band, both in its greatest and in its least length, follows the temperature 
gradient ; the amount of white scaling increases from 15°-16° C. up to 30°-32° C, 


404 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


Considering the greatest length of the band, males appear unaffected by 4 sea-water 
but females show a slight increase in white scaling. 

Females reared at 30°—32° C. and in } sea-water in both measurements show more 
white scaling than males of the same series.1 

In regard to the least length of the band the most noteworthy effect of the varied 
conditions is the appearance at low temperatures of a high proportion of specimens 
with the band completely interrupted by dark scales. Females from } sea-water 
show a slight increase in the white scaling but males are not affected. The different 
stock of Series H also has slightly more white scaling, 


Tables XIV and XV: White band on hind tarsal segment III 


TABLE XIV.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris 


Hind tarsal, Segment III Greatest length of white band 
Ratio of white band to total length of segment* 
~~ 


t y 
Number of 0:30- 0:35- 0:40— 0°45— 0°50— 0°55- 0*60— 0-65— 
specimens 0°35 0°40 0°45 0*50 0°55 0:60 0°65 0:70 


Males 
Series F, 15°-16° CC. . 100 2 55 36 i —_ _ _ _ 
Series C, 19°-22°C. . b Cote) oe 13 61 26 — —_— — — 
Series B, 25°-28°C.  . 152 _— 2 43 49 5 I _— _ 
Series E, 30°-32°C.  . 100 — — 8 50 30 12 _— — 
Series D, 25°-28°C.,  . 100 a a 19 64 13 4 — _ 
4 sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28° C., 25 _- — 16 68 16 — _ _ 
different stock 
Females 
Series F, 15°-16°C. . 100 I 46 49 4 _ — _ — 
Series C, 19°-22°C. 100 wee 6 48 40 — — _— — 
Series B, 25°-28°C. 100 — _— 5 72 19 4 HS iz 
Series E, 30°-32°C. . 100 — _ I 23 39 30 6 I 
Series D, 25°-28°C., . 100 ao — 2 39 30° 18 2 A 
+ sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28°C., . 25 _— —_ 4 72 20 4 — — 


different stock 
* Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. 


The bands show the same correlation with temperature as do those on Segments I 
and II. Both males and females from } sea-water show an increase in the greatest 
length of the band ; the females do so in the least length also but it is not affected 
in the males. Males of different stock (Series H) have slightly longer bands, but not 
the females; neither differ much in the least length from the original stock. In 
all series the females have slightly longer bands than the males and less extensive 
dark scaling beneath. At 15°-16° C. a high proportion of both sexes have the white 
band completely interrupted. 


1 This effect is no doubt partly due to the fact that, as many females emerge later than the males, 
their immature stages have had longer in the abnormal conditions. It was observed that in a proportion 
of specimens from these two series the tarsal segments did not become fully extended after emergence ; 
grossly abnormal specimens were not used for measurements, but in others this had probably occurred to 
a less marked degree. 


— “= 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 405 


TABLE XV.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris 


Hind tarsal, Segment III Least length of white band 
Ratio of white band to total length of segment* 
ne <S 
Number of : O*OI— O-IO— 0:20— 0:30— 0*40—- 0°50— 0-60- 
specimens ° 0-10 0720 0:30 0:40 0°50 0:60 0:70 
Males 

Series F, 15°-16° CC. . 100 66 3 21 10 — —- oa — 
Series C, 19°-22° C. é 100 12 I 14 50 23 --- — —_ 
Series B, 25°—28° C. : 152 — — — II 87 2 — — 
Series E, 30°-32°C.  . 100 oo “= = 3 65 32 — os 
Series D, 25°-28°C., . 100 — —- I 14 81 4 a —- 

4+ sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28°C., . 25 a a — 12 84 4 os — 

different stock 

Females 

Series F, 15°-16°C. . 100 48 4 25 23 — — == — 
Series C, 19°-22°C. 100 3 a 8 40 49 -— — -— 
Series B, 25°-28°C. __.. 100 —_ — — I 85 14 “= i 
Series E, 30°-32° CC. . 100 — — — — 30 67 2 I 
Series D, 25°-28°C.,  . 100 — — — 2 58 40 — —— 

4+ sea-water } 
Series H, 25°-28°C., . 25 -_— — — 4 92 4 — — 


different stock 
* Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. 


_ Tables XVI and XVII.: White band on hind tarsal segment IV 


TABLE XVI.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris 


Hind tarsal, Segment IV Greatest length of white band 
Ratio of white band to total length of segment* 
af Ne 


YY 
*55- 0:60— 0:65— 0:70— 0°75— 0:80—- 0:85- 


Number of a 50- oO 
0°55 0-60 0°65 0-70 0:75 0:80 0:85 0:90 


specimens 
Males 
Series F, 15°-16°C. . 100 2 12 64 21 I — — —_ 
Series C, 19°-22°C. 100 — 5 33 48 13 I — — 
Series B, 25°-28° CC. . 152 _ 3 16 51 29 I coe — 
Series E, 30°-32°C.  . 100 _— — I 15 57 24 2 I 
Series D, 25°-28°C., . 100 — — 2 20 52 24 I I 
$+ sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28°C., . 25 — = 4 56 36 4 — _— 
different stock 
Females 
Series F, 15°-16°c. . 100 — 13 40 40 7 — — —_ 
Series C, 19°—22° C. : 100 — I 14 65 19 I — — 
Series B, 25°-28° CC.  . 100 — —_ 3 aT 51 15 — — 
Series E, 30°-32°C. 100 — — I 4 36 48 9 2 
Series D, 25°-28°C., . 100 — — — 5 44 44 6 I 
$+ sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28°C., . 25 -— — — 28 56 16 -— — 


different stock 


* Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. 


406 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


TABLE XVII.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris 


Hind tarsal, Segment IV Least length of white band 
Ratio of white band to total length of segment 


c aes, | 
Number of 0*OI— 0*I0— 0+20— 0+30— 0+40— 0:50— 0:60— 0+70— 
specimens © 0O*I0 0:20 0°30 0*40 0*50 0:60 0:70 0-80 
Males 

Series F, 15°-16° CC. . 100 75 I 7 13 3 I — so oo 
Series C, 19°—22° C. s 100 6 — 5 6 18 44 21 — _— 
Series B, 25°-28° C. : 152 — == — --- 2 23 65 II = 
Series E, 30°-32° CC. .. 100 — _- — I aa 60 39 ooo 
Series D, 25°-28°C., . 100 —— oo = 2 17 73 8 — 

4 sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28°C., . 25 — _ oo — a 40 60 — me 

different stock 

Females 

Series F, 15°-16° C. . 100 50 I 5 14 16 14 — — on 
Series C, 19°-22° CC. .. 100 I — —_ 2 5 43 48 I —_ 
Series B, 25°-28°C. 100 — _: me ~ 5 61 34 — 
Series E, 30°-32° C. . 100 oo —- —= os I — 21 72 6 
Series D, 25°-28°C., . 100 os “— ae — a 3 39 58 — 

4 sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28°C., . 25 -_ —— — — —_— 24 52 24 _ 


different Stock 
* Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. 


The greatest and least length of the band is affected by temperature similarly 
to the bands of the preceding segments. Specimens reared in 4 sea-water show some 
increase in white scaling, though this is not very marked in the least length of the 
band of the males. Series H is not greatly different from the original stock. The 
bands are longer, by both measurements, in females than in males of the same series. 
A high proportion of specimens reared at 15°-16° C. have the bands completely 
interrupted. 

In pseudoscutellaris this segment is all white above, but occasionally has one or 
two dark scales at the base on its under side ; these seldom form any obvious inter- 
ruption to the white scaling. Their presence was noted, and if they extended an 
appreciable distance along the segment, an estimate of this was made but no exact 
measurement. 

The table records the percentages of specimens in which dark scales were present 
and also the percentage (of the total number of specimens) in which there was an 
observable interruption to the white scaling by a dark line beneath. The length 
of the dark line was measured from the base of the segment ; occasional dark scales 
at the tip were ignored. The categories are unequal and, except for total interrup- 
tion, approximate. 

Above 22°C. there is no great difference between the series though females at 
25°-28° C. tend to have dark scales more often than those at 30°—32° C. or in 4 sea- 
water ; males from Series H have them more often than those of the original stock, 
but females do not differ. However, none of these series show any appreciable 
interruption by dark scales. 


ee ee 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 407 


Table XVIII: Dark scaling on hind tarsal segment V 
TABLE XVIII.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris 


Hind tarsal, Segment V Amount of dark scaling beneath 
Ratio of dark line to total 
Dark scales* length of segment* 
Number of € A— ‘ ts * =s 
specimens Absent Present 0*25-0'50 0:50-0:99 ~=1:00 
Males 
Series F, 15°-16° C. .. 100 = 4 96 - 51 12 12 
Series C, 19°—22° C. P I0o Fe 39 61 ‘ 2 1 — 
Series B, 25°-—28° C, = 152 < 99 I —_— — — 
Series E, 30°-32° CC. .. 99 94 6 _ —- — 
Series D, 25°-28°C., . I0o z 92 8 — — — 
4 sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28° C., . 25 . 72 28 — — — 
different stock 
Females 
Series F, 15°-16°C. g 100 : be) 90 c 20 3 2 
Series C, 19°—22° C. a 100 “ 60 40 — — — 
Series B, 25°-28° CC. .. 100 : 89 II a ae -- 
Series E, 30°-32°C. 100 . 99 I — eae = 
Series D, 25°-28°C., . 100 F 99 I — — = 
4 sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28°C., . 25 F 88 12 — — — 
different stock 
* Number of specimens expressed in percentages. 
(h) Table XIX.—Distance between lateral patches on tergites V and VI 
TABLE XIX.—Aedes pseudoscutellaris 
Abdominal tergites V and VI Horizontal distance between lateral white patches 
Tergite V Tergite VI 
c A a) C ste a) 
Distance between Distance between 
patches* patches* 
ia “a RS fi ti oY 
Number of 5 or more Number of 5 or more 
individuals 1-4 scales scales individuals 1-4 scales scales 
Males 
Series F, 15°-16° C._.. 100 2 98 . 100 — 100 
Series C, 19°-22° C. ‘ 100 2 98 n I0o 2 98 
Series B, 25°-28°C.  .. 148 3 97 - 144 2 98 
Series E, 30°-32°C. Io0o 8 92 : I0o 8 92 
Series D, 25°-28°C., . Ioo 4 96 ‘ 100 3 97 
4 sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28°C., . 25 9 gI : 25 12 88 
different stock 
Females 
Series F, 15°-16° CC... 100 — 100 _ 100 —- 100 
Series C, 19°—22° C. . 100 —_— 100 : 100 — 100 
Series B, 25°-28°C. . 100 — 100 - 100 — 100 
Series E, 30°-32°C. 100 I 99 , 100 3 97 
Series D, 25°-28°C., . 100 — 100 ; 100 2 98 
4 sea-water 
Series H, 25°-28°C., . 25 ‘ — 100 é 25 4 96 


different stock 
* Numbers of specimens expressed in percentages. 


408 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


At 19°-22° C. there is a marked increase in the number of specimens with dark 
scales and a few males have a measureable dark line; at 15°-16° few specimens 
are without dark scales and a notable proportion, particularly of males, have an 
incomplete dark line beneath, while in a few the interruption is complete. 

Tergites V and VI were selected for the study of variation in abdominal markings 
as in all members of scutellaris subgroup the characteristic pattern of the species is 
most frequently found on one or both of these segments. In order to discover 
whether there was any tendency under different treatments for the lateral patches 
of pseudoscutellaris to extend and form a complete transverse band, the greatest 
horizontal distance between the lateral white scales was measured. Where the white 
scales were confined to continuous patches this is the distance between the patches, 
but in many cases beyond the tip of the continuous marking (i.e., towards the mid 
line) there were one or two isolated white scales. 

Since the upper surface of the tergite is curved to a variable extent the measure- 
ment actually represents the chord of the arc, but the difference would be unim- 
portant. 

Measurements were made with a micrometer, 38 divisions of which equalled 1 mm. 
It was frequently observed that single scales measured in width approximately one 
of these divisions. The distances have therefore been expressed in the table as 
number of scales, in order that they may be easily interpretable. For evaluation 
of the results a distance of 4 or less was taken to represent a tendency to form a 
complete band (a condition comparable with the dotted bands of riversi, horrescens 
and tongae), but in no case was a complete band observed. 

The table shows that there is very little tendency to form complete bands and 
this is scarcely affected by different treatments though there is some increase in 
white scaling at 30°-32° C., and males of all series show a little more white scaling 
than females; males of the different stock resemble those bred at 30°—32° C. 


(t) Table XX : Specialized setae on the basal lobe 


TABLE XX.—Aedes pseudoscutellanis 


Basal lobe of coxite of male Number of specialized setae 

Number of specialized setae* - 

Number of Number of c —*~ ~ 

specimens lobes 2 3 4 5 6 

Series F, 15°—16° C. : 25 : 50 : 2 16 46 30 6 
Series C, 19°—22° C. 5 25 - 50 s — 20 54 24 Z 
Series B, 25°-28° C. F 25 ; 50 — 28 54 18 _ 
Series E, 30°—32° C. : 25 ; 50 2 22 52 20 4 
Series D, 25°—28° C., r 25 : 50 2 14 50 26 8 

4+ sea-water 

Series H, 25°-28° C., ‘ Io * 20 — 35 60 5 —_ 


different stock 
* Number of lobes expressed in percentages. 


The specialized setae on the basal lobe of the coxite are of particular interest as 
they are the most important character by which pseudoscutellaris is distinguished 
from polynesiensis (in which they are absent). Large variations in the number of 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 409 


these would cast considerable doubt on their value in identification and delimitation 
of species. 

As already recounted, the basal lobe was mounted in lateral view (see Fig. 5). 
The specialized setae are broad and well defined, but at the distal end of the row 
there may be one or two more slender setae which appear slightly flattened and it is 
often difficult to decide whether these should be included in the count or not. In 
order to avoid as far as possible any differences between series due to different 
interpretations of such setae at different times, a slide of genitalia mounts (2 or 
3 per slide) was examined from each series in turn. 

_ The results are shown in Table XX. They have been examined statistically 
and the difference between the series are not significant. 

It may be added that although no records were made, there appeared also to be 
very little variation in the arrangement of the non-specialized setae on the basal 
lobe. An occasional specimen has a scale amongst the setae towards the tip, but 
this is an aberration that occurs also in polynesiensis (see Fig. 7). 


(5) Summary of Experimental Results 


The following is a summary of the results obtained from a biometrical study of 
specimens of Aedes pseudoscutellaris reared under controlled conditions in which 
one factor of the larval environment was varied. 

I. Size of adults decreases with increase in temperature or salinity of the larval 
environment. 

2. In general, the amount of white scaling increases with rise in temperature ; 
conversely the amount of dark scaling increases with fall in temperature. The 
reverse has not been observed but some characters are not affected. 

3. Increase in temperature effects an increase in white scaling in the following 
positions: under side of proboscis; anterolateral margin of scutum; fore and 
mid tarsal segments III, fore tarsals IV—V, hind tarsals I-IV ; abdominal tergites V 
and VI. Many of these characters follow a parallel gradient to the temperature ; 
others are affected only at low or at high temperatures, or to different degrees in 
the two sexes. The dark ventral line on the hind femur increases in extent with 
decrease in temperature. 

4. A larval environment of’ 4 sea-water effects a decrease in white scaling under 
the proboscis of males; and an increase in white scaling on fore tarsal segments 
IV-V and hind tarsal II of females and on hind tarsals IIIJ-IV of both sexes. Other 
scale characters are apparently not affected. 

5. The extent of white scaling on either side of the prescutellar bare area and the 
_ length of the anterior white streak on the hind femur do not appear to vary in relation 
to larval environment. 

6. Males tend to have more white scaling on the under side of proboscis, antero- 
_ lateral margin of scutum and lateral patches of abdominal tergites, than do females 
reared in the same conditions. 

7. Females tend to have more white scaling on fore tarsal segments III—-V, mid 
tarsal III and hind tarsals III-IV, than do males reared in the same conditions. 


410 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


8. A white streak under the proboscis may be absent or variable in one stock and 
well developed in another stock of the same species. 

g. The characteristic white scaling on the anterolateral margin of scutum is 
retained in varied environments. 

to. Although the greatest lengths of white bands on the hind tarsi vary with 
larval environment, the total variation is insufficient to affect seriously their use 
as taxonomic characters. 

11. Low temperatures may produce partial or complete interruption of the white 
bands on the hind tarsal segments. 

1z. The characteristic markings of the abdominal tergites are retained in varied 
environments. 

13. The number of specialized setae on the basal lobe of the male coxite is not 
varied significantly by alteration of larval environment. 


(6) Conclusions 


It would be unsafe to regard the results of these studies on a small population 
as applicable to pseudoscutellaris as a whole, let alone to other species of the scutellaris 
subgroup. Nevertheless, they do support the specific status given to members of 
the scutellaris subgroup by showing that, although currently accepted diagnostic 
characters can be varied by environmental conditions, with few exceptions the range 
of variation is not of the same magnitude as the differences between species in the 
same character. They also show that these characters remain relatively constant 
through numerous generations. In particular, the lack of variation in the basal 
lobe of the male coxite is evidence of the value of this structure in defining species. 

The experiments suggest that two characters should be used with some caution 
for delimiting species since pseudoscutellaris can exhibit both extremes of their 
development. Complete interruption to the white bands on hind tarsal segments 
II-IV can be produced by low temperatures of larval environment. The presence 
or absence of a white streak under the proboscis may be due to differences in here- 
ditary constitution, but there is also, in males, a greater tendency for a streak to 
be present in specimens reared at higher temperatures. 

It is possible that in other species of the scutellaris subgroup, these characters 
may be genetically fixed. In this connection it may be noted that Waddington 
(1952) has shown experimentally, in Drosophila melanogaster, that in the course of 
selection, a genetic constitution may be synthesized, which under normal conditions 
produces the same effect as was originally found only as a response to the stimulus 
of an abnormal environment. 


IV. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


Grateful acknowledgment is made of generous interest and help received from 
many quarters, without which these studies could have made little progress. 

Thanks are due for their advice and assistance to members of the staff of the 
Department of Zoology, University of Cambridge, where the work was carried out, 
and in particular to Professor V. B. Wigglesworth for facilities of the Sub-department 


a 


—— —— = 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 411 


of Entomology, to Mr. F. R. Parrington for laboratory accommodation in the Museum 
of Zoology, and to Dr. John Smart for his stimulating supervision and constructive 
criticisms ; I am indebted also to Miss M. Haslop for her technical assistance. 
Dr. F. J. Anscombe of the Statistical Laboratory advised on mathematical aspects 
of the studies, and Mrs. E. H. Lawrie tested some of the results statistically. 

Portion of the work was.done in the British Museum (Natural History), and I am 
grateful to Mr. N. D. Riley for facilities in his department and to Mr. P. F. Mattingly 
for the loan of specimens, for practical help and profitable discussions and for 
generously undertaking to see this paper through the press. 

Thanks are due to Sir Philip Manson-Bahr for stock from his colony of pseudo- 
scutellaris ; to Sir Rickard Christophers for much valuable advice, particularly in 
establishing the colony in Cambridge ; to Professor P. A. Buxton for the loan of 
specimens from the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine ; to Dr. E. C. 
Zimmerman for the loan of his collection of mosquitoes from south-east Polynesia ; 
to Dr. A. R. Woodhill for specimens from his laboratory colonies ; to Messrs. B. A. 
O’Connor and I. M. Rakai for eggs of species of the scutellaris subgroup from Fiji ; 
and to Dr. and Mrs. Marshall Laird for numerous specimens from Pacific Islands 
collected by them in the course of a project initiated by the Royal New Zealand 
Air Force and supported by a grant from the N.Z. Department of Scientific and 
Industrial Research. Invaluable help has been received from Dr. Alan Stone who 
answered many queries and supplied detailed notes on specimens in the U.S. 
National Musum. 

Finally, I am indebted to Queensland’s National Mosquito Control Committee 
for granting me leave of absence to pursue these studies, and allowing some additional 
work to be completed in the Department of Entomology, University of Queensland. 


Vv. BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Amos, D. W. 1944. Mosquito Control Training Manual. Suva, Fiji. 

BackuousE, T. C., & Heypon, G. A. M. 1950. Filariasis in Melanesia: observations at 
Rabaul relating to incidence and vectors. Tvans. R. Soc. trop. Med. Hyg. 44: 291-306. 

Baur, P.H. 1912. Filariasis and elephantiasis in Fiji. London. 

BARRAUD, P. J. 1928. A revision of the culicine mosquitoes of India. Indian J. med. Res. 
15 : 653-670. 

—— 1934. Fauna of British India, Diptera. 5. Family Culicidae, Tribes Megarhinini and 
Culicint. London. 

BELKIN, J. N. 1950. A revised nomenclature for the chaetotaxy of the mosquito larva 
(Diptera, Culicidae). Amer. Midl. Nat. 44 : 678-608. 

BEYE, H. K., Epaar, S. A., MILLE, R., Kesset, J. F., & BAINBRIDGE, B. 1952. Preliminary 
observations on the prevalence, clinical manifestations and control of filariasis in the 
Society Islands. Amer. J. trop. Med. Hyg. 1: 637-661. 

Bick, G.H. 1951. The ecology of the mosquito larvae of New Guinea. Pacific Sci. 5 : 392~ 
421. 

Bouwart, R. M., & Incram, R. L. 1946a. Four new species of mosquitoes from Okinawa 
(Diptera, Culicidae). J. Wash. Acad. Sct. 36 : 46-52. 

1946b. Mosquitoes of Okinawa and islands in the Central Pacific. Nav. Med. 
1055. Washington: Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, Navy Dept. 

BONNE-WEPSTER, J., & Brua, S. L. 1932. The subgenus Stegomyia in Netherland India. 
Geneesk. Tijdschr. Ned.-Ind. 72 (Bijblad 2) : 35-119. 

1937. Nederlandsch-indische Culicinen. Ibid. 77 (9/10) : 515-617. 


_—__ 


—_—— 


412 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


BrREINL, A. 1915. On the occurrence and prevalence of diseases in British New Guinea. 
Ann, trop. Med. Parasit. 9 : 285-334. 

Bruc, S. L. 1932. Culiciden der Deutschen Limnologischen Sunda-Expedition. Arch. 
Hydrcbiol. Suppl. Bd. 9: 1-42. 

—— & BonneE-WEPSTER, J. 1947. The geographical distribution of the mosquitoes of the 
Malay Archipelago. Chron. nat. 103 (Afl. 10-11) : I-19. 

Buxton, P. A. 1927. Sur les moustiques de Tahiti et du groupe des iles de la Société. Bull. 
Soc. Etud. océanien 21 : 306-308. 

— 1935. Insects of Samoa. Part 9, Fasc. 2. (Summary: pp. 33-104.) London: Brit. 
Mus. (Nat. Hist.). 

—— & Hopxins,G.H.E. 10927. Researches in Polynesia and Melanesia. Parts 1-4. London: 
Lond. Sch. Hyg. & Trop. Med. 

Byrp, E. E., St. Amant, L. S., & BRcMBERG, L. 1945. Studies on filariasis in the Samoan 
area. Nav. Med. Bull. Wash, 44: 1-20. [Cited in Rev. appl. Ent. 34 : 38-39, 1946.] 

CHEESMAN, L. E. 1927. Notice sur les moustiques de Tahiti. Bull. Soc. Etud. océanien 19 : 
245-247- 

Dacey, R. H. 1944. Aedes scutellaris hebrideus Edwards; probable vector of dengue in 
New Hebrides. War Med. 5 : 292-293. [Cited in Tvop. Dis. Bull. 42 : 32, 1945.] 

DoLescHaL1, C.L. 1858. Derde Bijdrage tot de kennis der Dipteren Fauna van Nederlandsch 
Indie. Natuurk. Tijdschr. Ned.-Ind. 17 : 73-128. 

Epwarps, F. W. 1917. Notes on Culicidae with descriptions of new species. Bull. ent. 
Res. 7 : 201-229. 

—— 1924. A synopsis of the adult mosquitoes of the Australasian region. Ibid. 14 : 351-401. 

— 1926. Mosquito notes: VI. Jbid. 17: 1o1—131. 

1927. Diptera Nematocera from the South Pacific collected by the ‘St. George” 

Expedition, 1925. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9) 20 : 236-244. 

—— 1929. Mosquito notes: VIII. Bull. ent. Res. 20 : 321-343. 

1932. Diptera. Family Culicidae. Genera Insect. 194 : 1-258. 

—— 1933. Mycetophilidae, Culicidae and Chironomidae and additional records of Simuliidae 
from the Marquesas Islands. Bull. Bishop. Mus. Honolulu, 114 : 85-92. | 

—— 1935. Mosquito notes: XII. Bull. ent. Res. 26 : 127-136. 

1941. Mosquitoes of the Ethiopian region. III. Culicine Adults and Pupae, Pp. 499. 

London: Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). 

FArNER, D.S. 1945. A new species of Aedes from the Caroline Islands (Diptera, Culicidae). 
Proc. biol. Soc. Wash. 58 : 59-61. 

— & Bouwart, R.M. 1944. Three new species of Australasian Aedes (Diptera, Culicidae). — 
Ibid. 57 : 117-122. 

1945. A preliminary revision of the scutellaris group of the genus Aedes. Nav. 
med. Bull., Wash. 44 : 37-53. 

—— Dickg, R. J., Sweet, G., IsENHouR, L., & Hsaro, T. Y. 1946. The distribution of 
mosquitoes of medical importance in the Pacific area. Nav. Med. 983. Washington: 
Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, Navy Dept. 

Forses, J., & HorsFALL, W. R. 1946. Biology of a pest mosquito common in New Guinea. 
Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 39 : 602-606. 

Forp, E. B. 1949. Early stages in allopatric speciation, [in] Jepson, G. L., Mayr, E. & 
Simpson, G. G., Genetics, Palaeontology and Evolution. Princeton, N.J. q 

Harvey, H.W. 1928. Biological Chemistry and Physics of Sea Water. Cambridge University 
Press. 

Hitt, G. F. 1925. The distribution of Anopheline mosquitoes in the Australian region, with — 
notes on some Culicine species. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 37 : 61-77. 

Hutt, W. B. 1952. Mosquito survey of Guam. U.S. Forces med. J. 3 : 1287-1295. 

Hux.ey, J. 1942. Evolution: The Modern Synthesis. London. 

JacHowskI, L. A., & Otto, G. F. 1952. Filariasis in American Samoa. II. Evidence of 
transmission outside of villages. Amer. J. trop. Med. Hyg. 1 : 662-670. 

é 


—_— 


A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 413 


Knicut, K. L., Bonart, R. M., & Bonart, G. E. 1944. Keys to the Mosquitoes of the Austra- 
lasian Region. Washington: National Research Council. 

— & Hutt, W.B. 1952. The Aedes mosquitoes of the Philippine Islands. II. Subgenera 
Skusea, Christophersiomyia, Geoskusea, Rhinoskusea and Stegomyia (Diptera, Culicidae). 
Pacif. Sci. 6 : 157-189. 

—— &Hourvsvut,H.S. 1949. The mosquitoes of Ponape Island, eastern Carolines. J. Wash. 
Acad. Sci, 39 : 20-34. 

—— &Rozesoom, L.E. 1946. The Aedes (Stegomyia) albolineatus group (Diptera, Culicidae). 
Proc. biol. Soc. Wash. 59 : 83-08. 

LairD, M. 1946. A report on material obtained during a mosquito survey at Palmalmal, 

New Britain. Tyvans. roy. Soc. N.Z. 75 : 465-478. 

1952. Notes on the mosquitoes of Nissan Island, Territory of New Guinea. Pacif. Sci. 

6 : 151-156. 

Lee, D. J. 1944. An Atlas of the Mosquito Larvae of the Australasian Region. Tribes Mega- 
vhinini and Culicinit. Melbourne: Australian Military Forces (Restricted). 

Lever, R. J. A. W. 1945. Entomological notes. Agric. J. Fiji, 16 : 46-49. 

LieFrTINcK, M. A. 1949. Synopsis of the Odonate fauna of the Bismarck Archipelago and 
the Solomon Islands. Tveubia, 20 : 319-374. 

MackerraS, I.M. 1946. Transmission of dengue fever by Aedes (Stegomyia) scutellaris Walk. 
in New Guinea. Trans. R. Soc. trop. Med. Hyg. 40 : 295-312. 

Manson-Banr, P., & MuGGLETON, W. J. 1952. Further research on filariasis in Fiji. Trans. 
R. Soc. trop. Med. Hyg. 46 : 301-326. 

Marks, E.N. 1947. Studies of Queensland mosquitoes. Part I: The Aedes (Finlaya) kocht 
group, with descriptions of new species from Queensland, Bougainville and Fiji. Pap. 
Dep. Biol. Univ. Qd., 2 (5) : 1-66. 

—— 1950. Note in proceedings of meeting. Prec. R.:-ent. Soc, (C), 15 3-51. 

—— 1951a. Mosquitoes from south-eastern Polynesia. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus. 20 : 123-130. 

—— 1951b. The vector of filariasis in Polynesia: a change in nomenclature. Ann. trop. 
Med. Parasit. 45 : 137-140. 

MatTINGLy, P. F. 1953. The subgenus Stegomyia (Diptera, Culicidae) in the Ethiopian 
Region. IJ. Distribution of species confined to the East and South African sub-region. 
Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Ent. 3 : 1-65. 

Mayr, E. 1942. Systematics and the Origin of Species. New York. 

—, LINDLEY, E. G., & UsINGER, R. L. 1953. Methods and principles of systematic 
zoology. New York. 


McKenzie, A. 1925. Observations on filariasis, yaws and intestinal helminthic infections in 


the Cook Islands with notes on the breeding habits of Stegomyia pseudoscutellaris. Tyrans. 
R. Soc. trop. Med. Hyg. 19 : 138-149. 


| MumrorpD, E. P., & Apamson, A. M. 1933. Entomological researches in Marquesas Islands. 


V. Int. Congr. Ent. 2 : 431-450. 
O’Connor, F. W. 1923. Researches in the western Pacific. Res. Mem. Lond. Sch. trop. 
Med. 4: 1-57. 


Paine, R. W. 1943. An introduction to the mosquitoes of Fiji (second edition). Bull. Dep. 


Agric. Fiji, 22 : 1-35. 

Penn, G. H. 1947. The larval development and ecology of Aedes (Stegomyia) scutellaris 
(Walker, 1859) in New Guinea. J. Parasit. 33 : 43-50. 

—— 1949. The pupae of the mosquitoes of New Guinea. Pacif. Sci. 3: 3-85. 

Perry, W. J. 1944. Keys to the Mosquitoes of the New Hebrides. U.S. Navy (restricted). 


-—— 1948. The dengue vector on New Caledonia, the New Hebrides and the Solomon Islands. 


Amer. J. trop. Med, 28 : 253-259. 

—— 1949. The mosquitoes and mosquito-borne diseases of the Treasury Islands (British 
Solomon Islands). Jbid. 29 : 747-758. 

—— 1950. Biological and cross-breeding studies on Aedes hebrideus and Aedes pernotatus 
(Diptera, Culicidae). Amn. ent. Soc. Amer. 43 : 123-136. 


414 A REVIEW OF THE AEDES SCUTELLARIS SUBGROUP 


PrRaSHAD, B, 1918. The thorax and wing of the mosquito (Anopheles). Indian J. med. 
Res. 5 : 610-640. 

REEVES, W. C., & Rupnicx, A. 1951. A survey of the mosquitoes of Guam in two periods 
in 1948 and 1949 and its epidemiological implications. Amer. J. trop. Med. 31 : 633-658. 

Simpson, G. G. 1944. Tempo and Mode in Evolution. New York. 

SMITH-WHITE, S. 1950. A note on non-reciprocal tertility in matings between subspecies of 
mosquitoes. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 75 : 279-281. 

Snoperass, R. E. 1935. Principles of Insect Morphology. New York. 

Stone, A. 1947. A topotypic male of Aedes scutellaris (Walker) (Diptera, Culicidae). Proc. 
ent. Soc. Wash. 49 : 85. 

& Bowart, R. M. 1944. Studies on mosquitoes from the Philippine Islands and 
Australasia (Diptera, Culicidae). Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 46 : 205-225. 

—— & Farner, D.S. 1945. Further notes on the Aedes scutellaris group (Diptera, Culicidae). 
Proc. biol. Soc. Wash. 58 : 155-162. 

Taytor, F. H. 1914. Contribution to a knowledge of Australian Culicidae No. 1. Proc. 
Linn, Soc. N.S.W. 39 : 454-468. 

THEOBALD, F. V. 1901-10. A Monograph of the Culicidae. 5 vols. and atlas. London: 

Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). 

1g910b. The Culicidae of Fiji, including two new species. Entomologist, 43 : 155-159. 

Travis, B. V. 1947. Relative efficiency of six species of mosquitoes from Guam, M.I., as 
developmental hosts for Dirofilaria immitis. J. Parasit. 33 : 142-145. 

WanppincrTon, C.H. 1952. Selection of the genetic basis for an acquired character. Nature, 
169 : 278. 

WALKER, F. 1859. Catalogue of the Dipterous insects collected in the Aru Islands by Mr. 

A. R. Wallace, with descriptions of new species. J. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) 3 : 77-131. 

1861. Catalogue of the Dipterous insects collected at Dorey, New Guinea, by Mr. A. R. 
Wallace, with descriptions of new species. Ibid. 5 : 229-254. 

WoopuiLt, A. R. 19494. A new subspecies of Aedes (Stegomyia) scutellaris Walker (Diptera, 
Culicidae) from Northern Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 74 : 140-144. 

1949. A note on the experimental crossing of Aedes (Stegomyia) scutellaris scutellaris 

Walker and Aedes (Stegomyia) scutellaris katherinensis Woodhill (Diptera, Culicidae). 

Ibid. 74 : 224-226. 

1950. Further notes on experimental crossing within the Aedes scutellaris group of species 

(Diptera, Culicidae). Ibid. 75 : 251-253. 

—— 1954. Experimental crossing of Aedes (Stegomyia) pseudoscutellaris Theobald and Aedes 
(Siegomyia) polynesiensis Marks (Diptera, Culicidae). Ibid. 79 : 19-20. 

ZEUNER, F.E. 1943. Studies in the systematics of Tvoides Hiibner (Lepidoptera, Papilionidae) 
and its allies; distribution and phylogeny in relation to the geological history of the 
Australasian Archipelago. Trans. zool. Soc. Lond. 25 : 107-184. 

ZIMMERMAN, E.C. 1948. Insects of Hawaii, 1. Introduction. Honolulu. 


<P 


Ae 
Raa, ve 


PRESENTED 
24 NOV 1954 


PLATE 18 


Comparative figures of species of the Aedes 
(Stegomyia) scutellaris group, arranged approx- 
imately in their geographical relationships. 

All drawings, except basal lobe, diagrammatic. 
© - from published descriptions and figures. 
© - specimens seen, basal lobe from published figures. 


© - specimens seen, basal lobe from freehand drawings. 


®_ - specimens seen, basal lobe from scale drawings. 


sp. from Andaman Is. ® 


andrewsi Edwards ® 


KEY FIGURE Basal lobe of left coxite of ¢ 
T - tergal (ventral) view 
S -sternal (dorsal) view 
L - lateral (inner) view 


Segments | - V of Hind tarsus 
showing greatest width of white 
bands and interruption of bands 
by dark scales. 


Anterior surface of 
Mid femur Hind femur 


Antero-lateral 

area of scutum 

Lateral and mid 
= of scutellum 


Ventral view 
of proboscis 


Lateral view of 
abdominal tergite V 


riversi R. Bohart & Ingram © 


(0) hensilli Farner O 


scutellaris scutellaris (Walker) @ — 


an 


scutellaris katherinensis Woodhill ©® pernotatus Farner & R. Bohart © 
| 


scutoscriptus R. Bohart & Ingram ©@ 


4 
1 


sp. from Palau Group. sp. from Rotuma I 
Siscutellaris Farner & R. Bohart @® pseudoscutellaris (Theobald) ©® polynesiensis Marks ©@® 


4 
ni 


gurneyi Stone & R. Bohart @® horrescens Edwards ® tongae Edwords ® 


~ZSENTED 
24 NOV 1954 


rap S 


pay 
e x } 
4 w 
=< 
x . 
? 
. 


PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY = 
ADLARD AND SON, LIMITED | 
BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING, _ 


Oh io 1954 | 
A NEW GENUS AND SOME NEW 


SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 
(MEGALOPTERA) 


D. E. KIMMINS 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 
_ ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 11 
q LONDON: 1054 


r hs 
ge ee 


—~ 


a: 


¥ 
vy 


A NEW GENUS AND SOME NEW SPECIES 
OF THE CHAULIODINI (MEGALOPTERA) 


BY 


D. E. KIMMINS | 
Kn 


Pp. 415-444; 22 Text-figures 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3.No, tI 
LONDON : 1954 


THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM 
(NATURAL HISTORY), instituted in 1949, ts 
issued in five series corresponding to the Departments 
of the Museum, and an Historical Series. 

Parts appear at irregular intervals as they become 
veady. Volumes will contain about three or four 
hundred pages, and will not necessarily be compiled 
within one calendar year. 


This paper is Vol. 3, No. 11 of the Entomological 
serves. 


PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM 


Issued November, 1954 Price Eight Shillings 


ae 


ee ee ea 
7 * . - E 


— 


6 OM 


Se. + 


ee ND Save BS 


a 


A NEW GENUS AND SOME NEW SPECIES OF 
THE CHAULIODINI (MEGALOPTERA), WITH 
NOTES ON CERTAIN PREVIOUSLY 
DESCRIBED SPECIES 


By D. E. KIMMINS 


SYNOPSIS 


The greater part of this paper is devoted to descriptions of eleven new species or subspecies 
and a new genus from Oriental, Australian and Chilean localities. The types of some species 
described by Walker, McLachlan and Weele have been re-examined, and new figures of genitalia 
prepared, and an artificial key for the identification of the genera of the Chauliodini is given. 


THE tribe Chauliodini may be distinguished by the following diagnosis: Antennae 
moniliform, serrate or pectinate in the male, moniliform, subserrate or, more rarely, 
pectinate in the female. Normally not more than three cross-veins between the 
radius and its sector. In the hind wing the basal r—m cross-vein is present, obsoles- 
cent or entirely absent. Cu, with only one branch beyond the inter-cubital cross- 
vein. 

Male genitalia with only one pair of appendages. Ninth tergite moderately 
sclerotized, somewhat hood-shaped. Sternite generally less sclerotized than tergite, 
forming a variously shaped subgenital plate, whose apical margin is often produced 
in a transparent triangular lobe. Tenth tergite forming a pair of anal plates or 
claspers, differing in shape in the various species and variously armed on the inner 
surface with black spinules or comb-like teeth. There is a group of trichobothria 
forming a more or less convex wart on the outer surface. Tenth sternite generally 
membranous although occasionally (Ctenochauliodes) it forms a sclerotized plate. 
Aedeagus hinged to the lower basal angle of the ninth tergite, trough- or scoop-like, 
simple or bifid at its apex. 

QGENITALIA. Eighth sternite more or less sclerotized, sometimes produced 
apically as a subgenital plate. Ninth tergite deep, its lateral margins produced 
downwards almost across the segment ; to their lower angles are attached a pair of 
foliate lateral gonapophyses. Ninth sternite apparently membranous. Tenth 
segment forming a pair of cercoid anal plates, of varying form, each with a group of 
trichobothria. 

The known distribution of the tribe is somewhat discontinuous, although further 
collecting and study may cause us to modify our conclusions. There appears to be 
a small Antarctic element consisting of two genera, with representatives in Aus- 
tralia, New Zealand and Chile, one of the genera also possibly extending northward 
into California. There are two genera occurring in South Africa, one of which is 

ENTOM. III, 11. 29 


418 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 


fairly closely related to Protochauliodes from Australia and Chile and the other has 
a near relative in Madagascar. 

The Nearctic region contains at least four genera in addition to possible representa- 
tives of the Antarctic genus referred to above. The Oriental region appears to be 
richest in described species and subspecies and contains four genera, of which three 
spread northward into the Manchurian-Japanese sub-region of the Palaearctic 
fauna. The majority of the species occur in the Indo-Chinese sub-region. 

Certain genera exhibit sexual dimorphism in the antennae and while such charac- 
ters will serve to separate the males generically, it has not been easy to find vena- 
tional characters which will serve equally for both sexes. The wing venation of 
the tribe is rather uniform, although at the same time subject to aberration. In 
the generic key, separate male and female characters have been used to distinguish 
Protochauliodes from Neohermes, but with Parachauliodes and Neochauliodes I have 
failed to find a satisfactory character to separate the females. It should be pointed 
out that in both sexes the abdomen shrinks considerably in drying and that the 
form of the genitalia can often only be clearly made out after removal and treatment 
in KOH solution. All the genitalia drawings in this paper have been made from 
dissections so treated. 


KEY TO GENERA OF CHAULIODINI 
I. Posterior branch of Rs in both en forked ; anterior branch of M in hind wings 


forked : . DysmMIcoHERMES Munroe. 
~-. Posterior branch of Rs in ‘both wings simple anterior branch of M in hind fii 
forked or simple . ‘ ; 2. 


vithsy 
AS) ae 3A 2A K 


Archichauliodes Protochauliodes 


SS Ao 


pa? Platychauliodes 


eA Sao a EE, 


eee 
> Pp 
a ; 2 
a Platy chauliodes th eet 
2A “IA 142 


I 3A 
Anachauliodes. 


sere ZC LLP. pe EY A A 
\ 1 
p 7 p ‘ 

Dysmicohermes sca a R, Ctenochauliodes 4 : ! 


Fic. 1.—Anal area of fore wing, a, and anterior basal area of hind wing, Pp. 


A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 419 


2. In fore wing, anterior branch of 2A partly fused with 1A, this branch appearing 


to arise from 1A; a pigmented area immediately basad of this apparent origin . 3, 
-. In fore wing, anterior branch of 2A not fused with 1A, but either it or the stem of 2A 

connected to 1A by across-vein  . - j i : : ; : . 5. 
3. Anterior branch of M in hind wing forked ‘ : : : ‘ : 4. 
—. Anterior branch of M in hind wing simple . . TAENIOCHAULIODES Esben-Petersen. 


4. Male antenna without a whorl of erect hairs on each segment ; lateral gonapophyses 
of ninth segment of female with a small apical cercus. No cross-vein in marginal 
fork of R, in fore wing (sometimes absent in Neohermes) . PROTOCHAULIODES Weele.! 
-. Male antenna with erect hairs on each segment other than the basal; lateral gona- 
pophyses of female without small apical cercus: cross-vein in marginal fork of 


R, in fore wing generally present . , . NEOHERMES Banks. 
8 Species from Australia, New Zealand, Chile, S. Africa o or Madagascar : i : 6. 
-. Species with a Nearctic or Oriental distribution . ; P : F re 


6. Species from Australia, New Zealand or Chile ; wings generally long and narrow 
ARCHICHAULIODES Weele.? 
-. Species from S. Africa or Madagascar; wings relatively broader 
PLATYCHAULIODES Esben-Petersen.$ 


7. Nearctic species . ‘ ‘ 2 : : ; ; 5 : : ; 8. 
-. Oriental species : : ‘ : 9. 
8. Wings mainly blackish brown, with opaque ‘creamy white markings Nicronia Banks. 
-. Wings greyish hyaline, venation with fuscous spots . : CHAULIODES Latreille. 
g. 1A in fore wing with three or four branches F ‘ ‘ ANACHAULIODES gen. n. 
-. IA in fore wing with only two branches . 3 , 7 ° : «EO; 
to. In fore wing, fork of 2A with a definite footstallc 3 ; eee oe 
-. In fore wing, fork of 2A sessile ; ; ; CTENOCHAULIODES Weele. 
11. Male antenna serrate, anal plates horizontally bilobed . : PARACHAULIODES Weele. 
-. Male antenna pectinate, anal plates simple . - A é NEOCHAULIODES Weele. 


Archichauliodes guttiferus (Walker). 
Figs, 2, 3. 


Hermes guttiferus Walker, 1853, List Neur. Ins. B.M. 2: 204. 

Chauliodes guttiferus (Walker), McLachlan, 1867, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. 9: 260; McLachlan, 1869, 
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) 4:39. Weele, 1907, Notes Leyden Mus. 28: 252, figs. 19, 20; 
pl. 4, fig. 2. 

Archichauliodes guttiferus (Walker), Weele, 1910, Cat. Coll. Zool. Selys, fasc. 5(1): 48. Tillyard, 
1926, Ins. Aust. N. Z. : 313. 


Examination of the material over this name in the British Museum (N.H.) revealed 
the presence of three species with almost identical wing markings but entirely 
distinct genitalia in both sexes. This raised the question to which of the three 


1 The unique 2 type of P. dubitatus (Walker) differs from the true Protochauliodes in having the basal 
y-m cross-vein completely lacking in both hind wings. In view of the fact that it is a unique, from an 
unknown locality (variously suggested to be New Zealand or S. America) and possibly aberrant, it is 
proposed to leave it for the present in Protochauliodes. One must not overlook the possibility of its 
being an aberrant Neohermes, the transverse fuscous band in the basal part of the fore wing at the level 
of the cubital fork certainly resembling that found in Neohermes. 

2 In Archichauliodes diversus (Walker) from New Zealand the basal v-m cross-vein in the hind wing 
appears to be very unstable and often obsolete. 

* Paulian’s figure of the venation of his Madachauliodes torrentialis shows no basal y-m cross-vein in 
the hind wing, and would thus run out in this key to Platychauliodes, from which it appears to differ 
in a longer fork to Cu, in both wings. 


420 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 


should the name guttiferus Walker be applied. Walker’s type has for many years 
lacked antennae and abdomen and I have seen no statement in print as to its sex. 


The female example figured by Weele (1907, pl. 4, fig. 2) is certainly not the type. 


Fic. 2.—Archichauliodes guttiferus (Walker). Male genitalia. a, lateral; 5b, left anal plate, 
dorsal ; c, ninth sternite and aedeagus, ventral. 


‘ 


Fic. 3.—Archichauliodes guttiferus (Walker). Female genitalia. a, lateral; b, eighth 
sternite, ventral; c and d, anal plate and lateral gonapophyses, lateral, from another 
specimen, 


A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 421 


The antennae and abdomen may even have been missing at the time of the original 
description, since neither part is mentioned and Walker quotes the length of the 
body with a question-mark. 

Before attempting a decision as to the identity of Walker’s guttiferus, preparations 
of the abdomens of a number of females (excluding A. deceptor sp. n. from Queens- 
land) were made and these, while showing some individual variation, seemed to fall 
into two groups on the structure of the eighth abdominal sternite. Comparison 
of the wing pattern of these two groups then revealed some not very easily defined 
differences, and by comparing Walker’s type with these two groups, it appeared to 
resemble most closely the group the males of which agreed with the figures of the 
genitalia given by Weele (1907, figs. 19-20). It is fortunate that we are thus able 
to retain Weele’s interpretation of this species. To facilitate identification of these 
very similar-looking species I am describing and figuring Walker’s guttiferus as well as 
the two new species. Examination of long series of Australian material may perhaps 
prove that what I have considered to be individual variations are really specific 
differences, but this is a matter which can only be decided by Australian students, 

Body-colour fuscous. Antennae, palpi and bases of ocelli piceous. Pronotum 
a little longer than broad, tapering slightly anteriorly. Legs uniformly fuscous. 


_ Abdomen reddish black, anal appendages piceous. Wings elongate, apices ovate ; 


membrane slightly brownish hyaline, venation pale fuscous. Fore wing lightly 
speckled with small brownish dots between the veins, and with rather larger ones at 
the origin of Rs, and along the costal margin before and after the pterostigma. Hind 
wing with a few brownish dots in the apical part of the wing, and with four larger 
spots, two along the costal margin (one at each end of the pterostigma) and the 
other two between Rs and M, surrounding the facetic spots. The basal of these 
spots usually overlaps both Rs and M. The hind wing spots sometimes enclose 
paler areas, giving them a pupillate appearance. 

6 GENITALIA. Ninth sternite about as long as tergite, forming a broad subgenital 
plate. Anal plates about one and one-half times as.long as ninth segment. From 
the side, each is slender, tapering gradually to apex and slightly down-curved, with 
a group of trichobothria at its base. From above it is broad at its base, abruptly 
narrowed about midway to half its width and then gradually narrowing to apex, 
inner margin spinose. Aedeagus with an arched base, centre of its apical margin 
produced in an asymmetric, obliquely truncate lobe. There appears to be some 
individual variation in the length and shape of this lobe. 

Q GENITALIA. Eighth sternite divided longitudinally into two broad sclerites, 
linked by membrane. Ninth tergite deep, lower angles obliquely truncate ; lateral 


4 gonapophyses short, sub-quadrate, upper margin convex, apical margin slightly 


concave, upper apical angle more or less produced. Anal plates long, slender. 

Length of fore wing, 23-30 mm. 

Holotype (lacking antennae and abdomen, sex doubtful, locality unknown) 
in Brit. Mus. (N.H.). Additional examples in this collection from AUSTRALIA: 
New South Wales, Upper Murrumbidgee River, Rule’s Point, 4,450 ft., 20. xii. 1934 
(R. J. Tillyard) and Mt. Kosciusko, 2,700 ft., 22.i.1885, 16.i.1888. Victoria, 
Melbourne. 


422 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 


Archichauliodes plomleyi sp. n. 
Fig. 4. 


AUSTRALIA: New South Wales, Mt. Irvine, 2,300 ft., 25.xii.1934 (N. J. B. 
Plomley), holotype g, allotype 9 and 2 g paratypes ; Heathcote, bred 26.xii. 1916, 
(R. J. Tillyard), 1 9 paratype; no other data, Saunders, 68-3, 1 paratype (without 
abdomen). 

Victoria, Melbourne, 1 paratype (lacking apex of abdomen). Australia, no other 
data, 3 9, 1 ? (lacking abdomen), paratypes. All the above examples in Brit. 


a 
p 


Fic. 4.—Archichauliodes plomleyi sp. n. Genitalia, male a—d; female e-g. a, lateral ; 
b, left anal plate, dorsal; c, ninth sternite, ventral; d, aedeagus, dorsal; e, lateral ; 
f, eighth sternite, ventral; g, anal plate and lateral gonapophyses of another example. 


General appearance as in A. guttiferus (Walker). The fore wing spots are perhaps 
a little less dense. Hind wing with four or five large fuscous spots, usually smaller 
than in gwutiiferus and with the basal spot usually not or only slightly overlapping 
Rs and M. Spots not pupillate. Fifth spot, when present, over the inter-cubital 
cross-vein. é 

6 GENITALIA. Ninth sternite rather shorter than the overhanging tergite, forming 


A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 423 


a broad subgenital plate, its apical margin flattened and semi-membranous. Anal 
plates short, from above sharply bent inwards, apices clavate and spinose ; there is 
a large, rounded, basal group of trichobothria. Aedeagus forming a truncate basal 
arch, from which arise two stout, up-curved, unequal spines, one acute, the other 
truncate at apex. 

© GENITALIA. Eighth tergite entire, sclerotized, from beneath parallel-sided, 
apical angles produced in rounded lobes. Ninth tergite deep, lateral gonapophyses 
forming flattened, ovate or pyriform valves. Anal plates short, conical, varying 
somewhat in width at base. 

Length of fore wing, 24-28 mm. 

Holotype 3, allotype 2, each with abdomen mounted in canada balsam. Apart 
from the differences already mentioned above, A. plomleyi may be separated from 
guttiferus by the short, incurved anal plates and the two asymmetric spines of the 
aedeagus in the male and by the entire eighth sternite with rounded apical lobes and 
the shorter anal plates in the female. 

The collector informs me that Mt. Irvine is one of the Western mountain range, 
about seventy miles west of Sydney. 


Archichauliodes deceptor sp. n. 
Fig. 5. 
AUSTRALIA: Queensland, Toowoomba, 2,000 ft., 10.xi1.1884, 1 3, holotype ; 
no other data (F. P. Dodd), 1 9, allotype, 1 2 paratype. All in Brit. Mus. (N.H.). 


Fic. 5.—Archichauliodes deceptoyr sp. n. Genitalia, male a-—d, female e. a, lateral, 
b, left anal plate, dorsal; c, aedeagus, ventral; d, ninth sternite, ventral; e, lateral. 
ENTOM. III, 11. 20§ 


424 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 


In general appearance scarcely distinguishable from A. guitiferus and A. plomleyi. 
The femora and tibia are generally lighter than the tarsi, with a darker patch at the 
apex of the femora. 

3 GENITALIA. Ninth tergite hooded, its apical margin slightly convex. Ninth 
sternite about as long as tergite, apical margin rounded, not membranous. Anal 
plates short, stout, somewhat incurved, with a large lateral group of trichobothria. 
Aedeagus long, slender, up-curved, not asymmetric, apex rounded from the side, 
pointed from beneath. 

Q GENITALIA. Eighth sternite sclerotized, pigmented, before the apex elevated 
in two low, rounded, hairy mounds. Ninth segment moderately deep, lateral 
gonapophyses about as long as segment, rather narrow, directed obliquely upwards, 
apex bent somewhat tailward and rounded. Anal plates short, conical, each with 
a large lateral group of trichobothria. 

Length of fore wing: $25 mm.; 2 27 mm. 

Holotype g, allotype 2 each with abdomen mounted in canada balsam. In both 
male and female genitalia this species is more nearly related to plomleyi than gutti- 
ferus. The male differs from the former in its less incurved anal plates and in the 
long single spine of the aedeagus. The female differs in the less developed eighth 
sternite and in the shape of the anal plates and lateral gonapophyses. 


Archichauliodes australica sp. n. 
Fig. 6. 


AUSTRALIA: New South Wales, Upper Murrumbidgee River, Rule’s Point, 
4,450 ft., 20. xii.1934 (R. J. Tillyard), 1 9, holotype, in Brit. Mus. (N.H.). 

Body-colour dark fuscous. Mandibles pale yellowish. Antennae filiform, the 
segments very slightly inflated on inner side but scarcely subserrate. Lateral 
margins of head behind eyes with a fringe of short silvery hair. Abdomen with 
obscure, transverse, fulvous lines. 

Wings elongate, acutely rounded at apices. Membrane greyish hyaline with 
brownish venation, fore wing with three conspicuous brown markings in the stigmal 
area and with numerous small brown spots along the veins and encroaching on the 
membrane. Hind wing practically without markings other than the brownish 
stigmal area. Venation much as in guttiferus but costal cross-veins in fore wing 
less numerous and straighter. In the right wing there is an aberrant cross-vein 
connecting the basal v—m cross-vein with M. 

6 GENITALIA. Ninth tergite large, hooded, its apical dorsal margin with a wide 
shallow triangular excision; sternite short, broad, apical margin forming a flat- 
tened ellipse. Anal plates stout, in side view with’a rounded lobe on lower margin 
about midway, then tapering to a rounded apex. The group of trichobothria are 
situated on a projecting ovate wart close to the base. From above the inner 
margin produced in a triangular lobe, set with spinules. Aedeagus forming an arched 
plate, in dorsal view the basal arms spirally twisted about midway. The centre of 
the arch is produced in two slightly incurved plates, their upper basal margins fused 
and elevated in a triangular lobe as seen from the side. 


A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 425 


Length of fore wing, 25 mm. 

Type ¢ with abdomen mounted in canada balsam. This specimen may well be 
one of those referred to by Tillyard (1926, Ins. Aust. N.Z.: 313) “‘ the mountain 
forms [of A. guttiferus| closely resemble the New Zealand species.’ After the 
publication of this work he took typical A. guttiferus at the same locality as this 
new species, which differs from A. guttiferus (Walker) in the almost complete absence 
of spots, apart from those along the fore wing veins, the more pointed wings, less 
moniliform antennae and shorter, blunter anal plates. 


Fic. 6.—Archichauliodes australica sp. n. Male genitalia. a, lateral; 6, left anal plate, 
dorsal ; c, aedeagus, dorsal. 


Archichauliodes chilensis sp. n. 
Figs. 7, 8. 


S. AMERICA: Chili (Calvert), 1 3, holotype, 1 9, allotype ; (Reed), 3 2 paratypes ; 
_ (McLachlan collection), 1 (lacking abdomen), paratype. S. Chili, Araucania (R. M. 
Middleton), 1 9, paratype. All in Brit. Mus. (N.H.). 

Antennae moniliform in both sexes, dull blackish brown, the two basal segments 
shining reddish brown. Body dull reddish or blackish brown, head with a patch 
in front of each antenna, and the back of the head, orange-brown. Wings elongate- 
elliptical, apices a little less acute in male than in female, membrane pale brownish 
hyaline, venation brownish, some of the longitudinal veins in hind wing narrowly 
bordered with brownish. In fore wing the membrane is lightly speckled with darker 


426 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 


brown adjoining the veins, and in the apical half of the wing there is a brownish 
streak running longitudinally through the cells. The pterostigma is more heavily 
marked with two brownish spots, and there is a brownish cloud over the fork of 2A. 

6 GENITALIA. Ninth sternite from beneath parabolic, with a semi-membranous, 
triangular process extending beyond its apex (much as in A. diversus (Walker)). 
Anal plates short and stout, in side view slightly curved downward near the apex, 
which is truncate. From above, the apex is rounded and clothed internally with 
dense black spinules. Beneath these appendages is the aedeagus, hinged at its 
basal angles to the lower angles of the ninth tergite. From above it resembles an 
inverted “ V,” with a blunt, bifid apex, which in the holotype is somewhat asymmetric. 


Fic. 7.—Archichauliodes chilensis sp.n. Male wings. 


The outer margin of each apical lobe is armed with a small acute tooth. From the 
side these lobes are directed obliquely upward. 

Q GENITALIA. Eighth sternite more sclerotized than its tergite, somewhat pro- 
duced apically in a subgenital plate. Ninth tergite as deep as eighth segment, 
mainly sclerotized but with a wide, apical, membranous area simulating an excision. 
The lower basal margins of the tergite overlap the eighth sternite; lateral gona- 
pophyses elongate and slightly tapering from base to apex. Ninth sternite mem- 
branous. Anal plates short, each rather stout at the base and bearing a large, 
rounded group of trichobothria, apex finger-like and somewhat flexible. 

Length of fore wing: ¢ 27mm.; 9 29-42 mm. 

This species in general appearance resembles Protochauliodes cinerascens (Blan- 
chard), but may be separated from it by the stalked condition of the fork of 2A 
in the fore wing and by the more basal position of the first fork of Rs in both wings. 


A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 427 


From A. diversus (Walker) it may be separated by the absence of any brown speckling 
along the branches of Rs in the hind wing and by the shape of the anal plates, the 
aedeagus beneath them and of the ninth sternite. 


Fic. 8.—Archichauliodes chilensis sp. n. Genitalia, male ad, female, e. 4, lateral; b, 
left anal plate, dorsal; c, aedeagus, dorsal; d, ninth sternite, ventral; e, lateral. 


ANACHAULIODES gen. n. 


6. Antenna pectinate. Wings with apical branches of Rs somewhat curved 
posteriorly near apices. In fore wing, 1A with three or four branches, fork of 2A 
sessile, anterior branch not fused with 1A. In hind wing, basal 7—m cross-vein 
obsolete. 

6 GENITALIA. Ninth segment not more sclerotized than eighth. Tenth segment 
forming two large anal plates, apical margin excised, inner surface with a few strong 
teeth on a small projection. Aedeagus large, strongly sclerotized, hooked down- 
ward. 

2 unknown. 

Type species, Anachauliodes tonkinicus sp. n. 


428 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 


In general appearance, this genus recalls the North American genus Chauliodes, 
from which it differs in the more branched 1A and the more curved apical branches 
of Rs in the fore wing. The latter character recalls Neochauliodes, from which it 
differs in the obsolete rm cross-vein at the base of the hind wing, as well as the 
more branched 1A in the fore wing. 


Anachauliodes tonkinicus sp. n. 
Figs. 9, Io. 


TONKIN : Ngai-Tio, 4,800 ft., 22.v.1924 (H. Stevens), 1 g, holotype, Brit. Mus. 
(N.H.). 


Fic. 9.—Anachauliodes tonkinicus gen. sp.n. Male wings. 


Body-colour light fuscous. Antenna piceous, strongly pectinate. Labrum, 
anteclypeus and mandibles fulvous. Pronotum about as broad as long, slightly 
narrowed anteriorly. Legs fuscous, femora with a fulvous stripe above. Wings 
greyish hyaline, venation of fore wing luteous with fuscous interruptions, hind wing 
mainly fuscous. Fore wing with a dark fuscous patch in costal area basad of the 
creamy pterostigma, several fuscous spots in subcostal area, a fuscous patch near 
base of wing, a paler fuscous cloud across the centre of the wing and with fuscous 
irrorations spreading out from the vein markings. Costal cross-veins fuscous. 
Hind wing practically without markings. 

6 GENITALIA. Ninth segment scarcely more sclerotized than eighth, tergite 
somewhat extended in a hood, sternite forming a short, rounded subgenital plate. 
Anal plates large, each with a central group of trichobothria. Apical margin of anal 


A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 429 


plate produced in two rounded lobes, separated by an excision. The upper lobe is 
the smaller and carries on its lower inner surface a short, dentiferous projection. 
Lower lobe about twice as deep as upper. Aedeagus large, heavily sclerotized, 
from the side curved downward, with an acute, hooked apex. The upper surface 
is produced to form two recurved, triangular plates, from the side appearing as a 
hook. From above, the aedeagus arises from a wide, arched base, parallel-sided 
as far as the recurved plates, then narrowed and tapering to the down-turned apex. 

Length of fore wing, 43 mm. 

Type with abdomen mounted in canada balsam. 


Fic. 10.—Anachauliodes tonkinicus gen. sp. n. Male genitalia. a, lateral; 5b, left anal 
plate, dorsal; c, aedeagus, dorsal; d, aedeagus, lateral. 


CTENOCHAULIODES Weele 


Weele, 1909, Notes Leyden Mus. 30: 263; id., 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys, 5 (1): 70. 
Type species, Chauliodes nigrovenosus Weele, 1907. 


Antennae pectinate in female and probably in male also. In hind wing, basal 
y—m cross-vein strong and re-connected to M by a cross-vein. In the genitalia of 
the presumed male, there is a sclerotized plate beneath the anal plates, probably 
the tenth sternite. It is possible that in some other genera (such as Neohermes) 
this plate has become fused to the aedeagus. 


Ctenochauliodes forcipatus sp. n. 
Fig. 11. 
CHINA: [Szechwan?], Kwanshien, July 1930 (G. M. Franck), $ holotype. 


W. Cuina: Chin-Fu-San (W. A. Maw), ¢ paratype. (Both in Brit. Mus. (N.H.)). 
Body-colour reddish brown. Antennae broken, with only two basal segments 


430 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 


remaining (probably pectinate). Labrum reddish piceous, inter-ocellar space 
piceous, palpi fuscous. Legs dark fuscous. Membrane of wings brownish hyaline, 
fore wing with dark fuscous markings forming vague clouds, more particularly at 
base and apex of costal area. Venation reddish brown, costal cross-veins in fore 
wing sinuously bent in basal half of wing. 

6 GENITALIA. Ninth tergite short and deep, sternite forming a wide, rounded 
subgenital plate, its apical margin produced in a triangular, membranous lobe. 
Anal plates from side deep at base, upper angle produced in a stout finger, incurved, 
lower apical angle of the finger further produced inward in a triangular lobe. Group 
of trichobothria set low down on anal plate. Beneath the anal plates is a pigmented, 
sclerotized plate, probably the tenth sternite, its lower angles projecting in rounded, 
hairy processes. Aedeagus forming a pair of thin, rounded plates with slender 
bases. These plates are slightly asymmetric, fused for a short distance medially 
and slope downwards in roof-fashion from the centre line. 

Length of fore wing, 27 mm. 


d 


Fic. 11.—Ctenochauliodes forcipatus sp. n. Male genitalia. a, lateral; b, left anal 
plate, dorsal; c, tenth sternite, from behind; d, aedeagus, dorsal. 


Holotype and paratype each with apex of abdomen mounted in canada balsam. 
The paratype has the wings damaged, as also is the apex of the abdomen, but as 
far as can be ascertained it appears to be conspecific with the type. This species 
differs from C. nigrovenosus (Weele) in the much more uniformly coloured wings. 


PARACHAULIODES Weele 


Weele, 1909, Notes Leyden Mus., 30: 250; id., 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys, fasc. 5 (1) : 58. 
Type species (original designation), Chauliodes japonicus McLachlan, 1867. 
= Metachauliodes Weele, 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys. fasc. 5 (1) : 46, 55, 61. (Lapsus calami.) 


The figures and descriptions of the male genitalia given by Weele were based upon 
dried material and are not entirely satisfactory. New figures and descriptions have 
been made, from preparations cleared in KOH solution, of the two species. It should 


A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 431 


be noted that the actual illustrations nos. 47 and 48 in Weele’s monograph on the 
Sialidae have been transposed, the lateral view of continentalis appearing with the 
ventral view of japonicus. 


Parachauliodes japonicus (McLachlan) 
Fig. 12. 
Chauliodes japonicus McLachlan, 1867, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. 9 : 232. 


Parachauliodes japonicus (McLachlan) Weele, 1909, Notes Leyden Mus. 30: 259; id., 1910, 
Coll. Zool. Selys. fasc. 5 (1) : 58, figs. 46, 48; pl. 4, fig. 29. 


japonicus 


continentalis 


Fic. 12.—Parachauliodes japonicus (McLachlan) and P. continentalis Weele (holotype). 
Male genitalia. a, lateral; b, aedeagus, lateral; c, aedeagus, dorsal; d, left anal 
plate, ventral. 


6 GENITALIA. Ninth tergite with its apical margin produced, its centre slightly 
concave ; lower apical angle produced and rounded, covering the aedeagus in side 
view. Ninth sternite less sclerotized than eighth, short, broadly rounded, with a 
small, transparent, triangular lobe projecting beyond its centre. Anal plates stout, 


432 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 


longer than deep, each with a shallow, horizontal excision of the apex, dividing it 
into a rounded upper part and a shallow, right-angled lower lobe. This excision 
is more noticeable in dried examples. The upper part is armed on its inner surface 
with black spinules. Aedeagus forming a short, broad tongue, in dorsal view con- 
stricted about midway, its apex rounded, scarcely up-turned, and with its lateral 
margins elevated. 


Parachauliodes continentalis Weele 
Fig. 12. 


Parachauliodes continentalis Weele, 1909, Notes Leyden Mus. 30: 259; id., 1910, Coll. Zool. 
Selys. fasc. 5 (1): 60, fig. 47, pl. 4, fig. 30. 


$ GENITALIA (from holotype). Ninth tergite produced in a rounded hood, from 
the side with a definite excision of the apical margin below the attachment of the 
anal plates, the lower apical angle so formed being subtriangular, obscuring the 
aedeagus. Ninth sternite small, semi-membranous. Anal plates large, from the 
side obliquely truncate at apex and divided into an upper and a lower portion by 
a horizontal excision. From beneath, the lower portion is relatively short, about 
one-third as long as upper, which carries a round area of black spinules on its lower 
inner surface. The group of trichobothria is situated rather low on the outer 
surface. Aedeagus short, with divergent, basally directed arms, a pair of triangular 
lobes on its anterior upper surface, beyond which the apex is produced in a thin, 
up-curved tongue. 

KorEA. 


NEOCHAULIODES Weele 
Weele, 1909, Notes Leyden Mus, 30: 259; id., 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys, 5 (1) : 60. 


Type species (by designation of Weele, 1910), Chauliodes sinensis Walker, 1853. 

This genus differs from Parachauliodes chiefly in the pectinate antennae of the g 
(serrate in Parachauliodes) and in the simple anal plates, less produced lateral 
angles of the ninth tergite and the longer aedeagus of the male. The wing venation 
is variable, some species having the branches of Rs running almost straight to the 
wing margin, whereas in others (such as the sinensis group) some of these branches 
are sharply curved posteriorly before reaching the margin. I know of no reliable 
characters by which to separate the females of the two genera and had it not been 
that the antennal difference in the males is to some extent confirmed by differences 
in the genital structure, I should have considered the two genera as synonymous. 

Sufficient material has not been available to determine to what extent the external 
genitalia of the female can be relied upon as specific characters. Differences occur 
in form of the eighth sternite, anal plates and lateral gonapophyses, but in the 
absence of long series of authentic material, it has been decided to figure the female 
genitalia of those species only, of which the female is the holotype. 


A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 433 


Neochauliodes simplex (Walker) 
Fig. 13. 

Chauliodes simplex Walker, 1853, List Neur. Ins. B.M. : 200. 
Neochauliodes simplex (Walker), Weele, 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys, 5 (1) : 61, fig. 49; pl. 4, fig. 31. 

Weele’s figure and description of the male genitalia were made from a dried example 
of Walker’s type series. This example, bearing Weele’s determination label, has 
now had the abdomen cleared in KOH solution and new figures and description 
prepared. 


simplex 
fletcheri 


Fic. 13.—Neochauliodes simplex (Walker) paratype, and N. fletcheri sp. n. holotype. 
Male genitalia. a, lateral; b, aedeagus, dorsal; c, left anal plate, dorsal. 


6 GENITALIA. Apical margin of the ninth tergite convex, sternite broadly rounded, 
its centre produced in a thin, triangular tongue. Anal plates short and stout, from 
the side subquadrate, rather longer than deep, with rounded angles, from above 
ovate, with rows of comb-like teeth on the inner surface. Aedeagus long, spatulate, 
slightly up-curved, its apex a little dilated in side view. From above it tapers 
gradually to a broadly rounded apex. 

Length of fore wing, g 25-28 mm., 9 27-34 mm. 

InpIA: Assam, Sylhet, Shillong, Khasi Hills ; United Provinces, Gahrwal. 


434 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 


Neochauliodes fletcheri sp. n. 
Fig. 13. 


InpIA: Assam, Shillong, 5,000 ft., 26.vi-10.vii.1928 (T. Bainbrigge Fletcher), 
3 6,1 2 (fb holotype, 8. vii, 2 allotype, 30.vi). Allin Brit. Mus. (N.H.). 

In coloration and markings similar to N. simplex (Walker) but rather larger. 
The chief structural difference is in the male genitalia. The anal plates in side view 
are deeper than long. The aedeagus is dark reddish brown, from above with the © 
lateral margins slightly sinuous (straight in stmplex), somewhat convex about mid- 
way. From the side the dorsal margins are also more sinuous, tapering to a narrow 
apex. 

Length of fore wing: ¢ 30-32 mm., 2 38 mm. 

Holotype with abdomen mounted in canada balsam. 


Neochauliodes indicus (Weele) 
Fig. 14. 


Chauliodes indicus Weele, 1907, Notes Leyden Mus. 28 : 255, figs. 21-22, pl. 4, fig. 3. 
Neochauliodes indicus Weele, 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys. 5 (1) : 62. 


The specimen here dealt with agrees quite well with Weele’s general description - 
and figure of the wings, but there are differences in male genitalia. These may be 
specific, but after consideration of other instances it is considered that the differences 
are not more than might be expected in comparing cleared preparations with dried 
material. 

$ GENITALIA. Apical margin of ninth tergite straight or slightly concave, some- 
what depressed at its centre. Ninth sternite moderately short, broad, the centre 
of its apical margin produced in a transparent, triangular lobe. Anal plates stout, 
subquadrate from the side, apical margin widely but shallowly excised, so that the 
apical angles are unusually pronounced. From above the anal plate is thick, its 
apex truncate, inner surface set with rows of black spinules. Aedeagus broad at 
base, tapering to a rather narrow, spatulate apex. From the side it is up-curved, 
stout basally, apex thin and ligulate. 

The chief differences between this example and Weele’s figure lie in the excised, 
less obliquely truncate apex of the anal plate and the rather broader apex of the 
aedeagus. The specimen from which the above description was taken is labelled 
Sikkim, Gopaldhara, Rongbong Valley, H. Stevens, and I have also seen a female 
from Darjeeling and another from the Khasi Hills. 


Neochauliodes tonkinensis (Weele) 
Fig. 14. 


Chauliodes tonkinensis Weele, 1907, Notes Leyden Mus. 28 : 260, pl. 5, fig. 3. 
Neochauliodes tonkinensis Weele, 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys, 5 (1) : 67, fig. 51. 


In the McLachlan Collection are one male and two females from the Ruby Mines 
district of Burma, which I believe to be Weele’s tonkinensis (described from a female). 


A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 435 


The two females at present under discussion differ somewhat in size (fore wing, 
39-50 mm.), and the smaller one and also the male have the wing pattern somewhat 
resembling indicus but with the basal half of the fore wing heavily spotted. The 
costal area is also heavily spotted and for part of its length has two rows of spots. 
In the larger female the contrast between the spots and the wing membrane in the 
distal half of the wings is much greater. 

() 


bp 


TOS b 


indicus 


tonkinensis 


Fic. 14.—Neochauliodes indicus (Weele) and N. tonkinensis (Weele). Male genitalia. 
a, lateral; b, aedeagus, dorsal; c, left anal plate, dorsal. 


6 GENITALIA. Ninth tergite with apical margin truncate, sternite semi-mem- 
branous, forming a short, broad subgenital plate, very slightly excised at its centre, 
its sides a little concave. Anal plates quadrate from the side, inner apical angle 
bearing rows of short, comb-like teeth. Aedeagus about twice as long as broad, 
tapering to a rounded apex in distal half, lateral margins in this area slightly ele- 
vated. . 

Length of fore wing: ¢ 39 mm., 2 39-50 mm. 


436 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 


Neochauliodes umbratus sp. n. 
Fig. 15. 


Inpo-CuHINA: A, Vuillet, r 3, holotype, in Brit. Mus. (N.H.). 

Head dark fuscous, labrum and occiput reddish brown, antennae piceous. Pro- 
notum orange-brown, meso- and meta-nota, legs and abdomen fuscous. Fore wing 
extensively clouded with fuscous, leaving two indefinite, hyaline bands running 
obliquely basad from the costal margin, one midway and the other in the apical third. 
Pterostigma dark brown, long, interrupted by a cream band. Venation brownish, 
costal cross-veins bordered with fuscous. Hind wing mainly hyaline, with a fuscous 
cloud at apex and another just beyond the middle, not reaching to the posterior 
margin. 


Fic. 15.—Neochauliodes umbratus sp. n. (holotype). Male genitalia. a, lateral; 6b, 
aedeagus, dorsal; c, left anal plate, dorsal. 


$6 GENITALIA. Ninth tergite only slightly produced apically, from the side with — 


lower apical angle very obtuse. Ninth sternite short and broad, its apical margin 
produced in a lightly sclerotized, thin, triangular lobe or tongue, clothed in micro- 
scopic setae. Anal plates globose, short, inner surface with the usual comb-like 


{ 


teeth. From the side the anal plate is ovate, upper margin flattened. Aedeagus 


elongate, narrow, its lateral margins sinuate and subparallel, and with a rounded, ~ 
apico-dorsally directed lobe on each side, situated at about one third before the 


apex, which is shallowly excised. 
Length of fore wing, 33 mm. 


Type with abdomen mounted in canada balsam. N. umbratus may be easily — 
distinguished from the sinensis group by the presence of lateral lobes of the aedeagus. ~ 
These lobes are more apically directed than in N. bowringi, to which it is closely — 


related in genital structure. 


A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 437 


Neochauliodes bowringi (McLachlan) 
Fig. 16. 


Hermes sinensis Walker, 1853, List. Neur. Ins. B.M.: 203 (nom. preocc.). 

Chauliodes sinensis Brauer, 1865 (mec Walker, 1853), Reise Novara, 1: 102. 

Chauliodes bowringi McLachlan, 1867, J. Linn. Soc. Zool. 9: 260; Weele, 1907, Notes Leyden 
Mus. 28 : 259, figs. 23-24; pl. 5, fig. 2. 

Neochauliodes bowringi (McLachlan) Weele, 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys, 5 (1) : 66. 


Q GENITALIA (holotype). Eighth sternite sclerotized, apical margin produced 
in a parabolic subgenital plate. Ninth tergite sclerotized, short and deep. Lateral 
gonapophyses as large as anal plates, flattened laterally, quadrate, directed upwards. 
Anal plates stout, parallel-sided, then abruptly tapered to an acute apex. 


LU ‘ 


Fic. 16.—Neochauliodes bowringi (McLachlan) and N. koreanus Weele. Female genitalia, 
lateral, of holotypes. 


bowringi koreanus 


Neochauliodes koreanus Weele 
Fig. 16. 


Neochauliodes koveanus Weele, 1909, Notes Leyden Mus. 30: 261; id., 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys. 
5 (1) : 65, pl. 4, fig. 39. 

This opportunity is taken to call attention to two errors in the published locality 
data of this species. In his original description, Weele writes “‘ Two females from 
Korea (the types) are in the British Museum.’ In his Selysian monograph he 
alters this (without comment) to one female from Korea, Seoul, and one from Hong 
Kong. The Korean example, which is here designated holotype, bears an additional 
label (quoted by Weele) ‘‘ Hong Kong Peak, Happy Valley.” I feel sure that this 
is an error and that this label should in fact belong to the Hong Kong example, 
which incidentally is the one figured by Weele on plate 4. 

Q GENITALIA. Eighth sternite parabolically produced apically. Lateral gona- 
pophyses of ninth sternite foliate, from side with upper margin obtusely angled, 


438 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 


lower slightly convex, apex acutely rounded. Anal plates parallel-sided, lower 


margin excised before the apex. 
In the British Museum there is a second example labelled Hong Kong, from the 
McLachlan Collection, in which the wings are even more heavily suffused with 


fuscous. 
Neochauliodes sinensis occidentalis Weele 
Figs. 17, 18. 


Chauliodes sinensis (Walker) Weele, 1907, Notes Leyden Mus. 28 : 262 (partim). 
Neochauliodes sinensis occidentalis Weele, 1909, Notes Leyden Mus. 30: 260; id. 1910, Coll. 


Zool, Selys. 5 (1) : 64, pl. 4, fig. 40. 


sinensis 
a 


occidentalis 


Fic. 17.—Neochauliodes sinensis sinensis (Walker) and N.s. occidentalis Weele, holotypes. 
Male genitalia. a, lateral; b, aedeagus, dorsal; c, left anal plate, dorsal. 


§ GENITALIA (holotype). Closely resembling those of N. s. sinensis (Walker) 
but differing as follows: Anal plates from the side with apical angles more rounded, 
apical margin obliquely convex. From above they are rather more pointed. Aedea- 
gus from the side more slender, from above somewhat constricted basally, apex — 


A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 439 


rounded, not excised. Ninth sternite shorter, with a triangular membranous tongue 
at its apex. 

2 GENITALIA (allotype). Eighth sternite produced in a subgenital plate, moder- 
ately pointed apically in side view. Lateral gonapophyses rather small, shorter than 
anal plates, flattened and pointed apically. Anal plates rhomboidal in side view, 
stout in dorsal view, the group of trichobothria almost ventral, not visible from 
above. 

Very closely allied to sinensis Walker and probably correctly considered by Weele 
as a subspecies of it. No holotype appears to have been selected from the type 
series, and I therefore designate the male in the British Museum (N.H.), with abdo- 
men now mounted in canada balsam, and the female in the same collection as holo- 
type and allotype respectively. Two other males in the same collection (and the 


sinensis occidentalis 


Fic. 18.—Neochauliodes sinensis sinensis (Walker) and N.s. occidentalis Weele (allotype). 
Female genitalia, lateral. 


series in the Berlin Museum, not seen by me) become paratypes. The above speci- 
mens are all from Omei Shan, Szechwan. In the British Museum (N.H.) are two 
further males from N. W. Cuina (ex McLachlan collection) which agree in wing 
pattern with the types. Also in the British Museum are a male and female from 
W. Cun, Chin-Fu-San, and a male from Tonkin, Ngai-Tio, which differ consider- 
ably in wing markings and which may represent two further subspecies of sinensis. 
The male genitalia, however, show only slight comparative differences from N.s. 
occidentalis and it seems wiser therefore to leave them undescribed until more 
abundant material is available. 


Neochauliodes sinensis sinensis (Walker) 
Figs. 17, 18. 


Chauliodes sinensis Walker, 1853, List. Neur. Ins. B.M.: 199; Weele, 1907, Notes Leyden Mus. 
28 : 261, figs. 25-26. 
Neochauliodes sinensis (Walker) Weele, 1910, Coll. Zool. Selys. 5 (1) : 63. 


6 GENITALIA (holotype). Ninth tergite with apical margin slightly produced, 


440 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 


rather more sclerotized than sternite. The latter is semi-membranous, like the other 
segments, forming a short, wide subgenital plate, apical margin slightly excised and 


projecting beyond it is a triangular, membranous lobe. Anal plates short, quadrate 


from the side, more or less globular from above. The inner surface is set with black 
spinules, arranged in short, curved, comb-like rows. Aedeagus large, strongly 


sclerotized, forming an elongate, tapering scoop or tongue, up-curved from the side, 


its apex shallowly notched. 
Q GENITALIA (Moncort4, McLachlan Collection). Eighth sternite with its apical 
margin produced in a subgenital plate. Ninth tergite short and deep, lightly 


sclerotized, its apical part membranous. Lateral gonapophyses foliate, semi-_ 


membranous, lightly sclerotized and pigmented basally. Anal plates a little larger 
than gonapophyses, narrow from above, tapering to an acute apex from the side. 
The genitalia of the type differ from those figured by Weele (1907) in the form of 


the aedeagus, which is less dilated apically from the side, and less sharply angled 


upwards. In dorsal view the lateral margins are evenly convex in apical half, not 


sinuous. It is possible that these differences may be due to the fact that the present 


figures have been made after clearing the genitalia in KOH solution. 


Neochauliodes sinensis truncatus ssp. n. 
Fig. 19. 
Inp1A: Assam, Khasi Hills, Shillong, 5,000 ft., 13-15.vi.1928 (T. Bainbrigge 


Fletcher), holotype 3, allotype 2 and 1 9 paratype, all in Brit. Mus. (N.H.). 
General appearance much as in the typical s¢mensis but in the fore wing the oblique, 


transverse band is largely broken into rounded dots. The head, particularly in the 


female, is distinctly darker and browner than the orange pronotum. 
6 GENITALIA. Ninth tergite with its apical margin scarcely produced, rather more 


sclerotized than the sternite, which forms a short, wide, semi-membranous sub- 


genital plate, apical margin parabolic, and with a triangular, membranous lobe 
projecting beyond its apex. Anal plates short, stout, apical margin rounded in 


lateral and dorsal views, its inner apical surface set with rows of black, comb-like 


spines. Aedeagus strongly sclerotized, large, forming a broad, up-curved plate. 
From above it tapers but slightly to a wide, truncate apex with rounded angles. 


Q GENITALIA. Eighth sternite produced apically in a broad, shallow, truncated 


triangle, angles rounded, sides slightly concave. Ninth tergite moderately sclero-— 


tized. Lateral gonapophyses flattened, broadly pyriform in side view. Anal plates 


about as long as gonapophyses, in side view with lower margin straight, upper 


convex, apex rounded. Trichobothria placed laterally. 
Length of fore wing: ¢ 33 mm.; 2 37-44 mm. 
The male genitalia are of the sinensis pattern but differ from the typical sub- 


species in the more rounded anal plates and the wider, truncate apex of the aedeagus. 


Protochauliodes reedi sp. n. 
Figs. 20, 21. 


S. AMERICA: Chili (Reed), 5 g, 1 9 (Calvert), 1 3,29. Holotype ¢ (Reed, with 


A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 441 


: abdomen mounted in canada balsam and left wings between celluloid), allotype 9 
_ (Calvert) and paratypes in Brit. Mus. (N.H.). 

Body fuscous: labrum and clypeus fulvous, mandibles fulvous basally, reddish 
_ brown apically. A piceous area around the ocelli, a fulvous spot between the 


. 


i a 


— 


Fic. 19.—Neochauliodes sinensis truncatus ssp. n. Genitalia. a—c, male. a, lateral; }, 
aedeagus, dorsal; c, right anal plate, dorsal; d, female, lateral. 


SS a a aa ee ae ee ow 


i 


Fic. 20.—Protochauliodes veedi sp.n. Male, anterior wing. 


a 


antennae, and back of head marked with fulvous. Antennae dark castaneous 
_ basally, shading to fuscous apically. Thorax with obscure fulvous markings. 
_ Wings greyish hyaline, venation brownish. Fore wing with the veins heavily 


442 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 


bordered with brownish dots or short, divergent fasciae, especially along the radius 
and its sector and at the pterostigma. The centres of the cells are lightly clouded 
with a darker grey, but not usually reaching the marginal dots. The attachments 
of the wings fuscous, not orange. Venation much as in P. cinerascens, but in the 
fore wing most of the costal cross-veins are distinctly angled distad. : 

$ GENITALIA. Ninth sternite triangularly produced at centre of apical margin, 
beyond rounded shoulders. Anal plates stout, slightly dilated apically and truncate 


Fic. 21.—Protochauliodes reedi sp. n., a-e and P. cinerascens (Blanchard), f-h. Genitalia. 
a, male, lateral; b, male left anal plate, dorsal; c, aedeagus, dorsal; d, male ninth 
sternite, ventral; e, female, lateral; /, aedaegus, dorsal; g, male anal plate, lateral ; 
h, male anal plate, lateral, from another example. 


or slightly emarginate, with rounded angles in side view, curving inwards in dorsal 
aspect. Aedeagus with a broad, arched base, subquadrate in dorsal aspect, its 
apex with a triangular excision between two rounded lobes. There are two raised, 
divergent ridges or lobes on the upper surface about midway, curving backward 
and leaving a wide excision between them. From the side the apical lobes curve ~ 
slightly upwards and the median ridges appear as triangular elevations. 

Q GENITALIA. Eighth sternite pigmented and sclerotized, a triangular area at 


BY 
A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 443 


~ centre of apical margin semi-membranous. Ninth tergite deep, lateral gonapophyses 
stout, laterally compressed, extending beyond the tergite for about one-third of its 
i length, basal two-thirds pigmented, apical third membranous and carrying a very 
_ small cercus. Anal plates finger-shaped, about as long as lateral gonapophyses, 
apices rounded. 

Length of fore wing: ¢ 35-39 mm.; 9 41-47 mm. 

This species is closely allied to P. cinerascens (Blanchard) but differs from it in 
the pattern of the wings, angled costal cross-veins of fore wings, fuscous wing bases, 
the form of the aedeagus in the male and the rounded anal plates of the female. 
My interpretation of P. cinerascens is based upon the male in the British Museum 

(Nat. Hist.), described and figured by Weele in Coll. Zool. Selys, 5 (1) : 49-50, figs. 
35-36, pl. 3, fig. 23. The form of the anal plates appears to be variable in cinerascens, 


b 

| d | 

Fic. 22.—Protochauliodes biconicus sp. n. Male genitalia. a, lateral; b, left anal plate, 
dorsal ; c, aedeagus, dorsal; d, ninth sternite, ventral. 


_ one example having the lower angle produced and with a small point. It is possibly 
_ a little more clavate apically but does not offer any good characters by which the 
_ dried insects may be separated. In cinerascens the aedeagus has its apex divided 
into two truncate lobes, separated by an acute excision, and the mid-dorsal lobes 
_ or ridges are much smaller. 


f Protochauliodes biconicus sp. n. 
Fig. 22. 


_ AusTRALIA: New South Wales, Nowra, 8.x.1928 (F. A. Rodway), 1 3, holotype, 
in Brit. Mus. (N.H.). 


444 A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF THE CHAULIODINI 


The unique male is somewhat damaged, one antenna and part of the other missing, 
and the base of the right-hand wings defective. Body-colour dull reddish brown, 
head with paler markings on labrum, clypeus, between antennae and on vertex. 
Antennae subserrate, the anterior margin of each segment somewhat dilated, mainly 
fuscous. Pronotum anteriorly orange-fulvous. Legs fuscous. Wings with mem- 
brane pale brownish hyaline, fore wing with scattered brownish spots, darkest 
along costal border ; hind wing with a few spots apically and along costal bordel 
Venation brown, arrangement of veins much as in P. cinerascens (Blanchard). 

6 GENITALIA. Ninth tergite with apical margin widely and shallowly excised. 
Ninth sternite rather broad, lateral margins convex, apex truncate or slightly sinuous, 
Anal plates stout, from the side with upper margin convex, lower sinuous, lower 
apical angle produced, short and conical. From above this cone is directed back-. 
ward and slightly outward. Inner margin sinuous, armed with dense, fine spinules 
and longer hairs. Aedeagus forming a subtriangular plate, lateral margins excised 
basally, apex very slightly bilobed. From the side the aedeagus is abruptly angled 
downwards near its base, then curved tailward to a moderately dilated apex with a 
small, acute projection on its upper surface. 

Length of fore wing, 32 mm. . 

Type with abdomen mounted in balsam. This is, I believe, the first Protochauli- 
odes to be recorded from Australia. Until the type locality of Chauliodes dubitatus 
Walker is known, one must not overlook the possibility that the present species 
may be the male of dubitatus. It differs however in its narrower wings, different 
pattern and the fact that in dubitatus the basal y—m cross-vein in the hind wing is 
completely absent. From P. cinerascens it may be separated by the differently 
shaped anal plates and by the form of the aedeagus. 


APPENDIX 


ee 


Since the galley-proofs of this paper were corrected, I have seen a copy of Mr. 
E. F. Riek’s paper (‘‘Australian Megaloptera, or Alder-flies,” 1954, Austral. J on 
Zool, 2 (I): 131-142, I pl., 3 text-figs.). It seems probable that some of the new 
species described in the present paper will prove to be the same as species of Archi- 
chauliodes described by Riek, but in the absence of genitalia figures of his species 
it must be left for Australian entomologists to decide the matter. His Austro- 
chauliodes dubitatus (Walker) may well be the same as my Protochauliodes biconicus, 
but his photograph of the female wings shows a definite basal y-m cross-vein in the 
hind wing, which is lacking in the type of dubitatus Walker. 


D. E. KimmiIns, 
6th Sept., 1954. 


PRES SNe 
IOV 1954 


es Obi 


PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY 
ADLARD AND SON, LIMITED 
BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING. 


l at 


py. 
 s 
tw 


PRESoNTED 
3 pec 954 LHE GENERA 


HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN, 
DICROTELUS ERICHSON, 
NYLLIUS STAL, 
ORGETORIXA CHINA AND 
ALLIED NEW GENERA 


N: C. E. MILLER. 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 12 
LONDON: 1954 


THE GENERA HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN, 
DICROTELUS ERICHSON, NYLLIUS STAL, 
ORGETORIXA CHINA AND ALLIED 
NEW GENERA 


BY 


N. C. E. MILLER 


eee Y 


Pp. 445-488 ; 21 Text-figures. 


“BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 12 
LONDON: 1954 


THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM 
(NATURAL HISTORY). stituted in 1949, is 
issued in five series corresponding to the Departments 
of the Museum, and an Historical Series. 


Paris appear at irregular intervals as they become 
veady. Volumes will contain about three or four 
hundred pages, and will not necessarily be compiled 
within one calendar year. 


This paper is Vol. 3, No. 12 of the Entomological 
sertes. 


PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM 


Issued November, 1954 Price Twelve Shillings and Sixpence 


THE GENERA HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN, 
DICROTELUS ERICHSON, NYLLIUS STAL, 
ORGETORIXA CHINA AND ALLIED 
NEW GENERA 


(HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA, REDUVIIDAE, 
HARPACTORINAE, DICROTELINI) © 


By N..C. E. MILLER, F.R.ESS., F.Z.S., F.E.S.S.A.° 


(Commonwealth Institute of Entomology, London) 


SYNOPSES 


This paper contains a revision of the genus Henricohahnia Breddin, descriptions of new allied 
genera, also descriptions and figures of the genus Ny/llius Stal, new genera allied to it and new 
species of Orgetorixa China. 


THE genus Henricohahnia was erected by Breddin in 1900 (Deutsche ent. Zeit. : 
184-185) for the reception of a somewhat bizarre reduviid from the Tengger Moun- 


_ tains of East Java. He gave it the specific name of wahnschaffet. 


In 1903 Distant erected the genus Forestus (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 12 : 251-253) 


_ and placed in it four species—typicus, montanus, spinosus and inermis but, in 1904 


(Fauna Brit. India. Rhynchota 2: 389) he transferred them to Henricohahnia. 
In the same year and publication (Joc. cit.) he described a new species—Henrtco- 
hahnia gallus—and in 1909 another new species—H. badgley1 (Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. 
53 : 373). 

A critical examination of the species described by Distant, however, has revealed 
that the species inermis and badgleyi should not have been placed in Henricohahnia, 


Accordingly I have erected a new genus—Karenocoris—for them. 


In the present paper I have also described two more new allied genera—Tapiro- 


i coris and Malaiseana—both of which are allied to Henricohahnia. 


I have revised all previous descriptions of Henricohahnia species with the excep- 


tion of that of wahnschaffei which is given in the original. A few remarks supple- 
_ mentary to Breddin’s generic description, however, are added. 


All species are figured for the first time except Henricohahnia typica (Distant). 

All the known genera in the Dicrotelini are keyed on pages 466 and 474. 

Nothing appears to be known about the ecology of Henricohahnia or of any of 
the other new genera described herein, but it is probable, to judge by their habitus, 


_ that they pass some portion of their lives under the loose bark of dead trees. 


The types and paratypes of all the new species are in the British Museum (Natural 
ENTOM, III, 12, 30 


448 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 


History) with the exception of the type and paratype of Neonyllius echinus gen. et 
sp. n., which are in the Vienna Museum. 
For the genera Nyllius and Dicrotelus, Stal proposed the tribal name of Dicro- 


telini (1859, Ofv. Vet. Ak. Férh. 16 (8) : 366). To this tribe I consider that the 
genera Neonyllius gen. nov., Paranyllius gen. nov., Orgetorixa China, and Henni- 
cohahnia Breddin also belong. 

I express my thanks to Dr. Stevan Kéler of the Zoological Museum Berlin, for 
his kindness in allowing me to examine the types of Dicrotelus prolixus Erichson 
and Nyllius asperatus Stal. I am also indebted to Dr. W. E. China of the British 
Museum (Nat. Hist.) for his assistance in elucidating the synonymy of Sphagiastes 
Stal. 


Henricohahnia Breddin 


Henricohahnia Breddin, 1900, Deutsche ent. Zeit. : 184-185. 
Forestus Distant, 1903, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (12) ; 251-253, type F. typicus Distant ; Distant, 
1904, Fauna Brit. India, Rhynchota, 2, 389; Distant, 1909, Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. 53 : 373. 


Capite a supero viso longe cylindrico, pronoto fere aequilongo, antrorsum in processum com- 
pressum angustum, @ latere viso acutangularem longe prominente ; capite postoculari quam parte 
anteoculari cum oculis ipsis nonnihil longiore, vetrorsum levissime angustato ; capitis impressione 
supertore pone oculos minusculos obsoleta, fere nulla, ocellis punctiformibus ab oculis sat remotis. 
Capite supra granulis paucis setigeris, haud tamen spinulis instructo, infra utrimque spinulis 
paucis seriatis armato. Rostri articulo basali marginem posticum oculorum haud attingente, 
quam articulo secundo plus duplo breviore. Antennis breviusculis, capite pronotoque simul sumptis 
brevioribus, dimorphis ; articulo primo subclavato capite postoculari multo breviore et articulis 
secundo tertioque singulis in 3 breviore, in 2 subaequilongo ; primo tuberculis compressis et obtu- 
satis sublobiformibus horrente, secundo in 9 supra paucis eiusmodo dentibus armato, in 3 inermi, 
piloso. Antepronoto tuberculis nonnullis acutiusculis, post-pronoto granulis sparsis armatis, 
pone humeros retrorsum sat longe producto. Scutelli apice sat angusto. Hemelytrorum areola 
discalt valde elongata atque angusta. Membranae area interiore valde parva, quam area exteriore 
bast ter angustiore eademque area duplo breviore ; avea exteriore vetrorsum distincte dilatata. Ab- 
dominis marginibus in lobos mediocres dilatatis. Prostethio in sulci lateribus utrimque tuberculis 
nonnullis, mesostethio antice latera versus nodulo distincto armatis. Ventre medio subtiliter 
cavrinato. Femoribus quam tibiis multo longioribus, anterioribus subincrassatis. Femoribus 
omnibus supra et extus spinulis fortibus numerosis seriatis, anterioribus subtus serie unica sub- 
obliqua spinularum paucarum armatis. Tibiis anterioribus supra spinulis crassis nonnullis 
minoribus, anticis subtus paucis maioribus instructis. 


Breddin omits to mention in his generic description that the coxae and trochanters 
are spinose and that the basal areas of the membranal cells are more or less coriaceous. 

At the conclusion of his description of the genus, Breddin adds: “‘ genus singulare 
inter Blaptonem et Sclominam ordinandum.”’ However, I consider the relationship 
of Henricohahnia to these two genera to be very remote, for the following reasons. 
In Sclomina Stal (1861, Ent. Zeit. Stett. 22 : 137) all segments of the antennae are 
slender and the basal segment is approximately twice as long as the head, the rostrum 
is more or less curved (as in the majority of the Harpactorinae), the head is not 
cylindrical, the transverse sulcus is deep and wide and the vertex is not produced 
anteriorly. The spines on the head in Sclomina are long and slender. The pro- 
notum has long slender spines and the posterior margin of the posterior lobe is 


Sea an 


a 


HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 449 


almost straight. In the hemelytra the internal cell of the membrane is about 


two-thirds as long and one-third wider than the external cell and the venation of 
the corium is different in having a small, triangular cell adjacent to the discal cell. 
Blapton was established by Spinola in 1850 (separata from Mem. Matem. fisica, 
Soc. ital. Sci. 25 (x), 1852, 88 and 144). 
Spinola states that “‘ha per tipo una specie di Cayenna discritta dai Signori 


_ Amyot e Serville, vedi Hist. des Hemyft. 376, 113, Sinea punctipes Amyot e Serville.” 


The type-species of the genus Blapton Spinola, 1850, is thus, undoubtedly, Sinea 
punctipes Amyot & Serville, 1843. But this S. American species is congeneric 
with the Brazilian Milyas ornaticeps Stal, 1858, which is the type species of the 
genus Milyas Stal, 1858, which, because it was preoccupied, was re-named Pselliopus 
by Bergroth (1905, Rev. Ent.,: 112). Blapton Spinola, 1850, thus has priority 


_ over Pselliobus Bergroth, 1905, and the South African genus Blapton auctt. nec 


Spinola takes the next available name, which is Sphagiastes Stal (1853, Ofv. Vet. 
Ak. Foérh. : 43), type S. horrificus 1853 = ramentaceus Germar, 1837 = dreget 
Spinola, 1850. 

There is one other species which has been placed in the genus Blapion, namely 


| Arilus pilipes Stal (1855, Ofv. Vet. Ak. Férh. : 43). In 1912 Schouteden (Rev. Zool. 


afr. 2: 114) considered that B. pilipes should be placed, at least, in a sub-genus 
of Blapton for which he proposed the name Lefton. In 1913 (loc. cit. : 437), having 
discovered that Lefton was preoccupied, Schouteden substituted the name Lerton. 
This genus is allied to, but is not a subgenus of Sphagiastes. 

The affinity of Henricohahmia to Sphagiastes isremote. There isa slight similarity 
in the shape of the head and rostrum, but the armature of the head, the extraor- 
dinary spinose pronotum, particularly its posterior lobe, the unique structure of the 
connexivum and the tuberculate ventral surface of the abdomen, all indicate that 


_ these two genera are by no means closely related. Furthermore, in Sphagiastes 


the antennal segments and legs are slender and have compact tufts of short thick 


_ setae as well as normal setae. The abdomen in Sphagiastes is not carinate mid- 
_ ventrally, the membranal cells are more or less equal in area and the membrane has 
_ irregularly ramate veins apically. 


Henricohahnia, I think, is allied to Nyllius Stal (1859, Ofv. Vet. Ak. Forh. 16 


- (8) : 355) and to Orgetorixa China (1925, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) 15 : 486-488) with 
_ which it has the following characters in common, namely the produced vertex, 
_ more or less cylindrical head, tuberculate and spinose pronotum with the posterior 
margin medially excavate. 


Dicrotelus Erichson (1842, Arch. 8 (1) : 284) has certain affinities with these three 


genera but differs in having a slender habitus, a smooth integument and non- 
_ tuberculate connexivum and also in being brachypterous. 


The venation of the hemelytra of Henricohahnia and Nyllius differs from that of 


_ Orgetorixa in having a relatively small but distinct internal membranal cell which 
_ Orgetorixa lacks. The presence, absence, or size of this cell, however, may not be 
_ of great importance, since it appears to vary somewhat and may be absent in indi- 
_ viduals of species in which it is normally present. For example, the cell was absent 
_ from a paratype of Nyllius asperatus which I examined. 


ENTOM. III, 12 30§ 


450 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 


Key to Henricohahnia species 


1. Humeral angles strongly spinously or conically produced ; : : ‘ : 4: 
~—. Humeral angles not or hardly at all produced ; : ‘ ‘ . . ; 2. 
2. Head and pronotum without black pattern . ; : é ; - . indica sp. n. 
—. Head and pronotum with black pattern ; ; ; é ? ‘ $ 
3. Produced portion of vertex acute apically in lateral view - : vitticeps sp. n. 
~. Produced portion of vertex broadly rounded apically in lateral view ; gallus Distant 
4. Humeralangles spinous. ; : ‘ : ; ; ; 5. 
~. Humeral angles conical, thick, strongly recurved a ; ; ; 6. 
5. Posterior margin of posterior pronotal lobe narrowly and deeply incised medially 

; cauta sp. n. 


. Posterior margin of posterior pronotal lobe widely and shallowly incised medially 
typica (Distant). 


6. Produced portion of vertex truncate apically in lateral view . . ‘ : R re 
—. Produced portion of vertex rounded apically in lateral view . : : ; , 8. 
7. Spines at humeral angles truncate apically . : : i : , . vittata sp. n. 
—. Spines at humeral angles sub-acute apically . ‘ 9. 
8. Posterior margin of posterior pronotal lobe undulate with moderately deep and wide 
median incision . , montana (Distant) 
—. Posterior margin of posterior pronotal lobe undulate with very shallow median 
incision . ‘ . wahnschaffet Breddin. 
9. Posterior margin of posterior pronotal lobe undulate with very wide, shallow median 
incision : ; . spinosa (Distant) 
—. Posterior margin of posterior pronotal lobe regularly undulate : . tinctoria@ sp. n. 


Henricohahnia wahnschaffei Breddin 


(Fig. 1) 
Deutsche ent. Zeit. 1900 : 184-185. 


Colour: Ferruginescenti vel fuscescenti-cinerea, griseo pilosa tomentoque cinereo dense induta,. 


Rostri apice, spinulis gulae, antennarum articulo primo apicem versus quartoque toto nec non — 


femoribus supra tibiarumque maxima parte, ut videtur semper, nigris vel nigricantibus. Rostri 
articult primi apice secundoque toto, tibiarum annulo distincto medio alioque subbasali obsoletiore, 
tarsis articulorum antennarum secundi et tertit parte basali quartique ima basi ferruginescenti- 
albidis. 

Structure: Capite infra pone oculos spinulis utrimque binis juxtapositis et basin versus tuberculis 
utrimque singulis armato. Post-pronoto basi late sinuato vel apertangulariter exciso ; antice 
cavinis duobus et magis extrorsum lineis utrimque singulis dense pilosis longitudinalibus, omnibus 
vetrvorvsum divergentibus, inter humeros carinula utrimque transversali ex angulo humerali exeunte 
et intus mox evanescente instructo ; hoc angulo sublobiformiter prominulo, spina extrorsum et 
valde vetrorsum producta armato. Tuberculis spiniformibus femorum in series quatuor vel quinque 
ordinatis, anterioribus praeterea subtus spinis tribus vel quatuor armatis. Tuibits anticis subtus 
apicem versus spina forti ceterisque longiove calcariformi nonnihil extrorsum directa munitis. 
Abdomen in mare hemelytris clausis non multo in femina multo latiorve, rhomboideo. Apice 
segmenti sexti connexivalis cum bast septimi in lobum apertangularem, apice segmenti quintt cum 
ima basi sexti in lobum mediocrem (in mare irregulariter quadrangularem postice extus acuminatum, 
in femina trapezoideum apice truncatum) dilatis, in femina angulo apicali segmenti etiam quarti 
apertangulariter extrorsum prominente. Abdominis margine toto tuberculis minutis setiferis, 
ventre connexivoque granulis sparsis instructis. 


The measurements given by Breddin, are total length, 13-15:5 mm.; greatest 
pronotal width, 4-4-75 mm. 


4 


4 


Fic. 1.—Henricohahnia wahnschaffet Breddin. 


452 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 


The specimens on which Breddin based his descriptions were collected by Jung- 
huhn in the Tengger Mountains of East Java. In the British Museum there are also 
specimens collected by F. C. Drescher in other localities in Java, namely Gunong 
Slamet at an altitude of 2,200 ft., Gunong Tankoeban Prahoe between 4,000 and 
5,000 ft., Gunong Boerangrang at about 4,000 ft. and Gunong Malabar at a similar 
altitude. 


Henricohahnia gallus Distant 
(Fig. 2) 
Henricohahnia gallus Distant, 1904, Fauna Brit. Ind. Rhynchota 2 : 389. 


Colour: Dark testaceous. Vertex with three longitudinal parallel stripes, postocular dorsally 
with two longitudinal parallel stripes not extending to base, laterally with an irregular stripe 
connecting posteriorly with dorsal stripes, black. Rostrum pale testaceous ; segments 1 and 2 
basally, segment 3 apically, suffused with dark brown. Anterior lobe of pronotum with black 
pattern as in Fig. 2. Corium suffused with piceous apically ; membrane hyaline, pale testa- 
ceous ; venation testaceous; base of veins of cells with a raised pale luteous spot. Apex of 
scutellum pale luteous; depressed area of disc piceous. Spines on legs pale yellow. 

Structure : Basal segment of antennae strongly tuberculate, a little more than twice as long 
as produced portion of vertex; tylus with tubercles; produced portion of vertex apically 
from above sub-acute; laterally sub-truncate. Head sparsely tuberculate. Anterior lobe of 
pronotum, with sparse erect and sub-erect tubercles more or less regularly arranged ; posterior 
lobe medially depressed with a somewhat obscure, short carina bearing low tubercles, sub- 
dorsally ; lobe very sparsely tuberculate ; humeral angles sub-conical and with low setigerous 
tubercles ; posterior margin undulate. Disc of scutellum somewhat deeply depressed; apex 
produced, horizontal, tuberculate. Hemelytra extending very little beyond apex of abdomen. 

Total length, 9:00 mm. 

Hemelytra, 5-50 mm. 

Greatest pronotel width, 2-30 mm. 


1¢ (holotype), 1g, India, Kotagiri, in Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). 


Henricohahnia vitticeps sp. n. 
(Fig. 3) 


Colour: Testaceous. Vertex with a spot laterally, postocular with a wide, median stripe, 
very narrowly divided medially, and narrow lateral stripes; anterior lobe of pronotum with 
linear suffusion, disc of scutellum, black. 

Structure: Basal segment of antennae less than twice as long as produced portion of vertex, 
with short, conical and long cylindrical tubercles bearing setae ; segment 2 with few setigerous 
tubercles. Produced portion of vertex acute apically. Head and anterior lobe ot pronotum 
sparsely tuberculate. Posterior lobe of pronotum somewhat deeply medially depressed with a 
carina on each side of depression; humeral angles not produced, rectangular, rounded; lobe 
very sparsely tuberculate; posterior margin undulate with median incision very broad and 
shallow. Disc of scutellum feebly transversely depressed posteriorly. 

Total length, 11-00 mm. 

Hemelytra, 6-50 mm. 

Greatest pronotal width, 3.00 mm. 


1 (holotype), Assam, Utakamund, in Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). 


———— 


Fic. 2.—Henricohahnia gallus Distant. 


HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 


454 


Fic. 3.—Henricohahnia vitticeps sp. n. 


Fic. 4.—Henricohahnia indica sp. n. 


Fic. 5.—Henricohahnia spinosa (Distant). 


| 
| 


HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 457 


Henricohahnia indica sp. n. 
(Fig. 4) 


Colour: Segments 1 and 2 of antennae piceous ; remaining segments brown. Head, anterior 
lobe of pronotum, scutellum piceous ; anterior lobe of pronotum with two suffused yellowish 
spots medially basally ; posterior lobe of pronotum, propleura, acetabula and abdomen ven- 
trally, testaceous ; meso- and metapleura and sterna piceous ; meso- and metasternum with a 
median testaceous suffusion. Abdomen dorsally brown; connexivum suffused with black ; 
tubercles on ventral surface brown; apex of 7th segment blackish. Corium dark testaceous 
with the cross-vein at base of internal cell, external half of basal vein of external cell and apex 
of vein R pale luteous ; membrane pale infumate with a coppery lustre; metathoracic wings 
hyaline, iridescent. Legs blackish; base of anterior tibiae testaceous; spines on anterior 
femora dark yellow; median and posterior tibiae testaceous with dark brown annulations. 
Tubercles on anterior lobe of pronotum yellowish. 

Structure: Antennae with abundant, moderately long forwardly directed setae and sparse 
longer setae ; basal segment feebly curved, thicker towards apex and thrice as long as produced 
portion of vertex; tuberculate on lower surface, the apical tubercles the longest. Head 
sparsely tuberculate ; produced portion of vertex from the side rounded apicallv and with the 
sides sub-parallel ; tylus tuberculate not greatly produced. Lateral angles of collar obtusely 
conical; anterior lobe of pronotum with a few moderately long setigerous tubercles sub-dorsally 
and laterally ; humeral angles obtusely conical ; posterior lobe of pronotum with very sparse, 
low tubercles ; posterior margin sinuate with median incision very wide and shallow. Disc of 
scutellum shallowly depressed. Hemelytra extending just beyond apex of abdomen. External 
apical angle of connexival segment 5 lobately produced, of segment 6 obtuse angulate. Anterior 
femora and tibiae with moderately long and short setigerous spines; median and posterior 
femora with low, setigerous tubercles. 

Total length: ¢, 9°50 mm.; 9, 10-60 mm. 

Hemelytra: 3, 6-50 mm.; Q, 6-50 mm. 

Greatest pronotal width: ¢, 2-50 mm.; 9, 3:00 mm. 


1g (holotype) and 3g, 2 (paratypes), S. India (no precise locality) (B.M. 1930- 
599); Id, 12 (paratypes), S. India, Lovedale, Nilgiri Hills (B.M. 1915-60); 1 
(paratype), S. India ; Kodai Kanal (B.M. 1926-171) ; all collected by T. V. Camp- 
bell. 


Henricohahnia spinosa (Distant) 
(Fig. 5) 


Forestus spinosus Distant, 1903, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) 11: 252. 
Henricohahnia spinosa (Distant), 1904, Fauna Brit. Ind. Rhynchota 2 : 388. 

Colour: Pale testaceous. Vertex with two perallel, narrow, longitudinal stripes, postocular 
with a wide median longitudinal stripe, black. Humeral spines light brown. Veins of discal 
cell of corium and apical margin, except extreme apex, pale luteous. Costal margin of corium 
suffused with piceous. Membrane pale infumate; venation testaceous. Segments 2, 5 and 6 
apically and base of segment 7 of connexivum piceous; marginal tubercles mostly black. 
Spines on femora whitish, very narrowly brown apically. Metathoracic wings infumate ; 
venation dark testaceous. 

Structure. Basal segment of antennae sparsely tuberculate, a little more than twice as long 
as produced portion of vertex. Tylus more or less vertical with an apical tubercle. Produced 
portion of vertex rounded apically. Head and pronotum sparsely tuberculate. Posterior 
lobe of pronotum with indications of short carinae sub-dorsally ; humeral angles spinously 
produced ; posterior margin undulate with the median incision moderately deep. Disc of 


ENTOM. III, 12. 308§ 


Fic. 6.—Henricohahnia tinctoria sp. n. 


oo —~ a “ 
i 


HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 459 


scutellum damaged; apex moderately produced, horizontal. Hemelytra extending just 
beyond apex of abdomen. 

Total length, 12-50 mm. 

Hemelytra, 8-50 mm. 

Greatest pronotal width, 3-50 mm, 


12 (holotype), Assam ; Sikkim (Atkinson Coll., B.M. 1892-6) ; 29, same locality 
(Distant Coll, B.M. 1911-383); 29, Bengale, Kurseong (Distant Coll., B.M., 
tg11-383) ; 19, Dharmoto, Kumaon, 5,600 ft., 9.vi.1g12 (A. D. Imms); 19, 
Chaurata. The ovum of H. sfinosa is cylindrical, rather strongly curved at oper- 
cular end. Total length, 2°30 mm. 


Henricohahnia tinctoria sp. n. 
(Fig. 6) 


Colour: Testaceous. Head with two longitudinal, parallel black stripes from base of pro- 
duced portion of vertex to transverse sulcus and a wide black stripe thence almost to base. 
Ocelli margined with red. Anterior lobe of pronotum with piceous pattern as in Fig. 6. Spines 
at humeral angles piceous. Tubercles on both pronotal lobes brownish or piceous. Dorsal 
surface of abdomen, except connexivum, base of clavus broadly and of corium narrowly, red ; 
corium apically with a U-shaped raised luteous spot; remainder of corium faintly suffused 
with red; vein Sc of metathoracic wing red. Connexivum with segments 2-6 dorsally with 
a large irregular piceous spot apically. Mesopleural episternum anteriorly suffused with 
piceous. Tubercles on pleura and abdomen ventrally piceous. 

Structure: Basal segment of antennae more or less straight, not very strongly tuberculate 
and somewhat narrower towards apex; segment 2 about one-third longer than 1 and without 
tubercles. Head sparsely tuberculate. Basal segment of rostrum extending very little beyond 
anterior margin of eyes. Humeral angles spinously produced, the spines rounded apically and 
directed posteriorly somewhat ; posterior lobe of pronotum with sparse, very low, setigerous 
tubercles ; posterior margin regularly undulate, the median incision moderately deep. Disc of 
scutellum very deeply depressed ; carina with a few low tubercles. All segments of connexivum 
with short, marginal tubercles ; segment 7 of abdomen dorsally transversely rugose in apical 
half. Hemelytra extending just beyond apex of abdomen. 

In the female paratype the basal antennal segment is more strongly tuberculate and segment 
2 is relatively shorter and feebly tuberculate. 

Total length: g, 12-00 mm.; Q, 13°50 mm. 

Hemelytra: g, 7°50 mm.; Q, 13°50 mm. 

Greatest pronotal width: g, 3-50 mm.; 9, 4:00 mm. 


Ig (holotype), Sikkim, Rongli Chu, 3,000 ft., 29.i11.1924 (B.M. 1924-386) ; 1d, 
12 (paratypes), Sikkim, Singhik, 3,500 ft., 23.iv.1924 (B.M. 1924-386) ; coll. Maj. 
R. W. G. Hingston (B.M. Everest Expedition). 


Henricohahnia vittata sp. n. 
(Fig. 7) 


Colour: Testaceous. Posterior lobe of pronotum with a diagonal, longitudinal stripe within 
depressions, pro- and mesopleura with a transverse stripe, metapleural acetabula and apex 
of tibiae piceous ; coxae with suffused piceous spot. Corium testaceous ; apical half of clavus, 
membrane and metathoracic wings infumate. 

Structure: Basal segment of antennae twice as long as produced portion of vertex, feebly 


460 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 


Fic, 7.—Henricohahnia vitiata sp. n. 


HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 


Fic. 8,—Henricohahnia cauta sp. n. 


461 


462 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 


curved and strongly tuberculate. Head with abundant, erect, moderately long setae, sparsely 


tuberculate. Posterior lobe of pronotum with very strong sub-dorsal carinae and less strong 


lateral carinae ; humeral angles tuberculately produced ; median incision on posterior margin — 


of lobe regularly concave. Disc of scutellum deeply depressed; carina and apex irregularly 
tuberculate. Head, body, legs with abundant setae. Anterior coxae and trochanters strongly, 
median coxae and trochanters, moderately tuberculate. 

Total length, 18-00 mm. 

Hemelytra, 12-00 mm. 

Greatest pronotal width, 3-80 mm. 


1Q (holotype), Indo-China ; Laos, Xieng Khouang, 10.v.1919 (R. V. de Salvaza) 


(B.M. 1917-98). An ovum dissected from this female is dark brown with the © 


differentiated portion of the chorion whitish. It is cylindrical, glabrous, somewhat — 


narrower at the opercular end and with one side straight. Total length, 2-40 mm. 


Henricohahnia cauta sp. n. 
(Fig. 8) 


Colour: Testaceous. Humeral angles of pronotum and apex of corium suffused with brown. _ 


Membrane and metathoracic wings faintly infumate, iridescent. Pygophore and metapleura ~ 


suffused with piceous. Lateral tubercles of prosternum piceous. 
Structure: Basal segment of antennae with short, conical setigerous tubercles and two 
longer cylindrical tubercles on upper surface, apically; remaining segments with sparse, 


moderately long, abundant, short setae. Produced portion of vertex from above very narrowly — 


triangular, acute apically ; from the side triangular, acute apically. 
Total length: ¢g, 12:00 mm.; 9, I2-Io mm. 
Hemelytra: g, 7°00 mm.; 9, 7°00 mm. 
Greatest pronotal width: 3, 3-50 mm.; 9, 3°30 mm. 


Ig (holotype), Indo-China, Haut Mekong, Nam Mat, 15.iv.1918; 32 (para- 


types), Laos, Xieng Khouang, 7-17.v.1918 (R. V. de Salvaza) (B.M. 1918-1). 


Henricohahnia typica (Distant) 
(Fig. 9) 


Forestus typicus Distant, 1903, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) 11: 251. 
Henricohahnia typica (Distant), 1904, Fauna Brit. Ind. Rhynchota 2 : 387. 


Colour: Testaceous, except dorsum of abdomen, pale reddish; tubercles on connexivum 


mostly piceous ; segments 5~7 dorsally suffused with black. Basal half of clavus and extreme — 


base of corium reddish ; base of veins of membranal cells and an irregular suffusion on corium 
apically pale luteous; membrane faintly infumate; venation darker. Coxae with piceous 


spots. Vein SC of metathoracic wing pale yellow, except apical fourth violaceous ; wing faintly 
infumate, iridescent ; remaining veins dark brown. In the male, the pygophore has two large, ~ 


suffused piceous spots. , 

Structure Basal segment of antennae strongly tuberculate and with a long tubercle on upper 
apical margin; segment less than half as long as produced portion of vertex; tylus with 
moderately long, setigerous tubercles; produced portion of vertex from above and from the 
side acute apically. Head sparsely tuberculate. Anterior lobe of pronotum with conical, 


acute, moderately long and short tubercles; lateral angles of collar conically produced; | 
posterior lobe with strong carinae anteriorly, sub-dorsally ; humeral angles conical, strongly — 


HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 463 


Fic. 9.—Henricohahnia typica (Distant). 


464 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 


recurved, tuberculate ; posterior margin of lobe feebly undulate. Hemelytra extending very 
little beyond apex of abdomen. 

Total length: g, 11-50 mm.; 9, 13°50 mm. 

Hemelytra: g, 7:00 mm.; Q, 8-oo mm. 

Greatest pronotal width: g, 3:00 mm.; 9, 3:80 mm. 


12 (holotype), Assam, Sikkim, 53, 39, same locality (Atkinson Coll., B.M. 1892- 
6); 14, N. Khasia, 1,500—3,000 ft. (Distant Coll., B.M. rgr1—383). 


Henricohahnia montana (Distant) 
(Fig. 10) 


Forestus montanus Distant, 1903, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), 11, 252. 
Henricohahnia montana (Distant), 1903, Fauna Brit. India Rhynchota 2, 388). 


The following is a description of the male: 


Colour: Head and thorax piceous ; anteocular laterally with a light brown spot in front of 
eyes ; postocular in front and between ocelli, extreme base of head, anterior lobe of pronotum, 
propleural epimeron, metapleural acetabula anteriorly and rostrum, light brown. Posterior 
margin of posterior lobe of pronotum suffused with brown. Meso- and metasternum and 
abdomen ventrally, light brown with faint reddish suffusion. Femora piceous; tibiae brown 
with a pale yellowish annulation interrupted on outer surface. Corium brown with an irregular 
luteous spot at base of veins of membrane and with piceous suffusion ; membrane and meta- 
thoracic wings faintly infumate, iridescent. Setae and pubescence pale fulvous. 

Structure: Basal segment of antennae a little less than twice as long as produced portion of 
vertex, feebly tuberculate ; remaining segments without tubercles and with dense, short setae 
and sparse longer setae. Head sparsely tuberculate except basally, laterally ; ventro-lateral 
margin with moderately long tubercles. Basal segment of rostrum extending to middle of 
eyes. Tubercles on anterior lobe of pronotum short, conical except tubercles sub-dorsally, 
basally which are moderately long; posterior lobe of pronotum sparsely tuberculate, except at 
humeral angles ; lobe with an arcuate carina sub-dorsally and a short transverse carina from 
humeral angles; posterior margin sinuate; spines at humeral angles thick, rounded apically 
and directed posteriorly somewhat. Disc of scutellum deeply depressed ; carina with a few 
tubercles. Segment 7 of abdomen dorsally transversely striate in apical half; segments 5 
and 6 of connexivum produced ; external margin of segments with low, setigerous tubercles ; 
connexivum ventrally very narrow; spiracles with ostiole directed outwards ; lateral margin 
of abdomen ventrally carinate. 


Total length: g, 13-00 mm.; Q, 14:00 mm. 
Hemelytra: g, 7°50 mm.; 9, 8:oo mm. 
Greatest pronotal width: g, 4:00 mm.; 9, 4:50 mm. 


The holotype of H. montana, a female from Mungphu, Assam (Distant Coll., 
B.M. 1913-451), in the British Museum, differs in coloration from the male in having 
the head and body dark testaceous and the apex of the corium luteous. The 3rd 
antennal segment is pale yellow in the basal half. The basal antennal segment is 
strongly tuberculate and segment 2 is relatively shorter and has a few tubercles. 
The spiracles are normal and the connexivum wide ventrally. In the British 
Museum there is also a male from E. Garo, Assam, collected at an altitude between 
1,500 and 2,500 ft. (Distant Coll., B.M. 1911-383), and a male and a female from 
N. Khasia from a similar altitude (B.M. 1914-383). There are also females from 
Shillong, Assam, altitude 4,900 ft. (B.M. 1913-451). 


465 


HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 


Fic, 10.—Henricohahnia montana (Distant). 


466 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 


Key to Genera allied to Henricohahnia. 


1. Basal antennal segment with moderately long cylindrical tubercles; abdomen mid- 


ventrally carinate ; coxae and trochanters spinose . y Henricohahnia Breddin. 
—. Basal antennal segment with low, rounded tubercles ; abdomen not carinate ventrally ; 
coxae sometimes with a very few spines ; trochanters without spines . ‘ ° 2. 
. Head and anterior lobe of pronotum with strong black pattern .  Tapirocoris gen. nov. 
. Head and anterior lobe of pronotum without pattern . : : . ‘ ‘ 33 
. Head and pronotum with abundant, low tubercles 5 ‘ : 5 : 5 4. 


. Head and pronotum with sparse low tubercles ‘ ‘ , ; ‘ 

. Humeral angles narrowly rounded or conical; anterior tibiae with few or no spines 
Karenocoris gen. nov. 

5. Humeral angles broadly rounded ; anterior tibiae with six or more spines 

Malaiseana gen. nov. 


> |lwtlrnr 


Key to Species of Karenocoris gen. nov. 


1. Head and pronotum strongly tuberculate ; humeral angles conical . ‘. ; “ 2 
—. Head and pronotum moderately tuberculate ; humeral angles rounded . pustulatus sp. n. 
2. Posterior margin ot posterior pronotal lobe undulate with deep median incision 

badgleyi (Distant). 
~—. Posterior margin of posterior pronotal lobe undulate . : ; inermis (Distant). 


Karenocoris gen. nov. 


Size small. Basal segment of antennae tuberculate, longer than anteocular. Postocular 
longer than anteocular with sides parallel ; constricted basally. Head cylindrical, shorter than 
pronotum, ventro-laterally spinose; entirely tuberculate, except ventrally, basally and a 
narrow area on vertex, smooth; vertex produced anteriorly, Ocelli small, widely separated. 
Basal segment of rostrum extending to middle of eyes, a little more than half as long as segment 
2; segments 2 and 3 straight. Pronotum longer than wide ; anterior lobe shorter than posterior 
lobe ; both lobes with a median sulcus and tubercles which are arranged in rows on anterior 
lobe ; posterior margin of posterior lobe undulate. Scutellum longer than wide, produced 
apically. Pleura, abdomen ventrally and lateral margins of connexival segments tuberculate. 
Hemelytra with internal cell of membrane very small; corium pubescent; base of cells of 
membrane sclerotized. FFemora smooth; anterior and median femora with tubercles on upper 
and lateral surfaces ; anterior femora with a row of spines on lower outer surface and a single 
spine on inner lower surface; median femora with a spine on lower surface; anterior and 
median tibiae tuberculate ; anterior tibiae sinuate apically and with a projection sub-apically ; 
tarsi tuberculate. 


Type species: Karenocoris pustulatus sp. n. 


Karenocoris pustulatus sp. n. 
(Fig. 11) 


Colour: Antennae, head, thorax, legs, abdomen ventrally and corium, dark testaceous ; 
head, pronotum and propleural epimeron suffused with piceous. Abdomen dorsally black ; 
connexival segments with a small yellowish spot basally. Tubercles piceous. Tibiae suffused 
with piceous apically 

Structure: Basal segment of antennae feebly curved and feebly tuberculate, the tubercles 
setigerous. Produced portion of vertex from above narrow with the sides parallel. Transverse 


1 Karen, a Burmese people. 


“=, ) 
AT Aan 


03 a 5 ie 
- ~ 
AA AM a ane = 


Ann AA An ne ME 


7 IAAL aan yp, ¢ * 

“ * ‘. 

77a w 7 
PY ad tolled er eey 


468 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 


sulcus on vertex situated behind eyes and interrupted medially. Ocellar interspace less wide 
than distance between an ocellus and an eye. Anterior margin of anterior pronotal lobe 
strongly tuberculate ; sulcus on anterior lobe very narrow, not extending to anterior or posterior 
margins ; sulcus on posterior lobe very feebly indicated. Disc of scutellum deeply foveolate ; 
produced apical portion horizontal. Abdomen dorsally smooth, except apical third of 7th 
segment, transversely rugose. ; 

Total length, 11-30 mm. 

Hemelytra, 7-60 mm. 

Greatest pronotal width, 3-10 mm. 


13 (holotype), Upper Burma, Seinghka Valley, Aduna confluence, 28-5 N.—97-35 
E., 4,500, 3.v.1926 (E. Kingdon Ward) (B.M. 1926-400). 


Karenocoris inermis (Distant) 
(Fig. 12) 


Forestus inermis Distant, 1903, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) 11: 253. 
Henricohahnia inermis (Distant), 1904, Fauna Brit. Ind. Rhynchota 2 : 389. 


Colour: Testaceous. Dorsal surface of abdomen piceous; connexivum dark testaceous 
with a yellowish spot basally. Membrane infumate. 

Structure. Basal segment of antennae feebly curved with short curved setae arising from 
tubercles. Produced portion of vertex relatively short, thick, narrowly rounded apically. 
Posterior lobe of pronotum rugose, tuberculate ; humeral angles sub-conical ; posterior margin 
of lobe undulate with feeble median incision. Disc of scutellum damaged; apex sub-acute. 
Anterior tibiae with two spines sub-basally ; anterior femora with 7 spines on lower inner 
surface and 1 spine on lower outer surface. Hemelytra extending just beyond apex of abdomen. 

Total length, 13-00 mm. 

Hemelytra, 7-50 mm. 

Greatest pronotal width, 3:10 mm. 


The type of Karenocoris inermis, a female, is from Mungphu (Atkinson Coll., 
Brit. Mus. 1892-6). In the British Museum there is also a female from Sikkim 
(B.M. 1911-383). 


Karenocoris badgleyi (Distant) 
(Fig. 13) 
Henricohahnia badgleyi Distant, 1909, Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. 53 : 373. 


Colour: Antennae, head, posterior lobe of pronotum, piceous; anterior lobe of pronotum 
and rostrum, brown. Pleura, sterna, legs light brown; pleura suffused with piceous. Abdo- 
men dorsally black ; connexivum brown with a yellow spot on each segment basally ; abdomen 
ventrally testaceous with brown suffusion laterally and dark brown tubercles. Corium brown ; 
membrane hyaline, infumate. 

Structure: Basal segment of antennae feebly curved with short, curved, spatulate setae 
arising from tubercles. Produced portion of vertex moderately thick, about half as long as basal 
antennal segment. Both lobes of pronotum smooth, tuberculate; anterior lobe feebly de- 
pressed medially ; tubercles on posterior lobe arranged more or less in transverse rows ; 
humeral angles sub-acute ; median incision on posterior lobe of pronotum deep, acute angular. 
Hemelytra extending just beyond apex of abdomen. 

Total length, 11-00 mm. 

Hemelytra, 7-00 mm. 

Greatest pronotal width, 3-00 mm. 


+ Pees 
“Jot ee 


Peed 
heart ri 


vee “ves 


- 
v 


wide 


Ret tee ‘ret 


4 


. 
>) 


&. 
. 


st 


ve 
LAa 


vy 
+ 


=) 


wy, 
v, 
¥ 
ve by 
“uv ~t 


. 


ev 
. 


Fic. 12.—Karenocoris inermis (Distant). 


eo 
a 


Oy 
wu Where 


3 


~ 
ve veyer® 


. 
“ee 


= ® 
Fe * 
oe 
p aye 3 
» > < 2, 
gw % re 
Pate On 
m4 5 ai 
235.5 3: 
g > 
a > ey “ 
> 
ae: 
PA 4 M3 
> > 
a > 
> > E 
. . ., 
4 > 
> 


Fic, 1 
. 13.—K 
avenocoris badgleyt (Di 
istant). 


a 


a 


a 


OS a ees 


SP 


HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 471 


The type of Karenocoris badgleyi, a male, is from Assam ; collector W. F. Badgley 
(B.M. 1906-185). There is also a male from the same source. 


Malaiseana gen. nov.! 


Size small. Basal segment of antennae tuberculate, longer than anteocular; postocular 
longer than anteocular, somewhat globose then narrowed. Head cylindrical, shorter than 


_ pronotum; dorsally tuberculate; vertex produced anteriorly; gular region with spines. 


Ocelli small, widely separated. Basal segment of rostrum extending beyond anterior margin 
of eyes, less than half as long as segment 2; segments 2 and 3 straight. Pronotum wider than 
long; transverse sulcus indistinct medially ; both lobes tuberculate and medially longitu- 
dinally sulcate, the sulcus not extending to posterior margin of either lobe; posterior margin 
of posterior lobe undulate. Scutellum longer than wide, triangular with apex produced. 
External apical angle of connexival segments 5 and 6 produced ; external margins of segments 
partly tuberculate. Abdomen tuberculate ventrally. Hemelytra with internal cell of mem- 
brane very small; base of cells of membrane sclerotized. Femora nodulose ; anterior femora 
with spines on lower surface; median femora with a single spine on lower surface; tibiae 
shorter than femora; anterior tibiae with spines. Corium setose. 


Type species: Malaiseana annultpes sp. n. 


Malaiseana annulipes sp. n. 
(Fig. 14) 


Colour: Piceous. Segment 2 of rostrum dark brown. Acetabula, suffusion and spots on 
pleura and posterior lobe of pronotum, testaceous. Connexival segments with a yellowish spot 
basally ; abdomen ventrally testaceous with suffusion and tubercles piceous; pygophore 
piceous. Tibiae and posterior femora with a median yellowish annulation. 

Structure: Basal segment of antennae with short, forwardly directed setae arising from 
low tubercles. Produced portion of vertex sub-acute, feebly curved downwards, cylindrical. 
Vertex medially and inter-ocellar area, smooth, without tubercles. Ocellar interspace less 


- wide than distance between an ocellus and an eye. Lateral angles of collar with low, conical 


tubercles. Disc of scutellum feebly depressed. Hemelytra extending a little beyond apex of 
abdomen. Anterior tibiae with 5 spines on outer and inner surfaces. Pale areas of con- 
nexivum not tuberculate. 

Total length, 10-oo mm. 

Hemelytra, 6-50 mm. 

Greatest pronotal width, 3-00 mm. 


Ig (holotype), N.E. Burma, Kambaiti, 7000 ft., 18.v.1934 (R. Malaise) (B.M. 
1935-630). 


Tapirocoris gen. nov.” 


Size small. Basal segment of antennae tuberculate, longer than anteocular, postocular 
somewhat globose, constricted basally. Head shorter than pronotum; dorsally and laterally 
tuberculate ; vertex produced anteriorly. Ocelli small, widely separated. Basal segment of 
rostrum half as long as segment 2, not extending to anterior margin of eyes; segments 2 and 
3 straight. Pronotum wider than long; transverse sulcus interrupted medially ; anterior 
lobe with setigerous tubercles laterally and some low, tubercles on disc ; posterior lobe smooth ; 


1 Dedicated to Dr. R. Malaise of the Stockholm Museum. 
? In allusion to the shape of the head. 


vo ZB 


v 


oe 


Fic. 14.—Malaiseana annulipes sp. n. 


Fic. 15.—Tapirocoris limbatus sp, n. 


474 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 


anterior lateral angles acutely produced ; posterior margin of posterior lobe undulate ; anterior 


lobe with a median, longitudinal sulcus. Scutellum longer than wide ; apex produced. Heme- — 


lytra with internal cell of membrane very small. Femora smooth, tuberculate; anterior 
femora with spines on upper and lower surfaces ; median femora with spines on lower surface ; 


anterior tibiae with spines on lower surface; anterior coxae tuberculate. External apical 


angle of connexival segments 5 and 6 produced. 


Type species: Tapirocoris limbatus sp. n. 


Tapirocoris limbatus sp. n. 
(Fig. 15) 


Colour: Testaceous. Head with three longitudinal stripes on vertex, produced portion of 


vertex, postocular, except a spot basally, a spot between ocelli, and an elongate spot laterally, 
pattern on anterior lobe of pronotum, sub-lateral area of posterior lobe, disc of scutellum, spots 
on coxae and pleura, shining black. Abdomen dorsally suffused with red ; connexival segments 
with a large piceous spot ; abdomen ventrally, meso- and metapleura with sparse small brown 
spots. Base of veins of metathoracic wing suffused with red. Tubercles and spines on legs 
piceous. 

Structure. Basal segment of antennae with short, sub-erect setae arising from tubercles. 
Produced portion of vertex sub-acute apically, curved downwards feebly ; sides feebly convex. 
Vertex with a few low tubercles in linear rows on vertex and a few on vertex laterally ; trans- 
verse sulcus wide. Ocellar interspace a little less wide than distance between an ocellus and 
an eye. Posterior lobe of pronotum feebly, transversely rugose. Disc of scutellum depressed 
and transversely sulcate ; apex very feebly produced. Hemelytra extending beyond apex of 
abdomen. Anterior tibiae with 6 spines on outer and 5 spines on inner surface. External 
apical angle of connexival segments 5 and 6 feebly produced, rounded. 

Total length, 12-50 mm. 

Hemelytra, 8-50 mm. 

Greatest pronotal width, 3-50 mm. 


12 (holotype), Burma, Ruby Mines (Doherty) (B.M. 1911-383). 


Key to Dicrotelus, Nyllius, Orgetorixa and Allied Genera 


. Brachypterous. Body narrow, elongate. Head and thorax without tubercles. 


Lan 


Segment 9 of abdomen in female strongly lobately produced zt Dicrotelus Erichson. 
-. Fully alate. Body elongate elliptical. Head and thorax tuberculate. Segment 9 

of abdomen in female moderately lobately produced . ‘ . ‘ ; ‘ 2. 
2. Internal cell of membrane absent : : F . : . Orgetorixa China. 
-. Internal cell of membrane present , ‘ ‘ : ° : , ‘ 
3. Internal cell of membrane small, elongate, triangular : ; : ° Nyllius Stal. 
—. Internal cell of membrane very small . ‘ ‘ : ‘ : i ‘ ; 4. 
4. Connexivum strongly tuberculate ‘ F .  Neonyllius gen. nov. 
—. Connexivum with a large tubercle at external apical angle of segments . ; ‘ 5. 
5. Segments 7 and 9 of connexivum produced, broadly rounded . . Paranyllius gen. nov. 


Nyllius Stal 


Nyllius Stal, 1859, Ofv. Vet. Ak. Férh. 16 (8) : 365. 
Nyllius Wygodzinsky, 1950, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W. 75: 87. 


Corpus elongatum. Caput cylindvicum, inter antennas sat longe spinoso productum. Antennae 
geniculatae, articulo I capite paullo breviore, crassiusculo, reliquis gracilibus. Rostrum articulo 


7 


= 


+ ca Sl gl aa 


+, 
‘ 


HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 475 


basali brevi, secundo illo duplo longiore. Thorax medio constricto, lobo antico multi-spinuloso, 
postico ante scutellum sat profunde sinuato, angulis latevalibus horizontaliter extrorsum spinoso- 
productis. Scutellum apice acute productum. Tegmina alaeque completa. Pedes mediocres, 
femoribus anticis incrassatis, posticis sub-aequelongis, subtus infra medium spina armatis ; tibiis 
anticis femoribus sub-brevioribus. Abdomen margine spinulis obtusiusculis instructo ; segmento 
apicali producto fisso. 

Dicrotelo affine genus, corpore aspero, thorace constricto tegminibus completis distinctum. 


Nyllius asperatus Stal 
(Fig. 16) 
Nyllius asperatus Stal, 1859, Ofv. Vet. Ak. Férh. 16 (8) : 366. 
Testaceus vel fusco testaceus, parce sericeus. 


Stal’s description quoted above omits reference to the following characters : 


Produced portion of vertex acute apically in lateral view ; produced portion of tylus some- 
what narrow, rounded apically. Tubercles on head moderately long, slender. Spines on 
collar, on anterior lobe of pronotum and at humeral angles, slender, sub-acute. Produced 
portion of scutellum with erect, conical elevation apically; apex sub acute and somewhat 
curved downwards ; disc narrowly deeply depressed ; carinae moderately strongly tuberculate. 
Hemelytra extending almost to apex of abdomen. 

Stal’s colour description does not agree with that of the type which is ferruginous with the 
corium paler. Additional colour details are, clavus and membrane infumate, connexival 
tubercles white and black, abdomen mid-ventrally pale testaceous. 

Another specimen, without any locality label, but with a paratype label, differs from the type 
in having only one membranal cell and is much paler in coloration. 

Total length, 11-00 mm. 

Hemelytra, 6-50 mm. 

Greatest pronotal width, 2-00 mm. 


Stal’s type, a female in the Stockholm Nat. Riksmuseum, is labelled Nova Hol- 
landia, without precise locality. 


Paranyllius gen. nov. 


Size small. Basal segment of antennae shorter than head. Head longer than pronotum ; 
almost smooth with very sparse tubercles ; vertex and tylus produced. Ocelli small. Basal 
segment of rostrum extending to middle of eyes. Pronotum wider than long; anterior lobe 
longer than posterior lobe ; lateral angles of collar and humeral angles produced ; both lobes 
smooth with a few tubercles; posterior lobe with carinae sub-dorsally, anteriorly ; posterior 
Margin excised. Scutellum longer than wide; produced apically ; carinae of disc tuberculate. 
Hemelytra not extending to apex of abdomen ; internal cell of membrane very small. External 
apical angle of connexival segments 2-6 tuberculately produced; external apical angle of 
segments 7 and 9 lobately produced ; abdomen ventrally tuberculate. Anterior femora incras- 

sate and with a spine on lower surface, sub-apically ; all femora with a few tubercles ; anterior 
and median tibiae shorter than femora. 


Type species: Paranyllius turneri sp. n. 


Paranyllius turneri sp. n. 
(Fig. 17) 


Colour: Testaceous. Metathoracic wings hyaline with testaceous venation. Apex of pro- 
duced portion of vertex, apical segment of rostrum, annulations on anterior and median tibiae, 
brown. Tubercles on connexivum black. Setae and pubescence greyish. 


476 


HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 


Fic. 16.—Nyllius asperatus Stal. 


eS 


ar 


ob em ees owen. 


Sweet es 


Fic. 17. Pavranyllius turnert sp. n. 


478 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 


Structure. Basal segment of antennae a little more than twice as long as produced portion 
of vertex with a few rounded tubercles, sparse setae and dense adpressed setae; segment 
somewhat narrower basally and apically. Produced portion of vertex in dorsal and lateral 
view acute apically ; produced portion of tylus in lateral view triangular, acute; antennal 
tubercles with minute setigerous tubercles. Head more or less smooth with very obscure, low 
tubercles, mainly on postocular, sub-basally ; post-ocular feebly constricted in basal third. 
Lateral angles of collar conical, narrow, rounded apically and directed anteriorly ; tubercles on 
anterior lobe of pronotum obscure; carinae on posterior lobe feeble with a few tubercles ; 
lateral angles of lobe moderately strongly tuberculate ; spines on humeral angles short, sub- 
acute; excision on posterior margin of posterior lobe wide. Disc of scutellum very feebly 
depressed ; produced portion acute apically and rounded dorsally ; tubercles on carinae very 
feeble. Hemelytra extending to apex of 7th abdominal segment. Tubercles on connexivum 
thick, rounded apically. Produced portion of segments 7 and 9 thick, rounded ; tubercles on 
abdomen ventrally very sparse, low, rounded. Spine on lower surface of anterior femora very 
short, conical, thick. 

Total length, 12-00 mm. 

Hemelytra, 6-00 mm. 

Greatest pronotal width, 2-10 mm. 


12 (holotype), W. Australia, Yanchep, 32 m. N. of Perth, 29.i-8.ii.1936 (R. E. 
Turner) (B.M. 1936-28). An ovum extracted from this specimen is cylindrical, 
very feebly curved. Operculum with a circular elevation. Total length, 2-00 mm. 


Paranyllius pudicus sp. n. 


(Fig. 18) 


Colour: Basal segment of antennae, head and thorax dark ferruginous ; remaining segments 
of antennae light brown. Rostrum light brown. Abdomen dorsally brown; tubercles on 
connexivum black ; abdomen ventrally testaceous. Corium ferruginous ; membrane hyaline ; 
venation testaceous. Legs testaceous; anterior and median tibiae with somewhat obscure 
dark brown annulations. Pubescence whitish. 

Structure: Basal segment of antennae a little more than twice as long as produced portion 
of vertex with dense adpressed setae and sparsely tuberculate, the tubercles low, rounded and 
with sub-erect setae ; segment somewhat narrower basally and apically. Produced portion of 


vertex in dorsal and lateral view acute ; produced portion of tylus narrowly rounded apically 


and with short tubercles. Head sparsely tuberculate and with dense pubescence particularly 
sub-basally ; postocular very feebly constricted sub-basally. Lateral angles of collar irregu- 
larly tuberculate ; pronotum smooth with two moderately long tubercles anteriorly and with 
sparse low tubercles; anterior lobe a little longer than posterior lobe; posterior lobe feebly 
medially depressed anteriorly and with a feeble carina on each side of depression ; spines at 
humeral angles short, thick, rounded apically ; excision on posterior margin wide. Disc of 
scutellum very feebly depressed ; tubercles on carinae moderately large; apex sub-acute and 
curved downwards feebly. Hemelytra extending just beyond apex of 7th abdominal segment ; 
internal cell of membrane very small, narrowly triangular. Tubercles on connexivum mode- 
rately long rounded apically ; produced portion of segments 7 and 9 narrowly rounded. Spine 
on lower surface of anterior femora narrowly conical, sub-acute. 

Total length, 10o-oo mm 

Hemelytra, 6-00 mm. 

Greatest pronotal width, 2-00 mm. 


12 (holotype), S.W. Australia, Yalingup, 1-12 Dec. ; 19 (paratype), same locality, 
Nov., 1913 (R. E. Turner) (B.M. 1914-190). 


Fic. 18.—Paranyllius pudicus sp, n. 


480 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 


Neonyllius gen. nov. 


Size small. Basal segment of antennae shorter than head with a few setigerous tubercles ; 
segment 2 half as long as 1; segment 3 a little shorter than 2. Head longer than pronotum ; 
vertex and tylus produced; vertex and postocular dorsally and laterally with setigerous 
tubercles. Ocelli small, elevated. Basal segment of rostrum extending to middle of eyes. 
Both lobes of pronotum with setigerous tubercles ; humeral angles and lateral angles of collar 
spinously produced; posterior lobe carinate anteriorly, sub-dorsally ; posterior margin 
excavate. Disc of scutellum depressed ; lateral carinae tuberculate; apex produced, acute 
and with a vertical conical elevation. Membrane with internal cell very small. External 
margins of connexival segments tuberculate ; apical margin of 7th abdominal segment medially 
excised. Anterior femora moderately incrassate with a spine on lower surface sub-apically ; 
all femora tuberculate. Segment 9 of abdomen in female lobately produced apically. 


Type species: Neonyllius echinus sp. n. 


Neonyllius echinus sp. n. 
(Fig. 19) 


Colour: Basal segment of antennae testaceous with obscure ferruginous annulations ; 
remaining segments brown or slightly ferruginous. Segments 1 and 2 of rostrum testaceous ; 
apical segment piceous. Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, propleural episternum, meso- and 
metapleura and sterna, piceous; tubercles ferruginous; posterior lobe of pronotum, pro- 
pleural epimeron and acetabula testaceous. Abdomen dorsally brown; connexivum yellowish 
white with tubercles on apical portion of each segment, black ; abdomen ventrally testaceous ; 
tubercles light brown. Corium testaceous faintly suffused with ferruginous; apex black; 
membrane hyaline, faintly infumate. Femora testaceous with suffusion and tubercles ferru- 
ginous; tibiae with obscure brownish annulations ; tarsi light brown. Pubescence whitish. 

Structure: Basal segment of antennae almost thrice as long as produced portion of vertex ; 
tubercles mostly in basal half. Produced portion of vertex in dorsal view acute apically ; in 
lateral view triangular; produced portion of tylus in lateral view sub-acute apically, conical 
and with moderately long setigerous tubercles. Spines on collar slender; on humeral angles 
moderately thick, rounded apically and with setigerous tubercles ; tubercles on both lobes of 
pronotum moderately long and thick; excavation on posterior lobe of pronotum very wide. 
Tubercles on connexivum moderately long, thick, irregularly spaced ; median incision on 7th 
abdominal segment feeble. Spine on lower surface of anterior femora short, acute. Lobes on 
gth abdominal segment moderately long, rounded apically. 

Total length: g, 10°00 mm.; 9, II-oo mm. 

Hemelytra: 3g, 5°50 mm.; 9, 6°50 mm. 

Greatest pronotal width: 3g, 2-7omm.; 9, 3:00 mm. 


1g (holotype), 12 (paratype), Australia, Queensland, ex coll. Fruhstorfer (Vienna 
Museum). The ovum of this species, dissected from the paratype is cylindrical, 
narrowed towards the opercular end and with one side almost straight. The oper- 
culum has a short cylindrical elevation in the middle. Total length, 2:20 mm. 


Key to Species of Orgetorixa 


1. Head, pronotum, segments 2 and 3 of abdomen dorsally black : ‘ 
-. Head, pronotum, segments 2 and 3 of abdomen dorsally dark brown 


ye 


Fic. 19.—Neonyllius echinus sp. n. 


482 HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 


2. Tubercles on head large, rounded ; 
humeral spines thick, rounded apically, somewhat recurved ; 
moderately thick, sub-acute, directed more or less forwards 

-. Tubercles on head small, rounded ; 


anterior tubercles on anterior pronotal lobe and 


spines on collar 
. Sa@eva sp. n. 


anterior tubercles on anterior pronotal lobe and 


humeral spines less thick, shorter, rounded bs gic spines on collar slender, 


acute, oblique 


3. Tubercles on head small, conical ; 


rounded apically ; 


austvalica China. 


anterior tubercles on ‘anterior pronotal lobe short, 
spines on collar moderately thick, sub-acute, oblique 


. €vansi sp. n, 


Wygodzinsky, 1950 (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 75 : 87) in referring to Orgetorixa 
states that ‘‘ There is nothing in China’s description that would differentiate his 


Orgetorixa from Stal’s Nyllius. 


maintain China’s species for the time being.” 

I have been able to compare the type of Nyllius asperatus with the type of Orge- 
torixa australica and am convinced that China’s genus should be maintained. The — 
differences between the two genera are : 


Basal segment of antennae 
Postocular . 
Basal segment of rostrum 


Scutellum 


Connexivum 

Internal cell of salenilnraati 

Produced oth Bi it: of ab- 
domen E : 

Tylus 


Colour : 


of scutellum, ferruginous. 
Prosternum testaceous ; 


Antennae, rostrum, legs testaceous. 
lum, black; posterior lobe piceous ; 
Corium ferruginous ; 


Orgetorixa 


Longer than head 

Strongly constricted basally 

Extending a little beyond 
middle of eyes 

Carinae feebly tuberculate ; 
apical spine acute, round- 
ed dorsally 

Feebly tuberculate 

Absent 


Lobes short, rounded 
Produced ;_ laterally com- 
pressed 


Orgetorixa evansi sp. n. 


» (Fig. 20) 


I, 2 and 3 dorsally black. Pubescence grey. 


Structure : 


of tylus obliquely truncate with low tubercles and a longer tubercle at lower angle. 
lateral spines on collar moderately thick, sub-acute. 


sparsely tuberculate ; 


It is possible that China’s only species australicus 
(sic) is different from Nyllius asperatus Stal considering its larger size. 


We therefore 


Nyllius 
Shorter than head. 
Feebly constricted basally. 
Extending just beyond an- 
terior margin of eyes. 
Carinae strongly tuberculate; 
apical spine with conical 
elevation dorsally. 
Strongly tuberculate. 
Present. 


Lobes lamellate, sub-acute. 
Tuberculate. 


Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, and scutel- 
spines and tubercles on both lobes of pronotum and apex 
clavus and membrane hyaline, pale infumate. 
meso- and metasternum black. Abdomen testaceous ; 


segments 


Produced portion of vertex sub-acute apically in lateral view ; produced portion 


Head 
Spines on anterior 


lobe of pronotum medially anteriorly rounded apically and somewhat constricted medially ; 


both lobes with sparse tubercles. Disc of scutellum moderately deeply depressed ; 
carinae irregularly tuberculate ; in lateral view, rounded. External margins 


of connexivum with a few small tubercles in apical half of each segment. 


just beyond apex of abdomen. 


Total length: g, 11°50 mm. 


Hemelytra: g, 7-30 mm. 


apex sub-acute ; 


; 9, 13°50 mm. 


. 9, 8-oo mm. 
Greatest pronotal width (excluding spines) : 


lateral 


Hemelytra extending 


dg, 2.00 mm.; Q, 2-50 mm. 


HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 483 


Fic. 20.—Orgetorixa evansi sp. n. 


FIG. 21.—Orgetorixa saeva Sp. n. 


HENRICOHAHNIA BREDDIN AND ALLIED GENERA 485 


1g (holotype), Tasmania, New Norfolk, 31.x.1935; IQ (paratype), Margate, 


 ii.1936 (J. W. Evans) (B.M. 1948-352). 


Orgetorixa saeva sp. n. 
(Fig. 21) 


Colour: Basal segment of antennae pale ferruginous with pale testaceous annulations ; 
segment 2 pale ferruginous; remaining segments light brown. Head, pronotum, propleura 


_ brownish ferruginous with tubercles pale ferruginous. Rostrum light brown ; apical segment 
suffused with ferruginous. Scutellum ferruginous with apex testaceous. Meso- and meta- 
_ pleura, sterna, and abdomen ventrally, light brown with faint ferruginous suffusion ; abdomen 


dorsally yellowish. Corium ferruginous with yellowish suffusion apically ; clavus and mem- 
brane hyaline, faintly infumate. Femora ferruginous; tubercles darker; tibiae brown with 
faint ferruginous suffusion. 

Structure: Produced portion of vertex in lateral view broadly conical; produced portion of 
tylus truncate, minutely tuberculate. Tubercles on head sparse, moderately large. Tubercles 
on collar, anterior lobe of pronotum anteriorly and on humeral angles, thick, rounded apically ; 


anterior lobe feebly, transversely, depressed medially ; posterior lobe with feeble carinae 


anteriorly, sub-dorsally and feebly depressed between carinae ; posterior lobe sparsely tuber- 


culate. Disc of scutellum feebly depressed; carinae feebly tuberculate; apex acute and 


somewhat curved downwards; rounded dorsally. Hemelytra extending just beyond apex of 
abdomen. Connexivum marginally with feeble tubercles. 

Total length: ¢g, 12°50 mm.; 9, 14:00 mm. 

Hemelytra: g, 7:30 mm.; 9, 7-50 mm. 

Greatest pronotal width (excluding spines): ¢, 3°00 mm.; Q, 3-40 mm. 


1g (holotype), 12 (paratype), Australia, N.S. Wales, Dorrigo (W. Heron) (B.M. 
1934-232). 


ENTOM, III, 12, oie 


PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY 
ADLARD AND SON, LIMITED, 
BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING 


—- 


EE EE — Le” UCL Sr 


2 ae ig] 4 JAN 1399 


REV NAL NOTES ON THE GENUS 
EPITOLA WESTWOOD 


(LEPIDOPTERA : LYCAENIDAE) 


PATRICK ROCHE 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 13 
LONDON: 1954 


REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS 
EPITOLA WESTWOOD 


(LEPIDOPTERA : LYCAENIDAE) 


PATRICK ROCHE 


, 
¥ vf 
{ 
4 4 
or 


Pp. 489-502 ; Pls. 19—22. 


BULLETIN OF 

THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 

ENTOMOLOGY | Vol. 3 No. 13 
LONDON: 1954 


THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM 
(NATURAL HISTORY), instituted in 1949, is 
issued in five series corresponding to the Departments 
of the Museum, and an Historical Series. 


Parts appear at irregular intervals as they become 
ready. Volumes will contain about three or four 
hundred pages, and will not necessarily be compiled 
within one calendar year. 

This paper is Vol. 3, No. 13 of the Entomological 
series. 


PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM 


Issued December, 1954 Price Eight Shillings 


REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA 
WESTWOOD (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) 


By PATRICK ROCHE 


THE genus Epitola was established by Westwood in 1852 for Papilio posthumus, a 
species described by Fabricius as long ago as 1793. Since that date a large assem- 
blage of species has been added. The species are all found in the great tropical forest 
belt of Africa, extending from Sierra Leone in the West to Uganda in the East. 
Although many species are widespread through this area, they nearly all tend to show 
extreme localization, often being found on and around one twig on one tree and not 
being seen again for many miles when a second “ pocket ’’ may be encountered. 
For this reason and because they usually fly rather high and erratically many species 
are poorly represented in collections, and in the future they will probably prove to 
be commoner than at present appears to be the case. 

The genus as treated by Aurivillius in Seitz (Macrolepidoptera of the World, Vol. 
XIII) contained two species which have since been included in other genera : honorius 
Fabricius is referable to Aethiopana Bethune-Baker and ernesti Karsch to Egumbia 
Bethune-Baker. 

Marked sexual dimorphism is the rule in Epitola. Of many species only the male 
is known, while in the majority the males have yet to have proved their connection 
with their respective females. This can only be done either by breeding or by catch- 
ing the species in copula. It has been found that the fine distinctions in the pattern 
of the undersides and, even more, reliance upon locality and date of capture lead to 
gross inaccuracy. It is considered that our knowledge of the females is still too 
limited to provide a key for their differentiation. The key which follows is designed, 
therefore, solely as an aid to the identification of the males. It may be stated, 
however, that the division of the genus into groups of species according to the general 
appearance of the male underside appears to be a sound natural classification in that 


_ the upperside pattern of those females which are known enables them to be classified 


into similar groups. E. lamborni Bethune-Baker is known only in the female, so 
that this species has been omitted from the key. 
The chitinized portion of the male genital armature is of a simple type, and the 


: dissection and examination of a considerable number failed to reveal any reliable 


characters upon which the differentiation of the species could be based. 


_ Acknowledgments 


The writer’s thanks are due to N. D. Riley, Esq., C.B.E., for his help and advice 
throughout and for putting at the writer’s disposal the rich collections in the British 
Museum, upon which the present work is largely based ; to the following who have 


_ kindly lent material for examination : Monsieur L. A. Berger (Musée Royal du Congo 


ENTOM, III, 13. 32 


4909 REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD 


Belge, Tervuren), Dr. T. F. Davey, O.B.E., T. H. E. Jackson, Esq., Dr. Hering (Zoo- 
logisches Museum der Humboldt-Universitat, Berlin), Dr. Rindge (American Museum > 
of Natural History, New York), Professor G. C. Varley (Hope Department of Ento- 
mology, Oxford), Dr. H. K. Clench (Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh), and finally to 
Dr. S. L. A. Manuwa, C.M.G., O.B.E., Inspector-General of Medical Services, Nigeria, 
for permission to publish. ! 


CHECK-LIST OF THE SPECIES OF EPITOLA 


. crippsi Stoneham, 1933, Bull. Stoneham Mus.17: 1 
. hewitsoni Mabille, 1877, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 2 : 221 (= falkensteini Dewitz). 
. hewitsonioides Hawker-Smith, 1933, Stylops 2: 
. mivanda Staudinger, 1889, Ent. Nachr. 15: ok 
ssp. vidua Talbot, 1935, Ent. mon. Mag. 71: 75. 
5. posthumus Fabricius, 1793, Ent. Syst. 3(i1) : 149 (g = elion Doubleday & Hewitson, 9? = 
belli Hewitson). 
6. uvania Kirby, 1887, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (5) 19 : 441. 
ssp. tanganikensis Joicey & Talbot, 1921, Bull. Hill. Mus. 1: 86. 
7. crowleyi Sharpe, 1890, Aun. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 6 : 106. 
8. semibrunnea Bethune-Baker, 1916, Ibid. (8) 17 : 378 (= ammon Joicey & Talbot, 1921). 
9 
o 


kWD 


. cevaunia Hewitson, 1879, Ent. mon. Mag. 10 : 149 (= dewitzt Kirby). 
. adolphi-friderict Schultze, 1911, Ivis 25 : 95. 
11. dunia Kirby, 1887, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (5) 19: 441. 4 
12. caycina Hewitson, 1873, Ent. mon. Mag. 10: t50 (2 = kholifa Bethune-Baker, 1904, and 
entebbeana Bethune-Baker, 1926). 
13. flavoaniennata sp. nov. 
14. badura Kirby, 1890, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 6: 271. 
15. marginata Kirby, 1887, Ibid. (5) 19: 443. 
var. umbratilis Holland, 1890, Psyche 5 : 425. 
16. tumentia Druce, 1910, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 366. q 
17. congoana Aurivillius, 1923, Ergebn. zweit. Deutsch. Zentr. Afr. Exped. 1910-11, Zool. 17: 1202. — 
18. leonina Staudinger, 1888, Exot. Tagf. 1 : 268. q 
19. elissa Grose-Smith, 1898, Novitates Zoologicae 5 : 354 (= oniensis Bethune-Baker, 1913). 
20. untformis Kirby, 1887, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (5) 19 : 445. 
21. zelza Hewitson, 1873, Ent. mon. Mag. 10 : 151 (= badia Kirby, 1887). 
22. tkoya sp. nov. 
23. cevcene Hewitson, 1873, Ent. mon. Mag. 10: 150. 
24. moyambina Bethune-Baker, 1903, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (7) 12 : 330. 
25. cerycenoides Holland, 1890, Psyche 5 : 424 (= batesit Druce, 1910). 
26. katherinae Poulton, 1929, Trans. ent. Soc. Lond., 77 : 494. 
27. dovothea Bethune-Baker, 1904, Aun. Mag. nat. Hist. (7) 14: 227. 
28. iturina Joicey & Talbot, 1921, Bull. Hill Mus. 1: 84 (= bella Aurivillius, 1923). 
29. vileyi Audeoud, 1936, Mitt.-Schweiz. ent. Ges. 16 : 704. 
30. carilla sp. nov. 
31. jacksoni sp. nov. 
32. staudingeri Kirby, 1890, Ann, Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 6: 271. 
ssp. mara Talbot, 1935, Ent. mon. Mag. 71 : 75. 
ssp. gordoni Druce, 1903, Aun. Mag. nat. Hist. (7) 11: 70. . 
33. insulana Aurivillius, 1923, Ergebn. Zweit. Deutsch. Zentr. Afr. Exped. 1910-11, Zool, 17: 
1203. 
34. intermedia sp. nov. 
35. convexa sp. Nov. 
36. sublustvis Bethune-Baker, 1904, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (7) 14 : 228. 


ee 


— >. 


ee eee 


REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD 


37. mengoensis Bethune-Baker, 1906, Ibid. (7) 17: 105. 
38. subcoerulea sp. nov. 
39. conjuncta Smith & Kirby, 1893, Rhop. Exot. 23; Lyc. Afr. 86. 
ssp. budduana Talbot, 1937, Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. 86 : 62. 
40. barombiensis Kirby, 1890, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 6: 274. 
41. dolorosa sp. nov. 
42. nigra Bethune-Baker, 1903, Aun. Mag. nat. Hist. (7) 12 : 331. 
43. mercedes Suffert, 1904, Ivis 17: 53. 
44. langi Holland, 1920, Bull. Amer. Mus. 43 : 217. 
45. obscura Hawker-Smith, 1935, Stylops 2: 11 
46. ghesquieret sp. nov. 
47. catuna Kirby, 1890, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 6: 273. 
48. pinodes Druce, 1890, Ibid. (6) 5: 24. 
49. viridana Joicey & Talbot, 1921, Bull. Hill Mus. 1: 84. 
ssp. vadiata Bethune-Baker, 1926, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9) 17 : 393. 
50. ovientalis-sp. nov. 
51. maculata Hawker-Smith, 1926, Rev. Zool. Afr. 14 : 240. 
52. carpenterit Bethune-Baker, 1921, Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. : 462. 
53. cephena Hewitson, 1873, Ent. mon. Mag. 10: 151. 
54. doleta Kirby, 1890, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 6 : 273 (= leonensis Bethune-Baker, 1904). 


491 


ssp. entebbeana Bethune-Baker, 1926, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9) 17: 392. (The insect de- 
scribed by Bethune-Baker as the female of entebbeana agrees with the female of carcina 
Hewitson. The true female of entebbeana must, therefore, be regarded as still undiscovered.) 


55. vinalli Talbot, 1935, Ent. mon. Mag. 71: 75. 
56. pinodoides Smith & Kirby, 1893, Rhop. Exot. 23. Lyc. Afr. : 85 
57. concepcion Suffert, 1904, Ivis 17 : 54. 


58. gerina Hewitson, 1878, Ill. Diurn. Lep. Suppl. : 19 (= zelica Kirby, 1890, and goodi Holland, 


1890). 
59. lamborni Bethune-Baker, 1921, Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. : 461. 
60. virginea Bethune-Baker, 1904, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (7) 14: 230. 
61. 1tide Druce, 1910, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. : 366. 
62. albomaculata Bethune Baker, 1903, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (7) 12 : 329. 
63. daveyi sp. nov. 
64. liana sp. nov. 

KEY -1O THE GROUPS OF SPECIES 


1. Under surface of hind wing with black punctiform spots at the base . hewitsoni group 
—. Under surface of hind wing without black punctiform spots at the base ; 2: 
2. Under surface with longitudinal dark streaks between the viens . . posthumus group 
— Under surface without dark streaks between the veins 

3. Under surface of fore wing with a longitudinal dark area in the posterior half of the 


wing extending from the base nearly to the margin (Figs. 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38) 


—. Under surface of fore wing without such a dark longitudinal area . : 
4. Under surface with light markings on a dark ground (Figs. 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16) 


pinodes group 


carcina group 
Under surface with dark markings on a light ground (Figs. 18, 20, 22, 24) . nitide group 


The hewitsoni group. 


1. Upper surface black and white . ‘ ‘ : : ‘ . > ‘ crippsi 
—. Upper surface black and blue : , . ' a 
2. Pale blue. Cell of fore wing above entirely blue i ? ‘ 3. 
—. Dark blue. Cell of fore wing above entirely black ; : miranda 
3. Size larger. Hind wing strongly produced at the ends of veins 2, 3 and 5 .  hewitsoni 

Size smaller. Hind wing almost smoothly rounded ; , hewttsoniotdes 


492 


+ | w ln ftw 


. Distinct blue markings present on the fore wing above ‘ ‘ ceraunia 

. Fore wing above entirely brownish-black except for a few scattered blue scales at the 
extreme base ‘ . ‘ ; ‘ ‘ : ; ‘ ; . semibrunnea — 

The pinodes group 
. Distal margin of fore wing very strongly convex, almost angled at vein 4 ; ‘ 2-5 
-. Distal margin of fore wing only normally curved ’ ‘ 7° 

. Fore wing above unicolorous dark brownish-black, or at most with one or two very 
indistinct blue spots. ‘ j , , ; ‘ ‘ 3 

. Fore wing above with distinct blue markings ; : 5. 


Lorne 


Ke) 


. Size larger. Length of fore wing 18 mm. wibat wing fairly evenly scaled with blue 
conjuncta — 


. Size smaller. Length of fore wing 14mm. Blue area of hind wing reduced bd black 


REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD 


The posthumus dit 8 

. Under surface with a metallic lustre . , : ; ‘ , ° ‘ ‘ re 
. Under surface without a metallic lustre. . ‘ adolphi-friderici — 
. No light markings in the cell of the fore wing beneath . . , ; . crowleyt 
. Light markings present in the cell of the fore wing beneath . } ; ’ : 3. 
. Cell of the fore wing above entirely blue. : ; 2 4. 
. Cell of the fore wing above completely or nearly completely black : 5.0 
. The black apex of the fore wing above forms a ne eee into the blue discal area 

opposite the end of the cell . ; ‘ Uvanta 


. The junction of the blue and the black at the apex of the fore wing above i is a smooth 
line without invasion of the blue by the black opposite the end of the cell . posthumus — 


. No blue spots on the fore wing, or not more than a feeble deep violet blue sheen: on the 


disc when viewed in a strong lateral light. Black border of the hind wing invades _ 
the blue colour at least along the veins 2 to 4, thus reducing the blue discal area 4. 


. Two very indistinct blue spots on the fore wing above. Black border of hind wing 


of uniform width from the anal angle to the apex, not extended inwards along 
the veins, the blue discal area being in consequence larger (Fig. 25) . . subcoerulea 


. Black border of hind wing above invades the blue discal area along veins 2 to 4. The 


blue colour is an iridescent violetish blue  . : : . sublusiris — 


. Blue discal area of hind wing above reduced to blue scaling i in between ‘the black veins. 


The blue colour is a colder shade and less iridescent . : - mengoensis — 


. Hind wing above with blue scaling in the distal half of the cell. Ground- colour of 


underside dark grey. Size larger (Figs. 31, 32) ‘ ‘ cephena 


. Hind wing with diffuse blue scaling over the whole cell and surrounding areas. 


Ground-colour of underside not dark grey. Size smaller . : 1& 


. Blue scales of hind wing above very scanty, giving only an indistinct blueness. to the 


disc of the wing. Under surface rich brown with darker markings . ‘ obscura 


. Hind wing above distinctly blue with a black border. Under surface pale ochreous- 


{ 


scaling on the veins. 6. 
. Under surface distinctly paler at the base becoming darker towards the margin, giving 

a scorched appearance . é ‘ ‘ ‘ barombiensis 
. Under surface not markedly paler at the base (Fig. 28) : } ; ‘ dolovosa — 
. Hind wing above unicolorous brown without any blue marking. , , ‘ 8. 

Hind wing above more or less marked with blue . ‘ : . ‘. > ° 9. 

. Fore wing with blue spots in areas 2 and 3. : ' . nigra 
. Fore wing with exceedingly faint traces of blue scaling i in areas 6 and @: (N.B.—A 

lens was required to detect these blue scales in Suffert’s type specimen) ‘ mercedes 
. Fore wing with distinct blue markings : , ‘ ‘ ‘ ; ‘ ; 12.0 
. Fore wing without distinct blue markings ; ; 10. 


Iz. 


19. 


REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD — $493 


grey without markings other than the usual black longitudinal area on the fore 


wing (Figs. 33, 34) ‘ ‘ , é ; . ghesquieret 
Veins of hind wing above not or only slightly black : , ; ‘ i ‘ 12. 
Veins of hind wing above heavily scaled with black . : ‘ ‘ 16. 
. Dark longitudinal area on the fore wing beneath much darker than the ground- -colour, 
the two contrasting strongly . ; 14. 
Dark longitudinal area on the fore wing beneath not much darker than ‘the ground- 
colour, with, therefore, only a slight contrast between the two . ‘ ‘ catuna 
. Size larger. Black border of hind wing of uniform width from vein 1 to vein 7 . doleta 
. Size smaller. Black border of hind we distinctly wider from the anal angle to vein 
3 than from vein 3 to vein 7 . : : : ‘ ; : : : 15. 
. Fore wing above with a blue spot in area 4 ; ; ; : , : vinallt 
Fore wing above without a blue spot in area4 . ‘ ; ; ‘ . pinodoides 
. Under surtace marked with whitish and grey : Pr ; ; ‘ ‘ ; 19. 
Under surface marked with brown and fulvous . ; 17. 
. Under surface markings rather indistinct, especially at the apex of the fore wing ; 18. 


Under surface marked with fulvous on a dark brown ground, the contrast being very 
marked, especially at the apex of the fore wing (Fig. 36) . . orientalis 


. Blue coloration of fore wing above more pronounced, the dark-scaled vein 2 being a 


fine black line crossing the blue area behind the cell : ‘ pinodes 


. Blue coloration of fore wing above less pronounced, vein 2 being so heavy ily scaled with 


black that the blue area behind the cell is divided into two spots : ° viridana 
Under surface ground colour brownish-grey speckled with whitish lunular markings maculata 
Under surface ground colour pale grey heavily marked with whitish, this being the 

dominant colour of the hind wing (Fig. 38) : ; : ; . .  carpenteri 


The carcina group 


1. A triangular scent patch at base of fore wing. : 2: 
-. No such scent patch on the fore wing, though one or two veins may be dilated , 4. 
2. Cell of fore wing above entirely blue except where it may be encroached upon in the 
basal posterior part by the scent patch . ; ‘ : ‘ ‘ : , 3; 
Cell of fore wing above contains two black spots . , , dunia 
3. Extreme tip only of the antennae yellow. Scent patch on the fore wing ‘not extend- 
ing above the median vein. ‘ carcina 
Ventro-medial aspect ot the antennae ‘yellowish almost to the base. Scent patch on 
the fore wing extending on to the base of the cell (Fig. 1) . ‘ .  flavoantennnata 
4. Median vein of the fore wing much more thickened or dilated at the base than vein 1 5. 
—. Vein 1 and the median vein more or less equal in width at the base ‘ ; : 13. 
5. Black mark at apex of cell of the fore wing above : ; : : : ve 
-. No black mark at the apex of the cell of the fore wing above ; : ; 6. 
6. Length of fore wing about 18 mm., the apex pointed, and the outer margin almost 
straight. Area 6 of the hind wing with only a few blue scales . : ‘ badura 
-. Length of fore wing about 16 mm., the apex squared, and the outer margin very 
convex. Area 6 of the hind wing fully blue scaled . : : ‘ : . 2elza 
7. Margins of the wings slightly but distinctly undulate . : . F .  marginata. 
-. Margins of the wings not distinctly undulate ; : ; 8 
8. Cell of fore wing entirely black except for a few scattered blue scales. ‘Size larger, 
length of fore wing 18mm. . ; ; tumentia 
-. Cell of fore wing mainly blue. Size smaller, length of fore wing 16 mm. ‘ 9. 
9. Costal margin of fore wing very broadly bordered with black, no blue in areas 6 and 7 10. 
-. Black costal border of fore wing narrower ; base of areas 6 and 7 blue . ; ‘ zr, 
10. Dark marginal band of hind wing broad. : ' ; ; ‘ .  congoana 


. Dark marginal band of hind wing narrow . : , ‘ ‘ . ; leonina 


494 


If. 


I2. 


REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD 


Under surface of fore wing with a white spot on the tornus . : Bae 
Under surface of the fore wing without a distinct white spot on the tornus (Fig. 6) . thoya 
Upper surface of fore wing with a heavy black mark closing the apex of the cell, and in 


addition, two black marks in the cell ; . elissa 
. Upper surface of fore wing with at most a small black streak at the apex of the cell, ; 
there being no other marking in the cell . ; -  untformis 
. Black markings present on the disc of the fore wing as ‘wella as the black apex, costal 
and distal borders ; 22, 
. No black markings on the disc of the fore wing except the apex, costal and distal 
borders : : é : ‘ I4. 
. Black mark at the apex of the cell of the fore wing : : ; ‘ ‘ : 15.0 
No black mark at the apex of the cell of the fore wing ‘ 19. 


. The black mark at the apex of the cell of the fore wing is only a ‘fine streak in the 


middle of the discocellular vein, and is not connected at all with the black costal 
border ; a ; cevcene — 


. The black mark at the apex of the cell of the fore wing is triangular : , . 16, 
. The triangular black mark at the apex of the cell of the fore wing is continuous with the 


black costal border : ’ ; . moyambina — 


. The triangular black mark at the apex of the cell of the fore wing: is separated from 


the black costal border by a fine blue line ; 17. 


. The line of union of the black border.and apex of the fore wing with the blue ground- 


colour is almost straight from vein 2 to 6, then curved, the black extending very 
little along the veins basad_ . ‘ - cercenoides — 


. The blue colour of the fore wing is carried into the black border and apex won Atm) 


between the veins f 18. 


. The white markings on the fore wing beneath less sharply outlined and the apices of 


the three ‘‘ V’s ’’, which form the most conspicuous feature of the pattern, are blunt 
and rounded. The elements of the pattern are Prat and more emphasized, espe- 
cially on the hind wing . : é .  katherinae — 


. The white markings on the fore wing beneath are more sharply outlined. The apices 


ot the three “ V’s”’ sharply tener Elements of the egier smaller and less 
distinct z ‘ ; 4 dovothea 


. Black distal border of the fore wing above becomes suddenly narrow at vein 3. Dis- 


tinct light submarginal band on fore wing beneath . 4 2 tturina } 


. Black distal border of fore wing above not suddenly narrowed at vein n3. Submarginal 


row of light lunules on the fore wing beneath . ; 20. | 


. Distal margin of fore wing almost a straight line from the apex to the tornus. "Black 


distal border of the fore wing tapered to a fine marginal line at vein 3 ‘ insulana . 


. Distal margin of fore wing slightly but distinctly convex. Black distal border of the 


fore wing tapered to the tornus : 21. 


. The blue colour of the fore wing above encroaches only slightly into the black apex 


between the veins. The distal margins of the wings are only very slightly convex 


(Fig. 9) i . intermedia — 
. The blue colour of the fore wing extends into the black apex between the veins, giving q 
the blue/black is a serrated HAL aiyhts Fore wing pret 20 convex at 
vein 5 (Fig. 11) . F convexa 
. Fore wing above with a ' subapical row of three white spots. Wings strongly 
undulate . ; . vileyt 
. Fore wing above ewiltacnit subapical white apotee “Wings not ‘undulate . ; ‘ 23. 


. Upper surface black with distinct blue markings . : ; 24. 


Upper surface unicolorous blackish, with only a faint deep violet reflection when 
viewed in a strong lateral light 5 . . langi 


. Basal half of area 1@ and the basal part of the cell of the fore wing black (Fig. 13) carilla 
. The cell of the fore wing and area 14 (except for a narrow streak along vein 2) blue 25. 


REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD — $495 


25. Fore wing above with a black mark at the end of the cell joining the black discal 
patch with the black costal border, thus separating off a blue scacanen patch (Fig. 

15) ‘ ‘ . jacksont 

Fore wing above with no such black mark at the end of the cell ‘ : . staudingeri 


The nitide group 


1. Upper surface unicolorous brown ‘ ‘ ‘ : : ‘ é . concepcion 
—. Upper surface more or less blue ; 2. 
2. Upper surface of fore wing occupied almost entirely by a large, ‘circular, blackish 

scent patch (Fig. 17) . ; ; . ‘ virgined 


Upper surface of fore wing without a large scent patch ‘ 
3. Under surface with dark markings much reduced, little or no marking i in the cell of 
the fore wing beneath . : : . nitide 
Under surface with the dark markings well developed ; distinct dark markings i in the 
cell of the fore wing beneath . ; 
4. Costal margin, apex, and distal margin of fore wing above broadly black (at least 
3 mm. broad in area 5) . 5. 
—. The black of the fore wing above reduced to a narrow black costal border, apex, and 
very narrow distal marginal border (less than 1 mm. broad in area 5) (Fig. 19) . daveyi 


5. Black streak at the apex of the cell of the fore wing above (Fig. 23) P : . hana 
-—. No black streak at the apex of the cell : : : ‘ 6. 
6. Dark markings on the under surface very heavily developed, a greater area being 
covered by the dark markings than by the light ground-colour . ; albomaculata 
-. Dark markings on the under surface not so heavily developed é ; ‘ gerina 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 


Epitola flavoantennata sp. nov. 


(Pl. ‘16, figs. 2,:2;'3; 4) 


This species is closely related to E. carcina Hewitson, from which it differs in the 
following respects: In both sexes the new species has the ventro-medial aspect 
of the antennae yellow almost to the base, whereas in carcina only the extreme tip is 
yellow. In the male the scent patch at the base of the fore wing is larger, covering 
the basal two-thirds of the cell and the base of area 1a, while in carcina the scent 
patch covers only the posterior part of the basal half of the cell, and is bounded 
posteriorly by vein 1. 

Holotype male and allotype female. CAMEROONS: Bitje, Ja River, 2000 ft. (in 
British Museum (N.H.)). 


Epitola carilla sp. nov. 
(Pl. 20, figs. 13, 14) 


Mate. Upper surface: fore wing blue, costal margin, apex, and distal margin 
black. A black patch covers the basal half of area 2 and the basal part of the cell 
except for a few scattered blue scales at the extreme base of the wing. This black 
patch is bounded posteriorly by vein 1, and anteriorly, in its distal part by vein 2 
except for a narrow prolongation which extends forwards and outwards into area 3 ; 
the anterior boundary of the black patch in the basal part is carried obliquely across 


496 REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD 


the cell parallel with vein 1. The fringes of the fore wing are mainly dark in the 
apical part, with an increasing amount of white towards the tornus. Hind wing 
unicolorous blue from vein I to vein 6, areas I and 7 being black. The fringes of the — 
hind wing are dark tipped with white except at the ends of the veins, where the © 
fringes are entirely dark. The under surface is identical with that of cercene 
Hewitson. : 
Length of fore wing: I9 mm. 
Holotype male. UGANDA: Entebbe, 1905 (E. A. Minchin) (in British Museum 
(N.H.)). 


Epitola jacksoni sp. nov. 
(Pl. 20, figs. 15, 16) 


MALE. Upper surface: on the fore wing blackening of certain veins and the © 
black discal patch have reduced the blue colour to areas 1 and 2 and the cell entirely 
blue, a curved subapical row of blue spots, those in areas 3, 5, 6 and 7 being large, 
that in area 4 minute. The blue colour is lighter in tone than in cercene and other 
related species. The fringes of the fore wing are entirely dark. The hind wing is 
as in the other related species, being blue from vein I to vein 6, areas 1 and 7 being 
black. The fringes of the hind wing are dark except at the apex where they are ~ 
tipped with light. The arrangement of the pattern of the under surface is as in 
cercene, but the white markings are much reduced in size. 

Length of fore wing: 20 mm. 

Holotype male. UGANDA: Katera, August, 1938 (7. H. E. Jackson) (in British 
Museum (N.H.)). 


Epitola convexa sp. nov. 
(Pl. 20, figs. 11, 12) 


MALE. This species forms with inmsulana Aurivillius and intermedia sp. nov. (vide 
infra) a trio of very closely allied species. FE. convexa differs from insulana in having 
the distal margin of the fore wing distinctly convex at vein 5, and the distal margin 
of the hind wing more or less rounded from the apex to the anal angle ; in imsulana 
the distal margins of the fore wing and the hind wing are practically straight lines. 
The black apex of the fore wing is continued as a black distal marginal band tapering 
to the tornus ; in imsulana the black apex is tapered to vein 3 behind which it is 
continued merely as a fine black marginal line. On the under surface convexa differs 
from insulana in having the submarginal row of light coloured lunules diverging 
inwards from the distal margin in a smooth curve ; this row of lunules in imsulana 
is a straight line parallel with the distal margin from the anal angle to area 5, the 
lunules in areas 6 and 7 suddenly diverging inwards from the margin. 

Length of fore wing: 20 mm. 

Holotype male. UGANDA: Bwamba, May, 1940 (T. H. E. Jackson) (in British 
Museum (N.H.)). 


REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD $497 


Epitola intermedia sp. nov. 
(Pl. 19, figs. 9, 10) 


MALE: This species appears to be intermediate between insulana and convexa. 
The wing shape is closer to imsulana in that the distal margin of the fore wing, though 
slightly rounded, has not the distinct convexity at vein 5 as seen in convexa. Simi- 
larly the hind wing is less rounded than in convexa, but not so straight as in inmsulana. 
The black apex of the fore wing is continued as a tapered distal marginal border as 
far as the tornus as in convexa, but in intermedia the blue colour does not encroach 
between the veins to any noticeable degree ; in convexa the prolongations of the blue 
into the black give the blue/black junction a serrated appearance. The markings 
of the under surface do not differ significantly from those seen in convexa. 

Length of fore wing: 18 mm. 

Holotype male. UGANDA: Katera, August, 1935 (7. H. E. Jackson) (in British 
Museum (N.H.)). 


Epitola ikoya sp. nov. 
(Pl. 19, figs. 5, 6, 7, 8) 


MALE: Upper surface royal blue with the costa, apex and distal margin of the 
fore wing, and all margins of the hind wing rather broadly bordered with black 
(black border of costa opposite end of cell 1-5 mm. broad, the apex 6 mm., and the 
distal border of the hind wing 1-5 mm.). The end of the cell of the fore wing is 
marked by a fine black streak. Vein 2 on the fore wing is dilated at the base. The 
under surface is greyish-brown, very indistinctly marked with a slightly lighter tint. 
A marginal and submarginal row of lighter lunules are close together and extend from 
the apex of the fore wing to the anal angle of the hind wing. The lunules comprising 
these two rows are of approximately equal breadth. A curved, broken, discal line 
extends on the fore wing from a point on the hind margin just inside the tornus to 
midway along the costa, and on the hind wing from a point 2 mm. internal to the 
anal angle to the junction of the middle and outer one-third of the costa. 

Length of fore wing: 15 mm. 

FEMALE. Upper surface unicolorous sepia brown without markings. Under 
surface light ochreous with very faint traces of lighter markings as in the male. 

Length of fore wing: 15 mm. 

Holotype male and allotype female. SouTHERN NIGERIA: Lagos, 28th October, 
1946 (P. J. L. Roche) (in British Museum (N.H.)). 

This species is close to zelza Hewitson (= badia Kirby) from which it differs in the 
male by having a black streak at the end of the cell on the upper surface of the fore 
wing, by having a slightly broader black border to the hind wing, and by the sub- 
marginal row of lunules on the under surface of the hind wing being the same 
width as the marginal row; in ze/za the submarginal lunules are twice as wide as 
the marginal ones. The female differs from that of zelza in being unicolorous brown 
with no blue at all on the upper surface. 


498 REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD 


Epitola subcoerulea sp. nov. 
(Pl. 21, figs. 25, 26) 


MALE. Upper surface: fore wing with the distal margin strongly convex at veins — 
3 and 4, dark brownish black with a very indistinct blue spot in area 5 and another — 
in area 3. The hind wing is deep royal blue bordered with black. This black border 
is of a practically uniform width of 1 mm. The under surface is greyish-brown, the 
fore wing having a darker longitudinal mark extending from the base of the wing to — 
near the margin, bounded anteriorly by vein 5 and posteriorly by vein 2. Areas I~ 
and 2 pale greyish-white, and with two greyish-white spots, one in area 3 and the ~ 
other in area 5, corresponding exactly with the indistinct blue spots on the upper 
surface. Both wings with an indistinct row of marginal lunules which are slightly 
paler than the ground colour ; in addition there is a very faint paler discal line across — 
the hind wing. 

Length of fore wing: 17 mm. q 

Holotype male. SIERRA LEONE: 1898 (Capt. Stevens )(in British Museum (N.H.)). ~ 

This species is close to sublustris B.-Baker, from which it is at once distinguished — 
by the larger blue area on the hind wing above and by the two indistinct blue spots — 
on the upper surface of the fore wing. | 


Epitola dolorosa sp. nov. 
(Pl. 21, figs. 27, 28, 29, 30) 


MALE: Distal margin of fore wing very strongly convex at veins 3 and 4. Fore © 
wing above pitchy, with a blue streak in area 2, a small blue spot in area 3, anda ~ 
very small indistinct blue spot in area 5 ; there are a few scattered blue scales in the 
cell. The under surface is brown, areas 1 and 2 of the fore wing pale grey. A longi- 
tudinal dark brown mark extends along the line of the median vein from the base — 
of the wing nearly to the distal margin; there is a slightly paler marginal band, a 
paler spot in area 3 and another in area 5. The hind wing has an indistinct paler sub- — 
marginal band 2:5 mm. wide. 

Length of fore wing: 14 mm. 

Female : Upper surface unicolorous brown except for very faint traces of pale blue 
spots, one in area 3 and one in area 6. The under surface has a pale ochreous ground- 
colour with markings arranged as in the male. 

Length of fore wing : 15:5 mm. 

Holotype male. UGANDA: Bwamba Forest, Semliki Valley, November, 1911 
(S. A. Neave) (in Britsh Museum (N.H.)). . 

Allotype female. UGANnbA: Entebbe (S. A. Neave) (in British Museum (N.H.)). 


Epitola ghesquierei sp. nov. 


(Pl. 22, figs. 33, 34) j 
MALE: Upper surface: Fore wing unicolorous pitchy black without any trace of — 
blue marking ; hind wing blue from vein 1 to vein 7, with slight blue scaling in area 


REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD $499 


8; the black border invades the blue area along the ends of the veins; a fine 
black transverse streak marks the apex of the cell. The under surface is pale 
ochreous-grey without any marking other than a dark greyish-brown longitudinal 
mark in the posterior half of the fore wing ; this mark is clearly defined anteriorly, 
but fades into the pale ground colour at the posterior margin of the wing. Length 
of fore wing 14 mm. 

Holotype male. BrLGian Conco: Eala, November. 1936 (J. Ghesquiére) (in 
Musée Royal du Congo Belge, Tervuren). 

In general appearance this species recalls at first glance sublustris and subcoerulea, 
but is distinguished from both by the straighter margin of the fore wing. 


Epitola orientalis sp. nov. 
(Pl. 22, figs. 35, 36) 


MALE. Upper surface of the fore wing black, with rather obscure blue markings : 
a streak in the basal half of area 2, a spot towards the base of area 3, three ill-defined 
spots in the cell, and very faint subapical spots in areas 5 and 6. The hind wing is 
black, dusted with blue scales between the veins from vein I to vein 7. The under 
surface of the fore wing is dark brown with a yet darker longitudinal mark in the 
posterior half extending from the base almost to the margin of the wing ; this mark 
is fairly well defined anteriorly, but posteriorly it fades to a pale greyish-brown on the 
posterior margin. The wing is further marked with fulvous lunular spots, a marginal 
row from the tornus to the apex, a submarginal row from area 3 to the costa, a sub- 
apical row and a discal row, the last two rows being confined to the anterior half of 
the wing, i.e., they do not invade the longitudinal dark mark. The hind wing has a 
very distinct broad (2 to 3 mm.) fulvous submarginal band, a fine marginal band, 
and three narrow transverse bands in the basal half of the wing of the same colour. 

Length of fore wing: 15 mm. 

Holotype male. UGANDA: Bwamba, September, 1942 (7. H. E. Jackson) (in 
British Museum (N.H.)). 

This species is, above, very difficult to distinguish from viridana Joicey & Talbot, 
but a glance at the under surface is sufficient to separate the two species. 


Epitola daveyi sp. nov. 
(Pl. 20, figs. 19, 20; Pl. 21, figs. 21, 22) 


MALE. Upper surface intense bright blue, the fore wing with the costal margin 
narrowly black ; the apex is narrowly black, and there is a very narrow black border 
to the distal margin of the wing. The hind wing is blue with the costal and inner 
margins black ; there is a very fine black distal marginal line. The under surface is 
very similar to that of albomaculata B.-Baker from which it differs by having the dark 
markings rather smaller and more sharply defined. 

Length of fore wing: 2I mm. 

FEMALE. This resembles the female of albomaculata from which it differs above in 


500 REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD 


having an additional white submarginal spot in area 2 and in having the blue areas 
of both wings somewhat reduced. The under surface is similar to that of the male. 

Length of fore wing : 20 mm. 

Holotype male. S.E. NIGERIA: Isoba, February, 1943 (T. F. Davey) (in British 
Museum (N.H.)). 

Allotype female. S.E. Niceria: Isoba, February, 1943 (T. F. Davey) (British 
Museum (N.H.)). 


Epitola liana sp. nov. 
(Pl. 21, figs. 23, 24) 


MALE. The upper surface of the fore wing is blue. The costa, apex and distal 
margin are black. The apex of the cell is closed by a black streak joined anteriorly — 
with the black costal border. The hind wing is blue with black costal and inner 
borders, and a narrow black distal border. The fringes are spotted black and white. © 
The ground colour of the under surface of the fore wing is greyish-white with six — 
transverse dentate dark greyish-brown lines. These lines coalesce in the posterior — 
half of the wing which is thereby clouded with greyish-brown. The hind wing 
beneath has a greyish-white ground colour with six irregular transverse dark greyish-- 
brown lines. The basal four of these are broken up into spots and streaks, while the 
marginal line is broken up into small inter-neural lunules. 

Length of fore wing: 18 mm. 

Holotype male. UGANDA: Bwamba, September, 1942 (T. H. E. Jackson) (in 
British Museum (N.H.)). 

There remain the descriptions of the males of three species known hitherto only in - 
the female: Epitola carpenteri B.-Baker, Epitola virginea B.-Baker and Epitola 
cepheua Hewitson. 


Epitola carpenteri Bethune-Baker 
(Pl. 22, figs. 37, 38) 


MALE. The upper surface strongly resembles that of vividana Joicey & Talbot and © 
maculata Hawker-Smith. Fore wing brownish-black with a longitudinal row of — 
three blue spots posterior to the cell, and two blue spots in the cell. There are — 
also two very small subapical blue spots. Hind wing brownish-black with a large — 
discal blue area bounded anteriorly by vein 6, posteriorly by vein 1, and distally by — 
a black border approximately 1 mm. wide. The under surface shows, on the fore — 
wing, the usual dark longitudinal mark characteristic of the pinodes group of species. — 
The ground colour is pale greyish-brown, heavily marked with whitish, especially — 
the hind wing in which the whitish colour is dominant over the ground colour. 
The nature of the pattern is similar to that of the female. 

Length of fore wing: 16 mm. : 

Allotype male. UcAanpA: Bwamba, October, 1941 (T. H. E. Jackson) (in British — 
Museum (N.H.)) 

This species is of great taxonomic importance in that it forms the link between the — 
pinodes and nitide groups of species. 


REVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPITOLA WESTWOOD _ 501 


Epitola virginea Bethune-Baker 
(Pl. 20, figs. 17, 18) 


MALE. The greater part of the disc of the fore wing above is occupied by a large 
circular scent patch. This is distinguishable by its curious matt appearance from the 
black apex and distal border of the wing. There is slight blue scaling at the extreme 
base of the wing and along the posterior margin. There are two blue spots, one at 
the tornus, and the other, smaller, one just anterior to it. The hind wing is blue 
with a fine black marginal line. The blue colour is bounded anteriorly by vein 6. 
The under surface is similar to that of the female. 

Length of fore wing: 18 mm. 

Allotype male. SIERRA LEONE: Daru, 14th August, 1951 (E. P. Young) (in 
British Museum (N.H.)). 


Epitola cephena Hewitson 
(PL 22, figs: 41532) 


MALE. Upper surface dark brownish-black without markings except for a small 
patch of rather indistinct blue scaling over the distal half of the cells of the hind wing. 
The under surface is dark grey with a darker longitudinal mark on the fore wing 
extending from the base of the wing, and covering the posterior half of the fore wing 
except for the middle third of areas 1 and 2 which are of the ground colour. The fore 
wing has a very indistinct marginal row of slightly lighter-coloured lunules. The 
hind wing has five rows of lighter lunules of which the marginal and submarginal 
rows are fairly distinct, the remainder being represented only by traces. 

Length of fore wing: 18 mm. 

Allotype male. S.E. NIGERIA: Oji River, 2nd November, 1950 (7. F. Davey) 
(in British Museum (N.H.)). 

This species is distinguished from E. mercedes Suffert by the blue scaling in the cell 
of the hind wing above, and by the complete absence of blue scales on the fore wing 
above. 


PRESENTED 
A JAN 1995 


Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 


Fic 


Fic. 
Fia. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 


PLATE x09 


Epitola flavoantennata, g upperside. 
Epitola flavoantennata, 3 underside. 
Epitola flavoantennata, 2 upperside. 


Epitola ikoya, 3 upperside. 
Epitola ikoya, 3 underside. 
Epitola tkoya, 2 upperside. 
Epitola ikoya, 9. underside. 
Epitola intermedia, 3 upperside. 
o. Epitola intermedia, 3 underside. 


I 
2 
a. 
. 4. Epitola flavoantennata, 2 underside. 
5 
6 
7 


Bull, B.M. (N.H.) Entom., ITI, 13. PISACE Ee 19 


| 6 
2 7 
3 8 
4 9 
5 lO 


Epitola. 


Tic. 
BiG: 
Fic. 
RIG: 
Fic. 


= 


Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 


rT. 
12. 
£3. 
14. 
15. 
E63: 
the 
18. 
19. 
20. 


PLATE 20 


I-pitola convexa, 3 upperside. 
Epitola convexa, 3 underside. 
Epitola carilla, 3 upperside. 
Epitola carilla, 3 underside. 
Epitola jacksoni, 3 upperside. 
Epitola jacksom, 3 underside. 


Epitola virginea B-B, 3 upperside. 
Epitola virginea B-B, 3 underside. 


Epitola daveyi, 3 upperside. 
Epitola daveyi, 3 underside. 


dull. BLM. (N.H.) Entom. IIT, 13. 


PLATE 


Epitola, 


Fic, 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fie. 
Fic. 
Fic. 


21. 
22) 
23. 
24. 
25. 
20, 
27. 
28. 
20: 
30. 


PLATE 21 


Epitola daveyi, 9 upperside. 
Epitola daveyi, 2 underside. 
Epitola liana, 3 upperside. 
Epitola liana, 3 underside. 
Epitola subcoerulea, 3 upperside. 
Epitola subcoerulea, 3 underside. 
Epitola dolorosa, 3 upperside. 
Epitola dolorosa, 3 underside. 
Epitola dolorosa, ? upperside. 
Epitola dolorosa, 2 underside. 


21 


PALE 


Bull. B.M. (N.H.) Entom, IIT, 13. 


oO 
N 


27 


28 


29 


Epitola, 


BIG; 
Fia. 
Fie. 
FIG, 
Fic. 
IG: 
Fie. 
Fic. 


PLATE 22 


Epitola cephena Hew., $ upperside. 
Epitola cephena Hew., 3 underside. 
Epitola ghesquierei, 3 upperside. 
Epitola ghesquierei, 3 underside. 
Epitola orientalis, 3 upperside. 
Epitola orientalis, 3 underside. 


Epitola carpenteri B-B, 3 upperside. 
Epitola carpenteri B-B, 3 underside. 


Bull. BM. (NIL) LEntom. ITT, 13. PEATIG 22 


35 


56 


37 


Epitola. 


4 JAN 1955 


op 

es a 
\ 

i 


Pee ae” 


* es, 
a a * eit = 
4, ata 
:  : “> : 
a0, ‘; +; ' > 
¥ » ' 
PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY 
ADLARD AND SON, LIMITED, 
BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING. 


"an 5 8 eee eee 


| Seepage ee 
oo ce) 4 JAN 1905 


ed 


. 


AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS 
PARDOMIMA WARREN 


(LEPIDOPTERA : PYRALIDAE : PYRAUSTINAE) 


EDWARD L. MARTIN 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 14 
LONDON: 1955 


THE APRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS 
PARDOMIMA WARREN 


(LEPIDOPTERA : PYRALIDAE : PYRAUSTINAE) 


BY 
EDWARD L. MARTIN | J 
VL 


) 


Pp. 503-521; Pl. 23; 43 Text-figures 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


ENTOMOLOGY Vol. 3 No. 14 
LONDON : 1955 


THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM 
(NATURAL HISTORY), instituted im 1949, 1s 
issued in five series corresponding to the Departments 
of the Museum, and an Historical Series. 

Paris will appear at irregular intervals as they become 
veady. Volumes will contain about three or four 
hundred pages, and will not necessarily be completed 
within one calendar year. 


This paper is Vol. 3, No. 14 of the Entomological 
sertes. 


PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM 


Issued January, 1955 Price Seven Shillings 


THE AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS 
PARDOMIMA WARREN 


(LEPIDOPTERA : PYRALIDAE: PYRAUSTINAE) 


By EDWARD L. MARTIN, 


SYNOPSIS 


Twelve African species of Pardomima are here described, included in two subgenera ; six of 
the species and one subgenus are described as new. 


HITHERTO a number of African Pyraustinae have been confused under the omnibus 
name “Lygropia amyntusalis Walker,” a species confined to the Indo-Malayan region. 
With others described in various genera, such as Lamprosema, Sylepta and Entephria, 
these species form a compact group, here brought together under the genus Pardo- 
mima Warren, of which P. amyntusalis is the type species. Various authors have 
previously drawn attention to the remarkable “ mimicry ”’ existing between the 
species ; this undoubtedly close resemblance is perhaps less remarkable between 
congeneric species with the same basic pattern of markings. 

For the purposes of the present paper, about six hundred specimens have been 
examined and about sixty preparations of genitalia made. My thanks are due to 
Professor E. M. Hering for the loan of the type of P. distortana Strand, and several 
other specimens from the Zoologisches Museum der Humboldt-Universitat, Berlin ; 
to Dr. Elli Franz of the Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frankfurt- 
am-Main, for the loan of type material of P. testudinalis Saalmiiller ; to Monsieur 
L. A. Berger for the loan of P. phalarota Meyrick, P. phalaromima Meyrick, P. em- 
palacta Meyrick, and a large number of other specimens from the Musée du Congo 
Belge, Tervuren ; to Monsieur P. Viette for the loan of specimens from the Muséum 
National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris ; to Mr. Elliot Pinhey for the loan of specimens 
from the Coryndon Museum, Nairobi; and especially to Monsieur E. Janmoulle, 
who has been most helpful in searching for material in the Musée du Congo Belge 
and has made helpful suggestions. 


PARDOMIMA Warren 
Pardomima Warren, 1890. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (6) 6 : 477. 


Type species: Botys amyntusalis Walker (original designation). 

Frons bluntly rounded, not prominent, with ochreous-yellow to orange-yellow 
scales. Vertex with yellowish or fuscous scales. Labial palpus upcurved, first seg- 
ment half of second, third two-fifths length of second, apex blunt (half length of 
second, slender, pointed, in phalaromima), third segment and oblique upper half of 
second fuscous-scaled. Maxillary palpus small, slender, pointed, ascending, tip 


ENTOM. III, 14. 33 


506 AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 


usually with fuscous scales. Proboscis well-developed, with light-coloured scales at 
base (fuscous in phaeoparda and in some specimens of phalaromima). Antenna 
minutely ciliate, segments of distal two-thirds with two slender spines, equal in 
length to that of the segment bearing them, medial segments with additional smaller 
spines. Ocelli present. Thorax and tegulae with a variable number of fuscous 
spots, sometimes enlarged so as to eliminate lighter markings. Legs whitish or 
yellowish ; fore-tibia with a fuscous band, slightly dilated, bearing a ventral pointed 
flap concealed by scaling; tibial spurs 0, 2,4; in subgenus Pachyparda mid-femur 
of male enlarged, containing a cavity filled with hairs. Abdomen similar in colour 
to the ground colour of the wings, often tinged with orange or suffused with fuscous ; 
typically with two fuscous spots on first tergum, three triangular spots on second 
tergum, sometimes confluent, darker scaling on seventh tergum, and eighth segment 
of male fuscous with a conspicuous white or ochreous yellow lateral streak ; posterior 
margin of terga often bordered with shining-white scales. 

Fore wing with costa straight, convex before apex ; termen oblique, especially in 
male, usually convex above tornus. R, and R, stalked for about half their length, 
R, to apex, R; approximated to R,,,4 near base, Cu,, from five-sixths, Ag curved to 
form anal loop. Hind wing subtriangular; frenulum fused (simple) in the male, 
composed of two spines in the female ; Sc and Rs anastomosing for a short distance 
beyond cell, Rs weak near base, Cu, weak, A; to tornus. 

Type of markings : Ground colour whitish-yellow to yellowish-orange, markings 
light or dark fuscous. Fore-wing often with a yellowish-orange costal streak ; two 
basal dots on costa, a similar dot on dorsum, which, with the outermost costal dot, 
may fuse to form a basal line ; antemedial line at one-quarter, curved, centre of arc 
at base of wing; a discal dot immediately distad of antemedial line and sometimes 
joined to it; discal blotch hollow, somewhat 8-shaped ; postmedial line sharply 
angulate, from dorsum parallel with termen to lower margin of discal blotch (first 
segment), whence it proceeds to above tornus (second segment), where it is again 
directed parallel with termen to M, (third segment), stepped slightly basad at M, 
reaching costa at three-quarters (fourth segment) ; a thin terminal line from apex 
to tornus, expanded above tornus to meet second angle of postmedial line, expanded 
below apex towards, or reaching, post-medial line between M, and M,. Hindwing 
with antemedial line almost straight, from below costa at one-third to dorsum above 
tornus, furcate below costa ; postmedial line from below costa at two-thirds to Mg, 
where it is stepped slightly distad, reaching termen above tornus, where it is expanded 
on reaching terminal line forming a tornal patch ; terminal line expanded from apex 
to M, where it may extend to postmedial line. 

$ genitalia : Uncus slender, dilated and spinose at apex ; gnathos absent ; juxta 
spatulate ; tegumen slightly curved at base, not produced ; valva somewhat variable 
in shape, tapering towards apex, typically with a basal, apical and costal tuft of 
short hairs, and a row of submarginal spines near apex, inner surface sometimes with 
a medial projection above the inner margin, costa of valva strong, often twisted, at a 
distance from the costal margin, costae connected by brassiére-shaped transtillae ; 
sacculus with a short inner projection. Aedoeagus usually with a variable number 
of cornuti, which are often thorn-shaped ; coremata often well-developed, typically 


AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 507 


composed of an inner pair of tufts with simple scales and an outer pair of larger tufts 
often containing compound scales (composed of a large number of simple scales fused 
for the whole, or greater part, of their length. 

2 genitalia : Ductus bursae variously sclerotized, often with protuberances ; bursa 
copulatrix typically with a crescentic denticulate signum. 

BrioLoGy.—Virtually unknown ; the only record available refers to the larva of 
“Lygropia amyntusalis” feeding on the leaves of coffee (Hargreaves, 1928, Ann. Rep. 
Dept. Agric. Uganda 1927 : 34). The record mav refer to P. zanclophora, but at 
present the point cannot be decided. 

DISTRIBUTION.—Ethiopian region (including Madagascar), Indo-Malayan and 
Australasian regions. 

The species can be easily distinguished superficially from all other Pyraustinae by 
the pattern of markings alone. In order to avoid repetition, the basic pattern of the 
markings has been given in the generic description, and diagnostic features only are 
given in the specific descriptions. Owing to the similarity in markings and the great 
variation in many of the species a key to species based on superficial characters is 
not given ; most specimens may however be easily recognized from the photographic 
illustrations. In case of doubt recourse should be had to the genitalia, the chief 
diagnostic features of which are given for each species. 

The genus is not closely related to Syllepte (type species: S. incomptalis Hiibner) 
or Lygropia (type species: Asopia unicoloralis Guenée), with which many of its 
species have been associated. Both these genera possess a broad uncus in the male, 
tapering towards an apex which does not bear close-set spines. As suggested by 
Warren, the genus is allied to Avthromastix Warren (type species: Salbia lauralis 
Walker) and Nothomastix Warren (type species : Botys chromalis Walker) from which 
it may be distinguished by the non-specialized antennae of the male and the different 
pattern of wing-markings. The genus Pardomima is readily divisible into two sub- 
genera, the characters of which are given under those headings. 


Key To SPECIES BASED ON THE MALE GENITALIA 


1. Costal margin of valva with protuberance(s) ‘ ; . (subgen. Pachyparda) to. 
Costal margin of valva without protuberances , : . (subgen. Pardomima) 2 
2. Coremata with conspicuous, dark, compound, scales 3 
Coremata without such scales. 2 ‘ : : : ; ; ; 6. 
3. Inner surface of valva with slender projection 4 
Inner surface of valva without projection. ‘ : é ‘ , é : 5. 
4. Costal margin of valva strongly arched near base . ‘ , : 5 phaeoparda. 
Costal margin of valva not so arched . ‘ A : . ; ‘ telanepsia. 
5. Aedoeagus with sickle-shaped cornutus ; : ‘ . ‘ zanclophora. 
Aedoeagus with an apical bunch of slender cornuti ; ; : ‘ . azancia. 
6. Apex of valva more or less pointed. ‘ : ‘ , , : : ‘ ve 
Apex of valva bluntly rounded . . * 4 3 A A 9. 
7. Aedoeagus with a single bunch of cornuti situated ‘apically é ‘ , furcivenalis. 
Aedoeagus with cornuti not so situated : : : ‘ : é : ‘ 8. 
8. Inner surface of valva with angular projections. F . ‘ ; testudinalis. 
Inner surface of valva without projections . : ‘ ; ‘ : callixantha. 
9. Aedoeagus with two cornuti ‘ , ‘ : . ‘ ‘ ‘ . phalarota. 


Aedoeagus without distinct cornutus . ‘ ‘ : : ‘ F phalaromima 


508 AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 


10. Costal margin of valva with two slender projections near apex } : . distortana, 
Costal margin of valva without such projections . ‘ , ee 
11. Costal margin of valva with large rounded protuberance at two-thirds ° . tumidipes. 
Costal margin of valva without such protuberance > ‘ : ‘ margarodes. 


Subgenus Pardomima Warren 


Mid-femur of male not enlarged, without cavity ; valva of male with costal margin 
smoothly rounded, without protuberances ; coremata with or without compound 
scales ; bursa copulatrix of female almost always with a crescent-shaped signum. 
Typical markings of abdomen well-developed, pale lateral streak on eighth segment 
of male conspicuous. 


Pardomima (Pardomima) furcirenalis (Hampson) 
(Text-figs. 1, 2, 23; Plate 23, fig. 1) 


Lamprosema furcivenalis Hampson, 1918. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9) 1: 257. 
Lamprosema furcirenalis Hampson, Klima, 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 89 : 168. 


Characterized by the restricted distribution and diffuse nature of the secondary 
markings. 

3, 2 17-18 mm., secondary markings not prominent, merging into ground colour. 
Forewing without basal line; antemedial line furcate below costa, distal branch 
representing the obliquely-placed discal dot; discal blotch open towards dorsum, 
not connected with postmedial line ; antemedial and postmedial lines slightly con- 
vergent towards dorsum, not connected along dorsum by fuscous markings ; post- 
medial line with second segment obsolescent, second angle connected to tornus by a 
pale yellowish-fuscous suffusion ; terminal line slightly enlarged on veins, enlarged 
towards costa forming a pale yellowish-fuscous suffusion reaching postmedial line 
between M, and M,. Hindwings with tornal suffusion indistinct, sometimes extend- 
ing slightly towards antemedial line ; terminal line and suffusion as in forewings. 

6 genitalia: Valva bluntly pointed; aedoeagus with an apical group of small 
cornuti, rather similar to amyntusalis ; coremata reduced to a few slender scales. 

Q genitalia: Ductus bursae slightly enlarged and sclerotized near ostium bursae ; 
signum absent. 

DISTRIBUTION. Union of S. Africa, Natal and Cape Province. 

MATERIAL EXAMINED. BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL History): Holotype 2, Bed- 
ford, S. Africa, Weale ; 39, Verulam, Natal, Spiller; 2 g, 1 2, Natal, A. J. Spiller ; 
19, Natal, Bond’s Drift, Tugela R., ili-iv, 1902, E. Reynolds; 19, Transkei, Cape 
Colony, Miss Barrett. 


Pardomima (Pardomima) testudinalis (Saalmiiller) 
(Text-figs. 3, 4, 22; Plate 23, fig. 2) 


Glyphodes ? testudinalis Saalmiiller, 1880. Ber. senckenb. naturf. Ges. 1879-1880 : 297. 
Glyphodes ? testudinalis Saalmiiller, Saalmiiller 1884. Lepidopteren von Madagascar : 506. 
Lygropia amyntusalis Walker, Hampson 1899. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1898 : 728 (partim). 
Lygropia amyntusalis Walker, Klima 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 94 : 22 (partim). 


Fics. 1-21. Pardomima (Pardomima): Male genitalia. 1. P. furcivenalis Hampson, 
valva. 2. P. furcivenalis Hampson, aedoeagus. 3. P. testudinalis Saalmiiller, valva. 
4. P. testudinalis Saalmiiller, aedoeagus. 5. P. callixantha sp. n., valva. 6. P. cal- 
lixantha sp. n., aedoeagus. 7. P. phalarota Meyrick, valva. 8. P. phalavota Meyrick, 
aedoeagus. 9. P. phalaromima Meyrick, valva. 10. P. phalaromima Meyrick, aedoea- 
gus. 11. P. telanepsia sp. n., valva. 12. P. telanepsia sp. n., aedoeagus. 13. P. 
zanclophora sp.n., valva. 14. P. zanclophora sp.n.,aedoeagus. 15. P. azanclasp. n., 
valva. 16. P. azancla sp. n., aedoeagus. 17. P. phaeoparda sp. n., valva. 18. P. 
phaeoparda sp. n., aedoeagus. 19. P. telanepsia sp. n., coremata scale. 20. P. zanclo- 
phora sp. n., coremata scale. 21. P. phaeoparda sp.n., coremata scale. All figures 
x 15. 


510 AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 


Very closely allied to callixantha, from which it is readily distinguished by the 
broad antemedial line of the hindwings. 

36, 2 22-24 mm. Forewing with basal dots separate; antemedial line evenly 
curved ; discal dot separate, or attached to antemedial line ; first segment of post- 
medial line broad, forming, with the discal blotch, a distinct medial fascia, connected 
to antemedial line by a fuscous suffusion on dorsum, remainder of line more slender ; 
terminal line expanded towards costa, extending towards, but not reaching, post- 
medial line between M, and M,. Hindwings with antemedial line very broad, more 
than twice width of third segment of postmedial line of forewings ; postmedial line 
obsolescent towards tornus ; terminal line expanded slightly from tornus to diver- 
gence of postmedial line, expanded at apex to form a sub-triangular patch. 

3 genitalia : Uncus with a shallow V-shaped cleft at apex ; valva bluntly pointed, 
inner surface armed with two triangular sclerotized projections, from the larger of 
which arises a similar projection ; coremata of slender scales of uniform size. 

2 genitalia : Ductus bursae sclerotized towards ostium bursae, bearing a rounded 
flap-like projection and an angular shoulder, from which point it is constricted to the 
ostium ; signum very slightly curved. 

DISTRIBUTION. Recorded only from N.W. Madagascar. 

MATERIAL EXAMINED. BriTIsH Museum (NATURAL History) : 1¢, Diego Suarez, 
23 April 1917, G. Melou; 19, Diego Suarez, March 1917, G. Melou. SENCKENBER- 
GISCHE NATURFORSCHENDE GESELLSCHAFT (SAALMULLER COLLECTION): 2d, 19 
syntypes, Nossi-Bé, one male bearing a label inscribed 66 ; 12, Loucoubé, Ebenau, 80. 

TYPE MATERIAL. The label “ 66’’, carried by one of the syntypes gives the 
species number of the original description ; this specimen is here designated the 
lectotype, the two other specimens becoming paralectotypes. All specimens are in 
the collection of the Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frankfurt- 
am-Main. 

Pardomima (Pardomima) callixantha sp. n. 
(Text-figs. 5, 6, 24 ; Plate 23, fig 3) 
Lygropia amyntusalis Walker, Klima, 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 94 : 227 (partim). 
Lygropia amyntusalis Walker, Ghesquiére, 1942. Ann. Mus. Congo belge C (3[2]) 7 (2) : 139- 

140 (partim). 

Very closely allied to the preceding species, from which it is readily distinguished 
by the much narrower antemedial line of the hindwings. 

3 22-24 mm., 9 20-22 mm. Differs from testudinalis as follows: Width of ante- 
medial line of hindwings below furcation not exceeding width of third segment of 
postmedial line of forewings ; terminal suffusion of forewings almost always reach- 
ing postmedial line between M, and M,; tornal patch of hindwings, when present, 
triangular. 

3d genitalia: Valva with length slightly exceeding breadth, bluntly pointed, inner 
surface without projections ; aedoeagus broad, with three groups of stout cornuti : 
coremata as in ¢estudinalis. 

Q genitalia: Very similar to testudinalis ; ductus bursae without rounded flap- 
like projection. 


AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 511 


DISTRIBUTION. Gold Coast; Nigeria; French West Africa ; French Equatorial 
Africa ; Belgian Congo; Angola; Northern and Southern Rhodesia; Transvaal ; 
Cape Province ; Natal; Nyasaland; Kenya, and Ethiopia. 

MATERIAL EXAMINED. BRITISH MusEuM (NATURAL History): Holotype @, 
Mpeta, Loangwa R., affl. of Zambesi, xi, xii. 1895, B. ofrainys., Coryndon ; Allotype Q, 
Mashonaland, Salisbury, Feb. 1904, G. A. K. Marshall ; 22 paratypes, Mashonaland, 
Salisbury, 20.iii. 1898, April 1901, G. A. K. Marshall ; 1g, N. Rhodesia, Fort Jameson, 
Phipps ; 24, 12, Weenen, Natal; 34, 19, Natal, Spiller; 1g, 12, Verulam, Natal, 
Spiller ; 19, Pinetown, Natal, i.1909; 1g, Transvaal, Waterberg Dist., 1.111. 1899, 
Zutizencka ; 19, Pretoria, 13.xi.1g06, A. J. T. Janse; 1d, Port St. Johns, W. 
Pondoland, 1915, H. H. Swinney; 23, Nyasaland, Mt. Mlanje, 16.v., 27.x.1913, 
S. A. Neave; 19, Kedai, Kenya, 9 Jan. 1912, Feather; 29, Kibwesi, B.E.A., 23 
April, 1922 ; 1¢ Marago ya Fundi, 4.iii. 1891, C. S. Betton ; 2g, Tambura, Southern 
Bahr-el-Ghazal ; 14, Abyssinia, Dulla, Kaffa, 5,000 ft., 13. vi. 1905, Ph. C. Zaphiro ; 
26, Elisabethville, Belgian Congo, 12.i1.1933, C. S.; 1g, Talala, Benguella, 1 Dec. 
1905, Dr. Ansorge ; 1g, Warringo R., Unyoro, 11. xii. 1897, Dr. Ansorge ; 192, Gamba, 
Bihé, Angola, Dec. 1934, R. Braun; 19, Lagos, W. Africa; 19, Nsuaem, Gold C., 
Jan. 1922, N. E. Bell; 1g, Ivory Coast, Beoumi, xii.1922-1.1923, W. P. Lowe & 
H. R. Hardy. Mustum NATIONAL D‘HISTOIRE NATURELLE, PARIS: I¢ paratype, 
Angola, entre Capelongo et Dougo, 27.xii.1912; 14, Soudan frangais, Bamako. 
Mus&E DU Conco BELGE, TERVUREN: 16, 19 paratype, Elisabethville, 22 .ix.1950, 
xi.1948, Ch. Seydel; 64, 19, Elisabethville, 26.iv.1933, 26.iii.1936, 4.xii.1936, 
1.1938, 21.ii.1948, xii. 1948, xi. 1949, Ch. Seydel ; 14, Lubumbashi, 31.iv.1934, Ch. 
Seydel. CorynpDoNn Museum, NarroBI: 1¢ paratype, Chiwefwe, N. Rhodesia, Feb. 
1950, N. Mitton; 1g, Broken Hill, N. Rhodesia, Feb. 1950, N. Mitton; 19, North 
Kibwesi, Kenya, 3,000 ft., Jan. 1950, J. G. Williams ; 19, Isiolo, K. C., Apr-May 
1951, Mrs. Adamson. 


Pardomima (Pardomima) phalarota (Meyrick) 
(Text-figs. 7, 8, 25; Plate 23, figs. 6, 7) 
Lygropia phalarota Meyrick, 1933. Exotic Microlepidoptera 4 : 404-405. 
Lygropia phalarota Meyrick, Klima, 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 94 : 229. 
Dichocrocis phalarota Meyrick, Ghesquiére, 1942. Ann. Mus. Congo belge C. (3[2]) 7 (2) : 140- 

141 (partim). 

A very variable species; more lightly marked specimens resemble callixantha, 
from which they may be distinguished by the absence of chequered cilia ; darker 
specimens resemble phalaromima but the third joint of the labial palpi is much 
shorter. In the original description the month should read “ February ”, not 
“ November”’, 

3, 2 19-23 mm., development of secondary markings variable. Forewing with 
basal dots separate, or forming a basal line; antemedial line somewhat broader 
towards costa; discal dot variable in size, not connected to antemedial line, some- 
times connected along cubitus to lower edge of discal blotch ; in some specimens (in- 
cluding the type) the areas of ground colour distad of the postmedial line are reduced 


512 AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 


to two small patches, one beneath the first angle, the other distal to the fourth seg- 
ment of the postmedial line ; where distinct, fuscous marking connecting terminal 
and postmedial lines between M, and M, wedge-shaped, apex towards base of wing. 
Terminal markings of hindwing variable, usually connected to postmedial line 
between M, and M, ; postmedial line expanded above tornus, tornal patch sometimes 
extending somewhat towards antemedial line. 

6 genitalia : Valva with apex rounded ; aedoeagus with two cornuti, one pointed ; 
coremata of slender scales. 

@ genitalia : Ductus bursae with two sclerotized protuberances ; signum crescent- 
shaped, somewhat angled centrally. 

DISTRIBUTION. Angola, Belgian Congo, Northern and Southern Rhodesia, Nyasa- 
land, Mozambique. 

MATERIAL EXAMINED. BRITISH Museum (NATURAL History): 1¢ paratype, N. 
Kivu, Belgian Congo, C.S., ii.1928 ; 1g, Port St. Johns, W. Pondoland, 1915, H. H. 
Swinney ; 14, Chirinda Forest, Gazaland, 9.xii.1gor, G. A. K. Marshall; 39, Mas- 
honaland, Salisbury, Mar., Apr., Dec., 1904, G. A. K. Marshall; 1g, Durban, 
iv.1906, A. T. Cooke; 44, 39, Nyasaland, Mt. Mlanje, 7.iii, 7.v, 4, 17.xi.1913, 
1g.i, 5.ii.1914, S. A. Neave; 19, Port E. Africa, E. of Mt. Chiperone, 2,200 ft., 
23.xX1.1913, S. A. Neave; 14, Kitale, Kenya, 23.iv.1925, G. W. Jeffery ; 24, Elisa- 
bethville, Belgian Congo, C. S. 16.111. 1934, 27.11.1935 ; 14, Angola, Mt. Moco, Luim- 
bale, 1800-1900 m., 18 March 1934, Dr. K. Jordan. MusEE pu Conco BELGE, 
TERVUREN : Holotype 3, 15 paratype, N. Kivu, Kissenyi, ii.1928, Ch. Seydel; 1, 
22, Eala, 18.vi, viii, ix.1935, J. Ghesquiére ; 19, Elisabethville, xii.1g12, Ternest ; 
1g, Elisabethville, 30.xi.1938, a la lumiére, H. J. Bredo; 204, 69, Elisabethville, 
23.11.1930, 3.V, 16.vi.1933, 29.11.1934, 5.i, 27.ii, 19.xli.1935, i, 26.11, 18.iii, 
15.1x, I4.X1, xll. 1936, 1, 15.iii, 2, 27.X1, X11. 1937, xii. 1948, 22.i, li, 19. xii. 1949, II, 
14.iii.1950, Ch. Seydel. ZooLoGiscHes MusEuM, BERLIN: 14, Verulam, Natal, 
Spiller, 12, Bagamoyo, v.93. CORYNDON MusEvuM, NAIROBI: 24, Sinoia, S. Rho- 
desia, 21.ii.1950, N. Mitton; 1g, 19, Broken Hill, N. Rhodesia, Feb. 1950, N. 
Mitton. 


Pardomima (Pardomima) phalaromima (Meyrick) 
(Text-figs. 9, 10, 26; Plate 23, figs. 8—ro, 20) 


Entephria phalaromima Meyrick, 1933. Exotic Microlepidoptera 4 : 401-402. 

Pycnarmon phalaromima Meyrick, Klima 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 89 : 26. 

Lygropia amyntusalis Walker, Klima 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 94 : 227 (partim). 
Pycnarmon phalaromima Meyrick, Ghesquiére 1940. Aun. Mus. Congo belge C. (3[2]) 7 (1) : 114. 
Pycnarmon tabidialis Snellen, Ghesquiére 1940. Ann. Mus. Congo belge C. (3[2]) 7 (1) : 115. 


Easily separated from all the other African species of the genus by the slender, 
pointed third segment of the labial palpi. The almost straight inner edge of the 
terminal fuscous markings is characteristic in the majority of specimens. The 
locality given in the original description should read ‘‘ Luebo ’’, not “ Luelio”’. 

3, 2 18-26 mm. Third segment of labial palpus half length of second, slender, 
pointed ; posterior margins of abdominal tergites often bordered with fuscous scales. 
Basal dots of forewing forming a basal line ; antemedial line frequently expanded 


AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 513 


on cubitus ; discal dot curved, bar-shaped, connected to lower part of discal blotch 
along cubitus, thus enclosing a circular patch of ground colour; third segment of 
postmedial line broad, inner margin continuous towards apex with inner margin of 
apical patch ; tornal patch of ground colour reduced to a small subquadrate area, or 
absent. Tornal patch of hindwing large, projecting towards antemedial line, costal 
margin following Cu,,; apical patch large, angled to meet postmedial line. In 
extreme forms the entire dorsal and terminal areas of both wings may be fuscous. 

6 genitalia: Valva with apex rounded ; aedoeagus without sclerotized cornutus ; 
scales of coremata slender, some with tips expanded, recurved. 

° genitalia: Ductus bursae sclerotized for one-third of its length adjacent to 
ostium bursae ; signum crescent-shaped, denticulate. 

DISTRIBUTION. Sierra Leone, French Guinea, Ivory Coast, Nigeria, Cameroons, 
Fernando Po, Angola, Belgian Congo, Nyasaland, Kenya, Tanganyika. 

MATERIAL EXAMINED. BRITISH Museum (NATURAL History) : 29, West Africa, 
Sierra Leone, A. B. Frere; 83 792 Bingerville, Ivory Coast, Nov. 1913, May 25- 
June 3, July 1-14, 28-31, Aug. I-5, 5-7, 14-18, 25-30, Sept. 8-11, 1915, G. Melou ; 
19, Lagos, H. Strachan ; 14, 12, R. Niger, Sapele, F. W. Sampson ; 19, Old Calabar, 
F. W. Sampson ; 19, S. Nigeria, Ilesha, L. E. H. Humphrey ; 12, Degama, Niger, Dr. 
Ansorge ; 10g, 109, Warri, iv, v, vi, vii, viii, ix, 1897 ; Ig, Fernando Po, Rev. J. 
Nicholls ; 1g, Pundo Andongo, Angola, Dondo, 24.ii.1875, A. v. Homeyer ; 14, 
Johann-Albrechts Hohe Station-Kamerun, L. Conradt, 1896 ; 1, Congo R., 16 Sept. 
1922, Congo Belge; 23, 29, Nyasaland, Mt. Mlanje, 18.iii, 24.iv, 11. vi. 1913, 
6.ii.1914, S. A. Neave; 19, Kenya, Meru Dist., Mt. Kenya, Sept. 1930, Mrs. H. 
Young. Mustum D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE, Paris: 19, Brazzaville; 19, Binger- 
ville, Cote d’Ivoire ; 19, Afr. Or. allm. Kilimandjaro, 800 m., Neu Moschi, iv. 1912 ; 
23, Nimba, Guinée, vii—xii.1951. Muse RoYAL D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE, BRUSSELS : 
1g, P.N.A., Lac Magera, 2000 m., 26.ii-7.iii.1934, G. F. de Witte. Mustr pu 
CoNGO BELGE, TERVUREN : Holotype g, Luebo, iv.1931, C. J. Colin; 44, 19, Eala, 
vi, ix, X, X1.1936, J. Ghesquiére ; 1g, Kinchassa, Nov. 1896, Waelbroek ; 14, Kin- 

sala, Tombolo, x.1921, L. Verlaine; 1g, Yangambi, x.1939, Henrard; 14, Kafa- 
_ kumba, iv.1929, G. F. Overlaet; 1g, Sankuru, Dimbelenge, 11.ix.1951, Dr. M. 
Fontaine; 1g, Equateur, Bamania, 1936, R. P. Hulstaert; 1d, Buja, 4.vi.1912, 
Dr. Christy ; 14, Lisala, 8.i1.1906, Waelbroek. ZOOLOGISCHES MUSEUM, BERLIN : 
1g, Kamerun, Mokundange, I-15.viii.1905, G. Tessmann ; 19, Kamerun, Jaunde- 
Stat., 800 m., Zenker. 


Pardomima (Pardomima) telanepsia sp. n. 
(Text-figs. II, 12, 19, 29; Plate 23, figs. 4, 5) 


Differs from phalaromima in the much shorter third segment of the labial palpi and 
the configuration of the terminal markings of the wings. Separated from distortana 
in the male by the possession of a pale lateral streak on the eighth segment, and non- 
specialized mid-femora, in the female by the restriction of the ground colour area 
below the cubitus of the forewings to one-half the distance between the antemedial 
and postmedial lines. 


514 AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 


3, 2 18-24 mm. Thorax and abdomen ochreous-grey, markings fuscous. Wing 
markings similar to phalaromima, but patches of ground colour of forewing distad of 
third and fourth segments of postmedial line wedge-shaped, narrow, apices towards 
each other, corresponding markings of hindwing similar. 

6 genitalia: Length of valva twice breadth, apex rounded ; aedoeagus with two 
cornuti, one diamond-shaped ; coremata with both simple and compound, light and 
dark, scales, some of the light scales clubbed at the tip, or at intervals along the 
length of the scale, compound fuscous scale not divided at tip. 

2 genitalia: Ductus bursae sclerotized from ostium bursae for one-half of its 
length, where there is a rounded sclerotized protuberance, sclerotization continued 
for a short distance along ductus seminalis ; sigma crescent-shaped, exceeding half 
the circumference of a circle. 

DISTRIBUTION. Ivory Coast, Gold Coast, Nigeria, Fernando Po, French Equa- 
torial Africa. 

MATERIAL EXAMINED. BrITIsH Museum (NATURAL History): Holotype 3, Fer- 
nando Po, W. Cooper; allotype 9, Bingerville, Ivory Coast, 1915, G. Melou; 4¢ 
paratypes, Fernando Po, Moka, 28.i-3.ii.1933, W. H. T. Tams; Sapele, R. Niger, 
F. W. Sampson ; Kamerun, Lolodorf, 24.11.1895, L. Conradt ; 1g, 29, Warri, vii, viii, 
ix.1895, Dr. Roth; 1, Gold Coast, N. Territories, Kete-Krachi, A. W. Cardinall. 
Mustum NATIONAL D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE, PARIS: 1g, Oubangui-Chari, Tchad, 
Bangui. 

Pardomima (Pardomima) zanclophora sp. n. 
(Text-figs. 13, 14, 20, 27; Plate 23, figs. 11-13) 


Lygropia amyntusalis Walker, Klima, 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 94 : 227 (partim). 
Dichocrocis phalarota Meyrick, Ghesquiére, 1942. Ann. Mus. Congo belge C. (3[2]) 7(2): 140-141 

(partim). 

Very closely allied to azancla, but lacks the distinct projection of tornal patch 
towards antemedial line of the hindwings of that species. The hooked cornutus of 
the male aedoeagus separates it from all other African species. The irregular outline 
of the protuberance of the ductus bursae of the female separates it from azancla. 

36, 2 21-27 mm. Head, thorax and first two abdominal segments typically 
ochreous-yellow, remaining abdominal segments tinged with orange, markings fus- 
cous, distinct ; posterior margins of abdominal terga 3-6 bordered with shining 
scales. Basal dots of forewing usually confluent ; discal dot usually separate from 
antemedial line ; a projection from the lower part of discal blotch may extend along 
cubitus towards, but not reaching, the discal dot ; dorsum between antemedial and 
postmedial lines almost always suffused fuscous ; second and third segments of post- 
medial line broad, prominent ; apical and tornal patches large, variable in extent. 
Hindwing with apical blotch not reaching postmedial line, tornal patch not extend- 
ing towards antemedial line, except in a very few examples where it is diffuse. 

6 genitalia: Length of valva more than twice breadth, apex somewhat pointed, 
a slender, pointed projection from inner surface ; aedoeagus with a single hooked or 
sickle-shaped cornutus ; coremata with both simple and compound fuscous scales, 
tips of some of the simple scales clubbed. 


AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 515 


2 genitalia: Ductus bursae sclerotized adjacent to ostium bursae, expanded to 
form a protuberance of irregular outline ; signum crescentic, minutely denticulate. 

DISTRIBUTION. Belgian Congo, Mozambique, Tanganyika, Kenya, Grand Co- 
moro, Madagascar, Ethiopia, S. W. Arabia. 

MATERIAL EXAMINED. BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HisTory): Holotype 3, allo- 
type 9, Suna, S. Kavirondo, January 1932, W. Feather; 14, 12 paratype, Suna, S. 
Kavirondo, February 1932, W. Feather; Kibwezi, B.E.A., Nov. 1920, W. Feather ; 
22, Dar-es-Salaam, T. T., vi.1914, A. Loveridge; 14, Kilwa, Germ. E. Africa, 
II.ii.1900, Reimer; 14, G. E. Africa, Usangu Distr., Ft. Kifulufulu Mtn., 3000 ft., 
17.xli.1g10, S. A. Neave; 19, Delagoa Bay; 19, Kenya Colony, Voi Plantations, 
20.11.1912, C. Montagu Smyth; 14, Kenya, Kedai, 8.xii.1gt , Fawcett; 19, 
Grand Comoro, Sept., 1921, G. F. Leigh; 29, Grande Comore, L. Humblot, 1884 ; 
1g, Sakaramy, N. E. Madagascar, 16 Feb. 1917, G. Melou; 64, 49, Diego Suarez, 
Madagascar, 24.xii. 1916, 5, 19, Feb., March-April, 1917, G. Melou ; 19, Arabia, Hara- 
brab, 3.1.1937, H. St. J. B. Philby ; 1g, Dire Daoua, Abyssinia, December 1934, H. 
Uhlenhuth ; 14, Diredaua, N. W. of Harar, 1914, G. Kristensen ; 19, Elisabethville, 
Belgian Congo, C. S. 11.x.34. Mustum NATIONAL D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE, PARIS : 
1g, 12 paratype, Afr. or. Allm., Kilimandjaro, Neu Moschi, 800 m.; Bura, Afr. or. 
Angl., Wa-taita, iii. 1912, 1050 m.; 14, 19, Bura, iii. 1912, 1050 m. ; 14, Afr. orient, 
Lagoa Bay; 14, Voi, Afr. or. Angl., mars I91I, 600 m. Mus&E Du Conco BELGE, 
TERVUREN: 364, 12 paratype, Equateur, Bamania, 14.ix.1936, R. P. Hulstaert ; 
Elisabethville, 2.xi.1937, 4.ii.1938, Ch. Seydel; Uvira, x.1927, Ch. Seydel; 19, 
Rutschuru, v.1937, J. Ghesquiére; 19, Elisabethville, 6.x.1934, Ch. Seydel. 
ZOOLOGISCHES MusEuM, BERLIN: 19, D. O. Afrika, Mkalama, 3.ii.1905, v. d. 
Marwitz. CoRYNDON Museum, NarRoBI: 14, 12 paratype, Iringa, Tanganyika, 
iti. 1950, N. Mitton; 1g, 12, Mtito Andei, Kenya, it1.1950, N. Mitton. 


Pardomima (Pardomima) azancla sp. n. 
(Text-figs. 15, 16, 28; Plate 23, fig. 14) 


Very closely allied to zanclophora, the formation of the tornal patch of the hind- 
wings is constant in the specimens examined. The genitalic differences outlined 
below give a ready means of separation. 

3,2 22-27mm. Markings closely similar to zanclophora, especially to Madagascan 
examples of that species. Tornal patch of hindwings with a well-defined projection 
towards antemedial line. 

6 genitalia : Valva similar to zanclophora, rather more pointed at apex ; aedoeagus 
with an apical bunch of small, slender, pointed cornuti ; coremata similar, but with 
additional simple, blade-like fuscous scales. 

2 genitalia: Very similar to zanclophora, but protuberance of ductus bursae 
smoothly rounded. 

DISTRIBUTION : Apparently confined to Madagascar. 

MATERIAL EXAMINED. BRITISH MusEuM (NATURAL History): Holotype J, allo- 
type 9, Diego Suarez, Madagascar, 5 Feb. 1917, G. Melou ; 103, 102 paratypes from 
type locality ; 294, 3392, from type locality; 1g, 59, Nanisana, near Tananarivo, 


Fics. 22-30. Pardomima (Pardomima): Female genitalia. Ductus bursae and bursa 
copulatrix. 22. P. testudinalis Saalmiiller. 23. P. furcirenalis Hampson. 24. P. 
callixantha sp. n. 25. P. phalarvota Meyrick. 26. P. phalaromima Meyrick. 27. P. 
zanclophora sp.n. 28. P. azanclasp.n. 29. P. telanepsiasp.n. 30. P. phaeoparda 
sp.n. All figures x 15. 


AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 517 


Feb. 1932, Mme. N. d’Olsoufieff. Mustum NATIONAL D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE, 
Paris: 19 paratype, Madagascar, Centr. Plateaux de |’Imerina, Parc de Tsimbazaza, 
1200 m., II. xii. 1951, P. Viette. 


Pardomima (Pardomima) phaeoparda sp. n. 
(Text-fig. 17, 18, 21, 30; Plate 23, fig. 15) 

Superficially resembles dark forms of phalaromima, from which it may be dis- 
tinguished by the shorter third segment of the labial palpi. It may be separated 
from the other African species by the presence of fuscous scales on the proboscis. 

3, 2 23-24mm. Secondary markings well-developed, ground colour pale whitish- 
yellow. Proboscis with fuscous scales. Thorax and abdomen mainly fuscous above, 
ground colour reduced to small spots. Basal line of forewing very broad, scarcely 
separated from antemedial line ; discal dot large, connected to discal blotch along 
cubitus and on costa, enclosing a subtriangular patch of ground colour, a similar 
patch below cubitus; remainder of area between antemedial and _post-medial 
lines fuscous ; except for narrow streaks of ground colour immediately distad of first 
and fourth segments of postmedial line, and a faint spot above tornus, remainder 
of wing fuscous. Antemedial line of hindwing broad; terminal third of wing 
fuscous, except for two streaks of ground colour ; tornal patch large, projecting to- 
wards antemedial line. 

3 genitalia: Costa of valva strongly arched at base, apex rounded; aedoeagus 
with a medial bunch of slender, pointed cornuti; coremata with both simple and 
compound scales. 

2 genitalia: Ductus bursae sclerotized adjacent to ostium bursae, where it is 
expanded into a crumpled protuberance of irregular outline ; signum crescent-shaped, 
denticulate. 

DISTRIBUTION. Sierra Leone, Ivory Coast, Nigeria, Belgian Congo. 

MATERIAL EXAMINED : BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL History) : Holotype 3, Sierra 
Leone, July 1904, Major Bainbridge ; allotype 2, Bingerville, Ivory Coast, 1915, G. 
~Melou; 23 paratypes, Ogruga, Niger; Kassai district, Congo F.St., Taymans. 


Subgenus PACHYPARDA n. 


Differs from the typical subgenus as follows: ¢ mid-femur enlarged, containing a 
cavity filled with ochreous-yellow hairs, an elliptical aperture on the inner surface 
(Text-fig. 43) ; valva of male large, costa irregular, with protuberances ; coremata 
with both simple and compound scales ; bursa copulatrix of female without signum. 
Typical markings of abdomen not well developed, pale lateral streak on eighth 
segment of male not well defined. 

Type species : Pardomima distortana Strand. 

DISTRIBUTION : West Africa and Belgian Congo. 


Pardomima (Pachyparda) tumidipes (Hampson) 


(Text-figs. 31-33, 40; Plate 23, fig. 16) 


Sylepta tumidipes Hampson, 1912. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (8) 10: 6 (partim). 
Sylepta tumidipes Hampson, Klima, 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 89 : 211 (partim). 


Fics. 31-43. Pardomima (Pachyparda): Male and female genitalia. 31. P. twmidipes 
Hampson, valva. 32. P. twmidipes Hampson, coremata scale. 33. P. tumidipes 
Hampson, aedoeagus. 34. P. margarodes sp.n., valva. 35. P. margarodes sp. n., core- 
mata scale. 36. P. margarodes sp. n., aedoeagus. 37. P. distortana Strand, valva. 
38. P. distortana Strand, coremata scale. 39. P. distortana Strand, aedoeagus. 40. P. 
tumidipes Hampson, ductus bursae and bursa copulatrix. 41. P. margarodes sp. n., 
ductus bursae and bursa copulatrix. 42. P. distortana Strand, ductus bursae and bursa 
copulatrix. 43. P. distortana Strand, inner surface of mid femur of male, showing the 
aperture (a) and the extent of the cavity containing hairs (b). Figures 31-42, x 15; 
figure 43, X 73. 


AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 519 


Dichocrocis phalarota Meyrick, Ghesquiére, 1942. Ann. Mus. Congo belge C. (3[2]) 7 (2) : 140- 

141 (partim). 

Distinguished from margarodes and distortana by the shape of the area of ground 
colour between the two terminal patches of the hindwings. 

6,220-22mm. Head, thorax and abdomen ochreous-white, tinged with ochreous 
orange, second abdominal tergum with three fuscous dots, seventh with two fuscous 
dots ; genital capsule of male mainly ochreous-white. Forewing very similar to 
that of telanepsia, but discal dot not connected to discal blotch along cubitus. Hind- 
wing similar to that of telanepsia, but apical patch not connected to postmedial line ; 
tornal patch more diffuse ; area of ground colour between terminal patches parallel- 
sided. 

¢ genitalia : Costal margin of valva with large rounded protuberance at two-thirds, 
apex of valva concave; aedoeagus with a single, weakly-sclerotized, sub-circular 
cornutus with a short apical pointed projection, and a slender tapering continuation 
towards base ; coremata with both simple and compound, light and dark scales. 

2 genitalia : Ductus bursae sclerotized throughout length ; bursa copulatrix rather 
small. 

DISTRIBUTION. Sierra Leone, Gabon, Belgian Congo. 

MATERIAL EXAMINED. BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL History) : 14 syntype, Sierra 
Leone, 28.4.1895, Clements ; 14, Sierra Leone, Hill Station, M. Frere; 1g, Abanga 
R., Gabon, Oct. 1897, Dr. Ansorge. Mus&E Du CoNGoO BELGE, TERVUREN: I. 
Manghay, 27.x.1921, L. Verlaine. 

TYPE MATERIAL. BrITISH MusEuM (NATURAL HisTory): The two ¢ syntypes 
described by Hampson belong to two species. One is referable to distortana 
Strand ; the other, listed above, is here designated lectotype. 


Pardomima (Pachyparda) margarodes sp. n. 
(Text-figs. 34-36, 41 ; Plate 23, figs. 17, 19) 


Very closely allied to distortana ; distinguished from it by the lighter colour and 
lesser extent of the fuscous markings ; the areas of ground colour distad of third and 
fourth segments of postmedial line of hindwings of about equal extent. 

36,222-27mm. Head, thorax and abdomen ochreous yellow ; second and seventh 
and in male eighth, abdominal terga often with fuscous scales. Wings with a pearly 
sheen, not violaceous as in distortana. Markings similar to those of tumidipes, lines 
and patches often with crenulate margins. Area between tornal and apical patches 
of hindwing not parallel-sided, outer margin curving inwards to meet inner towards 
costa. 

6 genitalia : Costal margin of valva with a protuberance at one-third, stepped out- 
wards at four-fifths ; aedoeagus with a single, broad, weakly sclerotized cornutus 
bearing a short, latero-distal projection. 

2 genitalia : Ductus bursae sclerotized throughout length, twisted, compressed, a 
series of heavily sclerotized, opaque, prominences along margin so formed ; bursa 
copulatrix large. 


520 AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 


DISTRIBUTION. Southern Nigeria. 

MATERIAL EXAMINED. BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL History): Holotype 3, allo- 
type 2, Warri, v, vi, 1897, Dr. Roth; 103, 109, paratypes from type locality ; 24, 79 
from type locality ; 1g, Akassa-Onitsha, R. Niger, Dr. Cook. 


Pardomima (Pachyparda) distortana (Strand) 
(Text-figs. 37-39, 42, 43; Plate 23, figs. 18) 


Sylepta tumidipes Hampson, 1912. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (8) 10 : 6 (partim). 

Lygropia distortana Strand, 1913. Avrch. Naturgesch. 78 (At2) : 75. 

Sylepta tumidipes ab. hampsoniana n., Strand, 1917. Arch. Naturgesch. 82 : (A3) : Io. 
Conogethes empalacta Meyrick, 1937. Exotic Microlepidoptera 5 : 104. 

Pycnarmon empalacta Meyrick, Klima, 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 89 : 25. 

Sylepta tumidipes Hampson, Klima, 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 89 : 211 (partim). 
Lygropia distortana Strand, Klima, 1939. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 94 : 229. 

Syllepta tumidipes Hampson, Ghesquiére, 1942. Ann. Mus. Congo belge C. (3[2]) 7 (2) : 152. 


Very closely allied to margarodes. The reduction or absence of the area of ground 
colour above tornus of the forewings is characteristic; the name ab. hampsoniana 
could be used for those specimens in which this area is absent. 

36, 2 23-27 mm. Abdominal terga of male mainly fuscous, of female mainly 
ochreous-orange. Very similar to margarodes, but markings darker and more intense, 
wings with a violaceous pearly lustre. Terminal areas of both wings more heavily 
marked than in margarodes, area of ground colour distad of third segment of post- 
medial line of forewing smaller than corresponding area adjacent to fourth segment, 
or absent ; corresponding areas of the hindwing similarly reduced. 

3 genitalia: Costal margin of valva with a rounded protuberance at two-thirds, 
two slender projections near apex, the inner blunt, the outer pointed, almost en- 
closing a sub-circular area ; aedoeagus with a row of slender, pointed cornuti and a 
large, curved thorn-like cornutus ; coremata with both simple and compound, light 
and dark scales. 

2 genitalia : Ductus bursae sclerotized near ostium bursae only ; bursa copulatrix 
large. 

DISTRIBUTION. Sierra Leone, Ivory Coast, Gold Coast, Nigeria, Cameroons, Rio 
Muni, Gabon, Belgian Congo. 

MATERIAL EXAMINED. BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HisTory): I ¢ (syntype of 
P. tumidipes Hampson), Sierra Leone, 12.xi.1895, Clements ; 14, 12, Sierra Leone, 
Dr. Cator; 1g, Sierra Leone, A. B. Frere; 224, 409, Bingerville, Ivory Coast, 
June 13-15, July 1-11, 28-31, Aug. 11-25, Sept. I-15, 1915, G. Melou ; 24, Assinie ; 
1g, Aburi, Gold Coast, 1912-1913, W. H. Patterson ; 23 (ab. 1. of twmidipes Hamp- 
son, subsequently named by Strand ab. hampsoniana), Coomassie, Whiteside, and R. 
Niger, Sapele, F. W. Sampson ; 34, Warri, v, vi, vii, 1897, Dr. Roth ; 14, S. Nigeria, 
Ilesha, L. E. H. Humfrey ; 54, 29, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2,000 ft., Bates ; 1g, 
Afr. Occid, Johann-Albrechts Héhe, Station Kamerun, 1898, L. Conradt ; 23, Lake 
Ansebbe, Fernan-Vaz, Gabon, Feb. 1908, Dr. Ansorge ; 23, Abanga R., Gabon, Oct. 
1907, Dr. Ansorge. Mus&E pu ConGo BELGE, TERVUREN: I (type of P. empalacta 


AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS PARDOMIMA WARREN 521 


Meyrick, Lulua:Kapanga, xii.1933, F. G. Overlaet ; 1g, Kafakumba, xii.1932, F. G. 
Overlaet ; 19, Bitye, Bates-Rosenberg. ZooLOGISCcHES MusEuM, BERLIN: Holo- 
type 9, Span, Guinea, Benitogbt., Alén, 1-15.ix.1906, G. Tessmann; 24, Ogowe, 
Lambar., Mogq. 


SUMMARY 


Twelve species of the genus Pardomima are here described, included in two sub- 
genera ; six of the species and one subgenus are described as new. Many of these 
species have been confused hitherto under the name “Lygropia amyntusalis Walker ”’. 
None of the previously described species has hitherto been included in the genus 
Pardomima ; they are listed below with the generic names under which they are 
placed in the Lepidopterorum Catalogus : 

Pycnarmon : phalaromima Meyrick ; empalacta Meyrick (= distortana Strand), new 
synonymy. 

Lamprosema : furcirenalis Hampson. 

Lygropia : testudinalis Saalmiiller (ex synonymy) ; phalarota Meyrick ; distortana 
Strand. 

Sylepta : twmidipes Hampson. 

fs 


(aH . 
| 
a 


are, 
Saw Lge 
As Cer, 
‘ AN 
tty ON 
& 


yk 


— ~~ ' ts 
PREeaerenN Tey 


r wo) Beam BN oH Hewen i 


4 JAN 1995 


Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 
Fic. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 


The African species of the genus Pardomima Warren. 


SOI ARE Yo 


© 


20. 


P. furcivenalis Hampson, 9. 

P. testudinalis Saalmiiller, 9. 

P. callixantha sp. n., 9. 

P. telanepsia sp. n., 3. 

P. telanepsia sp. n., g. 

P. phalavota Meyrick, type ¢. 

P. phalarota Meyrick, 9. 

P. phalaromima Meyrick, ¢. 

P. phalaromima Meyrick, ¢. 

. phalaromima Meyrick, 9. 

. zanclophora sp. n., holotype ¢. 

. zanclophora sp. n., &. 

zanclophora sp. n., &. 

azancla sp. n., 3g. 

phaeoparda sp. u., holotype 3. 

. tumidipes Hampson, lectotype ¢. 

. margarodes sp. n., 9. 

. distortana Strand, type Q. 

. margarodes sp. n., g; lateral view of head. 
. phalaromima Meyrick, g ; lateral view of head. 


ry yew 


Figures 1-18, x 2; figures 19, 20, x 15. Figures 2, 4, 5 and 1o represent the left side of the 


specimen. 


Bull, B.M, (N.H.) Entom., III, 14. PLATE. 23 


a a 
mt ay 7 
ia - 
te 
aed 
Le! 

» 
a 


14 JAN 1955 


abdominator, Ichneumon 


? acutus, Phaeogenes 
Aédes 
aegypti, Aédes 


- 46-47 (fig.), 48, 53, 60 


INDEX TO VOL. IIl 


New taxonomic names are printed in bold type. 


Itz 


: 134 
3-65 (passim) 


africanus, Aédes . : wee e52 
alaudae, Menacanthus 225-227 (fig.) pl. 10 
albibuccus, Notosemus 133 
albifrons, Cratichneumon 107, 135 
albifrons, Ichneumon . 109 
albiger, Ichneumon 127, 
albilineatus, Barichneumon 109, 136 
albinotatus, Diadromus . : 145 
albipictus, Melanichneumon . a ek 23 
albopictus, Aédes . 17-18, 22, DAs 20. 
49 (fig.) 
alcae articae, Pediculus . 233-234 
alexanderi, Protoptila : 2 » 327 
alpicola, Monophadmus . 280 (fig.), 281-282 
altercator, Aoplus . 5 139 
alticola, Probolus . 100 
altipecten, Meringis 180 (fig.) 
aluea, Culoptila 337 (fig.), 339 
amabilis, Exephanes e> eat 
amaltheus, Aédes . 6, 18, 22; age 37 (fg) 
amaniea, Baliochila 97-98, pls. 4, 8 
amberia, Culoptila . 338, 340 (fig.) 
amphibolus, Ichneumon . , p26 
amyntusalis, Botys 505 
Anachauliodes 427-428 
anatis, Pediculus : 255 
ancipterus, Ichneumon . ; ‘ on Rnd 
andrewsi, Aédes : 370 (fig.) 
anglicanus, Ichneumon . ; ; « #$18 
angustatus, Barichneumon ; + 25 
angustus, Aédes I 5, 21, 44 (fig.) 
annulator, Ichneumon 109 
annulipes, Malaiseana 471, 472 (fig.) 
Aphanocephalus 301 


aphrodite, Macrophya 


apicoargenteus, Aédes 


apricus, Platylabops 


aquilonius, Ichneumon 


arctica, Rhogogaster 
articus, Rhyssolabus 
ardeicollis, Eriplatys 
arguta, Mevesia 


285 (fig.), 289-290 
13, 21, 24, 51-52, 
57, 58 (fig.) 

115, 135 

148-149 

288 

142 

117, 135 

162 (fig.) 


armatorius, Amblyteles . : : pets ie. 
arridens, Aptesis  . : : F age i 
aslauga, Baliochila x .86, pl. 6 
asperatus, Nyllius . 475-476 (fig.) 
assimulata, Caenopsylla . 211-219 (fig.) 


atomus, Aphanocephalus : ; eee! 
atratorius, Amblyteles 129-130 
atrifemur, Ichneumon . : ? . 140 
atrocaudatus, Trogus ‘ : ;  ET2 
aulicus, Hybophorellus . 2 : ato 
austerus, Aphanocephalus : 303 


australica, Archichauliodes 
azanecla, Pardomima 


424- 425 (fig.) 
509 (fig.), 515, 516 (fig.), 
517 


badgleyi, Karenocoris ae 470 (fig.), 471 


Baliochila 85- se 
bambusae, Aédes ws 21, 44 (fig.), 6 
barnesi, Baliochila . 86-88, pl. 3, 6 
Barreropsyllini : : : eres the 
Barreropsylla : 181-183 
bassani, Pediculus . F : : i 247 
bellicosus, Apaeleticus . : F 5 T3E 
biannulatus, Coelichneumon . : Se 5 


biconicus, Protochauliodes 443 (fig.), 444 
bidentatus, Hoplismenus 116, 117, 119, 120, 139 
bidentatus, Hoplismenus E16; 187, 119; 


120, 139 
bilunulatus, Barichneumon 124, 139 
binotatus, Ichneumon 109, II14 
bipunctorius, Ichneumon : : = / 09 
bispinatorius, Hoplismenus 120, 139 
bohemani, Notosemus_ . = : Sees 3 
bowringi, Neochauliodes : . 437 (fig.) 
brevigena, Ichneumon . : : 128 
bryanti, Cephalophanus ab: plt3; 14 
caedator, Ichneumon : : rem 2s) 
caelebs, Exephanes : ghey be 


II, 20, 24, 45 (fig.) 
509 (fig.), 510-511, 


calceatus, Aédes : 
eallixantha, Pardomima . 


516 (fig.) 
callopus, Phaeogenes : ; : tg 
cambriensis, Ichneumon : + 215 
camelinus, Thyrateles 141, 149 (fig.) 
cameroni, Dicaelotus II5, 116, 144 


524 


cameroni, Profallis 


candidatus, Diadromus . 


canis, Pediculus 

canis, Ricinus 

caproni, Ichneumon 
captorius, Ichneumon 
cardela, Protoptila . 
carri, Barichneumon 
caspia, Elinora 
Cassidoloma 
castanopyga, Ichneumon 
caucascia, Chaetopsylla 
eauta, Henricohahnia 


celenae, Spilichneumon . 
celerator, Colpognathus . 


Cephalophanus 
cerinthius, Amblyteles 
cessator, Ichnuemon 
Chauliodini 
chaussieri, Aédes 
chemulpoensis, Aédes 


chilensis, Archichauliodes 


chloridis, Pediculus 
chloridis, Philopterus 
cinctorius, Ichneumon 


cinerascens, Protochauliodes 


cingulipes, Ichneumon 
circi, Laemobothrion 
circi, Pediculus 
cirrogastra, Callajoppa 
citator, Barichneumon 
citrinellae, Pediculus 
citrinellae, Philopterus 
clangulae, Pediculus 


clarigator, Cratichnenmon 


cleopatra, Sciapteryx 
Cnodontes 


coeruleus, Csclichineawne 


cognatus, Ichneumon 
collaris, Thyracella 


colymbi grylle, Pediculus 


comitator, Ichneumon 
compunctor, Ichneumon 
conciliator, Diadromus 


concinnatorius, Ichneumon 


concinnus, Matylabus 
concinnus, Probolus 
confusor, Ichneumon 


conspurcatus, Amblyteles 


consimilis, Ischnopsyllus 


contiguus, Aédes . It, 
continentalis, Parachauliodes . 


convergens Tenthredopsis 


coqueberti, Protichneumon 


coreyrensis, Sciapteryx 


coraceus, Phaeogenes (Proscus) 


cornicis, Myrsidea . 
cornicis, Ricinus 


corruscator, Craticlmeumon 


corvi, Pediculus 


INDEX 


- plit7;373 
132 
244-245 

- 243-244 
146-148 (fig.) 
: 113, 114 

320 (fig.), 335 (fig.), 336 
; 118, 125 

288 (fig.) 

300 

ITT 

190-193 (fig.) 

46x (fig.), 462 
gaia diam 

112 

305-306 

130, 142 

wn EOS 

415- 444, 418 (fig.) 
: 7,19 

. 48 (fig.) 
425-427 (figs.) 

; 229 
230-232 

112, 114 

442 (fig.) 

: ; . 109 
259-262 (fig.), pl. 12 
: 258-263 
112 

. 140 

227-229 (fig.) 
230-232, pl. ro 
246-247 

139 

284 

IOI 

107, 110 

10g 

116, 133 

234 

107 

108 

132-133 

IIo 


ie. 152 (fig.) 

206-211 (fig.) 

20, 23, 25, 37-38 (fig.) 
431 (fig.), 432 
282-283 

III, 135 
AQF 
167-169 (fig.) 
‘ pl. 11 
237-239 (fig.) 
o AEE ES 
246, 264 


corynetes, Elinora . 
coryphaeus, Phaeogenes 
coxiglyptus, Barichneumon 
crassicornis, Anaticola 
crassicornis, Ichneumon 
crassorius, Ichneumon 
crassifemur, Ichneumon . 
cretinus, Aédes 
Ctenochauliodes 


. cubicularis, Ichneumon . 


Culoptila : 
culpatorius, Probolus 
curator, Phaeogenes 
curuccae, Pediculus 
curvirostrae, Pediculus 
curvirostrae, Philopterus 
curvus, Polytribax. 
euspidata, Athalia . 
eypria Strongylogaster 
cyrus, Macrophya 


daemon, Asthenolabus 
daemon, Stenolabus 
deboeri, Aédes ; ; 
deceptor, Archichauliodes 
deceptor, Barichneumon 
decoomani, Aphanocephalus 
defraudator, Aoplus 
delaca, Protoptila 
deleter, Trigocrada . 
delicatula, Teriomima 
demeilloni, Aédes . 
denderensis, Aédes 
dendrophilus, Aédes 
derasus, Coelichneumon . 
desinatorius, Coelichneumon 
devylderi, Ctenichneumon 
Dicrotelus 

didymus, Ichneumon 
digrammus, Barichneumon 
dimidiatus, Ichneumon 
Discoloma i 
disparis, Protichneumon 
dissimilator, Trogus 
dissimilis, Cratichneumon 
disinctus, Herpestomus . 
distinctus, Herpestomus . 
distinctus Phaeogenes 
distortana, Pardomima . 
diversorius, Ichneumon . 
dohertyi, Cephalophanus . 
dollmani, Hypotrabela 
dominiquei, Elinora 
dorcadia, Dorcadia 
dubiosa, Baliochila 
dubiosus, Cyclolabus 
dubitatus, Ichneumon 
duplicator, Amblyteles 
Durbania : 


320 (fig.), 332 (fig.), 333 


285~286, 288 (fig.) 
134 

125, 140 

239 (fig.), 240 

; . 109 

113 

. 140 

48 (fig.) 

429 

114 

335-337 

109 

145 

223 

229 

230-232 

». 108; 537 
277-278, 280 (fig.) 
; . 

285 (fig.), 290-291 


131 
2) (2a 

2, 24, 44 (fig.) 61 
423 (fig.), 424 

; ee 
302-303, pl. 14 
139 


70-78 (Ags) 


8, 15, £05 a 
-13, 21, 24, 34-35 
14, 52, 61 

107, 108, 121 
135 

129, 141 
445-488 

. ee 

135 

IIo 

300 

120 

113 

122, 123, 139 
116 

116 

Pay 

518 (fig.), 520-521 
. IIo 

306, 307, pl. 13 
75 (fig.) 

284-285 (fig.) 
188-189 (fig.) 
90-92, pl. 3, 7,9 
156-157 (fig) 

j 114 
118, 130 

101 


INDEX 


echinus, Neonyllius 480-481 (fig.) 


ectrapela, Kokujewia : 271 (fig.) 
egregius, Amblyteles Z . ; wwe fy 
elliotti, Melanomicrus . : ‘ 7 KES5 
elliotti, Nematomicrus  . , ; Foon ie Oy 
elongatus, Amblyteles_. . «. 1142 
elongatus, Paraethecerus 164-165 65 (fig.) 
elongatus, Phaeogenes_. ; 145 
emberizae, Ricinus ‘ J : . 237 
eremitatorius, Ichneumon ‘ : > -¥26 
erythraeus, Melanichneumon . ; » 1EZS 
erythrogaster, Ichneumon : ‘ 2 EEL 
erythrostomus, Dicaelotus ‘ ‘ . 144 
eudoxius, Heresiarches . ; : ‘yao 
eupitheciae, Barichneumon : 25 
eurycerus, Ichneumon . F Z . 140 


482, 483 (fig.), 485 
182-186 (fig.) 


evansi, Orgetorixa . 
excelsa, Barreropsylla 


exilicornis, Ichneumon . 3 : . 140 
eximius, Coelichneumon . . : : 107 
eximius, Ichneumon . ; : ae ELO 
externus, Cratichneumon : Seams 
fabricii, Amblyteles ‘ : : «aid 
fallax, Cratichneumon 118, I22 
falsificus, Coelichneumon ‘ 3 6837 


fasciatus, Cephalophanus 307- —308, pl. 13 


fasciatus, Ichneumon 107, 113 
femorator, Ichneumon : 109, II2 
festiva, Calamcuta . : ; : 270 
fitchi, Dicaelotus ; I 58-160 (fig.) 
flammula, Athalia . . ‘ : 2278 
flaveola, Elinora : 284-28 5 (fig.) 
flavocinctus, Ctenichnsumon ; S tZO 
flavocinctus, Ichneumon , : Pee 


fletcheri, Neochauliodes . 433 (fig.), 434 
forcipatus, Ctenochauliodes 429-430 (fig.) 
formosus, Diadromus . F = -F16 
formosus, Ichneumon I10, 130, 136 
fossorius, Amblyteles 129, 130 (fig.), 142 
fossorius, Ichneumon : . 106 
fountainei, Hypotrabala . 4 5 (pls. 1-2, fig.) 
foveolatus, Phaeogenes 165-167 (fig.) 


fragilis, Baliochila . 95-96, PI. 4,7 
fraseri, Aédes : F 52 
fringillae, Ricinus . 23 5 —237 ‘(fig. ); pl 10 
fulgens, Abia . 274 (fig.) 
fulvicrus, Corynis 274 (fig.), 275-276 
fulvipes, Ichneumon : . 1r09 
fulvitarsis, Phaeogenes 133. 134, 166 (fig.) 
fulvoscutellatus, Ichneumon . s « ILO 
funebris, Coelichneumon ; », #21 
furcirenalis, Pardomima . 508, 509 (fig.), 

516 (fig.) 
furunculus, Herpestomus : é “/ £32 
fuscatus, Ichneumon j , . + ‘E40 
fuscitarsis, Selandria ' : : e, 7296 
fusorius, Protichneumon ; . - 120 


galericulata, Athalia 
gallinae, Goniocotes 
gallinae, Ricinus 

gallus, Henricohahnia 
gasterator, Ichneumon 
gemellus, Barichneumon 
gigas, Platylabus . 
glabricollis meridiana, Athalia . 
gradatorius, Amblyteles . 
grandiceps, Eparces 
granti, Aédes 

gratus, Ichneumon 


gravenhorstii, Cratichneumon . 


gravenhorstii, Ichneumon 
grylle, Pediculus 
grylle, Saemundssonia 
guamensis, Aédes . 
guata, Protoptila 
guichardi, Elinora . 
guttata, Hypotrabala 
guttata, Mevesia 
guttiferus, Archichauliodes 
guttulatus, Diadromus 


haesitator, Ichneumon 
haglundi, Ichneumon 
hakanssoni, Aédes . 
heischi, Aédes 
Henricohahnia 
heracleanae, Barichasunion 
heracleanae, Ichneumon 
hiaticulae, Pediculus 
hiaticulae, Quadraceps 
hildegarda, Baliochila 
homocerus,Ctenamblyteles 
homochlorus, Phaeogenes 
horridula, Hypotrabala . 
hostilis, Anisobas 
hyalinus, Paracharactus . 
Hypotrabala 


Ichneumoninae 

inclytus, Apaeleticus 
incubator, Barichneumon 
indica, Henricohahnia 
indicus, Neochauliodes 
indocilis, Amblyteles 
inermis, Karencoris 
infidus, Cratichneumon 
inflexus, Dicaelotus 
injucundus, Amblyteles . 
injucundus, Hybophorellus 
inquinatus, Ichneumon 
intermedius, Herpestomus 
intermedius, Platylabus . 
invisor, Phaeogenes 

ioffi, Dorcadia 
ischioxanthus, Exephanes 


17, 22, 48, (fig.), 49 


245- 246 (fig.), pl. 11 


525 


aVars 
242-244 (fig.) 
s \2Az 
452-453 (Be. 
. IIt 

118, 125 
143 

279 

I4I 

144 


128 
107 
109 
247 


372 (fig.) 
329 (fig.), 331 


285 (fig.), 287-288 (fig.) 


75 (fig.) 

162-163 (fig.) 

419, 420 (fig.), 421 
: ; 132 


125 

. 129 

48 (fig.) 

8, 19, 23, 45 (fig) 
445-488 

115 

116 


251- —252 (fig.) 


252-254 (fig.), pl. 12 


89-90, pl. 6, pl. 9 
; 2 131 


280 (fig.) 
74-75 (pls. 1-2) 


105-176 

131 

‘ 125 

455 (fig.), 457 
434, 435 (fig-) 
£2; 113,334 
= cones 
135 

144 

5130 

118, 130 

128 

132 

142 

133 

187-190 (fig.) 
137 


526 
jamesoni, Megarthroglossus 


japonicus, Parachauliodes 
jocularis, Cratichneumon 
johansoni, Spilichneumon 
joiceyi, Hypotrabala 

jucundus, Colpognathus . 


Karenocoris . 
keniensis, Aédes 


kenyae, Aédes 
kivuensis, Aédes 
koreanus, Neochauliodes 


lagopi, Pediculus 
longata, Aédes 
languidus, Ichneumon 
lanigera, Mesoneura 
lari, Pediculus 

lari, Ricinus 

lari, Saemundssonia 


lascivus, Phaeogenes 
latimarginate, Baliochila 
latiscapus, Asthenolabus 
lativentris, Platylabus 
lautatorius, Ichneumon . 
leucocheilus, Barichneumon 
leucostigmus, Hepiopelmus 
lewisi, Cephalophanus 
limatus, Phaeogenes 
limbatus, Tapirocoris 
lineator, Ichneumon 
lineator, Stenichneumon 
liocnemis, Coelichneumon 
lipara, Baliochila 
liqua, Protoptila 
locula, Protoptila 
longicornis, Paracheractus 
longigena, Amblyteles 
longulus, Aethecerus 
lorada, Protoptila 
luteocephalus, Aédes 


macilenta, Micrope 
maculata, Elinora 
maculicauda, Taxichneusiek 
maculicornis, Ichneumon 
maculicornis, Phaeogenes 
maculifrons, Cratichneumon 
maculifrons, Ichneumon 
maculiventris, Ichneumon 
magus, Cratichneumon 
major, Centeterus . 
Malaiseana ; 
malica, Protoptila . 
margarodes, Pardomime . 


32-33 (fig.), 44 (fig.), 


. IO-II, 20, 24, 37~ 38 (fig.), 3 


320 (fig.), 324- 325 (fig.) 
518 (fig.), 519-520 


INDEX 


200 (fig.), 202— 
203 (fig) 

431 (fig.), 432 
122, 123, 139 

s> EA 

75 (fig) 

132 


406 


7; 19, 22-23 
14, 21, 44 (fig) 


9, 19, 40-41 (fig.), 44 (fig.) 


437 (fig.), 438 


pte 


; ee 
292 (fig.), 293 
248-249 
239-240 


ph. II, 246 (fig.), 


248 (fig.) 
+34 
97, pl. 4,7, 8 
143 
II5-I16 
113, 114, I41 
139 
107, IT3 


308-309, pl. 13 


: on Naas 
473 (fig.), 474 
2 . 538 
Tog, 135 

III 


é ee pl. 4, 8 
319 (fig.), 327 (fig.)-331 
319 (fig.), 321 (fig.), 322 


282 
142 
116 
333- 335 (fig.) 
7 ‘ 53 


44a 
285 (fig.) 
sah £96 
108 

136 

107, III 
108 

107, 113 
116, 134 
132 

471 


mascarensis, Aédes 


15-16, 21, 24, 46— 
47 (fig.), 48, 61 


masseyi, Aédes - + 2NTO 
matina, Chaetopsylla I9gI- 192 ghee 
maurus, Hoplismenus 120 
maurus, Mesostenus 117 
megapodius, Ichneumon. : «- THO 
melanocastaneus, Ctenichneumon ., « -¥28 
melanogonos, Phaeogenes 136 
melanopyrrhus, Ichneumon Il 
melanotis, Ichneumon 140 


meralda, Mexitrichia 
mergiserrati, Anaticola 


meridionalis, Eutomostethus 


metallicus, Aédes 

micra, Teriomima . 
microcephalus, Amblyteles 
microphalus, Ichneumon 
militaris, Ichneumon 
minerva, Craneopsylla 
minima, Baliochila 
minimus, Phaeogenes 
minutorius, Ichneumon . 
minutus, Phaeogenes 
mira, Caenopsylla . 
mitigosus, Baeosemus 
moestus, Collichneumon 
molitorius, Ichneumon 
montana, Henricohahnia 
montana, Macrophya 
monticola, Cleopsylla 
monticola, Monosphadnus 
morosus, Dicaelotus 
multipictus, Ichneumon . 


nasutus, Herpestomus 
neavei, Baliochila . 
neavei, Hypotrabala 
Neochauliodes 

Neonyllius 

nereni, Ichneumon 

niger, Aphanocephalus 
nigerrimus, Coelichneumon 
nigerrimus, Ichneumon . 
nigrator, Ichneumon 
nigricollis, Rhexidermus . 
nigridens, Phaeogenes 
nitidus, Phaeogenes 
niveatus, Ichneumon 
nothus, Coelichneumon 
Notiophygidae 
Notiophygus . : 
nyasae, Baliochila . 
Nyllius ° 


obator, Ichneumon 
obator, Platylabus 
obsoletus, Melanichneumon 


239-241 (fig.), pl. 11 


342-344 (fig.) 


282 

ne 

84, pl. 6 

130 

110 

128 

200 (fig.) 

si fe. 4,7 
- +134 

113, 114 

- 134 

21 11-216 (fig.) 
133 

122 

. 107 

464, 465 (fig.) 
285 (fig.) 
193-198 (fig.) 
280 (fig) 

144 

128 


‘ Ra i 
88-89, pl. 3, 9 

75 (fig-) 

432 

480 

147 (fig.) 
304-305, pl. 15 
107, I2I, 135 

108 

138 

131 

133 

It6, 134 

114 

121 

297-313 

‘ . 300 
92-93, pl. 3, 4, 6, 7 
. - 445-488 


113 
113, 143 
123-124 


occidentalis, Neochauliodes 438 (fig.), 439 (fig.) 


occisorius, Spilichneumon 
octatenus, Ischnopsyllus 
odiosus, Platylabus 
opaca, Mesoneura . 
opaculus, Platylabus 
oratorius, Amblyteles 
orbitalis, Dicaelotus 
orbitator, Coelichneumon 
ordubadensis, Cladius 
Orgetorixa 

orientalis, Macrophya 
ortygometrae, Pediculus 
ortygometrae, Rallicola . 
oscillator, Eupalamus 
osculator, Phaeogenes 
ovis, Pediculus 


Pachyparda ; 
pactor, Cyclolabus 
palestina, Kokujewia 
pallescens, Monophadnus 
palliatorius, Amblyteles . 
pallicornis, Allotrichia 
pallicoxa, Aethecerus 
pallida, Cnodontes . 
pallisicornis, Amblyteles 
pallipalpis, Oiorhinus 
paludator, Chasmias 
paludator, Ichneumon 
paludicola, Chasmodes 
panzeri, Ctenichneumon . 
Parachauliodes 
Paraethecerus 

Parafallia 

Paranyllius 

Pardomima . e 
parva, Teriomima . 
parvus, Epitomus . 
passeris, Pediculus 
pedatorius, Platylabus 
periscelis, Coelichneumon 
persephone, Empria 
phaeocerus, Herpestomus 
phaedoparda, Pardomima 


phalaromima, Pardomima 


phalarota, Pardomima 


phasiani, Pediculus 
phobos, Plocopsylla 
phyllisae, Plocopsylla 
piacha, Protoptila . 
piceatorius, Ichneumon . 
picipes, Ichneumon 
pictus, Amblyteles 
pictus, Dicaelotus . 
pictus, Stenichneumon 


320 (fig.), 322, 323 (fg-) 


INDEX 527 


: & TI7 
207 (fig.), 210 
154-156 (fig.) 
292 (fig.) 

142 

109 

143 

Iii 

291-292 
445-485 
288-289 

» 255-257 
257-258 (fig.) 
: 123 
134 

254-255 


oy SLY 
156 (fig.) 

271 (fig.) 

280 (fig.) 

114 

337 (fig-) 

+ 133 

102— 103, Pl 5, pl. 8 
IIo 

116 

113, 136 

115 

113, 115 

II4, 129 

430-431 

164-165 

300-301 

. - 475 
503- 522 cra 
85, pl. 3, 6 

< <> 1.130 
263-264 

155 (fig.) 

tat 

279-280 (fig.) 

. - 133 
509 (fig.), 516 (fig.), 
517 

509 (fig.), 512-513, 
516 (fig.) 

509 (fig.), 511-512, 
516 (fig.) 

- 234-235 

198 (fig.), 200 
197-201 (fig.) 


126 
Er? 
136 
144 
TI2 


plana, Abia ‘ é 271-272, 274 (fig.) 
platystylus, Anisobas_. , 2 gAa7 
plicatus, Ctenichneumon : o, ony 


plomleyi, Archichauliodes 
polynesiensis, Aédes 


422 (fig.), 423 
367 (fig.), 368 (fig.) 


Pondonatus : : 309-310 
porcelli, Pediculus . : ; P . 254 
porphyria, Hypotrabala 75 (fig.) 
potamophilus, Aphanocephalus 304, pl. 15 
poweri, Aédes ; 10,20, 23, 25,39 
praeceptor, Barichneumon F ; * 139 
procellariae, Pediculus . ; , . 264 
Profalla : : « 382 


prophysus, Aphanocephalus 
propinquus, Amblyteles 


303- 304, pl. 14 
152-153 (fig.) 


prosopius, Diadromus . : ; + u33 
proteus, Amblyjoppa_.. - 135 
Protoptila 3 I 7-346 (passim) 


proximus, Epitomus 161-162 
pseudatomus, Aphanocephalus | 301-302, pl. 14 
pseudoafricanus, Aédes . ‘ + = =52 
pseudocryptus, Cratichneumon é . 139 
pseudonigeria, Aédes 6-7, 18, 19, 22, 25, 
35, 36 (fig) 
347-414, 363 (fig.), 
364 (fig.), 365 (fig.), 
366 (fig.) 

pudicus, Paranyllius sels (fig.) 
pudibundus, Dicaelotus . : net BASS 


pseudoscutellaris, Aédes . 


puella, Teriomima . 7 (83, pli 3,5 
puellaris, Teriomima y pl. 5 
puerulus, Coelichneumon : : 122 
pulchellatus, Ichneumon : : . «116 
pulchellatus, platylabops ‘ . ; E75 
pulchellus, Amblyteles_ . : , . 136 
pumilus, Dicaelotus ‘ : “ - 144 
punctifrons, Platylabus . : : - 143 
punctiventris, Dicaelotus ‘ : . 144 
purpurissatus, Coelichneumon . : ~) 138 
pusillator, Dicaelotus.. : : . 132 
pustulatus, Karenocoris . 466, 467 (fig.), 468 
pyramidalis, Psilomastax : ‘ 3 135 
pytrhopus, Ichneumon . : . : EEE 
pyrrhulae, Pediculus : : , 229 
pytrhulae, Philopterus 2 30-2 32 
quadrialbatus, Ichneumon F : 2. F26 
quadriguttatus, Diadromus_. ; = 236 
quadrinotatus, Ichneumon , : . ro 
quadripunctorius, Amblyteles . 130 (fig.) 
quaesitorius, Ichneumon : « 126 


145-146 (fig.) 
46-47 (fig.) 


quartanus, Ichneumon 
queenslandensis, Aédes 


rancura, Mexitrichia 345-346 (fig.) 
ratzeburgii, Aoplus : + jEI2 
reedi Protochauliodes 440, 441 (fig.), 442 

(fig.), 443 


regalis, Hypotrabala 74 (pl. 1-2) 


528 


relucens, Ichneumon 
repentinus, Ctenichneumon 
resolda, Protoptila 
reticula, Corynis 
romanus, Dolerus 
rothschildi, Nonnapsylla 
rubeculae, Pediculus 
rubeculae, Ricinus . 
rubriventris, Amblyteles. 
rubedinis, Ichneumon 
rubroater, Ctenichneumon 
rufator, Ichneumon 
rufescens, Ichneumon 
ruficollis, Ichneumon 
ruficoxa, Phaeogenes 
rufidens, Ichneumon 
rufidorsatus, Ichneumon. 
rufilimbatus, Dicaelotus . 
rufipes, Eurylabus . 
rufipes, Heterischnus 
rufipes, Ichneumon 
rufipes, Macrophya 
rufiventris, Platylabus 
rufoniger, Dicaelotus 
rufotorquatus, Dolerus 
rusia, Culoptila 
ruwenzori, Aédes 


saeva, Orgetorixa 
saharensis, Elinora. 
saltena, Culoptila 
sanguinator, Barichneumon 
sanguinea, Corynis 
scelestus, Ichneumon 
schmidti, Fallia 
schwetzi, Aédes 
scutellariae, Athalia 
scutellaris, Aédes 
scutellaris, Phaeogenes 
scutoscriptus, Aédes 
semiflava, Alomya . 
semirufus, Hoplismenus . 
semisanguinea, Corynis . 
semivulpinus, Phaeogenes 
septentrionalis, Ichneumon 
serenus, Coelichneumon 
sericeus, Acolobus . 
sexalbatus, Barichneumon 
seydeli, Hypotrabala 
silaceus, Ichneumon 

similis, Mevesia 

similis, Palaeopsylla : 
similis peusi, Palaeopsylla 
similis, Phaogenes 

simoni, Parafallia . 
simplex, Neochauliodes . 
simplicidens, Spilichneumon 


25, 347-414 (passim), pl. 18 


INDEX 


113 
129, 141 


319 (fig.) 


273, 274 (fig.), 275 (fig.) 


274 (fig.), 276-277 
. 180 (fig.) 
223-225 

224 (fig.), pl. 10 
: IIt 
115 

128°1gt 

112 

112 

112 

134 

127 

II5, 116 

132 

131 

131 

. 108 

288-289 

143 

144 

: : o77 
341 (fig-), 342 
15, 21, 44 (fig.), 61 


484 (fig.), 485 
286-287 
342-343 (86) 
F Ii2 

274 (fig-) 

140 

pl. 17 


14, 21, 24, 33, 34 (88) 


278 


108 

8 (fig.) 

145 

3 ‘S85 

272, #74 VE 
II2 

140 

138 

142 

a NEO 

75 (fig-) 

127 

- 133 

205 (fig.)-207 
ain Ba 
$56 
pinky 

433 (fig.) 

150 (fig.) 


simpsoni, Aédes d 
sinensis, Neochauliodes . 
singularis, Baliochila 


10, 52 


438-430 (figs.), 440 
100-I01I, PI. 4,5, pl.8 


sinister, Coelichneumon . . “Tee 
socius, Phaeogenes ; ; 134 
soleatus, Aédes 12, 20-21, 24: 45 (fig.), 6 

solutus, Coelichneumon . RY a 
spinosa, Henricohahnia . 456 (fig.), 457, 459 
spinosus, Dinotomus : : : » P2t6 
spinosus, Trogus  . : ~ ; RRS 
sputator, Ctenichneumon : , (rag 
stagnicola, Spilichneumon ; . “LEE 
Stegomyia ; 3-65 (passim) 
stipator, Phaogenes : . . 15 
stolidus, Platylabus en 154 (fig.) 
strelitziae, Aédes . 10, 20 
striatus, Herpestomus . § , . SS 
strigis, Pediculus . ; , . 245 


sturni, Pediculus 
sturni, Sturnidoecus 
stygia, Baliochila 
subargenteus, Aédes 


232 (fig.) 234 

: . pl. ro 
93-94, pl. 4,7 
8-9, 20, 23, 39-40, 


41 (fig) 
subcylindricus, Ichneumon . ; Ane 
submarginatus, Ichneumon . mks 
subpunctata, Teriomima " 82, pl. 3,5 
subsericans, Amblyteles 109, 142 


sugillatorius, Coelichneumon . Ae 
suspectus, Dicaelotus 160-161 (fig.) 


Tapirocoris . : ; : 471, 474 
techila, Protoptila . : 320 ©6(fig.), 324- 

326 (fig.) 
telanepsia, Pardomima 509 (fig.), 513-514 

516 (fig.) 
tempestivus, Ichneumon : E - a 
tenax, Diadromus . ; . . 145 
Teriomima : 79-104 (passim) 
terminaformis, Ichneumon : ./ £56 
testudinalis, Pardomima 508, 509 (fig.), 

516 (fig.) 
? thomsoni, Ichneumon . : ‘ > eee 
thoracicus, Dolerus 274 (fig.) 
Thyrateles . ‘ 149-150 
tinetoria, Henricohahnia . 458 (fig.), 459 
tinnunculi, Laemobothrion 259 (fig.) 
tojana, Protoptila . 330 (fig.), 331, 333 
tongae, Aédes : 371 (fig.) 
tonkinensis, Aphanocephalus 302, pl. 14 


tonkinensis, Neochauliodes 434, 435 (fig.) 
tonkinicus, Anachauliodes 428 (fig.), 429 
townsendi, Cleopsylla . 194-195 (fig.), 198 (fig 


transversus, Platylabus . 115, 116 
triangulator, Ichneumon ‘ : 7 12 
trifasciatus, Amblyteles . : 3 . See 


249-251 


tringae, Pediculus ‘ 
250-251 (fig.), pl. 11 


tringae, Saemundssonia . 


ee ee 


——. 


INDEX 529 


trogolodytes, Diadromus f “4 ye ETS 
Trogocrada . i : : 7666 
truncator, Ischnopsidea . . oi ESE 
truncator, Rhexidermus . é + “13% 
truncatulus, Coelichneumon . 138 
truncatus, Neochauliodes 44°, 441 (fig.) 
truncicola, Amblyteles  . : a Sed 
tuberculipes, Ichneumon - 140 


tumidipes, Pardomima 
turneri, Paranyllius 
turneri, Pondonatus 
typica, Henricohahnia 


517, 578 (fig.), 519 
475, 477 (fig.), 478 
- 310-311, pl. 16 


462, 463 (fig.), 464 


umbratus, Neochauliodes é 436 (fig.) 
uniguttatus, Amblyteles *  ¥20,'352 (fig:) 
unilineatus, Aédes . e ° . aot a3 


vansomereni, Cnodontes . 103-104, pl. 5, pl. 8, 
pl. 9 


varipes, Cratichneumon . . < 528 
vinsoni, Aédes 16-1 ne 22, 46-47 (fig.), 6x 
virginalis, Aoplus . - ° wie 
viridatorius, Amblyteles . ‘ 129-130 
vittata, Henricohahnia 459, 460 (fig.). 462 
vittatus, Aédes 48 (fig.), 53 


vitticeps, Henricohahnia . 
vulturis, Laemobothrion 


452, 454 (fig.) 
259, 263 (fig.) 


wahnschaffei, Henricohahnia am) 45% (fig.), 452 
walkeri, Ichneumon : - %I5 
wesmaeli, Herpestomus . I 57-1 58 (fig.) 
woodi, Aédes : é 9, 19, 41 (fig.) 
woodi, Baliochila . E . 94, pl. 7 


zanclophora, Pardomima 509 (fig.), 514-515, 
526 (fig) 


zuluana, Teriomima . 83-84, pl. 5 


26 ard 1956 


PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN B 
‘ADLARD AND SON, ‘LIMITED, 


BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING. 


“fies 


* 


L sere < 

eehaes i 
om 

Revel *!